+ All Categories
Home > Documents > The Catholic Doctrine - Forgotten Books

The Catholic Doctrine - Forgotten Books

Date post: 23-Mar-2023
Category:
Upload: khangminh22
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
408
Transcript

THE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE

THE CHURCH OF E NGLAND.

A

THE CATHOLI C DOCTRINE

THE CHURCH OF E NGLAND ,

AN EXPOSITION

OF T H E

T H IRTY-N I N E ART I C LE S,

THOMA S ROGE RS,A .M .

,

CHAPLAIN TO ARCHBI SHOP BANCROFT .

E DIT E D FOR

2511 9 ma k er g a t in g ,BY TH E

RE V. J . J . S . PE ROWNE , M .A . ,

F E LLOW OF COR P US CHR IST I COLL E GE , CAMBR I DGE .

CAMBRIDGEPRINTE D AT

T H E U N IVE R S I T Y PRE S S .

M DCCC . LIV.

INTRODUCTORY NOTICE .

OF the l ife o f T HOMAS ROGE RS, th e author o f th e fol

lowing T rea tise ou th e Articles, but ve ry scanty notice s havebe en pre served. Wo od says, (A then. Oxon. Vol. I I . c ol.

1 62 -6 . Lond .

T HOMAS ROGE RS, a most admirable theo logist, an e xce llent preache r, and we ll de serving e ve ry way o f th e sacre dfunction, wa s born, as I conce ive , in Che shire , and camefull ripe to th e unive rsity be fore 1 568 . About which timebe ing made one o f th e students of Ch . Ch . took holy orde rsvery e arly, and a fte rwards th e degre e o f maste r o f a rts,soil. an. 1 576 , be fore which time h e was a sedulous and c on

stant preache r o f God ’s word. What h is pre fe rments weresucce ss ive ly a fte rwa rds , I know not, only tha t h e was chapla in to doctor Bancroft, bishop o f London, and a t lengthre ctor of Horninge r near to S . Edmonds-Bury in Suffo lk,where and in th e ne ighbourhood h e was a lways he ld in grea te steem for his learning and ho liness of life and conve rsation.

His works are the seA Ph ilosophica l D iscourse , entit . T h e Ana tomy of th e

Mind. Lond . 1 576 , o ct . [BodL Svo . H. 1 8 . Art. BS.] Be forewhich is a copy o f ve rses in pra ise o f i t, wr itten by his c ontemporary Will . Cambden of Ch . Ch .

Of th e E nd of th e World, a nd sec ond Coming of Chris t,

&c . Lond . 1 577, qu. [RodL 4to . E . 5. Th . BS . aga in 8vo .

1 58 2 and

[1 In th is wo rk is a translation“ o f some old ‘Ge rmani ca l rhythmes by John

S toh‘le r,’ wh ich Roge rs says h e h e ard re c i ted by Melanc th on

Th is is a m istake . Th e wo rk i tse l f is only a transla tion. Se e b e low , p . VI I .Th e v e rse s are ascr ib ed to Cyprian, w h o “ b y h is Latin ve rse s do th sh ew th at o ldand common proph e cy tu rned into Ge rmani ca l ry thme b y J ohn Stoflier.

” Th e seE ng l ish ve rse s are no t th e transla t ion o f th e Ge rmanica l ry thme ” but o f theLa tin l ine s . Mo re o ve r i t w as no t Roge rs th a t h e ard Melanc thon bu t Sc h elto a

Gove ren wh om Roge rs transla tes.—E n.

INTRODUCTORY NOT ICE .

T h e E ng lish Cr eed ; wh erein is c onta ined in T a bles

a n E xposition on th e A r tic les wh ic h every M a n is to sub

s cribe unto . IVh ere th e A r tic les a re expounded by Sc riptur e ,

a nd th e Conf ess ions of a ll th e r ef ormed Chur ch es ; a nd

H er esies a re displayed. Lond . 1 579, and 85, fol.

Genera l S ession, conta ining a n Apo logy of th e comf o rta ble D oc trine c oncerning th e E nd of th e W

'

o rld a nd secondComing of Ch ris t. Lond . 1 58 1 , qu.

T h e E ng lish (Peed ; c onsis ting with th e true , a nc ient

Ca th olic a nd Apos tolic Church in a ll th e P o ints a nd Ar ti

c les of Religion,wh ich every Ch ris tia n is to know , a nd

believe th a t would be sa ved, & c .—In two parts . Th e firs t

printe d at London in 1 585, th e se cond the re 1 587 , and bo thin fol. [Bod]. N . 2 . 7 . Jun]

An E xposition on th e 39 Ar tic les of th e Church ofE ngla nd. Lond . 1 586 , &c . qu .

I Which book , a t th e firs tappearance , me t no t wi th tha t we lcome enterta inment, whichseemed due to th e author’s endeavours . For be side s th e twoextreme s, Papists and Schismatics , wh o we re highly enraged ,many Prote stants o f a middle tempe r we re much o ffende dthe rea t. Some conce ived it pre sumption for a priva te m iniste rto make himse lf th e mouth o f th e church, to render h e r sense

When a fte r Christes b i rth th e re b e expirde

O f hundreds fi fte en, ye ere s , e igh tie and e igh t ,Th en come s th e t ym e o f daung e rs to b e fe rdeA nd all mankind w i th do lors i t sh a l l fra ig‘h t .

Fo r if th e w o rld in th a t ye ere doo no t fal l ,I f se a and land th en pe ri sh ne de c aie ,

Ye t empire s all and kingdome s a l te r sh a l l,And man to e ase h imselfe sh a l l h ave no w ay .

fo l. l6 .

Th ese h ave no t b e en no ticed b y R itson,wh o

,prob ab ly , h ad no t se en The

Ana tomy of the Mind , w h ich adds tw o o th e r names to h is Biblwg raph ia P oe tic a .

1 . Abra ham Fowle r , wh o pI e fixed an a l l ite ra tive po em, ( impe rfe c t in th e

Bodle ian co py) enti tled Ne ede les d e ra .

2 . Josue Hu tten, who a lso contrib uted a D ia log ue be tween h imself and the

Book ]

[1 My edi tion is , London, printed b y John Legat t , 1 62 1 , 4to . th e dedica tion to

Dr Bancro ft , a rc hb . o f C ant. is da ted a t I—lo rniger , ne a r S t E dm . Bury in Su fi. l lo f March , an. 1607 . Yo ur g race ’

s poo r c h apla ine a lways a t command, Th omas

Roge rs .

K E NN E L ]

INTROD UCTORY NOT I C E .

in ma tte rs o f so high concernment. Othe rs we re 2 o ffended ,tha t h is inte rpre ta tion confine d th e char itable la ti tude , forme rly a l lowe d in those article s . Howsoe ve r i t was , sure i t is,th e work in some ye ars wrought itse lf in good e ste em, a s

dedica te d to , and countenance d by, Dr Bancroft beforementione d 3.

A Go lden Ch a in ta ken ou t of th e rich T rea sure-H ouse

of th e Psa lms of D a vid. Lond . [1 579] 1 587 , in tw .

T h e P ea rls of K . So lomon, g a th ered into c ommon

Pla c es — T a ken f rom the Proverbs of th e sa id K ing .

Printe d w ith th e forme r book .

H is to ric a l D ia logu e touch ing Antichris t‘

a nd P opery

dra wn a nd pu blish ed f or th e Comf o r t of our Church , &c .

Lond . 1 589, oc t. [Bodh 8 vo . B . 1 69. Th .]S erm . on Rom . 1 2 . ver . 6 , 7 , 8 . Lond . 1 590 , qu.

4

M iles Ch ris tia nus , or , a D ef ence of a ll nec essa ry Wr it

ings a nd Writers , w r itten a ga ins t a n E pis tle pr efixed to

a Ca tech ism ma de by Ill iles JVI oses . Lond . 1 590 , qu . ThisMile s Mose s was Ba ch . o f Div. and publishe d be side s th efo rmer thing s , T h e Arrangement of U sury in s ize S ermons .

L ond . 1 595, qu .

T a ble of the lawf u l Use of a n Oa th , a nd th e cursed

S ta te of va in Swea rers . Lond .

Two D ia logues , [or Conf erenc es c onc erning kneeling in

the very Ac t of r ec eiving th e Sa c ra menta l B read a nd Wine

in th e Supper of th e L ord ] Lond . 1 608 . [Bod]. 4to . M . 1 7 .

A r t.] He a lso transla te d into English , (1 ) A D isc ourse ofth e E nd of th e Wor ld a nd Sec ond Coming of Chris t

in Lond .

[2 Se e T ho . Ful le r’s Ch . Hist . lib . 9. an .

[3 Th e re are two copie s o f th is b ook in th e Bodle ian. One printed London

1 633 , 4to . R . 2 9. T h . T he o th e r a t Camb ridge in 1 691 . 4to . Raw] . 1 32 . The

la tte r is inte rle a ved, and conta ins a MS . comparison b e tw een Rogers’s v iew o f th e

sub j e ct and b isho p Burne t ’s, drawn up by N i cho las Adams o f Co rpus Ch ris ti Co l l .Oxon. in

[4 A copy in th e l ib ra ry o f th e arc h b . o f Cante rbury a t Lamb e th .]

5 A l re ady not iced ab o ve . Se e p . v . note .—E n.

INTRODUCTORY NOTICE .

1 577, 78, oc t . written by Sch elto a Geveren of Emden inFr ie sland . (2 ) Genera l D is cou rse of th e damna ble Sectof Usurers , &c . Lond . 1 578 , qu . wr itten by Philip Caesar .T o which is added, A T rea tise of the lawf u l Use of Rich eswritten by Nich . Hem ing . (3) T h e P rof ession of th e true

Chur ch , a nd P apery compa red . Lond . 1 578 , oc t. (4) E x

pos ition on th e 84th P s a lm. Lond . 1 58 1 , o c t. written byNic . Heming for th e instruction of th e igno rant in th e

grounds o f re ligion ; and confutation o f th e Jews , T urks, &c .

(5) S . A ugus tine’

s h ea venly lVedita tions , ca lled, A priva teT a lk w ith God. Lond. 1 58 1 , in tw. purifie d by our transla tor T . Roge rs, and adorne d with anno ta tions of scr ipture .

(6) Of th e Foolishness of ZVI en a nd Women in pu tting of th e

Amendment of th eir Lives f rom D ay to D ay. Lond . 1 583,

and 86 , o c t. written by Joh . Rivius . (7) Of th e Imita tion

of Chris t . Lond . 1 584, 89. [1 592 and 1 596] in tw. [and 4to .]wr i tten in thre e books by Th o . de Kempis ; and for th e

worthine ss the re o f o ft s ince transla te d into sundry language s.Now newly transla te d by Th o . Rogers, corre cted, and w ithmost ample texts and sentence s o f ho ly scr ipture illustra ted .

(8) A [Me th od to Mor tifica tion, c a lled h eretof ore T h e Contemp t of th e Wor ld, &c . Lond . 1 586 , in tw. wri tten by D idao.

S te lla . (9) S . Augus tin’

s Praye rs . Lond . 1 591 , in tw . &c .

Purged by our transla to r (T . Roge rs) from divers superstitious po ints

,and a dorne d w ith manifo ld pla ce s o f scripture .

(1 0) S . Augus tine’

s Ma nua l, conta ining specia l a nd pickedfil edita tions a nd g odly P rayers . Lond . [1 581 ] 1 591 , in tw.

with corre ctions by th e translator . (1 1 ) E nemy of S ec urity ;or a da ily E xercise of Godly Medita tions . Lond.

and 91 , in tw . written by Joh . Avenar, public professor of

th e Hebrew tongue in th e unive rs ity o f Wittenbe rge . (1 2 )E nemy to A th eism : or Chris tia n Godly P rayers f or a ll

D egrees . Lond . 1 591 , in tw. written in th e Ge rman language

[1 I h ave th is b ook printed in 1 579

,smal l 8vo . o r l 2 mo . newlie co rre c ted, w i th

a dedi cation to Sir Francis Wals ingh am . C OLE ]

INTROD UCTORY NOT I C E .

by Jo . Avenar, transla te d out o f La t. by our author,

T . Roge rs . (1 3) Soliloquium Animm :‘

T h e f our th B ook

of th e Imita tion of Christ . Lond . 1 592 , in tw. written byTh o . de Kempis before -mentioned . Wha t o ther things ourautho r ha th wr itten and transla te d I know not ; nor any

thing e lse o f h im, only tha t h e was a ze a lous oppose r o f th e

doctrine o f th e Sabba th, and th e first tha t publicly stood upaga ins t Dr Nich . Bownd’s opinion o f i t in his pre fa ce to th eE xposition of th e 39 Ar ticles , &c . which made th e o the rparty (th e P uritan) angry, and so far to b e enrage d a s

ma l iciously to a sperse and blemish h im. Whereupon h e wrotea vindica tion o f himse l f in MS . now in th e hands o f a nearre la tion of his . At length a fte r a gre a t deal o f pa ins takenfor th e benefit of th e church h e gave up th e ghost a t Horninge r be fore -mentioned , o therwise ca l le d Horningsh earthwhe reupon h is body wa s bur ied in th e chance l of th e churchthe re , under a rough , unpo lishe d and broken grave -stone ,w ithout name or epitaph , 2 2 Fe b . in sixteen hundre d and

fifte en, as the registe r o f tha t church te lls us ; which , Ipre sume , fo llows th e English a ccompt and not th e common,as many country registe rs do . I find one Th o . Rogers, a

Cheshire man born, to have be en admitte d student o f Ch . Ch .

1 547, aged 2 4, or more , be ing then Bac . of Arts, and soona fte r made Maste r. Wha t re lation h e h ad to th e forme rTh o . Roge rs I know not . Ano the r Th o . Rogers I find, wh owa s born in Gloc e stersh ire , in or near to T ewksbury, l ive dmostly in his la tte r days in th e parish of S . Gile s in th e F ie ldsnear London, and published a poem entitled , T h e T ea rs or

L amenta tions of a sorrowf ul Sou l. Lond . 1 61 2, qu. wr itten

by Sir Will. Le ighton, knight, one o f his maj esty’s band

o f pens ioners. T o which , th e sa id Th o . Rogers added, o f

h is own composition, a poem ca lle d Gloc es ter ’s-Mite 2 . But

[2 Wo od is ce rtainly w rong in th is s ta tement, th a t Thomas R oge rs was th epub l ish e r o f Sir Wi l l . Le igh ton ’

s poem . He w as m is led b y th e Bodle ian c opy o f

th e se two po ems , wh ich are b ound to g e th e r , and so mispl a ced b y th e b inde r as torende r i t diff i cul t to dis tingu ish th e one from th e o th e r. Th ey a re howe ve r very

INTROD UCTORY NOTICE .

this Tho . Roge rs is quite diffe rent from th e divine beforementioned.

[Th o . Roge rs , A .M. institutus ad re c toriam de Ho rningherth, dio c . Norw. 1 1 D ec . 1 581 . Reg . Va c .

Th e work now repr inte d first made its appearance , thoughin a diff e rent form and unde r a diffe rent title , in two parts ,th e firs t o f which was published, a ccording to Wood , in1 579, and th e se cond in 1 585. A copy o f this edition th epresent Editor h a s b een unable to discove r . T h e se conde dition no ticed by Wo od was a lso in two parts, publishe d a t

some interva l o f time ; and a copy o f i t is in th e Unive rs i tyL ibrary a t Cambr idge . Th e firs t part bears the title o f

Th e E nglish Cre e de , consenting w ith th e T rue AuncientCa thol ique and A posto lique Church in al th e po ints and a rticles o f Re ligion which e verie Christian is to knowe and

b ele eve tha t would b e saved . T h e Firste Parte in most loya lmane r to th e Glorie of God, cre dit o f our Church e and dis

plaieng o f al h ze risie s and e rrors, bo th o lde and newe , c on~

trarie to th e fa ith, subscribed unto by Thomas Roge rs .

diffe ren t works . Glou c este r ’s Myte is a funera l trib ute to th e memory o f Pr inceH enry , and w as p rinted in 1 6 12 . The Tea r-es , & c . a re various re l ig ious poems , andsonne ts wh i ch w e re se t to mus i c b y Le igh ton ,

w ho , in h is pre face , declare s h isintention to print th e no te s b y wh ich h is h ymns , & c . are to b e sung o r played.

Th is w o rk w as pr inted one ye ar a fte r Rogers ’s production, w i th wh ich it h as no t

th e sma l le s t conne x ion.

A ve ry su fficie nt spe c imen o f Le igh ton’

s Tea res w i l l b e found in th e Brit ishB ibliog raphe r , i . 378 ; bu t that our reade rs may h ave no o ccas ion to re gre t thes carcity o f th e b o ok, fou r l ine s sh a l l b e o ffe red to th e ir re l ig ious contempla tion.

Our fathe rs , Lo rd, w e re comfo rted,Streng th

ned, re l ie ved, and b le s tOne ly b y g race , and iustified

A s righ te o us men,in J esus C h ris t ..

I t is now only just to Roge rs th at h e shou ld no t b e om i tted entire ly , and theconcluding stanz a o f h is Myte sh al l e nd th is no te .

Our sou le s are silue r pla te s th y fame to h o ld ;Our z e all rich diamonds to make th

’ impre ssion ;T h e characte rs w e print, re fined go ldT o ke ep thy name all a ges in su cce ss ion.

Then sle epe , sw e e t l lenry , p rince o f endle ss fame ,Wh ils t w e re co rd thy ene rlas ting name ]

INTRODUCTORY NOTIC E .

Al lowe d by Auc toritie . At London. Imprinte d by JohnWinde t for Andrew Maunsel, a t th e Brasen Serpent in Paul’sChurchyard, This part conta ins an ana lysis o f th e

firs t nine te en Article s , and is dedica te d to Edmund [S camble r] Bishop o f No rwich . Th e se cond part, c omple ting

'

th e

work , bears a similar title , but is dedicate d to S ir Chr istophe rHa tton, th e Lord Chance l lo r . I t wa s publishe d in 1 587 .

T he who le work is printe d in a thin fo lio . Th e Article s are

broken up into Propos itions, and e a ch Propos ition is pre sente din th e form o f an ana lytica l conspe ctus . Of th e manne r inwhich this was done th e fo llowing instance , taken a t random,

may suffice to convey an idea

7 . ART ICLE .

Rom . i . l , & c .

l . T h e Scrip Many o f thetu re Jew s (11d.

1 Pe te r i . 10 .

Sa xonic A rt.3 ./I

In 1 607 th e book was publishe d in quarto ; and th e ana

lytic al form in which it h ad hitherto appeare d was abandoned .

This edition, which wa s th e last published during th e author ’sl ife -time , h as be en in a lmost e very instance fo llowe d in th epre sent reprint. Where th e corre ctions o f la te r e ditions haveb e en adopted , th e reading of th e edition o f 1 607 has be encare fully no ticed .

INTRODUCTORY NOT I C E .

But th e quarto varied conside rably from th e fo l io in

o the r re spe cts as we l l a s in form . In th e fo l io th e only re fe renc es are to Scripture and

'

the Confe ss ions o f th e Pro te stantchurche s . Errors and he re sie s are notice d, but no authori tie sa re given in support o f th e sta tements made re spe cting them.

Nor are th e no tices of here sie s themse lve s by any me ans so

numerous as in the late r e dition.

Aga in, se vera l distinct Propositions were a dded in th e

quarto . In it th e Fifth and Eighte enth A rticle s, which inth e fo lio are treate d as single Propo sitions , are divided intothre e and two re spe ctive ly. S imilarly, th e third Propositiono f th e Seventh Article , th e last of th e edition o f 1 585, in tha to f 1 607 is expanded into thre e .

Othe r varia tions are as fo llowsIn th e fo lio , the re is appende d to th e T hird Proposition

of th e T enth Article , a caution aga inst th e doctrine o f humanp erfe ctibility, which was subsequently omitted .

In th e Sevente enth A rticle th e Propos itions 5— 9 are

diffe rently worded 5. Why some are e le cte d and no t

o thers . 6 . Wh o are they which sha l l b e saved . 7 . Whatare th e e ffe cts o f prede stina tion. 8 . T he use of th e doc

trine o f predestina tion both to th e godly and wicked . 9.

Wha t may ke ep men both from de spera tion and a lso fromse curity.

In th e Ninete enth A rticle the re is an Eighth Proposition,which was afte rwards om itted . I t is this : “ There is no

sa lva tion w ithout th e church ; and the re fore e ve ry man isfirmlie to j oyne thereunto , and neve r to depart there from byschisme and contention.

But th e chief diff e rence be twe en th e two e ditions lie s inth e a lte re d e xpos ition o f th e Third Article , an a lte ra tion to

which the re a ttaches some historica l intere st . In th e fo lio o f

1 585, th e author adopts Ca lvin’s view o f th e de scent intohe ll . He the re write s : Tha t our Saviour Christ de scende dinto He ll, toge the r with our Church , (1 ) th e ancient cre eds,

INTRODUCTORY NOT I C E .

Aposto lica l [and] A thanasian ; th e Confess ion o f th e Churcho f Helve t. 1 1 . c ap. 1 1 ; Basil, A rt. 4 ; A usburgh , A rt. 3 ;

Suevia . A rt . 2 , do te stify. Which word He ll in this A rticle ,a s we take i t, signifie th : not th e place o f e verlasting torments whe re D ive s was and is, Luke xvi. 2 3 ; all th e reprobate toge the r shal l b e , Ma tt. xxv. 41 . In which place Chr is ta s man wa s no t, forasmuch as (1 ) His body lay in th e grave ,Ma tt . xu . 40 ; xvi. 4 ; Luke xi. 2 9 ; (2 ) His soul was c om

mende d into th e hands o f God th e Fa the r, PS . xxxi . 5 ; Lukexxiii . 46 , [and was] in Paradise , (so is i t se t down a s a thingwe ll to b e observed) and not in He ll, Luke xxiii . 43 . [But]Th e terrors and torments o f th e body and soul which Chr istsuffered ; a s appea re th I sa liii . 6 , 1 0 PS . cxvi . 3 ; Ma tt . xxvi .38 ; xxvu. 46 ; Luke xxu . 42 . Controversy, howe ve r, a s

to th e true interpre ta tion of th e A rticle was a lready r ife .

Ca lvin’

s view h ad inde ed be en very genera lly re ce ived , morep erhaps from de fe rence to his authority, than from any

care ful inve stiga tion o f th e subj e ct . But in th e year 1 579,Hugh Broughton, a learne d Hebra ist, ma inta ined that th ehe l l of th e Cre eds and th e A rticle was th e Gre ek H a des , or

place o f disembodie d spirits, and not th e pla ce o f e terna lpunishment. This inte rpre ta tion, which a t first met with verycons iderable opposition, gradually ga ined ground , and A rchb ishOpWhitgift, wh o among o thers h ad forme rly controve rte dit, a t length came round to i t himse lf 1 . The re c an b e littledoubt inde ed tha t a grea t revo lution o f opinion on this pointh ad be en e ffe cte d be fore T homas Rogers

s work on th e A rticles appeare d in i ts pre sent form in 1 607. Hence we find

tha t in this e dition h e spe aks far less confidently than be fore 2 ,and whilst mentioning different views tha t had be en ente rtained of th e do ctrine , doe s not strongly advocate any.

Th e Editor is unable to add anything to Wo od’s a ccount

1 Se e Strype’

s Wh itgift, Book IV. ch ap . 13 and 19. pp . 431 , 483. Lond. 17 18 .

Heylin ,H is t . Presb . 350 . So ames

s E l iz ab e th an Ch urch H is t . p . 476 .

2 Thus p . 6 1 , h e says , But t ill we know th e na t ive and undo ub ted sense o f th isa rticle and myste ry o f re l ig ion,” Se c .

INTRODUCTORY NOT IC E .

o f Rogers . Fuller, in th e pla ce re fe rred to by Wo od , speaksa t some length o f th e work on th e A rticle s . A nd Rogershimse lf no tice s h is share in th e Sabba tar ian controve rsy,

Pre face , 2 3 . He a lso de fends himse lf in some obse rva tionson th e Thirty-Fourth A rticle

,from a misrepre senta tion o f h is

v iew re spe cting th e use o f th e cross in Baptism. By th e

authors o f th e misrepre senta tion in question, h e is mentione da long w ith o thers w e ll-known for the ir the ologica l a tta inments,a s a divine of learning and repute .

Two se vere and pro tra cted a ttacks o f illne ss have prevented th e Editor from bringing h is labours to a conclusion so

soon a s h e could have w ishe d and had intended . Furthe rde lay has be en o ccasione d not only by th e grea t rari ty o f

some o f th e bo oks re fe rred to , but by th e extreme loosene ssand ina ccura cy o f th e author’s quo ta tions . Some o f the se th eEdito r has be en able to corre ct . Many h e has unhappily be encompe lled to give up . N one but those wh o have a ctuallymade th e experiment can conce ive o f th e time and labourne cessary to verify th e nume rous re ference s made by many o f

th e write rs o f th e Elizabe than pe r iod.

Th e Editor h as to express h is s incere thanks to thosefriends wh o have a ss iste d h im in his re searche s . His a o

knowledgements are due e spe cia lly to th e Rev. ProfessorCorr ie , Maste r o f Je sus Co llege , wh o , be s ide s o the r a id, kindlype rmitte d refe rence to h is rare and a lmos t unique colle ctiono f th e books of th e Family o f Love ; to th e Rev . J . J . Blunt,Margare t Profe ssor o f D ivinity ; and to th e Rev. F . Pro ctor

,

late Fe llow o f St Ca tharine ’s Ha ll .

CORPUS CHRI ST I COLLE GE ,

Ja nua ry 2 , 1 854 .

C O N T E N T S .

THE PRE FACEOf Fa i th In th e Holy T rini tyOf th e Word o f God, wh i ch w a s made ve ry Man

Of th e go ing down o f Ch r ist into He llOf th e Re sur re c t ion o f Ch r istOf th e Ho ly Gh o stOf th e suffic i ency o f th e Ho ly S c r iptu re fo r Sa lva t ionOf th e Old T e s tamentOf th e th re e C re edsOf O r igina l , or Bir th - sin

Of Fre e -WIll

Of th e Jus t ific at ion o f Man

Of goodWo rksOf Wo rks b e fOI e JustIfi ca tIonOf Wo rks o f Supe re roga t ionOf Ch r i st alone with out sinOf Sin a f te r Bapt i smOf Pre de s t ina t ion and E le c t ionOf ob ta inI ing e te rna l salva tion only b y th e Nam e of Ch I istOf th e Ch u rc hOf th e Au th o r i ty o f th e Chu r chOf th e Au th o r i ty o f Gene I al Counc i lsOf Pu rga to ryOf Minis te ring In th e Cong rega t ionOf th e spe ak ing In th e Cong rega t ion in such a tongue , a s

th e pe ople unde rstand notOf th e Sa c ram entsOf th e unwo r th ine ss o f th e M iniste rs, whi ch h inde r no t

th e e ff e c ts o f th e Sa c rament sOf Bapt ismOf th e Suppe r o f th e LordOf th e w i cked wh i ch do no t e a t th e Body and Blo od

o f Ch r is t In th e use o f th e Lord’

s Suppe I

Of b o th k indsOf th e one ob lat ion o f Chr is t finish ed upon th e C ro ssOf th e Mar riage o f P rie stsOf E xc ommunc a te P e rsons, h ow th ey are to b e a vo idedOf th e T radi t ions o f th e ChurchOf Hom i l i e sOf Conse c ra tion o f B ish ops and Min is te rsOf th e CivilMag is t ra teOf Ch r is tian m en

s go ods, wh ich are no t c omm on

Of a Ch r is tian man’

s Oa th

A D D E ND A E T CORR I GE ND A .

9, l ine 2 4. T he edition o f 1607 has me rc a te - town.

6 1 , no te 6 . T he re fe rence s to Hume ’s R ej o inde r and Gi lf o rd’

s C a te ch ismw e re a fte rw ards found. Th e y are as fo l low s

F or w e say th a t Ch ris t de scended pe rsonallie into He ll , b o th b odie and souleand suffe red a c tuallie all th e to rments the re o f, for our redemptio n. Oth e rw ise , we re h e b u t a po tentiall Sa v iour , and allwe e a ctua l ly condemned.

A le x . Hume , A Re ioynder to Do cto r Hil concerning th e D esc ense o f

Ch ris t into H e l l,p . 38 .

I t is as su re ( as w h a t is mos t sure ) th at upon th e tre e , tha t is upon th ec ro sse , h ee de scended into th e lowe rmos t H e ll ; th a t is into th e h eav ies tto rments tha t H e l l could ye cla, &c .—Ib id. p . 138 .

For w e e h o lde and w il l die fo r i t, th at Ch ris t in h is owne pe rson b odie and

soule , did des cend into all th e to rments , th a t h e ] could yeelde .— I b id.

p . 152 .

Wh a t is i t to b e made the curse, b u t to h ave th e b i tte r angu ish o f God’

s

w ra th in h is soule and b ody : wh i ch is th e fire th a t sh a l l ne ve r b equench ed — A Cate c h isme , c onte ining th e summe o f Chris tian Re l ig ion,

Sea —N ew ly se t foo rth b y G. G . London, 1 583 . fo l. B . 5.

2 46,l ine 4. f or f rom Ch ristians , read for Ch ristians .

2 85, 1 . f or venia l and mo rtal , read venia l and no t mo rtal .

T H E

F A I T H D O C T R I N E

and re lig ion , pro fe s s ed, pro te c ted

in th e Rea lm of E ng la nd, a nd dominions ofth e same

E xpre ssed in 39 A rticle s , c onc o rdab ly ag re e d upon by th e Reve rend Bishops , and Cle rgy o f this

Kingdom , a t two s eve ra l m e e t ings , o r Convo ca tions o fthe irs , in th e ye a rs o f our Lo rd

,1 562 ,

and 1 604

TH E SA ID AR T I CL E S ANAL YSE D IN T O

P r opositions, a nd th e P repos itions proved to be a greea ble bo th to

the wr itten w ord of God, a nd to the exta nt Conf essions of a ll

the neighbour Chur ches, Chris tianlyref ormed .

THE ADVERSARIES A LSO OF NOTE, AND

name,w h i ch f rom th e Apo stle s

days , and prim i t ive Churchh i th e rto

,h a ve c rossed, o r cont radicted th e said A rticles

ing enera l, or anypa r ticle, orpreposition a r is ing f rom

a ny of them in pa r ticula r , h er eby a re discovered,

la id open, and so conf uted .

P erused, and by th e lawf ula uthor ity of th e Church ofE ngland, a llowed to be public .

Rom . xvi. 1 7.

I b e se e ch yo u , Bre th ren, Ma rk th em d i l igent ly, wh i ch cause d ivis ions,and o ff ence s, cont ra ry to th e do c t r ine wh i ch ye h ave re ce ived,

and avo id th em .

PRINTED BY IOHN LEGATT , PRINTERt o th e U nive rs i ty o f Cambridge . 1 607.

T O T HE MOST RE VE RE ND FA THE R IN GOD , A ND HI S R IGHT

HONOU RABL E GOOD LORD R ICHA RD ', BY T HE D IV IN E

PROV I D E NC E , ARCHB I S HOP OF CAN T E RBURY , A NDPR IMA T E OF E NGLAND

,A ND COUNSE L LOR T O

T HE MOS T H IGH A ND M I GH TY PRINCE ,

JAME S , K ING OF GRE A T BR I TA I N,

FRANCE , A ND I RE LAND .

MOST reverend fa ther in God, there is no one thing inthis world , tha t o f men truly ze a lous and chris tian in the sela tte r days o f th e world w ith gre a te r e arne stne ss ha th be ende sire d , than tha t by a j o int and common consent o f all th e

churche s rightly, and a ccording to th e canons o f th e sacre dscripture s, re forme d , the re m ight b e a draught made and

divulge d , conta ining and expre ssing th e sum and substance o f

tha t re ligion, which they do all bo th concordably te a ch and

uniformly ma inta in.

Tha t ho ly man (o f happy rem embrance)D . Cranme r, wh o Amh b wh op

some time enjoye d tha t ro om in our ch urch which your gra ce( hammer

now worthily po sse sse th , in th e days o f tha t most godly yo ungprince , king Edwa rd th e S ixth , employe d a gre a t part o f h istime and study for th e e ffe cting o f

‘ tha t work ; and imparte dhis thoughts w ith th e mo s t pr incipa l pe rsons , and o f ra re stno te in tho se days for the ir w isdom , pie ty ,

and credit, amongth e pe ople o f God throughout Christendom. M . Ca lvin,unde rstanding o f h is intent, addre sse d h is le tte rs unto th e

sa id a rchbishop , and o ffe re d h is se rvice , say ing , T ha t , mighth is labours stand th e church inste ad, N e dec em quidem

ma ria , i t would no t grie ve h im to sa il over ten sea s to

such a purpo se 2 .”2 . But

,this proving a work o f much difficulty, i f not U nity o f

do c trine ina ltoge the r Impo ss ible In men

s3eye s, e spe cia lly In tho se days, a ll c h urc h es

re fo rmed.

to b e brought about ; th e next course and re so lution wa s ,

tha t eve ry kingdom and fre e sta te,or principa li ty, which had

[1 Banc rof t . He suc c e eded Wh i tg if t a s P r ima t e .

Se e So ame s’

s

E l iz ab eth an R e l. Hist . p. 604 . n .][2 Quan tum ad me a ttine t , si qu is m e i usus f o re videb itur, no

de cem qu idem ma ria , Si opus sit, ob e arn rem traj ic ere pige a t .—Ca lv .

E pist . p. 1 00 . Gene v. 1 576 ][3 m an

s,

T HE PRE FACE .

abandone d th e superstitious and antichristian re l igion o f th e

church o f Rome , and embra ced th e gospe l o f Christ, shoulddivulge a brie f o f tha t re lig ion, which among themse lve s wa staught and be l ieved , and whe reby, through th e me rcy o f

God in Christ, they did hope to b e save d : which to God h isgre a t glory and th e s ingular benefit and comfort o f all

churches , bo th pre sent and to come (a s th e extant Harmony 1 o fall the ir confe ssions do th most swe e tly re cord), with no grea tlabour was no tably performed .

This work o f the irs to ld th e churche s in those days , and

do th us, and will inform our poste ri ty, tha t no t only in e ve ryparticular sta te and kingdom, but a lso throughout Chris tendom where th e gospe l was enter ta ined, th e primitive and

aposto lica l days o f th e church were aga in re stored . For th e

multitude s o f them tha t did be l ieve (I speak bo th j o intly of

u Ab I'

nitioRe all, and seve ra lly o f e ach re forme d pe ople , not o f eve ry parf o rma tionisa rdeba nt ticular pe rson, fanta stic, fa lse apostle s, and perve rse te achers or(1 772 0 71 3

ver ita fis professors in any church , wh o we re no t wanting e ven in th eomncs ord i~

mapostle s’ days) touching th e ma in and fundamenta l po ints o f

eccles ia stic i,leb ez.

f g z lew e0

true re ligion were then o f one he art and o f one soul,and did

$1

353e iiif think and speak one thing , and l ive in pea c e a .

Unity o f do c 3 . T h e sa id archbishop (for unto whom be tte r, a fte rt rine in th eg

u rc h o f God and th e king , c an we a scribe th e glory o f this worthyng . In K .

5551

);sh is a c t?) h e wrought this unIty and unI formI ty o f do ctrine In

this kingdom in th e halcyon days o f our English Jo sias, K .

Edward th e S ixth o f tha t name : and th e same do ctrine , so

by h is me ans e stablished in th e time o f pea ce (a no table worko f peace), like a manly, he ro ical , and he avenly capta in,

unde rour gene ra l Je sus Chr ist, h e re so lute ly, even w ith h is he artblood and in th e fie ry torments, a fte rwards confirmed in th e

days o f perse cution.

” 1552 ,A ce rta in le arne d man, speaking o f th e re l igion he re then

profe ssed, and writing unto th e lords o f our la te que en’s

council, doth say,“ He (me amng th e papist h is adve rsary,

wh o charged our church w ith discord and disagre ements

[1 T h is wo rk was pub l ish ed a t Geneva in th e ye ar 1 58 1 , and was

ent i t led “ Ha rmon ia Conf e ssionum F ide i Orth odoxarum e t Re f o rma

t a rum E c c le siarum , quae in prac c ipius quib usque E u ropee Regnis, Na

tionib us e t P rovinc iis, sac ram E vange lii do c trinam pu re profi tentur,Se e .

”For an a cc ount o f it, s e e N iemeye r . Co l le c t . Conf . Praef . L ips .

1 840 . An E ng l ish T ransla t ion appe a red in

THE PRE FACE .

about ma tters o f re ligion) “ h e ought” (sa ith h e), “ if h e hadbe en able , to have brought out th e public confe ssion and articles o f fa ith , agre e d inK . Edward’s time and have shewe d any K . E dwm c ,

in England , tha t, profe ssing th e gospe l, dissente th from th e

same .

”So e ste eme d h e -

(and with h im many thousands o f

learne d and judicious men) o f th e do ctrine then ra tifie d byauthori ty, and professed in this kingdom.

But those days o f our church’s pea ce continue d not long Q . Mary.

(through our unthankfulne ss and sins) ; ne ithe r on th e o the rside wa s our pe rsecution permanent (through th e goodne ss o fGod,) though for th e time exceeding vehement . and vio lent.For, nubecula f uit, e t c ito tra nsiit, i t vanished away quickly,a s do many raging storms, e ven upon th e sudden ; ye t notthrough th e powe r o f gunpowde r and treasons, but throughth e force o f ardent prayers unto th e Almighty . For, A rma

ec clesia prec es .

4 . We find tha t M . Latimer (tha t sacre d and reverend Th ehprayef

s

o f ht e

fa the r) addicte d himse lf ve ry se r iously In those days unto th e gouty; 5g1me xe rcise o f praye r . and h is principa l and mos t usua l praye rs “W ing °ftrue re ligionwere , first, for himse lf ; next, for th e a ffl icte d church o f E ngland ; and la s tly, for lady Elizabe th, th e de ce ase d K . Edward ’sand que en Mary

’s siste r.For himse lf h e praye d tha t, a s God had made him a mi F . La timer.

nister and preache r o f h is truth , so he might constantly bearw itne ss unto th e same , and have th e gra ce and powe r to ma inta in i t in th e fa ce o f th e world , even til l th e hour o f his

dea th . For th e church of England h e prayed, tha t Godwould b e plea se d once aga in to re store th e fre e preaching o f

th e gospe l to this rea lm and this with all poss ible fe rvency o f

Spirit h e crave d a t th e hands o f God. And for lady Elizabe th, tha t h e would pre serve and make h er a comfort to histhen comfortle ss pe ople in England. And th e Almighty and

our heavenly Fa the r bo th heard and grante d all and every o f

his pe titions .M . Gua lte r (tha t learned , pa inful , and exce llent divine a t

Tigure), de dica ting h is ho ly and chr istian Comments upon th eLe sse r Prophe ts unto D . Pa I khurst, bishop of Norwich (wh o B

gmpark.

in th e days o f th e forementione d que en Mary vo luntarily hadexile d himse lf so far as Switzerland , for h is pre se rva tion, if itm ight b e , unto be tter time s), sa ith o f th e sa id Parkhurst tha t ,when h e l ive d in Tigure , lady Elizabe th wa s e ver in h is

Q . E liz ab .

Am a

T H E PRE FACE .

mouth : h er fa ith , h er w isdom, h e r magnanimous spir it, h erv irg ine ous and cha ste beha viour, h e w ould e ve r ce lebra te w ithhigh wo rds and commenda tions ; and tha t God would guarda nd sa fe guard h e r pe rson fo r th e go o d o f h is pe ople

,wa s h is

da ily praye r : ye a (sa i th th e same Gua lte r), ora ba nt idem te

c um pii omnes‘,

“ i t wa s no t your praye r only, but all God’spe ople so praye d be s ide s .

”And the ir praye rs we re no t made

in va in. Fo r bo th que en Ma ry l ive d not long ; and L .

Elizabe th wa s pla ce d in th e roya l throne ; supers tition was

e xpuls ed , and true re lig ion aga in,to th e s ingula r comfort and

multiplica tion o f God’s pe ople in this kingdom, very so lemnlyre sto red .

5. No twithstanding an uniformity o f doctrine to b e

taught, embra ced , and pro fe ssed , by authority o f th e princeand s ta te , wa s no t publishe d till certa in years a f te r th e

que en’

s a tta ining th e kingly diadem ; but then Article s o f

Re lig ion, to th e numbe r o f thirty-nine , drawn ye t thre e ye arsa fo re , we re comm ende d to th e cons ide ra tion and pe rusa l of

th e whole cle rgy o f bo th province s in an o rde rly and lawfula ssembly or convo ca tion o f the irs a t London ; and by a swe e tand unanimous re adine ss the reupon by them a llowed . Thiswa s e ff e cte d in th e ye a r o f our Lord 1 56 2 , th e same ye a rtha t th e m ercile ss ma ssa cre a t Va ssey in France wa s c om

mitted by th e duke o f Guise , and th e same ve ry time a lsotha t a ll th e pro te stants in tha t country of France , fo r ho ldingand pro fe ss ing th e same do ctrine , we re sentence d unto de a thand de struction by th e pa rliament a t Paris ; afte r whichthe ir condemna tion ensue d thos e horrible and more than savage

murde rs and s laughte rs o f th e re ligious , and only for the ir religion

9

,a t Ca rra sc one , a t T h olouse , Amiens , T ours , Sens , Agen,

Aurane , and many o the r citie s, towns, and village s throughoutFrance .

A principa l contrive r o f this uniformity in re ligion, and

thereby uni ty among us , was ano the r pre de ce sso r o f yourgra ce

s,e ven D . Pa rke r, th e firs t a rchbishop o f Cante rbury

in th e sa id que en’

s days .

[1 Hae c (so . E l i z ab e th a) t ib i sempe r in o ro e ra t ; i l l ins fidcm , pru~

de nt iam , f o rtitudinem , pudic itiam s empe r praedic a re , u tque h anc nob isD om inus inc o lum em s e rva re t, a ss idue pre ca r i so l c h e s . Orab ant idem

t e cum , & c .

— Ro d . Gua l te r . Ho rn . in PrOph . Min. E pi s t . nuncup. in

Ho s . P roph . ad fin . T igur . l 572 . ][2 T h is re l ig ion,

T HE PRE FAC E .

He reupon wro te Be za 3 from Geneva , D oc trinoe purita s

vig et in Ang lia pure e t s incere “ ; “ Re ligion flourish e th in

England : Z anch ius , from Stra sb orough , P er h a nc r eg i

nam f a c tam ; By h er”

(meaning que en Elizabe th’

s) c om

ing to th e crown, God aga in ha th re s tore d h is do ctrine and

true worship and Danse us,“ T he who le compass o f th e

world ha th neve r se en any thing more ble ssed , nor more tob e wished, than is h er gove rnment.”

So now aga in flourished those aposto l ica l time s (as I maysay) o f unity and uniformity o f doctrine in our church . For

then we re there no contentions , nor dissens ions , nor thornyand pricking disputations among us, about que stions o f re lig ion ; ta ntum res nobis f uit c um sa tellitibus guibusdam pon

tific iis 5 (a s bishop Jewe l sa id), “we then skirmishe d only with

th e papists . A s i t was with th e building o f So lomon’

s tem

ple , so was i t w ith us then : we se t upon th e building o f

God’s house (which is h is church) w ithout de ane e, wi thoutno ise and s tirs . T h e adve rsarie s w ithout he ard us

,and he a rd

o f our do ings abroad by th e p ens o f th e le arned Jewe l , Nowel,Calfhill, and such o the r a rchite cts o f ours : to ourse lve s we

we re come ly a s Jerusa lem, to our enemie s “ terrible a s an

a rmy o f banne rs .

6 . Also wha t a fore , via . an. 6 2 7 , th ey had agre e d upon,Sub sc riptionrequ ired

th e same a t ano the r a ssembly a t London, a n . 7 1 , and th e ggggt

gs

m .

1 3 o f Q . Elizabe th, a ccording to an a c t o f parliament then ” 157“

made s, th e sa id cle rgy o f England (th e a rchbishops and

bishops firs t beg inning , and giving th e example), by the irs eve ra l subscriptions w ith the ir own hands, mo s t readily didprove .

Howbe it in th e ye a r next ensuing , s cil. a n. 7 2 , (a ye ar Am 1572 .

many ways memorable , e spe cia l ly for th e grea t and gene ra lmassa cre o f above an hundre d thousand pro te stants in France

,

[3 Hereupon Be z a , &c .

[4 in e o regno ub i purita s do c trinae vige at .—~ Be z . E pist .

x1 1 . p. 1 0 1 . Gene v. 1 575. Th e e di to r h a s b e en unab le to ve r ify th ere f e renc e s to Z anch ius and D aneeus .][5 Se e Z u rich L e t te rs . F irst Se r i e s . Pa rk . Soc . E d. E pis t . Lvr.][6 D in, la te r e di t ions .) [7 In th e ye a r 1 56 2 , la t e r e d i t ions ][3 T he A c t f or Ministers of the Chur ch to be of sound R eligion e njo ins

sub sc ript ion t o th e A r tic le s , “c ompr i sed in a b o ok imprint ed, inti

tuled A r ticles whereupon, Sc .-L amb

s Hist . A c count, 2 6 . Se e a l soFul ler’s Ch . Hist . Bk . IX . t 55. p. 7 2 . L ond.

T HE PRE FAC E .

chiefly in Paris and th e country there about adj o ining ,b egun on S t Barth o lomew ’

s e ve’; for pope Gregory

s ex

communica ting o f Q . Elizabe th, fo r de fending this do ctrineand re lig ion which he re we speak o f ; and thirdly , for th e

e re cting o f priva te pre sbyte rie s now firs t in England), dive rso f th e infe r ior m iniste rs in and about London, and e lsewhe rein this kingdom,

not a li ttle dis turbe d th e quie t o f our sta teand pea ce , some o f them by untime ly and incons ide ra tea dmonitions , pamphle ts, and l ibe ls ; o the r by obstinate re

fusing to subscribe , as bo th law did enj o in, and the ir fa thersin Christ and supe riors a fore them h ad done . But the semen spe edily bo th by learning we re answered and by auth o

rity censured, suspended , or depr ived 27 . And ye t not one o f th e re cusants , and so no t one

of England’

s cle rgy, e ither now or a fore , did e ve r oppugnth e re ce ive d public and ca tho lic do ctrine o f o ur church ; butmo st w illingly approved and applauded th e same , a s th e trutho f God.

For e ven th e admonitioners themse lve s (which sa id tha tthey did strive for true re ligion, and wishe d th e par liamente ven w ith pe rfe ct ha tre d to de te s t th e church o f England,where of no twiths tanding they were membe rs), e ven they dosay h ow they (meaning th e bishops and the ir partake rs) ho ld 3th e substance o f re ligion with us, and we with them “

. And

aga in : “ We (all of us) confe ss one Christ .”And the ir champion

do th acknowledge tha t h er maj e sty ha th de l ive re d us fromth e spiritua l Egypt o f popery .

So tha t for do ctrine (I mean still for th e ma in po ints o f

doctrine) there was now a swe e t and blessed concord among

[1 T h is same ye a r h appened a c rue l massa c re in Pa r is, th e F renchP ro t e s tan ts b e ing b idden th i th e r unde r th e pre tence o f a nupt ia l so lemnity, b ut ne ve r w e re su ch b la ck f a vo u rs g iven a t a w edding . Adm i ralCo l igny (th e pi l la r o f th e re f o rmed Ch u r ch ) b e ing s la in in h is b ed on

Ba r th o lom ew e ve , wh o se day th en and f or some ye a rs a f te r was th e rerema rkab l e f or w e t w e a th e r .

Ba r th o lome us fl e t, qu ia Ga l l iens o c cub a t A t las .

Ba r th o lomew b emo ans with ra inT h e Ga l l i c A t las th e re on s la in.

Fu l l e r , Ch . His t . Bk .

-

IX . Se c t . iii.[2 S e e Strype

s Wh i tg i f t, Book I . Ch aps . vi. and VI I][3 T h ey h o ld,[4 Se c Admoni t ion to th e Pa r l iament , Art .

T HE PR E FAC E .

among us ; th e o the r is, th e inso lency and bo ldness of our

home -fa ction.

T h e Je suits indicted councils , summoned synods, enacte dand reve rse d orde rs , and exe rcise d papa l j urisdiction amongus ; we no t witting , nor so much a s dreaming o f any suchma tte r.

T h e bre thren (for so did they now style themse lve s) inthe ir churche s and charge s would ne ithe r pray, nor say se r

v ice , I io r baptize , nor ce lebra te th e Lord’

s suppe r , nor marry,nor bury , nor do any o the r e ccle sia stica l duty a ccording to

th e law ; but a fte r the ir own de vis ings . And abro ad 1 (as ifthey h ad b e en a cqua inte d w ith th e j e suitica l pro ce edings , orth e J e suits w ith the ir practice s) they h ad the ir me e tings ,bo th cla ss ica l and synodica l ; they se t down de cre e s , re ve rs e do rde rs , e le cte d ministe rs , exa cte d subscriptions , and e xe cute dth e censure s o f suspension and excommunica tion, whe re theythought go od .

T h e Je suits h ad for the ir provincial , firs t, Robe rt Pa rsons,a lia s Cowbuck, then We ston, and lastly Garne t ; whichGa rne t continued in tha t o ffice till th e ye a r 1 605, when h ewa s apprehended, and for mos t horr ible and he llish tre a sons ,a s an arrant tra itor, put to dea th in Paul ’s church-yard th e

same ye a r . And th e bre thren h ad the ir (I know not wha t)chie f men ; all o f the se re s iding in and about London, and

in spe cia l favour both w ith th e gentry 2 and vulgar pe ople o f

the ir severa l fa ctions , and so continue d mul tiplying the irnumbe r and growing strong , e ven he adstrong in bo ldness andschism, till th e dying day o f this mos t grave and re ve renda rchbishop , which wa s in th e month o f July, 1 583 .

1 0 . Some four months a fore whose de a th th e sa idbre thren, a t a ce rta in a ssembly o f th e ir own appo inting ,among o the r things (a s I find) de cre e d tha t, if subscriptionunto th e bo ok o f Article s o f Re lig ion (a fore -mentione d and

still me ant) should aga in b e urged , th e sa id bre thren m ightsubscribe the reunto a ccording to th e sta tute : which de

clare th , tha t wha t divers ity and disagre ement so eve r was

about o the r ma tters , ye t abode there still a ble sse d uni tyamong us touching th e founda tion o f th e chris tian re lig ion.

And this wa s in 2 5. ye a r o f Q . Elizabe th .

1 1 . Next unto h im D . Whitgift, then bishop o f Wor

[1 Fu l le r, Ch . His t . Bk . Ix. Se c t . i . 56 ] [2 Gent i le s,

T HE PR E FAC E .

c e ster (a man de se rvedly unto tha t dignity promo ted, and

for h is manifo ld pa ins in writing, te a ching , and de fending th etruth

, h is w isdom in go verning , and h is we ll-demeaning o f

himse lf e ve ry way, worthy th e double honour which h e didenj oy, or th e sta te could advanc e

'

h im unto), from thence wastransla te d unto th e se e o f Cante rbury .

No soone r wa s h e confirme d in his o ffice , but, obse rvingbo th th e open and into le rable contempt, in many pla ce s , o f allchurch-orders by autho r ity pre scribe d, and he aring both o f

many se cre t conventicle s and unlawful a ssemblie s in h is

province , and o f th e tumults and garbo ils abroad , and e ven a t

h is ve ry admiss ion unto h is charge ra ise d in Sco tland , and

tha t for th e se lf-same cause which by th e bre thren he re inEngland was ma inta ined ; and fore se e ing th e dange rs and

trouble s like ly to ensue , for which h e should give an a ccount,if in time h e sought no t me ans to prevent th em ; h e thoughtit h is bounden duty (for th e pre se rva tion o f unity and puri tyin re ligion, th e preventing o f furthe r schism, and th e dis cove ryo f men

s inclinations e ithe r unto pe a ce or fa ction), tha t all ande ve ry m iniste r e ccle s ia stica l having cure o f souls w ithin th e

province o f Cante rbury , unde r h is own hand and by sub

scription,.

should te stify his consent bo th unto th e po ints o f

re ligion in th e convoca tion a n. 6 2 approved, and likewiseunto o the r a rticle s ne ce ssa ry for concord s sake o f all and

e ve ry man, m iniste r e spe cia lly , to b e a cknowledge d ,and sub scription

a cco rdingly by due course o f law ca lle d then the re unto :$29

5;d

which wa s done th e ve ry firs t ye ar o f h is remova l, and offo

h er maj e s ty th e 2 6 3.T his o f th e bre thren was terme d th e wo e ful yea r o f A ri-1584.

subscription ; but tha t they should so do the re was no cause ,unle ss they are grie ve d tha t fa ctious spirits and ma lcontente d ministers and pre a che rs we re discove red , and the ire rrone ous and schisma tica l opinions brought into light . A nd

sure ly neve r wa s the re subscr iption hithe rto by authorityurge d in this land, b ut dive rs new fancie s (he ld ye t fortruths no t to b e doubte d of among th e bre thren) we re the re byde te cted , for God’s pe ople to avo id a s monste rs : ne ithe r ha thour church lost by impo s ing , nor th e adversarIe s ga ined, a t

th e long run, by re fus ing subscription.

1 2 . In th e ye ars 7 1 and 7 2 , when subscription first was[3 Fu lle r, Bk. Ix. Se c t . V. 9, and vi.

T HE PR E FAC E .

required, th e who le land will witne ss, that many and sundryHow b asely books (as we ll in Latin a s English) then and afte rward flewt h e b re th renc onc ew e o f abroad . In which we re ad h ow then and in tho se days th eth e do c trine ,givsgg

e

struth o f God did in a manne r but pe e p out (as i t we re) a t th escre en ; tha t Cranme r, Parke r, Grinda l, and all th e o the r

t h emartyrs , pre achers , and learne d men (which firs t in our age

brought th e light o f th e gospe l into this re alm) did se e a

li ttle and h ad a glimpse o f th e truth , but oversaw manythings which inthe se days o f th e sunshine o f th e gospe l meno f me aner gifts do se e , and ye t may no t utte r them withoutgre a t dange r o f th e laws (through th e iniquity o f the time s),though th e sa id things now se en b e comprised in th e book o f

God, and a lso b e a par t o f th e gospe l , yea , th e ve ry gospe litse lf ; so true are they and o f such importance a s, if e ve ryha ir of our he ads we re a l ife (say th e bre thren), we ought toafford them in de fence o f the se ma tte rs ; th e Article s o f Re l ig ion, penne d and agre e d upon by th e bishops and clergy,and ra tifie d by th e pr ince and parliament, in comparison o f

the se things now revea le d and newly come to l ight, are butchildish and

T hus wri te they (a s your gra ce b est knowe th, and Iw ould have quo te d th e places where they may b e read , h adI e ithe r not written unto yourse lf, or did write unto a man

unacqua inte d with the ir books). And, h ad they he re stayed ,the ir words h ad be en able (without th e more gra ce o f God)to have move d th e parliam ent and all th e people o f this land(as they have preva iled but too much a lre ady w ith the ir toocre dulous favourite s), to think o ur church , for all th e re

forma tion wrought and uniformity in doctrine e stablished , tob e much awry, and far from th e truth i t should pro fe ss . Buts e tting down (a s they have done) and publishing bo th wha tth e truth is which now bre ake th out and ofi

'

e re th itse lf, bythe ir m inistry, to th e v iew o f th e who le world (which a foredid but pe ep out a t th e scre en), and wha t th e things b e whichthey o f mean g ifts do se e , and our fa the rs, th e martyrs,bishops , and pre ache rs , both in king Edwa rd ’s days and

a f te rwards (known and acknowledged to b e men o f exce llentparts), e ithe r did no t s e e a t all, or overse e

,and wha t likewise

th e po ints o f doctrine newly now reve a led , the ir azternum

eva ng elium (which w ithout grea t danger may no t b e preache df l Se e Soam e s , E l iz . Re l. His t . pp. 1 84,

T HE PRE FACE

in England , no more than th e do ctrine and article s o f th echurch o f England may b e prea ched a t Rome ; and for

de fence where of they ought to a fford e ven the ir ve ry l ive s,were they so many a s th e ha irs o f e very o f the ir heads) is,and b e , they demonstra te themse lve s to b e most childishlyva in and idle in the ir imaginations, which they take ye t tob e illumina tions o f th e Spirit .

1 3 . For all the ir do ings and discourse s (to say th e be s t gggtgggooqtho f them) are but to e re ct a new (which they te rm a true) 512m?“

ministry, and the ir discipline among us .

T hemse lve s do say,“ T h e controve rsy be twixt them and

us is not a s (th e bishops and the ir we l l-wi lle rs) they wouldbear th e world in hand, for a c ap, a tippe t, or a surplice ;but for grea ter matte rs conce rning a true ministry, and re

giment o f th e church , a ccording to th e word 2 : th e one whereof,tha t is

, a true ministry, they sha l l neve r have , til l archbishopsand bishops b e put down, and all m iniste rs made equa l ; th eo the r a lso will neve r b e brought to pa ss , till kings and que ensdo subj e ct themse lves unto th e church , and submi t the irsceptre s, and throw down the ir crowns be fore th e church ,and lick up th e dust o f th e fe e t o f th e church , and willinglyabide th e censures o f th e church , that is , of th e pre sbyte ry .

For a s th e church is subj e ct unto th e civil magistrate , inre spe ct o f h is civi l authority, so must th e magistra te

,th e

king and que en, subj e ct themse lve s and b e obedient to th ej ust and lawful author ity of

th e church . Th e civil magistra te is none o fficer at all o f th e church . For church-o ffic e rsb e non magna tes amt tetra rch cc , no t gra cious or honourablelords, but ministers o f th e church . T h e pre sbyte ry is th echurch

, and eve ry congregation or church should and mustin i t have a pre sbytery.

This is th e l ight which inde e d th e martyrs neve r saw ;th e re ligion which our bre thren strive for ; th e truth whichthey may not preach ; not childish doctrine , l ike th e bishops’

article s, but th e wise gospe l , th e ma in and mate ria l po ints ofre ligion, now in these last days last o f all (ye a , a fter th ee ighth thorough breaking o f H. N .

3 his E va ng elium R egni)

[2 Se e th e Admonit ion to th e Pa r l iam ent . Art . 2 . ad fin.]

[3 Hen ry N ich o las, a Du tchman, f ounde r o f a se c t o f Anab apt is ts,call ing th emselve s th e Fam i ly o f Love . For an a c c ount o f th e irOpinions se e Fu l ler, Ch . Hist . Bk . IX. Se c t. xiv. 37, and e spec ia l lyHenry More ’s T h e o log ic alWorks ]

T HE PRE FACE .

reveale d, and for furthe rance whereof they are to lend and

spend e ven all the ir l ive s , if o cca sion b e ministe red .

1 4 . Strange and strong de lusions : first, to take the seand o the r such a ssertions for truths and heavenly myste rie s ,which a re but th e fancie s o f trouble d bra ins, no t grounde dnor truly ga there d from God’s word .

Next , to te ach one ano the r and all the ir favoure rs, h owthey should b e as re ady and prepa re d e ven for the se matte rs to give o the r the ir livings , and to give the ir l ive s (we rethey a s many a s th e ha irs o f all the ir heads), as Cranme r,R idley,

Latime r did ; and Parke r, Grinda l, and all o the rpre a che rs would , and e ve ry christian man and woman should(if th ey b e ca lle d the reunto), for th e aposto lica l and ca tho li cdoctrine o f our church ; which all God’s pe ople do know , and

th e bre thren themse lve s (a s a fore ha th be en no ted) do confe ss,is o riginally from God and h is wr itten word .

The se and many mo re (too many he re to b e re capitula te)such fanta sie s o f the irs , or frenzie s ra the r, this first sub sc ription brought first to light ; and ye t happy h ad it b e en forGod’s church and p e ople , they h ad neve r be en broa ched .

1 5. Semblably, th e next subscription ca lle d for by th elast archbishop, your lo rdship

s pre de ce sso r, c m. 84 , discove re de ven th e ve ry thoughts and de s ire s o f tho s e (bre thren be fo re ,but now s tyle d) fa ithful bre thren, which have and do se ek forth e discipline and re forma tion o f th e church .

Many tre a tise s a fore , but now and divers ye ars ensuing ,they flew about and abro ad like a toms ‘; and by them th e

same things which a fore , but in a diffe ring sort, and in o therwords , they publish .

For touching church-offic ers , they name wh o and h ow

many sorts they b e o f them , viz . do ctors , pa stors, gove rnors,dea cons, and widows z ; no more , no fewe r.

They say e ve ry church must b e furnished w ith a teacherand a pa sto r, as w i th two eye s ; w ith e lde rs , a s w ith fe e tw ith de a cons, a s with hands 3. Eve ry congrega tion mus t haveeye s , hands , and fe e t ; and ye t ne i the r all

, nor a t all anycongrega tion,

is to have an head, answerable to those fe e t,hands, and eye s .

[1 A tom i e s, 1 607. ]

[2 Se e Banc ro f t, Su rvey o f P re t ended Ho ly D iscipl ine , ch ap. i . p. 3.

L ond.

[3 Ib id. ch ap. V1 ] . p.

T H E PRE FACE .

Th e doctor, by the ir do ctrine , mus t b e a dis tinct m inisterfrom th e pastor, and only tea ch true do ctrine , and ne ithe r exhort, nor apply h is do ctrine a ccording to th e time s, and h is

auditory, nor minister'

th e sacraments . For the se things th epas to r is to pe rform : which pasto r a lso , whensoe ve r h e ad

m iniste re th th e sa craments , must ne ce ssarily make a sermon, ore lse h e committe th sa cr ilege .

And conce rning discipline , by the ir do ctr ine , e very c on

grega tion must have abso lute authori ty to a dmonish , to c en

sure , to excommunica te , and to ana thema ti ze all o ff endingpe rsons, yea e ven kings and prince s , if they b e o f th e congregat ion. A nd no pr ince but must b e o f s ome parish , and unde rone pre sbyte ry or o the r , a lways . Whe re this powe r is no t,in the ir j udgments , one o f th e tokens o f a true church is wanting . For this discipline w ith them is a mark o f th e church ,and numbe re d among th e a rticle s o f the ir fa ith .

1 6 . This (say they) is th e gre a t cause , th e ho ly cause ,which they w il l ne ve r le ave suing for , though the re should b ea thousand parliaments in the ir days, until e ithe r they obta ini t, or bring th e Lord in venge ance and blo od aga ins t th estate and th e who le land for repe lling th e same . Th e disci Th e b re thpline is God’s ho ly yoke , God

’s sceptre , th e kingdom, andEggétffigfthrone of Christ 4. pline .

Our controversy (say they) is, whe the r Je sus Chr is t sha l lb e king , or no . Aga in, th e end o f all our trava il is, to buildup th e wa lls o f Je rusa lem, and to se t up th e throne of Je susChris t, our heavenly king , in th e midst the re o f ; th e advanc

ing whe re of is a te stimony unto us tha t we sha ll have part intha t glory which sha ll b e re vea le d he rea fte r .

So learn we now from the ir sa id books, learned and

demonstra tive discourse s (which th e fa the rs and our forefa thers neve r saw, nor h ad learne d), bo th tha t the ir disciplinee stablishe d and exe rcise d is a vis ible mark o f a true church ;and to de s ire th e advancement o f th e same , an invisible tokeno f an e le ct child o f God : so a s ne ithe r is tha t a church , a t

lea st no true church , whe re the ir discipline is no t ; ne i the rthey but titular Christians, no true Christians inde e d , whiche ithe r s igh or se ek no t to have it e stablishe d, and pre sbyte rie sin e ve ry par ish to b e a dvance d .

[4 Se e Banc ro f t , Dangerous Pos i t ions, &c . Bk. I I . ch ap u . p. 45.

L ond.

T h e b re th renrenew andc ontinueth e ir b asec onc e rts o fth e pub licartic les o fo ur re lIgion,in c omparison o fth e ir newgo spe l .

An. 1588.

Q ueen E liz ab e th oppo se th h era uth o ritya g a inst t h eb re th ren,th e ir b o o ksand writIngs.

T H E PRE FACE .

1 7 . Th e Article s o f our Re lig ion (conclude d upon by th ereverend cle rgy o f our church), with the se learned and all-se e

ing bre thren, are but th e bishops’ de cre e s , th e article s o f th e

convoca tion-house , and revea l some l ittle truth : but the sewise bre thren (so fa ithful have they be en be twe en God and

h is church) they have not fa ile d to shew us th e who le counse lo f God.

And ye t these fa ithful bre thren, e ithe r through forge tfulness or fra ilty, or (which I ra the r think) force d thereunto by th e powe r o f truth , do pla inly confe ss , tha t thos every de cre e s o f our bishops , and article s o f th e convo ca tionhouse , even tha t little , l ittle part o f th e gospe l , which th e sa idbishops and martyrs brought to light, and hath enlightene dth e who le realm, conta ine th th e ve ry fundamenta l po ints of

Christianity.

Whe re of I still gathe r, tha t h ad the ir newly-revea le d,terme d le arned discourse s , and do ctr ine s , touching disciplineand the ir pre sbyterie s (howso eve r w ith goodly and glo rioustitle s , to ravish poor hearts w ith th e de sire the re of, brandishe dand se t out) neve r been divulged or preached , we may b esaved ; but , wi thout knowing and be lieving th e a rticle s or

do ctrine o f our church (which ye t is no t ours , but God ’

s)the re is no sa lva tion ordinarily to b e looke d for o f any man :

so true , and o f such ne cessity, is this ; so impertinent and

unne edful , th e o the r .1 8 . Oc tog esimus o cta vus mira bilis a nnus

‘: i t was pro

ph esied to b e a wonderful ye ar, long afore it came , and willneve r b e forgo tten now i t is past .

Among th e things for which th e year e ighty-e ight isfamous, one , and no t o f least regard, is tha t, afore i t ex

pired, the se bo oks o f th e bre thren, by a proclama tion fromque en Elizabe th , we re denounce d schismatica l and seditious ;and th e doctrine in them conta ine d e rrone ous, tending to

pe rsuade and bring in a monstrous and apparent dange rousinnova tion w ithin h er dominions and countrie s ; and to makea change , even a dangerous change , o f th e form o f doctrinethen in use . And there fore th e sa id books were commandedto b e brought in, and de l ivere d into th e hands o f authority

[1 N ow b egan th a t f a ta l yea r gene ra l ly f o re to ld th a t it wou ldb e wonde rf ul , as i t proved no le ss, &c . Fu l l e r, Bk. Ix. Se c t . vii.t

Ce rta inf ruits ande ff e c ts o f th esa bb atariando c trine publish e d b yc onsent o flt h e b re th ren.

T HE P RE FACE .

and a fte r a new fashion, which we little thought o f, (such wasthe ir cunning ,) se t upon u s a fre sh aga in by dispers ing in

printe d bo oks (which for t en ye ars”spa ce be fore they h ad

be en in hamme ring among themse lve s to make them comple te)the ir sabba th spe cula tions , and pre sbyte rian (tha t is , more thane ithe r kingly or pope ly) dire ctions for th e obse rva tion o f th e

Lord’s day.

T his stra tagem o f the irs was not obse rve d then, ne ithe r, Ifear me , is regarde d a s it should be ye t ; and ye t did, and s inceha th , and doubtle ss in time to come , if i t b e no t time ly se en

unto , with unsound opinions and paradoxe s wi ll so po isonmany, a s th e who le church and commonwea l w ill find th e

dange r and inconvenience o f them : so plausible a re they to

men e ithe r popularly re ligious, or preposte rously and inj udic iously zea lous .

2 1 . In this the ir sa lly, a s I sa id be fore , they se t no t uponth e bishops and the ir calling , the ir Chance llors , &c . , a s popishand antichr istian ; they le t them a lone , se e ing and knowingthey are too we l l backe d for them to subve rt : but (which are

o f gre a t all, and a lmos t o f th e same antiquity w ith bishopsdivers of them,

and I h ad a lmost sa id as ne cessary) theyruina te , and a t one blow bea t down all time s and days , by justauthor ity de stined to re l igious and holy use s , b e side s th e Lord

s

day, saying pla inly and in peremptory words, that th e churchha th none authority, o rdinarily, or from ye a r to year perpe tually to sanctify any o ther day to those use s, but only th eLord’s day .

T hey build not pre sbyte rie s e xpre ssedly (though unde rhand , if it b e we l l marked, they do e re ct them in the ir e xe rcise so f th e sabbath but they se t up a new idol

,the ir Sa int Sab

ba th (e rs t in th e days o f popish blindness S t Sunday) in th em idst and m inds o f God ’s pe ople .

By th e forme r they have opene d no t a gap, but a widegate

,unto all licentiousne ss , l iberty, and pro fanene ss on th e

ho lydays , which is re adily and gre edily apprehended o f all

sorts o f pe ople e ve rywhe re , e spe cia lly o f the ir favourite s, toth e high dishonour o f God, de cay o f de vo tion, hinderance o f

christian knowledge and w isdom in all sorts, e spe cia lly in th evulga r multitude and poor se rvants , a dvantage o f th e commonenemie s , and gross contempt o f th e ne ce ssary and laudableo rde rs o f our church . By th e latter they have introduce d a

THE PRE FAC E .

new, and more than e ithe r Jewish or popish superstition into‘

th e land, to no sma l l blemish o f our christian pro fe ss ion, and

scanda l o f th e true se rvants o f God, and the rewith do ctrinemos t e rrone ous, dange rous, and antichristian.

2 2 . The ir do ctrine summarily may b e reduce d unto the se Th e sum o fth e sab b a

two heads , whe re of th e one is , tha t th e Lord’s-day , even a s ta rian do cth e old sabbath was o f th e Jews , must ne ce ssar ily b e kept,and so lemni ze d o f all and eve ry Chris tian, unde r th e pa in o f

e te rna l condemna tion bo th o f body and soul .T h e o the r, tha t unde r th e same pena l ty i t must b e kept

from th e highe st to th e lowe s t, both o f king and pe ople,in

sort and manne r as the se bre thren among themse lve s havedevised , de cre ed , and pre scribed .

Th e forme r o f the se is l ike tha t of th e fa lse apo stle s , whichcame from Jude a unto Antioch , and taught th e bre thren,

tha tunle ss they we re circumcised afte r th e manner o f Mo se s, theycould no t b e save d : whom th e apo stle s , Paul and Barnaba sfirst, and a fte rwards Pe te r, Jame s , and th e re st a t Je rusa lembo th zea lously did resist, and in the ir synod, or convo cation,powerfully suppress .

T he la tte r, a s b ad a s th a t , ha th be en th e mothe r of manyhere tica l a sse rtions and horr ible conclus ions .

I have read (and many there b e a live which wil l j ustify it)h ow it was preache d in a marke t-town in Oxfordshire , tha tto do any se rvile work or bus ine ss on th e Lord ’s-day is a s

grea t a sin as to kill a man, or to comm i t adulte ry . I t wa s

preache d in Some rse tshire , tha t to throw a bowl on th e Sabb a th-day is as grea t a sin a s to kill a man. I t was prea che din Norfo lk , tha t t o make a fe ast or we dding-dinne r on th e

Lord’s-day i s a s gre at a sin as for a fa the r to take a knifeand cut his child’s throa t . I t wa s prea che d in Suff o lk (I c anname th e man, and I was pre sent when h e was convente dbe fore h is ordinary for prea ching th e same), tha t to ring morebe lls than one upon th e Lord ’s-day to ca l l th e people unto th echurch is a s grea t a sin as to commit murde r .When the se things I read and he ard , mine he art wa s

s tricken with an horro r, and so is i t still, when I do butthink of them ; and ca ll ing into mind th e Sabba th Do c trine l,a t London printed for J . Porte r and T . Man, anno 1 595,

[1 T h is wo rk was w r i t ten b y a D r Bound, and wa s repub l ish ed

with some addi t ions in2 — 2

trmeb ro ac h ed b yth e b re th ren.

T h e b re»

th ren’

s do c ~

trine o f th e

Sab b a thc a lled in b yau th o rIty,and fo rb iddenany m o re to

b e prInted.

Anno 1 599,1600 .

Pu rity o fdo c trine a llque en E li z ab e th ’

s re ignma intainedin E ngland.

T HE PRE FACE .

which I h ad read a fore (whe re in ve ry many things are to

this e ff e ct), I pre sently sme l t bo th who se disciple s all thosepre achers are , and tha t th e sa id do ctr ine h ad taken de epimpre ssion in men

s he arts , and wa s dispersed (while our

wa tchmen were o therwise bus ied , if no t a sle ep) ove r th e who lekingdom .

2 3 . I t is a comfort unto my soul , and w il l b e til l mydying hour, tha t I have be en th e man and th e means 1 , tha tthe se sabbatarian e rrors and impie tie s are brought into lightand knowledge o f th e sta te ; whe reby wha tsoeve r e lse , sure Iam, this good ha th ensued, name ly, tha t th e sa id books o f th esabbath (comprehending th e abovementioned, and many moresuch fe arful and here tica l assertions) have be en bo th called in,and forbidden any more to b e printe d and made common.

Your grace’

s pre de ce sso r, archbishop Whitgift, by his le tters,and ofi c ers a t synods and v is ita tions, anno 1 599, did th e one ;

and sir John Popham , lord chie f justice o f England, a t BuryS t Edmunds , in Suffo lk, anno 1 600, did th e o the r .

And both these most re verend, sage , and honourable personage s by the ir censure s have de clare d (if men w ill take ad

monition), tha t this sabbath do ctrine o f th e bre thren agre e thne ithe r w ith th e do ctrine of our church, nor with th e lawsand orde rs o f this kingdom ; disturb e th th e p eace both o f th e

commonwea l and church ; and tende th unto schism in th e

one , and sedition in th e o the r : and there fore ne ithe r to b eba cked, nor bo lste re d by any good subj e ct, whe ther h e b echurch or commonwea l man.

2 4. Thus have e rrors and no isome doctrine s, like bo ilsand botche s, eve r and anon risen up, to th e overthrow o f our

church’s hea lth and safe ty , if it might b e but ye t such ha thbe en th e physio o f our discipline , a s wh a t by lancing , purging,and o the r good means used , th e body still ha th be en upho ldenand pre serve d from time to time .

And we ll may e rrors (like gro ss humours and tumours)continue among us, (as neve r church was, or will b e quitew i thout them

,while i t is militant he re upon earth ye t are

they not of th e substance a t all of our re ligion, or any parto f our church’s doctrine (no more than i ll humours which b ein

, are o f th e body ; or dregs in a ve sse l o f wine b e any parte ithe r o f th e ve sse l or wine ) which rema ine th, as a t th e first,

[1 Ful le r, Book 1x. Se c t. vi i i .

T HE PRE FACE .

most sound , and uncorrupted ; and so continued e ven untilth e dying day o f tha t most illustrious and re ligious pr ince ss,queen Elizabe th .

Th e ve ry bre thren themse lves do wr ite , tha t,In rega rd of th e common grounds of re ligion, and of th e Ann0 100 2 .

ministry, we are all one . We are all o f one fa ith , one baptism, one body, one spiri t, have all one Fa the r , one Lord ; andb e all o f one heart aga ins t all wicke dne ss , supe rstition,ido latry, here sy ; and we s e ek with one christian desire th e

a dvancement o f th e pure re ligion, wo rship, and honour o f God.

We are m iniste rs o f th e word by one orde r ; we administe rprayers and sa craments by one form ; we preach one fa ithand substance o f do ctrine . And we pra ise God he artily, tha tth e true fa ith , by which we may b e saved , and th e truedoctrine of th e sa craments, and th e pure wo rship o f God

,is

truly taught, and tha t by public authority, and re ta ine d in th eb ook o f article s .

Hitherto th e sa id bre thren. And this was the ir ve rdicto f our church '

s doctrine in th e la s t year save one o f que enElizabe th’s re ign ; than which no thing was eve r more trulysa id or wr itten : and this unity and purity o f doctrine sh e

le ft with us, when sh e departe d this world .

2 5. Now, after Elizabe th re igne d noble Jame s, wh o K ing James.

found this our church , as all th e world knowe th, in re spe cto f th e grounds o f true re ligion, a t unity ; and tha t unity Anno 1603 .

in ve ri ty, and tha t ve rity confirmed by publ ic and rega lapproba tion.

T he se e ccle sia stica l ministers the re fore (though a thousand K ing Jame s

a b used and

for number) wh o a t h is maj esty’

s firs t com ing into this king tro ub ledwith fa lse in

dom e ithe r compla ine d unto h is highne ss o f (I know no t f o rma tio ns,and pe titions

wha t) e rrors and imperfe ctions in our church , e ven in po ints E’fifg’f f re ‘

o f do ctrine (as if sh e e rre d in ma tte rs o f fa ith), or de s ire dtha t an uni formi ty o f do ctrine might b e pre scribe d (a s ifth e same h ad no t a lready be en done to his hands ,) or (as

we ary be like o f th e old, by que en Elizabe th countenance dand continued) de s ire d h is maj e sty to take them out a new

lesson (as did th e seventy-one bre thren o f Suffo lk), are not

to he l iked .

Ne ithe r c an we exto l th e go odne ss o f our God sufficientlytoward our king , and us all, for inspiring h is roya l hea rt withho ly wisdom to discern the se unstaye d and troublesome spi

T HE PRE FAC E .

r its ; and enabling h is highne ss w ith power, and gra ce s fromabove

,to de cre e orde rs and dire ctions for th e gene ra l bene

fit and pe a ce o f th e who le church ; ne ithe r sufl'

ered h e h is

eye s to s le ep , nor h is eye-lids to s lumbe r

,nor th e temple s o f

h is hea d to take any re s t, till h e h ad se t them down afore all

o the r , though ne ve r so important and we ighty a ffa irs o f th e

crown and kingdom .

2 6 . Myse lf have read , and thousand thousands, with an

hundre d thousand o f h is subj e cts be s ide s, have e ithe r read or

he ard o f proclamations a fte r pro clama tions (to th e numbe r o fsix, or se ven a t th e least), o f bo oks and open spe e che s o f h is

maj e sty, uttere d in th e parl iament-house , and all o f themmade vulgar w ithin a ye ar, and little more , a fte r h is happyingre ss into this kingdom and taking the administra tion o f

this mo s t famous and flourishing empire upon himse lf; whe reby th e do ctrine in this land a llowe d, and publicly gra ce dand embra ce d o f all sorts a t h is entrance into th e rea lm ,

ha th be en no t only a cknowledge d to b e agre e able to G od’

s

word , s incere , and th e ve ry same which bo th his highne ss,and th e who le church and kingdom o f Scotland, ye a , and th epr imitive church profe sse d ; but a lso by h is authority rega land paramount (as one o f th e ma in pillars , supporting h ise sta te) ra tifie d to continue ; and all hope e ithe r o f a llowingor to le ra ting in this kingdom o f any o the r doctrine , re ligion,or faction whatso eve r, oppos ite or any way thwarting th e

fa ith and confe ss ion o f th e church o f England, in mos t pla in,pithy , and peremptory words and spe e che s cut o ff .

T h e year 1 56 2 wa s no t more famous for th e uniformityo f doctrine in re lig ion then concluded, than th e year 1 604 ismemorable , and w ill b e for s e conding th e same : ne ithe r go tth e cle rgy in those days more credit in composing th e a rticle so f our uni ty in fa ith , than did th e last convo ca tion (whe rea tyour grace , then bishop o f London, wa s pre sent, and pre s ident) in ra tifying th e a cts and a rticle s o f the ir ante ce ssorsne ithe r was que en Elizabe th more honoure d in e stablishingthem a t th e firs t, than is our king Jame s renowned, and moreand more w ill b e , for approving unde r th e grea t s ea l o f E ngland th e la te and la st constitutions and canons e ccle siastica l .

2 7 . Whereby no pe rson sha ll he re a fte r b e re ce ive d intoth e ministry,

nor ne ithe r by ins titution or collation admitte dto any e ccle siastica l l iving, nor suffere d to pre ach , to cate chise ,

T HE PRE FACE .

or to be le cture r or reade r of divinity in e ither univers ity ,

o r in any ca thedra l, or co llegia te church,city or marke t

town, parish-church, chape l, or in any o ther pla ce in thisrea lm, except, &c . , and except h e sha ll first subscribe to the sethre e a rticle s , & c . ; whe re of th e third is, tha t h e a llowe thth e book o f Articles o f Re ligion, &c . nor any l icense d topreach, read, le cture , or cate chise , coming to re s ide in anydioce se , sha l l b e permitte d there to pre a ch , re ad, le cture ,cate chise

,or m inister th e sacraments, or to exe cute any o ther

e ccle sia stica l function (by what authori ty soeve r h e b e thereunto admitted), unless h e first consent and subscr ibe to th e

thre e a rticle s ] .Ne ithe r sha l l any man tea ch e ither in public schoo l , or in

pr iva te house , except h e sha l l first subscribe to th e first andthird article s s imply, &c .

2

Ne ithe r sha ll any man b e admitte d a chance llor, c om

missary, or o fficia l, to exercise any e ccle siastica l j urisdiction,except, &c . and shal l subscribe to th e Article s o f Re l igion,agre ed upon in th e convocation in th e yea r 1 56 2 , &c .

And l ikewise all Chance l lors , commissarie s, registe rs, andall o the r , tha t do now posse ss or exe cute any pla ce s o f e cclesiastical j urisdiction or service , sha ll be fore Christmas nextin th e pre sence of th e archbishop or bishop , or in open court,under whom, or where they exe cute the ir o ffice s, take th esame oaths , and subscribe , a s before is sa id ; or upon re fusa lso to do , sha ll b e suspende d from th e exe cution of the iro ffice s, until they sha ll take th e sa id oaths, and subscribe , a sa fore sa id 3

2 8 . In which constitutions th e wisdom o f h is highne ssshewe th itse lf to b e exce llent, wh o inde e d (as exce eding nec e ssary , bo th for th e re ta ining 4 o f pe a ce in th e church , andpreventing o f new do ctrine , curious spe cula tions, and ofl’enc es ,

which o the rwise da ily would spring up and into le rably increase) ca lle th for subscr iption, in testimony of men

’s cordia lconsent unto th e re ce ive d do ctrine o f our church , but exa cte th no t the ir oa ths, a s some do ; much le ss oa ths, vows , andsubscription too (but only in a particula r re spe ct, and tha t ofa very few in public office), a s our ne ighbours have done .

[1 Constitu t ions and Canons E c cle siastic al, &c . xxxvr, vn.][2 I b id Lxxv1 1 .] [3 I b id. c xxvm][4 Re ta in,

Of th e subs c riptionc alled fo r.

Can. 2 , 1 2 7.

T HE PRE FACE .

Aga in, h e require th subscription, but not o f civil magistra te s ; no t o f th e commons (as e lsewhere some do), no t o f

e ve ry man, ye a , o f women as we l l a s o f men (a s did th e pers e cuted church a t Franckford in que en Mary

s days), no t o f

noble , g entlemen, and courtiers (as in Sco tland wa s exa cte din our king ’

s minori ty) ; but only o f e ccle siastica l minis ters,te ache rs , and spiritua l oflic e rs , or o f those which would b esuch : and so do th e re formed churches in France and Ger

many a t this ve ry day.

Last o f all h is maj e s ty ca lle th f or subscription untoa rticle s o f re ligion ; but they a re not e ithe r a rticle s o f his

own late ly de vised, or th e old newly turkened‘, but th e ve rya rticle s agre e d upon by th e a rchbishops and bishops o f bothprovince s , and th e whole clergy in th e convoca tion ho lden a t

London,and tha t in th e ye ar o f our Lord God 1 56 2 , and

unto none o the r ; e ven th e same article s , for numbe r thirtynine

,no more , no f ewer ; and for words , syllable s , and le t

te rs , th e very same , unaugmented , undiminished , unaltered .

2 9. And be ing th e same , th e who le world is to know,

tha t th e church o f England is no t in re lig ion changed, or

variable l ike th e mo on, nor aff e cte th nove lty or new le ssons ;but ho lde th stedfa stly and conscionably tha t truth , which byth e martyrs and o the r ministers in this last age o f th e worldha th be en re store d unto this kingdom, and is grounde d uponGod ’

s wri tten word, th e only founda tion o f our fa ith .

And be ing th e same , all men aga in may se e , tha t we are

s til l a t unity both among ourse lve s a t home , and w ith th e

ne ighbour churche s abroad in all matte rs o f chie fe s t importance and fundamenta l po ints o f re ligion, though our adver

sarie s th e papists would fa in b ea t th e contrary into th e commonpe ople ’s he ads .

And be ing th e same , there is now (as a lso from th e firs tre stora tion o f th e go sp e l among us the re hath be en) an uni

formi ty likewise o f doctrine by authority e stablished , whicha t th e k ing his firs t arriva l among us wa s so much de s ire dby th e bre thren.

And fina lly, be ing th e same , le t us no t doubt but persuade

[1 Fu rb ish ed, la t e r E di t ions . Banc ro f t , in h is Su rvey o f th e

P re t ended Ho ly D is c ipl ine , us e s th e wo rd, turkiscd “ And ye t h e

t ake th th e sam e se ntence ou t o f E say (som ewh a t turkised) f o r h is

po e s i e a s we l l a s th e re s t .” Ch ap. i . p. 6 . L ond. 1 593 ]

T HE PRE FACE .

tha t impropria tions may b e le t to fa rm unto incumbent ministers , viz . which fa ithfully pre a ch in th e churche s th e truedoctrine o f th e gospe l , a ccording to th e a rticle s o f re ligion,conce rning fa ith and sa craments ; me aning tha t such m inis te rsa s pre a ch th e same doctrine , if they pro ce ed to th e re s t o f

th e article s , conce rning e ithe r conformity in exte rna l and ce remonia l ma tte rs, or uniformity in o the r po ints o f do ctrineconta ine d in tha t book , should not b e partakers o f tha t benefit,or o f b enefic e s impropriate .

Wh th e 31 . I f i t b e demanded, wha t th e cause s may b e , whyre r a wlllgubgc rlb e they Wlll subscribe unto some , but Wlll no t unto all ; or whyU nto some ,

gfit

tggl um they wi ll unto those Article s which concern fa ith and th e

“ ic‘e s'sacraments , but w ill no t unto th e re st subscribe ; th e re a sonshere of b e two : where of

T h e one is f or tha t, in the ir opinion, there is no law to

compe l them to subscr ibe unto all. Fo r (say th e bre threnre siant I know no t whe re) we have a lways b e en re adyto subscribe to th e A rticle s o f Re ligion conce rning th e do c

trine o f fa ith and o f th e sacraments , which is all tha t isrequire d by law. Also th e bre thren in D evonshire and

Cornwa ll, We a re re ady (say they) to subscribe to th e third(which concerne th th e book o f Article s o f Re ligion) so far as

we are bound by s tatute conce rning th e same , viz . a s theyconcern th e doctrine of th e sacraments and th e confess ion o f

th e true fa ith . And th e two -and—twenty London bre thrente ll king Jame s to h is head , h ow th e subscription which h eca lle th for is more than th e law require th .

T he ir o the r re ason is, be cause (a s th e Linco lnshire dosay) sundry, (as th e London bre thren aflirm) many things intha t book b e not agre eable , but contrary to God

s word .

3 2 . I f these things b e true which they do a l lege , sure lythen are tho se men to b e chronicle d for th e fa ithful, th e godlyand inno cent bre thren inde ed, whom ne ithe r pre sent benefic e s can a llure , nor th e angry countenance and disple asure of

a king , e ven o f th e puissant and powe rful king o f Grea tBrita in, c an force to do anything a t h is be ck and plea sure ,e ithe r aga inst law or for which the re is no law ; and wh o h ad

ra the r to forego all the ir e arthly commodities and l ivings,yea , and to go from the ir charge s andministery, and to e xposethemse lve s , the ir w ive s, and children, to th e mise rie s o f

this world (grievous for fle sh and blood to endure), than to

T HE PRE FACE .

a pprove anything for true and sound by the ir hands, whichis oppos ite or not agre eable to th e re vea le d will and scripture s o f God.

But if the se a llegations o f the irs b e but weak and s infulsurmises, or ra the r, apparently mos t fa lse , scanda lous, and

slande rous imputa tions to the ir prince , the ir mo the r-church ,and this sta te ; then doubtle ss , a s e ven th e 1 Chr istians now

l iving canno t but take them, so th e age s to come w i ll eve rlastingly note and censure them, bo th for disloya l subj e cts,tha t so traduce a truly and most chris tianly re ligious king ;i ll-de serving children

,tha t so abuse the ir honourable and

re ve rend fa the rs and super iors o f state and authori ty ; turbulent spir its , not peace able men, which ra ise such bro ils ,trouble s , and divisions in th e church and kingdom (th e issue swhere of no tongue can fore tel and are fe arful be ing thoughto f) without cause ; and, finally, ne ither fa i thful nor godlypreachers , but ungodly broache rs o f untruths and slanders ,and th e ve ry authors and fautors o f horrible confus ion and

fa ction in God ’s church, whose pe a ce they should se ek and

promo te e ven with the ir deare st blood .

33 . S ince th e s ta tute for uniformity in r ite s and doc

trine was firs t ena cte d , more than thirty-five ye ars havepa ssed, in all which spa ce ne ithe r th e bre thren now be ing ,nor th e bre thren a fore them living , have hithe rto shewn o f

th e thirty -nine Article s, for name s and title s, which— for

number, h ow many— th e article s b e , which e ccle sia stica l ministers ne ce ssar ily must, h ow many which they may not, or

ne ed not unle ss they list, subscribe unto ; which I am surethey, or some o f them , a t one time or o the r would haveexpre ssed, h ad th e law favoure d the ir re cusancy, and theybe en able to have justifie d the ir maxim, which is, tha t theyare not comp e llable by subscription to approve them all.

Aga in, s ince th e first e stablishment o f tha t sta tute -law, th e

most reve rend fa the rs and truly re fo rmed ministe rs o f thischurch (sound for j udgment , profound for learning , zea lousfor affe ction, s ince re for re ligion ; fa ithful in the ir churche s,pa inful in the ir charge s ; more profitable many ways , o f a s

tende r conscience s eve ry way as any o f these bre thren c om

bined, a ccording bo th to the ir b ounden dutie s and a s theyare persuade d) to th e ve ry purport and true intent of th e

[1 As th ey e ven,

T HE PRE FAC E .

sa id sta tute , have a lways bo th with the ir mouths a cknowl edged and w ith the ir pens approve d th e thirty-nine article so f our re ligion for truths no t to b e doubted o f, and godly .

Ye a , and th e bre thren to o themse lve s (which now so

scrupulously, when they are orde rly ca l led thereunto , do holdback the ir hands, and will subscribe but choice ly unto someo f them) even they w ith the ir month s (which is e quiva lent anda ll one) have , and that a ccording to th e sta tute (or e lse the irl ivings b e vo id), upon th e firs t entrance into all and s ingularthe ir e ccle s iastical b enefic es, openly both rea d and te stifie dth e ir consent unto th e sa id article s, for numbe r even nine -andthirty, a cknowledging them,

I say, all o f them to b e agre eable to God ’s word ; where of th e pe ople in the ir seve ra lcharge s b e ready witnesse s, t o testify so much be fore Godand th e world .

34. Aga in, o f these bre thren, tha t w ill subscribe butunto which they plea se o f the se a rticle s , the re b e some wh o

fa in would he at into men’

s heads (if they could te ll h ow to

make i t cre dible), tha t th e do ctrine o f our church is a lteredfrom tha t i t wa s in th e re ign o f; que en Elizabe th .

A la te de vic e But this a ssertion be ing to o gross , e gregiously untrue ,o f th e b ret h ren to sh un

and no way justifiable , they se condly give out and report (sosub sc ri tion.p

industrious b e they to invent new shifts to cloak the ir ininve te ra te and ro o te d pertina cy) h ow th e purpose , if not doctrine , o f our church is o f la te a ltere d from tha t it wa s . And

the refore though they c an b e we ll content to a l low of th e old

doctrine and ancient intention ; ye t unto th e old do ctrine and

new intention of our church they canno t subscribe , might theye ithe r ga in much or lose wha tsoe ve r they have thereby. Be

s ides , this new intendment,contrary to th e old purpose , if

not doctrine o f our church, is be come now th e ma in and

principa l obsta cle , why they cannot subscr ibe unto th e Booko f Common Prayer and Bo ok o f Ordination, a s e rs t they(some o f them) four time s have done , when as we ll th e imtention as do ctrine o f our church was pure and ho ly .

Lastly , they s e em no t obscure ly to intima te unto th e sta te ,tha t we re they sure , or might b e assure d , tha t th e purpose o f

our church we re th e same which it wa s , ne ithe r varied fromth e doctrine , they would b e pre st and a s re ady, e ven four, ifno t forty time s more , to subscribe unto th e fore -mentione dbooks of common praye r and o f ordination, a s a fore time s

T H E PRE FACE .

they did, when they were out o f doubt th e intention o f our

church was corre spondent to h er doctrine , tha t i t was soundand good . I have four time s subscribed (sa ith a bro the r) toth e Book of Common Praye r with l imita tion, and re fe rence of

all things there in conta ine d (not unto th e purpose only, or doctrine only, but) unto th e purpose and doctrine of th e churcho f England. Ye t canno t th e same man w ith a good conscienceso much a s once more subscribe , which forme rly , and tha tw ith a go od conscience , had subscribed four time s . His

reason is, be cause th e purpose , if not do ctrine , o f our church(to which h e re fe rre d his subscription) appeare th to h im, byth e la te canons, book of confe rence , and some spe e che s ofmen in grea t pla ce , and o thers, to b e var ie d somewha t fromtha t, which h e be fore (not w ithout reason) took it to be .

35. Th e purpose of our church is be st known by th e Th e urpo seand o c trinedoctrine which sh e doth profe ss ; th e doctrine by th e thirty o f o urc h urc h ,

nine Article s, e stablished by ac t o f parliament ; th e article s 53222312.by th e words whe reby they are expre ssed and o the r purposethan th e public do ctrine doth m iniste r, and o the r do ctrinethan in th e sa id a rticle s is contained, our church ne ithe r hathnor ho lde th and o the r sense they canno t yie ld than the irwords do import. Th e words b e th e same , and none o the rthan e rst and first they we re ; and there fo re th e sense th esame ; th e article s th e same ; th e doctr ine th e same , and th e

purpose and intention of our church still one and th e same .

I f then h er purpose b e known b y h er doctrine and article s, and the ir true sense by the ir very words , ne eds mustth e purpose o f our church b e th e same , be cause h er do ctr ineand article s for numbe r, words, syllable s, and le tters, and eve ryway b e th e ve ry same .

And so our church’s intention in h er public doctrine and

article s revea led, be ing good a t th e first, i t is so still . For

h er purpose , continuing one and th e same , canno t b e ill atth e las t, which was good (and so be lieve d and a cknowledged,e ven by th e brothers

’ subscription) at th e first ; or good ingood queen Elizabe th’s, and ill in illustr ious king J ames hisdays .

36 . If th e premisses sufficiently expla in not th e c on Ne ith e r th edo c trine no r

stancy of our church ’s purpose in pro fe ssing re ligion sincere ly, purpo se o fo ur c h urch

then cast we our eye s upon th e propos itions, which sh e pub alteredlicly maintaine th ; and, if we find them th e same , which eve r

T HE PRE FAC E .

they have b e en, then ne e d we no t doubt (th e bre threnthemse lves be ing judge s) but th e a rticle s aga in, the ir sense , th e

do ctrine , purpose , and intention o f th e church of England(th e proposition interpre ting, a s i t were , th e sa id article s)is th e ve ry same i t eve r wa s .

N ow tha t proposi tions (pregnantly and rightly gathere d,and a rising from th e article s) b e th e same , and for substanceuna lte red (though upon good conside ra tions some few b e

a dde d to th e forme r) ; and all o f them approved for true , andchristian, by th e lawful and public a llowance o f our church,th e bo ok here ensuing pla inly w ill de clare , and so demonstra tew itha l , not th e doctrine only , but intention a lso , o f our

church to b e th e same and no t change d and be ing unchanged,th e books then o f common praye r , and o f ordina tion too ,

considere d in th e purpo se and intention o f th e church o f

England, and reduce d to th e propo s itions (a s th e bre threnwould have them), b e w e l l a llowe d and authentica l ly approve dand th e sa id bre thren w ith a s go od conscience now aga in and

a fre sh may subscribe unto all th e a rticle s , e ven conce rning th eBo ok o f Common Praye r, and o f Ordina tion, a s we ll a s o f

th e king’s suprema cy, and o f re ligion, as a fo re o ften and

a lways they did .

37 . For myse lf, most reve rend fa the r in God, wha t mythoughts b e o f th e re ligion in this rea lm a t this instant profe ssed, and o f a ll the se article s , if th e prem isse s do no t, tha twhich he re fo l lowe th w il l sufficiently demons tra te . T wenty,

ye a , twenty-two ye ars ago , vo luntarily , o f mine own a ccord,and altoge th er

ftm c onstrained, I publishe d my subscription untothem : my fa ith Is no t e ithe r shaken or a lte re d , but wha t itthen wa s it still is ; ye ars have made those ha irs o f minegrey which w ere no t ; and time , much reading, and experi

e nce in the o logica l conflicts and comba ts have be tte re d a

gre a t dea l , but no t a lte red one whit, my j udgement, I thankGod.

No thing have I denied, no thing ga insa id, which a fore Ide l ive red .

Th e propositions are (and ye t no t many) more ; th e method a lte re d ; quota tions added , both for th e sa tisfa ction o f

some learned and j udicious friends o f mine , reque sting it a tmine hands

, and for th e benefit both o f th e common and

unle arned, and o f th e studious and le arned re ade r .

T HE PRE FACE .

Th e who le work expre sse th as we l l my de te sta tion and

renuncia tion o f all adve rsarie s and e rrors, oppos ite , crossing ,or contradicting th e do ctr ine pro fe sse d by us , and prote cte dby our king , or any a rticle or particle o f truth o f our re ligion ; as my approbation of tha t truth which in our churchby who lesome s tatute s and ordinance s is confirmed .

T he re is not an he re tic, or schisma tic (to speak o f ) o fany spe cia l mark , tha t from th e apostle s’ time s hithertoha th discove re d himse lf and his opinions vulgarly in wr iting,or in print aga inst our do ctrine , but h is he re sy, fancy , or

phrensy may b e he re se en aga inst one proposition or o the r .T h e s e cts and se ct-masters , adversaries unto us, e i the r in th ematte r or ma in po ints o f our doctrine or discipline , to one o f

our a rticle s or o the r, who l ly, or in part, which he re b e discove re d to b e taken he e d o f and avo ided, are many hun

dreds .

38 . This, and wha teve r e lse here done , e ithe r to th e

confirma tion o f th e truth or de te sta tion o f he re sie s and e rrors ,I do ve ry me ekly pre sent unto your grace , a s a fte r God and

our king be st me ri ting th e pa tronage the re of.Myse lf am much, th e who le church o f England much

more , bound unto your lordship ; ye a , no t we only now l iving,but our succe ssors a lso and poste r i ty, sha ll have cause in all

age s,while th e world shall continue , to magnify Almighty

God for th e ine stimable benefits which we have , and sha l lre ce ive from yourse lf, and your la te pre de ce ssors (Dr Whitgift, Grinda l, Parke r, Cranme r, o f famous and honoura bleremembrance , bishops of o ur church , a rchbishops o f th e se e

o f Cante rbury) for this uniform doctrine by some o f yourlordships drawn and penne d , by all o f you a llowe d , de fended ,and (a s agre e able to th e fa ith o f th e ve ry apos t le s o f Christ,and o f th e ancient fa the rs , co rre spondent to t h e confe ss ionsof all re formed churche s in Chr istendom, and contrar iant inno po int unto God’s ho ly and wri tten word) commended untous

,bo th by your authori ty and subscriptions .Now th e all-me rciful God and heavenly Fa the r, which so

inspire d them and your lordship w ith w isdom from above ,and enabled you all to discern truth from fa lsehood, and soundre ligion from a the ism, idola try, and e rrors , vouchsa fe o f h is

infinite goodne ss to increase his grace s more and more upon

T HE PRE FACE .

your gra ce , to his own glory, th e church’s benefit, and your

own eve rlasting comfort .And th e same God which bo th mercifully hath brought,

and miraculously aga inst all he llish and devilish pract ice s o f

his and our enemie s continue d th e light of h is truth amongus, give us all gra ce with one heart and consent

, not only toembrace th e same , but a lso to wa lk and carry ourse lve s a s itb e seeme th th e children o f light, in all pe aceablene ss and ho liness o f life , for h is Son, our Lord and Saviour Christ, hissake .

At Horninger, near St Ed . Bury in Sufl'

. th e e leventh of

March , anno 1 607 .

Your grace ’s poor Chapla in,a lways at command,

T HOMAS ROGE RS.

THE T ITLESOF THE

THIRTY-NINE ARTICLE S.

A R T .

I . OF Fa i th in th e Ho ly T r ini ty.

I I . Of th e Wo rd o f God, wh i ch was made ve ry Man.

I I I . Of th e Go ing down o f Ch r ist into He l l .IV. Of th e Re sur re c t ion o f Ch rist .V . Of th e Ho ly Gh os t .VI . Of th e Suffic iency o f th e S c r iptu re f or Sa lva t ion.

VI I . Of th e Old T e s tament .VI II . Of th e th re e Cre eds .

IX . Of Or ig inal, or B i r th -sin .

X . Of Fre e -w i llX I . Of th e Just ifica t ion o f Man.

XII . Of go odWo rks .

XI I I . Of Wo rks b e f o re Jus t ifica t ion.

XIV. Of Wo rks o f Supe re roga t ion.

XV. Of Ch r ist alone with out sin.

XVI . Of Sin a f ter Bapt ism .

XVI I . Of P rede s t ina t ion and E le c t ion.

XVI II . Of Ob ta ining e te rnal salva t ion only by th e Name o f Ch r ist .X IX . Of th e Ch ur ch .

XX. Of th e Au th o r i ty o f th e Ch u r ch .

XX I . Of th e Au th o r i ty o f Gene ral Counc i ls .

XXII . Of P u rga to ry.

XXI II . Of Minis te r ing'

In th e CongI egation.

XXIV . Of th e Spe ak ing In th e Cong rega t ion In such a tongue , a s th e

pe ople unde I stand not .

XXV. Of th e Sa c raments .

XXVI . Of th e U nwo r th ine ss o f th e Minis te rs, wh i ch h inder no t th e

efl'

e c ts o f th e Sa c raments .

XXVII . Of Bapt ism .

XXVII I . Of th e Lo rd’s Suppe r .

XXIX . Of th e Wi cked wh i ch do no t e at th e Body and Blo od o f

Ch r ist in th e use o f th e L o rd'

s Suppe r .XXX Of b o th K inds .

XXXI . Of th e Ob la t ion o f Ch r is t finish e d upon th e C ross.XXXII. Of th e Ma r r iage o f P r ie s ts .

XXXI II . Of E xcommun i ca te P e rsons, h ow th ey are to b e avo ided.

XXXIV. Of th e T radi t ions o f th e Chu r ch .

XXXV . Of Hom i l ie s .

XXXVI . Of Conse c ra t ion o f Bish ops and Minis te rs .

XXfiVI I . Of th e C ivi l Mag is t ra te .

XXXVI II . Of Ch r i s t ian men’s go ods,

'

wh ich are not c omm on.

XXXIX . Of a Ch r is t ian man’

s Oa th .

THE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE

BE LI E VE D AND PROFE SSE D IN

THE CHURCH OF E NGLAND.

A RTI CLE I .

Of fa ith in th e Ho ly T rini ty.

T h ere is bu t (1 ) one living , a nd true God, everla s ting ,

w ithou t body, pa r ts , or pa ssions ; of infinite pow er , wisdom,

a nd goodness : (2 ) th e ma ker a nd preserver of a ll things ,

bo th visible a nd invisible . (3) And in unity of th is God

h ea d th ere be th ree persons , of one subs ta nc e , power, a nd

e ternity, th e Fa th er , the Son, a nd th e Ho ly Gh os t .

The P ropositions .

1 . T here is but one God, wh o is l iving, true , e verla st

ing , &c .

2 . God is th e maker and pre se rve r‘ o f all things.3 . In th e Unity of th e Godhead there is a T rini ty o f

persons.Propos i t ion I .

There is but one God, who is living , tru e, everla sting , withou t body ,

pa r ts, or pa ssions of infinite power , wisdom, a nd goodness .

Th e pro of f rom th e wo rd o f God.

Tha t the re is but one God, wh o is, &c . , is a truth whichmay b e ga thered from th e all-ho ly and sa cre d scripture : andis agre eable to th e do ctrine of th e re forme d churches . For

both God’s word give th us to know tha t God is one , and no

more “, th e l iving b and true God“, eve rlasting (1, without body,3 Th ou sh alt h ave none o th er gods b e f o re m e , E xod. xx. 3 . T h e

L o rd our God is Lo rd only, D eut . vi. 4 . Wh o is God b e s ide th e

L ord?P sal. xvi i i . 3 1 . Ha th no t one Godmade us ? Mal. ii. 1 0 . T h e reis none o th er God b ut one , 1 Cor . v i i i . 4 .

b M ine h e a rt and my fle sh rejo i c e in th e living God, Psal. lxxxiv.

2 . Ye are th e temple o f th e living God, 2 Cor . vi. 1 6 .

c For a long se ason I s ra el h a th b e en with out th e true God, 2

3— 2

[Co nfi A ug ] ROSSA rt 1 .

[He ly . ] 2 .

A rt . I I I .

Cap. 1 .

30

r.

rtJ I .

I Ib . ]

36 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A a v.

parts , or passionse

; o f infini te power f , wisdomg, and goodh: and God ’s pe ople in the ir public Confe ss ions ‘from Aus

burgh,He lve tia , Bohemia , France , Flanders and Wittem

berg te stify th e same .

Ch ron. xv. 3 . T h e Lo rd is th e God o f t ru th ; h e is th e l iving God,and an e ve r las t ing k ing , Je r. x. 1 0 . T h is is li fe e te rna l , th a t th eyknow th e e to b e th e on ly ve ry God, &c . John xv i i . 3 . Ye tu rned toGod f rom ido ls to se rve th e l iving and t ru e God, 1 T h e ss . i. 9 .

dO my God, &c . th y ye a rs endu re f rom gene ra t ion to gene ra t ion,

&c . thy ye a rs sh a l l no t fa i l, Psal. c i i . 2 4, 2 6, 2 7 . He is th e l iving God,and rema ine th f o r e ver, D an. vi. 2 6 .

O Lo rd my God, th ou a rt exce eding g re a t, th ou art c lo th ed w i thg lo ry, and h onou r ; wh i ch co ve re th h imse l f w i th l igh t a s w i th a gar

m ent, &c . , Psal. c iv. 1 , &c . God is a spi r i t, John iv. 2 4 . T h e L o rdis th e Spi r i t , 2 Co r . i i i . 1 7 . He is no t a man th a t h e sh ould repen t,1 Sam . xv . 2 9. I w i ll no t exe cu te th e fierc ene ss o f my w ra th , I w i llno t re tu rn to de s troy I s rae l for I am God, and no t m an, Ho s . xi. 9 .

fT h e so und o f th e ch e rub ims’ w ings was h e a rd into th e u t ter

c o u r t, a s th e vo i ce o f th e A lm igh ty God, wh en h e spe ake th , E z ek . x.

5 . I w i ll b e a f a th e r unto you , &c . sa i th th e Lo rd A lm igh ty, 2 Cor.

vi. 1 8 . We g ive th e e th anks , L o rd God A lm igh ty, R ev. xi. 1 7 .

g Gre a t is our L o rd, and g re a t is h is powe r : h is w isdom is infinite ,P s . cxl v i i . 5 . T o God only w ise b e h onou r , and g lo ry f or eve r ande ve r, 1 T im . i. 1 7 . T o God, I say, only w ise , b e pra ise th rough Je susCh r is t f or e ve r, Amen . Rom . xvi. 2 7 .

hP ra ise ye th e Lo rd, b e cau se h e is go od, f or h is me r cy endure th

f or e ve r . P sa l. cvi. 1 ; cvi i . 1 ; c vi i i . 1 , &c .

[ l E ccle siae magno consensu apud nos s it una e ssent ia div ina,qu ze appe llatur e t e st Deus , ae te rnus , inc o rpo reus , impartib ilis , immensa po tentia ,sapientia

,b oni ta te , crea to r e t conse rva to r omn ium re rum ,

visib ilium e t invisib ilium .

—H arm . Conf. Gene v . 158 1 . Se ct . n . p . 40 . E x August . Conf. Art . I . Deum c redimus e t do c emus unum esse e ssentia s ive na tura , per se sub sis tentem , s ib i ad omniasu ffic ie utem

,invisib ilem , inc orpore um, immensum , mte rnum summum

,b onum

,

v ivum , omni po tentem, e t summe s apientem , c lementem s ive mise ric ordem ,

justum a tque verac em .—Ib id . p . 2 3 . E x Helve t . Conf . Po s t . c ap. 3 Nos tri do

cent secundum e ssentiam unum tantum,ve rum, so lum, ze te rnum ,

omnipo

tentem,inc ompreh ensib ilem Deum , uniu s ae qua l is individuze divinas e ssent ia — Ib id.

p . 2 9. E x Boh em . Con f. c ap. 3 . C redimus e t agno sc imus uni cum De um, qui sit

unica e t s imple x e ssentia spiritualis , & te rna , invisib ilis, immu tab ilis , infinita , inc om

preh ensib ilis, inenarrab ilis, omnipo tens , summ e sapie ns , b ona , justa e t mise ric ors .

I b id. p . 33 . E x Gal l . C on f. Art. I . C o rde c redimus e t ore c onfitemur, unic am e sse

e t s implic em e ssentiam spiritualem , quam D eum vo c amus, aete rnum , inc ompre

h ensib ilem ,inconspicuum, immu tab ilem,

infinitum , qui to tus e st sapiens , fonsqueomnium b ono rum ub e rrimus .

—I b id. p . 36. E x Be lg . Conf . Art . I . Credimus e t

c onfitemur, unum so lum,ve rum, mte rnum ,

immensum e sse Deum, omnipo tentemc re a torem , &c .— Ib id. p . 47 . E x Virtemb . Conf . c . l .

L ] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 3

E rrors and a dversa ries unto this tr uth .

T hen, impious and exe crable are th e opinions o f Diagora s

and T he odorus , wh o fla tly denie d the re wa s any God‘.Of Protagora s k, and th e Ma ch ivilian a the ists , which a re

doubtful whe the r the re b e a God.

Of such a s fe igne d unto themse lve s dive rs and sundrygods, a s did th e Maniche e s 2 , th e Basilidians 3, th e lValen Augu st .

c ontr. Ma

tinians, th e Me ssa lian“ he re tics, th e gentile s and hea thenc .

pe ople ; where of some in place o f God worshipped be asts nu C leme n.Alex . Strom .

5 L 1) . 1 1rea sonable , a s th e Egyptians did a cal f, an ox cats, vulE

'

pipxan.

ture s , and cro codile s : th e Syrians a fish “

, and pige onss;E m a-“ x"

Gand . Me I u la

th e Pe rsians a dragon ; some a s gods have a dore d men, {ilfl'

fib

‘lfga0 M Iunde r th e name s o f JupIter, Mars, Me rcury, and such l ike “

; nflfbi

fib .

I I I . e . 48 .

and some e ven a t this day fo r God do worship kine , th e sun,Hist. o f Bel.

and wha t they think good ; so th e inhabitants of Ba ly 7 in th e Voyage omm

East Indie s .

D e os e sse dub itab at P ro tago ras : nu llos e sse omnino D iago ras

[Me l ius] e t T h e odo rus Cyrena ieus pu taverunt .

—M. T . Cic . de Na t .

D e o r . L ib . I . [c . l .]kPro tago ra s D e o s in dub ium vo c avit ; D iagora s exc lusit .

— Lac tan.

[Opp. Pa r . 1 748 . T om . I . Lib . L ] de Fa l s . Re l. c ap. 2 . [p.

l Valent inus, xxx . D e orum praedic ator, saith Cyr i l, [Opp. Par. 1 72 0 ]C a te ch . VI . [1 7, p.

mPisc em Syri vene rantur .

—Cic . [de Na t . D e or . I I I . 1 5,

Gods are c om e down to u s in th e likene ss o f m en : and th ey

c alled Ba rnab as Jupi ter, and P aul Me rcu rius, &c . T h en Jupi te r ’sprie st, &c . Ac ts xiv. 1 1 , & c . Wh o knowe th no t th at th e c i ty o f th e

E ph e s ians is a wo rsh ipper o f th e g re a t godde ss D iana ?Ac ts xix. 35 .

[2 Duos enim deo s, unum b onum , al te rum ma lum esse perh ib e tis .

— Aug . Opp.

P aris . 1 836 -8 . T om . I . c ol. 1 1 2 3. D e Mor. E ccl . e t M ani ch . Lib . I . c ap.

[3 Hdkw b Ma ma-779 0 6K é vrt 'r pé n

wv fiwpo b s K a l T epé unw okh a xo fi K a r a o xe vd

Ze a-Oa t ,

'

e'

ua 6'

0 3311 vé wu idpvo'

a'

pt e vo s 7 0 5 8 6 0 6, po x/ 0 7 6m? 'r e K o

'

o'

po v, ais time-iv b

Ba c th e idns , It a l 7 6 11 g1 m, dis O13K 37 1. fr q'

i Ba O'

LAe t'

dy OOK GT, K a T n'

yf

y eAe Gedu. C lem .

A le x . Opp. Oxon. 1 7 15. T om . I I . Strom . Lib . v . c . 1 1 . p .[4 AAA

e'

fc e'

i vo t p é v (so . e’

E'

E 7\)u jk w'

pjudiu'

t'

o n n xa l 66 0 159 pé v

Ae'f

y o zrr e s , pnde vl pndé u r po a xvvo fiu'r e s x .7 .X.

—E piph an. Opp. Paris. 1 62 2 . T om . I .

p . 1 067 . Adv . H aar . Lib . I I I . T om. I I . H azr .[5 Bovem, qu em ips i Apim nominab ant a l ias E gyptii, sac rific ns exquisitis

adorab ant ; p rae te r h unc e t iam e x animalibus venerab antur fele s , cro codilos, vul

ture s , ib cs , e t i ch neumones . —Gand. M e rula de Memorab . Lib . I I I . c . 56 , p . 2 32 .

Lugd. 1556 ][6 Syrii co lumb as o l im adorab ant .— Ib id. c . 48 , p .[7 Church i l l ’s Voyage s . Lond. 1747 . Vol. V I I I . p .

38 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Tagor

r

lc

g

re t. Of th e Anthropomorphite s ‘, which a scribed th e form and-rv . lineaments o f man unto God, thinking God to b e l ike untoman.

Of such as put the ir trust and confidence , to b e reposed inPano rm it . 0 God a lone , e ithe r in men living, a s do both th e Pe rs ians inQ uanto A h

};is

t

-

ravag .

the ir soldan°

, and th e papists in the ir pope , wh o with them isGodz , the ir Lord and God3, o f infinite powe r “ ; or in sa ints

de T ransl .

E pisc ,departe d this l ife , a s do th e same papists bo th in the ir St

Q uanto .

A lc o

ifiran Francis 5, whom they term Th e Glory o f God, prefigured by

C‘sc ' ih ' 1 °

E say when h e sa id, Ho ly ,holy, ho ly, &c . ; and in the ir

Ho rze B . Vir Thomas Be cke t, whom they say God hath se t ove r th eguns Ma r se

c undum works o f h is hand5 6 °

or in beasts unreasonable , a s do th th eu sum Samm .

51 Mord-wi te T artar 7 ; or fina lly in riche s and o the r sense le ssuss e Com

$33fvea‘th : crea tures, a s do th e a the ists, and irre ligious worldlings .

T u e s no s t ra fide s, e t in t e c redimus ; w i ll th e P e rs ian say untoth e So ldan.

— P . Biz a rus, Re r . P e rs . l . xi. [p. 304. Franc .

[1 Auda i

o s de'

grimo'e 7 6 1; K a l "rd 7 0 3 a uiy a r o s

a in '

t?) w ept'r e

'

flem e “ (fo rm— The odo ra . Opp. Lu t . Par . 1642 -84. T om . W . p . 2 41 .

Haare t . Fab . Lib . w . c .[2 Quinto no t . quod fa ctum a papa u t a v icario Je su Ch ris ti a ttrib uitur fac tum

a D e o , cuj us lo cum papa tene t in te rris .—P ano rmit . Lugdun. 1534. Se cundo

supe r P rim . De cre ta l . de T ranslat . Prela t . c ap. 3. Quanto E pis c opus F0 . 19. C f.

de T ransla t. E pis c op. Quod factum a papa u t a v i cario , & c . c ense tur fa c turn a D e o .

—Se cunda supe r Pr im . D ec re t . F0 .

[3 Dominus D eus nos te r papa . —E xtravag . Joann. xe . ad cal c . Sex t. De cre ta l .

Par. 1585. T i t. x i v . Glo ss . in c ap. 4. c o l. 1 53 ][4 pe ccato ,

po te s t papa quas i omnia fa ce re quae po te s t Deus —Pan.

orm . P r im. supe r Prim . De e r . T i t . v i . de E le c t . c ap. 6 . F0 . 12 3. 2 . Conf. ib id.

c ap. 34. F0 .

[5 Franc isc um figuravit E sa ias capite se xto , qu i audivit duos Se rapliin , di centes ,

Sanctus , sanctus , s anc tus .- Alc o ranus Franc isc anorum . FranCOph . 1542 . Fo l. non.]

[6 Glo ria e t h ono re co ronas ti c um ,

Domine . R . E t c ons tituisti e um supe rope ra m anuum tuarum.

— Ho rae Be atiss. V irg . Marie ad le g i t . Sarisbur. E ccle s .

t i tum . P a ris . 1535. Fol. x ix .][7 Fo r h is re l ig ion , th o ugh h e a cknowledge one God, ye t h is m anne r is to

w o rsh ip for Go d th a t l iv ing th ing th a t h e fi rs t me e te th in th e m o rning , and to

swe ar b y i t all th a t w h o le day , w h e th e r i t b e h o rse , dog , c at , or wh atso e ve r e lse i tb e .—Russe Commonwe a l th . Lond. 1591 . p . 74. c .

L ] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 39

Propos i t ion I I .

God is the maker and preserver of a ll things .

Th e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T ha t th e world, and all things both vis ible and invisiblethere in, both were made and are prese rved by th e a lmightyand only power o f God, are truths grounded upon th e holyscripture , and agre eable to the Confe ss ions o f God’s pe ople .

For touching th e crea tion of th e world, we read tha t in th ebeginning God create d th e heaven and th e e arth, &c . He Gen i ! are .

made heaven and earth ; by him w e re all things crea te d PS3 1 m i"

8 ; c xxxiv. 3.

which are in heaven, and which are in e arth, things visible C°’ 16

and invis ible , whe the r thrones, or dominions, or pr incipa litie s,or powers, all things we re create d by h im, and for h im ; by Heb r. 1. 2 .

h is Son h e made th e worlds ; and all these a cknowledged by Cre edxfi po stand N1oene .

th e churche s, primitive and re formed, a t this day 8 .7 Ba sil A rt

And touching th e pre serva tion o f all things by h im crea t xj o f prgnc e ,‘

ed “ My soul, pra ise thou th e Lord , &c . , (sa ith th e Psalmist)fififiifkrt.which cove re th himse lf wi th light aswith a garment , spre ade th

m ’

th e heavens like a curta in ; which laye th th e beams o f h is

chambers in th e wa te rs, and make th th e‘clouds his chario t, and £53"c iv. 1 ,

wa lke th upon th e wings of th e wind which make th th e spic '

r its his me ssenge rs, and flaming fire h is ministe rs,” &c .

“ Are not two sparrows so ld for a farthing , and one of

them sha l l not fa ll on th e ground w ithout your Fa the r yea , x 2 9.“and all th e ha irs of your head are numbe re d,

”sa ith our Saviour

[8 D ei hujus sapientis ze te rni e t omnipo tentis providentia , c redimus cune ta in

c oelo , e t in te rra, e t in c re aturis omnib us c onservari e t gub ernari. Deus h ic bonuse t omnipo tens c re avit omnia cum visib ilia , tum invisib ilia, pe r ve rbum suum c o

mternum , e adem quoque c onserva t pe r Spiritum suum c o ee ternum ,&c .—Harm .

Conf . Se ct. m . pp . 59, 60 . Gene v . 1581 . Conf. Helv. Pos t . c ap. 6, 7 . Credimus e t iamDeum omnia cre asse per ve rbum suum mternum ; id e st per suum unigenitum

Filium : e t omnia sustentare ac ve ge ta re pe r Spiritum suum , id e st, v i rtu te p ropria ,ide oque Deum , omnia , sic u ti c re avit, providere e t gub ernare .

—I b id. p . 6 1 . C onf.

Basi l. Art . 1 . D isp . 2 . Credimus Deum c o operantib us tr ib us personis , s ua v irtu te ,sapientia ac b oni ta te inc ompreh ensib ili, c ondidisse unive rsa, id e s t, non tantumc oe lum e t terram , omniaque iis contenta , sed e t iam invisib iles spiri tus , &c .

— I b id.

p . 362 . Conf. Ga l l . Art . VI I . Credimus P atrem pe r Ve rb um suum ,11 0 0 e st , pe r

Filium,coe lum , terram , e t reliquas na turas omne s ex nih i lo cre asse , quum i l l i v isum

e s t oppo rtunum , singulisque suum e sse , f ormam , e t va ria o ffic ia trib u isse , u t C reator i suo inservirent : eumque nunc i llas omne s e tiam fovere , sustentare e t re ge re ,pro a te rma sua providentia , e t immensa v irtu te .

—I b id. p . 63. Conf . Belg . Art. x 1 1 .]

40 T H E CATHOLIC DOCT RlN E [A i-1 T :

A c ts Christ. God tha t made th e world and all things tha t arethe re in, h e is Lord o f heaven and ea rth , h e g ive th life and

bre ath and all things ; and ha th made o f one blood all mankind to dwe ll on all th e fa ce o f th e e arth , and ha th a ssigne dth e times, which w ere o rda ine d be fore , and th e bounds o f

the ir habita tion,sa ith S t Paul .

He b .

“ Th e Son is th e brightne ss o f th e glory, and th e engrave dform o f h is person, and beare th up all things by his mightyword .

Th e churche s o f God in He lve tia , Basil , France , and

23232122" Flanders I te s tify th e very same .

X I" .

The errors and adversa r ies unto these tru ths .

He reby are condemned all he re tics and e rrors impugninge i the r th e crea tion o f th e world by God, or h is providence inth e continuing and pre se rva tion o f th e same .

Of th e forme r sort wa s ,1 . First, Aristotle 2 and his fo llowers, which sa id, th e

world wa s e te rna l and without beg inning .

Tm “ L‘b 2 . Next, th e Marcionite s 3, tha t he ld h ow God made notc ontr. Ma re .

th e world , a s be ing to o base a thing for him to crea te .

i-ffli'

Epiph . 3 . Simon Magus , Sa turninus, Menande r, Carpoc ra te s ,

I as Q t .0

Cer1nth us 4, wh o a scribe d th e world ’s cre ation unto ange ls .

Se e th e pre ceding no te , and add th e fo l low ing : Credimus Deum omnia non

tantum cre as s e , sed e t iam re g e re e t gub e rna re , u t qui pro sua vo lunta te dispona te t o rdine t qu icqu id in mundo e venit . —H arm . C onf. 1 1 1 . p . 62 . Cent. Ga l l . Art. vm .

C redimus De um h unc Opt . Max. po stquam re s omne s c re asse t , m inime e as sortisa u t fo rtune a rb i trio re gendas c ommisisse , sed ipsumme t i l las ex prazse ripto sacrosanctae suas volunta tis ita ass idue re ge re e t gub e rnare , u t n ih i l in ho e mundo ab s

que illius de cre to a tque o rdina tione continga t . -lb id. p . 64. Ce nt. Be lg . Art.x 1 1 1 .]

[2 at: mipnra v a’

uaik efipo'

u ‘T G K a i a’

y e’

vmrro v.-Aris to t. Opp. Bas il . 1550 .

p . 2 79 . D e Mundo , e . iv . ad fin .][3 Cum Deum h o e g radu expellimus

,c ui nul la condi tio tam p ropria e t de o

digna, quam e re a toris , te s timonium pra signarit, na rem c o ntrahente s impude ntiss imi

Mare io nitaa e onve rtuntur ad de s truc tionem ope rum c re a toris . Nimirum inqu iunt

g rande Opus , e t dignum D e o, mundus .—T e rtull. Opp. Lu te t . 1634. p . 438 . D . Adv.

Marc . Lib . I . e .

[4 S imone Mag o primo dicente seme tipsum esse supe r omnia Deum e t mundum

ab ange l is ejus fa ctum .— I ren. Opp . Oxon. 1 702 . p . 1 2 9. C o ntr. H aar. Lib . 1 1 . e . 9.

c f. Lib . I . c . 2 0 . Sa turninus qu idem simi l i te r u t Menande r , u num Pa trem in

cognitum omnib us o s tendit, qu i fe c it ange los , arch ange los , virtu te s , po te sta te s . As e ptem au tem quib usdam ange l is mundum factum , e t omnia qua; in e o .—1 b id.

p . 196 . Lib . I . e . 2 2 . Carpo c ra tes au tem e t qu i ab e o, mundum qu idem, e t e a

quze in s o sunt, ab ange l is mul to inferioribus ingeni to Pa tre factum e sse dic unt .

42 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

1331? a

ny;

Th e Family o f Love ‘, which may no t say, God save anything ; for they a ffirm tha t all things b e rule d by nature , andnot orde red b y God.

Th e old philosophers , wh o thought tha t infer ior thingsw ere too base for God to be care ful o f ‘l .

And las t l y , th e Epicures , wh o think God is idle , and go

In extxxs it. v e rneth not th e same . Of which mind was Cypriang, wh o

he ld , that God, having crea ted th e world , did commi t th egovernment there of unto certa in ce le st ia l powers .

P roposit ion 1 11 .

I n the l'

niz‘y of the Godhea d there is a T r inity of pe rsons .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Th e scripture sa i thIn th e b eginning God th e Fa the r ’, th e Sons

, and th e

Ho l y Ghost ‘, crea te d th e heaven and th e ea rth .

By (1 ) th e Word of (2 ) th e Lord were th e heavens made ,and all th e host o f them b y th e (3) brea th o f h is mouth .

Lo th e he avens w e re opene d unto (1 ) him ; and (John)if,“

sa w (2 ) th e Spir it o f God descending like a dove , and lightingupon h im ; and lo , a vo ice fr om heaven, saying , This is (3) myb e love d Son,

in whom I am w e ll pleas ed .

GaL iv . & Be ca us e y e ar e sons , (1 ) God hath sent forth (2 ) th e

P salmn iiifi

‘1 D ii magna cur a nt , parva neglignnt .-Cic . de Nat . D e e r . Lib . 11 .

[ca 66 ]rTh e Fa th e r b y th e Son made th e w or lds, Heb . i . 2 .

SIn th e b eginn ing was th e Wo rd, and th e Wo rd wa s with God,

and th a t Wo rd wa s God. T h e sam e w as in th e b eg inn ing w ith God,Joh . i . 1 , 2 .

tIn th e b eginning Go d c re a t ed th e h e a ven and th e e arth , &c . ;

and th e Spi rit o f God m o ved upon th e w a t e rs , Gen . 1 . l , 2 .

[1 Th e y m av no t sa y , God su re a ny th ing . Fo r th e y a tfirm th a t all th ing s are

ru led b y na tu re , and ne t dire cted b v God— D is play ing o f th e Fam i ly o f Lo ve .

H. 5. b . ][3 E tenim u t b revite r aliqua e tiam de sec re tioribus pe rstringamus , ab initio

De us c um fe e isse t mundum , prze fee it e i e t pre posuit quasdam virtutum c oeles tium

po tes ta tes , quib us re ge re rur e t dispe nsare tur mortalium ge nus . Quod ita factumH o r s e s indic a t in D e u teronomii can tico , ub i dic i t : Cum divide re t E x cels us gente s ,s ta tu it te rm ines ge ntium se cundum nume rum ange lo rum D e i, &c . Rufiinus w as

th e au th o r o f th is E xpo s ition o f th e C reed —C y pr. Opp. Oxon. 168 2 . E xpo s i t. inSymb . p .

L ] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 43

Spiri t o f his (3) Son into your hearts , which crie th Abba ,Fa the r, sa ith th e apostle : and aga in, Th e grace o f (1 ) our 2 c O1 .

Lord Je sus Christ, and th e love (2 ) o f God, and th e commanion of th e (3) Holy Ghost b e w ith y ou all.

And S t John ; the re are thre e which be ar re cord in h ea 1 1 0 11 11 17 4.

ven, (1 ) th e Fa the r, (2 ) th e Word, and (3) th e Ho ly Ghost,and the se thre e are one .

T his truth hath a lways b e en, and ser iously is , confe ssed Creed AN ic e A t 0 .

in th e church of Chr ist 3. Co ur He lv 1 .

A rt. v 1 . and

I I . c. 3 .

A ug. A rt . I .o 0 6 3 1 . A rt . 7 1 .

E rrors a nd adversa ries unto th is truth . Be lg . A rt . v i .

Bo hgem . c . 3 .

T hen cursed are a ll opinions o f men contrary hereunto : 2113 8

333;A

whe re of 1 1. I

Some denie d th e T rinity, a ffirming the re is one God, butnot thre e persons in th e Godhe ad ; so did th e Montanists‘,

18 1 I.

and Marce llians 5, and so do th e Jews 6 and T urks 7 aha-

i HmFa b . Lib . I I .

Lud . Carre t[3 D e D e o sic sentimus

, U num subs tantia , Trinum pers onis , &c .—Harm . Conf. “1 5.vino r Iso r.I I . p . 2 7 . Conf. Helve t . P r io r . Art . vr. E undem nih ilominus Deum , immensum ad Judge

unum e t indivisum c redimus e t do c emus personis ins eparab ilite r e t inc onfuse esse ifiit°

iziii§dIs tinc tum 1 11 Pa tre rn, 1 ilium , e t Spiritum Sanctum ita u t s int tre s non qu idem c . 5.

D i i, sed tre s pe rs ona e ons ub stantiale s , c o a terna e t c oa quale s, & c .— I b id. p . 2 3 .

Conf. Helve t . Pos t. c ap. I I I . E ccle s i a sit una e ssentiae t tamemtre s s int pe rsona ejusdem essentia e t po tenti a , e t c o a terna , Pa te r, Fil ius,e t Spiri tus Sanctus .

— I b id . p . 40 . Conf . A ug . 1531 . Art . I . Sanc ta sc riptura nos

d o c e t in i ll a singulari e t simplic i essentia D iv ina, sub sis tere tre s pe rsonas P a trem ,

Fi l iam , e t Spiritum Sanctum —I b id. p . Cent . Gall . Art. v 1 . In unicumso lum Deum c redimus (qui e s t u ni ca e ssentia , ineommunieab ilib us proprie tatibus

in tre s pe rsonas re ve ra ab a te rno distinc ta) nemp e in P a trem ,Filium

,e t Spi ri

tum Sanctum— I b id. p . 36 . C onf. Be lg . Art . vm . do cent , per fidema gnosc ere e t o re profite ri sanc tam T rinita tem , D eum v ide l i ce t Pa trem , Filiam , e t

S . Spiritum , tre s e sse dis tinctes pe rsonas s ive hypo s tas e s, & c .— I b id. p . 2 9 . Conf.

Boh em . c ap. 1 1 1 . in h a c una ac a terna

div initate tre s es se pe r se sub s is tente s proprie ta tes seu pe rsonas Pa trem , Fil iam , e t

Spiritum Sanc tum.—Ib id. p . 47 . C onf. Wit temb . c ap. I . Arti cul i, qu os huc

usque Ch ristiana E ccle s ia de sac ro sane ta T rinitate firmiter e redidit : V ide l ice t,Deum Patrern e t Filium e t Spiritum Sanc tum unam e sse assentiam e t p e rsonastre s , &c .

— I b id. p . 50 . C onf. Sue v. Art. L ][4 Oi pé u yap 7 0 5 Opo o ve io u 7 1511 h e

'

s“! e’

mck fvo u7 e 9 , 7 7111 E afieh kio v K a i Mo v

7 a'

uo v dé ga u e ia ny e t a fla t a 1’

1 7 1iv 7 0 119 wpo a dexone’

vo us e’

vo'

p tgo u‘

K a i di a‘

7 0 177 0

fih a a cpri/I o vs e’

xa'

it o vv ais a’

va ipo iiu7 a 9 7 1iv vvrapf w 7 0 6 vio fi 7 0 17 Oe o U.— Socra t .

H ist . E ccl . Cant . 1 72 0 . L ib . I . c . 2 3, p .

[5 Ma

'

pxeXXo s Be 0 7 61311 7 1111 7 pi a'

da .—Th e 0 d.

Opp. Lu t . Par. 1 642 -84. T om . I V. p . 2 2 4 . H a re t . Fab . Lib . I I . c .L613 115 c r

'

nwm nnrm 551m 5x 511 155517 t ram-1 Ch rist ian i Deum tn’

num

e t unum ado rant . Quod Juda i h audquaquam fa c iunt .— E pis t . Ludov. C arre ti ad

Juda o s qu i insc rib itur Lib . D iv in. Vis . b . i ii . P a ris . 1552 ]

[7 Touch ing th e Godhead, th ey acknow ledge w ith th e Jews and Chr is tians

44 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E

Some , as th e Gnostics ‘, Marcionite s 2 , and Va lentinians

3, a ffirm there b e more Gods than one , and ye t no t thre e

persons , nor o f one and th e same na ture , but of a dive rse and

contrary dispos ition“.Some think the re b e thre e Gods, or Spiri ts , no t dis

tinguish ed only, but divided a lso , a s did th e Eunomians5 , and1 '

T ritheite s 6L ib . v 1 1 . c . 1 .

Some fear no t to say, tha t in worshipping th e Trinity ,

Christians do a dore thre e devils , worse than a ll th e idols o f

Calv- E pist. th e papists ; such blasphemers were th e here tics 7 Blandra t,and Alcia t .

Some w ill have a quaternity o f persons, no t a T rinity, tob e worshipped so did Anastasius th e emperor command and

th e Apo llinarians 8 did h owtha t the re is one only do th ey acknow ledge any distinction o f

pe rs ons in th e Godhe ad, e ith e r o f Trini ty in U ni ty , or o f U ni ty in Trini ty a s do

the Ch r is tians —T he Po l icy o f th e Tu rkish E mpire , Lond. 1597 . c . 5. ini t .][1 Se e ab o ve , p . 37

,no te 3. and c f . C lem . Ale x . S trom . Lib . I I I . e . 10, p . 542 . 11 13 7 12

p é u 7 11311 7 1 2 6 1 611 111 11 7 011 Amuv '

ydv,

[2 ”Bh afie 61

s 7 131; 7 rp6<pa a w [0 MapK iwu] e’

K 7 0 3 7rpo e ipime'

uo v

Wpo a fle is dé Wdh w‘T l. arap

é K e t'

i/o v de iv o'i , h e

'

ywv 7 pe’

i s e iua t

dpxa’

s'

lu i

'

a v [ 1 611 7 111; dK a 'r o voyu a cr'r o v K a i a

cipa'ro u, iii! K a i a

'

y a fldv 9 6 01!

fio é h e 7 a t Aé 'y ew , widé u de 7 13 11 e» 7 113 K o'

o'

p tp K 7 i0 '

a 0' 9a 1 . ci

'

it h o v 01‘

s e iua t 0pa 7 0u

9 6 0V,K a i K T ic nv, K a i dup i o up

y o'

u. A i a'

fio it o v dé 7 pi’

7 o u, 1119 6 17 6 711 , K a i pe’

o o u

7 13 11 6 130 7 0 157 111 11,

-E pipli . Opp. Pa ris . 162 2 . T om . I . p . 303. Adv. H aar.Lib . 1 . T om . I i i . Ha r. xl i i . c .[3 Th is re fe rence the edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy. I t is prob ab ly an ia

fe rence rath e r th an a dire c t quo ta tion][4 D ispos i tions ,[5 tre s e sse dive rsas qualita tis sub stantias , u t auri , a rgenti,

e t a ris : e t pa trem qu idem fe e isse filium , e t i te rum filium , qu i s it cre a tu ra , fe c isseSpiritum , &c .—Ph ilas tr. L ib . de Ha r. in Biblio th . P a tr. P a ris . 162 4. T om. I v .

c o l.

[6 Non de fuerunt, ne e desunt , qui dic ant Spiritum Sanctum , y e ram qu idem e sse

pe rsonam , e amque De um ; sed a pe rsona Pa tr is e t Fi l ii , non so lum dis tinc tam ,

v e rum e tiam disjunc tam ; coqu e ita ve rum e sse D eum ,u t a l ius sit a Pa tre e t a.

Fi l io Deus : s ic T rith e ita .- Z anc h ius de Trib . E loh im. Neustad. Pa la tin. 1597 .

P a r. I . Lib . V I I . c ap. 1 . p .

[7 llts i au tem no n pro tulit ipse (Blandra ta ) h o rrib ilem b laSph emiam , qua mox

s eque tur, to tam tame a ejus culpam sustine t . D ix i t e nim intimus ejus sodalis

J oanne s Pau lu s Ale ia tus , quem adhuc pro an ima sua h ab e t, tre s D iab o los a nob isado rari pej ore s omnibus idolis Papa tus : quia sta tne remus tre s pe rsonas —Ca lv in.

Opp. Ams te lod. 1667-7 1 . T om . V I I I . P art . 2 . p . 1 62 . a .]

[8 Th e au th o r is m istaken h e re . A tli a ii as ius is s ta ting th e a rgument o f th ose

h e re tics w h o denied the pass ib il ity o f o ur Lo rd’

s b ody , ob j e cting tha t if h e h ad a

h uman b ody, b o rn o f th e Vi rg in, i t co uld no t b e consub stantia l w ith th e div ine“ f o rd ; and tha t a qua te rnity, ins te ad o f a Trinity o f Pe rsons , must ne ce ssa rilyfo llow .

—A th anas . Opp. Paris . 162 7 . T om . I . p . 588 . Ad E pic te t. contr. Ha r.

E pist . Se e also th e Magdeburg E cc l . H is t. C ent . i v. c . 5. fol.

I.] o r'

T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 45

Some do grant and a cknowledge th e name s o f thre e in th eGodhe ad, but deny the ir persons ; such were th e No '

etians ,Praxene ans , and He rmogene ans

9. The se did say h ow th e

same God wa s ca lle d by dive rs name s in th e holy scripture ;and the re fore tha t th e Fa the r be came fle sh, and suff e red, b ecause one and th e same God is ca lle d th e Fa the r, th e Son, andth e Ho ly Ghost. For which cause they we re termed Pa tripassians . In this numbe r was Serve tus ‘o.

Aga in, some do grant th e name s and pe rsons o f thre e , andye t deprive no t only th e Son and Ho ly Ghos t o f the ir divini ty, but th e who le T rinity a lso o f the ir prope rties . For theysay, the re b e thre e in he aven, viz . th e Fa the r, th e Word, andHo ly Ghost ; howbe it (say they) th e Fa the r only is ve ryGod ; th e Word is th e brea th o f th e Fa the r ; and th e HolyGhost is th e Spirit crea te d by God o f no thing , through th e

Wo rd : spo iling so both th e Son, and Ho ly Ghos t o f the irDe ity, and th e who le T rini ty o f the ir propertie s . Such we reth e A rian and Ma cedonian he re tics , hence by-name d Pneumatoma chons ", be cause they wage d ba ttle w ith th e Ho ly Ghost .

And some do bring in o the r name s o f D e ity , be side s of th eFa the r, Son, and Holy Ghost, as did th e Priscillianistsm.

[9 0 61 -0 9 635 (so . N on

-roe ) 7 611 a im-

ch} H a fr e'

pa K a i T idy K a i t'

z'

y t ov Hy e ti/na , é u

o'

apxl w eare r/967 11 Ka i y e vvnfle’

v'r a ri'ync dpe vo s .

— E piph . Opp. Par. 162 2 . T om . I .

p . 481 . Adv. Haar . Lib . I I . T om . I . He r. l v i i . c. 2 . De um non al ias pu ta tcredendum , quam si ipsum eundemque e t Patrem e t Filium e t Spiritum sanctum

dic at . -T ertull. Opp. Lut . 1634. p . 635. B . Adv . Prax. c . 2 . u t ve stra perve rsitasinfert,

'

pate r ipse c reda tur na tus e t passus .— I b id. p . 644. c . H e rmo genes se ems to

h ave h e ld th e e te rni ty o f ma tte r . Ch ristum Dominum non al ium v ide tu r a l i te rcognosce re , alium tame a faci t quem al i te r c o gnosc it immo to tum quod e s t Deusau fe rt, no lens illum e x n ih ilo unive rsa fu isse .

-I b id. p . 2 65. D . Adv. He rm . c . l .We h e a r o f no se c t cal led Hermogene ans .

”—N e ande r, Ch . H is t. Vol. I I . p . 2 76 .

E ng . Trans . Boh n .][1 0 T h e P atripass ians h e ld th a t God th e Fa th e r uni ted h imse l f to th e man Ch r ist,

h is Son, so as in and w i th h im to b e b o rn and sufi'

e r.—Se e Mo sh e im ’s E ccle s .

H is to ry (Soame s ’s E di t) , Vo l. I . pp . 2 05, 2 70 . T he do c trine o f Se rve tus wasdiffe rent from th is . He seems to h ave re ga rded th e Wo rd and th e Sp iri t as e c onom ies , or dispensa t ions, produced in, and fo rmed b y , th e supreme Be ing , and th a tthe Wo rd w as j o ined to the man C h r is t . Se e Mosh e im , Vol. I I I . p .

[1 1 See Socra te s, E ccle s . H is t . Cantab . 172 0 . Lib . I v . c .[1 2 S i qu is e x tra S . T rinitatem , a l ia (ne scio qu az) divinitatis nom ina introduc it,

dic ens quod ipsa divinitas s it Trini tas , s ie u t Gnos ti c i e t Prise illianus dixe runt .ana thema sit .—Conc il. Binnii. Co lon. Agr. 1606 . T om . I I . p . 641 . Gone . Brac ar.

c ap.

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE

ARTICLE I I .

Of th e Word o f God which was made ve ry man.

T h e Son, wh ich is (1 ) th e Wo rd of th e F a th er , bego tten

f rom ever la s ting of th e F a th er , th e very a nd e terna l God,

of one subs ta nce w ith th e F a th er , (2 ) took ma n’

s na ture in

th e womb of th e blessed virgin, of h er subs tance : so th a t

(3) two wh o le a nd perf ect na tures , th a t is to say, th e God

h ea d a nd ma nh ood w ere joined in one person, never to be

divided, wh ereof is one Chris t, very God, a nd very man ;

(4) wh o sufiered, w a s crucified, dea d, a nd buried, to r econ.

c ile h is F a ther to us , a nd to be a sa crifice , no t only f oro r igina l guilt, bu t a lso f or a ll a ctua l s ins of men.

T he propositions.

l . Chris t is very God.

2 . Christ is ve ry man.

3 . Chris t is God and man, and tha t in one person.

Christ is th e Saviour o f mankind .

P ropo s i t ion I .

Christ is very God.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Joh n i. 1 In th e beginning was th e Word , and th e Word was withGod

,and tha t Word wa s God. This is written o f Chr ist .

T here fore Christ is God.

Chris t was bego tten o f th e Fa the r from e verlasting .

The re fore ve ry God.

Jo h n “ M ,T his is l ife e terna l , tha t they know the e to b e ve ry God;

and whom thou hast sent, Je sus Christ .Ma tt . i. 2 3. T hey sha l l ca ll h is name Emmanue l , which is by interpre

tation, God wi th us .

He b . i. 3. Christ, h e is th e brightness o f th e glory, and th e engravedimage o f (th e Fa the r) his pe rson, and beare th up all thingsby h is mighty hand , there fore ve ry God.

L] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 47

And this bo th hath be en of th e ancient Christians “ , and isth e fa ith 1 o f th e re formed churche s . g

ndl xm l lo h . c . 4 . 6 .

A ug . A rt . 3 .

Ga l. A rt. 1 3,The errors and adversa r ies unto thi s truth . 14.

Be lg . A rt. 10.

Miserably there fore do they e rr, which e ither deny or im mf t

g'

ggg ca ’pugn th e De ity o f our Saviour, as did ce rta in old he re tics , A r”

viz .

T h e Ar ians , whe re of some were calle d D oule ians 2 , b e

I b e l i eve in God th e Fath e r, &c . , and in Je sus Ch r ist h is onlySon our L o rd. (Symb . Apost .) T h e Godh e ad o f th e Fa th er, o f th eSon, and o f th e Ho ly Gh o st is all one ; th e Glory e qua l , th e Maje styc o-e terna l . Su ch as th e Fa th e r is, su ch is th e Son. T h e Fa th e runc rea te , th e Son unc re a te . T h e Fa th er inc ompreh ens ib le , th e Soninc ompreh ens ib le . T h e Fa th er e te rnal, th e S on e te rna l . T h e Fa th e ris A lm igh ty, th e Son A lm igh ty. Th e Fa th e r is God, and th e Son is

God. T h e Fa th e r is Lo rd, and th e Son is Lo rd.—Symb . Ath anas .

I b e lieve in God th e Fa th e r A lmigh ty, &c . , and in one Lo rd Je susCh r ist, th e only-b ego tten Son of God, b ego t ten o f h is Fa th e r, b e f o reall wo r lds, God o f God, L igh t o f L igh t, ve ry God o f ve ry God

b ego tten, no t made ; b e ing o f one sub s tanc e w i th th e Fath er .

Symb . N ic en.

Hic Ch ris tus ve rus D e i filius verusqu e D eus , &c .—H a rm. Conf . vr. p . 99.

Conf . Helv. P r io r. Art . X I . C redimus pra te re a e t doc emus filium D e i dom inumnostrum Je sum Ch ristum esse g enitum , non tantum c um ex virg ine Mar iac arnem assumsit, ne c tantum ante j acta fundamenta mundi , sed ante omnem a te rnitatem, e t quidem a pa tre Fi l ius e st patri juxta divinitatemc o equalis e t c onsub stantialis , De us ve rus non nunc upatione , aut adoptione , au t u l ladignatione , sed sub stant ia a tque natura , & c .

— I b id. p. 99. Conf. He lv . Po s t . x 1 .

P rimum autem do c entur de Ch risto credi h a c , Quod s it ve rus , a te rnus e t de

natura Pa tris coe les t is , unigenitus, e t ab a te rno genitus filius a tqu e ita s imu l c umP a tre e t Sanc to Spiritu unu s ve rus e t individuus Deus , &c .

— Ib id. p . 106 . Conf .

Bohem . c ap. v1 . I tem docent quod Ve rb um ,h o c e st Fil ius D e i, as sumpserit huma

nam na turam in u te ro b e a ta V irg inis Ma ria u t s int dua na tura ,D iv ina e t Humana

in unitate persona inseparab iliter c onjunc ta ; unus Ch ristus , ve re Deus , e t ve reh omo .—I b id. p . 1 16. Conf. Aug . 1531 . Ar t . I I I . Credimus qu icquid ad salute rn

nostrarn requiritur, nob is in uno demum i l lo Je su Ch r is to ofi'

erri e t

Credimus Jesum Ch ris tum Sapientiam, e t Fi l ium a ternum Pa tris na turam nostram

a ssumpsisse . ita u t una sit pe rsona Deus e t h omo .—Ib id. p . 1 09. Conf . Gall . Art .

X I I I . xrv . Credimus Je surn Chris tum respec tu natura ipsius divina e sse unicumD ei filium ab a terno g enitum, non factum au t ejusdern c um Pa tree ssentia , illique c o a te rnum , &c .—Ib id. I I . p . 38 . Conf . Be lg. Art. x . Credimus e t

c onfi temur, Filium D e i Dom inum nostrum J e sum Chris tum ab a te rno Pa tre suo

genitum , ve rum e t a te rnum Deum , Pa tri suo c onsub stantialem.—Ib id. p . 1 18 . Conf.

Wittemb . c ap. I I . Servatorem quo que nos trum Jesum Christum, eundem ve rum

D eum , &c .—Ib id . Conf. Sue v ic . Art. 1 1 .[2 Xpo

'

vw 623 iia 'repo v K a i a vué o'

r n a é h h o '

y o s , é K 7 631: iApe t a’

vwv

p w ee is 'f rn

v 6b npomryopz'

a v e’

K T fis a’

o'

efie ia s o h e ra uo i y a‘

pa a A 4 A

aivopa o'flno

'

a v,fr o

v po vo'

y ew; fr o u 96 0 V vidu do vh o v T OU w a r po'

s T o hyn'

a a v're s

Lib e ra tus.

48 T II E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [AR'

r.

cause in scorn they termed the only-bego tten o f God th e

Fa ther’s servant .T h e Ce rinthians ‘.T h e Ebionite s 2 , among whom some sa id tha t Christ Je sus

°

was a me re man ; o thers a cknowledged him to b e God, butno t from everlasting .

Th e Eunomians 3.Th e Samosateniansfl wh o thought that Christ was not th e

Son o f God before his incarnation.

T h e Ne storians 5, whose opinion wa s, tha t Christ be cameGod by meri t, but wa s no t God by na ture .

Th e Ma cedonians “, which utte rly denied th e Son to b e o f

one substance w ith th e Fa ther .Th e Agno ite s", wh o he ld tha t th e divine na ture o f Christ

was ignorant o f some things.Aga in,

some la te he re tics even to th e dea th neve r wouldKa k e' o-a t .—T he odore t . Opp. Lu t. Par. 1642 -84. T orn. W . p, 2 38. Ha re t. Fab . Lib .

I v . c .[l Jesum au tem sub je c it (Ce rinthus ) non e x virgine Da tum ; . . fuisse autem

c um Joseph e t Maria filium ,s im i l ite r u t re liqui omne s h omine s .

— I ren. Adv.Ha r.

Oxon . 1 702 . p . 102 . Lib . I . c .[2 An dy prev y ap a im-

(iv K a i Ko w o'

u Ii'y o iiv'ro , Ka 'r ci 7rp0 K 0 7n iv fieo vs a b 'rd pé vo v

dufipafl ro v Oedi K a twpe’

i/o v dixh o r dé w a pa‘

7 0 67 0 11 9 7 779 a b‘rfis b'

v'r e c wpo a n'

y opia s,fr riu p é v

"raw e ipnu e’

vwv 3K7 0 7ro u Ot edidpa a K ov e’

K w a pe é uo v K a i T OO

af 'y i'

o v w ue bpa r o s p i} a’

pvo b/a e vo t y ey o vé ua t r ev K bpt ou‘

o i; mix; 36'

Opo iw s K a i

0 37 0 1. 7rpo v7ra'

pxew a ir rdv,96 6V Xé y o v Ova

-a K a i a o <pia v bpoh o

'

y o fiu'r e s ,

Wpo r épwu w epi er pé rrov'r o dua a sfie ia . E useb . E ccl . H is t. C ant . 172 0 . Lib . I I I.

c . 2 7 . p .

[3 K a i si s vio

'

s . po vo‘

y e un‘

s y ap, firepi o b e’

vfiv p é v r ef s 7 15 11 a'

y i'

wv (pwvds‘

vrapa ee'

pt e vov, 61’

div vidu K a i y é w n/Aa K a i w o inpa K a flr a'

y'

y é h h o va ifir a

'

i s f ru

w

o’

voy a'

r wv Ora q'

mpa i s K a i f rn‘

v fr iis a im-{a s w a pa h h a'

yn‘

v e’

pdi a v fa a irr a s , a’

7rnh h d

xfla i ¢pour i6wu K a i 7 rpa ypa'

r wv .—T h e w ords Of E unomius quo tedb y Bas il . Opp.

P ar. 1 72 1 -30 . T om . I . p . 2 38 . Adv. E unom . Lib . I I . c .[4 S i qu is dici t filium D e i Dom inum no s trum , antequam ex virg ine nas c ere tur,

non fu isse , sicu t Paulus Samosatenus, & c . dixe runt , anath ema sit .—Conc il. Binnii.C o lon. A g ripp. 1 606 . Vo l. I I . p . Conc il. Bra c ar . c .[5

c onfi tens e xis tentiam divinita tis filii D e i, Chris tum pu rum ho

m inem c redidit c onc eptum a tque fo rma tum , e t po ste a in De um prove c tum ,h o c e st

h ominem de ific atum e t non ve rb um ce rnem fa ctum .—Lib era t . Bre v iarium . Par . l675.

c . 2 . p .

[6 0 37 0 9 b Ma K edo

'

w o s , T o piv by o o ba t o u e iua t 7 611 viOv T t?) ara '

rpi aroAu’reAdis

a’

qremipvge v.— T h e odore t . Opp. T om . W . p . 2 38 . H a re t . Fab . Lib . I v. c .

[7 I taque sc ientiam quam ex h umanitatis natura non h ab u i t, ex qua cum ang e l is

cre a tura fui t , h anc se c um ang e l is , qui cre a tura sunt, h ab e re dene gavit. D iem e rgoe t h o ram j udic i i sc it D e us e t h omo : sed ide o qu ia Deus e s t h omo . R e s au tem valdemani fes ta e s t , qu ia qu isqu is N es to rianus non e s t, A gno ita e sse nulla tenus po test .N am qui ipsam D e i sapie ntiam fa te tur inc arnatam, qua mente vale t dice re , e ssea l iqu id, quod D e i sapientia ignore t - S. Greg . Mag . Opp. P a ris . 1 705. T om. I I .

1 070 . D . E pist. Lib . x.

50 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Propos i t ion I I .

Chr ist is very man.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd .

Holding th e humanity o f Christ, we j o in with th e blessedprophe ts and e vange lists , wh o e ithe r prophe s ie d o f h is futureincarna tion

a

and conception in th e womb o f a v irgin”, or

M,“ i, 18 ,pla inly avouched, and writ, bo th tha t th e Virg in Mary wa s

2 3 L k 0 o

h is mo ther, and tha t, a s very man, h e grew and Incre ase d in

ifiifiiifo

ii . strength, endure d hunger c and thirst d, wept, and slept, andJo hn iv.

Ma rk iv 38 suff e red de a th .

Ma tt. xxvii .313mm 37.

Hence th e ancient fa thers and Christiansfake “ m I be lieve in God, th e Fa the r Almighty, &c . and in Je sus

Chris t, &c . which wa s conce ive d by th e Ho ly Ghost, born o fSymb ' Ap°St'

th e Virgin Mary , suffe re d unde r Pontius Pila te , was crucified,dead, and bur ie d .

T h e right fa ith is, tha t we be l ieve and confe ss, tha t our

Lord Je sus Chris t, th e Son o f God, is God and man ; God, o f

th e substance o f th e Fa the r , begotten be fore th e world ; and

man, o f th e substance o f h is mother , born in th e world ;pe rfe ct God and pe rfe ct man, o f a reasonable soul and humanfle sh subs isting ; equa l to th e Fa ther a s touching h is Godhe ad, and infe rior to th e Fa the r a s touching h is manhood .

Sa b . Nic en. I be lieve in one God, th e Fa the r Almighty, &c . and in one

Lord Jesus Christ, &c . , wh o for us men,and for our sa lva tion

So

grf

igilvé ; came down from heaven, and was incarna te by th e Holy Ghos t

o f th e Virgin Mary , and wa s made man, &c .

33mg ” Th e ve ry same te stify God’

s pe ople in He lve tia , Bas il ,B h

sm c ap Bohemia , th e Low Countrie s, France , Ausburgh , Wi ttem

on 958 . o o opai

ls“ . burgh, SueVIa‘, Wi th many more be side s .

Co rl

i fess .

it );Am a Th e se ed o f th e woman sh a ll b re ak th ine h ead, Gen . i i i . 1 5 . T h e

c ofif ‘

fit

fm ,sc ept re sh a ll no t depa r t, &c . unt i l Sh i loh com e , Gen . xl ix. 1 0 .

“(

if‘

fiiggb Beh o ld, a Virg in sh a l l conce i ve , and b e a r a Son, I sa i . VI I . 1 4 .

303 8 55.

c Wh en h e h ad f a s te d f o r ty days and f o r ty nigh ts, h e wa s a f te rSue vic a , wa rd h ung ry, Ma t t . iv. 2 .

A rt . I I .(1Ha rm o n. He sa id, I th i rs t , John XIX . 2 8 .

C onf e ss.

Pra f.

Hic ve rus , quum j uxta pra finitum tempu s h ominem to tum ,

id e s t , anima e t co rpo re c ons tantem a ssumps isse t in una individuaque pe rso naduas , s ed impermixtas na turas , & c .

— H arm . C onf . VI . p . 104. C onf. H e ly . P rio r .Art . xx. E undem quo qu e a terni D e i a te rnum filium c redimus e t do c emus h o

m inis fa ctum e sse filium , ex semine Ab rah a a tque D avidis . c onc eptam puriss ime e x Spiri tu sanc to , e t natum ex Ma ria sempe r virgine , & c .

— I b id. p . 100 .

I L ] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 51

T he errors and a dversaries unto this truth .

T he re fore most wicked we re th e opinions of those menwhich he ld, viz . tha t,

1 . Christ rea lly and inde ed had ne ither body nor soul ,but was man in appearance only , a s th e Maniche e s “, th eEutychians 3, th e Marcionite s “, and th e Sa turnians 5.

Aug. Lib .

xxv . c ontraFau st.N ic eph . L ib .

2 . Chr ist had a body without a soul : a s thought th e g in-M po

Co nf . Helv . Post. c ap. x i . Credimus a te rnum D e i Ve rb um C arnem fac tum e sse

id e st , hunc Filium D e i, h umana na tu ra in una pe rsona unitum , & c .— I b id. p. 1 05.

C onf. Ba si l . P r io r . Art . I V. D isp . 7 . I tem [do c entur de C h ris to] quod sit e tiamve rus e t na tura l is h omo , noste r ve rus frate r, qui animam e t co rpus , id e st , ve reminte gramque na turam humanam h ab ea t, qu am e ffic a c itate Sancti Spiri tus , ex pu ravirgine Maria , ab sque omni pe cca to assumps i t , &c .

—I b id. p . 107 . C onf . Boh em .

c ap. VI . C onfitemur itaque Deum promissionem implevisse , quum Filium illum

suum uni cum e t a ternum in h unc mundum m is i t : quif ormam servi a ssumpsit , similis

kominibu s f a c tu s, e t veram na turam humanam c um omnibus ipsius infirmita tibus(e xcepto pe cca to) ve re assumps i t, dum concep tus e st in u te ro b e ata V irg inis Maria ,

v irt u te Spi ritus Sancti , ab sque u l la ma ris ope ra .— I b id. p . 1 1 2 , 13 . C onf. Be lg .

Ar t . X V I I I . C redimus J e sum nostram as sumpsisse , ita u t una

sit pe rsona D e us e t H omo ; h omo , inquam , e t co rpore e t anima passib ilis , nob isque

pe r omnia , e xcepto pe cca to , s im i l is , u tpo te cujus ca ro sit ve re semen Ab rah ae e t

D avidis , quanvis a rcana e t inc ompreh ensib ili Spir i tus Sanct i v irtute fue ri t suotempo re in u te ro b e a ta i l l ins V irg inis c onc epta .

-I b id. p . 1 09. C onf . Ga l l . Ar t.XIV . Ch ris tus , ve re homo

,&c .— Ib id. p . 1 16 . C onf . Augus t . 1 531 . Ar t . I I I . Se e

p . 47 , no te 1 . Credimus e t c onfitemur Filium D e i . . Je sum C hris tum . . in

pleni tudine temporis factum h om inem . . u t Je sus Ch r is tus verus D e us e t ve rush omo sit, una tantum persona non dua .

—Ib id . p . 1 18 . C on f . Wittemb . c ap. I I .

Servatorem quo que nos trum Jesum Ch ristum ,eundem ve rum D eum , e tiam ve rum

h om inem fac tum naturis qu idem impermixtis , at ita in e adem pe rsona unitis , u t in

omnia se cu la nunquam rursus solvantur .— 1b id. Conf . Su e v i c . Art . I I . § 2 . T he

pas sage inte nded in th e P re fa ce to th e H arm . C onf. is prob ab ly th is : E cce pos te r io rib us tempo rib us , infe lix i l le foe tus ub iquita tis prodiit qu i ve ram do c trinam de persona Ch risti , e t ejus naturis , siquidem re cipia tu r , penitus e ve rtit .][2 Q u i enim nis i da mone s , qu ibus e st am ica fa l la c ia , is tis persuade rent, quod

Ch ris tus fallac iter passus , fallac ite r mo rtuus sit , fallac ite r cicatrice s o s tende rit ; id

e st , non ve re pa ssus , ne c ve re mo rtuus sit, ne e i l la ve ra fuerint ex ve ris vulne rib usc ic atric e s l—Augus t . Opp. Pa ri s . 1 836-8 . T om . VI I I . p . 434. c . contra Faust .Lib . x iv.

[3 ‘

O E i’

r rvxils 860 “a; K a i a im-09 mod T iis é vwa e’

ws gh e 'y e qb tia e t s T a‘

s iia 'repo v

isvwee t'

a a s°

1.1.e dé T 1iv iii/wo w e is p ia v Kpa efiva i fra i

'

rr a s ¢6<rw , K a i O'

v'

yxvflfi

va t , K a i (Pvpfl é ll 7 17 1 96 711 dim-r e K a i 7 1511 06 67 117 6! fro?f rfis a

vflpw'n

' é

7 117-0 9 Tra

'

axew , K a i 7 0 a’

va'

rra h w .—N ic eph . E cc l . H is t . Lut. Par . 1630 .

"

T 0m . I I .

p. 881 . Lib . X VI I I . c .[4 Christum autem pu ta t ive apparu isse , id e st quas i per umb ram, e t passum

eum fu isse umb ratiliter, non tameh in ve ra ca rne c redeb a t .—Philastr. Lib . de Ha r.

in Bib lio th . P atr. Par is 162 9. Tom. I V. c ol. 1 2 . Aieb a t enim Ma rcion Filium

(iomio-s i , id e st Opinione tantum non au tem re ipsa c arnem induisse .- Be z a, E p is tGenev . 1575. E p. l xxx i . p .

[5 Salvatorem autem inna tum demonstravit (Saturnia ns), e t inc orporalem , e t

s ine figura , pu ta tive au tem v isum h om inem .— 1ren. Adv. Ha r. Oxon. 1702 . Lib . I .

c . 2 2 . p .

P h ila st .

Be z a , E p.

8 1 .

I ren. Lib . I .

c . 2 2 .

52 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Ba sil 0 0 0 " E unomians ‘, th e Arians 2 , th e Apo llinarians 3, with th e The oE unom .

T h e o do re t . 4Hm m m pasch ite s

Lfl, 3 . Christ took no t fle sh o f th e Virgin Mary ; so did thm , Va lentinians 5 think , and so think th e Anabaptists , and th e

53m

g" Family o f Love 7, wh o make an a llegory o f th e incarnation o f

ren 1 I . 0

c ap. 1 Christ .C o nf . Be lg .

firt

fix

gni 4 . Chri st took fle sh only o f th e Virgin, but no soul ;

h f 11253331 15

e th e Arians s

5. Christ to ok fle sh no t o f th e Virgin only, but by th eE S b o oE ge le. se ed o f man too ; s o sa id E b iong , and Carpo cra te s loiii

) 1 " u p6 . T h e fle sh o f Christ wa s spiritual , and h is soul carna l

I ren. L ib I .

c an 2 4 . so dreame d th e Va lentinians “T e rtul. L ib(

35153 .

7 . T h e carna l body o f Chris t wa s consubstantia l withA th e na?“ th e Fa the r, a s published th e Apo llinarians”.L i b . de I n

c ar. Ch risti.[1 T h e edi to r h as b e en unab l e to ve r ify th is re fe rence .)[2 E n

'

ina y ap a im-(iv (so . 7 0 1! A o

'

y o v) dd/ vxo v 3am ("

Ape lo s) e ihncpe'

ua t, e

'

unp

7 11K e'

va i die f r a‘

T fis d/ uxfis ‘T YiU —T he od. Opp. P ar . 1642 -84. T om . I V.

p . 2 32 . H a re t . Fab . L ib . I v . c .[3 A po l l inaris . h a re s im gene ravit , as se re ns so lum co rpu s non e tiam a ni

mam a Dom ino in dispensa tione susc eptum .—Au to re s Histor . E ccle s . Bas i l . 1535.

L ib . X I . p . 2 53. Ru flin . Lib . I I .

[4 ’Ape lai O'

UHdNipOl/‘

T a t T pe rr'

rfiu é'

xew qb ria w 7 011 9 6 011 Ao’

y o v, K a i O'

a'

pK a

a

ve tih npé ua t dd/ vxo v A rroh iu vapi'

w a’

ivo vv o u

'

iy a . Nic eph . E ccl . H ist .T om . I I . p . 882 . Lib . XVI I I . c ap.

[5 E icr i Oi Oi h é 'y o u

'r e s r pofia ixé a ea t a b 'rdv (SC .

f rdu Anp i o vp'

ydu) K a i Xpi a ‘

rdu ,

vidu idt ou, a’

Aixa‘

d/ uxi K é v eiua t d‘

é T ofi‘

r o u, 7 6 1! 6rdM apia s di o de ba a u

'ra K a 0d7rep

w p did O'wAffvo s 006 66 i . —I ren . Adv. Ha r . Lib . I . C . l . 13 . p .

[6 Idc irc o contra Anab aptistarum h a re s in qui ne gant Ch ristum c arnem huma

nam sumps isse , c onfitemur , & c .—Co lle ct . Conf. Lips . 1 840 . p . 37 1 . Conf . Be lg .

A i t . X V I I I .]

[7 Th e re appe ars to b e a m is take in th e re fe rence . . But see E vang . Reg . c ap .

X I I I . For th is same Me ss ia s , or Ano inted, is th e Sab b a th -day , & c . Se e a lso c ap.

xxi . Tri m. and H enry M ore ’

s Th e o lo g . Wo rks , Lond . 1 708 . Book VI . c . 16 . p .

[8 ’

A )\Aa K a i d OaUT a l Ilj uxiiu a im-Oil (Xpw 'rdv) a'

vfipanre t'

a v e ihmpé ua i a im-0

T o ii'ro O'

a'

pKa ydp Opo h oy o fia w dh nflw iiv a’

rrd Ma pe ia s a im-(iv

é a a o'

T a , K a i Tra'

ir ra 50 a G’

O'

T iv e'

u r ai a'

vfipw'

vrai , xwpis tif vxfis .—E pipll . Opp. P ar.

1 62 2 . T om. I . p . 743 . Adv . Ha r. Lib . I I . To rn. I I .

[9 A r'r o' u p é u y ap a irr o'

u K a i K O t l/OV . . e’

E a’

vdpo’

s T e K ow wvia s K a i

r fis Ma pia s y e‘

y e vnp é vo v .—E useb . E ccl . H ist . C ant. 1 72 0 . Lib . I I I . c . 2 7 . p .

Jesum au tem e Jo se ph na tam , & c . (Ca rpo c ra te s dic it). —I ren . Adv . Ha r.

Lib . I . c . 2 4 . p .

C onve rto r ad a l ios a qu e s ib i prudente s , qui c arnem Ch r isti animalem aflirm

ant , quod anima caro sit facta , e rg o e t caro aniina . Rt sic u t ca ro animalis,ita e t

anima c arnalis , &c . Licu it e t Va lentino e x priv i le g io h a re tic o c arnem Ch ris tispiritalem c omminis c i.— T ertull. Opp. Lu te t . 1634 . p . 367 . n. 370 . D . D e C am e

C hr is ti , c . 10 ,Ob '

ro r (ii 1?dh h o iw a w 7 0 5 A67 0 !) 1?do'

Kno' w T iiu o iKo vop ia u

7 0 3 wdflo vs in roh a /ifidvo ucri , arci'r e [d iv ci'

K'rw '

r o v K a i é vro vpa'

mo v Ae’

y o u'

r e s fr iiu

7 0 0 Xpt a‘roU o

'a'

pK a , 7ro"r e 6s dy o o ba t o u T ris Oe o

'

fl rro s T a D-r a y ap b/I'

i u é rrw e

IL ] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 53

8 . T h e human na ture o f Chris t be fore h is pass ion was Nmeph L,b _

de vo id of human a ffe ctions so thought th e Severite s 13 xv” “a“ 2 9‘

P ropo s i t ion II I .

Chr ist is God and m an, and tha t in one P erson.

T h e pro o f from God’

s wo rd.

T ha t th e divine and human na ture s o f Christ are unite din one person, it a c c orde th w i th th e ho ly s cripture . For, John i. 14.

th e word was made fle sh , and dwe lt among us : (and we

saw th e glory the re of, as th e glory o f th e only-bego tten o f

th e Fa the r ,) full o f grace and truth , sa ith th e e vange list John.

And Ma tthew : Je sus when h e was baptized , &c . Lo , a vo ice Ma tt ie . 17.

(came) from heaven, saying , T his is my be love d Son, in whomI am we l l plea sed .

He tha t de scende d is e ven th e same tha t a scende d far E ph . iv-10.

above all he avens , tha t h e might fill all things , sa ith S . Paul .Aga in, Chr ist Jesus , be ing in th e form o f God, thought

9

P h il ii

it no robbe ry to b e equa l w ith God, but made himse lf o f nore puta tion, and took on h im th e form o f a se rvant

,and wa s

made like unto men, and was found in shape a s a man, &c . ;

where fore God ha th a lso highly e xa lted him, &c . , tha t eve rytongue should confe ss tha t Je sus Christ is th e Lord, unto th eglory o f God th e Fa the r.

And th e same apostle , The re is one God, and one Me u 5.

dia tor be twe en God and man, e ven th e man Chris t Je sus , wh ogave himse lf a ransom for all men.

U pon these , and th e like grounds,I be lieve In God, th e Fa the r Almighty, &c . and in Je sus

Chris t h is only Son our Lo rd , which was conce ive d by th eHo ly Ghost, born o f th e Virgin Mary .

T h e r ight fa ith I s , T ha t we be lie ve , and confess, tha t our Sim)

Lord Jesus Christ, th e Son of God, is God and man, &c ., wh o

a lthough h e b e God and man, ye t h e is no t two , but one

wins-a t it e

'

y ew ,i’

ua . T iiv 66 67 -117 a fih a o'

cpnwia n'r e , Ae'

y om'

e s, dina iu, fiy e i s 7 01!

é K M apia s Ae’

y oy eu 6111 0 0 150 1 0 11 7 0 17 7ra 'rp0'

s .—A lb anas . Opp. Co lon. 1686 . T om .

I . D e Incarna t . Ch ris t i, pp . 6 15. B. 62 1 . D . ][1 3

ti é K w apfie vo fifr é i Z wr fipt Xpw

'ro}? a dpE 7rp0 T OGTra

'

fio vs

d¢6ap~ro s fiv

'

ripe i‘

s y a‘

p, é'

h e 'y o v, a'

voi'y K y (ptia ew sFra

'

T a li a-119 firepc c'

poy e v ara'

fln,

w e i r/a v, (pnpi, K a i did/ a v K a i T ai é f fis . 0 dé Xpi af rds 57 6 6 1} ara

'

crxwv 2'

v 0 13K

é vr la ns iipi u r o t s frfis (b rie-ems vo

y a i s do vh e é wv fiv .—Nic eph . E ccl . His t. Par. 1 630 .

T om. I I . p. 78 1 . Lib . XVI I . c ap.

54 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Christ . One , no t by conve rs ion o f th e Godhead into fle sh ,but by taking o f th e manhood unto God. One a ltoge the r,

Sym b . N icen. no t by confusion o f substance , but by unity o f person. I b e

l ieve in one Lord Je sus Chris t, th e only-bego tten Son o f God,

b ego tten o f th e Fa the r be fore all worlds , God o f God, Lighto f Light, ve ry God o f very God, bego tten, no t made , be ingo f one substance with th e Fa ther, by whom all things we remade : wh o for us men, &c . came down from heaven, and wa s

incarnate , &c . He suff ered, and was buried, &c . and h e sha l lcome aga in, &c . say th e ancient and firs t Christians .

C onf . He lv. T h e ve ry same is th e be lie f and confe ssion o f all th e re

formed churche s a t this pre sent, and a lways hath been‘.Bas il. A rt . I v.

Bo h em .

21 .

Egg“

E rrors and a dversa ries unto this tru th .

D e te stable the re fore is th e e rro r,. 2 . Of th e Ac eph alians 2 , wh o deni ed th e propertie s of th e two

.A t. ogriffin. na ture s In Chris t.o n 955. 0

P re f . Of th e Se verite s, o f E utych c s , and D 1 0 sc orus 3, wh o a fHartman.

S

lgb ede

l

l

L bfirme d th e divinity and humanity o f Christ to b e o f one and

i c e p i . i

“ N an i” th e same na ture .

Of th e Mono the lite s “, wh o denie d tha t two wills, viz . a

divine and human, we re in Christ.

[1 Se e th e las t P ropos i tion

,p . 50 . no te 1 , and add th e fo l low ing : Agnosc imus

e rg o in uno a tque e odeni Domino no stro J e su Ch r is to,duas na turas , D ivinam e t

Humanam ; e t h as ita dic imu s c onjunc tas ve l uni tas e sse , u t ab so rpta au t confusaau t immixta non s int , &c .— Harm . C onfl

. VI . p . 100 . C onf . He lv . P os t. c ap. 1 1 .

A tque ita in h is duab us naturis , ne qu e muta tis , ne que c onfusis proprie ta tibus

h a rum , e t adni irab ili tamen e arundem c ommunic a tione , seu unione , una sit e t

indiv idua pe rsona , unus C h r is tus E manue l , &c .—I b id. p . 1 07 . C onf . Boh em .

c ap. 6 . Credimus in una e ademque pe rsona qua e s t Je su s C h ris tu s , ve re e t inseparab ilite r duas i llas na turas sic e sse c onjunc tas , u t e tiam s int uni ta m anente tamenunaq uaqu e illarum na turarum in sua distinc ta proprie ta te , & c .

—1 b id . p . 1 1 0 . C onf .

Ga l l . Art . x v . C redimus e t iam pe r hanc c onc eptionem , pe rsonam Fil i i c onjunc tama tque unitam fu isse insepa rab ilite r c um h umana na tu ra

,ita u t non s in t duo Fi l i i

D e i, ne c dua pe rsona , sed du a na tura in uni ca pe rsona c onjunc ta , & c .—Ib id.

p . 1 13 . C onf. Be lg . Art . x 1 x .]

[2 A c eph alo rum pess ima h a re sis Calc edonense concilium impugnavit Hi

qu ippe dua rum sub s tantia rum propi ie ta tem in Ch ris to ne g ab ant, una in tantum in

e jusdem pe rsona na turam pra dic antes .-H artman. Sc h ede l. Lib . C ronic . Nurem

b e rg . 1 493 . fol. c x l i . b . ][3

0 136’

e'

vr i'

c ms E irw xe i K a i A i o a K é ptp, 7 rp0s (i i: K a i E e viipai ( ii eu X a AKn

06 11 1. a buodo s ) e is pia v (pf/a w O'

vyxé e i 7 n‘

u 96 67 137 a K a i a’

ufipw'

rr é '

r iw a 7 0 17 é uds

Xpt cr’T

'

0 6.-N1C€ph . E ccl . H ist . Lu t . Pa r. 1 630 . T om . I I . p . 705. c . L ib . X VI . c .

[4 Mo no th e lita e x a rgume nto nomen sumsere . Duas in C h ris to vo lunta te s

ne gab ant divinam v ide lice t e t h umanam,qaum contra s it.—Vola te rran. Comment.

U rb an. 1 603 . Lib . XV I I . c ol. 630. D .]

IL] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 55

Of The odorus Mese ch ius 5, wh o sa id tha t th e Word was M deb urg .

E H t .one thing , and Chris t ano the r . g

gtgtii

s

fié lt

gii) .o o o 0

Of Ne storius s, wh o denie d th e two na ture s of Chris t to N ic e ph . L ib .XV I I I . c ap.

b e o the rwise 7 united , than one friend is j o ine d to ano ther, 48 .

which only is in good w il l and a ff e ction.

Of Serve tus s, wh o sa id o f Christ tha t h e wa s th e pa ttern Be z a , E p. 8 1 .Conf e ss.

o f all things , and but a figure o f th e Son o f God ; and tha t Ga l. A rt. X Iv.

th e body o f Christ wa s compa ct o f thre e uncrea te d e lements ;and so confounde d and overthrew both natures .

Propo s ition IV.

Christ is the Sa viour of mankind.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Christ to b e th e Saviour o f mankind , we find i t perspic uously in th e ho ly scripture , which te ache th us tha t Christwa s crucified, dead, and burie d ; and tha t to re concile h isFa the r unto and to b e a sa cr ifice for all sins o f menb

8 We w ere re c onc iled to God by th e de a th o f h is Son, Rom . v . 1 0 .

God h a th re c onc iled us unto h imself b y Je sus Ch r ist, 2 Cor. v . 1 8 ; b y

h is c ross, E ph e s . ii. 1 6 . I t ple ased th e Fa th e r, &c . by h im to re c onc ileall th ings unto h imse l f, Col. 1. 1 9, 2 0 .

b He h a th b o rne our infirm itie s, and c a r r i ed our sorrows , I sa i . l i i i .4 . He is th e Lamb o f God, wh ich take th away th e sin o f th e wor ld,Job . 1 . 2 9. Ch r ist h a th rede em ed us f rom th e c u rse o f th e law

wh en h e was made a cu rse f or us, Gal. iii. 1 3. God h a th m ade h im ,

sin f or us, wh ich knew no sin, th a t we sh ou ld b e th e r igh te o usne ss o f

[5 P e c ulia ris erroris a uto r extitit Th e odo rus Me se th enu s z—A l iud e sse Ve rbum ,

a l iud e sse Ch ris tum .—Magdeb u rg . E ccl . H ist . Bas il . 1 560, &c . C ent . VI . c . 5.

fo l.

[6 <I>na i

ycip é uwfiijva t 7 01) 6 6 011 Ko'

y o u 15K Ma pla s a’

uepai’m p, die

-r ep e i 7 i s

(b ike s (pike: is'

vw crw did O'

xé a ews 7ro ro i 7 0 .—Nic eph . E ccl . H is t. T om . 1 1 . p . 875. C .

Lib . XV I I I . c .[7 T o b e any o th e rw ise , 1 633, and all th e la te r edi tions ][3 D o c eb a t Se rve tus Filium ex D e o fu isse non re ipsa sed figu ra tive sen

t ieb a t Se rve tus 7 6V Koy o u tum c oepisse existere , quum mundus c re a tus e s t , a c e tiamide am quandam fu isse ex tr ibus inc re a tis elementis c ompositam.

—Be z a , E pis t.Genev . 1575. E p. lxx x i . p . 32 8 . A c pro inde omnes illas ac

nom ina tim qu idem diab olic as Se rvat i imagina tione s, Domino nos tro Je su Ch r is toimag ina r iam de ita tem trib uentis ; u t qu em v ide l ice t dic a t ide am e t e xemplar fu issererum omnium , e t Filiam D e i pe rsona rum s ive figura tivum appe l la t ; denique corpusci fab ric antis ex tribus inc re atis elementis compa ctum , a c pro inde u tranque na tu rammisc entis ac des truentis . —Co ll. Conf. L ips . 1 840 . p . 333 . C onf. Gal l . Art . X i v.]

Symb . N ic en.

56 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ARE

Hence I be lie ve th e fo rg ivene ss of sin.

He su ff e re d for our sa lva tion.

For us men and for our sa lva tion h e came down fromheaven, say our fore fa thers in the ir confe ssions ; as do a lsoo ur bre thren l throughout Chr istendom .

T he errors a nd adversa ries unto this tr uth .

Wicke d then are all opinions and a sse rtions contraryingand cro ssing this truth : as

God in h im , 2 Cor . v. 2 1 . He is th e re conc i l ia t ion f or our sin, and

no t f or o u rs only, b ut a lso f or th e wh o le wo r ld, 1 John i i . 2 .

I s sac ro sanc tam ,D ivinita tis unione , c a rnem . . ia mo rtem tradidit , ad

unive rs i pe cca ti e xpia tio nem . . Q ui u t s o lu s e st Media tor , inte rce sso r , h o stia ,

& c .— H arm . Conf. Se c t. VI . p . 104. C onf . He ly . P rio r . Art . X I . D o c emus Je sum

Chris tum h um ani , ade o que to tius mundi e sse se rvato rem, & c .—Ib id.

p . 102 . Conf . He lv. P o s t . c ap. X I . Hunc Je sum Ch ristum c redimu s c ru c ifixum

e t mo rtuum pro pe c c a tis nos tris . A tque ita unica sui ipsius Ob latione D e o Pa tr ino s tro c oele s ti pro no stris , e t omnium fide lium pe c c atis satis fe c isse , a c no s c um e o

re conc il iasse . -1 b id. p . 105. C onf. Bas i l . Art . I v . Ho c en im omnino cons ta t , quodpo s t lapsum Ada nemo ve ram c um D e o re c onc ilia tionem pe rvenire po ssit,n is i tantum pe r unicum media torem inte r De um e t h om inem Je sum Ch ristum in

tide v iva , qui so lus mo rte e t sangu ine s uo imag inem pe ccati c t mo r tis a nob is to llit ,& c .

— I b id. p. 1 06 . Conf . Boh em . c ap. VI . C redimus qu i cqu id ad salu tem nos tram

re quiritur, nob is in uno demum i l lo J e su C hris to Ofl’e rri e t c ommunic ari, & c .

Credimus D e um immensam su am in nos c aritatem ac b onitatem in e o demon

s tras se,quod filium m ise rit qui mo re re tur e t resurgere t , e t jus titiam omnem im

ple re t, u t nob is c oe les tem v i tam ac quire re t . C redimus e O unico s a c rific io qu odJ e sus C h ris tus in cruce ob tulit

,nos e sse D e o re c onc ilia tos testamur Je sum

C hris tum e sse inte g ram e t pe rfe c tam no stram ab lu tionem , in cuju s mo rte plenams a tis fac tionem nanc isc imur, qua lib eremur ab omnibu s pe c c a tis quo rum re i samus ,

& c .—Ib id . pp . 109, 1 0 . C onf . Ga l l . Artb. X I I I . XVI . XVI I . Credimus Deum .

Filium suum misisse , u t na turam illam as sume re t qua per inob edientiam pe c c ara t,

u t in c a ipsa na tura e t sa tis fac e re t , e t de pe cca to , pe r a ce rb am ipsius m o rtem e t

passione rn, j ustas pos na s surnere t Credimus Je sum C hris tum summum illum

Sa c e rdo tem e sse qui se se nos tro nomine co ram P a tre ad pla c andam ips iu s iramc um plena sa tis fa c tione ob tulit , sis tens se ipsum s upe r a l tare crucis , e t s angu inemsuum ad purga tionem pe cca to rum nostro rum pro fudit .— I b id. p . 1 1 4. C onf . Be lg .

A rtt . X X . X X I . Ch ris tu s v e re pa s sus , c ruc ifixus , mo rtuus e t sepultus , u t re

c onc iliare t no b is Pa trem , e t h o s tia e sse t , non tantum pro cul pa o rig inis, sed e tiampro omnibus a c tualibus pe c c a tis h ominum .

— I b id. p . 1 16 . Conf . A ug . A rt . 1 1 1 .

Dominus no ste r J e sus e s t Media to r, P ropitia to r, Redemptor, Jus tific a to r, e t Sa l vato r. Hujus unius o b edientia e t me rito plac atur iraD e i— I b id. p . 1 17 . C onf. Saxon . Ar t . I I I . C redimus Je sum Chris tum in

ple nitudine tempo ris fac tum hom inem , ad e xpianda pe ccata e t pro c urandam a te rnam

salu tem humani gene ris , & c .— I b id. p . 1 18 . C onf . Wittemb . c ap. 1 1 . N e c in ils qu ie

quam variarunt qua E ccl e s ia ex sac ro sanc tis E vange liis do cta credi t de Se rva to renos tro J e su Ch r is to in cruce mortuo ac sepu l to .

-1 b id. Conf. Suev ic. Art. i I . ]

Je su it ' s Ca t .Bo o k 1 . c ap.

1 0 .

N ic eph . Lib .XV I I I . c ap.

L onic . T ur.

His t. T om . I .

L ib . I .

Se e A I LXX I I .XXXL

T e st. Rh emin Rom . vii i.1 7.

I b id in Co l.1. 2 4.

58 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Tha t th e whole Pa ssion o f Christ is to b e unde rstoo d a llegorically, and no t a ccording to th e le tte r ; a s th e Family o f

Love 1 do think .

T ha t Christ 2 on th e cross hath suff ere d (1 ) for th e redemption o f mankind , and sha ll sufl'

er aga in for th e sa lva tion o f th e

devils ; such he re tics there have be en ; (2 ) as Je sus , but sha llaga in suff e r a s Je sus Christ (which wa s one o f Francis K e th is here sie s , for which h e wa s burned) ; (3) for men, but one

mo the r Jane is th e saviour o f women : a most exe crable as

sertion o f Postellus 3 , th e Je suit .T h e fantasies of th e Ja cobite s “ and T urks5.Th e popish do ctrine touching th e mass, praye rs unto

sa ints,pardons, and purga to ry , which make th e Pa ss ion o f

Christ e ithe r of none e ff e ct, or to put away but origina l sinonly .

T ha t a lbe it our Saviour ha th suff e red 6 for all men in ge

ne ra l, ye t bo th e a ch man must suffe r for himse lf in par

ticular, and th e works o f one man may sa tisfy th e justice o f

God for ano ther": which are popish e rro rs .

pend. c ol. 1 594. c. D e Fide contr. Mani ch . c ap. 32 . E t ide o dum t ime t di ce reManic li a us , qu ia is ta fac ta non sunt ; e t i te rum t ime t di ce re , qu ia in div ina sub

s tantia facta sunt ; c oac tus e st dice re qu ia non Ch r is tus sed princeps teneb rarumc um su is s o c i is i l la oninia passus e st — I b id. c .[l T h e edi to r h as b e en unab le to me e t w i th th e w o rk o f H enry N ich o las

h ere re fe rred to . _ Se e H. Mo re , Th e o log . Wo rks , Lond . 1 708 . pp . 1 8 1,

[2 E t no ta quod dic it, seme l mo rtuu s e st, quas i non i te rum moriturus : ad de

s tru endam h a re sim qu a dic it c um seme l passum ad redemptionem h ominum, e t

i te rum passurum in ac'

i e ad redemptionem da monum .—Th om . Aquin. in Pe tr.

E p ist . I . 3 . Pa r is . 1543 . p .

[3 T h e Jesu i ts deny th a t Po s te l l w a s one o f th e ir so cie ty . A t Venice h e b ecame

a cqua inted “w ith a supe rs ti tious o ld b e ldame ca l led mo th e r J ane , whom h e m ade

h is mo th e r h e printed a b o ok, entitled, T h e V ictory Of Women. I n wh i ch h ema inta ined tha t our Sa v iour Je sus Ch ris t redeemed th e supe rio r w o rld only , th a t ism an and th a t h is mo th e r Jane w as sent from God to save th e infe rio r w o rld, th a tis , w omen, & c . - T h e Je su i ts ’ C a te ch ism, trans l . from French into E ngl ish , 1602 .

Bo ok I . c . 1 0 . p .

[4 ’

Ape icp a vucpbpo v7 a r, K . 7 .X. (vid. p . 52 . no te K a i Trfi psi; d¢9a p7 o vK a i dK7 I O’ 7 o v K a i o bpa

mo u,K a i a

vra eé s K a i Aen 7 0u/

O' Zb/1 a dva h a fie i

v 7 01; 6 6 011

Aé y o v, K a iILL); 1i/A IV 011 0 0 60 1 0 11 do ypa fl

'

go va l . K a i 7 oi 7 3s O'

apK0s Ka 7 ci ¢a v7 a a ia v7i/J.I U é uepy c-Tv. vrfi Oi ais ii a cipE a im-0 3 e is q

‘nio-w ne 7 efih ri6n66 07 n7 0 s, K a i 011 0 0 15

0 1 0 9 a 1'

1 7 fi y é'

yo ve v . E ccl . H ist . T om . 1 1 . p . 882 . L ib . XV I I I . c ap.

[5 Lonic . C h ron. Turc . Franc o f. 1 584. T om . I . Lib . 1 1 . Pa rs I I . c ap. 2 1 .

p . 1 2 0, & c . ][6 Ch ris t’s pa ins o r pass ions h ave no t so satisfied for all th a t Ch ristian men b e

dis charged o f th e i r pa rticular su ffe ring o r sat is fying for e ach m an’

s own part, & cTe st . Rhe in. Rh eme s , 1582 . Anno t . in Rom . v ii i . 1 7 . p . 402 ][7 Th e re fore th ese also ( t. e . the pass ions o f good men) through th e communion

I L ] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 59

T ha t Christ die d no t for th e s ins o f all men ; and tha ts ome s ins are so fi lthy and enormous , a s Chris t his blo od upontrue repentance o f th e de linquent’s part canno t wa sh themaway : which was Ca in’s

,Fr . Spira

ss, and o the r despe ra te Gen. iv.

Hist. F.

persons e rror. Spira .

T ha t wha tsoeve r is written touching Christ his sufl'

erings, lilro b e ey o ft e pir.

must in us, and wi th us, b e fulfi lle d ; th e fa lse do ctrine o fgap. 19. sent .

H. N.

9

ART ICLE 1 11 .

Of th e go ing down of Chr ist into He ll.

A s Chr is t died f or us , a nd w a s buried : s o a lso it is to

b e believed, th a t h e w ent down into h e ll.

T h e propo sit ion.

Chr ist went down into hell.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s word.

Sundry b e th e texts o f scripture for Chris t his de scensioninto he ll .

Mine heart was glad (sa ith David, a figure o f Christ), and pg , ”

my glory rej o iced ; my fle sh a lso sha l l re s t in hope . For whyA c ts ii' 2 6 ’

T hou sha l t no t leave my soul in he ll .

o f sa ints and th e so cie ty th a t is no t only b e twe en th e h e ad and the b ody , b u t a lsob e tween one memb e r and ano th e r, are no t only sa t isfac to ry and many w ays profi tab lefor th e suff e re rs th emse l ve s , b u t also for o th e r fe l low-memb e rs in Ch r is t

, & c .

I b id . p . 538][8 A t e go po s tquam e juravi Ch r is ti sa cramenta, c oepi e sse odio D e o , a c v ide o

indigna tionis o ccanum omne s a stus suos in me um capu t ve rsare , pra rupto ve lu ti

quodam agg e re , qu i ante a vim inunda tionis s a va prohib eb a t id e st, sub la ta Ch ris t iinte rce ss ione , quo jam media to re u ti non po ssum . Q uo c irc a jac e o in abysso pe ccato rum me orum Sty g ia aqua ca ca vorag ine ob rutus. Hinc e s t ho rro r quem Ce rnitish inc desperatio , h inc c ertissima m o r tis a terna imago o c ulis me is ob versa tur

Scio m ih i non e sse ullam spem reliquam de sa l ute , &c .—Franc . Spie ra H is t . pp . 1 18,

1 19, Bas i l . 1550 . Fo r h is own account o f h imse l f, se e pp . 98, sqq . Se e also,

Bacon’

s R e la tion o f th e fe arful e state o f Franc is Spi ra in th e ye ar 1 548][9 Beh o ld, h e re to , as to a kingdom o f God fu l l o f a ll lo ve ly b e ing , h a th God

ch osen us . wh i ch w e now inh e ri t in th is same D ay o f h is Lo ve , to th e end tha tnow

,in th e ve ry last, th e Scrip tu re , and a ll wh a t God h ath Spoken th rough h is h o ly

Proph e ts , and wh a t is w ri tten o f Ch ris t, should a lso in us , and w i th us, b e comefulfil led (Luke xx iv. c .) to th e h onou r or g lo ry o f God and to our j oy.

—Proph esyo f th e Spiri t o f Love . 1 574. p . 38 . c ap. 19. 3]

P s a l. xxx . 2 ,3 .

1 Co r . XV . 55.

T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A R E

0 Lord my God, I crie d unto the e , and thou ha s t he ale dme . Thou , Lo rd , ha st brought my soul o ut o f he ll .

I w ill thank the e , O Lord my God, with all my he art °

and wil l pra ise thy name for e vermore . For gre a t is thyme rcy towa rds me ; and thou has t de live red my soul fromth e ne thermost he ll .

In tha t h e a scended , wha t is i t but tha t h e h ad a lso descende d firs t into th e lowe s t parts o f th e e arth ? He tha tde scended is even th e same tha t a scende d far above all h ea

vens , tha t h e might fi ll all things .

0 dea th , where is thy sting 0 he ll, where is thy vic

toryAlso tha t Christ went down into he l l all sound Christians ,

ib oth in forme r daysaand now

1 l iving , do a cknowledge ; h owbe it in th e inte rpre ta tion o f th e a rticle the re is no t tha t c ons ent a s we re to b e w ished some ho lding tha t Chris t de scendedinto he ll

1 . As God only, and no t man ; a s they do which sayh ow Chr is t de scende d powerfully and e ff e ctua lly , but no t

p e rsona l ly into he ll ; and tha t th e D e ity exhibite d itse lf, a si t were pre sent in th e infe rna l parts, to th e terror o f th e

devi l and o the r damned spirits .

2 . As man ; and tha t, a s some think , in body only, a s

when dea th a s i t were pre va ile d ove r him lying in th e gravea s o the rs de em, in soul only , when h e went unto th e pla ce o f

th e reproba te , to th e incre a s ing o f the ir torments .

3 . As God and man in one person ; a s they do , whicha ffirm tha t Christ in body and soul went, some think , a s i tw e re into he ll, when upon th e cro ss and e ls ewhere h e suff ere dth e te rrors and torments prophe sie d o f E sa . liii . 6 , 1 0 ; Psal.cxvi . 3 ; and m entione d Ma tt . Xxvi . 38 , or xxvii . 46 ; Lukexxii . 42 ; some say e ven into he l l (th e ve ry pla ce de stined for

a He de scended into h e ll . -Symb . Apo st . , A th an .

[1 Hunc Je sum Chris tum c redimus se cundum carmem sepultum, de se en

disse ad infe ros .—H a rm . Conf . Se ct . VI . p . 105. Conf . Ba s i l . P rio r. Art . I v . D isp .

8 e t 9. Idem (sc . C h ristu s) descendit ad infe ro s .— 1 b id. p . 1 16 . C onf . A ug . Art .

1 1 1 .Quiqu e (se . C h ristus) ad infe rna de scendit — I b id. p . 1 18 . C onf. Sue v . Art.

1 1 . Wi th re g ard to th e H e l ve ti c C onfe ss ion to wh i ch th e autho r re fe rs , th e re is nodire c t mention in i t o f th e de sce nt into h e ll, b u t o nly a gene ral recog nit ion o f e ve ryth ing conta ined in th e N icene , A thanas ian, and o th e r s im i lar creeds]

H L ] o r T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 6 1

th e reproba te), which h e ente re d into th e ve ry moment o f h isre surre ction, a t which time h e shewed and de clared himse l fa most glorious conqueror bo th o f dea th and he ll, th e mos tpowe rful enemie s .

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

But till we know th e native and undoubte d sense o f thisa rticle , and myste ry o f re lig ion, pe rs ist we a dve rsarie s untothem which say

Tha t Christ de scende d not into he ll a t all, ca lling thisarticle an e rror and a fable , a s Carl ile 2 doth . B

a '

il

ai ‘ainsi

Tha t Christ, be ing dead, de scende d into th e place of eve r we

la sting torments, whe re in soul h e endure d for a time th e ve ryT ram s" ° fBannis ter’s

pa ins which th e damned spirits wi thout inte rmission do abide : E m “

Banniste r ’s 3 e rror.T ha t Christ a l ive upon th e cross humble d himse lf usgue

a d inf erni tremenda tormenta 3, e ven unto th e dreadful tor Page i'

s

Ga te c h .

ments o f he l l : endure d for a time those torments, gua les

La tin.

r epro bi in a ternum sensuri s unt 4, which th e re proba te s shal l 515053? Luc ~

e ve rla stingly suffe r in he ll : e ven de spa ire d o f God’s me rcy ,

finding God a t this time , non pa trem , s ed tyra nnum5, no t a Fe rns in

fa the r , but a tyrant,”and ove rcame de spair by de spa ir, dea th

Ma tth ' xxw '

by de a th , he ll by he ll, and Sa tan by Sa tan : suffe re d 6 a ctuallyall th e torments o f he ll for our redemption, and de scende d i ma

g

e'

s1333JOll'

l .

into th e he avies t torments tha t he ll could yie ld : suff e red 7 th eCa te cn.

[2 N e i th e r Mat th ew , ne i th e r Mark ne i th e r Luke , ne i th e r John, ne i th e r P e te r ,

nor Pa ul , w h o w ro te e xactly o f Ch r is t 5 de a th , re surre c tion and as cens ion , m ade

any ment ion o f Ch rist’s descending into h ell , and th e re fo re w e canno t b e l ie ve tha tsentence w i th ou t e rro r , ne i th e r aflirm i t w i th ou t a lie , nor appro ve i t in our b e l ie fw i th ou t o ffence

,and dang e r Of draw ing o th e rs to c redi t fab les . Of th is fab le

th e y (th e apostle s) make no m ention . A D iscou rse , conce rning two div ineP o s i tions ,” &c . b y Ch ris toph e r Carl ile . Lond. 1 582 . fol. 2 8 , 77 ][3 T h e edi to r h as b een unab le to me e t w i th th e se w o rks ][4 P is ca to r. Comment . in Nov. Tes t . H e rb orn. N asso . 162 1 . p . 505. Ob servat .

1 7 . in Lu c . X I I . w h e re , re p rob i in g eh enna in , & c .]

[5 E xuit enim Ch ris tus h ac h o ra D eum,

non abJIc iendo, sed non sentiendo

S ic e t D eus pate r nunc non patrem sed tyrannum ag i t . U t non so lum suppl io ium a nob is me ri tum , ve rum e tiam despe rationem no s tram in se transtule rit u t

famem fame , timorem t imo re , h orro rem h orrore , de spe rationem despera tione , m or

tem mo rte , infe rnum infe rno b re viter Satanam Sa tana vinc ere t . -Fe rus , Comment .in Matth . Mo gunt . 1559. Lib . IV . pp . 516, 1 7 . in c ap. x xv i i][6 T he edito r h as b e en unab le to me e t w ith th e w o rk h e re re fe rred to , as also

w i th Gifl'

ord’s Ca te ch ism re fe rred to b e low ]

[7 A sh o rt C a te ch ism for Househ o lders . 16 14. B. 1 1 1 . Whe re , se cond de ath ,so rrow s o f de a th , and abj e c tion, &c .]

6 2 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

torments o f he ll , th e se cond dea th , abj e ction from God : and

was made a curse , tha t is , b ad th e bitte r anguish o f God ’

s

wrath in h is soul and body, which is th e fire tha t sha ll neve rb e quenched .

T ha t Christ personally in soul w ent down into LakeL imbo , to fe tch from thence ‘, as Canisius, to lo o se fromthence 2 , as Vaux 3 sa ith , th e souls o f our fore fa the rs , whicha fore h is de ath (a s th e papists dream) were shut up in th e

close prison o f he ll 4.

T ha t Christ by h is de scension ha th quite turned he ll intoPa radise , Costerus 5 th e Je suit’s erro r .

ARTI CLE IV.

Of th e Re surre ction o f Chr is t .

Ch ris t did tru ly (1 ) a ris e ag a in f rom dea th , a nd took

ag a in h is body , w ith f lesh , bones , a nd a ll th ing s apper ta in

ing to th e perf e c tion of m a n’

s na ture , (2 ) wh erew ith h e a s

c ended into h e a ven, a nd th ere s itteth (3) until h e re turn to

judg e a ll m en a t th e la s t day .

[1 Qu id credendum profert qu intus arti cu lus, descendi t ad infe ro s , e t resurre xit ?

Ch ristum do c e t po stquam mo rtuu s e sse t in cruce , se cundum animam qu idem ad

infe ros usque p ene tras se tum u t mo r tis a c Sa tanaa de vic torem , tum u t P a trum in

l imb o sedent ium libe ratorem s e se de c larare t , &c .—C anis . Opus . C ate ch is t. Co lon.

1 606 . Cap. I . Q u aest . X I I I . p .

[2 A nd ou t o f th a t place ca lled Lymbu s P a t rum h e loosed th e sou ls o f th e

b le ssed Fath e rs from c aptivitie , and caried th em aw ay w i th h im .—A _ C a te c h ism or

a Ch ris tian Do ctr ine , & c . b y Laurence Vau x , p . 6 . Antve rp.

[3 A s Vau x h e sa i th ,[4 T h e b o som o f Ab raham is th e re s ting -place o f all th em th a t died in perfe c t

s ta te o f grace b e fo re Ch ris t ’s t ime , h e a ven b e fo re b e ing sh ut from men. I t is calledin Z a ch ary ( ix . 1 1 ) a la ke w ithou t wa ter, and some time s a pr ison ( I sa i . x l i i . b ut

mo s t commonly o f th e di v ine s , L imbu s pa trum , for th a t i t is th ough t to h a ve b e enth e h igh e r pa rt o r b rim o f h e ll, th e place s o f punishment b e ing far low e r than th e

s ame w h ich th e re fo re b e ca l led I nf e rna m inf e rius , the lowe r h e ll. (Au g . in Ps a lm .

L xxxv . ) Wh e re th is mans ion o f th e fa th e rs s to od , or wh e th e r i t b e any pa rt o f h e l l ,S t Augustine doub te th : b u t th a t th e re w as such a place , h e nor no ca th o l ic man

e ve r doub te d as all th e fa th e rs make i t mos t ce rta in ,th a t our Sav iour de scending

to h e l l w ent th i th e r spe cial ly , and de l ive red th e sa id fa th e rs out o f tha t mans ion.

Te s t . Rh em . Rh eme s , 1 582 . p . 1 87 . Anno t. Luc . x iv .[5 De scendi t .—Propria v i rtu te

,non delatus , non deje c tu s , non de trusus ; sed

g lo ria magna, po tentia , c larita te , qua s ic infe rni lo ca illus travit , u t teneb ro sum

c arc erem inParadisum verte re t .—Co ste r . Lib ellus Sodalitatis , Antverp. 1588. p . 413.

I nstit . Lib . v . ]

I v.] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 63

The propositions .

1 . Christ is risen from th e de ad .

2 . Christ is a scende d into he aven.

3 . Christ shal l come aga in a t th e last day, to j udge all

men, even th e quick and th e dead.

P ropo s i t ion I .

Chr ist is r isen f rom the dead.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T h e re surre ction o f Chr is t may e as ily b e proved fromth e ho ly scripture s, in which it is evident, first, tha t Christshould “ ; and next, tha t h e did rise from dea th unto life , bo thby his appearing to Mary Magda len, to dive rs women, to

two , to ten, to all th e disciple s , to more than five hundre dbre thren a t once , to sundry persons by th e spa ce o f fo rtydays toge the r, and by th e te stimony a lso o f th e apostlesPe te r and Paul .

A truth bo th be l ieve d and a cknowledge d by God’s pe ople 6

from age to age .

3

3 T h ou wi l t no t su ff e r th ine h o ly One to ‘s e e c o r ruption, P sal. xvi.

1 0 . Af ter h e is k i l l e d, h e sh all rise aga in th e th i rd day, Ma rk ix. 3 1 ,

and x. 34 . Luke ix. 2 2 .

[6 Idem4Christus), u t e sse t pl ena nob is pe rfe c taque immortalitatis no s traa spes

e t fiduc ia , suam ipse c arnem , de mo rte susc ita tam , in coe lum ad omnipo tentis pa

tris dexteram c ollo c avit .—H a rm . C onf . se ct . vr. p . 104. Conf . He lve t . P rio r. Art.x 1 . Credimu s . Dom inum no s trum Jesum Chris tum ve ra sua cam e , in qua c ru

c ifixus e t mo rtuus fuerat , a mortuis re surrexisse .—Ib id. p . 1 0 1 . C onf . He lve t.

Po s t .0 . xr. Hunc Je sum Ch ris tum c redimus te rtia die re su-rrexis se a mo rtuis .

—I b id.

p . 1 05. C onf. Bas il . P r io r . Art. I v . D isp . 8 e t 9. ( Ope ra e t a ffe c tione s

Chr isti) immo ta fide e t c redendae sunt e t profitendae , quale s sunt , mors ,sepu l tura , resurre c tio , a scens io in c oelos , se ssio ad de xteram D e i, e t reve rsio indead j udic ium vivorum e t mortuorum .

— I b id. p . 1 07 . Con f. Bo hem . c ap. v i . C redimus De um immensam suam in nos c aritatem a c b onitatem in e o demonstrasse ,quod filium m ise rit, qui more re tur e t re surge re t , &c .—I b id. p . 1 10 . Co

'

rif. Ga l l .Art. x v 1 . T h e resurre ction o f o ur Lord is also a l luded to as an acknow ledgedfa c t in Art. x v. De us Filium suum propte r justific a tionem nostram e

mortu is exc itavit & c .— Ib id. p . 1 14 . Conf. Be lg . Art . x x . I dem ( se . Ch ris tus)

ve re re surrexit te r tia die , &c .—I b id. p . 1 16 . Conf. August . Art . I I I . Quique ( se .

Ch ristus ) a mortu is te rtio die in immo rtalem v i tam revo c atus, e umque hane

de stinatis ad h o c testibus , variis argumentis c omprob as se t, &c .—I b id. p . 1 18 . C onf .

Sue v ic . c ap. I I .]

Jo h n xx . 1 4 .

Ma tt. xxvui.9.

Luke xxiv.1 3, I5, 30 , 3 1 .

Jo hn xx. 1 9.

Jo h n xx . 2 6 .

1 C o r xv. 6 .

A c ts 1 . 3 .

A c ts i. 2 2 ,i i . 32 .

1 Pe t. i. 3 .

A c ts xvi i. 2 ,3 .

B o rn . x . 9.

1 C or. xv. 4,5, & c .

Sym b . Ano st.Ath an . N I

c en. Conf .

He lv . I . A rt.

X I . and I I . c .

1 1 . Ba s il. A rt .

I V. Bo h em .

c . 6 . Ga l. A rt.x v. x vr.Be lg. A rt.xx.August . Art .I n . Sue vrc a ,A rt . I I . Ha r

m o n. Conf .

Prae f .

64 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

E r rors and a dversa r ies unto this tr uth .

U tterly fa lse then and unchristian is th e opinion o f thosemen,

Which utterly deny th e re surre ction o f any fle sh , a s didth e Sadduc e e s

a

, th e fa lse apostle sb, S imon Magus }, and th e

Maniche e s 2 .

Which would a cknowledge no re surre ction o f Christ, a s

w ould no t , nor will th e Jews 3, nor here tic Hamant 4, nor

David Ge orge 5, one o f who se e rrors was , tha t th e fle sh o f

Christ wa s disso lve d into a she s , and so rose no more .

Which afiirm (a s did Cerinthus fi) tha t Chr is t sha l l risePh ilas te r. aga in, but ye t is no t risen.

Which say, h ow our Saviour, a fter h is re surre ction,wa s

so de ified, a s b e re ta ine d no more th e parts and prope rtie s o fh is body and s oul, nor th e union o f both na ture s , but isme re ly God. So thought th e Schwenkfe ldians .

Which take th e re surre ction o f Christ to b e but an a lleD ispmym gory , and no true and certa in history, a s do th e Family o fAllen’

s Conf .L0 V9 7

aT h e Saddu ce e s say th e re is no re su r r e c t ion, Ma t t . xxu . 2 3 . T h ey

deny th e re is any r e su r re c t ion, Luke xx. 2 7 . T h e y say th e re is no

re su r re c t ion, ne i th e r ange l , no r Spi r i t, A c ts xxi ii . 8 .

b How say some among you, th a t th e re is no re surre c t ion o f th e

de ad ? 1 Cor. xv . 1 2 .

(POOpa‘

w dé b cpn'

y e‘

i ’ra t O'

a pxds K a i dw aih e i a v po’

uov , ill uxcf m Os K a'

ea pc w

— E piph . Opp. Pa ris . 1 62 2 . T om . I . p . 58 . 0 . A dv . Hze r . Lib . I . T om . I I .]

[2

e sse re su rre c tionem tant ummodo animarum pe r prze dic a tionem

v eritatis ; co rpo rum au tem,quam pree dic averunt Apo s to l i , fu turam neg atis .

—Au

gust . Opp. Paris . 1 836 8 . T om . V I I I . c o l. 330 . Contra Faus t . Lib . Iv .

[3 N o t s ta ted in th e L ib e r D iv in . Vis . may b e cons ide red as impl ied per

h aps in th e g ene ra l denia l o f th e div ini ty o f

[4 Ch ri s t did no t rise aga in from de ath to l i fe by th e pow e r o f h is godh ead.

Ch ron . Lond. 1 587 . Vo l. I I I . fo l.

[5 D e ive rb um incarnatum , e t se rv il i redem tionis ofi'ic io pe r mo rtem ,

re surre c tio

nem ,e t as c ens ionem pe rfunc turn,

mo x I ediis se unde vene ra t, h umanaa na tures s ta tudepos ito . Q ui u t ante illam pro g re ssionem , ita ne e pos te a ca rnis sub s tantiam h ab ucri t H ist . D av . Ge o rg . p . 48 . D aventr.

[6 Christum nondum re surrexisse a m ortuis

,sed re surre c turum anIIuntia t . —Ph i

las tr. Lib . de H aar . in Bib lio th . Pa tr . T om . I v . c o l. 10 . Pa ris .

[7 Se e H enry Mo re ’s E nth us iasm Triumph . Lond. 1 662 . Se c t . xxxxv. p .

66 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

tians, wh o he ld h ow Chris t no t in body but in soul ascende dinto heaven.

Ca te c . T rid.From th e papists ‘, wh o say tha t Christ a scending into0

S ' b r o o o 0

iii,[

$20mheaven c arrIed With h Im th e souls t ch h e loosed from c apad infe ro s . e t

as c endit ad tivity and bondage o f th e devil, even th e souls of th e righte ous,c mlo s -N a ux10

112551

536 5" afore tha t time no t in heaven but in limbo .

ma ’g ' Pag And lastly, from those Ge rman divinesg, which think tha t

our Saviour carried with h im into heaven th e fa ithful pe 0p1e ,D . Ma . h o rn . in soul and body, ra ise d a t h is re surre ction.

in E vang . infe s tO A s c en.

Dom . c t In

E tD812 . A sc en.

P ropos I tIon I I I .D .

Chr is t sha ll come aga in a t the la st day, to judge a ll men, even the

quick and the dead.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

God ano inte d Je sus o f Na zare th w ith th e Holy Ghost ,and w ith powe r, &c .

” “ Him God ra ised up th e third day,&c .

And h e commande d us to prea ch unto th e pe ople , and to

te stify tha t it is h e tha t is orda ine d of God a j udge of quickand de ad,” sa ith S t Pe te r .

R0 “ 16 God sha ll j udge th e world by Je sus Chr ist .30m mW 1 ,

“ Je sus Chr ist sha l l j udge th e quick and dead, a t h isappearing , and in h is kingdom,

&c . Hence forth is la id up forme th e crown o f righte ousne ss , which th e Lord th e righte ousJudge sha ll give me a t tha t day, and no t to me only, butunto all them a lso tha t love h is appe aring

,

”sa ith St Paul .

Jam “ 9 Th e Judge s tande th be fore th e door , sa ith S t Jame s .

And this God’s church and pe ople do firmly be l ieve , andfa ithfully confe ss3

1 1, e t 1 , A rt.

1 . Bas il. A rt.Ix . Bo h em .

[1 D o c endum e I it , propte re a Ch ris tum dominum ad infe ros de scendisse , u t,

ga

p:gt’

x

l

if

ii’ie reptIs da monum

_

5polns, sanc to s I llos pa tres c e te rosque pios e carce re lib e rato sA uggst , A rt: se cum addu c e re t In coe lum .

—C a te c h Ism . C one . Trident . R om . 1566 . In Symb .

ve rb a , De sce ndi t , &c . p . 39. Pio rum animas,quas ab infe ris e ripue rat , se cum in

mte rnze b ea titudinis domic ilium introduxit . -l b 1d . p . 47 . Vaux, C a te ch ism . p . 6 .

Se e ab o ve p . 62 . n . 6 . T he marg ina l Anno tat io n (on Heb . x i . 40 ) is , T he Patriarke s and o the r j us t no t in h e aven b e fo re C h ris t - Te s t . Rhem . Rh eme s , 1 582 .

p .

[2 A sc endit triumph ans , multos hom ines sanc tos e xc itatos e pulve rib us te rm

se cum in h o c triumph o in c oe los duc ens , &c .— Ge o . Majo r. Opp. Witeb e rg . 1570 .

T om. I I I . p . 348. Hom . Se c . in Fe st. Asc en. D om. ][3 E x c oe lis autem idem i l le redIbit in j udic ium R edib it au tem Ch ristus, .

adse rturus suo s , e t ab olitu rus adventu s uo Antic h ristum, judic a turusque v ivo s e t

m o rtuo s .—Harm . C onf . S e ct . v i . p . 10 1 . C onf. He lv. Po st . x i . Hunc adventurum

ad smc ulo rum omnium finem , ve rum re c tumque judic em , a c sententiam in omnem

Iv .] o r T H E CHU RCH o r E NGLAND . 6 7

E rrors and a dversa r ies unto this truth .

On th e o the r side , bo th they abroad and we at homeabhor them for the ir opinions, which sa id tha t

T he re sha ll b e no genera l j udgment a t all, as did th e Ph ilaste r.

Maniche e s “, and do th e a the ists .

Tha t th e devi ls and th e most ungodly, some o f them,and £

0 1.ko tizth e

ur mp.

name ly so many a s in he ll do cal l upon God for me rcy, and 3211353afo rgiveness , say th e T urks 5, ye a all o f them, say th e Origen A rt . xv"

Bu llmg. c ont .

ists 6 and Catabaptists", sha l l b e saved .

Ca t Li bI . T ra c t. I .

T ha t th e wicke d shal l not b e j udged a t all, but sha ll diea s th e brute be asts , and ne ithe r rise aga in in body nor comeunto judgement : an e rror o f th e Family o f Love 8 .

T ha t Christ sha l l no t b e th e future judge ; so thoughtbo th David Ge orge , Coppinger, and Arthington : for tha tGe orge 9 rumoure d himse lf to b e th e j udge o f th e who le wor ld, Hist . D Geo r.

c arnem, ad id judi cium prius su sc itatam , la turum ,

ac p io s supra aath e ra e ve c turum

impio s co rpo re e t anima ad ae te rnum e xitium damnaturum, expe c tamus .— Ib id.

p . 104. C onf . He lv. P rio r . Art . x1 . Credimus u l timum Judicium fore : in quocaro no s tra re surge t , e t quilib e t, prout in h ac v i ta egit , a Ch risto Judic e re c ipie t,

& c .—I b id. p . 1 05. Conf . Bas i l . Art . x . D isp . 2 5. C onf. Boh em . c ap . VI . Se e ab o ve ,

p . 63, no te 6 . Postremo c redimus e x D e i ve rb o , D om inum no s trum Je sum

c oelo rursus j ude x vivorum e t mortuorum appare at,

&c .— I b id. p . 1 15. C onf . Be lg . Art. xxxvrr. Idem C h ris tus pa lam est rediturus, u t

judic e t v ivos e t mortuos e tc .—I b id. p . 1 16 . C onf . Augus t . I I I . In c oelos ad dex

te ram pa tris eve c tus e st , unde e um expe c tamus judic em vivorum e t mortuorum .

I b id. p . 1 19. C onf . Sue v i c . c ap. I I .][4 Manic h a i resurre c tionem ne gante s , j udicium non sperantes , &c .—Ph i

lastr. Lib . de H ae r. in Biblio th . Patr . Paris . 1 62 4. T om. IV. CO].

[5 They a ffi rm,

Tha t all th o se sou ls w h i ch in th e mids t and e xtremi ty o f the irto rments do cal l upon the nam e o f God, and crave a id and h e lp from his M aj e s ty,a f te rwards th ey sh a l l b e re le ased, and re ce ived up into paradise . And tha t nonesha l l re st or rema in fo r e ve r in h e l l w i th ou t hOpe o f redemption : b ut onlysuch as do u tte rly de spa ir o f sa l va t ion, & c .

—Po l. o f Tu rk. E mp. Lond. 1 597 .

p .[6 D amnamus e t Origenistas, qu i finxerunt diab olis e t damnatis finem poenarum

futu rum e sse .—Syll . Conf . Oxon . 1 82 7 . p . 1 76 . Conf. August . 1540 . Art . xvrr. ]

[7 E x ab ominandorum Anab aptistarum nume ro adh u c alII supe rsunt , qui a rb itrantur D eum pos tremo pos t j udicium omnium m iserturum. N am ipsum non po ssein a ternum irasc i. Praete re a saac uli au t aste rnita tis nomen non sempe r pe rpe tu i tate I

'

n sed quandoque diuturnita tem signific are . I taque tandem aliquando omne s

impio s una c um diab olis salvandos e sse .—Bul l inge r . Adv. Anab apt . (Simle r . Ve rs .

Lat .) T iguri. 1560 . p . 72 . b . Lib . I I . c .[8 Wh o so e ve r is no t o f the ir se c t th e y a ccompt him as a b e as t, th a t h ath no

soul , and sh al l y ie ld no a ccount for h is do ing : b u t as a b e as t sha l l die , and no t riseaga in in b ody or soul . And to prove i t, th e y a l le ge a place o u t o f E sdras , th a t,w h oso is‘no t o f God, sha l l b e as a drop o f w a te r th a t fal le th from th e h ouse , and' come th to no th ing —D isplay ing o f th e Fam . o f Love . Lond. 1579. H . 6 . b . ]

[9 P e r hunc Christum D avidem j udic ium postremum futurum .

—H ist . D av .

Ge o rg . D aventr. 1 642 . p .

68 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Co nSpir. f o r and Coppinger 1 and A rthington published h ow one Williamre tend. Re

s

i

gn

?. 47, Ha cke t wa s come to judge th e w orld

,and themse lve s to b e

Ti. 1

seda e .

ng '

h is ange ls for th e separa ting th e she ep from th e goa ts .

Tha t be side s Christ th e pope is judge o f th e quick and

de ad : an e rror o f th e papistsz.

T ha t a fore th e judgement there sha ll b e a go lden world ;th e godly, and none be s ide s , enj oying th e same pe a ce ably and

gloriously, a s th e Jews 3 imagine .

Tha t th e be l ie f, touching th e gene ra l j udgement o f Chris tove r th e l iving and dead, is a do ctrine mys tica l, or a mys te ry(no histo ry), a s H. N .

4 teache th .

H . N . Ib id.T ha t th e righte ous a re a lre ady in godly glory , and sha ll

s e nt 1 , A rt .vm . § 35. and from hence fo rth live e ve rla stingly w ith Christ, and re ign uponin h is E vang .

M e arth, a s th e Family o f Love 4 holde th .Allen'

s Conf e ss in th eD isplaY [

1 Coppinge r to ld h im . th a t th ey th e sa id Copp inge r and Arth ington w e reo rda ined to se para te the lamb s from th e goa ts , b e fo re th e Lo rd J e sus a t th e lastday They opened no t a t any t ime Hac ke t

s ch ie f pre te nded o ffi ce unto A rth ing

to n : v ide l ice t, to repre sent and to pa rtic ipa te w i th Je sus Ch ris t’s o ffi ce ( o f se ve ringw i th h is fan th e good from th e b ad) unti l th e ve ry t ime , & c . Th en Coppinge rasked h im (H a cke t) w ha t h is ple asure w a s to b e done . Go your w ay b o th ( sa idh e as Arth ing ton repo rts) and te l l th em in th e C i ty th a t Ch ris t J e su s is come w i thh is fan in h is h and to j udge th e e arth — C onspiracy for Pre tended Re fo rma tion ,

London, 1592 . pp . 47,8 . 55. I t is no t unknow n th rough ou t a ll E ng land th e re

w e re tw o fa l se prophe ts se t on w o rk in Londo n , to pro cla im th a t Ch ris t Je susw as com e to j udge th e w o rld w i th h is fan in h is h ands, H acke t th a t cu rsed c ondemmed w re tch w as th a t suppo sed Ch ris t J esus th e Judge , & c .

—A rth ing ton’

s

Seduc tion, 51 0 . Lo ndon . p .

[2 N e e ob s tat, quod E ccles iae le gitur a ttribu ta po te stas l ig andi a tqu e solvendi

h omine s supe r te rram,tanquam non po ssit so lve re e t l igare sub te rra s epultos , &c .

—Co rpus Jur . C anon . Antv . 1 648 . D e c re t Gre g . Lib . v . T i t . xxx ix . D e Se nt.E xc om. c ap. 2 8 . p . 2 87 . crim ina de qu ib us e tiam po st mo r tem accusar i po tes t qu ilib e t, ve l damma ri , ve lu t h ae resis .

—Ib id. D e c re t . Gra t . Pa rs I I . Caus .

x x 1 v . Q uaas t . i i . c ap. 5. p .

[3 D amnamus Anab aptiste s qui nunc Juda icas Opinione s spargunt, fingunt ante

re su rre c tionem pios re gna mundi o c c upa turos e sse , u b ique dele tis au t oppre ssis implis .

— Syl l . C onf. Oxon. 1 82 7 . pp . 1 75 , 6 . Co nf . Augu s t . 1540 . Art. xvi r. ][4 to b ring unto th e b e l ie ve rs a gre a t l igh t o f th e true b e ing o f Jesus Ch ris t ,

and the glo riou s day o f his godly cle arne ss : as a lso to e xpre ss tha t Je sus Ch ris th a th no t le ft us as o rph ans : b u t as o ur fa i th fu l Fa th e r ; fo r to b e ge t us anew , o ut

o f the s a fe -making w a te r o r do ctrine o f h is se rv i ce , and o u t o f h is h o l y Spiri t o flo ve , a lso to j udge us w ith h is righ te ousnes s , and to b ring u s into h is re s t ; is comeaga in unto us

,a cco rding to h is prom ise s , to the end th a t th ey a ll, w h ich lo ve God

and h is righ te o usne ss , and Ch ris t and h is uprigh t b e ing ; m igh t pre sently ente rinto th e true re st , wh ich God h a th pre pared from th e b e g inning, fo r h is e le ct ; andinh e ri t th e e ve rlas ting l i fe .

— H. N . E v ange l ium Regni , Lond . 1 652 . c ap. I . 1 .

p . 2 . We th e e lde rs o f the h o ly unde rs tanding sh a l l re ign upon the e arth in r ighte ousne ss

,and unde r th e ob edience o f love , judge th e w o rld Wi th e qu ity .

-D isplaying o f the Fa rm. b y J . R . Lond. 1579. D . 2 . See also , Hen. More ’s Th eolo g.

Wo rks , Lond. 1 708 . Bk. VI . 0 . 16. pp . 1 83 ,

v .] o r T H E CH URCH OF E NGLAND . 69

ARTICLE V

Of th e Holy Ghost .

T h e Ho ly Gh os t (3) proceeding f rom th e F a th er a nd

th e Son, (2 ) is of one subs ta nce , majes ty, a nd g lory with

th e F a th er a nd th e Son, (1 ) very a nd e terna l God.

T he propositions .

1 . T h e Ho ly Ghost is ve ry and e terna l God.

2 . T h e Ho ly Ghos t is o f one substance , maj e sty and

glory with th e Fa the r and th e Son.

3 . T he Ho ly Ghost pro ceede th from th e Fa ther and

th e Son.

P ropo s i t ion I .

T he Holy Ghost is very a nd eterna l God.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T h e Ho ly Ghos t to b e ve ry and e te rna l God, th e scripture s tea ch us. Fo r h e is th e Cre a tor of all things . In th e Gen. I.

beginning God crea te d th e hea ven and th e e arth, &c . ; th e

Spiri t o f God move d upon th e wa te rs . 0 Lord, h ow mani Psa l. c iv. 2 4,

fo ld are thy works , &c . I f t hou hide thy fa ce , they are

troubled ; if thou take away the ir bre a th , they die , and re

turn to the ir dust : if thou s end forth thy Spirit, they are

crea te d : ergo , th e Ho ly Ghost is God.

Christians are to b e baptized in th e name o f th e Ho ly Matt xxvniGhost, a s we l l as of th e Fa the r and th e Son. T here fore is

h e very God.

Ananias lie d unto God, and Sapphira tempte d God, when A c ts v 3.4.

bo th h e l ie d unto th e Ho ly Ghost, and sh e tempte d th e Spirit9

o f th e Lord.

As God, h e choo se th, a ssigne th , and sende th forth men A c ts xiii. 2 ,

for th e m inistry o f th e gospe l ; a s God, h e de cre eth orde rs Ac ts xv 2 8for h is church and pe ople ; and a s God h e is to b e invo ca te g o o . m

and praye d unto , a s we l l as th e Fa the r and th e Son.

H

U pon this and th e l ike words , I be lieve in th e Ho ly SYmb . Apo s t.

Ghost ; I be lieve in th e Ho ly Ghost, th e Lord and g ive r o f Sym b . N ic en.

l ife . Th e ca tho lic fa ith is this , tha t we worship one God in

T rini ty, and. T rinity in Unity, &c . T h e Fa the r Is God, the yiygfn.

Son is God, and th e Ho ly Ghos t is God ; and ye t they are

not thre e Gods, but one God, &c . , say th e ancient fathers ;

70 T H E CATHOLIC D OCTRIN E [A RT .

which a lso is th e fa ith and confe ssion of all God ’s people a tthis day ‘

.

T he errors a nd a dversa ries unto this truth .

T his make th to th e condemna tion o f th e Pneuma tomach ies,whe re o f

Some impugn th e D e i ty o f th e Ho ly Ghost, as did in old

time Samosatenus 2 , and Pho tinus 3 : o f late years , Se rve tus “,Ochinus f’, abroad

,and Francis Ke t e , Hamant e, and certa in

Brownists 7famong us a t home . Some a ffirm th e Holy Ghos t

to b e but a mere crea ture , a s did Arius s , th e Semi-Arians 9,th e Ma cedonian here tics”, th e T rOpicks

", Ochinus

1 2. Some

Bu rnt a t N orw i ch 1 4 Jan. 1 588 .

f “ Wh o wh i spe r in co rne rs th a t w e mus t no t b e l ieve in th e Ho lyGh o s t, sa i th Bredwe ll, wr i t ing aga ins t Glo ve r, p. 1 2 2 .

[1 De um Spiritum Sanctum .—H a rm . C onf . I I . p . 2 8 . Conf.

Ba s i l . Art. I . D isp. 1 . For th e re fe rence s to the o th e r C onfe ss ions see ab o ve ,p . 43 , n.

IZZ 0 67 0 9 (SE o f: h e

'

y e t po’

uov Oe é v, di a‘

7 6 arm/ Iii; c ir c a 7 611 Ha 'r e

'

pa , ti lt /Mi

p é vov Oe o'

v,dva tpcb v 36 0 11 7 6 K a 'r

'

a im-OI: 7 ' i f ro ii YioGGe o'

r irra K a i inr é o 'r a a w ,

K a i. 7 0 3 a'

y i'

o u I I I/ e Ii/ua'ro s P -E piphan. Opp. Par is , 1 62 2 . T om . I . p . 609. A . Adv.

H aer. Lib . I I . T om . I I . ][3 Pho tini e rgo se cta h aec e s t : D i c i t Deum singulum es se neque ullam D e i

Ve rb i, au t u l lum Sp ir itus Sanct i puta t e sse pe rsonam .—Vincent . L ir. A dv. H aar.

P a ris , 16 19. Comm . I . c . X V I I . p .

[4 Qu is te fasc inavit , mi fra te r

l Se rve tumne Sancti Spiri tush ypostas in ac divinita tem e s t infic ia tus , & c .

—Be l . E pis t . Gene v . 1575. E p. i . p .

[5 Z anc h ius de Trib . E loh im . N e ustad. P a la t . 1597 . Par. I I . Lib . I v . c ap. 1 .

p . 636 . sqq .][6 Holins . Ch ron . Lond. 1587 . Vol. I I I . fo l. 1 2 99 ][7 I h e ar b es ide s , tha t th e re is one among you, wh o wh ispe re th alre ady in corne rs,

& c .—Bredwe ll’s De te c tion, London, 1568 . p .

[8 Ob y elp c ide v a t

i frd (s c . T O n ue iipa ) T ij s K ’r fO‘

GwS‘ po’

pi o v, o bdé 7rpt3'ro v

arc t'

rma Ouag a'

ge t , Ka 'ra

T riu’

Ape io v , K a i. E ur/Op io v , K a l Ma xedo vio u fih a a qbug ia v.

T he od . Opp. Par. 1642 -84. T om . I v . p . 2 58 . llzc r. Fab Lib . v . c .[9 Spiritum autem non de divina sub s tantia , ne c Deum ve rum, sed factum a tque

c re atum spiritum prre dic ante s, u t e um c onjungant e t comparent c re a turaa.— Ph i|astr.

Lib . de H aar . in Bib lio th . P a tr . Paris,1 62 4. T om . Iv . c ol.

[1 0 E lmry si

'r o dé (Ma xedo

m o s ) T du T idy Oe du s lum , Ka 'ra

w on'

v'

r a fr s K a i

K a'r

o bm’

a y bpow u T r?) H a frpi' . T O dé o'

z'

y t o u II I/ s alu a dy a tpo u T aiu a im-

(E v u pc o

Be i'

oc u di a'

xo uo v K il l inrnpé 'rnu K a h div,K a i. C

'

O'

a n epi 7 031! fie i

v h e’

ywv T t s 0 0K (iv dpd Ot .— So z om . E ccl . H is t . C ant . 1 72 0 . Lib . I v . c . 2 7 .

p .

Oi as Tpo vrm o i, T O II I/ 6 6.11 0: K a i a im-

o i f ro i s'

K'r icrju a m o vuaptfly o fia w s

A th amas . Opp. Co lon . 1 686 . T om . I . p . 192 . A . E pis t . ad Se rapionem .][1 2 C hris tus, inqu it (Oc h inus ), Spiri tus Sanc ti nom ine , innui t Spiritum suum, id

e s t animam, quaa cre a tura est , &c .—Z anch . D e Trib . E loh . P ar. I I . Lib . i i. c . 5.

p .

v] o r T H E CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 7 1

ha ve assume d th e style and ti t le o f th e Ho ly Ghost unto themD I

s e lve s , a s did S imon Magus ”, Montanus “ , and Mane s15 E use t

rg‘Lib .

V . C .

Some have given th e title o f th e Ho ly Ghost unto men, gggs-S‘

Lib .

and women.

So Hierax 16 sa id , Me lchis edech was th e H o ly Ghost . E piph an .

S imon Magu s” te rme d his He lene th e Holy Ghost . E piph an .

Th e Helch esaite s ls said, th e Ho ly Ghost was a woman, and E pipha n

th e na tura l s is te r o f Chr is t .Many Papis ts , and name ly th e Franciscans, blush not to Moo r pr,

say tha t S t Francis is th e Holy Ghost .I “ 1

P ropo s i t ion II .

T he Ho ly Gho st is of one substa nce, m aj esty, a nd glory , with the

Fa ther a nd the Son .

Th e proo f f rom th e wo rd o f God.

T h e Ho ly Ghost efi'

e c ted th e incarnation of Christ, teach ;Im i. 1 8,

e th a ll things , le a de th into all truth,give th utterance to his Luke L 35.

Jo h n xiv . 2 6

se rvants , and gifts unto h is pe ople , plac e th rulers in th e {$2

02 3v131

chur ch, and ove rse ers to fe ed th e flock o f God, se a leth th e 1532-

5 23?

e le ct unto th e day of redemption, a s w e ll as th e Fa the r and E Ph “ 30

th e Son : and the se thre e , v iz . th e Fa ther , th e Word , and th e 1 1 0mm .

Holy Ghost, are one . Therefore is th e Ho ly Ghost o f one

substance , maje sty , and g lory w ith th e Fa the r and th e Son.

And this was th e b e l ie f o f th e ancient fa the rs .

I be lieve (say they) in th e Ho ly Ghost, th e Lord , and

give r of life , &c . ,wh o w ith th e Fa the r and th e Son toge the r

is worshippe d and glorified , wh o spake by th e prophe ts .

[13 Hie ig i tu r a mu l tis qua s i Deu s g lo rific a tus es t , e t do c u it seme tipsum es s e

qu i inte r Juda os qu idem quas i Filius apparu e rit, in Sama ria au tem qu as i P a te r des c ende rit , in re liquis v e ro gentib us qua s i Spiritus Sanc tus adventave rit.—I ren. Adv.

H ae r . Oxon . 1 70 2 . p . 94 . Lib . I . c .[H E useb ius do e s no t s ta te th is . See Bp. K aye

s T e rtull . p . 2 1 . 3d E ditiom ]

[1 5

I

HAOe Ma'

uns 6 dh netas ,u cw e is , 5 (pepwvzipw s T fi 1 7 1 d T O (i i/qu a gxwv , K a i.

h e'c

/ e r e’

y w’

E ZHL O Ha pa’

xh n‘

ro s, 811 é rrny y e ik a

'ro 6 E ma-rip T o t s dw a c r o

l o ts .

Ch rys . Opp. P aris . 1 834 -9. T om . I I I . p . 980 . D . D e Spiri tu Sanc to , § 10 . Th istre a tis e is g ene ral ly re ga rded as spurio us ][I6 (I’d’J K GL o s OCT OS (SC .

I e'

pa x a fl !is due:,u OL e

u 777 7 43 1! Meh xw edem a vé u

a ipé c e t dedrjh wr a c,w ept

‘roU ciy t

'

o u U r e thra-m s

,O T

'

L a br o’

s e’

cr'rw OM eh xi c edé x ,

—E piph an . Opp. T om . I . p . 7 1 1 . Adv . Hee r . Lib . I I . T om . I I I . He r .

P7t

E a rn-OI: eiva t Cé va

‘uw 9 6 0 17 T rjv p ey a’

l nv, fi ll) 0 6 migv‘

yo v 7r 0pva'

cia rrve fiy a

a y i o u e i va t T e'

r cih junxe Aé y e w .— I b id . p . 56 . Adv . He r . Lib . 1 . T om . II I . Ha n.

[w Xpw

‘rdu dé O

'

vo'

pi a‘

r t Olu o h o y o frcr t K a i elva t 7 6 57 1 0 1!

II I/ sag a ddeh qm'

u a im—o ff , Elnh vxq? e xtinct-r i b rra

'

pxo uc a v .-I b id. p . 462 . Adv .

He r. Lib . I I . T om . I . Hear .

7 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E

T h e Godhe ad o f th e Fa the r , o f th e Son, and o f th e Ho lyGhost, is all one , th e glory e qual , th e maj e s ty coe terna l . Sucha s th e Fa the r is , such is th e Son, and such is th e HolyGho st &c . A nd in this T rinity none is a fore or a fte r o the r ,none 15 gre a te r or le ss than ano the r ; but th e who le thre ePe rs ons b e co e te rna l toge the r, and co equa l .

Conf . Hc lv . I . T h e ve ry same do all re formed churches ‘ be l ieve andA rt . v 1 . 6: I I .

fBas il. A rt. 1 . c on e ss .

Bo h . c . 3 .

Ga l. A rt . 1 . T he errors a nd adversa r ies unto th zs tru th .

Be lg A rt .

mi

: A" IT h e premisse s do make aga ins t th e T rith e ite s ", which

a ffirm th e Holy Gho st to b e infe rior unto th e Fa ther .iue ‘m ’ fi‘m Aga ins t th e A rians 3, wh o sa id th e Holy Ghos t wa s inZ an d 3 0

E l liare

2 fe rior to th e Son.

A ug c ontr Aga ins t th e Mace donian he re tics “, who he ld th e Ho lyMax . A n an .

Ru ffin If “) Gho s t to b e but a m iniste r, and a se rvant o f th e Fa the r and

1 . c ap. 2 0 .

$ 523:$31

7

1? th e Son ; ye t o f mo re exce llent maj e s ty and dignity than th eCont .

ange ls 5A ga inst many e rrone ous spirits

fi,which de l ive r th e Ho ly

Gho st to b e no thing e lse but th e mo tion o f God in h is creature s ; a s did th e Samosa tenians .

gork

o fEth e A bare powe r and e ffica cy o f God, working by a se cre t

ur mp.

c 5 Inspira tion ; a s th e T urks 7, and certa in English Sadduce e s 8 doHutc h insonin h lS Im ag e or

o f Go d , c . 2 4.

imao10 9

1 12 . a .pag[1 Credimus Spll

ltum e j usdem c um P a tre e t Fi l io e ssentia; maje sta tis e t g lories , ve rnIn ac aate rnum Deum .

— H a rm . Conf . I I . p . 48 . C onf. Wittemb . c ap. I I I . Fo r the o th e r re fe rence s se e ab o ve , p . 43

,n.

[2 l ta tamem( se ntiunt) Spiritum Sanc tum e sse De o s

infe rio re s .—Z anc h . de Trib . E loh . Ne us tad. P ala t. 1597 . Pars I I . Lib . v. c ap . 1 . 1 .

p .[3 Obj ic is m ih i, quod dic am Spiritum Sanc tum aaqualem e sse Fil io . D ico plane .

D a , inquis, testimonia ub i adora tur Spiri tus Sanc tus .

”U t v ide o , h inc e um v is

o s tendi aequalem Ch ris to , s i adora tur u t C hris tus —Augus t . Opp. Paris , 1 836-8 ,T om . V I I I . c o l. 1 066 . Contra Max im . Lib . I I .

[4(Ma c edoniam) c um Pa tre e t Fi lio nih ilh ab e re

commune .—A u lo r. H is t . E ccl . Bas i l . 1 535. Lib . X I . p . 2 35. Rufiin . Lib . I I . c .

[5 Ev T fis 7 pt a

'

80 9 h e'

y ew 7 6 Hu e ii ju a 7 0'

(37 1 0 11 dvrnpve'

i 'r o ” di ci

Ko y o u ydp (2 07 6 Gina K a i in ro vp'

ydv Gia na/ 6 2 7 0 , K a i Bpa xé ‘T L 7 031) d '

y'

y e h m cfiu

dtd¢epo u 7 a 7 y d7 wu.— Nic eph . E ccl . His t . Lu te t . 1630 . T om . I . p . 800. L i l) . Ix.

c ap.

[6 Damnant e t Spi ri tu Sano to as tute e t impie rh e tori.

cantur, m o tum in re b us c re a tum .— Syl l . Conf. Oxon.

1 82 7 . p . 1 66 . C ont. Augus t . 1540 . Art . I .][7 A lb e i t th ey do a cknow l edg e th a t th e re is a Ho ly do th ey no t

a cknow l edg e i t to b e a dis tinct pe rso n in th e Go dhe ad : b u t th e y do by a gross c onc e it imag ine i t to b e only a b a re pow e r and v irtue in God w o rking b y a se cre t kindo f inspira tion .

—Po l icy o f th e T urk. E mp. Lond. 1597 . c ap. v . p .

74 T HE CATHOLIC D OCTR IN E [A RT .

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

This discovere th all them to b e impious, and to err fromth e way o f truth , which ho ld and a ffirm tha t th e Ho ly Gho s tpro ce ede th ne ithe r from th e Fa ther , nor th e Son,

but is one

and th e same pe rson tha t Christ is ; a s th e A rians do 1Tha t th e Ho ly Ghost pro ce ede th from th e Fa the r , but no t

from th e Son ; a s a t this day th e Gre cians 2 , th e Russ ians 3, th eMosc ovite s “, ma inta in.

T ha t there is a double proce eding o f th e Holy Ghost, onetempora l, th e o the r e terna l ; an e rror o f Pe te r Lombard i’, uncontro lled hitherto , and the re fore we l l liked o f th e Papists .

ART ICLE VI .

Of th e sufficiency o f th e ho ly Scripture for sa lva tion.

H o ly Sc r ip tur e (1 )c onta ine th a ll th ings necessa ry f ors a lva tion so tha t w h a tso ever is no t r ead th er ein, nor may

Spiritum Sanctum ab ae te rno e x Pa tre e t Fil io pro c edentem .— I h . p . 34. Conf . Ga l l .

Art. v1 . Spiri tus Sanc tus ve ro po tentia e s t e t v irtus qum a Pa tre e t Fil io emana t.I h . p . 360 . Credimu s e tiam e t c onfi temur Spiritum Sanc tum a Pa tre e t Filio a b

ze te rno pro cede re .—I b . p . 38 . C onf . Be lg . A rt t . V I I I . X I .

Sanctum, ab a te rno pro cede re a D e o P a tre e t Fi l io—1 b . p . 48 . C onf . Vittemb .

c ap . I I I . Spiri tus Sanc tus au tem pro c edit a Pa tre e t Fi l io .—I b id. p . 2 9. Con f.

Boh em . c ap. I I I .]

[1 Mndé (w e ) T io fi wpo a n

'

y opia v e’

7ri Hve hp a 'ro s T reé va t fit ag'

é a ew —Bas il .Opp . Par. 1 72 1 -30 . T om . I I . p. 585. B om . de Spir . S . in App . Th e h omily , h owe ve r , says no th ing ab ou t th e Ar ians . T h e pa ssage me ant pe rh aps is in th e Ho rn .

0 . Sah e l i . Arlum & c . : Obdé 7 rd/\ w”

i0 17 K a i n ue é y a r o s°

c3u vrpé a wvro'

v e’

a frw é w e rdr}e'

ipn'ra t

'e i 66

T L? w ue fipa Xpm' fro ii Obie exe t , 0 57

-0 9 a im e a f'rw a br o ii ' Oas Xpw

fr o' s é u é u'r e iifle u yap fivra'r iifincra v ”r ules

,II I/ 6 5

,11 6! K a i Xpw q

'

o‘

v frdv a b 'rdv

{ lua u— I b id. p . 193 ]

[2 Conce rning th e div ine na ture and th e th re e pe rsons, in th e one sub s tance o f

God, tha t the H o ly Gh os t pro ce ede th from th e Fa th e r only , and no t from th e Son.

Russe Commonw e a l th . Lond. 1591 . p . 97 . c .[3 Spiritum quoque sanc tum a P a tre tantum e t non a Fil io pro cede re c onfi

tentur.—Guagn1n. de Re l ig . Mosc ov. in Co lle ct. Script . de Russ . & c . Re l ig . Spir'ae

N eme t . 1582 . p .[4 Spiritum Sanc tum a solo Pa tre ne c a Fil io pro cede re per inde a tque Graac i

tuentur [Mosc o vitaa] .— Fab e r . Re l ig . Mo sc ov. I b id. p .

[5 Prae te re a dilig ente r adno tandum e st, quod gemina e s t pro c essio Spiri tus

Sancti : ze te rna v ide l ice t , qu a: ine ffab ilis e s t, qua a Patre e t Fi l io ee te rnalite r,e t s ine

tempo re pro c e ssit : e t tempo ra lis , qua a Patre e t Fil io ad sanc tific andam c re a turam

pro c edit .—Pe tr . Lomb ard. Se ntent . Col. A gr. 1576 . Lib . I . D ist inc t . x iv . p .

VL ] o r T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 75

be proved th e reby, is not to be r equired of a ny ma n, th a t it

sh ou ld be believed a s a n a r ticle of th e f a ith , or be though t

requisite, [a nd] necessa ry to sa lva tion. (2 ) I n th e name ofth e H oly Sc rip ture w e do unders ta nd those canonica l boolesof th e Old a nd N ew T es tament, of whose a u th ority w a s

never a ny doubt in th e c hur ch .

Of th e nam e s and numb e r o f th e Canoni ca l Books .

Genesis . T he 1 . B oole of Chr onicles .

E xodus. The 2 . B oole of Chronicles .

L eviticus . T he 1 . B oole of E sdr a s .

Numbers . T he 2 . B oole of E sdra s .

D eu teronom ium . T he B oole of E s ther .

Josue . The B oole of Job .

T he P sa lms .

R u th . The P roverbs .

T he 1 . B oole of Samuel. E c clesia stes, or The P rea cher .

The 2 . Book of Samuel. Ca ntic les, or Song of Solomon .

The 1 . B oole of K ings . 4 . P rophets the grea ter .

T he 2 . B oole of K ings . 1 2 . P rophets the less .

(3)And th e o th er books (a s Hierome s a ith) th e chur chdo th r ea d f or example of lif e , a nd ins tru ction of ma nners ;

bu t ye t do th i t no t apply th em to s ta b lish a ny doctrine ;such a re th ese f o llowingT he 3 . Boole of E sdra s . B a ru ch the P r ophet .

The 4 . B oole of E sdra s. Song of the 3 Children .

The B oole of Tobia s . T he Story of Su sanna .

T he Boole of Judith . Of B el a nd the D ragon,

T he r est of the B oole of Hester . The P rayer of Mana sses .

T he B oole of Wisdom. T he 1 . B oole of Ma c ca bees .

Jesus the S on of Sira ch . T h e 2 . B ook of M a cca bees .

(4) All th e booles of th e N ew T es tament, a s th ey a re

c ommonly r ec eived, w e do r ec eive, a nd a c c ount th em f or

c a nonic a l.

T he P ropositions .

1 . T h e sa cre d Scripture conta ine th all things ne ce ssary(to b e known and be l ieve d) for th e sa lva tion o f man.

2 . A ll th e books in th e vo lume o f th e Bible a re not

canonica l , but some , and name ly those he re spe cified, are .

3 . T h e 3 . and 4. books of Esdras, th e book o f T obias,&c . are apo crypha l .

4 . Of th e New T e stament all th e books are canonica l .

76 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A It T .

P ropo s i t i on 1 .

T he sa cred Scr iptur e conta ineth a ll th ings necessa ry (to be knowna nd believed) f or the sa lva tion of m a n.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

T h e ho ly scripture s to b e sufficient to instruct us in all

things ne ce ssary to b e known and be lie ved for man’

s sa lva tion,

th e Word o f God teache th .

De u t. 1v. 2 . Ye shal l put no thing unto th e word which I command you(sa ith th e Lord), ne ithe r sha l l ye take ought the re from .

I b id. x 1i. 32 . Whatsoeve r I command you , take he e d you do i t : thouJo sh . i . 7. shal t put nothing the re to , nor take ought there from . Thou

sha lt no t turn away from i t to th e r ight hand , nor to th e le ft,tha t thou maye st pro spe r whithe rso e ve r thou go e st .

P ro v. xxx. Eve ry word o f God is pur e , &c . Put no thing unto hiswords , le s t h e reprove the e , and thou b e found a l iar .”

John xx . 31 . The se things a re wr itten, tha t ye might be lieve , &c and

t ha t in be l ieving ye might have life through h is name .

firmn iii. 16. Th e who le s cripture is given by inspira tion o f God, and

is profitable to te a ch , to improve , to corre ct, and to instruct inr ighte ousne ss, tha t th e man o f God may b e abso lute , be ingmade perfe ct unto all good works .

pgev . xx ii. 18, “ I f any man sha l l add unto the se things , God shall add

unto h im th e plague s tha t a re wr itten in this book : and ifany man sha ll diminish o f th e wo rds o f this bo ok , God sha l ltake away h is part out o f th e book o f life , and out o f th e ho lycity, and from those things which are written in this bo ok .

He reunto God’s pe ople both a lways have , and a t thispre sent do subscribe 1

[1 Sc riptura canon ica, ve rb um D e i, Spiri tu S . tradi ta , e t pe r proph e tas apos

to lo sque mundo propo s i ta , omnium pe rfe c tis s ima e t antiqu issima ph ilo soph ia ,pie ta tem omnem , omnem v i tae ra tionem s o la pe rfe c te condu ct - H arm . C onf. Se c t. I .p . 9. C onf . He lv. Prio r . Art. I . C e te rum de traditio nibus h ominum quantumvis

spe c io sis e t rc c eptis , qumc umque no s ab duc unt ve l impediunt, u t de inu t ilibu s e t

no xiis , s ic illud dom in i re spondemus, Frustra m e c olunt docente s do ctrine s h om inum — Ib id. Art . I v . C redimu s e t c onfitemur sc ripturas c anonic as sanc to rumproph e tarum e t apo s tolo rum u triusque Te stame nti , ipsum ve rum e sse ve rb um

in h ac sc riptura sancta h ab e t un ive rsa l is Ch ris ti e ccle s ia plenissim e e xpo sita ,q uazc unqu e pe rtine nt c um ad s alvific am fidem, tum ad v 1tam D e o pla c e ntem ,

re c teinfo rmandam . Q u o nom ine dis tincte a D e o praec eptum e s t, ne e i al iquid ve l

adda tur vel de trah a tur .— I b id. p . 3 . Co nf. He lv . P o s t. c ap. I . C o nfitemur quod

q uemadmodum nemo manda re po te s t , e a qua: Ch ris tus non mandavit : ita e tiamnemo prolnb e re possit, qua

: Ipse non prolubu I t. —1b id . p . 7 . C onf. Bas il . Art. x .

v 1 .] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 77

The errors a nd adversa r ies unto this tru th .

T here fore adve rsarie s b e we to all adversarie s to thistruth : e spe cia lly to such a s scorn, and contemptuously reje c t

A . c onIra

th e book o f God ; as both did th e Circumc ellians”, which defa ced Fe til L ib r

[Art. xr. D isp . Ini t io do cent m inis tr i e c c le sia rum nostrarum uno consensu desacra sc riptura ve te ris e t nov i ve ra ce rta e t nde digna sit , c ui

nul la a l ia humana s crip ta , qumc unque au t qualiac unque s int, ae quiparari possint ,

e t c e rtum te stimonium voluntatis D e i,quam de se pa te fe c it,

s ine qua s c ripturaa pa te fac tione , nu l la c ognitio salutaris , ne que fides , nequea ccess io e s t ad Deum—I b id. p . 8 . C onf. Boh em . c ap. I . Hie unic us Deus ta lemse pa te fe c it hominibus, primum,

mu l to clar ins in v e rb o suo , quodqu idem initio ce rt is quib usdam visis e t ora c ulis pa trib us pate fe c it : de inde ve ro iis l ib rispersc rib ivoluit , quos sac ram sc ripturam vo c amus - I b id. p . 10 . Conf. Gal l . Art. I r.Hos l ib ros ( se . supra dic tos) agnosc imus e sse c anonic os, id e s t, u t fide i nos trm

no rmam e t regu lam h ab emus , idque non tantum ex communi e ccles i a: consensu,

sed e tiam mul to magis ex te stimonio e t intrinse ca Spiri tus Sancti pe rsuas ione , &c .

I b id. Ar t . I v . C redimus v e rbum his l ib ris c ompreh ensum ab uno De o e sse pro

fe c tum , quo e tiam uno,non autem h ominibus, nita tur ipsius auctori tas . C umqu e

h aze sit omnis ve ritatis summa , c omple c tens qui cqu id ad c ultum D e i e t salutem

mos tram requiritur, ne que h ominibus , ne qu e ips is e tiam ang e l is fas e sse dic imus,

quic quam e i ve rb o adj ic ere vel de trah e re , ve l quic quam prorsus in e o immu

tare .- I b id. Art . v . C redimus au tem sa c ram h anc sc ripturam perfe c tissime omnem

D e i vo lunta tem e omple c ti, e t in illa ab unde e a omnia do c e ri, quae c unque ab b om inib u s credi ne ce sse e s t , u t sa lutem c onsequantur. I taqu e c um illic e xac tissime fuse

desc ripta sit omnis div ini cultus ra tio , qu am Deus a fidelib us exigit : nu l l i h ominum(quamvis apos to l ica dign ita te praedito , a c ne u l l i qu idem ang e lo e c oelo dem isso , u tdivus Paulus lo qu i tu r) fas e st al i te r do ce re , quam jam pridem in sac ris s c ripturis

edoc ti sumus. Q uum enim ve t itum sit , ne qu is D e i ve rb o quidquam a ut adda t au t

de trah at, sa tis e o ipso de c la ratur sac ram h anc do c trinam omnib us su is numeris e t

partibus perfe c tam ac ab so lutam e sse—I b id. p . 1 3. Conf. Be lg . Art. VI I . Cum

c ertissimum sit , Deum s ib i in gene re humane , propte r filium, e t pe r cum , c ollig e re

ad v i tam mte rnam e c c le siam vo ce do ctrines , qu ae s cripta e s t in l ib ris proph e tarum e t

apo stolorum : adfirluamus Clare co ram D e o e t unive rsa e ccle s ia in c oe lo e t in te rra,

no s ve ra fide ample c ti omnia scrip ta proph e tarum e t apostolorum & c .— I b id. p . 14.

Cent. Sax. Art . I . Sac ram s c ripturam vo c amu s e o s c anonic os l ib ros ve te ris e t nov iTe stamenti , de quo rum au torita te in e ccle s ia nunquam dub itatum e st . Hanc scr ipturam c redimu s e t e onfitemur e sse o raculum Sp iri tus Sancti , c oe le stib us te stimoniisita c onfirma tum u t si ange lus de c oelo a l iud prazdic ave rit ana th ema quodnonnu l l i sentiunt in h ac s c riptura non c ont ineri omnem do c trinam, nob is ad y e rame t pe rpe tuam s alu tem cognita ne c e ssariam v ide tur fac ilius posse dici quam pro

b ari . —I b id. p . 15. Conf . Wirtemb . c ap. c onc iona toribus nos tris

ne qu id de inc eps popu lo pro conc ione proponant , quod non aut in div inis sc ripturissit traditum , au t ex iis e e rtum h ab eat Ch ris tiana;ve rita tis sanmque doc trinae il l i de e sse po te rit, qui to tis viribu s sc ripturam illam

divinam c onse c tari, e t ample c ti s tuduerit.—~ I b id. p . 19. Conf . Suev. A rt. I . I .]

[2 T raditionem objie iunt , pe rse c utionem obj ic iuut , fa lsum b aptisma objic iunt de

so l is Maximianistis ad omnia re sponde te . Quod enim maj o res e o rum tradide runt

s anc to s codi ce s flammis , o c eultum e sse arb itrantur : s ed c um sacri leg io sc hisma tis

inquinatos in suis h onoribus re c epe runt , h oe ce rte o ccu l tare non possunt.—Augus t.Opp. Paris . 1 836 - 8 . T om . I x . c o l. 357 . Contra Li t t . Fe t il . Lib . I .

A 0 1. Ste h .

f ol)

. 358 .

p

N ash inC h rist h iste a rs, p. 59. a .

Hist . David.

Ge o rg .

Lmdan. Lib .

I . c ap. 1 .

T e st. Rh em .

A n . I T h e ss .

I I . 1 2 .

Stap. antid.

E vang . in

Luc . x . 1 6,p. 52 8 .

78 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

and burnt th e holy scripture s ; and Pope Le o th e X3 , wh o

termed th e holy gospe l a fable o f Christ ; and do th e

profane A th eists z .A lso to such a s deba se th e cre dit and e stima tion o f th e

holy scripture s ; as David Ge orge 3 did ; and bo th do th e

Papists “, wh o have an opinion, tha t th e Scripture s o f God are

no t sufficient to instruct mankind unto sa lva tion ; and th e

A nabaptists 5, which de em no t th e holy Bible to b e th e word o fGod, w ith th e Family o f Lo ve , in whose bo oks no thing is morefrequent than th e te rming o f God ’s reve rend ministers and

pre achers Scripture -le arned .

A lso to them, which with God’s word do equa l the ir owndo ctrines, inj unctions , pre cepts, and traditions ; a s do th e

Papists . For o f the ir doctrine say th e Rhemists , Whatsoe ve rth e lawful apostle s , pastors or prie s ts o f God’s church preachin th e unity o f th e same church (me aning th e new church o f

Rome), is to b e taken for God’

s own word . T o th e same

purpose , but more bla sphemously, Staple tonG: As th e Jewswere to be lieve Christ, so are we simply , and in e very thingto be lieve th e church (o f Rome), whe the r i t teache th truthor e rrors?’

Wha tso eve r by th e authori ty of th e church is commande d ,-

ought o f all m en to b e e ste eme d as th e very gospe l , sa ith

[1 Se e Ba le ’

s P age ant o f P opes (E ng . Lond. 1574 . Bk. VI I . fol. 1 79. b . ]

I;2 Be cause some l ate w ri te rs o f ou r s ide h ave sough t to discredi t th e sto ry o f

Judi th , o f Susanna , and Dan ie l , and o f Be l and th e Dragon, th ey th ink th ey may

th rus t all th e re st o f th e B ib le (in l ike manne r) into th e Jew ish Talmud, and tax

i t for a fab ulo us le g end - C h ris t ’s Te ares o ve r J e rusa lem , b y T ho . Na sh e . Lond.

[3

e t h anc prie sentem revelationem, quam perfe c tionis spiritum voca t, mul timodis supe ra re supe r io rum ae ta tum

reve la tiones , e t e sse omnium re rum divinarum

qua reve landm e rant ve luti c omplementum .—H ist . D av . Ge o rg . D aventr. 1642 .

p .[4 Do cen t c a th o lic ae Ch rist i e ccle s iae adve rsaru , ve rb um D e i so l is sac rae sc ripturac

limitib us e sse c ompre h e nsum ,finib usqu e inc lusum : ne e quic quam prae te re a pi o

ve rb o De i c h ris tianis agno s c endum , quod non sa c ris in lite ris c ontine a tur. Quodini tio a ve ri tate long e e sse alieniss imum demonstrab imus , ve ramque fide i C h ris tiana:re g ulam e t c redendi normam ne ce ssario a l iud e sse c ons tituendam , s ic uti e t h ac

tenus a Pa trIb us prisc is, th e olo g isqu e omnino omnibus, quam so lam sc ripturam

sacrum .—Lindanus, PanOpl. E vange l . C o l. A grip. 1560 . Lib . I . c . 1 . p . I .]

[5 Th omas e xte rnumque ve rbum non e sse

ve rum D e i ve rbum , sed so lum tes timo nium ve r i ve rb i, & c .— Bull ing . Adv. Anab apt.

(S im le r . Ve rs . La t .) T igurI . 1560 . p . 1 . b . Lib . I . c . I . ]

[6 S ieu t Ch ris to Judmi, sic nos e c c le sim s impl ic ite r crede re deb emus ; non

qu idem s ive ve ra do cent s ive non, sed s ive id nob is c onste t s ive no n.—S taple ton.

Opp. Lu t . P ar. 162 0 . T om . I I I . p . 163 . Antid. E vang . in Lu c . x .

VL ] o r T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 79

abbo t T rith emius 7 o f popish pre cepts : and our Engl ishRhemists : “ He , tha t de spise th th e church’s or h er lawful T e st-Rh em .

A n. 1 T h e s s .

pastors’ pre cepts, o ffende th no le ss than if h e c ontemned iV-8

God’s expre ss commandments .

”A nd o f the ir traditions ;

He , tha t re fuse th e ccle siastica l traditions, de se rve th to b e

thrown out of th e church among th e hea then, as we l l as h ewhich re fuse th th e gospe l ,” sa ith D ida c us Ste lla s , and th e

council o f T rent. With like a ff e ction o f godline ss , and reve ggsncg Trid.

rence , embra ce we , and worship th e books o f th e Old and

New T e stament, and e ccle s ia stica l traditions , sa ith th e council9Th e like opinion have th e Mosc ovite s 10 o f traditions .

T o them, fina lly, are we adve rsarie s, which above th e Scripture s do pre fe r the ir own(1 ) inventions ; as did th e philosophe rs ;where of one sa id o f Mose s , tha t good man make th a tr imdiscours e , but prove th nothing ; and th e Gre cians, to whomth e gospe l is foo lishne ss : and (2 ) imagina tions ; a s did th e fifgfijg

? ‘

Maniche e s “ , David Ge orge ”, and do th e T urks, and FamilyP 1

.

f tho f Lo ve 13 : (3) or tradItIons as do th e Pap ists ,wh o more crue lly rfirifiiii

’ e

E mp. c ap. 3 .

do punIsh th e Vi o late rs o f the ir own traditi ons and ordinance s , D isplay, a . 6 .

than they do th e bre ake rs o f God ’s commandments : (4) or

[7 Quicqu id e rgo auc torita te e ccle s iae praec ipitur ; tanquam e vange l ium ab

omnibu s h ab eatur.—T rithem . Opp. Mogunt . 1 605. p . 72 8 . D e Propr . Monach .

c ap.

[3 N on minus mere tur inte r e thnic os eJIe i qui e c cle siastic as traditiones re c usa t,

quam qui e vange l ium rec usa t .— Ste l la in Lu c . Lu gd. 1583. T om . I I . in. c ap . x .fo l.

[9 Sa c rosanc ta oe cumenic a e t gene ralis Tr identina l ib ros tam

ve te ris quam no v i Te stamenti , c um u triusque unus Deus sit auctor, ne e non

traditione s ipsus , tum ad fidem , tum ad mo re s pe rtinente s, tanquam ve l ore tenusa Ch ris to , vel a Spiri tu Sanc to dic ta tas, e t continu a succe ss ione in e ccle s ia c a th o lic a

c onse rvatas, pari a ff e cta ac re ve rentia susc ipit ac venera tur .— C onci1. Harduiu .

P aris , 1 7 1 4. T om . x . c ol. 2 2 . C one . Trid. Se ss . I v .][1 0 Th ey h o ld w i th th e Papists , th a t th e i r church t raditions are o f e qua l

au th o ri ty w i th the w ritten w o rd o f God.—Russe C ommo nwe a l th , Lond. 1591 .

c .1 ' K a i a

cp’

é a v'ro b dt a vonee is , (b E xvflt a vds ) e

7rh a' o-a 'r o pnju a

'r a r o t a iir a,o f":

a’

7ro‘

frfis Ge ia s 7 pa ¢fis e bpa’

h e vo s , K a i II ve tina'I-o s dy io v a

h h a‘

a'

vro'

h o g/ 1 074 6 11 a’

uepwvre ia s (prio'

ews T ciiv de LKa iwv (poia xwv .- E piph an. Opp. Paris . 162 2 .

T om . I . p . 6 19. Adv . H ae r. Lib . I I . T om . I I . H ae r . 66 . E piph aniu s speaks o f

Sc ythianus as th e firs t o rig ina to r o f th e Manich aean h e resy, wh ich was a fte rwardsmo re ful ly de ve loped by Mane s ]

[1 2 Se e ab o ve , p . 78 , no te[1 3 Article s g a th e red o ut o f th e b o oks o f H . N . and wh i ch are taugh t by the

Fam i ly o f Lo ve . 1 . Imprimis , th a t H. N . c an no mo re e rr o r m iss th e righ t, th anMoyse s, th e proph e ts, o r Ch rist and h is I tem ,

th a t h is b ooks are o f

e qua l au th o ri ty w i th th e h o ly scri pture , and are wri tten w i th th e same spiri t.D isplaying o f the Fam. Lond. 1 579. A .

80 T I I E CATHOL I C DOCTRIN E [.I RT .

sta tute s , e dicts,j udgments , proclama tions, &c . , proce eding

from th e bra in o f man ; a s Machiave l doth , and h is scho lars .

P ropos i t ion I I .

A ll the books in the vo lume of the B ible a re no t canonica l,bu t some a re .

That some books, and name ly those above mentione d , arecanonica l , i t ha th be en granted by th e be st le arne d and

mos t godly o f long time . And a s all Re formed Churche s inth e world a re o f th e same judgment w ith us , so in the irpublic confe ssions ‘ some have so a ccounte d and j udged o f

them as we do .

Adversa r ies to this tru th .

T he re fore (to speak firs t o f th e canonica l books o f th e

Old T e stament)much have they o ffende d which e ithe r rej e cte dT rith cm . de all, or a l lowe d but some o f th e bo oks o f th e Old T e stament :E c c le s . se i i

E mph amp'

o f th e forme r sort we re th e Seve rians 2 , Ba silide s 3, CarpoE h oA ii

l

g

pd

d

e

n

b ono cra te s 3, and th e Maniche e s “; a re th e Ca tab aptists5: o f th e

pe rt’. L ib .

n . c . l l, latte r were sundry, where of

Z uingl L ib .

figgw a ta Some re ce ive d no more but only th e five books o f Moses ;

de a s th e Sadduce e s 6c om -B91“ : Some , o f a ll th e books in th e Old T e stament, rej e ct th eq . I . c . 3 .

[1 Se e C ol l . C onf. Lips . 1 840 . p . 32 9. Conf . Ga l l . Art . I I I . and I b id p . 36 1 .

C onf . Be lg . Art . I v. T h e tw o l ists o f canoni cal b ooks ag re e entire ly w i th tha t inthe Article . ][2 Ve tus te stamentum non susc ipiunt . T rith em . de Script . E cc l . p. 8 . 8 . I n

Fab ric. B iblio th . E cc l . H amb .

[8 T he edi to r h a s b e en unab le to ve ri fy th ese re fe rence s .]

[4 Quod e t Manic hmi non a c c ipiunt , qu i non so lum omnes ve teris ins tru

menti sc ripturas in u lla auc to rita te non h ab e nt ; ve rum e tiam e as quae ad no vumpe rtinent Te stame ntum sic a c c ipiunt, u t suo quodam pri v i le g io , imo sa c rile gio , quodvolunt sumant , quod no lunt rej ic iant . August . Opp. P aris . 1836 -8 . T om. x .

c ol. 1 41 1 . D e Do no P e rse v .

[5 In h oc aliquando fuistis, u t to tum ve tus instrumentum ne gare tis ,

co rum qua: h ic trac tamus , paulo diligentius e xpe nde . P aulus , inquiunt, do c e tana thema e sse qu i cqu id non in e vange l io a tque se rmonib us apo s to lo rum c ontine a

tur. V ide s u t ape rt e ve tus ins trumentum fastidiunt L—Z uing . Opp. T igur . 1 545.

T om . I I . Lib . c ontr. Ca tab apt . pp . 10 , I I . ]

[6 Pr im i omnium Sadduc zni nul las sc ripturas re c ipieb ant , nis i qu inque l ib ros

Mos is . Opp. Th e o log . Ge ne v. 16 10 . T om . I . c o l. 2 6 1 . D e S . Scrip t .( Io ntrov . I . Q uae s t . I . c . 3 . Pa rk. So c . E d . p .

T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E

The a dversa r ies unto this truth .

So tha t they are to b e he ld,and taken he e d o f, a s se

duc e rs , which upon th e church w ould~

thrust e ithe r o the rmen

s works and device s, not compr ise d in th e Bible , a s

wouldSome , th e new prophe ts, Barc obas and Barc olf, of Bas i

lides l th e he re tic .Some , th e manife sta tions o f Marcion2 th e here tic.Some , th e mysterie s o f Mane s

3 th e he re tic .Others , Esa ia s’ Asc ensorium o f Hie rax4 th e he re tic .Othe rs , th e Gospe l a fter th e Egyptians , a fte r S t A ndrew ,

S t James th e le sse r, S t Pe te r, S t Bartho lomew, th e twe lveApostle s , Barnabas , Nicodemus , Thadde us .

T h e Canons o f th e Apostle s, o thers .

Others , th e a cts of St Abdie , S t Andrea s, S t Paul , Pe te r,Philip

,T homas .

Others, th e Re ve la tion o f S t Paul, Pe te r, S tephen,T homas 5.

Othe rs, th e bo oks o f th e Anabaptists, of H. N withpopish legends , and th e like .

Or, th e books Apo crypha , within th e volume of th e Bible ;

a t nequaquam e a e s t ipsorum au toritas e t firmitudo,u t ex illorum te stimonio ali

quod r10 gma de fide e t re l ig ione Ch ris tiana ce rto cons t i tu i possit . —Co l l . Conf . p . 362 .

C onf . Be lg . Ar t . VL][1

e is 1514 659 K a'

mr opo s iK a vw'r-ra

'ro s Ka rra

B a c t

h e ido v gh e '

yxo s . é xma ik 6'

a i m a im-o i} fr a‘

dw é fifinr a ¢na iv a im-(iv s is h im

7 6 e ba ‘

yy é h t o vf re

'

o'

a a pa arpo'

e rro i s s itc om. cruv'roiga r Bifih ia

r po cpii‘

ra s dé Ea rn

OVOMQ’

O'

CI L Bapxafifidu K a i Bapxw‘

rp, K . 1 —E u seb . E ccl . H ist . C ant . 1 72 0 . Lil) . I V.

c . 7 . p .

[2 Th is sh ou ld rath e r b e “ th e mani fe sta tions o f Ape l le s th e h e re ti c

,fo r the

a l lus ion is to h im ,in the passag e o f Te r tu l l ian wh ich is do ub tle ss intended. H ab e t

prze tere a priva ta s , sed e xt i ao rdinarias le c tiones s uas, quas appe l la t ph ane rose is P hi]umene s c ujusdam pue l l es , quam quas i prOph e tissam se qu i tur. -T e rtull. Opp. Lute t .

1 634. p . D e Praes c rip. Haere t . 5L][3 Manich ie , 1607 . S ta tim au tem inte r dis c ipulo s de no vo quodam e t inaudi to

dogmate disputa re c oepit. -Magdebu rg . E ccl . H is t. B as i l . 1559, & c . C ent. I I I .

c ap. X I . c ol.

[4 Bo b /Ma r a t dé f rn

u T ek e ia u a ir ro b min-T a m i; fir-0 1 6 70 90 1. ci 'n'

o‘

7 0 3 h vafla 'r ixo v

’H a uf o u — E pipli an . Opp. P aris . 1 66 2 . T om . I . p . 7 1 1 . D . Adv. Hazr . Lib . I I .

T om . I I .][5 M os t o f th e se spu rious w ri tings a re mentioned b y E useb ius (E ccl . His t . Lib .

I I I . C . 2 5. p . 1 18 ) div h e ob se rve s, o bdalu a

'

is é u rm?» Ka 'r ci

at a doxds é K /(Ana t a cr'rmw v T L? a vnp a s [w imnu a y a y e i‘

u 1}Eiwa e v . —Se e a lso E piph an . Opp. T om. I . p . 506 ]

VL ] o r T H E CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 83

as th e Papists 6, wh o the re fore ana thema tize and curse so manya s take them no t for canonica l .

P ropo s i ti on IV.

Of the New T estament a ll the books a re canonica l.

Although some o f th e ancient fa the rs and do ctors a o

c epted not all th e books conta ine d within th e vo lume o f th e

New T e stament for canonica l ; ye t in th e end they we rewho lly taken and re ce ive d by th e common consent o f th e

church o f Chris t in this world , for th e ve ry word o f God, a s

they are a t this day a lmost in all pla ce s whe re th e gospe l isprea che d and profe sse d .

Howbe it,we j udge them canonical , no t so much be cause

learned and godly m en in th e church so have , and do re ce iveand a l low o f them , a s for tha t th e Ho ly Spirit in our h e artsdoth te stify tha t they are from God. T hey ca rry a sa cred,and divine -

authority wi th them, and they do a lso agre e in all

po ints with th e o the r bo oks o f God in th e Old T e stament.

E rrors and a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

The re fore in admitting all and e very o f the se bo oks, anda cknowledging them to b e canonica l, we demonstra te ourse lve sto

‘ be aga instSuch a s rej e cte d all th e New T e stament, as did th e Jews,

and o ur Ma tthew Hamamt 7.Such, a s a llowe d part, but not th e who le New T e stament ;

and the se we re of dive rs sorts : whe re o fSome a llowe d o f th e e vange lists , only Ma tthew, a s th e E us . LIb . I I I .

CerdoniteS S, and Ebionite s 9 ; o the rs only Luke , a s th e iiezné.’

Lib . I .

C .

[6 A fte r inc luding th e apo cryph a l b ooks in th e l is t o f th e canoni ca l scrip ture s,

th e counc il pro ce eds S i qu is a utem l ib ro s ip so s inte gro s c um omnib us su is partib us ,pro ut in e c cles ia c ath olic a le g i c onsue ve runt, en in ve te ri vulga ta La t ina editione

h ab en tur, pro sac ris e t c anonic is non sus c epe rit , e t traditiones praadic tas scie ns e t

prudens c ontempse rit, ana th em a sit —Conc il. Harduiu . Pa ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c o l. 2 3 .

C onc il. Tr ident . Se ss . I v . D e c re t . de C anon. Script ][7 Ho linsh . Ch ron. Lond. 1587 . Vo l. I I I . fo l.

[8 Th is is no t s tated b y E useb ius . I n th e place re fe rred to h e is spe aking o f th e

E b ioni tes , w h o h e says only acknow l edged th e go sp e l a cco rding to th e H eb rews .

E cc le s . H is t. C an t . 17 2 0. p . 1 2 1 . Lib . I I I . e .

[9 So lo au tem cc, quod e st se cundum M a tth aeum

, e vange l io utuntur (E b ionae i).I ren . Adv . H ae r . Oxon. 1 702 . p . 102 . Lib . I . c .

84 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

I ren- ibid Marcionite s ‘; o the rs only John, a s th e Valentiniansg

.

I b id. L Ib . I I I .

idgs t mb .

S ome a ccepte d only th e Acts o f th e Apo stle s , a s th e

T a tians o the rs , o f all o the r books rej e cte d th e sa id A cts , a sth e Maniche e s", and th e Se ve rite s “.

S ome , o f S t Paul’s e pistle s , took th e Epistle s unto T imogg

fzjf ib “ I . thy and T itus only to b e canonica l , a s Marcion5 th e he re tic .

S ome , a s apo crypha l , re fuse d th e Epistle unto PhilemonT h e o don a rg . o thers th e Epistle unto th e Hebrews

,th e Epistle o f S t Jame s,

in E i is t .

Paula“ a s A lth eme rus"; o th e rs , th e firs t, and se cond Ep is tle s o f JohnT itum .

w ith th e Epistle o f Jude , a s Wigandus s ; o the rs , th e EpistleW igand

unto th e H ebre ws,o f Jame s , th e two las t o f John

,and o f

S L'

b ofi

n

ial'

kJude , a s card ina l Caj e tane 9.

e e ita

.

figs ans

lt

iw. S ome rej e cte d th e book o f S t John’

s Reve la tions, or th e

3 111 0 t s , c .

7 Apoca lypse , a s Heshusms 1 0 : we are a lso aga ins t them whichLib . (18 600 .

e rro r. Po nt if.[1 Se e b e low , no te[2 Hi au tem , qu i a Va lentino sunt, e o quod e s t se cundum Joh annem plenissime

u tente s &c .—I b id . p . 190 . Lib . I I I . c . I I .][3 N ih i l m ih i v ide tur ab e is impudentius sc ripturas div inas e sse

dic erent e as s ib i penitus a c c ipie ndas non u tc unque

te rgive rsa tio e o rum re c tio r, ve l e rro r humanior. Ho c enim de i l lo l ib ro fe c eruntqui Actus Apo s to lo rum ins c rib itur.

—August . Opp. Paris . 1 836 -8. T om. V I I I . c o l.

1 03. D e U ti l . C red.

[4 Xpdiv

'r a t p é v o bu OU

T OL minty K a i fn'

po rpii'

r a t s , K a i e ba '

yy eh t’

ow , ldiws

é p/mue ii o v—r e s frdiu iepdiu T a‘

vo iip a’r a ypa dmiv

fih a c ¢ny o § u~

r e s dé H a bh o v rrdu

a’

Ge 'r o iia '

w a im-o i? T a

s ju ri dé r ef s 7rpa'

E e t s er a'

iv’A7r0 0"r o

N31: K a 'ra dexé /I e uo n—E use b . E ccl . H i s t. Lib . I V. C . 2 9. p .

[5 Marc ion, e t qui ab e o sunt , ad inte rc iclendas conve rs i sunt s c ripturas, quasdam

qu idem in to tum non co gnoscente s , se cundum Lue am au tem e vange l ium , e t epi

s to las Pau l i de c urtante s,h ae c so la l e gi tima esse dic unt, quae ips i minorave runt .

I ren . Adv. H air. Lib . I I I . c . 1 2 . p . 198 .

[6 T h e edito r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy th is re fe rence .]

[7 Th is w o rk h as no t b e en me t w i th .]

[8 Juda e pis tolam e tiam h aac a rguunt non e sse ge nu inam, quod non apo sto lum

sed s ervum & c .—Wigand. Syntagma, Basil . 1585. P ars I I . p .

[9 Wa s no t Caje tane a pil lar o f you r church no t th is famo us cardina l

o f R ome se t down in pla in w o rds th a t “ the au th o r o f th e e pistle to th e H e b rews do thga th e r insu fficient a rgume nts to pro ve Ch ris t to b e th e Son o f God tha t th e se condand th ird o f Jo hn a re no t canonical s c i ipture : th a t th e e pis tle o f Jude is apo c ry

ph a l and name ly o f S . J ame s ” epi. th a t th e s a lu ta tion is p ro fane h a v ingno th ing o f God no r o f J e sus Ch ris t "t—Wh i take r’s Answ e r to M . R ainolds Re futat ion. Lond. 1585 . c ap. I . p .

[1 0 Manife stus e t non tole randus e rro r e st, quod pontific i i suo a rb i trio sac ra

s c ripturas c anonem quos l ib ro s o rth odoxi Pa tre s l ib e ro j udic io a

canonica sc riptura Spiri tus Sanc t i separa runt, aposto l i c is lite ris adazquan t , v ide l ice tT o b iam Joh annis .—Heshusius

,Se xc enti E rro re s , &c . Franc o f.

adMoen. 1585. 1 . Lo c . de Sacr. Scrip . p . 5. I t doe s no t se em h ow e ve r th a t H eshus ins h imse l f ques tioned th e canonic i ty o f the b o ok, as h e tw ice re fe rs to i t in h ispre fa ce ]

86 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

T he prepos itions .

1 . T he Old T e stament is no t contrary to th e New .

2 . T h e old fa the rs lo oke d for e terna l happiness throughChris t, a s w e ll a s for tempora l ble ssings .

3 . Christians are no t bound a t all to th e observa tion o f

th e Judaical ce remonie s .

4 . T h e j udicia l laws o f th e Jews are not ne ce ssarily tob e re ce ive d o r e stablished in any commonwe alth .

5. N0 Chris tian man wha tsoever is fre e d from th e ob e

dica ce o f th e law moral .

P ropos i t ion I .

T he Old Testament is no t contra ry to the New .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T ha t th e Old T e s tament is no t contrary to th e New ,i t

may b e prove d by many invincible a rguments ; ye t i t is mostapparent, in tha t our Saviour Chr is t, ve ry God, and ve ryman, (a s above , Art . I I . , ha th b e en de clare d) is o ffe re d untomankind for his e te rna l sa lva tion by them bo th . For

fifii

iii.‘ We le arn tha t there is one

, and no Christs mo re , in th e

Gen-n il:18 . New ; and we le arn th e same in th e Old .

Ma tt xvi. 16 . T ha t Christ is th e Son o f God in th e New ; we learn th eAc ts xiii. 33 .

P sa l 1 1-7‘

same In th e Old.

geblbii. 1 4

, T ha t Chris t is ve ry Man in th e New ; we learn tha t h eiiii' s’fi ' h er should b e so from th e Old .

iiict

i'

vii'

zi' T ha t Chr ist wa s born a t Be thlehem in th e New we learntha t h e should b e so from th e Old .

hé gatt

klifio

fl

fiTha t Christ wa s born o f a Virgin In th e New ; we learn

tha t h e should b e so from th e Old .

£333 6“ T ha t Christ was honoure d o f w ise men in th e New ; welearn tha t h e should b e so from th e Old .

fa t

};xxi.

9

1 . T ha t h e rode upon an a ss unto Jerusalem, from th e New ;

w e le arn tha t h e should so do from th e Old .

Luke xxii. Tha t h e wa s be traye d in th e New ; we learn tha t h e shouldi

des . x i. 1 2 . b e so from th e Old .

A c ts m i, 33 ,

T ha t h e suff e re d no t for h is own, but for o ur transgressions ,iigiii

eii in th e New ; we learn tha t h e should so do from th e Old .

E 1

A3, £1

2 4,In th e New tha t h e rose again from th e grave ; from th e

1 Cor. xv. 4.Did, tha t h e Should SO (IO.

vu .] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 87

And m th e New , tha t h e ascended into heaven ; and in Ma tt xu 40Psa l. xvi 1 0 .

th e Old, tha t he should so do .Jonas i 17 6:

ii. 10 .

E ph e s. iv. 8 .

P 53 1. lxviii.1 8.

T he a dversa ries unto this tru th .

We are then adve rsar ie s to all them which rej e ct, a s o f nore ckoning , th e O ld T e stament ; a s did bo th old here tics, as

Basilide s, Carpo cra te s , and th e Maniche e s ] ; and th e new

L ibertine s 2 , wh o say th e Old T estament is abroga ted .

P ropos i t ion I I .

T he old f a thers looked f or eterna l happiness through Christ,

a s well a s f or tempora l blessings .

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

T he old fa the rs to have looke d no t only for transitorypromise s , but a lso for e terna l happiness through Christ

, th e

ho ly scripture do th manife st.S t Paul sa ith ,Bre thren, I would not have you ignorant tha t all our l Cor. x. l .

fa thers we re under th e cloud, and all passe d through th e RedSea ; and did e a t th e same spiritua l mea t ; and did all drink 3, 4.

th e same spiritua l drink : (for they drank o f th e spiritua l ro cktha t fo llowe d them ; and th e rock was Christ).

By fa ith Noe wasmade he ir o f th e righteousne ss which Heb . xi. 7.

is by fa ith .

By fa ith Mose s, when h e was come to age , re fused to b e I b id. 2 4, 2 5,

c a lle d th e son of Phara oh ’

s daughte r, and chos e ra the r to ?

suffe r adve rs ity w ith th e pe ople o f God, than to enj oy th e

pleasure s o f sin for a sea son ; e ste eming th e rebuke s o f Christgre a te r r iche s than th e tre asure s o f Egypt : for h e h ad re

spe ct unto th e re compense o f th e reward, &c .

All these through fa ith obta ine d good report, and re ce ive d lm 33 40

not th e promise ; God providing a be tte r thing for us, tha tthey without us should not b e made perfe ct.

[1 Se e page 80, no te[2 Se x to c c u l timo lo co inte r ab ominandos Anab aptistas e os s tatuimus, qui ve tus

Te stamentum rejic iunt, qui tes t imonia quae ex i l lo adduc untur ad de c laranda e t c on

firmanda dogma ta c hristianae fide i, aut ad e rro res e t falsa dogma ta re futanda non

re c ipiunt , e t a iunt , Testamentum ve tus ab rog atum e sse , quod Pau lus do c e at ,H eb r . v i ii . Mosem i tem h ab e re te c tam e t vela tam fac iem .

—Bul l ing . Adv. Anab apt .

T iguri. 1560 . Lib . n . c ap. xv . p .

88 T H E CATHOL IC DOCTR IN E [ART .

A braham rejo ice d to se e my day. Abraham above hopebe l ie ve d unde r hope , tha t h e should b e th e fa ther o f manynations .

1 Pc t , 10 ,

Of which sa lva tion th e prophe ts have inquire d and searched .

This truth wa s ne ve r doubte d o f in th e church o f God,

and publicly a cknowledge d by some confess ions ‘.

The adversa r ies u nto th is tru th .

They are no t then to b e he ard, which think th e fa the rs,and fa ithful pe ople be fore Christ h is time , hope d only for tempora l , and no t for spiri tua l ; and if for spiri tua l, ye t no t for

Pse l. liii. 1 . e te rna l happine ss ; a s did many o f th e Jewish athe ists , andA c ts xxxii. 2 8. Sadduc e e s, and do th e Family o f Lo ve , which make th e

promises o f happine ss by tempora l ble ssings to b e a ecomplish ed in this trans i tory l ife .

Hence H. N .

2ve ry s trange ly allegoriz e th o f th e land o f

promise , when h e ca lle th i t, Th e go od land o f th e upright, andconco rdable life ; and sa ith tha t Th e lovely be ing or na tureo f th e love is th e life , pea ce , and j oy, mentione d Rom. xiv. 6

and th e land o f promise , whe re in honey and m ilk fiowe th ,I n h ls b

fipk spoken o f Exod . i ii. a . xiii . a . D e ut . vi ii . b . This and moree

srir Lgm d o f a grea t dea l to this e ffe ct ha th H. N.

e ac e ,’

c

10, & c .

1

5235.

4.

P ropo s i t ion I II .

Chr is tians a re not bound a t a ll to the o bserva tion of the

Juda ica l ceremonies .

T h e pro o f f rom th e w o rd o f God.

Tha t ne i the r th e who le law ce remonia l of th e Jews, norany part there of, is ne ce ssarily to b e obse rve d of us Christians,

[1

c e rtissimum e s t, e o s qu i ante le g em e t sub le g e fu erunt, no n'

omnino de stitu

tos fu is se e vange l io . Hab ue runt enim promis sione s e vange lic as ins igne s ,b ue runt autem ve tc re s non tantum e xte rnas ve l te rre nas , sed spirituale s e tiamc oele ste sque promissione s in Ch ris ta — H armon. C o nt. Gene v. 158 1 . pp . 1 2 4, 5.

C onf . He lv. Po st . c . x ii i . U t autem b ene fi c ia hujus Mediato ris no ta e ssent g e ne rih umano , e t nob is applic are ntur, e di ta e s t promissio Sta tim ini tio pos t laps umprimo rum parentum , & c .

— I b id. p . 1 2 9. Conf . Saxon. Art . I I I . ][2 But a s long a s th ey dwe l l in th e h orr ib le confused land, th e y unde rstand no t

th a t th ey are de cayed and co rrupted, no r ye t th a t th ey h ave m issed th e true e ntranceto th e good land o f th e uprigh t and conco rdab le l i fe , & c .

—H. N . Sp iritua l Land o f

P e a ce , c ap. xv i i i . 10 . p . 32 . Fo r th e same lo ve ly b e ing o f th e lo ve , is th e l i fe,pea ce (Rom . and joy, and th e land o f prom ise ( E xod. i i i . a . x i i i . a . ;

De ut. v 1ii. wh e re in h oney and milk flow e th .— lb id. c ap. xxv . 4 . p . 40 . b . ]

I b id. p. 7.

Barrow’

s dis

c o v. pag . 1 2 7.

1 Reply,se c t . l , 2 .

A natom . o fa b use s. 2

Part. D . b .

90 T HE CATHOLIC D OCTRIN E [ART .

that it ye t rema ine th : which shewe th , tha t though all th e o the rw e re ceremonial , and the re fore h ad an end, this (sabba th)[only] wa s mora l, and the re fore abide th s till .

T h e commandment (o f sanctifying e ve ry seventh day, a sin th e M osa ic a l D eca logue) is na tura l, mora l, and perpe tua l(is the ir do c trine l .)

P ropos i tion IV.

T he judicia l laws of the Jews a r e not necessa r ily to be r eceived,

or es ta blished in a ny commonwea lth .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

T h e truth here of appeare th by th e apostle s’ de cre e ; whichshewe th whe reunto only th e pr imitive church ne cessarily wastied .

By th e apostle s ’ doctrine , which enjoine th Christians toyie ld obedience unto th e o rdinance s o f the ir lawful gove rnorsand commanders whoso eve r.

By th e apostle s ’ example , and name ly of th e ble sse dSt Paul , wh o to ok benefit, and made good use o f th e Roman

and imperia l laws .

A dversa ries unto this tru th .

T his truth ne ithe r is, nor eve r wa s, oppugned by anychurch . Only among ourse lve s some think us ne ce ssarilytie d unto all th e judic ials o f Mose s ; as th e Brownists 2 . For

they say T h e laws j udicia l o f Mose s b e long a s we ll untoChristians a s they did unto th e Jews .

Others, tha t we are bound , though no t unto all, ye t untosome o f th e judic ials ; a s ho lde th T . C .

3, and Philip Stubs 4

[1 Nic . Bownde

s Do ctrine o f th e Sabb a th , Lond. 1 595. Book I . pp . 1 1 , 2 0,41 ,

[2 Bu t th e s tatu te s and judgements o f God wh i ch a re de l ive red and e xpounded

unto us by h is h o ly proph e ts , endure fo r e ve r ; th e pure w isdom, th e uprigh t jus tic e ,th e true e xpo s i tion and fa i th ful e xe cu tion o f h is mo ra l law : w h i ch laws w e re no t

made for the Jew s ’ s ta te only (a s Mr C a lv in h a th tau gh t) b u t fo r all mankind ,

espe cia lly for a ll th e I srae l o f God,f rom wh ich l aw s i t is no t law fu l in judg ement to

va ry or de cl ine e i th e r to th e one h and o r to th e o th e r .—Ba rrow ’

s D isco ve ry o f the

False Ch urch , 1590 . p .[3 The re a re also c iv il punishments , and punishments o f th e b ody l ikew ise ,

appo inted b y th e w o rd o f God, in dive rs pla ce s in E xodus . He th at sa c rific e th to

o the r gods , and no t to th e Lo rd alone sh a l l die the exe cution o f th is

VIL ] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 91

P ropos i t ion V .

No Christian man whosoever is f reed f rom the obedience

of the law mor a l.

T h e pro o f f rom God’s w o rd.

Think not tha t I am come to de s troy th e law or th e pro fia tl

t

év . 17,

ph e ts : I am not come to de stroy them, but to fulfil them.

For truly I say unto you (sa i th our Saviour Chris t) til l he avenand e arth p e rish , one j o t or one tittle o f th e law sha l l nots cape , till all things b e fulfi lle d : whosoeve r the re fore sha llbreak one o f the se least commandments , and tea ch men so ,

sha l l b e cal le d th e le ast in th e kingdom o f heaven, &c .

I f thou wilt ente r into l ife , ke ep th e commandments, &c . Matt . xix.

T hou sha lt not kill ; Thou sha l t not comm it adulte ry ; Thou1 7’ 18’ 19'

sha l t not stea l ; T hou sha lt no t be ar fa lse w itne ss ; Honourthy fa the r and thy mo the r .

D o we make th e law o f none e ffe ct through fa ith ? God Rom . iii. 31 .

forbid : yea , we e stablish th e law. Circumcision i s no thing, 1 0m m , 19,

and uncircumcis ion is no thing , but th e ke eping o f th e c om

mandments of God. T h e public confe ssions o f th e churche s A rt. xxm .

o f God in France 5 and Belgia agre e with this doctr ine .

m ’ n v‘

law appe are th in th e Chro . by king A sa , wh o made a law, th a t all th ose tha t did

no t se ek the Lo rd sh ou ld b e ki l led. And th us you se e th e civ i l punishment o fcontemne rs o f th e w o rd and p raye rs .

—C artw righ t, Firs t Reply , p . 2 8.

th e judic ial laws are pe rm i tted to th e dis cre t ion o f the prince and mag is tra te , ye t no tso ge ne ra l ly as you seem to a ffirm , and as I h ave o ftent ime s sa id, th a t no t onlyi t mu st no t b e done aga ins t th e w o rd, b ut a cco rding to the w o rd and by it . -I b id.

p . 36 . Se e a lso Se cond R e ply, 1 575. p .

[4 S . Wh a t kind o f punishment w ou ld y ou h ave appo inted for th e se no to rious

b loody sw e are rs ’

! P . I w ou ld w ish (if i t ple ased God) th a t i t w e re made de a th : Fo rw e re ad in th e law o f God, th a t wh osoe ve r b lasph emed the Lo rd, w as presentlys toned to death , w i th ou t all remorc e . Wh i ch law j udic ia l s tande th in fo rce to th ew o rld’s end.

—S tub s ’ Ana tom ie o f Abuse s , Lond. 1 585. p .

[5 Le g is tamen do ctrina e t proph e tis nob is u tendum e s t , tum ad v i tam mostram

formandam ,tum u t e o mag is in promissionib us evange lic is c onfirmemur.—H a rm .

C onf . p . 1 2 9. E x Ga l l . Conf . Art . xxm . In te r im temen mane t nob is illarum[se . c eremoniarum le g is] ve ri tas e t sub s tantia in Ch ris to , in quo omne s imple ta

fuerunt . I de oque le g is e t prOph e tarum testimoniis adh uc u timur,u t nos ipso s in

evangelu do ctrina c onfirmemu s : e t omnem v i tam mo stram h one ste ad D e i glo r iamjux ta ipsius voluntatem, c omponamus .

—I b id. E x Belg . Conf . Art. xxv .]

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

T he errors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is tr uth .

Whereby a re condemned, a s mos t w icked and unsound,th e opinions

Of th e Maniche e s ‘, wh o found fault with th e whole law o f

God a s wicke d, and proce e ding no t from th e true God, butfrom th e prince o f darkne ss .

Of Brownist Glove r 2 , whose opinion was, Tha t love new

is come in th e place o f th e ten commandments .

Of Johanne s Islebius, and h is fo llowe rs , th e Antinomie s 3,wh o will no t have God ’s law to b e pre a che d, nor th e c on

science s o f sinners to b e terrified and trouble d w ith th e

j udgments o f God.

giggls‘e f

'

s Of Bannis te r “ (among ourse lve s) wh o he ld, h ow it is

utte rly e vi l for th e e le ct so much a s to think , much le ss tospeak or hear o f th e fea r o f God (which th e law preache th).

ART ICLE VI II .

Of the thre e Cre e ds .

(1 ) T h e th ree Creeds , Ni cene Cr eed, A th a na sius’

Creed,

a nd th a t wh ich is c ommonly ca lled th e Apos tles’

Cr eed,

ough t th orough ly to be r e c eived a nd believed. For (2 ) th eym ay be proved by mos t cer ta in w a rra nts of h o ly Sc ripture .

T he propositions .

1 . T h e Nicene , Athanas ian, and Aposto l ica l Cre eds ought.to b e re ce ive d and be lie ve d .

[1 U nde au tem tib i vide tu r le gem Mo ysi nih il a Paganismo dis tare l - Augus tO pp.

P ar . 1 836 -8 . T om . V I I I . CO1. 46 1 . Cont . Fa us t . L ib . xv I . c . 10 . Cf . e tiam L ib b .

X V I I -X I X . Non quo d Le gem j uxta — Ib id. T om . I I . c o l.

2 62 . E pist . 75. a ] . l l . Le gem pe r famu lum D e i Moysem da tam,non a ve ro D e o

dic unt (Manic h ze i), s ed a pr incipe teneb rarum .—I b id. c ol. 1 2 89. E pis t. 2 36.

3 1.

[2 Bredwell

s De te ction, London , 1 568 . p .

[3 C lamo re s e t fu ro re s A ntinomo rum de tollenda legis do ctrina ex e ccle s ia , &c .

Sim. P aul . Me th od. Se c . Pars , Magdeb . 1573 . D e Lege D e i, p . 54. b . Cf . p . 2 . b .

I sleb io mo ta , &c .]

[4 Th is wo rk the edito r has b een unab le to mee t w i th . ]

94 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Propos i t ion I I .

T he three Creeds, viz . , the N icene, A tha na sia n, a nd of theApos tles, m ay be proved by the Ho ly Scr ipture .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Than this a ssertion no thing is more true : for th e cre eds,I mean the se thre e cre eds, spe ak firs t,

Of one and th e same God, wh o1 we are to b e l ieve is for

gap e ssence but one , in pe rsons thre e , viz . th e Fa the r , th eI COr-vu i 4 Crea tor ; th e Son, th e Rede eme r ; th e Ho ly Ghost, th e SaneE ph . iv. 5, ii.

t Ifie r . Next o f th e pe ople o f God, t ch we mus t th Ink andl 7 .

8 .b eh ove I S,

aura.T h e ho ly and ca tho l ic Church .

Ga l. iIi. 1 3 .

f ighiiiiwé .

T h e communion o f sa ints ,gf

o r 1 2 1 . Pardone d o f all the ir s ins ,mf

g-

334, And a ppo inte d to arise from dea th , and to enj oy e te rna l30 113

1

52 .

l ife , bo th in body and soul .E sa . IN . 2 .

P S-“ XU ”4~ A c ts 1 8: & c . E ph . u . 1 4. Rev . v. 9. E ph . iv. 15. I C o r. x . 1 6 . Heb . x . 2 5. I 1

112 53 . IXIY

353 “ 1 11 . 2 3, & c . Co l. ii . 13. Jo h . v. 2 8 . 1 Cor. xv. Ph i l. Iii . 2 1 . Joh . v i . 39. 1 Pe t . i.

ev. xx 1 .

A dversa r ies unto th is tru th .

T here fore w e are enemie s to all a dve rsarie s o f this doctrine , or any whit o f th e same in them comprise d , whe the rthey b e A the ists , Jews , Sadduce e s , Ebionite s , T rith e ite s ,

Anti-T rinitarians , Apo llinar ians , Ar ians, Maniche e s , Ne storians,Origenians, T urks, Papists, Familists, Anabaptists , or wh o

so eve r.

A RT I CLE IX.

Of Origina l , or Birth-sin.

(1 ) Orig ina l s in s tande th no t in th e f o llow ing of Adam,

(a s th e P e la gia ns do va inly ta llc bu t (2 ) i t is th e f a ult

a nd co rruption of th e na ture of every m a n,th a t na tura lly

is ing ender ed of th e ofispring of Adam , w h ereby ma n is very

f a r gone f rom origina l r igh teousness , a nd is 2 inclined to

[1 w h om ,

0

[2 So 1 607 and 1633. And is o f h is own nature inc l ined &c . ,

Ix .] OF T HE CH URCH OF E NGLAND . 95

e vil, so th a t th e f lesh lus te th3aga inst th e spirit ; a nd th ere

f or e in every person born into th e w or ld, i t deserve th God’

s

w r a th a nd damna tion. (3) And th is inf e c tion of na tur e

do th r ema in, yea in th em th a t a re r eg enera ted, wh ereby th elus t of th e flesh , ca lled in Greek gbpo

unna o aps o‘

s, wh ichsome do expound th e w isdom , s ome th e sensua lity , some th e

afiec tion, s ome th e desire , of th e flesh , is no t su bjec t to th e

la w of God. And a lth ough th ere is no condemna tion f orth em th a t belie ve a nd a r e bap tiz ed, ye t th e apos tle do th

c onf ess th a t (4) conc upiscence a nd lus t h a th of itself th e

na ture of sin.

T he propositions .

1 . T he re is origina l sin.

2 . Origina l sin is th e fault, and corruption of th e na tureo f e ve ry man, &c .

3 . Origina l sin rema ine th in God h is dear children.

4 . Concupiscence , even in th e regenera te , is sin.

P ropos i t ion I .

There is or igina l sin .

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

In th e holy Scripture we find o f origina l sin, th e cause ,th e subj e ct, and th e e ff e cts : th e cause the re of is Adam ’

s fa ll, Rom v.1 C o r. xv . 2 1 .partly by th e subtle suggestions o f th e de vi l, partly through

h is own fre ewill ; and th e propaga tion o f Adam h is corrupte dna ture unto his se e d and poste rity .

Except a man b e born aga in, h e canno t se e th e kingdom Jo h . m. 3.

o f God, sa ith our Saviour Christ. As by one man sin ente re d Rom . v. 1 2 .

into th e world , and de a th by sin, and so dea th went ove r allmen : fora smuch a s all men have s inned, sa ith S t Paul . As

new-born babe s , de sire th e s ince re m ilk o f th e word , tha t yemay grow the reby, sa ith St Pe te r . And St Jame s, Of his Jam es i. 18 .

own will b ega t h e us with th e word o f truth , tha t we shouldb e as th e first fruits o f his cre a ture s . And th e forementione dA postle Paul aga in, Yo u tha t we re dea d in tre spasse s and E ph . iio 1 3

s ins , &c . , and we re by na ture th e children o f wra th , as we l la s o thers . But God, which Is r ich Inme rcy,

through h is grea tlove whe rewith h e lo ve d us, e ven when we were de ad bys ins, ha th quickene d us toge the r in Christ, &c .

[3 Lus te th a lways aga inst &c . ,

Matt. xii. 34.

B o rn vu i. 7 .

1 Co r. ii. 14.

1 Jo h n ii i. l ,6 : v . 19, 2 0 .

Ma tt . v . 19.Ac ts vii. 3 9,6: xv . 9 .

Rom . l . 2 ]

Jame s i . 13,1 4.

Matt xv 10 .

I Jo h n I ll. 2 l .

Rom . I . 1 8 .

C o l. iii. 5, 6 .

Jo hn V lll. 2 4.

Ro m . v . 1 2 .

Jam e s i. 15.

R om . v . 18 .

Conf . He lv. I .

A rt . V I I I . Gr1 1 . c 8.

Ba s il. A rt . 1 1 .

Bo h em . c . 4.

Ga l. A rt. IX .

X I .

Be lg . A rt.X V .August. Art .I . Sa xon.Art. I I .

96 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Th e subj e c t there of is th e old man,w ith all h is powe rs,

m ind , will, and he art . Fo r in t h e m ind the re is darkne ss ,and ignorance o f God, and his will : and in th e w ill , and he arto f man there is concupiscence , and rebe llious a ff e ctions aga ins tth e law o f God.

And th e e ffe cts of this birth , or o rigina l sin, are firsta ctua l s ins ; and they bo th inwa rd , a s ungodly a ffe ctions ; andoutward , as w icke d lo oks , profane spe e ch , and dev ilish a ctionsnext, an evi l conscience , which bringe th th e wra th o f God

,

dea th , and e te rnal damnation.

All churche s o f God be lieve this , and some in the ir publicconfe ss ions l te stify so much .

[1 A tque 11 c lue s

,quam o rig inalem vo c ant

, genu s to tum sic pe rvasit , u t nul laope irm filius inimic usque D e i n is i div ina pe r C hris tum curari po tue rit .

—H arm . C onf .

Se ct . W . p . 72 . C o nf . Helv. P rio r . Art . V I I I . Fu i t h omo ab ini tio a D e o c onditus

ad imag inem D e i, & c . s ed ins tinc tu se rpent is e t sua cu lpa a b oni ta te e t re c titudinedefic iens , pe ccato mo rti variisque c alamita tibu s factus e s t o b no xius . E t qualis fac tuse s t laps a , tale s sunt omne s qui ex ipso pro gna t i sunt pe cca to , inquam ,

m o rti, var iisque ob noxii c alamita tib us — Ib id. p . 67 . C onf . Helv . Po s t . c ap. V I I I . Confitemur

h om inem ab initio se cundum D e i factum . E s t autem sua

sponte lapsu s in pe c c a tum per quem lapsum to tum humanum g enus c orruptum e t

damna tioni ob noxium factum es t .— Ib id. p . 72 . C onf . Bas il . Art . I I .

manda tum D e i transgre ssus e st in e o , quod diab o lo e t mendac ib us ve rb is h ujus oh

temperavit & c . a tque ita tam s e quam g enus suum in pe c c atum e t mortem , omnis

qu e g ene ris in h o c v i ta m ise ri as , e t poenas insupe r ae te rnas prae c ipitavit .— I b id . p .74. Conf . Boh em . c ap . I v . Credimus h om inem , c re a tum purum e t inte g rum e t

imag ini D e i confo rmem ,sua ipsius cu lpa e xc idisse a g ra tia quam ade o

u t ipsius na tura sit prorsus co rrupta , e t omnem illam inte gri ta tem , s ine u l la p ro rsus e x ceptions , amiserit .

— Ib id. p . 77 . C onf . Gal. Art. I x . Credimus ho c v i tiume ss e ve re pe c c a tum , qu od omnes e t singulo s h om ine s , ne parvulis q u idem exc eptis

adhuc in u te ro m a trum delite sc entib us , ae ternaa mo rtis re o s co ram D e o pe rag at .

I b id. Art . xI . Credimus Adam i inob edientia pe c c a tum quod vo c ant o rig ini s , into tum genus humanum sparsam , e t e ffusum fuisse . E st a utem pe c c a tum o rig inisc orruptio to tius na tura: e t v i tium h e redi tarium, quo e t ips i infante s in ma tris u te ropollu t i sunt

,& c .—I b id. p . 79. Conf. Be lg . Art . x v . I tem do cent quod pos t lapsum

Adaa, omne s h om ine s na tura l i modo propaga ti nascente s h ab e ant pe c c a tum o rig inis

Intellig imus au tem pe c c a tum o rig inis re a tum , quo nasce nte s propte r Ada; lapsumre i sunt irae D e i e t mo r t is aate rnze : e t ipsam c orruptionem humanae na tures propagatam ab Adam .

—I b id. p . 80 . C onf . A ug . 1 540 . Art . I I . I tem docent, quod po s tlapsum Adae omne s h omine s se cundum na turam p ropagat i na sc antur c um pe cca to,110 0 e s t s ine m e tu D e i, s ine fiducia e rga D eum, e t c um c onc upis c entia .

—I b id. Conf.

1531 . D ic imus omne s h omine s pos t lapsum primo rum pare ntum , qui nasc antur

e x commissione m aris e t fem inze ,nasce nte s se cum a ff e rre pe c c a tum o rIg Ims ,

Ho s de fe c tus e t h anc to tam depravationem dic imus e sse pe c c a tum , non tantumpoenam pecca ti, &c .

— I b id. p . 85. Conf. Sax . Art . I I . ]

98 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

be ing ho ly and r ighte ous s till, h e might have been pre se rve din th e favour o f God‘; which D . B . de l ive re th in h is sabba thdoctrine .

5. We are a lso adve rsarie s to th e l ike curiously affe cte dwh o enquire 2 ,

Whe the r i t was God’s will tha t Adam should fa l l ?Whe the r God enforce d our firs t parents to fa ll ?Why God staye d no t Adam from fa lling?&c .

P ropos i t ion I I .

Or igina l sin is the f a ult a nd corr uption of the na tureof every man,

T h e pro of f rom God’

s w o rd.

Origina l sin is no t th e imita tion o f Adam h is disobediencefor th e scripture speake th o f no such thing ; ne i the r do thGod’s pe ople so think ; and some churche s , by the ir e xtant

Conf . Gal. confe ss ions , w ith us deny th e same ; a s th e church in France ,and th e Low Countrie s 3 : but it is partly th e imputa tion of Adam

I’

iéiii fri

ig, 16. h is disobedience unto us, and partly th e faul t and corruptionC onf. A ug .

A rt. n . o f man’

s na ture , a s th e churche s “ a lso a cknowledge .

Saxon. A rt.I I VVittem b .

It4. [

1 Nay ,wh a t a b lo ckish pre sumpt ion w e re I t for a man to th Ink th a t Adam w as

1

1

1

23:93 '

b ound to sancti fy th e Sab b a th , a cco rding to th e Commandment th a t b e ing h o ly andi

llgl'

vrigh te ous s til l , h e m igh t h ave b e en prese rved in the favo ur o f God fo r e ve r , and th a t

I I . c . 8 . Gaf. w e make le ss a ccount o f th e se m e ans , &c .— I b id. Bk. I I . p .

£339; c ap. [2 Reliquas quaes tione s , an D e us volue rit lab i Adamum , au t impulerit ad lap

4 A ugu s t. sum ? au t quare lapsum non impedive rit? e t s imi le s qumstione s depu tamus inte r

A rt. I I .

Saxon,A rt . c urIo sas , & c .

—Co l l . C onf. p . 478 . Conf. He lv. Po s t. V I I I . ]E

'

JVI t‘emb ’

[3 Credimu s to tem Adam i sob olem h a c contag ione infe ctam e sse

,quam pe cca

tum o rig inale vo c amu s,v i tium v ide l i ce t ex propaga tione m anans , non a u tem e x imi

tatione duntaxa t, s ic u t Pe lag iani se nse runt .— I larm . Conf . Se ct . W . p . 77 . C o nf.

Ga l l . Art. x . Pelag ianorum e rrorem damnamu s , qui h o c pe c c a tum o r ig inis nih i lal iud e sse asse runt , quam imitationem.

—I b . p . 80 . Conf. Be lg . Art. x v . ][4 Pe c c a tum autem intelligimus e sse nativam illam h om inis c orruptionem ,

e x

prim is i ll is no stris parentib us , in no s omne s de riva tam ve l prOpagatam, qua co ncnpis c e ntiis pravis imme rs i, n ih i l b oni ex nob is ipsis fa c e I e , imo me Cog i ta re quidempo ssumus .

- I h . p . 67 . Conf. He lv. Po s t . V I I I . P e c c a tum orig inale v idel ice t e x propagatione m anans .

— I h . p . 7 7. Conf. Ga l l . Art . x . e t

h ze re ditariurn pe c c a tum o r ig inis in quo omne s c onc ipimur e t in h unc mundum nascim ur.

—I h . p . 74. Conf. Bo h em . c ap. I v . 1 h . p . 80. C onf. Aug . 1540 . Art. I I . Vid.

supra , p . 96 . n. 1 . E s t itaq ue pe c c a tum o rig inis , e t propte r lapsum primo rum

parentum e t propte r h anc deprava tio nem qua: lapsum s e cuta e s t, nascente s re o se sse irae D e i e t dignos aete rna damna tione , & c .

— Ib id. p . 85. C onf. Saxon. Art . I I .Credimus e t c onfitemur hominem ini tio au tem propte r ino b edientiam Spiri tu sanc to malum non in uno tantum Adamo COD-o

s titisse , sed propaga ri in omnem pos te ritatem oj us .— I b id. p . 88 . Conf . Vit temb .

c ap. I v. ]

Ix.] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 99

The adversa ries unto this truth .

Adversarie s unto this truth are ,

T h e Pe lagians 5, and Family o f Love “,wh o say tha t Augu st. de

Pe c . Me ritis ,

o rig ina l sm come th not by propaga t ion, but by Imita tion. g iggly-

in

Such a s a scr ibe origina l sin in no s ort unto man, but A llen'

8 0 0 0 f

e ithe r unto God, a s did th e Hermogenians", or unto th e de vil , Tertul.a s did th e Va lentinians 8 August.

Th e Manich e e s g, wh o pre a che d tha t this sin is ano th e r $15nde

and a contra ry substance w i thin us , and pro ce ede th 10 no t fromo ur corrupte d na ture .

T h e A pol linarians ", wh o he ld origina l sin to b e from A th an. de in

carn. Ch ristI.

nature .

T h e Papists”,wh o a ffirm, th a t some pe rsons, and name ly Conc i'- Tfid~

Se ss. 5. de c r.

th e Virgin Mary, is fre e from this origina l sin.

(

Ai

lb

lie

lffagi i

g'

74, s upe rE vang .

M issu s e st ,& c . Pau lusP ropo si t ion I I I .de Pala tio , mo o o o o o 0 Ma tt. c . 1 1

Or ig ina l s in r ema ineth in God h is dea r ch i ldren. p. 463.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

I a llow no t tha t which I do ; for wh a t I would, tha t do Rom . vu . 15.

I not ; but wha t I ha te , tha t do I ; sa ith S t Paul .”

[5

pe c c atum non propagatione in al ios h om ines ex pr imoh om ine , sed imita tione trans isse .

—Augus t. Opp. Paris . 1 836-38. T om. x . c ol. 196.

D e Pe c c at . Me r. Lib . I .

[6 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve rify. ][7 N e scio qua possit e vade re sententia Hermo g enis , qui Deum , quoquomodo

de ma te ria ma lum c ondidit , s ive vo luntate , s ive ne ce ss i ta te , s ive rat ione , non putetma l i auc torem.

—T e rtull. Opp. Lut . 1634. p . 2 73. D . Adv. H e rm. c .[3 T h e edi to r has b e en unab le to ve r i fy th is re fe rence . ]

[9 C arnalem c onc upis c entiam, qua ca ro c onc upisc it adve rsu s spiritum , non ex

vitia ta in pr imo h om ine na tu ra nob is inesse infirmita tem ; sed sub stant iam volunt

e sse contrar iam ; s ic nob is adh ze rentem , u t quando lib e ramur a tque purgamur separe tur a nob is , e t in sua na tura e tiam ipsa immortaliter v ivat .- Aug ust . Opp. T om.

V I I I . c o l. 52 . D e Ha re s . x lv i . ]P ro ce eded,

[I 1 T i y a

p are-

pi.frfis a

'

yuap'r t'

a s (Spigo'

ne vm.fra ii‘ra Aa l e

t r e, (pvmmjv e iua r ‘rn

v

a'

nap'

r ia v Aé 'yo v'

re s ,K a

-rd T du da efié o

'

r a r o v Ma mxa i o v T a il-r rr OUT-w e (ppm/ s i r e ,K a T ii'yopO I. y w o

'

p e vor. 7 0 17 dwu o up'

y o fi Tns ¢ Iia ews .—A th anas . Opp. Co lon. 1686.

T om. I . p . 62 7 . c . D e Incarn. Ch ris ti .][1 2 D e c larat tamen h ee c ipsa sanc ta synodus , non esse su re intentionis compre

h endere in h o c de cre to , ub i de pe cca to o rig ina l i ag i tu r , b e a tam e t immac ula tam

Virginem Mar iam,D e i gene tric em.

—Conc il. Harduin. Pa ris . 1 7 1 4. T om . x . c o l. 2 9.

Conc . Trid. Se ss . v . D e c re t . de Pe c c . Orig . 5. a quo fui tb ea tis s ima Virgo in u te ro sanc tific a ta .

—A lb e rt. Mag . Opp. Lugd. 1651 . T om . x x .

p . 38 . Supe r M issus . Q ums t . 36 . 2 . T he edi to r h as be en unab le to me e t w i th thewo rk o f Paulus de Pala tio h e re re fe rred to . ]

1 00 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Gal v. 17 T h e fle sh luste th aga inst th e spirit, and th e spiri t aga ins tth e fle sh : so tha t ye canno t do th e same things tha t ye would .

Jame s 1 14 ‘Every man is tempted , when h e is drawn away by h is ownconcupiscence , and is enticed .

l Pe t . ii. l l . De arly be loved , I bese e ch you a s strange rs absta in fromflesh ly lusts, which fight aga inst th e soul .”No thing is more true in th e judgement o f God’s People ] .

The errors a nd adversa r ies unto th is tru th .

We s tand the re fore in this po int,C

.

Lg o

2o o 0

33255855.A ga inst th e Pa pists wh o say , tha t origInal 8 1 11 was no t

36 ° “ 5‘at all, much le ss rema ine d in th e Virgin Mary.

R h em . amno t . Rom . v14.

Aga inst Giselb e rtus 3 , whose doctrine is , tha t baptism onceI I

i

0 o 0 oStii'ga t

mb re ce ive d , there Is In th e bapti zed no Sln a t all, e i th e r o rigina lSynag . 6x

E c c les . c . a. or a ctua l .

[1 Nam si qu id frugis h ic b onae supers tes e s t , vitiis nostris ass idue deb ilitatum , in

pej us ve rg i t. Supe ra t e nim ma l i Vis , e t ne c ra t ionem pe rsequi, ne c mentis div ini tatem exc ole re s init .—Harm . Conf . W . p . 72 . C onf. Helve t . Prio r. Art . V I I I . D o c emus

regene ra t is remane re infirmita tem . C um enim inh ab ite t in nob is pe c c a tum ,e t

caro in rena tis ob luc te tur Spiritui, in fiuem usque v i ta no stras , non e xpedite -

omnino

pe rfic iunt re g enera ti qu od ins titue i ant .- Ib id. p . 7 1 . Conf. Helv. P os t . Ix. N o t

s ta ted in th e Confe ss ion o f Basle . Vid. I b id . p . 72 . Conf. Basil . Art . I r. Aflirmamusquoque ho c v i tium , e tiam post b aptismum, e sse ve re pec c a tum quod

~ad culpam a ttine t

quamvis qu i fi l i i D e i sunt m inime idc irc o c ondemnentur pree te re a h anc pe rve rs ita tem sempe r ede re fructus aliquo s mal itina e t reb e llionis ade o u t e tiam qui sanctita te e xce l l a nt, quamvis ci re s is tant , mu l tis tamen infirmita tib us e t delic tis s int c ontaminati, quamdiu in h oe mundo ve rsantur.—I b id . p . 77 . Conf . Ga l l . -Art . x i . A l iasunt pecca ta in rena tis re tinentibus fidem e t b onam c onsc ientiam, (111 213 non sunt c o rruptela: fundamenti, ne c sunt de l ic ta contra c onsc ientiam , s ed sunt re l iqu iae pe cca tio rig in is , cal igo , dub itationes , c arnalis se c uritas

,&c .

—I b id. p . 87 . C onf. Saxon.

Art. X L ][2 N os ve ro do c trinam illam disse rentem glo rio sam virg inem D e i gene tric em

Mariam , prmveniente e t ope rante div ini numinis g ra tia sing ulari, nunquam ac tualite r

subjac uis se o rig ina l i pe cca to ; sed immunem sempe r fuisse ab Omn i o rig inal i e ta c tuali cu lpa , sanc tamque e t imma c ula tam ; tanquam piam e t consonam c ultui

e ccle siastico , fide i c a th olic ze re ctae ra tioni e t sac rae sc ripturas , ab omnib us c a th o lic is

approb andam fo re tenendam e t ample c tendam diffinimus e t de c laramus , &c .

C onc il. Ha rduiu . Paris . 1 7 15. T om . V I I I . c o l. 12 66 . Conc il. Basi l . Se ss . x x x v i .Sin did re ign,

and the re upon de ath and damnat ion even till Mose s inc lusive}, th at

is to say, e ven til l th e e nd o f h is law . And th at no t in th em only wh ich ac tual lys inned as Adam did, b ut in infants w h ich ne ve r did actual ly o ff end, b u t only w e reb o rn and conce ived in C h ris t o nly e xcepted, b e ing conce ived w i th ou t man’

s

se ed, and h is mo the r fo r h is hono ur and b y h is spe cia l p ro te ction (as many godlyde vou t men j udge ) prese rved from th e same .

— Te s t. Rh em . Rh eme s , 1582 . Anno t.Rom . V .

[3 The re is apparentl y an e rro r in the re fe rence . ]

1 Pe t. ii. 1 1 .Rom . V ii. 2 3.

Bo rn . viii. 1 .

Ga l. v. 1 7,2 1 .

Jame s i. 14,1 5.

C 0 1. iii. 5.

1 Pe t . ii. 1 1 .

Co nfess.

He lv. I I . c . 9.Sax. A rt . I I .x .

Cont"

. Aug.

A rt . 1 1 .

Ca te ch . Trid..

pres c ept . 9.

1 02 T HE CATHOLIC D OCTRIN E [A RT .

figh te th aga inst bo th th e soul and th e law of th e mind, andthe re fore (but tha t the re is no condemna tion to them whichare in Christ Je sus) i t bringe th de a th and damna tion.

“ Mortify the re fo re your memb ers which are upon earth ,(sa ith S t Paul unto th e Co lo ss ians)

“ fornica tion, uncle anne s s ,th e inordina te a ff e ction,

e vi l concupiscence , &c . ; for th e

which things ’ sake th e wra th o f God come th on th e childreno f disobedience .

And unto a ll Christians S t Pe te r, I be se e ch you, a s strangers , absta in from fle shly lusts .

T o th e same purpose is bo th th e do ctrine , and confe ss ions ‘

of God’s pe ople .

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is tru th .

There fore we mislike the ir opinions , a s unsound , which saytha t concupiscence e ither is no sin a t all, o r but a venia l sin

th e forme r wa s an a sse rtion o f th e Pe lagians 2 , and is o f th e

Papists ; tha t latte r wa s one o f Glo ve r ’s 3 e rrors .

Francis , th e monk o f Co len, counte d concupiscence no

sin, but sa id it wa s a s na tura l , and so no more o ff ens ive be foreGod for man to lust , than for th e sun to ke ep h is course .

Pe trus Lomb ardus “ sa i th , tha t concupiscence a fore baptismis bo th a punishment and a sin ; but a fte r baptism is no sin,

but only a punishment .T h e church o f Rome bo th tea che th 5, tha t th e pow e r o f

lusting is not, but th e u se o f w icke d concupiscence is e vil, and

[1 H arm . Conf . I v . p . 7 1 . Conf . He lv . P os t . c ap. i x . Se e 1 .

pi'

e sse nominamu s hmc ma la deprava tionem qu a sa pe nominatur ab antiq uis s crip .

to rib us ma la ma lam c onc upis c entiam dic imus e sse pe ccatum ..—I b id. p . 86. Conf. Sa xon. Art . I I . Reprehende ndus e st e tiam e rro r adve rsariorum qui dic unt m a lum c onc upis c entiee nob iscum nascens non e sse pe c c a tum

ne c ma lum pugnans c um l e g e se u vo lunta te D e i c onfite a tur ve ro do lore , adhuc inrenato mu l ta pe cca ta e t magnas so rde s e ss e dignas ira D e i. .—Ib id. Art . I x . ][2 Damnant Pe lagiano s qu i ne gant pe c c a tum o rig inis e t sentiunt de fe c tus illos

seu c onc upis c entiam e ss e re s indiff e rente s seu posnas tantum , & c .—Co ll . Conf . p .

80. Conf. A ug . 1540. Art . I I . ][3 Se e b e low , p . 103 , no te[4 N e e pos t b aptismum re niane t ( c onc upisc entia ) ad rea tum, qu ia non impu ta

tur in pe c c a tum , s ed tantum poena peccat i e s t : ante b aptismu’

m ve ro , poena e st e tculpa,

—Pe t . Lomb a id. Se nt. Co l. A g r. 1576 . Lib . I i . D ist . x x x i i . p .

[5 I taque ho c inte rdi c to (s e . I

'on c onc upisc e s , & c . ) non ipsa c oncupis c e ndi vis ,

qua tum ad b onum,tum ad ma lum u ti l i ce t , sed usus pravaa c upidita tis , quas ca rnis

c onc upisc entia, e t pe cca t i fome s vo c a tur, a c , s i anim i assensionem adjunc tam h ab e a t,sempe r in vitiis numeranda e st, omnino prohib e tur.—Gate ch . C one . Tr id. Rom.

1566 . p .

I x.] o r T H E CHURCH o r E NGLAN D . 1 03

numbere d amongst most grievous s ins ; and de cre e th 6 h ow (5

32335

1.

concup is cence is not sin, but proce ede th from sin, and incline th gs:“ Pec

unto sin.

Glover", th e Brownist, sa id , tha t th e intempera te a ff e ctions 2283351

23?

o f th e mind, issuing from concupiscence , a re but venia l sins .

ART ICLE X .

Of Fre e-Wil l.

(1 ) T h e c ondition of ma n af ter th e f a ll of A dam is

such , th a t h e canno t turn a nd pr epa re h ims elf , by h is own

na tu ra l s treng th a nd good w orks , (2 ) to f a ith a nd ca llingupon God : Wh er ef ore w e h a ve no pow er to do g ood works

plea sa nt a nd a ccepta ble to God, (3) w ith ou t th e gra ce ofGod 8 preventing u s , th a t w e may h a ve a g ood w ill, a nd

working w ith us , wh en w e h a ve th a t good w ill.

The propos itions .

1 . Man o f h is own strength may do outward and evilworks before h e is regenera te .

2 . Man cannot do any work tha t good is and godly,b e ing not ye t regenera te .

3 . Man may pe rform and do good works, when h e is

prevente d by th e grace of Chr ist , and renewe d by th e Ho lyGhost.

[6 Hanc c onc upis c entiam quam aliquando Apo sto l a s pe c c atum appe lla t , sancta

synodus de c lara t e c c le siam c a th o lic am nunquam intellexiss e pe c c atum appe llari,

quod vere e t p roprie in rena tis pe c c atum sit ; sed quia e x pe ccato e st , e t ad pe ccatum inc lina t .—C onc il. Harduiu . P a ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c ol. 2 9. Conc il. Trid. Sess .V. De e r . de Pe cc . Orig .

[7 Then, b e cause h e saw l ikew is e , th a t th e way w as not so smoo th and fa ir,

b u t you sh ould pri ck yo ur fee t o ften with th e th o rns o f concupiscence,and ray

yo ur clo th e s w i th th e clay o f in tempe rate a ff e c tions , h e te l le th y ou th o se b e b utvenial s ins a ga ins t wh i ch you h ave no t grace g ive n you o f God.

—Bredw e ll’s D e

te c tion. Lond. 1568. p . 69. I n p . 1 19 the fo l low ing are g iven as some o f Glo ve r’sOpinions 1 . Th a t th e first mo tions ar e no sin. 2 . Tha t the re are s ins o f th e i r ownnatu re venia l . ][8 Grace o f God b y Chris t preventing us ,

1 04 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

P ropo s i t ion 1 .

flf a n of his own streng th m ay do outwa rd a nd evil works

bef ore he is r egenera te .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd .

We deny no t, tha t man, no t regene ra te , ha th fre e -will todo th e works o f na ture , for th e pre se rva tion of th e body, and

bodily e state ; which thing had and have th e brute beast, andpro fane gentiles , a s i t is a lso w e l l obse rve d in our ne ighbour

O

churche s ‘. Be s ide s , man ha th fre e -will to pe rform th e workso f Sa tan, bo th in thinking , w illing , and do ing tha t which ise vil . For th e imag ina tions o f th e thoughts o f man

s hear tonly are e vi l continua lly , e vi l e ven from h is youth . A truthconfe sse d by our bre thren?

S imon Pa u liMe th . par. 2 .

dc Lib . A r.

E r rors a nd a dversa ries unto th is tru th .

A fa lse pe rsuasion is i t the re fo re , tha t man hath no powe rto move e ithe r h is body so much a s unto outward things , a s

Laur . Va lla 3 dre ame d ; or h is mind unto sin, as th e Mani

[1 Ce te rum nemo me ga t in externis e t regenitos , e t non re g enito s h ab e re l ib e rum

a rb i trium . H ab e t enim h omo h anc c ons titutionem c um animantib us aliis ( qu ibusnon e st infe rio r) c ommunem , u t al ia velit, al ia nolit . —H arm . Se ct . xv . p . 70.

E x. Helv. Conf. Po s t. 0 . 1 x . D e l ib e ro a rb i trio do cent , quod h um ana vo luntas hab ea t aliqua rn lib erta tem ad e ffic ie ndam c ivilem jus tit iam e t deligendas re s ra tioni

subje c tas .-I b id. p . 8 1 . Co nf. Aug . Art. xvn r. E xp re sse dis c e rnimus dis cipl inam

se u j ustitiam quam po te s t e ffic ere h omo non renatus , a j usti t ia fide i, e t novitate dequa c onc iona tur e vange l ium — COM. Saxo n. Ar t. i n . Sempe r in e ccles ia h o

m ine s re cte e rudi ti in h om ine lib erta tem volunta tis ta lem e sse ad re

gendos e xte rno s mo tus memb rorum, qua e tiam non renat i u tc unque discipl inam,

quae e st e x te rna ob edientia j ux ta leg em , prae s tare poss int . —1 b id. Art . IV.

te rnam discipl inam h om ine s na turalib us viribus u tc unque prze s tare possunt . -1 bid.

Art. vrrr. Syl l . C o nf. pp . 2 49, 2 59 ,

[2 Quoad ma lum s ive pe c c a tum ,

h omo non c oac tus ve l a D e o ve l a diab o lo , sed

sua sponte , m a lum faci t ; e t h a c parte lib e rrimi e s t j udic i i .— H arm. Conf . Se ct . W .

p . 69. C onf. He lv. Po st . c ap. xx . S ic b om ini l ib e rum a rb i tr ium trib u imus, ut qui

s c iente s e t volente s age re no s b ona e t ma la e xpe rimu r quod ma la quidem age responte nos tra que amus .

-l b id. p . 7 2 . Conf. Helv . Prio r . Art . rx. H ominis l ibe ravo luntas , quas tamen ad ma lum co nve rsa , pe r lib ii linem e t c upiditate s ma las , pe rve rseque concupiscendo , ma lum deligit . du ze le g is tab ular, pi ima e t se cunda , M os ia D e o da tze sunt u t in prim is se no sc e rent homine s , quod in pe c c a tis conceptie t na ti, e t s ta tim ab o rtu e t na tura sua pe c c a to re s s int , ple nique c upidita tum e t

inc lina tionum se u pro c livita tum m alarum .—I b id. p . 74 . Con f. Bo hem . c ap. i v. ]

[3 E rro r Vallze mu l lam omnino e sse humana: vo lunta tis lib e rta tem , e t iam quod

a il lo c omo tivam attine t, sed omnia e tiam impio rum h ominum sce le ra fie r i fa ta l ine c ess rtate .

—Sim . Paul . Me th . Pa rs Se c . Magde h . 1572 . D e L ib . Arb . p . 93 . b . ]

1 06 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [A RT .

{$323n th e D ona tists‘: and th e same a ffirm th e Anabaptists 2 andZ uing . c ontra Papists . For say th e Papists ,Ca ta b apt .

(

83

23113221: 0

Man by th e force and powe r o f na ture may love Godabove all things 3.Man hath fre e -will to p erform even spiritua l and heavenly

things “.

53311233

1

11

;“ Men be l ieve no t but o f the ir own fre e -w ill . I t is in a

m.

lg),d. m o t .man s fre e -Will to be l ieve , or no t to be lie ve , to obey, or dIs

marg ' “ “ 8 'obey, th e gospe l or truth pre ache d 5

T h e Ca tholic (Popish) re ligion tea che th free-will s.1 3. reas .

P ropo s i t ion I I I .

.ZlI an may perf orm a nd do good w orks, when he is prevented by

the gra ce of Chr ist, a nd r enewed by the Ho ly Ghost.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

In a man pre vente d by th e gra ce o f Chr ist , and regene

rate by th e Ho ly Spirit, bo th th e understanding is enlightened ,

na turen nos trae concesso l ib e r te voluntatis arb i trio .—August . Opp. Pa ris . 1 836 -8 .

T om. x . CO] . 2 43 . D e Pe cc . Mer. Lib . I I . ]

[ l Fe ti l . dix i t : D i ci t e nim D om inus Ch ristus , Nemo venit ad me , nisi quem

P a te r a ttra a e r it . Cu r au tem vo s non l ib e rum arb i trium unic uique sequi pe rmi ttitis , c um ipse Dom inus Deus l ib e rum arb i trium dede rit h ominib us, v iam tamen

j us ti tiae o stendens , ne quis fo rsitan ne sc ius deperire tl— lb id. T om . 1 x . c ol. 433 .

C ontr. Li tt. Fe ti l . Lib . I I .

[2 Jam l ib e rum a rb i tr i um e t prox ime istud operum justitiam e rigunt : si enim

nos tras e st ve l e le c tionis ve l potes tatis amb ulare in re surre c tione Ch risti , au t c um

e o in mo rtem s epeliri, jam l ibe rum e st c uique e t C hris tianum e sse e t

Z uingl. Opp. T igur. 1545. T om . 1 1 . p . 18 . b . E lench . Contr . C a tab apt . ][3 S i quis volue rit ingredi ad v i tam ae te rnam , ne ce sse e s t ut se rve t manda ta

ex c h arita te : qu ia ne ce sse e s t , ut s e rve t manda ta me ri to rie , e t par c onse quens

ex c h a rita te .-Gab . Bie l . Comment . in Sent . Brixiaa. 1574. in Lib . I I I . D is t . 37 .

p .[4 P rimum de c larat sancta synodus ad justific a tionis doc trinam prob e e t sin

ce re inte lligendam , Opo rte re u t unusquisque a gno s c a t e t fa te a tur, quod c um omne s

h om ines in prae varic a tione Adaz inno c entiam pe rdidissent , fact i immundi, e t u t

Apo s tolus inqu it ; na tura filii usque ade o s e rv i e rant pe cca ti , e t sub pote sta tediab o l i ac mo rtis

,u t non modo g entes per vim na tures ; sed ne Judaei qu idem

pe r ipsam e tiam lite ram le g is Moysi inde lib e rari au t surge re possent : tame tsi ine is l ib e rum arb i trium m inime e xtinc tum e sse t , virib us l i ce t a ttenuatum e t inc li

na tum .-Conc il. Hardu iu . Paris. 1 7 14. T om . x . c o l. 33. Cone ll . Trident . Se ss . v1 .

D e c r. de Ju stif. c ap. I . ]

[5 Te s t . Rh em. Rh eme s, 1582 . p . 58. Anno t . on Ma t t . xx . 16 , and p . 408 . Marg .

Anno t . on Rom . x .

[6 T h e Ca tholic (do ctrine ) a ffirme th th a t w e have free -w i ll . -H il]s ’ Q uartron

o f Re asons o f Ca tho l i c R e l ig ion, Antwe rp . 1600 . Re ason xm . p .

x .] O F T HE CH URCH OF E NGLAND . 1 07

so tha t h e knowe th th e se cre ts and will o f God, and th e

m ind is a l toge the r ch anged, and th e body enable d to do

good works .

T o this purpose th e scripture s are plentiful .I wil l put my law in the ir inward parts, and write i t in Jer, xxxi , 33,

the ir hea rts.N0 man knowe th th e Fa the r but th e Son, and h e to whommate £1 2227

th e Son will re vea l h im.

Ble sse d a rt thou , Simon, th e son o f Jona s ; for fle sh and Ma tm vi 17~

blood ha th no t reve a le d it unto the e , but my Fa the r which isin heaven.

“ N0 man can say tha t Jesus is th e Lord, but by th e Ho lyGhost.

“ T o one is given by th e Spirit th e word o f wisdom ; and to 1 xil 8~

anothe r th e word o f knowledge by th e same Spiri t ; and to

ano the r fa ith by th e same Spiri t ; and to ano the r th e gifts o fhea ling by th e same Spiri t ; and to ano the r th e ope ra tionso f gre a t works ; and to anothe r prophe cy ; and to ano the r th edisce rning o f spirits ; and to ano the r dive rs itie s o f tongues ;and to ano the r th e inte rpre ta tion o f tongue s ; &c .

God, h e purifie th man s heart ; “worke th In us bo th th e Ac ts xv 9

Ph il.“

I I . 13 .

w ill and th e de e d ; “ th e Spiri t he lpe th our infirmitie s , for Rom vni 2 6

we know not wha t to pray a s we ought, & c .

” “ Such were m e t . vi . 1 1

some o f you, but ye are wa shed, but ye a re sanctified,but

ye are justified, in th e name o f th e Lord Je sus, and by th eSpirit o f our God.

Unto you i t is given for Christ, tha t not only ye should Ph il. i. 2 9.

b e l ieve in h im, but a lso suffe r for h is sake .

And this do th e churche s 7 o f God b e l ieve and confe ss . Confe ssHe lv . I I . c. 9.

A ugu st. A rt.[7 In re g ene ra tione , intellec tus illuminatur pe r Spiritum sanctum u t e t mys 7

19

3331] c 4te ria e t volunta tem D e i intelliga t . E t vo luntas ipsa non tantum muta tur pe i Saxo n. A rt.

Spiritum s ed e tiam ins truitur fac ulta tib us, u t Sponte velit e t poss it b onum — .H arm I V

C onf. Se ct . I v. p . 70 . C onf. Helv. Pos t. c ap. I x . E ffie itur au tem spiritu alis just itia in nob is, quum adjuvamur a Sp i ritu sanc to — I b id. p . 8 1 . C onf . Aug us t.1540 . Art . xvm . E ts i enim ipsa (humana vo luntas ) sua sponte volensqu e pro

lapsa e one idit, a se tamen viribusque p ropri is non po tuit a lapsu re surge re , nequeh odie e t iam ab sque D e i propitia ope quic quam po te s t .—Ib id. p . 75. C onf . Boh em .

c ap. I v . H omo ne quaquam po te s t se l ib e ra re a pe cca to e t mo rte re terna , viribus

na turalib us : sed h aze lib eratio e t e onve rs io h ominis ad D eum e t novitas spiritualis

fit pe r Filium D e i vivific antem no s Spiri tu suo s anc to , u t dictum e s t : si qu isSpiritum Ch ris ti non h ab e t , h ic non e st ejus . E t vo luntas ae c epto Spiri tu sanc to,

j am non e st o tiosa .—I b id. p . 86 . Conf . Saxon. Art . IV. al. Art . v . ]

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

ARTICLE XI .

Of th e Justifica tion o f Man.

We a re a c c ounted righ teous bef ore God, only f or (I ) th emerit of our L ord a nd Sa viour Jesus Chris t (2 ) by f a ith ,a nd (3) no t f or our own works or deserving s .

Wh eref ore th a t we a r e jus tified by f a ith only is a mos t

wh olesome doctrine , a nd very f u ll of comf ort, &c .

T he propos itions .

1 . Only for th e meri t o f our Lord and

Saviour Chris t, a re we a ccounte d2 . Only by fa ith , righte ous be fo re3 . No t for our own works or de se rv God.

ings,

P ropo s i t ion I .

Only f or the m er it of our L ord a nd Sa viour C hr ist we a re

a ccounted r igh teous bef ore God.

T h e pro of f rom th e w o rd o f God.

By Chris t h is blood only we a re cleansed.

Jo hn i. 2 9. He is “th e Lamb o f God, which take th away th e sin o f

world .

Rom . m. 94. We are j ustifie d fre e ly by h is gra ce , through th e redemption tha t is in Christ Je sus .

l Co r. v i. 2 0 .We a re bought with a price , even with th e pre cious blood

1 Pe t . i. 19 .

l John i. 7. o f Chr ist, th e Lamb undefiled and without spot, whichcleanse th us from all sin.

By h is only righte ousne ss we are justifie d .

Rom . v. 19. By th e obedience o f one many b e made righte ous .

I b id. m . Chris t is th e end o f th e law for righte ousne ss unto eve ryl Co r. i. so. one that be l ieve th .

”He of God is made unto us wisdom, and

2 0 0 r. v . 2 1 . righte ousne ss , and sane tific a tion, and redemption and we

Ph il. iii. 2 0 .a re made th e righte ousne ss o f God in h im . And the re fo re

Com m “

“ from heaven we look for th e Saviour, even th e Lord Je susI I . C . 15.

oBo h em . c . 6 . Ch I' lSt .Ga l. A rt .

%V

1

1 1 1 .

A t‘

And this is th e fa ith and confe ssion 1 o f all churche se g . I

x e . re fo rmed .

A ugust. A rt .I V .

Wi ttemb . [1 C e rtISSImum e s t autem omne s nos e sse natura pe c c a tore s e t

rt. V I0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 O

gueme a , c . 3.

t ifie ari autem Id e s t ab so lv i a pe c c a t is e t mortc , a J udice D e o , so l ius C lIrIstI gratia

D isplay inA llen'

s Conf .

I b id. annot .Co l. i. 2 4.

1 1 0 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

on pilgrimage unto Me cca , or do kiss th e sepulchre o f Mahome t,are j ustifie d before God, and the reby do obta in remission o f

the ir s ins .

Nor o f th e Family o f Love ‘, wh o te ach by th e sheddingo f Chris t h is blo od is meant th e spreading o f th e Spiri t inour he arts .

Nor o f th e Papists , whose doctrine is , tha t1 . Though Chris t ha th suff e re d for all men in genera l ,

ye t no t only e a ch man mus t suffe r for h is own part in partionla r , but a lso tha t th e works o f one man may sa tisfy foranothe r?

2 . They teach next, tha t sins venia l are done away and

purged by praye r , a ims-de e ds , by th e wor thy re ce iving o fi

th e ble sse d sacrament o f th e a lta r , by taking o f ho ly wa te r ,

T e st . Rh em .

an. m a rg .

pag . 2 58 .

knocking upon th e bre a st w i th ho ly medita t ion, th e bishop’sble ss ing and such like 3,” by ho ly wa te r and such ceremonie s ,sacre d ce remonie s “

,a s

Conf iteor , tundo , c onspergor , c onter or , o ro ,S ignor , edo , dono , per h ce c venia lia pono

tha t isI am confe st unto th e prie stI knock m ine he art and bre as t with fist ;With ho ly wa te r I am b e sprent,And w ith contri tion all yrent ;

c epta , M e ch am seme l adie rit , a ternae b e atitudinis e ertum e sse , nee unquam vel

pu rg a to rio igni, ve l aliis poenis infe rnalib us a flfie iendum .—Lonic e r. Tu rc . H ist .

Frane f. 1 584. T om . I . p . 1 1 2 . Lib . I I . P art . 2 . c . 1 4. I n templo e urn pe r tre s h o rascont inuas pre e ationi indulse i unt , inde qu anto possint impe tu c ursim in proximi

mo ntis fas tig ium tendunt,e a fe s tina tione , u t pe r to tum co rpus sudo r diffunda tur.

N am una c um sudo re omnes pe cca ti l ab e s deflue re pe rsuasum h ab e nt —Ib id. p . 1 14.

c . 15. Ho e sepulc rum (se . Mah ome tis) illud e st, quod T ure aa e t Hi tli iopes magna

re l ig ione e t fre que ntia pe tunt , remiss ionem pe cca torum s ib i pollic entes , si illud

e xose ula ti fue rint . - 1b id. p . 1 17 . c .[l T h e re fe rence appe ars to b e to “ A Confe ss ion made b y two Of th e Family o f

Lo ve , &c .

”in th e D isplay ing o f the Fam i ly ,” b y J . R . (Joh n ROge rs), Lond.

1 579. I f so th e re is an e rro r in th e re fe rence . See I l en . Mo re ’s The o log . Wo rks,Lond. 1 708 . Bk. VI . 0 . 16 . pp . 182

[9 Se e ab ove , p . 58, no te s 6,[3 Vaux , C a te eh . A ntv. 1574, c . 4. p .[4 And b e cau se th is ( th e w a sh ing o f th e disciple s ’ fe e t) was only a ce remony,

and ye t h ad s uch fo rc e , b o th now and a fte rw ard us ed Of th e apos tles , th a t i t purgedsmal le r Off ence s and filth ine ss o f th e soul , as S t Amb ro se and S t Be rnard ga th e r, i tmay no t s e em S t range th a t h o ly w a te r and such ce remonie s may rem i t ve nia l s ins .

Te s t. Rh em . Rh eme s , 1582 . Anno t . Joh . x i i i . 10 .

“ Ve nia l s ins taken aw ay by

s acred ce remonie s ,” is th e ma rg ina l anno ta tion on the ab o ve passag e , p .

XL] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 1 1

I pray to God and h e av’nly host

I cross my fo rehe ad a t e ve ry post ;I e a t my Saviour in th e bread ;I dea l my do le when I am deadAnd doing so , I know I mayMy venia l sins soon put away.

And s ins morta l , not by th e me rits o f Chr is t only, butmany ways be side s are cle ansed, think th e sa id Papists ; a s

by th e me r its o f de ad sa ints, name ly o f S t Mary th e Virgin :T h r enos a c ompa ssio du lc issimce D ei Ma tris

P erdu c a t nos a d g a udia summi D ei P a tris 5.

T h e pitiful compassion o f God’s be s t ple a sing Mo the rBring us to th e j oys o f God th e Sove re ign Fa the r.

And o f Thoma s Be cke tT u per T h omoe sa nguinem , qu em pro te impendit ,

F a e nos , Chris te , s ca nder e , gu o T h oma s a s c enditG.

By th e blood o f Thomas , which h e for the e expended ,Make us, Christ, to climb up where T homas a scended .

By Agnus D e is 7, whe re o f they say,

P ec c a tum f ra ng it, u t Ch r is ti s anguis , e t a ngits.

(”s t em-Lib .

I . tit. 7.

I t bre ake th sin, and do e th good ,As we l l a s Christ his pre cious blood.

By reading certa in parce ls o f scripture , a ccording to the irvulgars ;

P er E va ng e lic a dic ta ,

D e lea ntur nos tra de lic ta 9.

T hrough th e say ings and words e vange lical ,Our s ins b lo t out, and vice s all.

P ropo sit ion I I .

Only by f a ith a re we a cc ounted righteous before God.

T h e pro o f from God’

s w ord.

Only be l ieve ; all tha t be l ieve in Christ sha ll re ce ive‘i ’ ‘g

[5 Ho ra Be a tiss . V. Ma ria ad U sum Sarisb . E ccl . Par. 1 535. fO. xxu . wh e re

summi coe l i[6 I b id . to . x ix . ][7 Agnos De is , 1607 and[8 Ce remon . Lib . R om . 1560. Lib . I . Ti t. 7 . p .[9 Per h a e sane ta e vange l ica di cta dele antur pe cca ta a tque unive rsa mala. de l icta

nos tra . Amen.—Hora Be atiss. V irg . Mar. & c . fo . i i . ]

1 1 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Ac ts xiii. 39. remission of s ins “ from all things , from which ye could notb e justified by th e law o f Mose s , by Chris t every one tha tbe l ieve th is justified .

Rom i 10 Th e gospe l is th e power o f God unto sa lva tion to everyo ne tha t be lieve th .

Rom . iv 5. T o h im tha t worke th not, but be l ieve th in h im tha t j ustifie th th e ungodly, h is fa i th is counte d for righte ousne ss .

R°m ° x ' 4 “ Christ is th e end o f th e law for righte ousne ss to e ve ry one

tha t be lieve th .

Ga" Know tha t a man is not justifie d by th e works o f th e law,

but by th e fa ith o f Je sus Christ, &c .

Gal. m. God would j ustify th e gentiles through fa ith , &c . T heywhich b e o f fa ith , are blesse d with fa ithful Abraham .

E ph es . ii. 8 . By gra ce are ye saved through fa ith, and tha t not of

yourse lve s .

“ Yea , doubtle ss , I th ink all things but loss for th e exce llentknowledge sake of Chris t Je sus my Lord, for whom I havecounte d all things lo ss , and do j udge them to b e dung, tha tI might win Christ , and might b e found in h im,

not havingmine own righte ousne ss , which is of th e law , but tha t whichis through th e fa i th o f Christ, e ven th e righte ousness whichis o f God through fa ith .

T h e churche s o f Chris t by the ir public confe ssions l givetestimony unto this truth .

Ga l. A rt . x x . [1 E rgo quia fides Ch ris tum jus titiam nostrum re c ipit, e t g ra tia De i in Ch risto

gill”?A rt ' omnia tribuit , ide o fide i trib uitur justific a tio , &c .—H a rm . C onf. Se c t. I x. p . 169.

fvugus t A rt . Conf. He lv. Po st . c ap. xv . Confitemur rem issionem pe cca torum per fidem in

Saxon A”,Je sum Ch ristum e ruc ifixum .

— lb id. p . 1 74 . Conf. Ba s il . Ar t. VI I I . ( aI . Art . Ix .

hilltidirib D isp . Ha c so la fide s e t h a c intim i co rdis in Je sum Ch ristum Dom inum nos

gut . trum fiduc ia j ustifie a t, seu justum fac it h om inem c ora In D eo , ab sque u l l is Operib us ,lleVl 8 a

3 ,

c c p &c . E o s qu i , pe r so lam fidem In Ch ris tum Je sum , g ra tia divma g ra tis ab squeullis me ritis jus ti fac ti sunt e t D e o a e c epti, & c .—I b id. pp . 1 76 -8 . C onf. Bo hem .

capp . v i . v i i . C redimus no s so la fide fie ri h uj us jus ti tia partic ipes, &c .— I b id. p .

1 83. C onf . Ga l l . Art . x x . Me r ito ig itur j urequ e dic imu s c um D . Paulo , nos

sol a fide ju stific a ri seu fide ab sque Operibu s le g is . -I b id. p . 185. C onf. Be lg .

Art. x x i i . Hie h onos C h ris ti non deb e t trans fe rri in no s tra Ope ra . I deo Paulusdic it , g ra tis sa l va ti e stis . I tem

,ide o e x fide g ra tis , u t s it firma prom issio , &c .

-I b id. pp . 1 87 -8 . C onf . Aug . 1540 . Art . I v . Se e a lso Propo sit . I . no te 1 . p . 1 09.

I n e c c lesiis no st i is dic itur, fide so la jus tific amur, quod sic inte lligimu s e t de cla ram us : Gra tis p ropte r so lum Mediato rem

,non pro pte r no s tram c o ntritionem seu a l ia

no s tra me ri ta donamur rem iss ione pe cca to rum e t re c onc ilia tione .— I b id. p . 2 06 .

C onf. Saxon . Art . I I I . P rimum s ta tua t rena tus se re c onc ilia tum e sse D e o , so la fide ,id e s t, fiduc ia Media toris , e t pe rsonam ce rto reputa ri jus tam pI opte r Filium D e i

Mediatorem, gratis propte r ipsius me r i tum. —I b id . p . 2 14 . C onf. Saxon. Art . V I I I .[ I x . ] Sentimus , ve tore s ac maj o res nostros re c te dixisse . No s c o rarn D e o so lafide jus tific ari.— I b id. p . 2 18 . C onf. Virtemb . Art. v . C onf . Suev. cap. I I I . See

ab o ve , Proposit. I . no te 1 . p .

T HE CATHOLI C D OCTR IN E

N or they which tea ch tha t man is j ustified,f; Eithe r by works without fa ith , as did th e fa lse apostle s

gf lsgq

t in As ia , and do th e T urks and Anabaptists ]I

Ac ts xv. 1 . Or by fa ith and works , a s bo th th e pseud-apostles a t

Hierusalem, th e E bionite s z, and th e Papists 3, w ith th e

vii Russians “ ;33935. Or ne ithe r by fa i th , nor works, a s they which contemn

gur

ggs

gggg b oth fa ith in Christ Je sus, and good works too , hoping ye tww l’ c ' w‘

to b e save d, a s th e carna lly se cure worldlings .Ne i the r sha ll they b e partake rs o f th e swe e tness o f this

truth, which say, tha t for Christians to trust only by Christ

h is pa ssion, or by fa i th only to b e saved , is a breach o f th e

Ca te ch . e . 3. firs t commandment, a s Vaux 5 ; Is th e doctr ine o f devils , as

D e fo rmand. Friar Laurence a Villavinc entia e ; and th e doctrine o f S imonS . c onc ion .

La“ . c . l l . Ma o-us, as do th e Rhemists".

T e st . Rh em .

C

an. A c t. viii.1 8'

make th no th ing fo r th e va in se cu ri ty and infa l l ib le certa inty wh ich our adversarie ss ay e ve ry man ough t to h ave upon h is pre sum e d j us tifica t ion b y fa i th , th a t h imselfis inGod

s favou r and sure to b e saved: pea ce towa rds God, b e ing h e re no th ing e lseb u t the s ince re rest, tranqu i l l i ty and com fo rt o f m ind and conscience , u pon th e

h ope h e h ath th a t h e is re conci led to God. Sure i t is th a t th e ca th o l ic fa i th , b yw h ich and none o th e r men b e j us tified, ne i th e r te ach e th nor b re ede th any suchs e cur ity o f sa lva tion. And th e re fo re th e y h ave made to th emse l ve s ano the r fa ithw h ich th ey ca l l Fidu c iam, qui te w i tho u t th e compas s o f th e cre ed and scripture s .Te s t . Rhem. Rheme s, 1582 . Ann. Rom. v . 1 . p .

[1 Ra the r sh ou ld th e Anab aptis ts se em to b e o f yo ur so rt (se . the Papis ts) than

o f th e irs . For th ey h ave in a manne r th e same Opinion o f fre e w il l , and Of j ust ific a tion by w orks , tha t you h ave .

— Ba le,Mys te ry o f Iniqu ity . Gene v . 1545. p .

A e iv dé arciv'rw s a br o i

s 7 779 voy ucfis Opna xe ia e , ais p a}dv di ci ,u é uns T he 6 19

T O!) Xpl O'

T OU aria-T e ars , K a i 7 0 5mm"

a im-Iii; fiio v a wfina oné vo rs . -E useb . E CCl. H ist .

Cant. 1 72 0. Lib . I I I . e . 2 7. p .[3 N o t only fa i th (as yo u may perc eive ), b u t love or ch ari ty , ob ta ine th remiss ion

o f s ins .—Te s t . Rh em. M arg . Anno t . (Luke v i i . 47 ) p . 157 . Th is do a nd tho u. sha lt

live . N o t b y fa i th only, bu t b y ke e ping God’

s commandments w e Ob ta in l ifee ve rlasting : no t only b y b e l ie v ing b ut b y do ing —Anno t . Luke x . 2 8 . He th a tb e l ie ve th in Ch ris t w i th fa i th wh i ch w o rke th b y ch ari ty (as th e apo s tle spe ake th )sh a l l no t b e condemned a t th e la tte r day nor at th e h ou r Of his de a th , &c .

—Anno t.J ohn ii i . 1 8 . p . 2 2 4. Th is apo s tle a lle ge th th e go od w orks o f Rahab , b y wh ichs he w as just ified, and S . Pau l (He b . x i . ) sa i th sh e w as just ified b y fa i th . Wh i cha re no t contrary one to the o th e r , fo r b o th is tru e , th a t sh e wa s saved b y fa ith , a sone sa i th : and tha t sh e w as saved b y h e r w o rks , a s th e o the r sa i th —Anno t . Jame si i . 2 5. p .[4 For th e me ans o f j ustifica tion th ey agre e w i th th e p apis ts, th a t i t is no t b y

fa i th only appre hending Chris t, b ut b y the ir w o rks also .—Russe C ommonwe a l th ,Lond. 1 591 . e . 2 3. p .[5 Vaux , Ga te ch . Antw e rp. 1574. 0 . i i i . p . 2 8. I n answ e r to the que stion, Who

b re ake th th e firs t commandme nt b y pre s umption o f God’

s me rcy[6 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b e e n una b le to ve ri fy. ][7 Th is w icked so rce re r S imon is no ted b y S . I re na us , L ib . I . c . 2 0 and o th e rs ,

to h ave b een the first he re tic and fa th e r o f a ll he re tics to come in the ch urch Of

o r T HE CHU RCH o r E NGLAND . 1 1 5XL]

Nor they, finally, which ma inta in h ow th e truly righte ousapprehend not Christ by fa ith , but have h im and h is righte ousne ss e ssentia lly and inherent within them : which is an

e rror of th e Catharists S, Papists g, Osiandrians l", and Familyo f Love

Propo s i t ion I II .

We a re a ccounted r igh teous bef ore God, not f or own

w orks or deservings .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Be side s wha t ha th be en sa id , tha t works have no pla cenor portion in th e ma tte r o f our j ustifica tion, i t is evident inth e holy scripture , whe re we find, tha t

Allmen b e sinne rs, and de s titute o f th e glory o f God ; and

there fore tha t no man can b e j ustifie d by h is own worksEterna l life come th unto us

,not by de sert, but partly o

promise , partly o f gift.Th e j ust sha ll live by fa ith ; and th e law is not o f fa ith .

More ove r, a s th e godly in old time we re , so Christians inthe se days are , and sha l l b e j ustified : but th e godly werej ustified , not for any go od works or worthine ss o f the ir own :so j ustifie d was Abraham, th e Jews, th e Samaritans, Paul , th eEunuch, th e Ja ilor, and th e Ephe sians .

All churche s re forme d”, w ith a swe e t consent, applaud,and confe ss this doctrine .

God. He taugh t only fa i th in h im , w ith ou t good l ife and wo rks , to b e enough to

salva tion.—Te s t . Rhem . Anno t . A c ts v i i i .

[8 Th is a sse rt ion,

as re gards th e Cath a ris ts , is me re ly infe rent ia l . I s ido re onlysays : Ca tha r i propte r munditiam ita se nominaverunt . Gloriante s enim de suisme ritis , negant poenitentib us veniam pe c catorum .

—I s ido r . Opp. C ol. A g rip. 16 17 .

E tymo l . Lib . V I I I . c . 5. fo l. 65, G . ][9 Quae enim just itia nos tra dic itur , qu ia pe r e am nob is inh aarentem justific amur,

il la e adem D e i e st, qu ia a D eo nob is infunditur pe r Ch r is ti me ri tum .—Conc il.

Harduin. P aris . 17 14. T om . x . c ol. 39. Conc . Trid. Se ss . vr. c ap.

[1 0 Admit tit qu idem pe cca to rum inte rcede re in h om ine

j ustific ando : sed in primo e t summo gradu l o cans spe c trum essentialis ju st i t iae quodi pse finxit , nih i l a l iud re linquit g ra tuitaa D e i a c c epta tioni, quam u t sit infe rio rquaedam appendix .

—Ca lv . Opp. Ams te l . 1 667-72 . T om . I x . E pis t. contr . Osiand.

p . 190 . a . Osiandri fana tic um de l irium de e ssentiali jus t itia non mu l to mag is ,opinor, te ve l same quenquam mentis h om inem exerc ue rit . -Be z . E pis t . Genev .

1 575. E p. 1 . p .Touch ing Ch ris t ’s pe rfe ction . .w e u tte rly deny th is to b e w rough t as you

a ffirm in us ; fo r ne i the r do th h e w o rk th is pe rfe ction in us , nor b y us , b ut me re lyw i th ou t us . -Ans . to Le tt . o f th e Farm. in the D ispl. Lond. 1579. fol. N .

[1 9

sentimus pe r ope ra b ona nos enim soliusque

Ch ris ti b enefic io servamur. Ope ra ne ce ssario ex fide pro g ignuntur ; a t improp rieh is salus attribuitur

, qua propriissime asc rib itur grades —Harm. C onf . Se c t . Ix .

8— 2

I sido r.e tym . Lib .

vm . e . deh aare s .

Conc il. T rid.

Se ss. 6 , c ap.

16 , 7 .

C a lvin. c on

tra Osiand .

epis t. fo l. 303 .

T h eod . Be za ,E pis t. 1 .

D i splay inAllen’

s Conf ess.

Ps . xiv. 2, 3.

f Ps. liii. 2 , a:li. 4Rom . iii. 1 2 .A c ts ii. 39.Ac ts iii. 2 5.

A c ts xiii. 32 .2 T im . i. 1 .

Jo hn xvii . 2 .Rom . vi. 2 3.

1 Jo h n v . l l.Re v. ii. 10.

Ga l. iii. 1 1 ,1 2

Rom . iv .

Ga l. iii. 6 .

He b . xi. 1 7.Ac ts ii . 44,

& c .

A c ts viii. 1 2 .Ac ts xxii. 1 6,& c .

1 T im . i 14,16 .

Ph il. m 6,9.Ac ts vm . 36 .Ac ts xvi 3 1,& c .

E ph . ll . 4, 5.C onf . He lv.

I I . c . 1 6 .

Bas il. A rt .

vrrr. Bo h em .

c . 7 . Ga l.A rt . xx i r.

Be lg . A rt.

XX IV.August. A rt.v 1 . 2 0 .

1 1 6 T I I E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

T he errors a nd a dversa ries unto th is truth .

Adversarie s he reunto are ,

Ma tt 91 , T h e Pharise e s, wh o though t men we re j ustified by externa l“ m “ 2 ° r ighte ousne ss , mora l and ce remonia l .ii

s

mgv’

j g,Th e fa lse apos tle s in As ia and a t Je rusa lem.

G l) . B.

I. 1a 0 0

"El m Th e pharisa ica l Papists wh o aga inst th e j ustification by2 7 1 : fa ith a lone , do ho ld a justifica tion by merits, and tha t o f c on

gruity, dignity, and condignity .

ggsgc i

é-

ggig

. T h e sa id Papists tea ch, be side s 2 , tha t l ife e te rna l is dueunto us o f debt ; be cause we de serve i t by our good works .

r emi s s T hey teach, finally 3, tha t by good works our sins areSo to , As s e r.

c a th . de b o nis purged .

Ope r.

p . 1 72 . C onf . Helv . P os t . c . xvi . Justitiam e t sa tis fa c tionem pro pe c c a tis nostris

non trib uimus Ope rib us qua fide i fructus sunk - I b id. p . 1 74 . C onf . Bas il . Art . V I I I .[ I x ] . D e inc eps do c e tur quare e t quo cons ilio seu fine pie ta tis Ch ris tiana Ope rab ona praastari deb e ant , nimirum non h a c de causa u t h om ine s justific ationem au t

salutem pe r hmc e t rem iss ionem pe ccato rum c onse quantu r.— I b id. p . 1 80 . Conf .

Boh em . 0 . VI I . b ona ope ra quze duce ipsius Spir i tu edimus , non

re Spic i a D e o , u t pe r e a jus tific emur, au t filii D e i c ense ri me re amur, &c .— I b id.

p . 1 84. C onf. Gal l . Ar t. X X I I . Haac v e ro nulliussunt prorsus momenti. Fide enim in Ch ristum jus tific amur e t qu idem priusquarn

b ona u l la ope ra ediderimus .— I b id. p . 1 86 . Conf. Be lg . Art. XX I V . Sentiendum e st

nos c ons equ i remiss ionem pe cca to rum, e t pe rsonam pronuntia ri jus tam g ra tis , & c .

—I b id. p . 190 . Con f. A ug . 1 540 . Ar t . v i . I tem Opo rte a t b ona ope raut c onfidamus per e a ope ra j ustific a tionem co ram D e o me re ri. -Id.

E di t . 1 531 . doc e t Pau lus gra tis nob is donari remis s ionem pe cca to rum , e t

jus tific ationem ,non propte r no s trorum operum dignita tem , & c .

—I b id. p . 193 . Conf .

A ug . 1 540 . Ar t. x x . Principio quod o pe ra no s tra non po ssint re concil iare Deum ,

a ut me re ri remiss ionem pe cca to rum e t gratiam e t jus tific a tionem . -1 b id. p . 199.

E di t.[l Actus me ritorius e s t actus a vo luntate l ib e re e lic itus ad re trib uendum

aliquod preemium c o ndigni s ive de condigno e st actu s a

vo lunta te e lic itus ad prazmiurn a l ieni se cundum deb i tum j us titiae re tribu endum .

C onsis tit au tem justitia illa in quadam propo rtione me ri ti ad praamium e t aequa l ide congruo e st a ctus l ib e re elic itus , ac c eptatus ad a l iqu id re tri

b uendum non e x de b i to j ustitiae,sed ex s o la a c c eptantis lib eralitate . E t ho c

me ri tum non c oexigit re qualita tem dignita tis c um re trib uto , ne que in ope rante nee

in o pe re , ne c in re trib uente .—Gab . B ie l . C omment. in Sentent. Brixim, 1574. I n

Lib . I I . D ist . xxvI I . Q uazs t. I . p .

[2 S i qu is dixe rit, h ominis j us tific a ti b ona ope ra ita e sse dona D e i, u t non s int

e tiam b ona ips ius jus tific a ti me ri ta : au t ipsum, justific a tum b onis Operibus, quas abe o pe r D e i gratiam , e t J e su C h ris ti me ri tum ,

cujus memb rum e s t, fiunt , non v e reme reri augmentum gra tiaa, v i tam mte rnam, e t ipsius v i tae ae ternaa, s i tamen in gra t iadisc e sse rit , c onse c utionem a tqu e e tiam glo riaa augmentum ; ana th ema s it - C onc il.

Harduiu. T om . x . c ol. 43. Cone . Tr id. Se ss . VI . D e Justific . Can.

[3 Sentiendum Operibus , quae e x divina grat ia fiunt , ita e sse

fidendum ,u t e t ad e xpianda pe cca ta , iram D e i pla c andam, e t v i tam Ze ternam

c onse qu endam necessaria s int,e t u til ia .

—Pe tr. 5 So to , Assert . Ca tho l. Fid. Ant

w e rp. 1 557 . D e Bon. Ope r. p .

1 1 8 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

The errors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

This truth is oppugned by a dve rsarie s of divers kinds. For

Some ho ld , tha t se e ing man is justified by fa ith, h e maylive a s h e liste th ; as th e L ibertine s ‘.Some think tha t to a ttend upon virtue , and to pra ctise

good works, is a yoke too heavy, and into le rable ; a s th e

I ren. Th eod. Simonians 9.Some utterly cast o ff all grace , virtue , and godliness, as

I reg

n

s

. Lib . 1 . did th e Bas ilidians", th e Ae tians 4, th e Circumc ellians 5, and do0 .

E piph -Lib o th e Mach ivilians and Athe ists . Some permit, though no t all1 1 1 .

fié’

f‘

fil t

ia

c .

manne r, ye t some sins : so a llowe d was bo th whoredom and2 4.

quae Deus nob is ig i tur h ae c ob edientia , & c .—I b id. p . 1 89. Conf.

A ug . 1540 . Art . VI . no va ob edientia pro e nl ab est a pe rfe c tione

le g is , tame a e s t j us titia e t me re tu r praemia , & c .— I b id. p. 196 . Art . x x . I tem docent

Opo rte at b o na o pera m anda ta a D e o face re p ro pte r volunta tem D e i, & c .

I b id. p . 190 . Conf . 1531 . Art. VI . Prae te re a do cent quod ne ce sse sit b ona o pe ravo lunta tem D e i.— Ib id. p . 2 0 1 . Art . x x . e st no rma de

b onis haec Ope ra inte rio ra e t exte riora fiunt cul tus D e i, quum fiunt in

fide e t re feruntur ad hunc finem u t De us h ac ob edientia c e lebre tur .— lb id . p . 2 1 1 .

C onf. Saxon. Ar t . VI . [VI I . ] E t tame a s c ia t oporte re inc hoari ob edientiam e t

jus titiam b onaa conscienti ze, e t hanc In re c onc iliatis D e o place re , propte r media

to rem , & c .— I b id. p . 2 15. Art . V I I I . [ Ix . ] C e te rum e ts i v i ta ae terna da tur propte r

Filium D e i rena tis tamen s imu l e tiam e s t me rce s b ono rum operum ,&c .— I b id.

p . 2 17 . Art . I x . [x . ] D o c emus b ona ope ra divinitu s prazc epta , ne ce ssa rio fac iendae sse e t me re ri

, gra tu i ta D e i cl eme nt ia, sua qu ze dam s ive c o rpo ralia s ive spiritualia

pra mia .— lb id. p . 2 19. C onf . Virtemb . c ap. VI I . Nam qu icqu id lex tradit , h uc

spe c tat , h o c unum requirit , u t tandem ad D e i imag inem so l idam re fo rmemur, & c .

I b id. p . 2 2 3 . Conf . Suev. c ap. I V. ][1 U numquemque Opo rte re naturalem inclinationem se qui, a tque sic age re e t

V ive re ut lib eb it, &c .— Ca lv . Opp. Ams te l . 1667-7 2 . Torn. V I I I . p. 391 . b . Ins tr.

adv. Lib e rt. c ap. x x .][ 2 Se cundum e nim ipsius gra tiam (dic it S imon) sa lvari h omine s , sed non se c un

dum ope ras j us tas . N e c enim e sse na turaliter opera tiones j us tas , sed ex a ccidenti ;qu emadmodum posuerunt, qui mundum fe c erunt ange l i , per hujusmodi prazc epta ins ervitu tem deduc ente s h om ines —I ren. Adv . H ae r. Oxon. 1 702 . L ib . I . c ap. 2 0 . p . 95.

o f; ydp did Wpdgewv a’

y a firfiv, a’

h h a‘

di ci xa'

pvro s wedge a ea t f rfis d w-rnpt

'

a s’

o f; 6 15

xdpw o i T ris fr o fir o v (s c . E ih wvo s ) O' v/t q pI'

a Q r da a v e’

r é hpwv a’

a é h '

y e t a v.—T h e od.

Opp. Lut . Par. 1 642 -84. T om . IV. p . 193. H aar. Fab . Lib . I . c . I . ][3 Contemne re au tem e t idolo thyta , e t nih i l a rb i trari , s ed s ine aliqua trepida a

t ione u ti e is : hab e re autem e t re liquarum opera tionum usum indiffe re ntem e t uni

ve rsa: 1ib idinis .

— I ren. Adv. H ae r. Lib . I . c ap. 2 3. p .[4 K a i y ap a imdy e r

-a t a br o i s n epi [3io v (rem/67 717 0 9 , o i; r epi vna r e r

wv , o b

arepi é v'

raA/I a'

r wv 9 6 0 3, o f} firepifrw o s é ‘r e

po u 7 15 11 e is {wn‘

v a’

ufipui‘

trm s 45K 6 6 0 5

wpo a r e r a yp é vwv.—E piph an. Opp. Paris . 162 2 . T om . I . p . 916. Adv. Hre r. Lib . I I I .

T om. I . ][5 Ves tros au tem fruc tus si c onside remus ; omitto tyrannic as in c ivitatib us e t

max ime in fundis alienis domina tione s , omitto furo rem C irc umc e llionum, e t prac

c ipita torum nltro c adaverum cu l tus sac rileg os e t pro fanos , b ac c h a tiones e b rie tatum ,

e t sub uno Optato Gildoniano de c ennalem totius A fric ze gemitum : &c .—August.

Opp. Paris . 1 836-8 . Tom . I x. c ol. 355. Contr. L i tt . Fe til . Lib . I . c ap.

X II .] 1 1 9OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

unclean pollutions, by th e Carpo cra tians 6 and Va lentinians",and is o f th e Jesuits 8 and Papists ":o f perse cution by th e Basilidians ’o, Helch e saite s

“, Priscilli

anists ‘z, Henricians”

, and Family o f Love “ ; and vio la ting o f

promise, ye a and oa ths made unto here tics, a s they call them,

by th e Papists”.

[6 Oi. 635 cirrd K aprro rcpa

'cro us K a i a

va y o’

g euo r, Kowds elua t T ds

y uva txa s a’

gt ofia w . A fte r mentioning the ab om inab le impur i t ies practised and

encouraged b y th e se h e re tics , h e ob se rves, T o ra fi'r a dé c ig a r. r dm v div K a i <7v

xa i frpa'f

ywv Aa‘

yue t’

a t s vopo ee'r e i

v 7 6V K a p'zroxpa

'

r nv Ede n—C lem . Ale x . Opp.

Oxon. 17 15. p . 51 1 . S trom . Lib . I I I . C . 2 . E iO' i dé e’

u dt a 're h o bv'r e s o b 'r o t

,

K a i. r du 67 1 0 011 ép'

ya gé uevo r. m ods e brrdfie t a v a wna’

r wv,— E piph an. Opp.

T om . I . p . 104. Adv . H ae r . Lib . I . T om . I I . H ae r .[7 K a i y a

pfr cis é op

-rois é rre fr e

'

h o vv, K a i. e idwh o fifir wv pe r eh a’

pfia vo v

K a i (b thndom’

a t s do vh e bo ua t , rea l. n du O'r to iiv aro vnpdv ddt a xpif w s moh ju cf i crw w

Th e od. Opp. T om . I V. pp . 2 00, l . Haere t . Fab . Lib . I . c .[8 T h e s tews are in Rome cum approba tione . T he stews are in Rome as law ful

as any c i ti z en : as law fu l as any mag istra te : as law ful as any o rde r o f re l ig ion.

T h e s tews are a t Rome cum approba t ione as law fu l as th e pope is h imse l f.—ASparing D isc ove rie o f our E ngl ish Jesu i ts , 1601 . p .[9 u t ub i c leric i e t ma x ime in sac ris ordinib us c onstituti,

qui in domibus suis vel alienis de tinent pub l i ce concub inas , e as prorsus a se

remove ant infra mensem , &c . In th e anno tat ion on th is const i tu tion,var ious in

te rpre ta tions are g i ven o f th e wo rd ‘pub l ice’ ; a fte r wh i ch th e anno tato r pro ce edsT u dic pub l ice , quando mu ltitudini se pa te re non e rgo s i se cre teintra domum propriam vel a l ienam de tineat hanc concub inam : nam tunc poenamhujus c ons titu tionis non inc urre t : c um domus rem se cre tam , non au tem pub l icamdeno ta t .—Constitu t. Othon. Parrh is . 1506 . D e Conc ub . C le r. Bemov. Fol. xx i i. ][lo P roh ib e t e tiam pa ti martyrium hom ine s pro nom ine Ch rist i, dic ens ita

igno ras qu id de sideras , & c .—Ph ilas tr. Lib . de H ee r . in Bib lio th . Patr. P aris . 162 4 .

T om . I V. c ol. 9. Quapropter e t parat i sunt ad_

nega tionem qui sunt ta les , imo e t

magis ne pat i qu idem p ropte r nomen possunt, cum s int omnibus s im i les —I ren.

Adv. H aer. Lib . 1 . c ap. 2 3. p .[1 1 (Duo

-i dis 37 1 a’

pviia a a fla t ddt a'

dwpo'

v e’

o'

fl'K a i 6

,u ED von

'

O'

a s,fra'i or rdjua 'n

eu dva'

yrc a t s aipvrjo-e r a i.

’f rfi at; K apdia o bxi.— E use b . E c c l . H ist . Cant . 1 72 0.

Lib . VI . 0 . 38 , pp . 300 , I . ]

[1 2 N cc in e o ma lo deb emus Prisc illianis tarum e sse enim so l i ,

ve l ce rte max ime ips i repe riuntur , ad o c c ultandam suam quam pu tant ve ritatem,

dogmatiz are menda c ium : a tque h o c tam m agnum malum ide o j ustum e xistimare ,qu ia dicunt in co rde re tinendum e sse quod ve rum e s t ; o re au tem ad alienos pro fe rre

fa lsum , nu llum esse pe c c a tum.-Au gust . Opp. To rn. VI . c ol. 756 . Ad Consent.

Lib . c ap.

[1 3 D enique indixe re (ut dic itur) lateb ras sib i , firmave runt s ib i s ermonem

nequam . J a re , pe rj ura : se cre tum prode re prre sumere

de pe rj urio .—Bernard. Opp. P ar. 1 7 19. Vo l. I . c o l. 1494. In Cant . Se r. lxv .

[1 4 They may answ e r to e ve ry demandant (no t b e ing one o f th e ir se c t) in such

sort as th ey th ink b e s t sh a l l ple ase h im . Fo r th ey say th ey are b ound to de a l trulyw ith no m an in w o rd or de ed th a t is no t o f th e ir congrega tion : a l le g ing tha t h e isno ne ighb ou r , and tha t th e re fo re th ey may ab use h im a t the ir ple a sure —D isplayo f th e Fam. Lond. 1579. fol. H. 5. b . Se e a lso I b id. fol. H . 4. b . and Sents . 10 and

47 . o f th e Admoni tion to Ch ris t . V i tte l . ]P rae sens sanc ta synodus e x quovis salvoc onduc tu per impe ratorem ,

rege s ,

lib-Sha n

i

.

Cl. Alex. Str.L ib . H I .

and perj ury in th e time ,

Ilsjg

iphe odorc t.

Spa r. dlSCOV.

13

Oth onis , dec onc ub . Clerremo vendis.P h i la st. I renBusc h . L ib .

Vi . c . 38 .

A u st.

D . em ard.sup. Cant.se r. 65.

Display H.

5. b .

Conc . Const .Ses s . 19,C o c h laeu s

Hist . Hussit.L ib . I I . p. 75.

Po lic y o f th eT urk ishE mp. c ap. 2 4.

Ma tt. Vii. dzxxiii.

Rom . viii. 8 .

Gal. v. 6.

T it. i. 15.

1 2 0 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Some (a s th e T urkish prie s ts 1 cal le d Se i ti and Chagi)take i t to b e no sin, but a work meritorious , by lie s, swearing ,

ye a forswe aring , to damnify Christians wha t they c an. Muchlike unto the se are th e equivo cating Je suits, in de luding and

de ce iving Pro te s tant princes , and the ir office rs , by the ir doubtful spe e che s , e ven when they a re sworn to answe r pla inlyand truly by the ir lawful magistrate s .

Some suppose tha t God is plea se d with lip-se rvi ce only,

and outward righte ousness, as th e hypocritica l Pharise es, orpharisa ical hypocrites.

P ropos i t ion 1 1 .

No work is good, emc ept it spring f rom f a ith .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

All which man doth is no t ple a s ing unto God, but tha tonly which pro ce e de th from a true fa ith in Je sus Chr ist : so

sa ith God in h is word .

T hey tha t are in th e fle sh canno t please God.

In Je sus Christ ne ithe r circumcis ion ava ile th any thing ,ne ithe r uncircumcision ; but fa ith, which worke th by love .

“ Unto th e pure are all things pure ; but unto them tha tare defiled and unbe lieving is no thing pure .

Without fa ith it is imposs ible to plea se God.

e t al ios sre c uli principes , h ae re tic is vel de h re re si difi'

ama tis, pu tante s e osdem sic a

Suis erroribus re vo care , quo cumque Vinculo se adstrinxe rint , conce sso, nul lum fide i

c a tholic a-3, vel j urisdic tioni e c c le siastic ze prze judic ium gene rari, ve l impedimentumpra stari posse seu deb e re de c lara t, quo m inus , di c to salvo c onduc tu non ob s tante ,lic e at j udie i compe tent i e t e ccle s ias ti co de hujusmodi pe rsona rum e rrorib us inqu ire re , e t a l ias contra e os de b i te pro cede re e o sdemque pun ire , quantum jus ti tiasuadeb it, si suos e rro res revo care pe rtinac ite r re c usaverint , e tiam si de salvoc onduc tu c onfis i, ad lo cum vene rint j udici i

,a l ias non venturi : ne c sic promittentem,

c um fe c e rit quod in i pso e st, e x h o c in aliquo remansisse o b l iga tum. —C onc il.Harduiu . P aris . 1 7 15. T om . V I I I . c ol. 462 . Co nc il. Cons tant . Se ss . x ix .

( H ie ronymus) andiri, sub sal vo tamen c onduc tu : qui ci s ic da tus es t,ut j ust itia

s empe r sa lva mane re t, e t quantum fide s o rth odoxa exig e re t. Q ualis e t Joanni

Hus da tus fuisse c reditur. Q uod s i rex Sigismundus in su o c onduc tu, e a cau te lau sus non fu i t, concil ium tamen de c laravit, a l ite r ll EE I‘e llClS c ondu c tum dari nondeb e re .

—Co c h laz. H ist . H uss i t. apud S . V ic t . prope Mogunt. 1 549. Lib . i I . p .[1 Bo th o f th ese sorts o f prie sts, th e Se it i and th e Chag i are , fo r th e mos t pa rt, a

mo s t w icked and de testab le kind o f m en. Fo r b e ing m uch and o fte n ca l led, o rra th e r h i red, to tes ti fy as w i tne sse s in ma tte rs b e fo re th e mag istra te , th e y w il l fo r aduca t take a th ousand fa lse oa th s , e spe cia l ly if i t b e aga ins t a Ch ris tian ; aga ins twh om to use pe rj ury o r fa lse w i tness th ey h o ld i t no impie ty , b ut ra th e r a good and

me r i to rious de ed— Po l icy o f the Turk. E inp. Lond. 1597 . p .

1 2 2 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

men (which are themse lves only,) no t by fa ith , but only bythe ir knowledge o f divine myste rie s ; and na tura l men do ple aseh im by the ir bodily labour and upright dea ling .

E piph an,Th e said Valentinians 2 fe igned thre e sorts or degre e s o f

men : th e first spiritua l, wh o through bare knowledge ; th enext na tura l, wh o by labour and true de a ling sha l l b e savedth e third they ca l l materia l, men utte rly incapable of divineknowledge , and re ligious spe cula tions, who must perish bo thin soul and body.

T h e Papists te a ch , tha tThey no t only are

3good works which God commande th ,

but they a lso which b e e ithe r vo luntarily done o f ours e lve s,or enj o ined us by prie s ts".

Tapp. p. 188.

Eighth .T hey a re go od works, and a cceptable be fore God, which

are done w ithout fa ith 5T aPP-P- 189 Works o f themse lves, w ithout re spe ct unto Chris t, please

God6

e iva t Ae'

y o vo'

t , K a i a’

ua'

y xa ia v ijh'

i v w ill e’

yxpa’

r e t a v,K a i dy a firju wpdgw ,

iva 6 1’

( 1 67 779 Eh fiwp e v e is T O» 7 779 p e a é‘

rnr o sf i

' é rr o v '

a br o'

i s Oé vrve vua'

rm o i s f r s Ic a i

T eh e im s K a h o vp é uow pnda /a cb s .— I ren . Adv. Ha t . Oxon. 1 702 . pp . 3 1 , 32 . Lib . I .

c . 1 .

[1 Sp iri tual men do pl e as e God, 1633, and th e la te r edi tions . ][2 Avfipai

'lrwv Oé T pla y ew ; bgb ia r a vr a i , r ve vua

frmdv, xomdu, d/ vxucdu,K a ew

s é 'y é vo v'r o K a iv, E iifi. K a i é ic T od'rwv T ris f rpe i s quie t

-

t s , o bx é ’n K a fi'

Eu, Ka '

r a‘

yer o s , K a i 7 6,u é v xom dv e is ¢90pdu p e iv

, K a i 7 6 Ill uxucdué du fr a

fie h f r io ua'

é i\ rrr a t , e’

u 7 43 7 779 pe e-67 117 0 9 r o

'

e dua rra iie a fia t ‘ é civ 633 “rd

Xe ipw , xwprjo'

ew K a i a br o‘

7rpOs T a: Ope ra . 7 d de wve vpa'r uca

, 22 (iv K a T a a rre ipy

1}fi xer/m il), Elm-o r e goe s "ro b vfiu duc a ia i s il/ vxa i s w a rde ufié u '

ra e’

utia'

de,K a i é K 'rpa

(pe'

v'r a di ci T O vn

'

rrra lie-r epa y T eh e i é ‘

r n'ro s a

E twfie’

v-r a , vdp cpa s

drrodofirio'

e a' fia z T ole 7 0 6 E w ‘

r ijpo s Ay y é h o rs doyy a r iZo vo-L K .T .h .

— E piph an. Opp.

Paris . 1 62 2 . T om . I . p . 192 . Adv. Ha r. Lib . 1 . T om . I I . Ha r.

[3 Th ey only are no t ,

Ph i l ippus Me lanc th on contra ipsa [b ona] Ope ra ideo fac iendaquia a D e o pra c epta sunt , non u t il l is qu ic quam me re amur. Q ua ve ro e t no strae le c tione , nostroque a rb it rio ,

au t supe rio rum pra sc ripto ve l cons il io as sumpserimus ,

apud D eum nu l l ius h ab e r i ejus Alb . Pig hius ,

ig i tu r e a so la Ope ra D e o pla cent e t b ona sunt qu a De us pra c epi‘t , ne cs o lum e a qua fiunt inpro ximi u tilita tem s ed qua c unque c onfo rmia su nt, se cundumomne s c irc umstantias sua regu la ,

& c .— Tapp . Opp. Co l. A grip. 1582 .Art. x i . T om .

I I . pp . 1 15,[5

abunde e xplic avimus , D . Paulum e a appe l lare Ope ra le g is , qua c um

non ex fide profic isc antur, c xte rnum tamen quoddam v irtu tis spe c imentamen omni prorsus pra m io de stituta e sse vide antur , Mo sis i l la ve rb a adjung it , Quife c e rit e a h omo

,v ive t in e is : h oc e s t , suppl icia le g is Viola to ribus c onstitu ta e ffug ie t .

A ndrad. Orth odo x . E xplic . C o lon. 1564. Lib . VI . D e Justific . pp . 52 7, 8 . C f. Lib .

I I I . D e Pe c c a t . pp . 2 74,Se e ab o ve , no te

X I I .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 2 3

Men perfe ctly may ke ep th e laws o f God". In which Tapp. ib id.

e rror a lso b e th e Anabaptists 8 and Family o f Love 9. puny] . gongra na ap

L ib . IV. 0 . 3 .

(Display L .

O t a .

Propos i t ion I II .

Good works a re the outwa rd signs of the inwa rd belief .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s word.

Many are th e reasons why good works are to b e done ,in part cite d a fore , p . 1 07 , ye t no t th e least cause is, tha t menmay b e known wha t they are . For th e scripture sa ith , andshewe th, that the re by are known th e good tree s from th e bad, Matt , vii, 16 ,

th e whea t from th e chaff, th e true disciple s from th e fa lse , Ma tt . iii. 1 2 .

Jo hn xii i. 3 5 .th e sons o f God from th e chi ldren o f Sa tan, th e regene ra te gym“,3?from th e unbe lieve rs . i 8

10.

Hereunto th e sa ints and churches 10 do subscr ibe . 355533113;Co nf . He lv.

[7 Th is is apparently no t e xpre ssed in th e place re fe rred to .][8 Q uemadmodum in pra c ipuo dogma te j ustific ationis e t salutis per fidem Ana $57

b aptis ta grav ite r impingunt, ita in do ctrina de fine se u usu e t Ob se rvatione le g is Ga l. Art.mul tum ab e rrant : de qu ibus tamen nos accusant , quod fa lsa do c e amus , e t aiunt £35; A rt .do ce re no s le gem ab h om ine se rvari non posse , c um tamen omne s sc riptura le g em mm “

S A t.s e rvare j ub e ant. -Bu l l ing . Adv. Anab apt . (S imle r Ve rs . La t.) T iguri, 1560 . p . 1 2 3. b . Ifi

xon r

Wi ttemb .

l o IV. C . 30 ] C . 7

[9 H appily ye may ob je ct (as some h ave done th a t I h ave communed w i th ), and Suevic . 0 0 1V

say , i t is imposs ib le to do and ke e p th e commandments .—A nswer . Wh a t th e scriptu re s las t b e fo re re c ited [E ccles. x ii . Fe a r God, and ke e p h is commandments ] do threqu ire you h ave h e ard, and many mo re th e re m igh t b e a l le ged to th e same e ffe ct

,

& c .—Le tte r Of th e Fain. in th e D isplaying. Lond. 1579. fol. L . 6 . a . ][1 0 N au t c ondemnamus Ope ra b ona : quum sc iamu s h ominem

ne c c onditum ne c re genitum e sse per fidem, u t o c ie tur ; sed po tins u t inde sinente r

qua b ona e t u til ia sunt, fac iat . -H arm . Conf . Se c t. I x . p . 1 72 . C onf . Helv. P os t.c ap. xvr. Q ua (se . ope ra)fide i fructus sunt .— I b id. p . 1 74. Conf. Bas i l . Art . V I I I . [I x . ]D isp . 2 2 . Ch ris tiani in b onis operib us exe rc e re se h o c modo prob ent e t

demons trent fidem su am , e t ex h is qu od s int ve ri Ch ris tiani , h o c e st V iva memb ra e tsec tatore s Ch rist i e sse agnosc antur.

—Ib id. p . 1 80 . Conf . Boh em . c ap. VI I . Unde

( se . e fide ) b ona ope ra ne cessa rio c onsequuntur.—I b id. p . 183. C onf. Gall . Ar t.

xxn . Credimus veram h anc re gene rare , a tque velu ti no vo s h om inese fiic e re , u t qu os ad movam v i tam vivendam exc ite t, e t a pe cca ti servitute l ib e rose fi‘ic iat. -Ib id. p . 1 86 . Conf. Be lg . Art. xxrv. Q uum au tem in h ac ipsa consolat ione , fiduc ia qu a ac quie sc imus in Fi l io D e i, ve re s it mo tus ac c ensus a Spir i tu s anoto ,quo vivific a tur c or, e t lib e ratur ab e x te rna mo rte , dic itur h a c c onversio, re generatio

fi t h omo jam ve re domicil iam D e i, qui e st in e o e ffic ax, &c .— Ib id p . 2 09.

Conf. Saxon. Art. I I I . D o c emus b ona ope ra divinitus pra c epta, ne ce ssar io fac iendae sse .

—I b id. p. 2 19. C onf . Virtemb . c ap. VI I . N olumus au tem h o e sic inte llig i,

quas i salutem ac jus titiam in ignavis anim i c ogita tionibus fideve c h aritate des titu ta

( quam info rmem vo c ant ) ponamus : quandoquidem ce rti samus neminem jus tumau t salvum fie ri posse nis i ame t summe Deum e t imitetur s tudio s iss ime . —Ib id.

p . 2 2 2 . Conf. Suev. c ap. I V. ]

1 2 4 T H E CATHO LIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

E r rors and adversa r ies unto th is truth .

The fa ithful shew the ir works , ye t ne i the r to have themse en o f men, a s did th e hypocritica l Pharise es ; nor the rebyto me rit heaven, a s do th e pharisa ica l Papists, whose doctrine is, tha t

Good works are meritor ious ‘.Good works (a s contrition, confe ssion, and satisfa ction

done in penance) not only do me rit, but are be side s a

sacrament for to a tta in re conciliation wi th God, and forgiveness of s ins 2 .L ife e terna l is due unto good works by th e justice o f God3.

[1 Th ough th e h oly apostle ’s spe c ia l purpose b e in th is epis tle to commend unto

th e Gentile s th a t trus ted so much in th e ir mo ra l wo rks, th e fa i th in Ch rist : ye t le s tany man sh ould th ink or ga th e r untruly o f his w o rds , th a t Ch ris tian men ’

s wo rkswe re no t m e ri to riou s or th e cause o f salva tion, h e e xpre ssly w rite th , tha t God g ive tha s w e l l e ve rlas ting l ife and g lo ry to men, fo r and a cco rding to th e ir good w o rks , ash e g ive th damna t ion for th e contra ry w o rks .

—Te st. Rh em . Rhemes , 1582 . p . 387 .

Anno t. Rom. i i . 6 . E ve ry man sha ll rec eive a c c ording . A most pla in te x t forpro o f tha t m en b y th e ir lab ours , and by th e dive rs itie s the re o f, shall b e dive rse lyrewarded in h e aven and th e re fo re th a t b y th e ir w orks proceeding o f g race , th ey dode se r ve o r me ri t h e aven,

and th e mo re o r le ss joy in th e same .— 1b id. p. 430 . Ann.

1 Cor. i ii . 8 . E ither g ood or evil. H e aven is a s w e l l th e rewa rd o f good w o rks ,a s h ell is th e s tipend o f i l l wo rks . N e i th e r is fa ith a lone su ffic ient to pro curesa lvation, nor lack o f fa ith th e o nly caus e o f damna tion : b y good de eds men me ri tth e one , and by i l l de eds th ey de se rve the o th e r. - I b id. p . 480 . Ann. 2 Cor. V . 1 0 .

God is no t unj ust . I t is a w o rld t o se e wh a t w ring ing and w ri th ing th e P ro tes tantsmake to sh i ft th emse lve s from th e e v idence o f th e se w o rds, w h ich make i t mostcle ar to all no t b l inded in pride and contention, tha t good w o rks h e me ri torious ,and th e ve ry cause o f sa lva tion, so far th a t God sh ould b e unjus t , if h e ren

de red no t h e aven for th e same .— Ib id. p . 6 13. Ann. H eb r. v i . 10. Fa ith did

work with . Some h e re tics ho ld, tha t g ood w o rks a re pe rnic ious to sa lvation and

jus tifica t ion : o th e r th a t th ough th ey b e no t hu rtful, b ut re qu ired, ye t th ey be nocause s or w orke rs o f sal va t ion, much le ss m e rito rious , b u t are as e ffe c ts and fru i tsissu ing ne ce ssa r ily ou t o f fa ith . Bo th w h ich fictions , fa lseh o ods , and fligh ts fromth e pla in tru th o f God

s w o rd , are re futed b y th e se w o rds , wh en the apo s tle s sa i th,

Th a t fa ith wo rke th toge th e r w ith go od w o rks : making fa i th to b e a coadj u to r, o rc o -Ope ra to r w ith w o rks , and so b o th j o intly concurring as cause s and worke rs o f

j us tifica tion : ye a a fte rw ard h e make th wo rks th e mo re principa l cause w hen h ere semb le th fa i th to the b ody, and w o rks to th e spiri t , o r l i fe o f mam—I b id. p . 646 .

A nn. Jam e s i i .[2 Sunt au tem quas i ma te ria h ujus sacramenti [se . Poenitentia ] , ipsius poeni

tentis actus , nempe c ontritio , confe ss io e t sa tis fac tio : qui qua tenus in poe nitente ad

inte gritatem sacramenti , ad plenamque e t perfe c tam pe cca to rum remiss ionem e x

D e i institutione requ iruntur, h ac ra tione partes poenitentia dic untur. Sane ve roI e s e t e ffe c tus hujus sacramenti , quantum ad ejus vim e t e ffic ac iam pertine t, re conc ilia tio e s t c um D eo .

— Conc il. Harduiu. Paris . 17 14. T om . x . c ol. 91 . Cone .

Trid. Se ss . X IV. c ap.

[3 Se e ab ove , p . 1 16, no te

1 2 6 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Works done w ithout fa i th do ple ase God.

Go od works , not in re spe ct o f Christ only, but in themse lve s cons ide re d, ple ase God‘.

T h e Basilidians 2 pla ce d th e doe rs o f civi l and ph ilosoph ical righte ousness, performed without fa ith in Christ , in th e ve ryheavens .

P ropos i t ion I I .

IVorlcs done bef ore justifica tion deserve not gra ce ef congruity .

[T h e pro o f f rom God’s word

Th e unregenera te , not ye t j ustified, have nothing in themto move God to b e gra cious unto them ; and be ing a s theyare , old, no t new cre ature s ; enemie s , not fa vourers o f

godliness ; th e children o f wra th, no t o f God ; s inne rs , not

virtuously bent ; infidels, and not be l ieve rs ; o f congruityde se rve no gra ce a t God’s hands, which is th e fa ith too and

confession“ o f o the r churches .

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 2 2 , no te[2 T h e passage me ant may possib ly b e th e fo llowmg : ‘

Hu ué u o z’

m7rpdm‘

e 7 0 3

K vpio v arapo vo'

t'

a s e is (im a t o crbunv"

E h hnc w a’

va yxa ia du h o o'

o cpia‘

vvw‘

. 625 xpn

7 130 69 Ge o o' éfie t a v y iue r a t , orpo vra ide t a

'

7 1 9 o b e-a 7 0 79 "minw ith -w 63 du ode igews

K apvro vp é uow .-Clem. A le x . Opp. Oxon. 1 7 15. T om . I . p . 331 . Stro rn. Lib . I

c ap. 5. Th is how e ve r is the sentiment o f C lemens h imse l f , no t o f the Bas il idiansC f. Ib id. c ap. 2 0 . p . 377 . Ka i'r o t K a i K a f)’ é a v '

rn‘

v é dm a fo v arch -e K a i ti qb rh o a o qb t'

a

"ro bs E hknva s

[3 Om i tted in[4 R e fe rimus tamen me rc edem h anc, quam D om inus da t , non adme ri tum h omi

nis ac c ipientis : sed ad prom it tentis a tqu e dantis .—H arm. C onf.

Se c t. Ix. p . 1 73. C onf . He lv . P o s t. c ap. xv 1 . D e inc eps doc e tur, quare e t quo

b ona prae stari deb e ant : nim irum non h ac de causa u t h om ine s j ust ific ationem au t salu tem pe r hmc e t remissionem pe cca to rum c onsequ antur.—"I b id.

p . 188 . C onf. Boh em . c ap. vrr. nob is ullisve me ritis nostris nih i l quic quamprae sumimus .— I b id. p . 1 85. Conf. Be lg . Art. xxn r. remissio pe cca to rum ce rtasit , do c e t e arn gra tis dona ri : h o c e s t non pende re e x condi tione dignitatis nostras ,ne c da ri propte r u l la praec edentia Ope ra , aut dignitatem s equentium .

— lb id. p . 1 87 .

C onf . A ug . 1 540 . Ar t . I v . e st , donari nob is remissionem pe ccatorum e t

fie ri nos ex injus tis propte r Ch ris tum , non prop te r dignitatem contrit ionis, au t aliorum Ope rum prazc edentiurn au t s equentium.

—I b id. p . 192 . Art. xx . I nth e edition o f 1531 Pr incipio quod ope ra no s tra non po ssint re conci liare De um au t

me re ri rem is s ionem pe ccato rum e t gra tiam e t jus tific a tionem .—l b id. p . 199. E t c on

tume lia e st Fil ii D e i finge re u l la nostra ope ra me ri ta clare damnamus qu a: fing unt dis c iplinam remissmnem s eu de cong ruo s eu de c on

digno , & c .— I b id. p . 2 05. C onf. Saxon. Art. I I I . I nanis es t imagina tio fingentium

ob edientiam D e o place re sua digni tate e t e sse me ri tum c ondigni, u t loquuntur, e t

j us titiam c o ram D e o qua: s it me ri tum vita; M em es — I b id. p . 2 14. Art. V I I I . [I x. ]s int h ze virtutes , fides , spe s, e t chari tas , e t quod h omo

h as virtutes non ex se concipe re possit, sed ac c ipia t ex favo re e t gratia De i. -Ib id.

p . 2 18 . Conf. Virtemb . Art. v. ]

X I I I .] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 2 7

E rrors and adversa ries unto this truth .

This overthrowe th th e popish a sse rtions concerning meritso f congruity 5 ; and tha t by good works man is justifie d be foreGod, and made he ir o f e terna l life 6

As e vil works de se rve he ll-fire , so e terna l happiness isdeserved by good works 7 .

Propos i t ion I I I .

Works done bef ore justifica tion ha ve the na ture of sin.

T h e proof f rom th e wo rd o f God.

Wha tso eve r men do , not ye t j ustifie d be fore God, i t issin : for o f such pe rsons th e be st works which they do , eventhe ir fasting “, praying

b, a lms-de eds c , sa crificing unto Godd, pro

Wh e re f o re h ave we fa s ted, and th ou se e st it no t ? We h a vepun ish ed ou rse lve s , and th ou regarde st it no t, I sa i . lvi ii. 3 . Did you

f as t unto m e ? Z e ch . vii. 5 . T h ey h ave th e ir rewa rd, Ma tt . vi. 1 6 .

b He th a t turne th away h is e ar f rom h e a r ing th e law, even h is

praye r sh a ll b e ab om inab le , P rov. xxviii . 9. Wh en th o u praye st b eno t as th e hypo c r i te s , &c . ; th ey h ave th e ir rewa rd, Ma tt . vi. 5.

T ake h e ed th a t ye g ive no t you r ,

a lms b e f o re m en, &c . th ey h aveth e ir rewa rd, Ma t t . vi. 1 , 2 .

d Wi ll I e a t th e fle sh o f b u l ls, or dr ink th e b lo od o f goa ts ?

P sal. l . 1 3 . Br ing me no mo re ob la t ions in va in : incense is an a b o

mina t ion unto me , &c . I sa i . i. 1 3 . He th a t k ille th a b u l lo ck is a s if

h e slew a man ; h e th a t sac rific e th a sh e ep, a s if h e c u t o ff a dog’

s

ne ck ; h e th a t ofi’e re th an Ob la tion, a s if h e o ffe red sw ine ’s b lo od ;

h e th at rememb ere th inc ense , a s if h e b le ssed an ido l, I sai. lxvi. 3 .

[5 Afte r quo t ing Bede and S t Augu s tine , th e anno ta to r continue s , Whe reby i t

appe are th th a t such w orks as a re done b e fo re justifica tion ,th ough they su ffice no t

to sa l va t ion, ye t b e a cceptab le prepa ra t ive s to th e gra ce o f jus tifica t ion,and such as

mo ve God to me rcy , a s i t m igh t appe ar a lso by God ’

s l ike prov ident me rcifu lne ss toth e eunuch , th ough all such w o rks preparat ive come o f gra ce a lso o th e rw ise th eycould ne ve r dese rve at God

s h and o f congru i ty or any o th e rw ise toward jus tific at ion.

-Te st. Rh em . Rhemes , 1582 . Ann. Acts x . 2 . p .[6 Atque ideo b ene ope rantib us usque in finem , e t in D e o sperantibus proponenda

e st v ita es te rna , e_

t tamquam gra tia filiis D e i pe r _

Ch ristum Je sum mise ric ordite r pro

m issa, e t tanquam me rce s ex ipsius De i prom i ss ione b on is ipso rum operibus e t

meritis fide lite r reddenda .—Conc il. Harduin. Paris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c ol. 39. Conc .Trid. Sess . VI . c ap.

[7 Quod quidem D . Paulus satis ape ruit ad T h essalonic enses sc rib ens, Nos ipsi( inquit ) in vob is glo riamur in tame a j us tum e s t apud De um re trib uere re tributionem iis qui vos tribulant, e t vob is qu i trib ulamini re qu iem ,

qu idem sa tis indicant,non m inus sempite rnam felic ita tem justorum e sse praec laris

operibu s deb i tam ,quam aaternos c ru ciatus eorum sc eleribus qui non no ve runt Deum ,

ne que ob ediunt E vange l io , &c .—Andrad. Orth odox . E xplic . Co lon. 1564. Lib . VI .

D e Jus tific . p .

T e st . Rh em .

an . A c t . x . 2 .one il .C

T rid. Se ss .

6 . c . 16 .

Andrad deFide , Lib. vr.

1 2 8 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

ph e sying , and working o f mira cle s , e ven in th e name o f

Christ", ye a , all the ir a ctions whatsoeve r‘, are abominable b e

fore God.

And this is agre eable to th e confe ssions ‘ o f our bre thren.

T he a dversa ries unto this truth .

Erre d there fore ha th th e council o f T rent , in pronouncingthem a ccurs e d which ho ld tha t all works o f man 2 whatsoeve rdone be fore h is j ustifica tion are s in s

.

ARTICLE XIV.

Of Works o f Supe re rogation.

Vo lunta ry w orks , (1 ) besides , over a nd a bove , God’

s c om

m a ndments , w hich th ey c a ll w orks of supererog a tion, c a n

no t be ta ugh t w ith ou t a rrog a ncy a nd impiety . (2 ) F or by

th em men do decla r e , th a t th ey do no t only r ender unto God

a s much a s th ey a re bound to do , bu t th a t th ey do more

f or h is s a ke , th a n of bounden du ty is r equired : wh erea s

Chris t s a ith pla inly , l/Vh en ye h a ve done a ll th a t a re c om

ma nded to you , say , We b e unprof ita ble serva nts .

T he propositions .

1 . Wo rks o f supere roga tion cannot b e taught withouta rrogancy and impie ty.

2 . Works o f supe re roga tion are th e subve rs ion o f godline ss and true re lig ion.

L o rd, L o rd, h ave we no t b y th y nam e proph e s i ed ? and by th ynam e ca s t ou t de v i ls ? and b y thy name done many g re a t wo rks ?T h en w i l l I pro f e ss to th em , I ne ve r knew you : depa r t f rom m e , ye

th a t wo rk iniqu i ty, Ma t t . vii. 2 2 , 2 3 .

f Wh a tso e ve r is no t o f f a i th is sin, Rom . xiv . 2 3 . U nto th em th a ta re defiled

'

and unb e l iev ing is no th ing pu re ; b u t e v en th e i r m ind'

s and

consc ience s a re defiled, T it . i . 1 5. Wi th ou t fa i th it is imposs ib le tople ase God, Heb . xi. 6 .

Se e ab o ve , p . 1 2 1 , no te 3 , and p . 1 2 5, n. [2 Men

,

[3 S i qu is dixe rit Ope ra omnia , qu ze ante jus tific a tionem fiunt

, quac unque rationefac ta sint , vere e sse pe cca ta , ve lOdium D e i sit—Conc il. Harduin.

P aris. 17 14. T om. x . CO]. 41 . Cone . Tr id. Se ss . v i . D e Justific a tione, Can.

In h is Asse rt.Ca th o l. fide i.Anno t ma rg .

Luk e x . 35.

1 Co r. ix. 2 3 .

2 C o r. viii 14.

Cone . T rid

Se ss . 6 . c . 10.

1 30 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Th e er rors a nd a dversa ries unto this truth .

The re fore bo th a rrogant and ungodly b e th e Papists ,which tea ch and spe ak in th e commendation o f such wo rks ;and name ly , Pe trus a Soto ] , th e Rh emis ts Q, ye a , and th e

council o f T rent 3.

tuo rum,e t multae mons tro sae superstitione s e XCOgitatae sunt. - I b id. p . 2 03 . Conf.

Saxon. Ar t . In . Mona ch i sa tis fac tiones e sse Ope ra non deb i talege Ope ra indeb i ta , de qu ibus ips i loquuntur, non e sse cul tus D e i

au t c ompensa tione s , sed pe rtine re ad h o c dic tum Frustra c olunt me mandatis h ominum — I b id. Se c t . v ii i . p . 156 . A rt. xv i r. ]

[1 A fte r spe aking o f th e command to lo ve God, o f wh ich h e says, Sed il l i nu llus

qu ic quam s uperadde re po te s t , h e pro ce eds : A t ve ro quod ad re rum exte rna rum usum

a ttine t , h ab e t ve ra fide s ju xta proph e tic am e t apos to lic am do c trinam quaedam j ub e rive l proh ib e ri prae c eptis , qu ib us no n ob edire pe c c a tum e s t, quaedam ve ro p roponisub co ns i l io , c ui non pa re re nu l lum pe c c a tum e s t , sed m inus b o num , o b edientia

ve ro illorum g ra tio r, per quam v ide l ice t s upe re rogamu s nonnih il h is , ad quae ex

ne ce ss i tate tenemur.-P e tr . a So to . Asse rt . C a th ol. Fid. A ntve rp. 1557 . D e Lege .

p .

[2 S t Augustin s a i th th at th e apo s tle ( 1 C or . ix . ) acco rding to th is place did

supere ro ga te , th a t is , did mo re th an h e w as ne eded o r w as b ound to do, wh en h e

m igh t h a ve requ ired all du tie s for pre a ch ing th e gospe l , b ut w o u ld no t. L i. de 0p .

Mona c h . c . 5. Whe re fo re i t come th th a t the w o rks w h ich we do m o re th an pre ce ptb e ca l led w o rks o f supe re rog a tion ; and w h e reb y i t is also e v ident a ga ins t th epro te s tants th a t th e re b e such w o rks —Te st . Rh em . Rheme s , 1582 . Ma rg . Anno t.p . 1 68. T h e passage o f S t Luke ’

s Go spe l ( x . 35) u pon wh ich th e ab o ve is a

comment, is rende red in th e Rh em ish v e rs ion, “ A nd w h a tso e ve r th o u sh a l t supe re rog a te , I a t my re turn w il l repay the e and th e m a rg ina l gloss is , supere rog a ve ris,fn

'

po o' da '

zra mio—ys . And 1 do a ll tlung s f o r the g osPe l tha t I may be made pa r ta ke )“ the reof .

A s ingula r place to conv ince th e pro te stants th a t w il l no t h ave m en w o rk w e l l inre spe ct o f rew a rd a t God

s h and the apos tle confe ss ing e xpre ssly , th a t all th is th a th e do e th e i th e r o f duty, o r o f supe re ro g a tion ab ove is the ra th e r to a tta inth e rew a rd o f he a ven.— I b id. p . 444. A nn . 1 C o r. ix . 2 3. Le t in th is pre sent timeyou r a bunda nc e supply the ir want. Th is pl ace pro ve th pla inly tha t the fas ting s andsa tis facto ry de eds o f one man b e ava i lab le to o th e rs , ye a and th a t h o ly sa ints o r

o th e r v irtuou s p e rsons may, in m e asu re and p ropo rtion o f o th e r m en’

s ne ce ss i tie sand de se rv ings , a l lo t unto th em , a s w e l l th e supe re roga tion o f th e ir spiri tua l w o rks ,as th o se th a t ab ound in w o rldl y g o ods m ay g ive a lms o f the ir superfluitie s to themw h ich a re in ne ce ss i ty. Wh ich inte rch ange and p ropo rtion o f th ings th e apos tle do the v ide ntly s e t down — Ib id. p . 485. Ann. 2 C or. vi i i .[3 S ic e rg o Ob se rva tionem m andato rum D e i e t e c c lesiaz, in ipsa

jus ti tia , per Ch risti gra tiam acce pta , c o -ope rante tide b on is operib us , c res c unt a tquemag is jus tific antur— C onc il. Harduiu . Paris . 1 7 14. T om. x . c ol. 36. Cone . Trid.

Sess . VI . 0 .

rim ] o r T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 3]

P ropo s i t ion 1 1 .

Works of supereroga tion a re the subvers ion of godlinessa nd tr ue r elig ion.

Th e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Whe re th e works o f supere roga tion a re taught, and in

regard, th e law o f God there is broken, aga inst th e will 0 f Ma tt . v . 19.

Christ, and men’

s traditions may b e obse rve d . Mark vii. 7,

T h e ho ly scripture must b e contemned , a s no t sufficientenough to bring men unto th e knowledge o f sa lva tion, whichS t Paul sa ith is able to instruct in righte ousne ss , that th e epim . m. 16,

man o f God may be abso lute , be ing made pe rfe c t unto all”

good works.God, wh o is only wise , is made unwise , in not pre scribing 1 T im . i. 17.

so ne cessary works .

Fa ith and o the r spiritual and most spe cia l virtue s are

brought into oblivion.

Pe rfe ction is impute d no t unto fa ith in Je sus Chris t, butunto works : and, which is most de te stable

,unto th e works too

not commande d , but fo rbidden o f God, orda ine d by men.

Th e law o f God is thought to b e throughly sa tisfied , and

more dutie s performed than man ne ede d to have done .

T h e same think our bre thren4 o f thes e works .

T he a dversa r ies unto this truth .

Contrar iwise th e Papists o f supere roga tory works : they T e st Rh em .

do merit (say they) remiss ion o f s ins , and tha t no t for th e doe rsi

f?»” o r M

o f them only, but for o the rs b e side s 5T hey are tokens o f th e fo rgivene ss o f s ins , so we l l as b ap gent

. A ugrt . xx .

t Ism , ye a deh ve r from th e wra th o f God, so we ll a s Christ “.A re gre a te r , and more holy, than are th e works c om

£235

33”

manded In th e D e ca logue , or law mora l 7. de Lege

A nd s o pre fe rring the ir own wo rks and inventions be foreGod h is law, sa craments , and th e blood o f Christ, b o th oughtthis doctrine o f works supe re rogatory to b e counte d th e

doctrine o f devils , and th e ma inta ine rs the re o f taken for th esubverters o f godline ss and true re lig ion.

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 2 9

,no te [

5 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 30 , no te[6 Th e re is appa rently an e rror in th e re fe rence . B ut see , Syl l . C onf. Oxon .

1 82 7 . p . 2 2 2 , 3. Co nf . Aug . 1540 . Ar t . de Ab u s . & c . D e Vo t . Monach . C on

s ta t au tem monac h o s do c u isse quod fac titiaa re l ig ione s me re antur remissionem pe c

c a torum , opponunt irze D e i, non propitia to rem Ch ris tum, sed propriaope ra & c .][7 See ab o ve , p . 130 , no te

1 32 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

ARTICLE XV.

Of Chr ist a lone w ithout sin.

Chris t in the tru th of our na ture wa s made like unto

us in a ll th ings , s in only exc ep t , (1 )f rom wh ic h h e wa s

c lea r ly void, bo th in h is lif e1a nd spir it . H e c ame to be

th e L amb w ithou t spot, w h o , by sa c rific e of h imself onc e

ma de , sh ould ta ke a way th e s ins of th e w orld a nd s in, (a sS t John s a ith) w a s no t in h im . Bu t (2 ) a ll w e th e r es t ,

a lth ough bap tiz ed, a nd born a g a in in Ch ris t, yet ofi end in

m any th ings ; a nd if w e say w e h a ve no s in, w e dec eive

ourselves , a nd th e tru th is no t in us .

T he propositions .

1 . Chris t is truly and pe rfe ctly righte ous .

2 . All men bes ides Christ, though regenera te , b e s inners .

P ropo s i t ion I .

Chr ist is truly a nd perf ec tly r igh teous .

T h e pro o f f rom God’s wo rd.

Tha t Christ wa s pure from sin, i t is abundantly to b e

se en in th e ho ly scripture s .

He wa s bo th conce ived and born without sin.

He appea re d to lo ose , but no t to fulfil , th e works o f Sa tan.

He l ived , and wa s tempted , ye t w ithout sin, and did no

sin, knew no sin, nor h ad any sin in h im.

He die d a guiltle ss and j ust man, e ven by th e te stimonyo f Paul, Pe te r, S tephen, yea o f h is adve rsary and judge ,Pila te .

As ours, such are ? th e confe ssions 3 o f th e pure r churche s .

[1 Fle sh , [

2 Such is , & c .

[3 ls (Ch ristus ) no s traa (pe ccato so lum e xcepto ,

quoniam illib a tam

e sse h o s tiam Oporteb a t) pe r omnia mo rtem tradidit. -H a rm . Conf . Se ct.vr. p. 104. Conf. He lv. Prio r. Art. xr. (Chris tum ) juxta humanamnob is omnia s imilem, e xce pto pe cca to .

— l b id. p . 100 . Conf . He lv.

P os t . c ap. (se . C h ris tus) animam e t co rpus ab sque omn i pe cca to assum

sit .— I b id. p . 1 07 . Conf. Boh em . c ap. 6 . H omo , pe r omnia ,e xce pto pe cca to , s im il is .

—I b id. p . 1 09. Co nf . Ga l l . Art . x I v . Q ui (Fil ius D e i)ve ram na turam humanam c um Omnib us ipsius infirmita tibus , e xcepto pe ccato , ve reassumps i t,—I b id. p . 1 13. Conf . Be lg . Art . X V I I I . ]

Pro ved, pp.

99, 1 00 .

P rove d,p. 1 2 0.

E c c le s . vii.2 0 .

Gal. v. 17.

1 T im . i. 1 5.

James iii. 2 .

1 Jo hn i. 8 .

Matt . v i. 1 2 .

Conc il. T rid.

Se ss . 5. de

1 34 T H E CATHOLIC D OCTRIN E [A RT .

Th e regene ra te a lso b e not w ithout the ir s ins , bothor igina l and a ctual .

“ B e side s , there is no man just in th e e ar th tha t do thgood and s inn‘

e th no t,”sa ith th e preache r . Ye canno t do

th e same things tha t ye would .

“ Chris t Je sus came into th e wo rld to save s inne rs , o f

whom I am chie f ,” sa ith St Paul .“ In many things we sin a ll, is S t Jame s ’ saying ; and

S t John,I f we say w e have no sin, we de ce ive ours e lve s ,

and th e truth is not in us .

Pray there fore , Forg ive us our debts .

A truth be l ieve d and confe sse d by all church e s, ex:pre ssedly by s ome ‘.

T he errors and adver sa r ies unto this tru th .

Many adve rsarie s hath this truth h ad, and ha th ; a s

th e Papists , th e Maniche e s , th e Ca th a rans , th e D ona tists , th ePe lagians , Family o f Love , Marcionite s , Adamite s , and Car

poc ra tians . For

T h e Papists say tha t th e ble ssed virgin wa s pure from all

c re to de Pe e . sin, bo th origina l 2 and a ctua l . For (the se are the ir own words)Orig .

T e s t . Rh em .

an. 0 0 1. i. 2 4.

A nno t. Mar.

iii. 33 .

Our Lady ne ve r s inned .

Our Lady “s inne d no t so much a s venia lly in all h e r

Staph Ar ud life 3 z” sh e exa ctly fulfilled th e who le law , th a t is ,wasw ithout sin“.

E xang . In

Ma tt. xii. 50 .

p. 1 18 .

Also o f S t Francis they write , tha t for virtue and godline ss h e wa s like unto Christ , and b a th fulfille d e ve ry jo t o f

th e law “

aSic ut Adae D e o non pa rent i , omnis c re a tu ra reb ellis extitit : sic

B . Franc i s co , omn ia prac c epta d i v ina implenti, c re a tu ra omnis f amu

la ta e st : omn ia D e u s subj e c it sub pedib us ejus .

— A l co r . Franc . [Franc oph . 1 542 . f o l. I . i .]

[I I n h a c tanta infirmita te e t immunditie na turas, sancti non satis fa c iunt l e g i .

H arm . Conf. I x . p . 196 . C onf. A u g . 1540 . Art . xx . Se e a lso ab o ve , p . 1 2 6 , n.

[2 D e c la i a t tamen hwe ipsa s anc ta synodus , non e ss e suae intentionis , c ompre

h ende re in h o c de cre to ub i de pe ccato o rig inal i ag i tur, b e a tam e t imma c ula tam v irg inem Mariam ,

D e i g ene tric em , &c .—Conc il. Ha rduin . T om . x . c o l. 2 9. C one .

Trid. Se ss . v . D e Pe cc . Orig . c an.

[3 Te s t . Rh em. Rheme s, 1582 . A nno t. Co l. i . 2 4. p . 538, and Anno t. Mar. i ii .

33, p .

[4 Ve rum qu idem est fo rte de fa cto neminem quidem fuisse (Be atiss . sempe r

virginem p ropte r h ono rem Dom ini sempe r exc ipio ) qui to tum le gem e xac te impleve rI t

,id e s t , s ine p e cca to fue ri t . —S tapl e ton. Opp. Par . 162 0 . p . 36 . Antid. E vang .

in Matt . x i i .

xv .] o r T HE CHU RCH o r E NGLAND . 1 35

T he Maniche es 5 and Cath arans 6 thought they could not Hier. in pro ].

0 o D ia l . contrasrn so much a s In thought . P e lag .

C yp. L Ib . IV.

T h e D ona tists dre ame d h ow they we re so perfect as they 51”t Lib U

could j ustify o the r men7 . gs

qga Pe til

Some we re o f opinion, a s th e Pe lagians 8 and Family o f ComéMe lit .

c ap.

Love 9, h ow they we re so fre e from sin as they ne ede d no t Displ fi fi,

to say,“ Forgive us our tre spasse s .

” Which Fami ly a lso B “

tea che th h ow there b e men l iving a s good and a s holy a s firiw '

Lmiiee ve r Christ wa s 1 0 — an e rro r o f Christophe r Vite ls “ , a chie f L ib -ll re lde r in th e sa id Family — and tha t h e , which is a Famil ist, giantis e ithe r a s p e rfe ct as Chris t, or e lse a very de vil .Some de eme d themse lve s a s pure a s Paul , Pe te r, or any

men, a s th e Ma rcionite s” ; yea , as Adam and E vah b efore iiin

bLib ' L

the ir fa ll, as th e Adamite sw ; yea , as Je sus Chris t himse lf, as E piph amth e Ca rpocratians”. Egg

-

o

m . r

[5 U t praateream Manic h ze um , Prisc illianum, &c . quorum omnium ista sen

teu tia e st ; posse ad perfe c tionem , e t non dic am ad similitudinem sed ae qualita tem

D e i h umanam virtu tem e t sc ientiam pe rvenire ; ita u t asse rant se ne c o g ita tione qui

dem e t igno rant ia , quum ad c onsummationis cu lmen asc ende rint, posse pe ccare .

H ie ron. Opp. Par. 1693- 1 706 . T om . I v . c o l. 484 . D ia l . adv . P e lag . P ro log . in Lib . I . ][6 M iro r au tem qu o sdam s ic ob s tina tos

L

é sse u t dandam non pu tent lapsis poenitentiam ,

aut poenitentib us e xis timent veniam dene gandam , c um scr iptum s it

h i emento unde c e c ideris , e t ag e pmnitentiam e t fac prio ra Ope ra , &c .— Cypr. Opp.

Oxon . 1 682 . E p is t . 55 . p . 1 10 . I n E di t. E rasm . L ib . I v . E p.

[7 L inguae au tem do losas sunt e o rum, qui c um facta sua no ve rint, non solum

s e dic unt j us to s e sse h om ine s, sed e tiam justific a tore s h ominum .— Augus t . Opp.

Paris . 1836 -8 . T om . I x. c ol. 37 1 . Contr. L i tt . Fe til . L ib . I I . c ap.

[3 I tem pla cu it , u t quic unque ve rb a ipsa dominic aa o rationis , ub i dic imus , D i

m itte nob is debita nostro , ita vo la nt a sanctis dic i , u t h umilite r non ve rac ite r, h oc

dic atur , ana th ema Huc usque de fide contra Pe lagianos —Conc il. Harduin.

P aris . 17 15. T om . I . c o l. 1 2 19. C onc il. Mile vit . c an . V I I I . ][9 T h e pa ssage intended is prob ab ly th is : They s co rn all th ose th a t s ay , Good

L o rd, have me rcy upon u s , mise ra ble s inners say ing , th ey th a t so say de clare th ems e lve s ne ve r to amend,

b u t s ti l l to b e m ise rab le s inne rs , wh e re as w e do l ive perfe ctly ,and s in no t .— D isplay ing , &c . Lond. 1579. fo l.

H .

[1 0 Th is re fe rence h as no t b e en found ]Th e y h o ld, th a t h e w h i ch is one o f th e i r cong re gation is fe ith er as pe rfe c t as

C h ris t, or , & c .— D isplay ing o f th e Fam . Lond . 1579 . fol. H . 6 . b . ]

[1 2 The se w e re no t th e Ma rcioni te s , b u t th e fo l lowe rs o f th e h e re ti c Marcus .

K a i y a flirra i dé a ir-ro b Ea t/r o bs nis [1 1166 1159

duvap é uo v e’

E t a wGfiI/ a t 7 43 ,u e 'y e

'

fie t 7 179 y vaio'

ew s a bq-[Zm’ 14773,

a”H a fih o y , [1 116’

£2 1,ll

H é r po v e i'frrys , ,

und a h h o y v i va f rdiu Aw o a r é h wv‘

a’

h h a‘

w h e fw War/T w p é 'v c I/ a t,

x . 7 . k — I ren. Adv. Ha r. Oxon. 1 702 . Lib . I . c . 9. p .

[1 3 '

H '

y o iiu'r a t ydp T n

u é a u'

rdiv é rm hno't'

a v e lua t rr o‘

v U apdde t a ov, K a i. a ha-o bs

c i t/ c u. cra b s w ept Add/u. K a i E dda — E piph an. Opp. Pa ris . 162 2 . T om . I . p . 450 . A dv.

Haar . Lib . I I . T om . I . Hmr. 52 . Se e above , p . 1 0 1 , no te[1 4 Se e ab o ve

,p . 10 1 , no te

1 36 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

ARTI CLE XVI .

Of Sin afte r Baptism .

(1 ) N o t e very dea dly s in w illing ly committed af terbaptism is s in aga ins t th e Ho ly Gh os t, a nd unpa rdona ble .

W'

h er ef ore th e g ra nt of r epenta nc e is no t to be denied to sucha s f a ll into s in af ter bap tism. (2 ) Af ter w e h a ve r eceivedth e Holy Gh os t, w e may depa r t f r om gra ce given, a nd f a llinto s in, a nd by th e g ra ce of God (we m ay) r is e ag a in a nd

amend our lives . And th eref ore th ey a re to be condemnedwh ich s ay, th ey c a n no mor e s in a s long a s th ey live h ere ,

(3) or deny pla ce of f org iveness to such a s truly r epent .

The P ropositions .

1 . Every sin committe d afte r baptism is not th e sin

aga ins t th e Holy Ghos t.2 . T h e ve ry regenera te may depart from gra ce given,

and fa ll into sin, and ye t rise aga in unto newne ss o f life .

3 . N0 men utterly are to b e cast o ff a s reproba te s whichunfe ignedly repent.

P ropo s i t ion I .

E very sin committed af ter baptism is no t the sin aga inst the Holy Ghost .

T h e pro o f f rom God’s wo rd.

T hough every sin, in itse lf cons idered , de serve th damnation ; ye t is there a sin which sha l l b e punishe d with many ,

and a sin which sha l l b e punished w ith few stripe s ; a sin

unto de a th , and a sin no t unto de a th ; a sin aga inst th e

Fa ther, and th e Son, which sha ll b e forgiven ; and a sin

aga ins t th e Ho ly Ghos t, which neve r sha l l b e forgiven.

So in the ir extant Confe ss ions w itne ss th e churche s inBoh emia f Saxony, and He lve tia

l

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies unto this tru th .

D iverse ly h as this doctrine be en oppugned . For

[1 peccata secundum h os g radus e t h o c o rdine c onsiderari e t aestimari possunt .

P rimum omnium e t max imum a tque gravissimum pe c c a tum omnino fu i t Adami pe cc atum . Al te rum e s t inna tum e t h aareditarium, &c . Te rtium genus pe cca to rume st corum qu es ac tualia vo c antur, &c .

—H arm . Conf. Se ct . W . p . 74. Conf. Boh em .

Jo hn viii. 1 1 .

E ph . iv . 2 1 ,

C o lo ss . iii 8.

He b . iii. 1 2 .

1 T im . i. 19.

2 T im . iv . 3 .

2 T Im . ii. 2 2 .

1 Pe t. ii. 10 .

6 ; v. 82 Pe t . iii 17.

2 Sam . x i . 4.

1 K ings xi. 3 .

Ma tt. xxvi.70, 72 . 74.

Rev. ii

Luke xxn . 55.Ac ts I i. 2 3,& c . (Sr I ii . 13 .

Oz Iv. 1 0 , & c .

Ma tt. xxvi.C onf . He ly .

I I

Boh em . c . 5,8 . Sax . A rt .x . x i . Wi t

t em . A rt .

xxxn .

Su e viea,A rt . x v.

Magdeb urg .

E c c le s . HtSt '

c ent . X I I . c .

5 .

Bus . Lib . V I .

0 . 43 .

Magdeb urg .

E c c le s . H i st.c ent . I v. c . 5.

1 38 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

and unto th e adultere ss ; o f S t Paul unto th e Ephe s ians ,Co loss ians , Hebrews , and T imo thy ; and o f S t Pe te r .untoa ll th e godly ; and partly by th e example s o f David, So lomon, Pe ter , ‘

wh o egreg iously and ve ry o ffens ive ly did fa lland tha t they do fa ll , i t is most e vident by th e fifth pe tition o f th e Lord ’

s praye r , we re no thing e lse to prove the

same ; but se e a fore , Art. X I . Prop . 3 . A rt. X I I . Prop . 2 . Art.

xv. Prop . 2 .

Next , tha t b e ing fa llen, they may r ise aga in and b e saved ,i t is apparent both by th e e xhort-a tions o f th e ange l unto th echurche s o f Ephe sus , Pe rgamus , and Thya tira ; and by th e

example s o f Pe te r, wh o denied , and ye t a fterward confe sse dh is ma ste r Christ ; and o f all th e disciple s , wh o fled, and ye tre turned .

T his bo th granted is , and publishe d for truth , by th e

churches 1 .

T he a dversa r ies unto this truth .

U nto this truth subscribe will no tEithe r th e Cath arans 2 , Nova tians 3, Jovinians", which

[1

non ita are te inc ludimu s e c c le siam, u t omne s illos e x tra e c c le siam e sse do ceamus In quibus aliqu ando defici t fide s , non tamen pe ni tus e xtinguitur, aut prorsus

qu id e venerit S . P e tro ne gatori , e t qu id qu o tidie e venire s ole a t

e le c tis D e i fide libus e rrantibus e t infirm is .- H a rm . C onf. Se c t . x . p . 7 . C onf . Helv.

P os t . c ap. xvrI . For th e re fe rence to C onf. Boh em . c . 5. se e ne x t Pro p . p . 1 40,no te

2 . I n c . 8 . th e do c trine re fe rred to is me re ly impl ied, w h e re i t is sa id , th a t tho seare to b e th e sub j e cts o f church discipl ine , qui in m anife s tis pe c c a tis s ine poenitentiae t o bdura to co rde ve rsantu r, &c .

—Harm . Conf . x . pp . 1 2 , 13. P os tula t De us , e tqu idem j uramento c onve rs ionem . Quare non placent e i re tinente s propos i tum pe c

candi . -I b id. I V. p . 87 . Conf. Sa xon . A rt . x . E t ad m iniste rium li e ev o c em ab solutio nis impe rtire pe te nt us , qu inon p e rse ve rant in manife stis de lic t is .

I b id. x . p . 2 4. C o nf. Saxo n. Art . xr. Quod in h ac e ccle sia s it ve ra pe cca to rumremiss iO.

— Ib id. x . p . 2 7 . Co nf. Virtemb . Art . xxxu . Th e re is an e rro r in the

re fe re nce to th e C onf . Sue v. ]

[2 So l o s se mundos e t Ch ris tianos e sse c ontendeb ant : reliquos vero omne s

immundo s e t li e rc tic os .—Magdeb u rg . E cc l . H ist . Bas il . 1559. &c . Cent. x i i . .c . 5.

fo l.

[3 E n e idn

n‘

ep 7 37 K an-d T o br wv ( se .

fr é iv é Ew le I/ nxo'

r wv Ka r ol T O» 7 0 17 di ce y/po i}

K a tpdv ) apdc is I’

nr epncpa ur'

a N o ba 'r o s T ij s

(

Pm/A a l’

wv é xk h ncrla s Trpe a fiii 'r epo s , nis

,umc e'r o v e ns a u

'r O Ls a w ’rnpfa s é r\ 7 r r

'

do s, wid

e i w ri t/ 7 a 7 d e is en t a r po cpiiv y uno'

r'

a v

K a i rc a fia pa‘

v ego lu o h o'

yna w é w rr é h o w u,Zdia s a ipc

a ew s Ka 'r ci Ao '

y t a ft o ii ¢va i~

w O'

t U K a ea po bs é a v'ro b s a

rro rbyua'

vr wu a’

pxny o'

s K a efo 'ra’r a t .

— E use b . E c cl . His t.C ant . 1 72 0 . Lib . VI . c ap. 43 . p .[4 Non posse pe ccare h om inem [dic eb a t Jovinianus ] au t a diab o lo sub vert i ,

l avacro re g ene ra tionis plena fide ac c epto . pre te re a b aptismo plus trib uit,

quam co rum qui a se dissentieb ant . - Magde burg . E ccl . His t. C ent. iv. c . 5.

fol.

xvr.] OF T H E CH URCH OF E NGLAND . 1 39

think God’s p eople b e regene ra te into a pure and ange lica lstate , so tha t ne ither they b e , nor c an b e , defiledwith any c ontagion o f sin.

Eithe r th e Libertine s , whose opinions we re , tha tWhoso eve r ha th God ’s Spiri t in h im canno t sin.

David sinne d no t afte r h e h ad re ce ive d th e Ho ly Ghost 5.Wilkinsonaga ins t th e

Regenera tion“ is th e re storing o f th e e sta te wh ere in Adamwa s place d a fore h is fa ll . filg gfif

‘a

Or th e Papists , wh o are o f mind, tha t 2 17‘

T h e works 7 o f men j ustifie d are perfe ct in this l ife .T arp. I » 189

N0 man8 which is fa llen into sin c an r ise aga in, and b e ggg-

gggfi,

saved , w ithout the ir sacrament o f penance .

2 9°

S t Francis a tta ine d unto th e pe rfe ction o f ho line ss , and

could no t sin a t all"

P ropos it ion I I I .

N o men u tterly a re to be ca st of a s r epr oba te which unf eignedly r epent .

[Th e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd ]

Such a s do fa l l from gra ce , and ye t re turn aga in untoth e Lord by true repentance , a re to b e re ce ive d a s membe rso f God’s church : and this by th e scripture is verified . For

the re w e rea d tha tGod would have all men saved .

ppmxi. as.im . I i. 4.

a Vis ad apic em veni re perf e c tionis ? Vitam cum m orib us a ttendeB, Franc isc i.

Tha t w hosoeve r h a th God’

s Spiri t canno t sin, and tha t the proph e t Dav id didno t s in, a fte r th a t t ime h e h ad re ce ived th e H o ly Gho s t. —Wi lkinson’

s Confu t. o f

C e rta in Arti cle s , & c . London,1579. A rtie . XIV. p . 66 . b . ]

[6 Ho e en im p rincipium sumunt ; nempe re ge ne ra tionem e sse re stitutionem in

no c entie , in qua Adam , antequam pe c c a sse t , c onst itutu s e ra t. Hunc au tem innoc entie sta tum s ic ac e ipiunt , n ih i l digno sc e re , ne c inte r a l b um quod a iunt e t nigrumdisce rne re ; qu ia h o c Ade pe c c a tum fu i t , c omede re de fruc tu sc ientie b oni e t mal l .Ca lv . Opp. Ams te lod. 1 667 -72 . T om . V I I I . p . 389. Instruct . Adv. L ib e r t. c ap. XVI I I . ][7 N on so lum ope ra justo rum seve rum D e i j udic ium sustinent, u t repreh e ndi

non possint , e tiam diligentissime e xaminata disc ussis c irc um stantiis a c diab o l i accusatione audita . N ih i l enim culpae , nih i l de fo rmita tis h ab ent ve rum e tiam m e rcedem se cundum justitiam , e t nonme re ex gra tia ac e ipiunt. —Tapp . Opp. C o lon. Ag r.

1 582 . T om . I I . Art. V I I I . p . 1 7 . b . ][8 S i qu is dixerit

, e um , qui po s t b aptismum lapsa s e st , non posse pe r D e i gratiam

re su rg e re aut p oss e qu idem, sed so la fide amissam justitiam re cupe rare s ine sa cramento poenitent ie , ana th ema s it .—C onc . Hardu iu . Paris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c o l. 43.

Cone . Trid. Sess. VI . D e Justifi c atione , Can.

Luke xv. 7.

2 Pe t . iii. 9.

1 Joh n i. 9.

Rev . ii. 5 16 .

Ga l. v i. 1 .

Ph ilem . 1 2 .

l i T H E CATHOL I C DOCTRIN E [ART .

God is a lways re ady to re ce ive th e penitent intofavour : for “ there is joy in heaven for th e sinner tha t c onverte th .

Christ is ’

grie ved when s inne rs w ill not repent.He sha ll save a soul from de ath , and hide a multitude

o f sins , which conve rte th a s inne r from go ing astray out of

h is way .

“ T h e Lord would have no man to perish , but all mento come to repentance .

“ I f we a cknowledge our s ins , h e is fa ithful and just toforgive us our s ins , and to cleanse us from a ll unrighte ousne ss .

He exhorte th his e rring pe ople to repent, and do the irfirs t w orks : ne ithe r re fuse th h e th e sinne r tha t repente th , a sappea re th in th e example o f th e prodiga l son, and o f th e

de btor .God then be ing so gra cious and me rciful , man a fte r h is

ensample is bo th by all good means to provoke s inners untorep entance , and, they te s tifying th e same , to re ce ive them intofavour.

So did S t Paul w ill th e Ga la tians . Bre thren (sa ith b e),if a man b e fa llen by o ccas ion into any fault

, ye whichare spiritua l re store such an one w ith th e spir it o f me ekne ss, cons ide ring thyse lf, le st thou a lso b e tempte d.

So did h e enjo in th e Corinthians , when h e sa id,I f any ha th cause d sorrow, th e same hath no t made me

sorry,but partly (le st I should more charge h im) you all. I t

is sufficient unto th e same man, tha t h e wa s rebuke d o f many .

So tha t now,contrar iwise , ye ought ra the r to forgive , and

comfo rt (him), le st th e same should be swa llowed up w ith ove rmuch heaviness .

When a lso h e sa id, Re ce ive h im, (meaning Onesimus).And so te a ch th e ch urch e s l .

[1

e t omnib us pe c c atorib us aditum pa te re ad De um , e t hunc omn iaomnibus fide lib us condona re pe cca ta , e xce pto uno il lo pe cca to in Spiritum Sanctum .

-H arm . Conf. Se ct . V I I I . p . 140 . C o nf . He lv. Pos t. c ap. x 1 v . D e inc eps

doc e tur dc sacra poenite ntia, qua do ctrina omnib us pe c c a to xibus c onso la tionem

prze sta t ingentem, e t in gene re omnib us hom inib us , tam inc ipie ntib us disc e re , quampro fic ientib us C h ristianis , e t iam laps is pe c c a to rib us , lis tamem qui per gra tiam D e i

conve rs i re s ipisc unt , ad s alu tem admodum u ti l is e s t e t ne ce ssa ria .-Ib id. p. 1 41 .

Conf. Boh em . c ap. v . D e poe nitentia do cent , quodlapsis po s t b aptismnm c onting ere

possit remissio peccato rum , quo c unque tempore , quum c onve rtuntur. E t quod

1 42 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Lastly, th e de spe ra te , who se s ins be ing e ithe r infinite ,or abominable , they think h ow God h e ne ithe r c an, nor willforgive them : such in time s past we re Ca in and Juda s ; inour Spira 1 and one D o cto r Kraus 2 ; and inour days , Bo l ton3, e ven h e tha t first ha tche d tha t se ct inEngland, which a fte rward was te rmed Brownism.

ARTI CL E XVII .

Of Pre de stina tion and Ele ction.

(1 ) P r edes tina tion to lif e is th e ever la s ting purpose ofGod, w h ere by , (2 ) bef or e th e f ounda tions of th e w or ld w e e

la id,h e h a th (3) c ons ta ntly de c reed. byh is c ounse l

us , . to de liver f rom c urs e a nd damnation (4)“

tho

h e’

h a th c h osen (5) in Ch r is t ou t of mankind, a nd to bring

th em by Ch ris t to everla s ting s a lva tion, a s vessels ma de to

7

h ear th e ir dom inion ove r sin, de ath , de v il, andh e l l .—I b id. c ap. xx XVI I . 8 . p . 57 . In th e

true Lo ve , th e kingdom o f h e ave n h ide th s tedfas t ; upon th e e arth ; e ve rlast ingly ;in pe rfe ction : and th e re come th w i th th e same , in th e true Love , th e e te rna l l ife ,to th e e le cted h o ly one s o f God upon th e e arth .

— H. N . Pro ve rb s . C ap. v . 15. Fo r

th a t ca use come now all to th is b ill ( E sa . 2 . a . ) o r h ou se o f Lo ve : and purge ,amend , ( E z e c h . o r h allow your b e ing unde r th e ob edience o f th e Lo ve o f Je su sChris t in th e o u t-flowing w ate rs o f th e s ame to th e end th a t you r s ins may b e comew ash ed aw ay (Ac t . 3 . and ye e ven so led into the re s t (Heb . 3 . b . 4) o f allt h e ch i ldren o f God and h o ly ones o f Je su C h ris t - Firs t E pis tle , (A C ry ing

ch ap . I I .

[1 D e i m ise r i co rdiam proponitis : a t Deus me abje c it. A lle ga tis Ch ris t i g ra

t Iam a tque inte rpella tionem ? E go C hristum ab ne gav i . Crede re m e jub e tis'

! ne

que o . Sum h ost is judic a lus , ve s trum manda tum m ih i e st imposs ib ile . Hinc e s t

quod in sa lo j ac tor de spe ra tionis Vu l t D eus Ine sus tine re h anc poenam pe cca ti,

vu l t in me s ta tue re e x emplum ira su ae ve s tra c ausa, & c .—H is t . Fr. Spie r . Bas il .1550. p . 109. Se e ab o ve , p . 59, no te[2 I dem anno Dom ini 152 7 a c c idi t ill i m ise ro D o c to ri Hallens i K raus , qui

dic eb a t : E g o ne gav i Ch ris tum , ide o j am s ta t co ram P a tre , e t a c c usa t me . I llam

c og ita tionem , prans tig iis diab o l i captus , tam fo r tite r c onc epe ra t u t nu l la adho rta

t ione a ut c onsola tione , nullis div inis promis s ionib us pa te re tur e am s ib i exc u ti, a tqueita de spe ravit, e t s e ipsum m ise rr ime o c c idit .—Lu th e r. Opp. “ l iteb erg . 1 554, & c .

T om . v . p . 32 5, 6 . Comm . in Ga l. c ap.

[3 I sa id th a t th e fe ar ful end o f one Bo l ton,

ab ou t tw enty years pas t, w ouldno t b e th e truth is , h e did fo r th e same cause s th a t you do ,

u tte rly condemn the wh o le ch u rch o f E ng land, and w as w i th sundry o the rs separa ted from i t. And (as i t is constan tly a ffi rmed) he w as an e lde r in th e ir s e cre tchu rch ,

and a fte rw ard fall ing into de e p de spa ir , h e could no t b e re covered, butdid h ang h imse l f .—Gyf’ford’s Reply, Lond. 1591. p .

[4 Wa s ,

XVI I .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 43

h onour . Wh eref o re , th ey which be endued w ith so excellenta benefit of God (6) be ca lled a cc ording to God

s purpose

by h is Spirit working in due sea son : (7) th ey th rough

g ra c e obey th e c a lling : th ey be jus tified f reely th ey b e m a de

s ons of God by a dop tion : th ey be m a de like th e ima g e

of his only-bego tten S on Jesus Ch ris t : th ey w a lk r e li

g ious ly in good works : a nd a t leng th , by God’

s m ercy ,th ey a tta in to ever la s ting f e licity. (8) A s th e g odly c on

s idera tion of predes tina tion, a nd our e le ction in Chris t,is

f ull of sw eet, p lea s a nt, a nd unspea ka ble c omf or t to godly

persons , a nd su c h a s f ee l in th emse lves th e w orking of th e

Spirit of Ch ris t, m or tif ying th e works of th e f lesh , a nd

th eir ea rth ly m em bers , a nd draw ing up th eir mind to high

a nd h ea venly things , a s w e ll bec a use i t do th g r ea tly es ta

b lish a nd confirm th eir f a ith of e terna l sa lva tion to be

enjoyed through Ch ris t, a s bec a use it do th f ervently kindleth eir love tow a rds God s o , f or cur ious a nd c a rna lpersons ,

la cking th e Spirit of Ch ris t, to h a ve continua lly bef ore th eireyes th e s entenc e of God

s predes tina tion, is a mos t da n

g erous downf a ll, wh ereby th e devil do th thrus t th em eith er

into despera tion, or into w re tch lessness of mos t unclea n living ,

no less perilous tha n despera tion. Fur th ermor e , (9) w emus t r e c eive God

s promises in su ch w is e a s th ey be g ene

r a lly s et f or th unto a s in h o ly s cr iptur e a nd, (1 0) in our

doings , tha t w ill of God is to be f o llowed, wh ich we h a ve

expressly dec la red unto us in the Word of God .

T he P r epositions .

1 . T here is a pre de stination o f men unto e verlas ting

2 . Predestination ha th be en from eve rlasting.

3 . They which are prede stina te unto sa lva tion canno tp erish .

4 . No t all men, but certa in, are pre de stina te to b e

saved .

5. In Christ Je sus, o f th e me re will and purpose o f God,

some are e le cte d, and no t o thers, unto sa lva tion.

6 . They wh o are e le cte d unto sa lva tion, if they come untoye ars of discre tion, are ca lle d bo th outwardly by th e word ,and inwardly by th e Spirit of God.

1 44 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

7 . Th e prede stinate are bo th justifie d by fa ith , sanctifie dby th e Ho ly Ghos t , and sha ll b e glorifie d in th e l ife to come .

8 . T h e conside ra tion o f prede stina tion is to th e godlyw ise mo st comfortable , but to curious and carna l pe rsonsve ry dangerous .

9. T h e gene ra l promise s o f God, se t forth in th e holyscripture s , a re to b e embra ce d o f us .

1 0 . In our a ctions , th e word o f God, which is h is re

ve aled will, mus t b e o ur dire ction.

P ropos i t i on 1 .

T here is a predes tina tion of m en unto ever la sting lif e .

T h e pro o f f rom Go d’

s w o rd.

Tha t o f men, some b e prede s tina te unto life , i t is a truthmost apparent in th e holy scripture by th e te stimony bo th o f

Christ himse lf, wh o sa ith ,Matt-XX 93 T o sit a t my right hand , and a t my le ft hand, is no t mine

to give , but (i t sha l l b e given) to them for whom it is prepare d o f my Fa ther .

Many a re called , but few chosen.

For th e e le cts ’ sake those days sha ll b e shortened .

Luke xii. 32 . Fear no t , l ittle flock ; for i t is your Fa th er’

s ple a sure togive you a kingdom .

mu m ” ,“ I te l l you , in tha t night the re shal l b e two in one b ed ;

th e one shal l b e re ce ive d , and th e o the r sha ll b e le ft .”Jo h n v i. 37. All tha t th e Fa the r g ive th me sha l l come unto me .

Witne s se d a lso is this by th e e vange list Luke , and PaulA c ts xiii. 48. th e one sa ith , h ow o f th e Gentile s a t A ntioch “

so many a s

Rom . vii i so. were orda ine d unto e te rna l life be lie ved and th e o ther ,“ those whom h e knew be fo re h e did a lso prede stina te .

1

9

6m . a . 15, We are unto God th e swe e t savour o f Christ, in them

tha t are saved , and in them which pe rish to th e one we are

th e savour o f de a th unto de ath ; and to th e o the r, th e savouro f life unto l ife .

5

E ph“ Ble ssed b e God, e ven th e Fa ther o f our Lord Je sus

Christ, which , &c . ,ha th chosen us in h im, be fo re th e founda tion

o f th e world , &c . wh o ha th prede stina te us to b e adopte dMa tt-XX“ through Je sus Chris t unto himse lf, &c .

Jude “ Th e e xample s a lso o f th e e le cted crea ture s , man andGen . iv . 4.

ange ls ; o f th e two bre thren, A be l and Ca in ; I sa a c and

iigrl

nf'

lf’ is. Isma e l ; Ja cob and Esau ; o f th e two e unuchs o f K . P haraoh ;Gen . xi.

Jo hn vi. 37 .

Joh n x . 2 8,2 9.

Matt . xvi. 1 8 .

Rom . vii i. 30.

Rom . xi. 2 9.

1 John ii. 19.

1 46 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

grace,which was given to us through Christ Jesus be fore th e

world wa s .

Th e public confe ssions of th e churches, name ly inHe lve tia ,Basil, and France 1 , bear witness hereunto .

Adversa ries unto this tru th .

T hose wrangling sophiste rs then are de ce ived, wh o , b ecause God is not include d within the compass o f any time , butha th all things to come as pre sent continua lly be fore his eyes,do say, that God h e did not in th e time long ago past only,but still in th e time pre sent, likewise doth pre de stinate .

Propos i t ion I II .

T hey which a re predestina te unto sa lva tion ca nnot per ish.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

All tha t th e Fa the r give th me sha ll come to me ; and

h im tha t come th to me I ca st not away sa ith Chr ist.I g ive unto them e te rna l life , and they sha l l never pe rish,

ne ithe r sha ll any pluck th em out o f my b and, 81 0 . None is ableto take them out of my Fa the r

s hand .

”Th e ga te s of he l l

sha ll no t ove rcome th e church .

“ More ove r, whom h e predestinatedz, them h e a lso glo

For th e gifts and calling o f God are w ithout repentance .

T hey went out from us, but they w e re no t o f us : for i fthey h ad be en o f us, they would have continue d with us .

So th e churche s o f God ; as a fore in this Article .

T he errors and a dversa r ies unto this truth .

Wander then do they from th e truth which think

[1 D eus ab ae te rno preede stinavit , vel e le gi t l ib e re e t m e ra sua gratin, nul lo

h ominum respe c tu ,sanc tos quo s vu l t sa lvo s fa ce re in Ch risto , j ux ta illud apo s to l i ,

D eus e leg i t nos in ipso , ante quam j ac e rentur fundam enta mundi .— H a rm . C onf.

Se c t . v . p . 93. Conf . I le lv . Po s t. Art . x . Ch ris tum ab ze terno p razdes tina tum vel praeordina tum e ss e a Pa tre , salva to rem mundi .— I b id. p . 99. Art . x 1 .Confitemur Deum, ante qu am mundum c re asse t , e o s omne s e le gisse , quos h ze reditateaeternee b e atitudinis donare vult . -1 b id. p . 95. C onf. Bas i l . Art. I . [D isp.C redimus e x h ac c orruptione e t damna tione un ive rsali , in qua omnes h ominesna tura sunt submers i, Deum a l ios qu idem e ripere , quos v ide l ice t ae te rno e t immutab il i suo consi l io so la sua b oni ta te e t m ise ri co rdia , nullo que operum ipsorum respec tain J e su Ch ris to e le g it —I b id. Conf. Gal l . Ar t . K IL J[2 Prede s tinate ,

xvn .] OF T H E CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 47

T ha t th e very e le ct, to ta lly and finally, may fa l l fromgra ce , and b e damned.

Tha t th e regene ra te may fa ll from th e grace of God ; may 133323

0 1

1

1385

de stroy th e temple of God, and b e broken o ff from th e vine ,Christ Je sus : which was one of Glove r’s 3 e rrors .

Tha t th e numbe r o f those which b e prede stina te may bothincrease and b e diminished : so thought th e Pe lagians.

P ropos i t ion IV.

N ot a ll men, but cer ta in be predes tina te to be sa ved.

Th e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd .

We deny tha t all, and a ffirm tha t a ce rta in chosen and

se le ct4 company o f men b e prede s tinate : and so do th God’sword. Rej o ice tha t your name s are wr itten in heaven.

I know m ine , and am known o f mine ,” is th e saying o f

Christ Je sus .

I suff er all things for th e e le ct’s sake , sa i th S t Paul .Th e very same w ith us do th e churche s 5 affirm.

Adversa r ies unto th is tru th .

We are there fore aga ins t them which te a ch , h ow no t Wo lf . Muse .

in epist. adce rta in, but all, e ven th e mos t ungodly, and damnable , ye a , Ph ilip me t”

th e ve ry devils, sha l l b e saved : o f which opinion we re th eOrigenists “, and are th e Catabaptists

".

All men b e e le cte d unto l ife e ve rla sting .

T here is no he ll, nor future and e te rna l m isery at all ;

[3 N ow h e [G lo ve r] sa i th : I t is mani fe s t in th e w o rd o f God

, th a t if w e b e no tstirred up to take h e ed, w e may quench and so put cle an ou t th e Spiri t o f C hris t, wem ay fall away from th e g race o f God, w e may de s troy th e temple o f God, w e

may b e b roken cd'

from th e v ine Ch ris t J esus , &c .—Bredwe ll’s D e te ct. Lond. 1 568 .

p .

[4 So th e edition o f 1691 . All th e pre v ious edi tions h ave ‘ch osen and c om

pany , ’ w h ich migh t pe rhaps h ave b e en an e rro r for, and ch o sen[5 Se e las t P rop . p . 1 46 , no te 1 , and add : Credimus

miseric ordem e t justum : mis eric ordem qu idem , e o s damna tione c c inte ritu

l ib e rando e t se rvando quo s in ee te rno suo cons il io pro g ra tu i ta sua b onita te pe r Je sumC h ris tum Dom inum nos trum e le g i t , ab sque u l lo operum ipsorum respe c tu . Jus tumv e ro , al ios in il lo suo lapsu e t perditione relinquendo , & c .

— H arm. Conf . Se c t . v .p . 96 . C onf . Be lg . Ar t . xvr. ][6 Origenes , Sa tanam c onversum iri, damnatorum posnas c e ssa turas

e t al ia h is e tiam ab surdiora .—Wolfg . Muscul. Comm. in Paul i E pi st. Bas i l . 1578 .

I n E p. ad Ph ilip . Praaf. p.

[7 See above , p . 67 , no te1 0.—2

1 48 T H E CATHOLI C D OCTRIN E [A RT .

hNasyin em. but only e i ther in man’

s opinion, a s ho ld th e A the ists ‘; or inIs ears, p.

58 » th e heart and conscience o f man in this l ife , a s th e Familists zRagnse

y'

sAl 9‘

O 0

90 > mainta in.

No certa in company b e foredestmed unto e terna l c on

demna tion.

gag-

grist None , more than o the rs, b e prede stina te unto sa lva tion ;

“3"which was an e rro r o f Henry Bolse ck".

In like sort we condemn such a s e ither curiously enquirewh o , and h ow many, sha ll b e save d or damned ; or give th esentence o f reproba tion upon any men

4 whoso eve r ; as do th ePapists upon Ca lvin, Be za , andVe rone , when they ca l l them

T es t Rh em reprobate s .

a nn. Rom . xl.

P ropos i t ion V .

Of the mere will a nd purpose of God some men in Chr ist Jesus

a re elected, a nd no t o thers, unto sa lva tion.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

In th e scripture w e re ad o f man’

s prede stina tion, th e

cause e fficient to b e th e e ve rla sting purpo se o f God a ; th e causeforma l, God h is infinite mercy and go odne ss

b

; th e cause ma ter ial, th e blo od o f Christ e ; th e caus e fina l, or end, why bo th

a T h a t th e pu rpo se o f God m igh t rema in a c co rding to e l e c t ion,

Rom . ix. 1 1 . Wh o do th prede s t ina te us, &c . a c co rding to th e go od

ple asu re o f h is w i l l , E ph e s . i . 5 . N o t a c co rding to our wo rks, b ut a cco rd ing to h is own pu rpo se and g ra ce , 2 T im . i . 9.

bI w i l l sh ew m e r cy to wh om I w i l l sh ew m e r cy, E xod. xxxi i i . 1 9,

R om . ix. 1 5.

He h a th ch o sen us in Ch r ist, &c . , and b ath prede s t ina ted u s

th rough Ch r i st unto h imse l f, E ph . i . 4, 5 . Ye w e re no t rede emedw i th co rrupt ib le th ings, &c . , b ut w i th th e pre c ious b lo od o f Ch r is t, a so f a L amb undefiled and w i th ou t spo t , wh i ch wa s o rda ined b e f o re th ef o unda t ion o f th e w o r ld, b ut wa s de c la red in th e last t ime s f or you rsake s, 1 P e t . i . 1 8 , 1 9, 2 0 .

[1 They fo l low the Pironic ks , wh o se po s i tion and opinion i t is , th a t the re is no

11 0 11 or mise ry bu t opinion—Nash e ’

s C hris t ’s Te a res o ve r Je rusalem . Lond. 1593.

p . 58 . b . ][2 Th is re fe rence h a s no t b e en fo und. ][3 H anc ve ro gra tiam g ene ralem e sse : i tem no n e sse h os po t ins quam illos ad

salutem praede stina tos .—Calv in. Opp. Amste lod. 167 1 . T om . I x . Pa rs 2 .

p. 64 ,

E pis t . M inis tr. Bas il . ][4 th e proud pens o f Calv in , Be z a , Ve rone , and such re prob a tes , & c .—Te st .

Rh em . Rhemes , 1582 . Ann. Rom . x i . 33 . p .

1 50 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT '

5. I t is in man s power to b e e le cted, th e error o f

£51233;£1215

3; Th eOphyla c t2and o f Bolse ck 3

“ 1° 104' 6 . God is partia l and unj ust for choosing some , and

refus ing o thers ; ca lling many, and e le cting but few.

P ropos i t ion VI .

T hey who a re elected unto sa lva tion, if they come unto yea rs ofdiscretion, a re ca lled bo th outwa rdly by the word, a nd inwa rdly by the

Spir it of God.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Though true i t b e , th e Lord knowe th all and eve ry o f hise le ct , ye t ha th h e revea le d unto us ce rta in note s and tokenswhere by w e may se e and ce rta inly know whe the r we b e o f

tha t number, or no t. Fo r such a s b e o rda ined unto e ve rlastingl ife , if they l ive long in this world, they one time or o the r heca lle d unto th e knowledge o f sa lva tion, by th e pre a ching o f

God’s word ; they obey tha t ca lling , through th e ope ra tion o f

th e Ho ly Ghos t wo rking w ithin them ; they fe e l in the ir soulsth e same Spiri t be ar ing w i tness unto the ir spirits h ow theyare th e children o f God ; and fina lly , they wa lk re ligiously inall good works .

T he se things are most evident, and clear in th e ho ly Scripture , whe re is se t down bo th th e cal ling o f th e pre de stina te “,

5“Wh om h e prede s t ina te th em also h e ca l le d, Rom . vii i . 30 . God

sepa ra ted m e f rom my m o th er’s womb , and ca l l ed m e b y h is g ra c e ,Gal. i. 1 5 . He h a th ca l le d you to h is k ingdom and g lo ry, 1 T h e ss . ii.

1 2 . He h a th saved u s, and called u s w i th an h o ly ca l l ing , 2 T im . i . 9.

T h ey th a t are on h is s ide , c a l led, c h osen, and f a i th ful, Re v. xvi i . 1 4 .

a’frro ve ipa u

fire s nh i u, a ir r o i s as w ill y va’

ia w , T o t s (pé a e t O'wgoyu e

'

uow, K . N- C lem.

A l ex . Opp. Oxon . 1 7 15. T om . I . Strom . Lib . I I . c . 3. p. 433. quia-s i a w§ o y é uo u,

nis Ob a k e v r ivo s fio é h e 'ra t , d e , K a i qfifia e t 7 1 1 0 7 0 17 K a i e

K h e K T o fi 311 7 0 9,ais Bam

Ke idns voy i§ e ¢.— I b id. T om . I I . Lib . v . C . 1 . p .[1 M an h is pow e r ,[2 H o h h o i dis e ia i KAm-

o i, w okko b s ydp K a Ae i (5 9 6 69 , p é kko u dé w dvr a s'

Oh i'y o z. dé é KXe K'ro l, o

lu'

y o tf

yaip o i O'

wgé p e vo t K a i (i'

Ew L T OG e’

K h eyfiva L arapa‘

6 6 0 5’ die-T e T OG{rev 9 6 0 6“rd K a k e i

u, 7 6 dé e’

Klke K 'ro b s y e ve

a ea t,1?p i}, vifl e

'fr epo

'

y

é a fn . Opp. Vene t. 1754-63. T om . I . p . 1 19. A . InMa t t . xx i i . ][3

non ideo salutem c onsequi h omines , qu ia e lce ti s int ; sed ide o e ligi qu iaa u tem impos to r c um ele c tionem ex fide pende re fing it , turn fidem

ipsam non m inus e x propr io mo tu h ominis quam ex c oe le s ti inspira tione o riri .— Calv .Opp. Amste lod. 167 1 . T om . I x. Pars I I . p. 64. E pis t . Minis t . He lv. ]

xvu .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 51

and the ir Obedience to th e word be ing calledb, and the ir

adoption by th e Spirit to b e th e children o f God"

; and lasto f all, the ir ho liness of life , and virtuous conversationd

All churches re formed consent he reunto .

E rr ors a nd adversa ries unto this truth .

Sundry adve rsarie s hath this truth, andF irs t, th e Papists, wh o te a ch tha t none are to think or

persuade themse lve s tha t they are o f th e numbe r of th e pre Can- 1 5, Te stRh em . an

de stina te unto sa lva tion, but to b e eve r doubtful there of4. no t Ro mv in . 38 . an.

1 Co r. ii. 1 2 .

b Yo ur ob edience is c ome ab ro ad among all, Rom . xvi. 1 9. In it

;Ph il~ “

Ch r ist a lso ye t rusted, a f ter ye h e a rd th e word o f t ru th , E ph . i. 1 3 .

Je sus Ch r ist is in you, exc ept ye b e reprob a te s , 2 Co r . xi ii. 5.

Ye r e c e ived th e Spi r i t o f adopt ion, wh e re bywe c ry, Abb a , Fa th e rth e sam e Spirit b e a r ing witne ss w i th our spi r it th a t we are th e c h il

dren o f God, R om . viii . 1 5, 1 6 . Af te r th is m anne r pray ye , OurFa th e r, &c . Ma t t . vi. 9. And b e cause ye are sons, God h a th sent

f o r th th e spi r it of h is Son into your h e a r ts, wh ich c r ie th , Ab b a , Fa th er,Gal. iv. 6 .

d He h a th ch osen us in h im, &c . th a t we sh ou ld b e h o ly and w i thout b lame b e fo re h im in love , E ph . i . 4 . We a re h is wo rkm ansh ip,c re a ted in Ch r ist Je sus unto go od wo rks, wh i ch God h ath o rda ined,th at w e sh ould wa lk in th em , E ph . i i . 1 0 . For th e g ra c e o f God, &c .

h a th appe a red, and t ea ch e th us th at we sh ould deny ungodl ine ss and

wo rldly lus ts, and th a t we sh ou ld live sob e rly, and r igh te‘

ous ly, and

godly, in th is pre sent wo rld, T it . ii. 1 1 , 1 2 .

[4 Nemo quoque , quamdiu in h ac m ortalitate vivitur, de a rcano div inas pre des t i

nationis mys terio usque ade o prmsume re deb e t, u t ce rto statua t se omnino e sse in

nume ro pra de stinatorum , & c .— C onc il. Harduiu . P aris , 1 7 14. Tom . x . c ol. 37 .

C one . Trid. Sess . VI . c ap. 1 2 . S i qu is dixe rit h om inem rena tum e t j us tific atumtene ri ex fide ad credendum s e ce rto e sse in nume ro praedes tinatorum ; ana themasit.—Ib id. D e Justif . c an . 1 5.

I am sure . Th is spee ch is common in S t Pau l , a cco rding to th e La tin transl ation, wh en h e h ad no o th e r assu red know ledge b u t by h ope : as Rom. 15, 1 4 ;2 Tim. 1 , 5 ; Heb . 6 , 9 : wh e re th e Gre ek w o rd signifie th only a prob ab le pe r.suas ion . And th e re fo re e xcept h e me an Of h imse l f b y spe cia l re ve lation , o r o f

th e prede s tina te in g ene ra l , ( in wh ich two cas e s i t may s tand for th e ce rti tude o f

fai th or infa l l ib le know ledge ) o th e rw ise tha t e ve ry part icu la r man sh ou ld b e

assu red infallib ly th a t h imse l f shou ld b e j us tified, and no t th a t only, b u t sure alsoneve r to sin, or to h ave th e g i ft o f pe rse ve rance , and ce rta in know ledg e o f h is

p rede s t ina tion : th a t is a mo s t damnab l e fa lse a l lus ion and pre sumption , c on

demmed b y th e fa th e rs o f th e h o ly counci l o f Trent . Sess . 6 , c . 9, 1 2 , 13 .—Te s t.

R h em . Rheme s , 1 582 .—A nn. Rom . v i ii . 38 . Tha t we ma y know the th ing s tha t of

God a re g iven to u s . T h e p ro te stants th a t ch a l leng e a particula r spiri t re vea l ing toe ach one h is own prede s tinat ion ,

justifica tion, and salva tion, wou ld draw th is te x tt o th a t purpose . Wh i ch importe th no th ing else , (as is pla in b y th e apo s tle ’s discou rse ) b u t th a t the Ho ly Gh os t h a th g iven to th e apo s tles , and by th em to o the rCh ristian men, to know God

s inetf ab le g ifts b estowed upon the b e l ieve rs in th is

1 52 T H E CATHOLIC DOCT RIN E [ART .

Th e sa id Papis ts de l ive r, tha t so many persons a s are no tmarke d w i th th e s ign o f th e cross upon the ir forehead are

damned and reproba te ’ ; a lso , that they which will b e save dmust b e Franciscans 2 , at leastwise be come members of th e

church o f Rome 3.

Se condly, th e Anti-nomie s “, which think th e outwa rdca l ling by th e word (though they have no t th e inward ca llingby th e Spiri t, and b e de stitute o f good works) a sufficient argument o f the ir e le ction unto life .

Thirdly, th e Puritans , wh o , among o the r a ssurance s giventhem from th e Lord o f the ir sa lva tion, make the ir advancingo f th e pre sbyteria l kingdom (by th e putting down o f bishops ,chance llors , &c .) a te s timony tha t they sha ll have part in tha tglory which sha ll b e re ve a le d he re afte r5Fourthly, th e Sch wenfeldians , and all such a s, depending

upon immedia te and divine re ve la tions , condemn and cone

temn th e ordinary ca lling o f God by th e ministry o f h is

word .

time o f g race : tha t is Ch ris t’s Incarna tion, Pass ion, presence in th e Sac rament ,and th e incompre he ns ib le j oys o f h e aven — Ib id. Ann. 1 Cor. i i . 1 2 . p . 42 8 . Withf ea r a nd trembling . Ag a ins t th e va in p resumption o f h e re tics th at make men se cureo f the ir prede s tination and sa lva tion, h e w i l le th th e Ph i l ippians to w ork th e ir salva t ion w i th fe a r and tremb l ing , a cco rding to tha t o th e r scripture , Blessed is the ma ntha t a lwa ys is f ea rf ul, P rove rb . 2 8, v . 14.

— I b id. A nn . Ph i l . i i . 1 2 . p .

[1 Nor a ny g reen thing . T h e h e re tics ne ve r hurt o r seduce th e g re en tre e , th at

is , such as h ave a l iv ing fa i th w orking b y ch ari ty ; b ut commonly th ey co rrupt 11 1 111in fa ith wh o sh ou ld o th e rw ise h ave pe rish ed fo r i l l l ife , and h im th a t is reprob a te ,tha t ha th ne i the r the s ign o f th e c ro ss (wh ich is God

s mark) in the fo r e he ad o f h isb ody , no r th e no te o f e le ction in h is sou l .— I b id. Ann. Apo c al. i x . 4 . p.[2 T he pass age me ant is pe rh aps th e fo l low ing : Hie e nim o rdo (se . S . Franc isc i)

quo ad sua memb ra reple tus e s t qu as i flum en sapientia non imme rito in

D omino o rdo h onora tur e t h onorab itur. In medio popu l i gloriab itur. E t in eccles iis A l tiss im i ape rie t o s suum . I n Inedio popul i exaltab itur . E t in mu l titudinee le c torum h ab eb it laudem , & c .

-; Lib . Aureus Conf . Franc . Bonon . 1590. L ib . I .

Pa rs I I . p .

[3 th e C a tho l ique and Romane o f wh ose bompanie and ob e

dienc e th e r is ne i th e r s a lva tion in the ne xt , no r anie true pe ace and se curitie in th iswo rld . De fe nce o f E ng l ish C a th o l ics , & c . C hap . v I I I . p .[4

se xta extitit, quae furente r c ontendit quovis s c e le re pollutissimos sal vari , modo c redant E vangelii promissionib us —Sim . P aul i, Me th od. Se c .

Pars . Magd. 1573. D e Le ge D e i, p . 42 . b . ][5 b u t w h en h e (Ch ris t) come th to sh ew h imse l f in h is g lo rio us maj e s ty ; i t

sh all b e sa id unto all th ese so rts o f adve rsar ie s T h ose m ine enemies,& c . ,Luke x ix .

2 7 . T h e wh ich fe arfu l sentence th a t w e may avo id, le t e ve ry o ne o f us ( as may

s tand w i th our se ve ral cal l ings) ca re ful ly ende avour to advance th is kingdom h e rew h i ch ( among o th e r assurance s g iven us fI om the Lo rd) sh a l l b e a te stimony untous th a t w e sh al l have part, &c .—Demonstra tion o f D iscipl ine

, Fi e f . to the Reade r ,prop . fin. ]

1 54 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

The errors and a dversa ries unto this truth .

gcr

ge

gfi em This is flatly aga inst Papia s ‘, Justinus 2 , and allMillenarie s 3,

S c ript.Wo lf , Mus. wh o deny th e e te rnity Of

'

man’

s happine ss, and dream of I knowc u lns iniii-

S

iad.

fnot wha t bliss in this life , to endure a thousand ye ars, but no

I I pra:E use b . E c c l . longe r .gigs“

?

A lso aga inst th e Maniche e s 4, wh o sa id th e soul only sha llb e saved .

Also aga inst those here tics which deny th e re surrection of

3533 1153; th e fle sh , a s did th e Carpo cra tians 5, Maniche e s “

,and o thers .

fitm ent“, Likewise aga inst th e Hie ra c ite s", wh o have a phantasy,tha t no children departing this life be fore they come unto

S e e af o reA rt

t

ri

l

r. pro ye ars of discre tion and knowledge sha l l b e save d . So th epo s i .

E piph an Papists do tea ch , tha t no infants dying unbaptize d do go toPo sit ione s

gingl

gi lds tad he aven,but to anothe r place adj o ining unto he ll, ca lled Limbus

e urga t.

Puerorum f’.

Proposit ion V III .T he considera tion of predestina tion is to the godly wise most comf orta ble ;

bu t to cur iou s and ca rna l persons very da ngerous.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

This do ctrine o f prede stina tion is to th e godly full swe e t,pleasant, and comfortable , be cause i t grea tly c onfirme th the irfa ith in Chris t, and increase th the ir love toward God.

[ 1 Hie novita tem m il le annorum primus inveni t, po st quos Ch ristum denuo in

e arne re g na turum c um e le c tis supe r te rram somniavit .—Fab ri c . Biblio th . H amb urg .

1 7 18 . T rith em . de Sc ript. E ccl . p . 7 .

[2 annis, qu ibus pi i pos t re surre c tionem ante j udic ium e x tremum e t

re rum c onsummationem,co rpora le re gnum in h o e mundo h ab ituri sunt : quod e t

s ense runt Papias , Ju s tinus , e t a l i i . -Wo l f.Muse . In D . Paul i E pist . &c . Bas i l . 1578.P raef . E p. Ph il ip . p .[3 fir) é vrimcm ro s T ri m K a 'r

A i’

y vvr'ro v

’'

I o uda LKw"r epo v T ris e’

7rn'

y

y e l p é va s fro i s a'y io rs eu fr a i s Be ia i s ypa gb a i s é w a yy eh ia s dn o ri o fln'

a'

e a ea t dida'

a Kwu,

K a i crw a xtlu a'

da é 'rd w f rpv tb iis a wpafrm fis é fzr i T ns Enpds rr a rierns é

'

cre a fla l.

bn o r ifié p e uo s .— E use b . E ccl . H ist . C ant . 1 7 2 0 . p . 349. Lib . V I I . c .

[4 H om inis qu idem animam de D e o e sse proprie pu tante s , co rpus au tem a dia

b o lo fa ctum e sse a rb itrantur. —P h ilastr. Lib . de I I azr. in Bib lio th . Pa tr . P aris . 162 4.T om . I v . c ol.

[5 Th e re se ems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence . But see Augus t. Opp. Par.

1 836 -8 . T om . V I I I . c ol. 40 . c . D e H ae r . c ap. 7 . Re surre c tionem corpo ris s imu lc um leg e abj ic ieb a t

[6 Se e ab o ve , p . 64, no te [7 Se e ab o ve

,p . 1 37

,no te 7 . ]

[8 T h e w o rk re fe rred to h as no t b een fo und ; b u t se e Spe c . P e regrin. Q ums t .

Lugd. 1 516 . Prim . D e c . c ap. i ii . Q ums t. v. fol. 1 02 . I n centro te rrae sunt qua tuo rlo ca sub alternatim po s i ta . P rimus e st sinus s ive l imb us pa trum perfec torum.

xvn.] o r T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 55

I a ccount th e a ffl ictions of this pre sent time are not wor Rom' viii. 18

thy o f th e glory which shall b e shewed unto u s .

I f God b e on our side , wh o c an b e aga inst us wh o spared Ib id 31. 34

not his own Son, but gave h im for us all to de a th ; h ow sha l lh e not wi th him give us all things a lso ? wh o sha l l lay anything to th e charge o f God’s chosen ‘

P i t is God that justifie th ;wh o sha l l condemn &c .

Ye we re sea led with th e ho ly Spiri t o f promise , which is E ri nth e e arne s t o f our inheritance , until th e re demption o f th e

posse ssion purcha se d unto th e pra ise o f h is g lory .

“ Gr ieve not th e ho ly Spirit o f God, by whom ye are E ph . iv. 30.

sea le d unto th e day o f redemption.

But to th e w icke d and reproba te th e cons ide ra tion here ofis ve ry sour, unsavoury, and mos t uncomfortable ; a s tha twhich they think (though ve ry untruly and s infully) cause ththem e ithe r to de spa ir o f h is me rcy, be ing w ithout fa ith ; ornot to fear h is j ustice , be ing extreme ly wicke d : whe re a s neithe r from th e word of God, nor any confe ss ion o f th e church,c an any man ga the r tha t h e is a ve sse l o f wra th prepare d todamna t ion ; but contrar iwise , by many and grea t argumentsmay persuade himse lf that God would

9 no t h is de structiona s in th e next Proposition immediate ly ensuing pla inly mayappea r.

E rrors and adversa ries to this truth .

T here fore they are to b e taken as much out of th e waywhich say, tha t this do ctrine leade th e ithe r unto de spe ra tion,which is w ithout all comfort ; or unto looseness of l ife , and so

unto a the ism, and the re fore to b e publishe d ne ithe r by m outhnor book ; and so thought bo th th e Pe lagians 1° and th e pro spem .

E pist. adA ug . de re

Se cundus purga tor ium s ive lo cus purg andorum . Te rt ius l imb us pue rorum. Posh qmig Pelag .

h aeresrs.

tremus e st infe rnus damna to rum . Se e also abo ve , p . 137, no te[9 Wil l ’d,[1 0

e a quae de epis to la Apos to l i Paul i Romanis sc rib entis ad manife sta tionem

div ines grati ae praevenientis e le c torum me ri ta pro fe runtur, a nu l lo unquam e ccle s iastic orum ita e sse inte lle c ta , u t nunc s entiuntur , afiirmant. Cumque u t ips i e ae xponant se cundum quo rum velint s ensa depo su imus ; nih i l se profitentur inve

nisse , quod plac e a t, e t de h is tac eri exigunt , quo rum altitudinem nu l lus a ttige rit .

E o po stremo pe rv i cacia to ta descendi t, u t fidem nostram aedific a tioni audientium

contrar iam e ss e definiant ; a c sic , e tiamsi ve ra sit , no n promendam : qu ia e t

pe rnic iose non re cipienda tradantur, e t nu llo pe r iculo qua inte llig i neque ant , c ontie e antur.—P rospe r. Opp. Vene t. 1782 . T om . I . E pis t. ad August. de Reliq. Pe lag .

Hear. p .

1 56 T H E CATHOLI C D OCTRIN E [ART .

EggPrede stinates l (a sort o f here tics so called) In old time , and th e

”6 2 0 Family o f Love 2 in our days , wh o te rm th e do ctr ine o f preD isp ay in an

E P'“ o f “ de stina tion a l icentious doctr ine , and say i t fille th all th eFam ilies ,1 7 b prisons a lmost In England .

P ropo s i t ion IX .

The genera l promises of God set f or th in the holy scripturea re to be embra ced of us .

Th e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Tha t men th e be tte r may avo id bo th de spe ra tion and

carna l se curity, they are to have a lways in mind, that,1 . T h e promises o f gra ce and favour to mankind are

universa l a s ,

Ma tt-xi 2 8 Come unto me , all ye tha t are weary and laden, and I

will e a se you .

Jo h n iii. 17. “ God sent not h is Son into th e world, tha t h e shouldcondemn th e world ; but tha t th e world through him mightb e save d.

1 T im. God w ill tha t all men shall b e saved , and come unto th eknowledge o f th e truth .

2 . T h e doctrine o f th e gospe l for th e fre e remiss ion o f

s ins, is to b e prea ched no t unto a few, but unive rsally and

gene ra lly unto all men.

Go there fore , and teach all na tions , baptizing them, &c .

Go into all th e world, and prea ch th e gospe l to eve rycreature . He tha t sha ll be lie ve and b e baptized sha l l b esaved but h e tha t wil l not be lieve shal l b e damned .

3 . Th e sea ls o f th e covenant b e appo inte d to b e given toall men, and membe rs of th e vis ible church, or which are

de s irous to b e incorpora te d the re into . For,

A ll are to b e baptized , and all are to participa te o f th e

bre ad and cup a t th e Lord’s Suppe r .4 . As th e disobedience of A dam brought condemna tion

[ 1 Hoe tempo re Praede s tina torum h ae re sis c oepit se rpe re qui ide o Prazde st ina tivo c antur, qu ia de praede s tinatione e t div ina gra tia disputante s adse reb ant, quod ne e

pie viventibus pro s i t b onorum operum la b o r , s i a D e o ad mortem praade s tina ti

fue rint , ne c impiis ob sit, quod imp ie v ivant, si a D e o praede stina ti fue rint ad v i tam .

—l\1 agdeb urg . E ccl . H ist . Basil . 1559, & c . C ent . v . c . 5. fol.

[2 A t th is present your b re th ren in Ch ris t ( fo r the ir go od fa i th ’s cause th ey h ave

in your l i centio us do c trine o f prede stina tion and fre e e le ction) fil l all the prisonsa lmo s t in E ng land—Le tte r o f the Family in th e D isplay ing , &c . fol. I . 7 . b . ]

1 58 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

teney, whe reby h e gove rneth a t his pleasure th e things byPa t cm 3. himse lf crea te d ; where of mention is made both in th e Psa lms ,{,S

ggn-

léo in th e prophe t I sa iah , and o the r place s o f h is word but o fh is favour and go od plea sure towards man, revea le d in th e

Matt. m ho ly scripture s by Jesus Christ, whom we are to he ar.Subscribe d hereunto have and do God’s church every

where .

T he a dversa ries unto this tru th .

T his truth is ga insa id by th e Phrygians , Montanists,and

{h eodon

d

Me ssaiians‘, a lso by th e Enthusiasts 2 , Anabaptists 3, and FamilyI h . I I I . e

gmre t

pfab

é lo f Love 4, which leave th e wri tten wo rd o f God, and re ly

e z a , .p.

Sie idan, upon the ir own dreams, v is ions , and lying reve la tions . Hencec om . Lib . VI .

g-

l

l

gl'

ggang proce e de th th e contempt o f God’s written word , and o f th e

prea che rs , and all re lig ious exe rcise s there of. For sa ith th eIn a le tter o f Family o f Love , “ No difference is the re be twe en a ce reth e irs unto$505

.

f monia l e ithe r le tter-doctor christian and an uncircumcise d\VIlk . 5

Comm heathen

ART ICLE XVI II .

Of obta ining e terna l sa lva tion only by‘

th e name o f Christ.

(1 ) T h ey a lso a re to be h a d a c c ursed th a t presume to

say, th a t every ma n sh a ll be sa ved by th e la w or sect wh ich

A i bis 7 179 p m’

h hns K a i Ma f ip ih hns arpo cbnr e i a r br ep f r o'

Ge i o v e ba '

y

y eh t o u T e r ipnu'r a t Tra p

a bs-e i s (SC. 7 0 2 9 Mo vr a via 'r a t s . )—T he od. Opp . P ar.

1 642 -84. Torn. I V. p . 2 2 7 . H aar. Fab . Lib . I I I . e . 2 . e i r a in t-O 7 0 5 01 559 é Kfia Kxe é

O'

a v'ro s da iy ovo s dWOK aKIiil/ e t s é wpa ne’

ua r ¢a <r i, K a i Fr a‘

é a é pe ua

wpoh é y ew é n cxe ipo va w .— 1 b id . p . 2 43. Lib . I v. c . I I . ]

[2 I taque , m i Ph il ippe , qu ae cunque ab ist is E nth usias tis de D e o divinisque reb us

e x tra ve rbum illud scriptum dic untur, si qu is rimar i stude a t , pe rinde m ih i face re

v ide tur a c si val it c um ra tione insanire . Sunt au tem e x tra ve rb um ,non modo quaa

sunt ape rte c omme ntitia , sed e tiam qu a: a lle g o ric is i l l is fic tionib us nituntur, &c .

Be z . E pis t . Gene y . 1575. E p. v ii . p . 63 . Th is is doub tle ss th e passage re fe rred toth e re is a me re allus ion to th e E nthus ias ts in the Sls t E pis tle . ]

[3 In 110 0 tempo re vigeb a t no vum doctrina g enus e o rum qui dic untur anab ap

e tiam v is ione s ct somnia , &c .—Sle idan . C omment . Argent. 1555.

Lib . v 1 . fol.

[4 Wh e re now th en th e law and th e se rv ice s do in such w ise ch ange b y th e

b e l ie ve rs o f th e Ano inted ; to w it, ou t o f the figure s into the true b e ing ; and out o f th el e tte r , or se rv ice ab le w o rd,

into th e re ve a l ing o f th e h o ly Spiri t o f Ch ris t ; th e re isalso then (by tho se same ) th e prie s t’s o ffice changed, &c .—H. N . E vang . Reg .

London. 1 652 . c ap. X I I I . 6 . p .[5 Wilkinson’

s Confu ta tion, Lo nd. 1579. fol. A . 4. ]

xvm .] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 59

he prof esseth , s o th a t h e be diligent to f rame h is lif e a c cording to tha t law , a nd th e ligh t of na ture . For Ho ly S cripture do th se t out unto us (2 ) only th e N ame of Jesus Chr is twh ereby men mus t be sa ved.

T hepropositions .

1 . Th e profe ssion of eve ry re ligion canno t save a man,

live h e neve r so virtuously .

2 . N0 man e ve r wa s , is , or sha l l b e saved, but only byth e name or fa ith o f Je sus Christ.

P roposition I .

The prof ession qf every religion c anno t sa ve a man, live he

never so vir tuously .

T h e proo f f rom th e word o f God.

T his we canno t but a cknowledge to b e a. truth, if webe lieve th e scripture s ; for they te stify tha t

Jews and Gentile s are all unde r sin, culpable be fore God, £0313; ii i. 9.and depr ive d o f th e glory o f God:

All men tha t would b e save d must b e born aga in o f th e John iii. 3.

Holy Ghost.No man is justified by th e works o f th e law, e ithe r G3 1 , m, Io,

ceremonia l or mora l . id‘s “ 2 4.

God ha te th th e do ctrine o f th e Nic olaitans, and of Balaam. 32532 1:Th e reprobate , whose name s are no t written in th e book gen-iii 50,

o f th e l ife of th e Lamb, they do worship th e b east. iifili'

.

Punishments e te rna l and into le rable are thre a tene d bo th $ 5;R ev. xviii. 4.

to th e bea st and th e fa lse prophe t , and likewise to all such as Be g u m ,

will not go out o f Babylon, and to all ido la ters .Th e Confess ions 6 of God’s people are to this end and f

o

pfi

t

HelI

v.

&

o 1 2 .Purpose Bohem . c . 6 .

Ga l. A rt .o XX I I . XX I I I .[6 I taque In omnI doc trma E vangelIc a primum ac prmc ipuum h o e Inge ri deb e t , Be lg . A rt .

so la nos D e i m ise r ico rdia e t gratia Ch r is tique mer i to se rvari : quo u t intelligant fifiéfisfix

fih

h om ine s quam opus h ab e ant , pe cca ta e is per legem e t Ch rist i mortem luc ulentissime I v . v. xx I .sunt indic anda .—H a rm . Conf. Se ct. VI I . p . 1 2 6 . C onf. H e l y . P rio r . Art . x I I . D o Xii

t

if fi.

c emus legem h anc (De i) non datam e sse h ominibus , u t ejus justific emur ob ser SueVic am. 3

va tione : sed ut ex ejus indicio infirmitatem potius, pe c c atum a tque c ondemnationemagno sc amu s , e t de viribus nos tris de sperantes, c onvertamur ad Christum in fide :A pe rte enim Apostolus , Lex iram , a it , opera tur. - I b id. p . 1 2 3. Conf . Helv . Pos t .c ap. x I I . Hoe enim omnino consta t

,quod po st lapsum Adm nemo h ominum e

servitu te pe ccat i e t regno mo rtis c ondemnationisque se in lib erta tem vindic are , aut

ad veram c um D e o re c onc iliationem pe rvenire possit , nis i tantum per unicummediatorem inter Deum e t h ominem Jesum Ch ristum in fide v iva , &c .

— I b id.

1 60 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

E rror s a nd a dversa ries unto this truth .

T hen to b e he ld a ccursed are they which a ffirm th a tTh e obse rva tion o f th e Juda ical ce remonie s is ne ce ssary

unto sa lva tion ; as did th e fa lse apostle s , th e Ebionite s ‘, and

th e Ce rinthians 2Such throughout th e world a s le ad an upright life , and

b e mora lly righte ous, wha tso e ve r the ir re lig ion is , sha ll b esave d ; a s many o f th e philosophe rs we re , in th e opinion o f the

Va lentinian3 and Ba s ilidian he re tics , o f Ga lea tus Martins “, andErasmus Roterodam5

.

Tha t men externa lly may posse ss any re lig ion, and no t

w ithstanding b e saved, if the ir a ffe ctions and heart b e w ithth e Family o f Love 6

That all those which live uprightly and do good de eds ,sha ll b e o f equa l happine ss in th e kingdom o f heaven, b e theyT urks , Christians , Jews , or Moors . A T urkish e rror 7.

Tha t men may embra ce and fo llow th e se ct and re ligionwhich they have most mind unto ; and so do ing , please God,and sha ll b e saved . T h e Lampa tians

’ do ctrine 8 .

S ect . v i . p . 106 . Conf. Boh em . c ap. V I . T h e re fe rences g ene ral ly do no t conta inany direc t suppor t o f th e stateme nt in th e pre pos it ion.—Se e H arm . C o nf . Se ct. I x.

p. 183, and VI I . p . 1 2 9. C onf. Ga l l . A rtt. xx I I . xxm . Ib id. Se ct. Ix. pp . 184, 5 .

Conf. Be lg . A rtt . xxi I . xxrrr. I b id. pp . 188,9. C onf. A ug . A rtt . I v. v . I b id.

p . 2 18 . Conf . Virtemb . Art. V . and Se ct . VI I . p . 131 . c ap. VI .,I b id. Se ct. Ix. p . 2 2 1.

C onf . Suev . c ap. iii. ]

[1 See ab ove , p . 89, no te[ 2 Do c e t autem [Ch erinth us ] c ircum c idi e t sabb atiz ari, &c .

—Philastr. Lib . de

H aar . in Bib l . Pa tr. Pa ris , 162 4. Tom . I v. c o l.

[3 Se e ab o ve ,

p . 1 2 6, no te [4 Se e ab ove , p . 109

,no te

[5 U b i nunc aga t anima C ic eronis fo rtasse non e st h umani judicn pronunc iare .

Me ce rte non admodum ave rsum h ab ituri s int in ferendis c alc ulis qui spe rant

illam apud superos qu ie tam v i tam Judre is ante proditum E vange l iumsu ffic ieb a t ad salutem rudis quaedam e t confusa de reb us div inis c redulitas : quidve ta t quo m inus e th nic o , c u i ne Mo si qu idem lex e ra t co gni ta , rudior e tiam c ognitio

pro fue rit ad salu tem prae se rtim quum v ita fue ri t inte g ra , ne c inte g ra so lum ve rume tiam sanc ta ? &c . E rasm . E pis t . P rznf. ad C ic . Tuse . Quee st . Lond.

[6 T h e edi tor h a s b e en unab le to ve ri fy th is re fe rence . ]

[7 And th e y aflirm , tha t the re sha l l b e no diffe rence b e twe en Turks and Ch rist ians , J ew s andMoo rs ne i th e r sha l l o ne b e known from ano the r , b ut all such a s

h a ve l ived w e l l , and h ave do ne go od de eds in the s ig h t o f God, sh al l b e o f equa lb eauty and b le ssedne ss .—Pol . o f th e Turk. E mpire . Lond. 1597 . c . 2 3 , p . 68 .

N e c u l lum (aiunt) inte r Turcas e t Ch ris tiano s fo re disc rime n, nee inte r f E th iopas e tJudze os , sed candem e orum, qui co ram D e o b ona przns titissent ope ra , fo re e t

fo rmam e t felic itatem .—Lonic er. Franc o f. 1 578 . T om . I . Lib . I I .

P ars 2 , c . 2 2 , p .

[8 A a fmre

'r ia vm . o i a

7rd A apw e'r io v f r i vo s o u

'

rw Trpo cra'

y opGUO/i e vm , O i‘

rw c s T ow

I ren. Lib . I.

I ren.

Ho lin . Ch ro .

f o l. 1 2 99.

Be za res adrepent. o .

30 d. Ca l. p.

E piph an.

us . L ib . V II .

c 3 1 .

Geneh . Ob ro .

L ib . I I I . p.

358 , 709.

fi rst. D .

Geo r.

S to w .

C onspira cyf o r pretended t ef o rma tion.

Ph ilas ter.

1 6 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Valentinians l sa id) by th e labour of the ir hands, and by the irown go od works ; (a s S imon Magus 2 boasted) by/ h is fa irHe lene ; (as Matthew Hamant 3) by o the r means , and tha t allpersons which worshipped Christ, are abominable ido la te rs ; a sNeuse rus and S ilvanus 4 belie ve d by Mahome t

,and there fore

they revo lte d from Christianity unto T urcism.

Others confess tha t we are save d by th e name o f Christ,but e ithe r not by th e right and true Christ ; for they sa id,themse lve s and eve ry o f themse lve s were Christ : a s in old timedid Saturninus 5, Mane sG, D e side r. Burdegal

7 and Eudo deS te lla ; and o f la te ye ars , a t Basil , D avid Ge orge s , and in

England , first, one John Moore ", and a fterwa rd WilliamHa cke t ‘oz th e forme r wa s whipt for th e same a t Be thlehem,

in th e se cond o f Que en Elizabe th ; th e o the r hange d and

quarte re d in Cheaps ide , anno 1 591 .

Or by th e true Christ, but e i the r distinguish be twe enJe sus and Chris t, saying , Je sus was one man, and Christano ther ; a s did th e Marcionite s “ .

[1 I ren .Adv.Hze r.Oxon . 1 70

2 . Lib . I . c ap. 1 . 1 1 . p . 2 9. Se e ab o ve , p . 1 2 ] no te[2 Ra th e r b y h imse l f . Q uaprOpte r e t ipsum venisse , u ti e arn assumere t primam

e t lib erare t e am a v incu l is,h om inib us au tem salutem prazstare t pe r suam agni

t ionem .— lb id. Lib . I . c ap. 2 0 . p .

[3 Se e ab ove , p . 1 09, and p . 49, no te[4 Ne e enim i l l i (se . Ne use rus e t S i lvanus ) duntaxat erroris, au t e tiam b las .

ph emiaa alie ujus argueb antur in quam induc i quispiam poss it ex fa lsa sc ripturas

interpre tatione , sed quod ape rte C hristum ne ga rent , aposto l ica sc ripta ludib rioh aberent, qu id amplius

! quodMahume tis de D eo sententiam ape rte ample c terentur,&c .

— Be l . ad R epe tit. Jae . Andr. & c . Ca lumn. Resp on. Genev. 1578 . p .

[5 I t do e s no t appe ar th a t Sa turninus pro fe ssed to b e th e Ch ri st -

o‘

u dé

c wr fipa dr e c 'r a'

h ea z dvrd ara’

rpds K at-rd y uw

pnv“r ain; duva

uewv , e’

7ri

K a f ra h é a e t 7 0 5 9 6 0 5 7' c

I o vda iwu K a i é ‘

n‘i o'

a p T rim w e tfloy e’

uv —E piph an.

Opp. P aris . 1 62 2 . T om. I . p . 63. Adv . H ae r. Lib . I . T om . I I . Hze r.

[6 Xpw

'rdu a im-OI; ,u opcfia'

ge a fia t e’

r e tpfir m—E useb . E ccl . H is t. Cantab . 1 72 0 .

p . 365. Lib . VI I . c.[7 D e side rius qu idam Burdeg alensis eue ulla e t tuni ca e x pil is c aprarum am i ctus .

Christum se s imulans a rte m ag ica m ira cu la quandam ede re e onatur.—Geneb ra rd.

C h ron. Lugd. 1609. Lib . I I I . p . 474 . No th ing apparently sa id ab o u t E udo de Ste l la . ][9 A ttamen ejus (se . C h ris t i) Spiritum e t animam adhuc re stare

,imo j am I ediisse

e t denuo atqu e ade o prmstantiori m odo ine arna tam vel hypo s ta tie e c um alic uj ush ujus tempo ris h om inis Spi ri tu velu t unitam a tque I e sus c ita tam s e nunc proderepe r c oe le s tem e t no vem h ane Ch ris ti D a vidis do c trinam ,

& c .—H ist . D av. Ge o rg .

D aventr. 1642 , p .

[9 T he tenth o f Apri l w as one Wil l iam Ge ffrie wh ipped

,th a t h e

p ro fe ssed one John Moo re to b e Ch ris t o ur h ad la in prisone rs nigh aye a r and a h al f , th e one for pro fess ing h imse l f to b e C h r is t , the o th e r a disc iple o f

th e same C h ris t —Stow , Ch ron. Lond. 1587 . fol.

[ 10 Se e ab o ve , p . 68 , no te I . ]Th is Op inion is no t a ttribu ted to th e Marcionites b y Ph ilastrius. ]

XVI I I .] OF T HE CH URCH OF E NGLAND . 1 63

Or, say there b e two Christs, one reve a le d a lready in th e T ertul. I ib .

I v . c ontradays o f T ibe r ius th e empe ro r, wh o came for th e sa lva tion o f Marc .

th e Gentile s ; ano the r ye t to come , for th e redemption o f th e

Jews : so thought th e same Mareionite s”. Ne storius 13 he ld Vine °nt Liradv. neme se s.

a lso there we re two Chr ists, whe reo f one wa s very God, th eo the r very man born o f a woman.

Or, publish h ow none we re saved by th e true Christ, t ill E piph anth e 1 5. year o f th e fore sa id T ibe r ius ; an here sy Of Mane s “ ,

and his company .

Othe rs be s ide s (as th e Family o f Love) unde rstand all H N Proph .

o f th e SpIthings wri tten of Christ a llegorica lly, and not a ccording to th e e 19 W

le tte r o f God ’s word . For they tea ch , tha t wha tso e ve r iswritten o f Chris t must in us, and w ith us b e fulfille d 15.

O the rs have thought, ye a have spoken blasphemously o f

th e constant and ho ly mar tyrs, wh o , for th e name o f Chris t,gave the ir live s in England in th e re ign o f Que en Ma ry ; somesaying , they w e re s tark fe els , a s did Christophe r Vitelw, a

chie f e lde r in th e Family o f Love ; o the rs , (as We stph alus , Answe r tot h e Fam . L t.and Marba ch ius)

17 tha t they were th e devIl’

s martyrs . Li b I I I-a-

e

S turmrus ,

A ntipap. 4.

m a p- 189.

‘2 Consti tu it Marc Ion a l ium e sse Ch rIs tum uI T Ib e rIanIs tem o ribus a D eop

7 q p

quondam igno to reve latus sit in salutem omnium gentium ; a l ium qui a D e o cre ato rein re stitu tionem Juda ie i s ta tus sit de stina tus, quandoque venturus .—T e rtull. Opp.

Paris . 1634. p . 506 . 0 . Adv . M are . Lib . IV .

[1 3 N e storius au tem , contrar io A pollinari mo rb o , dum se se duas in Ch ris to sub

s tantias distingue re simulat , du as introdue it re pente pe rsonas ; e t inaudito se ele re

duos vul t e sse filio s D e i, duo s Ch ris tos : unum De um, a l te rum h om inem ; unumquI ex pa tre , a lte rum q ui s it g ene ratus ex ma tre .

—V incent . L ir. Adv. H ae r . Paris .1 6 19. Comm . I . c ap. XVI I . p .

f “ Se e ab ove , p . 137 , no te[15 Se e ab ove , p . 59, no te[1 6 T h e edito r h as b e e n unab le to ve ri fy th is re fe rence . ][17 Sc rib itis in l ib ris ve stris : elamatis pro c one ionib us , de qu ibus in Gal lus e t

Belg is , e t in Ang l ia e t Sco tia supplic ium sumptum e s t , Ma r ty res essev o s hom ines in omnib us paro ch iis Ja c ob us Fab rieula ? qu idpe r h os e e menses Marb a eh ius He idelb ergae l—Sturmius , Quart. Antipapp. Ne ap.P a la t . 1 580. Pars I I I . p .

1 1— 2

1 64 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

ARTI CLE XIX.

Of th e Church .

(1 ) T h e visible church of Ch ris t, (2 ) is a c ongrega tion

(3) of f a ithf ul m en in th e which (4) th e pure word of God

is prea ch ed, a nd th e sa cram ents be du ly minis tered, a c c ording to Chris t

s ordina nc e , in a ll th ose th ings tha t of nec essity

a re requisite to th e same . A s (5) th e church of Jerusa lem ,

Alexandr ia a nd Antioch h a th err ed ; s o a lso (6) th e chur chof R ome h a th e rr ed, no t only in th eir living a nd manner ofc eremonies , bu t a lso in ma t ters of f a i th .

The propositions .

1 T he re is a church o f Christ, no t only invis ible , buta lso VISIble .

2 . The re is but one church .

3 . T h e vis ible church is a Ca tho l ic church .

4 . Th e word of God was,and for time is before th e

church .

5. Th e marks and tokens o f th e vis ible church are th e

due and true administra tion o f th e word and sa craments .

6 . T he visib le church may, and from time to time ha the rre d both in doctrine and conve rsation.

7 . T h e church o f Rome most shame fully ha th e rre d inl ife , ce remonie s , and matte rs o f fa ith .

P ropos i t ion I .

There is a church of Chr ist both invisible and visible .

T h e pro o f from God’

s w o rd.

A true saying is i t, th e Lord and h e only knowe th wh oare h is . For to man th e church o f Chr ist is partly invis ible ,and visible partly . T h e invis ible a re all th e e le ct, wh o b e o r

shal l b e e i the r in heaven triumphing ; or on e arth fightingaga inst th e flesh , th e world , and th e devil. T he se a s memberso f th e church, are sa id to b e invis ible ; not be cause th e men h eno t seen, but for tha t the ir fa ith and conscience to Godwardis not perfe ctly known unto us .

Th e members of th e visible church are some o f them forGod, and some aga ins t God ; all o f them no twithstandingde emed parts o f th e church , and a ccounte d fa i thful, so long a s

Se e Artie I I .

pro p. 4. A rt .

éxvru . prop.

Leon. Ramsey

s and J.

A llen’

s Conf .a lso H. N .

do c ument.

c h ap. v . 15.

P rOph . c h ap.xvi. 8 .Vaux Ga te ch .

c ap. 1 . T e s t.Rh em . A nno t.

A c ts xi. 2 4.

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

T he errors a nd a dversa r ies unto this truth .

T his truth ha th many a dve rsaries , whe re ofSome renounce our Christ th e Saviour o f mankind, and so

think h is pe ople a re no t th e church ; a s th e Jews, Turks , andh ere ticks have done l .Some a cknowledge no triumphing sta te o f th e godly in

heaven, but dream o f an eve r-glorious conditionin this world ;as th e Family o f Love 2 .

Some think th e church Ca tho lic to b e visible ; as th e

Papists 3.

[1 Se e ab o ve , pp . 57 , 8 , and p . 1 62 ][2 No man ascende th unto h e a ven, b u t h e wh ich come th (John 3 . 6 ; E ph . 4. a

or descende th from h eaven . T h e w h i ch figure th fo rth unto us in c le arne ss , tha tth e e arth ly flesh and b lo od canno t ascend to h e aven, inasmuch a s i t is no t o f the

h e aven , b u t o f th e e arth . Bu t th e h o ly Be ing o f God, w h ich God th e Fa th e r ou to f h is h o ly h eaven h a th g rounded, o r se t from th e b e g inning, in th e Manh ood ; and is

in us , for o ur s ins ’ cause , b e come mo rta l , b ath th e sure prom ise s to r is e up aga in inimmo rtal g lo ry : and th a t th e same sh a l l re ach from th e man on th e e a rth e ven untoGod in the h e aven ; for to make known ou t o f th e h e a ven unto th e man on the e arthth e h e avenly go ods , and to b ring th e same unto h im ou t o f th e h eaven, and the re toth e e te rnal l i fe — H. N . DW ansl. o ut

_ gj Base -Almayne , ch ap . VI .M ug- fl — “ n

1 . Among us the de ath is now sw allow ed up (Oz e . 1 3. b . ) in th e de ath : th e e ve rlas ting l i fe is c ome unto us in the renew ing Of our l i fe .

—Te rra Pac is . A te s tific a tion

o f th e Spiritua l Land o f Pe ace , &c . Transla ted , & c . c ap. x l iv . 1 2 . In the truelove th e kingdom o f h e aven h ide th s tedfa s t upon th e e a rth e ve rlast ing ly in pe rfe ction : and th e re come th w i th th e same in th e true lo ve th e e te rna l l i fe to th e e l e ctedh o ly one s o f God upon th e e arth —P rove rb s o f H. N . p . 1 4. c ap. v.I 5. Rej o i ce now in th is same day ,

'

all ye h o ly prophe ts, ange ls , and apos tle s(Apo e . 1 8. c . ) For th is is th e day (D ent. 5. a . Nahum 1 . a .) o f the veng e ance o fo ur Lo rd and God, for to re venge th e b lood o f h is h oly one s , (Ma th . 2 3 . d. Apo c . 1 6 . a. )th a t th e s inne rs h a ve spil t or sh ed upon th e e arth , and fo r to de clare o r re ve a l h ish o ly ones aga in glorious ly u pon th e e arth , to th e end th a t th ey m igh t inh ab i t( 2 P e t . 3. b .) th e same pe ace ab ly in all love , and re ign th e re o ve r , o r judge (Apo . 5.

b . th e same w ith righ te ousne ss , from h ence for th w o rld w i thout end—Proph e cyo f th e Spiritp py e . Trans la ted & c . 1574. c ap. xvr.

is a v is ib le company o f pe opl e firs t ga th e red to ge th e r o f Ch ris tand h is dis ciples , cont inued unto th is day in a pe rpe tua l success ion, in one Apos ~

tolie fa i th , l iv ing unde r C h ris t th e h e ad : and in e a rth unde r h is v ica r, pasto r , ande h ie f b islIOp.

— Vaux , Ga te ch . Antv . 1 574 . c ap. i . p . 8 .

And a g rea t mu lt itu de wa s added t o o ur L ord. A s b e fo re ( 0 . 10) a few , so now

g re a t numb e rs o f Gentile s are adj o ined also to th e v is ib le c hurc h , cons is ting b e fo reonly o f th e Jews . Wh ich c hurc h h a th b e en e ve r s ince Ch ris t’s asce ns ion

,no to riously

seen and know n : th e ir pre a ch ing o pen , th e ir sacraments v is ib le , th e ir disc ipl inev is ib le , th e ir h eads and g ove rno rs v is ib le , th e prov is ion fo r th e ir ma intenance v is ib le ,th e pe rse cut ion v is ib le , th e i r dispe rs ion v is ib le : th e h e re tics th a twent o ut from th em,

v is ib le : th e j o ining e i th e r o f men o r na tions unto th em, v is ib le th e ir pe ace and re sta fte r pe rse cu tions, v is ib l e : th e ir gove rnors in prison, v is ib le : th e c hurc h praye th forth em v is ib ly, th e ir councils v is ib le , th e ir g i fts and g race s v is ib le , th e ir name (C h rist ians)known to all th e w o rld. Of the pro te stants ’ inv is ib le ch urch we h ear no t onew o rd—Tes t. Rh cm Rh emes , 1582 . Ann. A cts x i . 2 4. p .

xrx .] OF T HE CHU RCH OF E NGLAND . 1 67

Some imagine th e church militant is not vis ible at all ; a s

th e L ibe rtine s .Some give out, tha t th e visible church is devo id of sin

and s inne rs ; a s did th e D onatists“, and do th e Anabaptists 5Family o f Love s, Brownists a , and 7Barrowists b

Propo sit ion I I .

T here is bu t one Church.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

When we do say, tha t th e church is vis ible , invisible , andtha t the re is a We ste rn, East, Gre ek , Latin, English , church ;we mean not tha t there b e dive rs churche s of Chr ist, but tha t

a A confused gath e r ing toge th er o f good and b ad in pub lic a ssemb lie s is no ch u rch . T h e B rown ists’ answe r to Mr Ca rtw righ t, p. 39.

bT h e a ssemb lie s o f go od and b ad toge th e r are no c h urch e s, b ut

h eaps o f pro f ane pe ople , sa ith Bar row in h is D isc ove ry, p. 33.

[4 T h e passage me ant is pe rh aps th is nim is e xse e rab ili c i impia c aec itate

vo s a frumentis Ch ris ti , qua: pe r to tum agrum, id e st to tum mundum u sque ad finemc re scunt, pauc is in Afri ca z iz aniis Offens i pra c idistis .

— August . Opp. P ar. 1836-8 .

T om . I x . c ol. 354 . D . Cont . L i tt . Fe til . Lib . I . c ap .

[5 Quod

_

ad innoc entiam perfe c tam a ttine t , qu am is t i imaginantur, fingentesh om inem re generatum ab omni pe ccato pu rum e t immunem e sse : a tque re g ene rationem insta r ange l ic i e sse s ta tus, in quo h omo de l inquere au t lab i non possit : s i

res ita se hab e re t, quo pe rtinere t o rat io , quo nos Ch ris tus pre cari jussit, ut remittat

D eus no b is deb i ta nostra ’

! I d enim ad infideles non pe rtine t .—Ca lv . Opp. Amstelod.

1 667 -7 1 . T om. V I I I . p . 389 . I ns tr . adv. L ib e rt. c ap.

[6 I t b eh ove th , tha t all th e ir m ind, w ill, and me aning s tand m inded to demand

a fte r, nor ye t lus t to h e a r any o th e r th ing (for to know th e same) b u t only th is ,name ly, w h ich are the uprigh t w ays o f th e Lo rd ( E e eli. 2 . h ow th e y sh oulde nte r in to th o se same and w a lk in th em , and even so in th e good ple asu re o r de l igh tOf the Mo s t H igh es t, h ave th e ir fo rth -g o ing th e re in,

for to grow up (E ph . l . a .

C ol. 1 . b . 1 P e t. 2 . a .) in th e uprigh t v irtues o f God, and in th e lo ve ly Be ing o f th eLo ve, to th e end th a t th ey m igh t e ven so ( grow ing up in th e o ldne ss o f th e godlyw isdom and h o ly unde rs tanding) b e come pe rfe ct men in th e old ag e ( E ph . 4 . b .)o f the m an Ch rist , &c -Firs t E xh o rta tion o f H. N . Lond. 1 649. p . 89. c ap. X I I I .1 0 . Bu t all ye tha t lo ve the tru th and uprigh t r igh te ousne ss w ith

you firs t o f all h e re to , name ly, to accompl ish th e b eg inning o f the true ch ristianl i fe , and to uprigh t and re asonab le e xe rcise s to an inco rpo ra ting tothe s ince re r igh te ousne ss : and go ing fo rth humb ly and ob ediently th e re in ye sh a l la tta in un to th e tru e fulfi l l ing o r pe rfe ction o f the ch ristian life in th e Sp ir i t in th e

coming o f th e glor ious appe aring Of th e unco ve red face o f God and Ch ris t.—H. N .

Firs t E p is tle , Pre f.[7 He ( C a lv in) a t th e firs t dash made no scruple to rece ive all the wh o le s ta te ,

e ven all th e pro fane igno rant pe o ple , into th e b osom o f the church , & c .—Barrow ’s

D iscove ry o f the False Church . 1 590 . p .

A ug. c ontraP e trl. c ap. 19.

Ca lv. c ontraLib e rt.H . N . 1 E x

h o rt. c h ap. 1 3,se c t. 10 &z1 E pist.Praef .

1 68 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

one and th e same church is dive rsly taken, and unde rstood ,and a lso hath many particula r churche s ; as th e sea

manyr ive rs , and a rms, branching from i t . For th e Vis ible church isnot many congrega tions, but one company Of th e fa ithful .

Rom . xii. 5. We , being many, are one body in Christ, and e ve ry one ,

one ano the r’s members .

We , tha t are many, are one brea d and one body .

For as th e body is one , and ha th many members, andall th e members Of th e body which is one , though they b emany, ye t are but one body : e ven so is Chris t. For by one

spiri t are we all baptized into one body,

”&c . Now ye are

th e body of Christ, and members for your part.R om-xii. 4. For a s we have many membe rs in one body, and all

membe rs have not th e same Office so we , be ing many , are one

body in Christ , and e ve ry one , one anothe r’s membe rs .

Ga l. iii. 2 8. The re is ne ithe r Jew nor Gre cian ; the re is ne ithe r bond’

nor fre e ; the re is ne ithe r ma le nor fema le : for ye are all one

in Christ Je sus .

C onf . He lv. All God ’s pe ople agre e w ith us in this po int ‘.l

Bo liglh. 0

7ap.

axii-i i .

r '

T he errors a nd adversa r ies unto th is truth .

BegghA rt.

August. A rt. Th e adversarie s unto th e e ighte enth artIcle b e a lso , forXXV I I . 0Art. a gre a t part, a dve rsari e s unto this truth .

igevis Art» Furthe rmore , a l though i t b e a cknowledged by many, and

they to o baptized for Christians , tha t there is but one churchye t th e same persons do err, which condemn so many (as no

members o f Christ’s church) which j o in not with them in the irs ingula r and priva te opinions, arroga ting th e style and titleunto themse lves only, and denying all o ther men to b e e ithe rth e church , or members o f th e body o f Christ. Such are

[1 E t quum sempe r unus modo sit D e us , unus mediato r D e i c t hominum J esus

Me ss ias , de nique spiri tus , una salus,una fide s , unum te stamentum ve l

foedus , ne ce ssar io c onsequitur unam duntaxa t e sse e c c le siam — H a rm . C onf . Se ct . x .

p . 3 . C onf . Helv . P os t . c ap. 1 7 . domus Ch ris t i spir i tua le ,e t a rtus c onjunc ti, quo s inte r se apta t e t c onne c tit unum capu t C h ris tus

,Spir i tus

unus re genera tionis , unum ve rb um D e i, &c .— I b id. p . 1 1 . C e nt. Boh em . c ap. 8 .

Credimus ig i tur nemini l ice re se se c oe tib us sub duc e re , e t in se ipso acqu ie sce re , sedpo t ins omnib us s imu l tuendam e t e onse rvandam e sse e ccle s ia-3 unita tem .

—I b id.

p . 14. C onf. Ga ll . Art . x xv i . C redimus e t e onfitemur unic am e c c les iam c a tholic amseu unive rsa lem.

—1 b id. p . 1 7 . Conf . Be lg . Art . xxvu . I tem do cent , quod una

sancta e ccle s ia pe rpe tuo mansu ra sit .—I b id . p . 19. Conf. August . Art . VI I .una s it — lb id . p . 2 6 . Conf. Virtemb . Art. xxxI I . T he uni ty o f

th e ch urch is no t sta ted in the C onf . Sue v ic . ]

2 Admon.

1 70 T HE CATHOLI C D OCTR IN E [A RT .

a s are no Familists, they have no living God, and shal lp erish .

T h e Puritans finally they say;“ I f God have any church or people in th e land, no doub t

th e title Puritan is g iven Notable words : e ither Godha th no church in England, or Puritans are th e church .

Th e Mar-Pre la te is no t a fra id to utter this spe e ch,T hey , aga inst whom I dea l (name ly, th e e ccle s iastica l

o fficers , a s bishops and the ir favoure rs and partake rs) haveso provoke d th e anger o f th e Lord

,and prayers o f his church ,

a s stand long they canno t Others , Of th e sa id bishops andth e like , write thus , “ T hey bid ba ttle to Christ and h is church,and i t must bid defiance to them til l they yie ld 3.

P ropo sition I I I .

T he visible Chur ch is a Ca tholic Chur ch .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

T h e visible church , properly understood, is but a part o fth e Ca tho l ic ; ye t, fora smuch a s it is a congrega tion of th e

fa ithful , wh o are , for ca lling , gove rnors and subj e cts , nobleand base , r ich and poor, te ache rs and learne rs ; for sex,

men and women ; for age , old and young ; for na tion, Jewsand Gentile s, Gre cians and barbar ians ; for time and c on

tinuanc e , in all age s , e ven from our first parents ; i t mayrightly b e ca lled a Ca tholic church .

This is grounde d upon God’s word, where we find thatexclude d is no c alling

a

,no s ex

b, none age

, no nationd, and

aP re a ch th e go spe l to e ve ry c re a tu re , Ma rk xxvi. 1 5 . T e a ch all

na t ions, Ma t t . xxv i i i . 1 9. N o t m any (ye t som e) w i se m en a f te r th efl e sh ; no t many (ye t som e ) m igh ty ; no t many (ye t some) nob le are

c a l le d, 1 Co r . i i . 2 6 .

b Wh o so eve r sh a ll c a l l on th e name o f th e L ord, sh a l l b e saved,

A c ts 1 1 . 2 1 . T h e go spe l is th e powe r o f God t o sa l va t ion to e ve ry one

th a t b e l ieve th , Rom . i. 1 6 . T h e re is ne i th e r Jew nor Gre c ian ; th e re

[ l Se e A D ialogue conce rning th e Stri fe o f o ur Ch urch . Lond . 1584. p .

[2 T h e Pro te s ta tyon o f Martin Marpre la t, p . 16. Whe re , the a ng e r of God a nd

the pra ye rs of h is Chu rch a g a inst them. ]

[3 Se e Se cond Admonit ion, p . 35

, wh ere , bid the defianc e . ]

x 1x .] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 71

tha t th e church , a s i t hath be en from th e wor ld ’s beginning,

so sha ll i t continue to th e end.

And this is th e confess ion o f th e churche s 4.

E r rors and a dversa ries unto this truth .

Unsound b e they in re ligion the re fore , which have and

do a s i t we re tie th e church to a ce rta in country, a s th e

Dona tists 5 did to Africa ; a pe ople , a s th e Jews 6 to themse lve s ,pe rsons, place , ca lling or time , a s do th e Papists,

T o ce rta in pe rsons , when they say,

T h e church is founde d upon Pe te r and his succe ssors".

is ne i th e r b ond nor fre e ; th e re is ne i th er male nor f ema le : f or youa re all one in Ch r ist Je sus, Gal. iii. 2 8 .

He th a t sh a ll b e l ieve and is b apt iz ed sh a l l b e saved, Mark xvi.

1 6 . By h im e ve ry one th a t b e l ieve th is jus t ified, A c ts xi i i . 39. He is

th e end o f th e law 8 to e ve ry one th a t b e l ieve th , Rom . x. 4 .

dT h ey sh a ll c om e f rom th e e a st , and f rom th e we s t, and f rom th e

nor th and f rom th e sou th , and sh a ll sit a t tab le in th e k ingdom o f

God, Luke xi i i . 2 9. T h e prom ise is m ade unto you and to your c h ild ren, and to all th a t a re a fa r o ff , &c . Ac ts ii . 39. In e ve ry na tion, h eth a t f e a re th God, and wo rke th r igh te ousne ss, is a c c epted w i th h im,

Ac ts x. 35.

[4 quam propterea c ath olic am nunc upamus , quod sit unive rsa l ise t difi

undatur per omnes mundi parte s , e t ad omnia se tempo ra e xtenda t , &c .

H arm . Conf . Se ct . x . p . 3. Conf. He lv. .Po st. c ap. X V I I . ( e ccle s ia ) in to too

-

rb e te rrarum h inc inde difl'

usa e st,e t pe r sanc tum e vange l ium e x omnib us g ent i

b us , — I b id. p . 1 0. Co nf . Boh em . c ap. V I I I . D e nique h ae c ccc le s ia sancta nu l lo e st au t ce rto lo co s i ta e t circumscripta , a ut u l l is ce rtis ac

sing ularib u s personis a s tric ta au t a l l iga ta . Sed pe r omnem orb em te rrarum Sparsaa tque difl'

usa , & c .— I b id . p . 17 . Conf. Ga l l . Art. xxvrr. A rb itramur

c a tholic am e t apostolic am e c c lesiam non ad unum c e rtum lo cum aut ge ntem, ne e

ad unum c ertum h ominum genus alligatam e sse . —Ib id. p . 2 7 . Conf. Virtemb . Art.xxxn . Se e a lso ab o ve , p . 165, no te I . ][5 S i au tem nih il est ve rius quam id quod dix it Ch ristus , e c c le siam suam per

omne s gente s inc ipientem ab Je rusa lem nih il e s t mendac ius quam id quod dic itis ,in parte Donati, & c .

—Augus t . Opp. P aris . 1 836 . T om . Ix . c ol . 37 1 . D . ContraL itt. Pe til. Lib . I I . c . 1 5. C f. E pis t. c v . (Opp. T om . I I . c o l. 444. A . ) Vos enime is e c c le siam C h ris t i in so la A frica partis Dona ti . ][6 V ivo h ic inte r Judae os , qu i longe mag is mirantur e sse Ch ris tiano s , quam no s

miramur e sse aliquos adhuc Judmos .-Glenard. E pis t . Antv. 1566 . L ib . I I . p .

[7 Q uamob rem si talem e sse volumus e c c lesiam ,quae vide ri e t c o gno sc i possit,

ne cesse e s t u t visib ilem e sse pe tram s ta tuamus , supe r quam i l la s it visib ilis azdific ata ,

u t pe trae nom ine Pe trum P e trique suc c e ssorem c onfitentem Ch ristum intellig i ve li cmus s—[Hos ius] Conf . Cath . Fid. in Synod. Patric ov.Vienn. 1560. c ap. xxvr. p .

[8 He ad o f th e law ,

Rev . x iii. 8 .

Matt. xxviiI.2 0 .

Conf . He lv.

I I . c ap. 1 7 .

Bo h em . c . 8 .

Be lg . Art.xxvu .

W itt emb .

Art. xxx I I .

1 7 2 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

All tha t will be save d must o f ne cessity b e subj e ct to th eBonifa c . 8. c . b lShOP Of Rome ‘.Unam . E xtr.

gger

yai or e t T h e true church is unite d to th e obedience o f th e pope Of

Be l. de E c c l . R0m6 2 .mutt. c ap. 2 .

T o a ce rta in place , when they say,

T h e church o f Rome is th e Ca tho l ic church 3Th e church o f Rome is th e mo the r o f th e fa ith 4.

T o a ce rta in cal ling , by the ir P etrus a Soto , to bishopsand prelate s

f’.

ngecr

é lfigé v T o a certa in time , a s when th e sa id Papis ts a ffirm, h ow

T h e time was, when ho line ss wa s only in th e Virg in Mary 6 ,D ispu t . Conc . when fa ith re sted only in th e Virgin Mary", when all th eBas nl. Ac tsd MO 8

i?H. 6

n

d? fa ith was lost save only In our lady796Fe stival. fe riaSe rm -IV-ro st [

1 Po rro sub e sse Romano Pontific I, omni h umanae cre a tures de c la ramus , dlClFe s tum Pa lma rum . mus, definimus , e t pronunt iamus omnino e sse de ne c e ssua te salu t Is . -Co rp . Ja r.

Canon. Antv. 1 648 . E xtravag . C omm . Lib . I . D e Maj or . e t Ob ed. T i t . V I I I . c ap. i .Bonifa c . V I I I . p.[2 N ostra autem sententia e s t , e t veram e sse c oe tum h ominum

ej usdem c h ristianis fide i pro fess ione e t e orundem s ac ramento rum c ommunione

c o lliga tum , sub re gimine le gitimo rum pastorum , ac praac ipue unius Ch ris ti in te rrisVi ca ri i Roman i Pontific is .

- Bellarm in. D ispu t . Prag . 1 72 1 . T om . I I . D e Controv.

Lib . I I I . c ap. 2 . 9. p .[3 I n the house of God. A l l th e w o rld b e ing God’s , ye t th e church only is h is

h ouse , th e re cto r or rule r wh e re o f a t th is day ( sai th S . Amb ro se upon th is pla ce )is D amasus . Where le t our lo v ing b re thren no te w e l l h ow cle ar a case i t w as th e n,

tha t th e pope o f Rome w as no t th e g o ve rno r only o f o ne part icular see b u t o f

C h ris t ’s wh ole h o use , wh ich is th e unive rsa l church,w ho se re cto r th is day is

Grego ry th e th irte enth —Te st . Rh em . R heme s,1582 . Ann. 1 T im . i i i . 15. p .

[4 Fidem quippe v io la t qui adve rsus illam ( s e . R om . e c cle siam ) ag i t, q ua:

m a te r e st fide i. - Co rp . Jur. C anon. Gratian. D e c re t . Pars I . D is t inc t . xxI I . c an. 1 .

p .[5 E ccles ia ig i tur , qu ia , u t diximus , humana e st c ongreg atio , h ab e t prae latos e t

supe rio re s suo s , i i s unt m inistri C h ris ti e t dispensatores m inis te riorum (myste

riorum ?) D e i, ut Paulus inq uit, iis a l l igata e st e cc le s ia , &c .— I ’e tri 5 So to , Asse rt.

C a th . Fid. Antv . 1557 . p .

[6 T ame ts in amque eius [e ccles ia ] plurima memb ra s int emo rtua e t impia , non

amittit tame n sanc ti nome n, qu amdiu ve l unus pie ta tem e x animo co lens, re tine t

sanc tita tem , quae tempore passionis D ominic ae in so la virg ine s acra tiss ima vigu it.

Coste r. E nc h irid . C ontro v. C o l. A g rip. 1 608 . c ap . i i . D e E cc le s . p .[ 7 N e i th e r do I consent or ag re e unto th e Op inion o f dive rs , wh ich a ffi rm tha t

th e V irg in only pe rseve red in fa i th a t th e Lo rd'

s pass ion. Wh e reupo n dive rs h av eno t b een ashamed to say th a t th e fa i th was so deb i l i ta te and w e akened tha t i ts e emed to b e re turned to one only Old w om an.

-/E n. Sylv. in D ispu t . Conc il. Ba s il .Fo xe , A c ts andMon. 1563 . fo l. 2 87 . Townse nd’

s E di t . Vo l. I I I . p .

[8 Th enne th a t cande l l is b rough t agayne and ano th e r lygh t th e re , and th at

b e tokene th our b lessed Lady, for all th e fay th w as los t save one ly our Lady , ando f h e r a] o th e r w e re enfo rmed and taugh t .—T h e Fe stiva l . Fe r ia Quarta pos t Fes t.P a lmarum . E d. Paque s fo l. xxx . a . ]

Luke viii . 2 1 .Jo h n v iii. 47.Jo h . x . 2 7 .

Rom. x . 14.

1 John iv. 6

I b id. V.

Ma tth .xxviii .

Rom . vi. 3.

1 Cor. vi. l l .

1 Cor. xii. 13.

I COI' xi 2 3,

Luke xxu . 19.

C onf . He lv. 1 .

A r t . arm . and2 . c ap. 17 .

Bo h em . c ap.

1 74 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

P ropos i t ion V.

T he ma rks a nd tokens of the visible chur ch a re the due and true

a dministr a tion of the word a nd sa craments .

T h e pro o f from God’

s wo rd.

There is th e vis ible church of Christ , where th e word o f

God s ince re ly is prea ched , and th e sacraments institute d byour Saviour are duly a dminis te re d .

Hence is i t, tha t our Lord and Saviour ca lle th them hismo the r and h is bre thren, which hear th e word o f God, and doi t and sa ith , “ He tha t is o f God, beare th God ’

s word a lso ,My she e p hea r my vo ice and, How sha l l they b ear w ith

o ut a prea che r sa ith St Paul .L ikewise th e apostle S t John,He tha t knowe th God, heare th us ; h e tha t is not o f

God, b e are th us not . Aga in, “ T hey are o f th e world ,the re fore speak they o f th e world, and th e wo r ld b ea re ththem .

And touching th e sa craments firs t o f baptism.

Go there fore , and te a ch all na tions , baptizing them inth e name Of th e Fa the r, and th e Son, and th e Ho ly Ghos t ;te a ching them to Obse rve all things wha tso eve r I have c om

manded you .

We have be en baptized into Je sus Chris t. Ye are

washed , ye are sanctified .

By one Spirit are w e all baptized into one body .

Ne xt , of th e Lo rd ’

s suppe r .Th e Lord Jesus , in th e night tha t h e wa s be trayed ,

took bread, and when h e h ad given thanks , h e brake it, and

sa id,T ake , e a t, this is my body, which is broken for you ;

this do in remembrance o f me .

Afte r th e same manne r a lso h e to ok th e cup , whenh e h ad supped, saying , T his is th e new T e s tament in myblood ; this do , a s o ft a s ye drink it, in remembrance o f

me

T h e Christians in all re forme d churche s acknowledge the sethings ‘.

8 . Ga l. A rt. ma n . 2 8 . Saxon. A rt. X I . Wittem. Art. xxxn. Suevic . A rt . x v.

[ 1 H arm. Conf. Se ct . x . p . 9. Conf . Helv. Pr io r . Art . xrv. [a]. Se e ab o ve ,p . 1 65, no te . illam do c emus ve re e sse e c c le siam ,

in qua signa ve l no ta; ia

x 1x.] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 75

Some (and they a lso many o f them very godly men) adde ccle sias tica l discipline for a note o f th e vis ible church . Butb e cause th e sa id discipline in part is include d in th e markshe re mentioned ; bo th we , and in e ff e ct, all o the r we l l-orde re dchurche s , ove r pass it in this pla ce , a s no token simply o f th e

visible church .

Ne ither tie we th e church so strictly to th e signs articulate , tha t we think all those to b e w ithout th e church , andno Christians, which ne i the r do he ar th e word o rdinarily and

publicly read and prea ched, nor participa te in th e sa craments,if so b e they would ; and ye t c an ne ithe r he ar th e one , nor

re ce ive th e o ther : a s i t fa lle th out some time s, e spe cia lly in th et ime s o f blindne ss and perse cution.

T he errors and adversaries unto this truth .

We renounce the re fore a s a ltoge ther unsound and antic hr istian, th e Opinions

1 . Of th e Papists, wh o both 2 deny th e pure prea chingo f God’s word , and th e a dministra tion o f th e sa craments amongPro te stants, to b e th e marks o f Chris t h is vis ible church ; and Pe trus a So to

a ffirm th e tokens he re of to b e antiquity, unity, unive rsa lity, £25323

;de

veniuntur e ccles iae ve rse . Imprim is vero ve rb i D e i leg i tima vel s ince ra praedic atio ,e t part ic ipant sac ramentis a Ch r is to institutis , e t ab apos tolis traditis .

I b id. p . 6. Conf . Helv . P ost . c ap. XV I I . tamen sit ( e ccle s ia) quam m inimede infra sc riptis s ignis c ognosc i po te s t, Nimirum ub ic unque

Ch ris tus in c one ionibu s sac ris do c e tu r, sanc ti evange lii do c trina pure pleneque

annuntia tur, sacramenta de Ch r is ti ins titu tione e t manda to , sentent ia e t vo l unta teadminis trantur , & c .

— I b id. pp . 10 , l l . Conf. Boh em . c ap. V I I I . e t iamp alam aflirmamus ub i ve rbum D e i non re c ipitur , ne c u l la est pro fe ss io o b edientiae

quae i l l i deb e tur, ne c u llu s sac ramentorum usus, ibi proprie loquendo , non posseno s judi care ullam e sse e c c le siam —I b id. p . 15. Conf. Ga l l . Art . xxvm . D ic imus

ig i tu r e c c lesiam visib ilem in h ac v i ta c oe tum e sse ample c tentium e vange l ium Ch r istie t re cte u tentium s ac ramentis, & c .

—I b id. p . 2 1 . C onf . Saxon . Art . xr. Arb ie o esse lo co au t g ente ub i e vange l ion Ch r is t i s inc eri ter

praedic atur, e t sacramenta ejus re cte , juxta institutionem Ch ris ti, adminis trantur .

I b id. p . 2 7 . Conf .Virtemb . Ar t . xxxu . sac ro sanc tum e vange l ium e t

s acramenta exerc entur, faci le inde se ir i po te rit , ub i e t qui s int Ch ris t iana e ccle s ia .

I b id. p . 30 . Conf . Sue v. Art. x v . ][2 Ho c itaqu e inquirentib us , quod sit s ignum e ccle s ias verse re spondemus

primo , fraudulente r e t subdo l e di c i s igna ce rta, qu ib us e ccle s ia dignosc i po te s t , e sses inc eram evangelii prasdic a tionem , e t ree tam a tque se cundum Ch ris ti ins titutionemadministrationem enim e vange l ici dic unt , se ve rum e vang elium doce re , e t re cte administrare sacramenta .

—Pe tr i 5. So to, Asse rt . C ath ol. Fid.

Antwe rp . 1 557 . D e E ccles ia , p .

In h is fortre ss.ln h is mo

tu '

e s .

D e s ignis Vis ib . E c c le s .

I n h is Q uartron .

In h is Mo tiv.

R . H . inPsal.c xi . Bar.

disc o v. p. 86.

A ns . to Mr

C artwr. Le t~

t er, p. 13.

p

6 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

succe ss ion, &c . , as do th S taple ton‘, Bristow é , Boz iuss , Hill “,and Alaba ste r".

2 . Of th e Brownists s, wh o make discipline (and tha ttoo o f the ir own devising) such an e ssentia l a rgument o f th evis ible church

,as they think , whe re tha t is not, “ th e magi.

s tra te s the re be tyrants ; th e ministe rs , fa lse prophe ts ; nochurch o f God is ; antichristianity doth re ign.

3 . Of th e same Brownists and Barrowists 7, wh o ne i

[1 Th e chu rch h ath ce rta in o th e r ma rks w h i ch c an neve r fa l l upon h e re tics in

any colou r o r pre tence , as th e true pre a ch ing o f God’

s w o rd e ve ry h e re t i c pretende th , and th e re fo re i t is mo re cle ar than th e true pre a ch ing Of God’s word. T w o

such marks I w i l l no te . Firs t, th e chu rch is deSCI ib ed to b e unive rsal , to b e a

communion O f a ll na tions . Ano th e r c le a r and mo s t undoub ted mark o f the chu rch ,mos t e v ident in scrip tures , and such —

a one as canno t poss ib ly b e found amongh e re tics , continuance the re o f. IVe catho l i cs do say th a t th e fa ith , do c trine ,and word o f God

,w h ich w e do b e l ie ve , fo llow , and p rea ch , h a th continued e ve r

s ince C h r is t came , & c .—S taple ton, Fo rtre ss o f th e Fa i th , &c . Antwe rp, 1565.

Part I . c . 5. pp . 2 5, 2 7 ,[2 Wh e reas i t is mos t s trongly pro ved b y all th is wh i ch I h ave h e re

th e re make th mos t pla inly for us, and agains t th e h e re tics , all tha t e ve r w as o r c ar

gb e o f any ch r istian man un i ty, unive rsal i ty , antiqu i ty, succe ss ione ve rlas ting , &c .—Br istow ,Mo tive s to th e C a th o l i c Fa ith . Antwe rp, 1599. p . 17 1 . b . ][3 Bo z ius , D e Signis E cc le s . D e i. Lugd. 1595. T om. I . Lib . I I I . capp . 5, 9.

pp . 183 , 2 15. T om . I I . Lib . XV I I . capp . 1 , 5. pp . 372 , 41 2 ][4 T he cath ol ic Roman re l ig ion on b e ing re ce ived b y so many

kept unity and conco rd, hey all h a ve one fa i th , one b e l ie f, one serv ice , onenumb e r Of sacraments, &c .

—Hil l ’s Q uartron o f Reasons , Re ason 3. pp . 1 1 , 1 2 .

Se e a lso Re asons 4 and 5, on the Conve rs ion o f Countries and Largene ss o f

Dom inion. ][5 T he cath ol ic the j udgement o f th e church , th e defini tion o f

counc ils, th e consent Of fa th e rs , th e h armony Of church es , th e practice o f all ages ,

and th e rule o f aposto l i ca l tradi tion, le ft by su cce ss ion as the l igh t th rough the

h e avens—A lab aste r, Firs t Mo tive . Se e A Bo oke o f th e Se ven P lane ts or Se venw andring Mo t ives o f Wi ll iam A lab aste r’s wit , Re trog raded or removed by JohuRac s te r. London, 1598. p .

[6 Se e A L i ttle Tre a tise uppon th e firste Ve rse o f the 1 2 2 . P salm by R. H. fol.

G. and H . 3. 1583.— I h ave sh ew ed th a t th e m inis try and sacraments o f Chris t

b e long no t unto th is pe ople or congre ga t ion,and h ow such sacraments and m inis try

a re sacrile g ious and ungodly , y e a , pe rni cio us and damnab le to the w h o le congregation and a ll the communicants , unless th ey repent and redre ss th e sew h e reby appe are th th a t the ch urch upon s ome o cca s ions may b e w i thou t sacraments, &c .

—Barrow e’

s Brie f D isc ov. o f th e Fa lse Chu rch , 1590 . p . 34. B ut se e

h ow fondly and b lasph emo usly Mas te r C artw righ t h e w i l l j o int he ch urch to Ch ris t w i thou t the disc ipl ine and go ve rnm ent o f C h I is t . He pu tte thasunde r th e chu rch and th e discipl ine o f Ch rist, th en,

if th e pow e r Of theword to b ind and lo ose so b e taken from C h ris t o r the ch urch o f C h ris t, w ha trema ine th b ut an ido l or counte rfe i t Ch rist , an ido l o r counte rfe i t church l—Answ .

to Cartwrigh t ’s Le t t . Lond . pp . 33,

[7 T hey condemn all com ing to church , all pre ach ing , all ins ti tu tion o f sacrane ve r have any sacrament among them. _ A P laine c onfu ta t ion o f a

Trea t ise o f Brownism , &c . London, 1 590 . p .

Ph ilip.

I b id. v. 2 3.

Conv. He lv.

I I . [ c .

Saxon. A rt .x r.

Wittem. Art .xxxrr.

Suevic . A rt .x v.T est. Rh em .

an . 2 T h ess .

ii 3 .

I b id. Anno t.1 T Im . i ii . 15.

I b id . Anno t .E ph e s . v. 2 4.

I b id. Anno t.m a rg . p. 2 64.Gab . Bie l .L il) . I v . D ist.6 . quaas t.

1 78 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Antichrist sitte th in th e temple o f God, & c ., whose c oming is by th e working o f Sa tan, with all powe r, and signs ,and lying wonde rs , and in a ll de ce ivablene ss, among them tha tp erish ; be cause they re ce ive d no t th e love o f th e truth , tha tthey might b e save d ; and there fore God sha ll send thems trong de lus ion, tha t they should b e lieve lie s .

“ Beware of dogs , beware o f e vil workers beware o f

concis ion.

And touching conve rsa tion.

Re store , &c . , le st thou a lso b e tempted .

I do no t th e go od thing which I would ; but th e e vilwhich I would no t , tha t do I : if I do tha t I would not, i tis no more I tha t do it

,but th e sin tha t dwe lle th in me .

There is a fight even in th e bes t m en, and memberso f Christ.

Bes ide s tha t churche s v isible and glorious have e rred, i tappe are th e v idently by th e superstition, here s ie s , yea , and

a the ism now re igning a t Je rusa lem, Alexandria , and Antioch .

T his with us th e churche s in the ir confe ssions do a c

knowledge 1

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies unto this truth .

T h e premise s will no t b e grante d for true , ne ithe r by th epapists , which ma inta in tha t in fa ith and do ctrine th e church ,me aning thereby th e vis ible church, whose re ctor is th e popeo f Rome , ne ve r e rre th 2 , neve r ha th erre d 3, and neve r can

[1 Pro inde damnamus il las e ccle s ias u t a l ienas a ve ra Ch ris t i e cc le s ia , quze ta l es

non s unt, quale s e sse deb e re audivimns , u tc unque inte rim j a ctent s uc c e ssionemepis c 0po rum , unitatem, e t an tiqu i ta tem . Q uinimo pree c ipiunt nob is apo s to l i u tfugiamus ido lola triam, e t Babylonem , & c .

— H arm . Conf. Se ct . x . p . 7 . C onf . Helv.

P o st . c ap. xvrr. No n sunt ig i tur m emb ra e c c le size D e i, e tiam si titulum e t impe riatenent , Saduc ze i, Pha risae i e t s im i les pontific e s , e t a l i i qui a l iam do c trinam proponunt

,dissentientem ab e vange l io , e t stab iliunt ido l a pertinac ite r.—Ib id. p . 2 2 . C onf.

Sa xon . Art . xr. Quod h ee c e ccle s ia , Spiri tu Sanc to ita gub e rne tur , u t e ts i s ini te am e sse in h is te rris imb e c illem , & c .

— I b id. p . 2 7 . C onf . Virtemb . Ar t. xxx I I .I b id . p . 2 9. Conf. Suev . Art . x v . Se e ab o ve , p . 1 74, no te I . ]

[2 Th is apostasy o r re vo l t , b y th e j udgem e nt in manne r o f all ancient w ri te rs , is

th e ge ne ra l fo rsaking and fa l l o ff o f th e Rom an w h ich fath e rs and

th e re s t Ca lv in pres umptuously co ndemne th o f e rro r a nd fo l ly h e re in, for tha t th e ire xpos ition ag re e th no t w i th h is and h is fe l low s ’ b lasph emous fi c tion tha t th e popesh ould b e antich ris t . T o e s tab l i sh wh i ch fa lse impi e ty th e y inte rpre t th is revo l t orapos ta sy to b e a g ene ra l re vo l t o f th e v is ib le church from God, conce rning th is e rro r and fa lseh o od o f th e church ’

s de fe ction or re vo l t , i t is re futedsu ffi ciently b y S t Augus t ine aga ins t th e D ona tis ts in m any place s . “ Wh e re h epro ve th th a t th e ch u rch sh al l no t fa il to th e w o rld’

s e nd, &c .—Te s t . Rh em .

Rli eme s , 1 582 . p . 555. Anno t . 2 Thess . i i . 3 . T he Marg . Anno t . is, Th ere c an b e

x1x .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 79

e rr4; nor ye t by the se which say, th e church canno t e rr for

manners . Such we re th e Dona tists, and are th e Anabaptists,with th e Fami ly of Love .

Propo s i t ion VI I .

I b id . an .

1 T im. ii i. 15.

Ga te c h . T rid.

in expo s it.Sym b . Ano st.Co ste r. E uc h trid c on

t ro ve rs . cap.3.

D e SummoP ont if .

T he church of R ome most shamef ully ha th erred in lif e, ceremonies, and R 136

ma tters of f a ith .

T h e pro of .Justly is th e church o f Rome condemned of us and all

churche s re formed , be cause sh e ha th e rred,and still very

badly e ve ry way do th o ffend.

1 . In life . For ,

At Rome th e harlo t b ath a be tte r life ,5 ”Than sh e tha t is a Roman’s w ife

O Rema , a Roma quantum mutata ve tusta e s ?

Nunc caput e s sc elerum, quae caput orbis e ra sI f ye spe ll R oma ba ckward (sa ith John Ba le 7) ye

sha l l find it to b e Amor : love in this prodigious kind. For

no apostasy o f th e v is ib le chu rch from God— I b id. But th e ch u rch wh ich is th eh o use o f God, w h ose re cto r (sa i th S t . Amb ro se ) in h is t ime w as D amasus , and

now Grego ry th e th irte enth , and in the apo stle s’ t ime S t P e te r, is th e p illar o f tru th ,th e e stab lishment o f all ve ri ty : th e re fore i t canno t e rr.— 1 b id. p . 572 . Ann. 1 T im. i ii.1 8. C onf . I b id . p . 52 2 . Anno t . E ph . v .

[3 I f he [th e Spiri t] sh al l te a ch all tru th and th a t for e ve r (as b e fore 0 . 1 4, 1 6)

h ow is i t poss ib le th a t th e church c an err o r ha th e rred at any time or in any

point l—Te s t . Rh em . Marg. Anno t . p . 2 64.

siquidem ad h unc artic ulum, C redo sanc tam e c cle siam c a th olic am , omnes

v e r ita te s to tius c anonis re du c untur : nam crede re e c c le siam sanc tam , c a th o lic am , e st

crede re e arn s anc te ve re e t s ine e rrore approb asse , quae c unque approb avit , & c .

Gab . B ie l . C omm . in Sentent. Brixiaa, 1 574. I n Lib . 1 1 1 . D is t . x x v . Qu eest . Unic.p . 2 52 . Th is is prob ab ly th e p as sage intended . ]

[4 Fo r th e re fe rence to Rhem . Te s t . Anno t . on 1 T im . i i i . 1 5, se e ab ove , no te 2 .

P r ima ig i tur pG rie tas (se . e ccle s iae ) in symb olo pa trum de sc rib itur, u t una sit.

U nus e st e tiam ejus re cto r a c gub e rna to r, invisib ilis qu idema utem is qui Romanam c a th edram Pe tr i aposto lo rum princ ipis leg i timus succes so rtene t, & c . Sed qu emadmodum h ae c una e ccle s ia e rrare non po te st in fide i acmorum disciplina tradenda, c um a Spiri tu Sanc to gub e rne tur, ita c e te ras omne s

quae s ib i e ccle s iae nomen arrogant, & c .— Ga te ch . C one . Tr id. R om . 1 566 . In ve rb a

Symb . C redo Sanct . E cc l . Cath o l. pp . 6 1 , 65. Hac enim donatus e st gra tia c um

su c c essorib us su is b e atus apo s tolus P e trus , u t ad e ccles i ae to tiu s c ommodum , in

fide immob ilis c onsista t ; a tque ad R omanee sedisi fidem e t do c trinam un i ve rsaper o rh em e ccles ia, fidem suam religionemque c onforme t .—C o ste r . E nc h irid.

C ontrovers . Colon . A g ripp. 1 608 . c ap . 1 1 1 . D e Summ o Pontif. p .[5 W. Th omas ’ H is to ry o f I ta ly , Lond. 1549. p . 39. b .][6 Se e Flac . I llyr. Varia D o e t. V ir. Po em . Bas i l . p . 417 . Wh e re, est and e ra t .][7 Ba le , Acts o f th e E ng l ish Vo tar ie s , London, Book I I . Pre f . wh e re , Ye sh a l l

find i t lo ve in th is prodig iou s kind for i t is prepos te rous amo r , a lo ve out o f

o rde r , or a lo ve aga ins t kind.]1 2— 2

b e e o f th isArtic le , propos ition 1 .

WV. T h oma s ,

His t. o f l ta ly .

Ac ts o f th eE ng .Vo tarIe s . 2 Book ,Praef .

1 80 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

i t is a preposterous Amor, love out of kind . Hence th e

Pa squil po e ts[Via ]Roma quid e st? [P a s ] Quod te docuit prteposterus ordo .

[Via ] Quid do cuit [P a s ] Junga s versa c lementa , scie s .

[Via ] Roma , amo r e st . [P a s ] Amor e st . [Via .] Qualis

[P a s ] Praeposterus . [Via ] Unde h oc ?[P a s ] Roma mare s . [Via ] No li dicere plura , scio .

Aga in,Roma , va le ; vidi, satis e st vidisse . Reve rtar,

Cum leno , aut mere trix, scurra , cynaedus e ro l .

finigfrgust. 2 . In ceremonie s, which a re in numbe r infinite . G

'rerson

2

wr ite th h ow dive rs men have run into despe ra tion, o the rshave killed themse lve s, finding tha t they we re not able to ke epand pe rform th e ceremonie s of th e Romish church .

For use a lso they are va in and impious ; a s the ir leadingup and down o f an a ss on Pa lm-Sunday, the ir ba ttering o f

he ll,the ir buria l o f th e cross, &c . ; ye a , and damnable , b e

Bek iu s, E n . cause Romish ce remonie s are he ld bo th ne ce ssarily to b e

c h m a. deHum . Co nst . observe d as we ll a s th e laws of God3, and a lso to me rit h eaAxiom . 2 .

gfi

infilg’i

gé h.

ven. For sins venia l (say th e Rhemists) b e taken away bysacre d ce remonie s “.

3 . In doctrine . For proof here of see th e popish e rrorsin eve ry Article a lmost, if no t Proposition o f this book.

Aga in, look we unto th e head o f th e antichristian synagogue , and we sha ll find tha t o f them

gymVale ram Some have be en conjurers , sorcere rs, and enchanters ; a ss T re atise o f th e were Pope Martin th e Se cond , Sylve ste r th e Se cond, and Third ,P ope ,& e

3323;gffa rd Benedict th e Eighth, Se rgius th e Fourth , John th e Nine te e th ,

Twentie th, and One -and- twentie th , Gregory th e Sixth , andSeventh and such we re all th e pope s (even e ighte en for numb er) fromSylve ste r th e Se cond unto Gregory th e Seventh 5.

[tl P asqu il l . Tom i duo E leu th eropoli, (Bas i l . ) 1544. T om . 1 . p . 70 . C f . Flac .

I llyr. Varia Do e t. V ir. Po em . Bas i l . p . 41 7 . Wh e re , a a t omi tted ][2 Ge rson s c rib it multo s inc idisse in de spe ra tionem , quosdam e tiam s ib i mo r tem

c onsc ivisse , qu ia s ense rant , se non posse sa tis fa c ere traditionib us, e t in te rim consola tionem nu llam de j usti tia nde i e t de gra tia audie rant . -Syl l . C onf . Oxon. 182 7.

p . 143. Conf. August . 1531 . Art. v . C f . Ge rson. Opp. A ntv . 1 706 . T om . 1 1 1 . c ol.

1 6 sq . D e Vi t . Spiri t . Anim . Le ct . 2 .

[3 E c c le siastic re consue tudine s , r i tus e t c e remoniaz aeque sunt ob servandm atque

le gc s divinre .— E ch i i E nc hirid. Lugd. 1572 . p . 12 4. D e Hum . C onstit. Ax iom .

[4 Se e ab ove , p . 1 10 , no te[5 Martin 1 1 . b y de ce i t and w icked ac ts w as made pope .

—Cyp. Va le ra , TwoTre atise s transl . from the Span. Lond. 1600. Of the L ives o f the Popes, p . 50.

1 82 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Lib . de and Hierom 1, and by Pope Pius th e F ifth 2 was said/ magis

Sanc to . Gentiliz a re , quam Ch ris tia nie a re ra the r to G entilize , or toC h . Franek .

£22 332“ b e a City o f h e a th cns, than of Christians .

gfigc

eqi

ai

gle d S t Be rnard 3 sa ith , h ow th e Romans, in his time , werehate ful unto heaven and e arth , yea , and hurtful unto both ,wicke d aga inst God, rash against holy things , and se ditiousamong themse lve s .

Ch rom mt;

Genebrard“ (himse lf an antichristian Romanist) wri te thM N e w tha t fifty popes succe ssive ly, and within th e spa ce o f 1 50

years , departed from th e virtue o f the ir e lders , and shewe dthemse lve s abjurers o f Christianity, and aposta te s, ra the r thancatho lic b ishops .

Am o lph . in T h e pope was pro cla ime d Antichrist at Rheme s by th eCo ne . Rh em .

inte r ope ra council there unde r Hugh Cape t 5.Be rnardi .

E rrors and a dver sa ries to this tr uth .

Wha t th e Papists are then i t appe are th , whose doctrine(as ha th be en shewn) is, tha t th e church of Rome ne ithe rha th, nor c an e rr.

E rra verunt a lioe ec c lesice (sa ith D . Ste lla), o the r churche s ,as o f A ntio ch, A lexandria , Constantinople , &c . have e rreds ed nunquam e c c lesia R oma na , but th e church o f Rome ne ve rye t erred

e.

Cum in Bab ylone ve rsarer, e t purpura taa mere tric is e ssem co l onus, e t ju re

Q uiritum v ive rem , vo lu i garrire al iquid de Spiritu Sa h e to , e t c oeptum Opu scu lumejusdern u rb is Pontific i dedica re .— H ie ron . Opp. P ar. 1693-1 706 . T om. I v . Pa rs I .

c ol. 493 . Praaf . in Lib . D idym . de Spir. Sanc to . C f . I b id. Pars I I . c ol. 104.

V I I I .]

[2 N am c um idolo rum cu l tus adeo ins itus e t inna tu s sit Romanis u t vel no stro

tempo re P ius V. Ponti fe x Max imus , qui ab i l lis pro sanc to c o litur Romam adhuc

m ag is gentiliz are quam Chris tianiz are (u t v e rb is ejus u ta r) dice re c oac tus see pe fue ri t.—Chr. Franeken. Co l lo qu ium Je su i t . Bas i l . 158 1 . p .[3 Qu id de populo lo quar? P opulu s R omanus e st . Ne c b re vius po tui, ne e

expre ssius tamen aperire de tu is paro c h ianis quod sentio . Q u id tam no tum sze c ulis

quam pro te rv ia e t fastus R omano rum ? Gens insu e ta p aci , tumul tu i assue ta ;Gens imm itis e h intra c tab ilis usqu e adh uc , sub di ne sc ia ,

nis i c um non va le t res is tere .

—Be rnard. Opp. P a ris . 1 7 19. Vo l. 1 . c o l. 441 . D e C ons id . L ib . Iv. c ap. 2 .

C f . Vo l. I I . p . 107 . E pis t . Cc xlili. ][4 Th is re fe rence the edi to r h as b een unab le to ve ri fy . ][5 Qu id h unc Re ve rendi pa tre s , in s ub l im i so l io re s identem ,

ves te pu rpure a e tau re a radiantem, qu id hunc ( inquam) e sse c ense tis ? N imirum s i c h arita te de st ituitur so laque scient ia infla tur e t e xto llitur, A ntic h ris tus e s t , in templo D e i sedens ,

e t se o s tendens tanquam sit De us — Conc il. Labh . c t C o ssa rt. T om . xrx . c o l. 132 .

Ora t . A rnulph . in Conc iliab . Remen. c ap. x xvm .][6 S te l la in Luc . Lugd. 1583. T om . I . E nar. in c ap. I x . fo l.

xrx] o r T H E C HURCH o r E NGLAND . 1 83

I d c onstanter negamus (sa ith Costerus th e we

c onstantly deny tha t Christ h is vicars , and Pe ter’s succe ssors ,th e bishops o f Rome , have e ithe r taught here sie s, or c an pro

pound e rro rs .God pre se rve th th e truth of Christian re ligion in th e

apos to l ic se e o f Rome , and i t i s no t poss ible , tha t th e church(meaning th e church o f Rome) can err , or ha th erre d a t anytime , in any po int, say th e Rh emists

s.

ARTICLE XX .

Of th e A uthor i ty of th e Church .

(1 ) T h e chur ch h a th pow er to dec ree rites or c ereme

nies , (2 ) a nd a u thority in c ontroversies of f a ith . And ye t

it is no t lawf u lf or th e c hur c h (3) to orda in a nyth ing th a t

i s c ontra ry to God’

s9 word, (4)neith er may it s o expound

one pla c e of Scr iptu re , (5) th a t i t be repugna nt to a no th er .

Wh eref or e a lth ough (6) th e chur ch be a w itness, a nd a keeper

of h o ly w rit , ye t, a s i t ough t no t to de cree a nyth ing aga ins t

th e same , so (7 besides th e s ame ough t i t no t to enf or c e a nyth ing to be believed f or nec essity of sa lva tion.

The propositions .

1 . Th e church ha th powe r to de cre e rite s or ceremonie s .

2 . T he church may not o rda in wha t r ite s or ceremonie ssh e w ill .

3 . T h e church hath author i ty to judge and de te rmine incontrove rs ie s o f fa ith .

4 . T h e church hath powe r to inte rpre t and expound th ewo rd of God.

5. T h e ana logy o f fa ith must b e re spe cte d in th e ex

position o f th e scripture .

6 . Th e church is th e witne ss and ke epe r of God’s wr ittenword .

[7 I d c onstanter ne gamus , V icar io s Ch ris ti , Pe trique suc c e ssore s , R omanos

P ontific e s, vel h aeresim doce re a l io s po sse , vel e rro rem propone re .— C o s te r. E u

c h irid. Controve rs . C ol. A grip. 1 608 . c ap. 3. D e Summo Pont . p .[8 See ab ove , pp . 178, 9, no te s 2 , [

9 God’

s w r i tten word,

E nc h irid.

Co ntro ve rs .

c . 3. de Summ o P ont I f .

p. 136 .

Te st. Rh em.

an. Ma tt .xxiii. 2 .

I b id . Anno t.m arg . page2 64.

1 Co 4,7 , 1 4. & c .

1 Co r. x Iv.

34.

1 Co r. x i. 5.

1 Co r. X IV. 2 .

1 Co r. xi. 2 ,3, 4.

1 Co r. xiv . 2 6 .

I b id . v. 40 .

I b id. v. 33 .

Cont‘

He lv. 1 .

A rt . X I I I . andI I . c .

BaS Il. A rt . x .

Bo h em .

c .

Ga l. A rt .xxxrr.

Be lg . A rt .

xxx”.August. A rt .I v . v . v 1 1 . xv .

Saxon. A rt.

Su e vic a, c . 8,1 4.

\VI t temb .

c ap. 2 7, 3 1.

1 8 4 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

7 . Th e church may no t enforce anything to b e be lieved ,a s ne ce ssary unto sa lva tion, tha t is e ithe r contrary or be s ide sth e word of God.

Propos i t ion 1 .

The Church h a th power to dec ree rites or ceremonies .

Th e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T h e church’s authori ty to de cre e rite s or ce remonie s iswarrante d in th e word o f God ; first

,by th e example o f th e

apostle s,wh o did orda in r ite s and ce remonie s : among o the r

things, tha tIn th e church men should not b e cove re d .

Women should ke ep s ilence , and b e cove re d .

A known tongue , unde rstood o f th e common auditory,should be use d w ith o the r things .

Next, by th e gene ra l and binding commandment o f God

himse lf, wh o a t a ll time s wi ll have e ve rything in th e churc hto b e done unto e difying , hone sty, and by order, as be ingnot th e autho r o f confusion, but o f pea ce .

All Protestant churche s confess th e same 1 .

[ 1 Coe tus autem sacros sic peragendos e sse c ensemus , u t ante omnia ve rb umD e i in pub l icum , lo co pub l ico e t sac ris destina to pleb i quo tidie prOpona tur, &c .

Ha rm . C onf . Se c t . x v . p . 1 59. C onf. He lv . P rio r . Art. xx I I I . [xxrv .] Instruantur

au tem omnia pro de co ro , ne ce ss i ta te , e t h onesta te pia, ne qu id de sit, quod requ ir itur ad ri tus e t usus E cc le s ia ne c e ssarios, oporte t pre ces pub l icas quoad fo rmam e t tempus in omnib us E c c le siis e sse pare s . L ib e rta te enim sua u tantur

E ccles iae quaelib e t . - 1 b id. pp . C onf . Helv. Post . capp . xxI I . xxI I I . C f. I b id.

Sect . xvr. p . 1 74. C onf. Helv . Po s t . c ap. xxI v . D e h o e gene re a ccesso rio traditionibus h umanis , c ons titu tionibus , c onsue tudine que b ona introduc tis ritibus , do

consensu re tinenda e sse , se cundum sanct i Apo sto l i do c trinamOmnia in c ommunita te ( scil ice t E ccles ias tica ) ve stra , de cente r e t o rdineli t quanquam nos tr i non omnes ri tus aeque se rvant c um aliis E c cle siis , id quod ctfie ri non po te s t, e t non e st ne ce sse h e ri, & c .

— Ib id. Se ct . xvI I . pp . 2 12 , 1 4. Con f.

Boh em . c ap. xv . C f. I b id. Se ct . xvr. p . 179. C onf . Boh em . c ap. x v 1 1 . Credimus

expedire , u t qu i e lce ti sunt E ccle s iae alic ujus prae fe c ti, inte r se dispic iant qua

ra tione to tum co rpus commode re g i possit . I ta tame a u t ab e o quod Dom inu snoste r J e sus Ch ristus ins tituit nusquam de fle c tant . Hoe a u tem non impedi t quom inus quaedam s inguhs lo c is pc c uliaria s int inst itu ta , & c .

— I b id. p . 2 16 . C o n f.

Ga l l . Art . xxxI I . Inte rim c redimus utile qu idem e sse , u t s enio res qui E c c le siispraesunt , aliquam inte r s e o rdinem cons tituant , ad c onserva tionem co rporis E cc le siae : modo s tudiose c aveant ne quo pac to ab iis deflec tant de c linentve , qu te

Ch ris tus ipse , unic us Mag is te r no s te r, seme l c ons tituit .—I b id. p . 2 17 . Conf. Be lg .

Art . xxxu . D e ritibus e c c lesiastic is , qui sunt h umana auc torita te ins t i tuti , do cent,r itus illos s e rvandos e sse , qui s ine pecca to se rvari possunt, e t ad tranquillita tem , e t

b onum o rdinem in e ccle s ia c onduc unt, ut ce rtou fe rice , c e rtae cau tione s p i ze e t a l i is imiles ri tus .

—lb id . p . 2 17 . C onf. A ug . Art . xv . T h e o the r re fe rence s to th is

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE

o f ceremonie s to b e le ft in chr ist ian l iberty unto “

e ve ryman.

O thers would have both temple s to b e le ft w ithout service ,sermons and sacraments , and prince s to b e scare d w i th th e

fea r of uproars and sedition ; and all b e cause they would b efre e d from th e obedience unto ceremonie s , no t impious o f

themse lve s,impose d by th e church : th e fa the r o f these men

was Illyricusl, o f whom Me lanchthon write th .

Of th e latte r kind b e1 . T h e Family o f Love aga in

,wh o utte rly disl ike our

churche s or temples, a lso our l iturg ie s , and forms o f servingour God, and fina lly, our de s igned times of me e ting toge ther forth e wo rship o f God.

Our churche s 2 they blasphemously te rm common houses ;and so we te rm bro the l-house s , or th e stews .

Our liturgie s and manne r o f se rving o f God they ca llfo o l ishne ss o f taken-on service s 3, fa lse and se ducing God’s ser

v ice s 4, o f no man to b e orda ine d”, nor to b e obeye d , or used,when they are e stablishe d “. With the se j o in th e Barrowists ,

Sed fa te or me sua sisse e t Francis e t aliis ne ‘

de sererent e cc les ias propte r se rv i etutem ,

quae s ine impie tate su stine ri p o sse t. N am quod I llyric us vo c ife ra tur, po tinsvastita tem fuisse fa c iendam in templis , e t m e tu seditionum te rrendos p rincipes , e go nenunc qu idem tam tris t is sententia: au to r e sse ve l im .—l\I e 1anc th . E pis t . Lond. 1642 .

Lib . 1 . E p . 107 . c ol. l37 . ]

[2 They b u i ld th e re ( i . e . in th e c i ty o f ignorance , wh i ch acc ording to th e alle ~

go ry, is the ab ode o f a ll wh o are no t Fam il is ts) l ikew ise dive rs h ou ses o f commonas semb ly, wh ich th ey ca l l God’

s h o use s - H. N . Spiri t . Land. p . 1 3. b . c ap. v .[3 And th ey use th e re many

-manne r o f foo l ishnesse s o f taken-on se rv ice s , wh ichth ey ca l l re l ig ions , o r God-se rv ices , & c .

—Ib id. ][4 Se e ing now th en th a t i t all is no th ing e lse b ut know ledge and a pa inted or

co loured h o l iness : is i t l ikew ise a fa lse and de ce i tful l igh t : ye a , so fa lse andde ce i tful , th a t all s imple and unl igh ted pe ople (Je r. 2 3. c . d . E z e ch . 2 3.

b ecome th e rew i th seduced or b egu iled, & c . Ne ve rth e le ss in all th is same so h ath

sundry s e c t o r Opin ia ted a ssemb ly in th e ir unde rs tanding o f the

know ledg e th e ir re spe c t b ent to th e false s igh t : and th ey m inis te r fo rth the same

l ikew ise , a s th ough th at s am e w e re th e l 'Vo rd o f the Lo rd (3. Reg . 2 2 . b . Je r. 8 .

2 3 . e . E z e c . 13. b . ) and th e i l lum ina t ion o f th e H o ly Spiri t. -H. N . Firs t E xh o rta ~

t ion . Lond. 1 656 . p . 1 13. c ap. x v . 1 2,

[5

any m an sh ou ld b e come so dare to te ach or

se t fo rth anyth ing th rough th e imag ina tion o f th e a w o rd ( 1 Reg .

1 5. a . b . Jer. 5. 6 . 7 . 8 . o r commandment o f th e Lo rd : or ye t to insti tute anyse rv ices (o u t o f th e le tte r o f th e Scr ip ture ) according to h is go od th inking, &c .

I b id. pp . 1 2 9, 30 . c ap. xv r.

[0 For ce rta in take in hand and use , o ut o f th e imag ina tion o f th e know ledge ,

(wh e re on th ey se t the ir h e arts a t pe ace ) fa lse God-se rv i ces , wh ich th ey no twithstanding ins titutc , o r b ring in,

fo r true God-se rv ices ( C o l. 2 . b . c . ) re l ig ions, law s ,and commandments o f God: and plant the same know ledge into th e people as

th o ugh th e y o ugh t o f righ t to b e ob edient th e reunto .— I b id. p . 1 2 4. c ap. xvr.

xx .] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND. 1 87

wh o do wri te". tha t to have liturgie s and forms of common 23332 353 “

praye r , is to have ano the r Gospe l, and ano the r T es tament.Our Sabba th th ey contemn, ye a they condemn ; for they D ispi. H. a b .

say, T here ought to b e no Sabbath-days . Our Sabba tariansgo not so far, ye t come they near unto these Familists, whenthey divulge tha t

Th e church ha th no authori ty ordinary and pe rpe tually n. B. Do ct .o f t h e Sa b b .

to sanctify any day but th e seventh day, which th e Lord 1 b o ok . p-3 1 .

hims e lf h a th 9 sanctifie d”.

T h e church canno t take away this libe rty o f working six

days in th e we ek”. The se a ssertions are aga ins t all ho ly-dayslawfully e stablishe d . Barrow ye t goeth furthe r than do the semen ; for h e sa ith , h ow th e obse rving of times, a s i t is in our

church, is an e rror fundamenta l”.

s AThey a lso b e a like culpable , wh o , appi oving some rite sPigpg

j fl

and ce remonie s , do ye t tie th e church , or pe ople o f God, to

th e obse rva tion o f th e ceremonies , e ithe r Mosa ica l, a s manyhave done , and do ”; or o f th e Romish Church , a s do th e

QSS. an .Papists “, and th e half-Papists, th e Fam ily o f Love 15 1 3.

H . N . E vang .

c . 31 . Se c t. 1 .

[7 First th e wh o le pub l i c wo rsh ip and adm inis tra t ion enj o ined o f th e ir chu rchw as b lamed un to h im and re fu sed a s ido latrous, de v ised b y man a f te r th e pre scripto f a ro t ten Pop ish Le itourg ie , and p roved such unto h im b y e xpre ss scriptu res .Barrow e

s R e fut . o f G i ffard,1 591 , p .

[8 They h o ld th e re ough t to b e no Sab b ath -day , b ut th a t all sh ou ld b e like : and

for th a t th ey a lle g e , T h e Son o f Man is Lo rd o ve r th e Sabb a th -day .—D isplay ing , &c .

Lond. 1 579. H. 8 . b . ][9 Had sanctified,[1 0 Ye t I do no t th e Lo rd h ath g iven any au th o r i ty to h is Church

o rdinarily and pe rpe tually to sancti fy any day , e x cep t th a t wh i ch h e h ath sanctifiedh imse l f—N ich . Bownde . D o c t. o f th e Sab . Lond. 1595. Bo ok I . p .

But th a t i t [ th e Ch urch ] h a th pow e r to make so many h o ly-days (as w e have )w h e re in no man may w ork any par t o f th e day , and wh e re in men are comm anded to

ce ase from th e ir da i ly vo ca tions o f p lough ing and e xe rc is ing th e ir h andi cra fts, & c . ,

th a t I deny to b e in th e pow e r o f th e Chu rch .-Cartw r igh t’s Firs t Reply . New

E di tion, p.[1 2 And e v il pro v ide they for th e ir pr ince ’s h onour th a t make h er th e auth o r o f

such ab om inab le ido latrou s s tuff as th e se Rom ish fasts , you r E mb e rs, Sa ints’ e ve s ,Lents , are , &c . c an you th e re ple ad for your supe rst i tious de vo t ions tow a rdso ur Lady , ke eping a day , an eve , We po o r Ch rist ians c an se e no o th e rmyste ry in th e ma tte r , b u t th a t i t is de te s tab l e ido la try , e ven th a t ve ry pour ing ou t

your drink-o ff e rings and b u rning incense to th e que en o f h e aven.—Barrowe ’s

R e fu t . o f Gi ffard, pp . 31 ,[13 Se e a b o ve , pp . 88

,

[1 4 S i qu is dixe rit re c epto s e t approb a to s e ccle s ia: c ath olic ze ri tus in solemni

s a c ram entorum adminis tratione adh ib eri c onsue tos , au t s ine pe cca to a m inis tris pro

l ib i to omitti, aut in no vos a l io s pe r quemc umqu e e c clesiarum pastorem mutari

1 88 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Fina lly,they are out o f th e way which think th a t

eith er

one man,a s th e pope , or any ce rta in ca lling o f men, a s th e

cle rgy,ha th powe r to decre e and appo int r i te s or c eremo

nie s , though o f themse lve s go od , unto th e who le church o f

God, dispersed over th e universa l world .

P ropo s i t ion 1 1 .

T he church may not orda in wha t r ites a nd ceremonies she will.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

As it is a cle ar truth tha t th e church may orda in ceramonie s , so true is i t a lso tha t th e church hath no powe r toappo int wha t r ite s o r ceremonies sh e w il l . For sh e mus tde cre e none which b e

Eithe r for the ir own na ture impious, l ike th e o rdinance s ,Je rem . x. 8 manners , and idols of our fore fath ers a, tea che rs of vanity,

Heb . iii. 1 8 . and o f lie s .

2 K ings xv iii.Or for use , superstitious ; like th e bra zen serpent, which

4 ' king He zekiah brake in pie ce s .

O r for the ir we ight, ove r-heavy, and grie vous to b e borne ;like th e Jewish c onstitutions

b.

Or for the ir worthine ss , in th e eyes of th e orda iners , e ithe ro f equa l price , or of more a ccount than th e ve ry ordinance s ofGod ; so a s , for th e performance of them, th e laws o f God

a Walk ye no t in th e o rdinance s o f you r f a th ers, ne i th e r ob se rveth e i r manne r, nor defi le you rse l ve s w i th th e i r ido ls . E z ek . xx. 1 8 .

b Ye lade m en w i th b u rdens g r ie vous to b e b o rne , Luke xi. 46 .

Wh y t empt ye God, to lay a yoke on th e d i sc iple s’ ne cks, wh i chne i th e r our f a th e rs nor w e w e re ab le to b e a r ? A c ts xv. 1 0 . Why a s

th ough ye lived in th e w or ld, a re ye b u rdened w i th t radi t ions ?Col. ii. 2 0 .

p osse ; ana th ema sit.— C onc il. Hardu in. P a ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c ol. 52 . Conc . Trid.

Se ss . vn . D e Sac rament is in Gene re . C an . 1 3

[1 5 Fu rthe rmore , y e de arly b e loved, b eh o ld and cons ide r h ow th a t th e C a tho l i c

Ch urch o f Rome h a th ob ediently grounded i ts e l f on th e fo re sa id se rv ice s and ce remonie s, w h i ch a re th e figure s , o r th e prefiguration o f th e tru e Ch ristiani ty and h e r

se rv ice s : and w i th di l igenc e and fe rvency ob se rved th ose sam e , to a go oddis cipl ine ,o r o rdinance o f th e cong rega tions : and e ven so , in figure s, b o rne th e name o f

Ch ris tians —H . N . E vang . R e g . Trans ] . ou t o f Base -Almayne . p . 73 . c ap. x x xx.

s 1 -l

1 90 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

E rrors a nd adversa ries unto this tru th .

T h e premise s be ing , a s they are , most true,most fa lse

then is it which th e papists do publish,viz . tha t

Th e church ha th powe r to change th e sa craments orda inede ven by Christ himse lf ‘.

“ Wha tsoeve r th e apostle s and rulers of th e church c om

mand, is to b e kept and ob eyed .

Th e authority o f th e church is greate r than o f th e sacre dscripture 2 .

P ropos i t ion I II .

T he chur ch. ha th a uthority to judge a nd determine in controversies of f a ith .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s word.

Author ity is given to th e church , and to e ve ry membe ro f sound judgement in th e same , to j udge in controve rs ie s o f

fa i th ; and so in the ir pla ce s to embra ce th e truth , and to

a vo id and improve 3 antichristianity and errors ; and this is notth e priva te opinion Of our church , but bo th th e stra ight c ommandment Of God himse lf particularly unto all te a ch e rs

a

and heare rs b o f God’s word , and generally unto th e who lea Ca s t away pro fane and Old w ive s’ f ab le s, 1 T im . iv. 7 . O T imo

th y, ke ep th a t wh i ch is comm i t t ed unto th e e , 1 T im . vi. 2 0 . A b ish opm us t , & c . h o ld f a s t th e f a i th f ul w o rd a c co rd ing to do c t r ine , th a t h ea lso m ay b e ab le to exh o r t w i th wh o le som e do c t r ine , and improve th emth a t say aga ins t it, & c . T it . i . 9, &c .

b He a r no t th e wo rds o f th e proph e ts th a t proph e sy unto you ,

and t e a ch you van i t i e s th ey spe ak th e v i s ion Of th e i r own h e a r t, andno t o f th e m ou th o f th e Lo rd, Je r . xxi i i . 1 6 . Bewa re o f f a lse proph e ts, Ma t t . vii. 1 5. Bewa re o f dogs , b ewa re o f e v i l w o rke rs, Ph i l ip.

iii. 2 . T h e sh e ep know th e sh eph e rd’s vo i ce , and th ey w i ll no t f o l lowa s t range r ; b u t th ey fly f rom h im : f o r th ey know no t th e vo i ce o f

s t rang e rs, Joh n x. 4 , 5 . Be no t ca r ried ab ou t w i th dive rs and st rangedo c t r ine s, He b r . xi i i . 9.

Ib id. pp . 2 2 9, 30 . C onf. Virtemb . Art . xxxv. T h e re fe rence to th e C onf . Suey . is

infe rent ia l . —1 b id. p . 2 30. Conf . Sue v. c ap. x 1 v .]

[1 T h e re fe rence sh o u ld prob ab ly b e , Co nc . Trid. Se ss . xxr. c ap. 2 . P ra tere a

de c lara t h anc po te s tatem pe rp e tuo in e ccle s ia fuisse , ut in sa c ramento rum dispe nsat ione , sa l va illo rum sub s tant ia , e a s ta tue re t , ve l mu tare t, qua sus c ipientium u tilita ti

,seu ipso rum sac ram entorum vene ra tioni, pro re rum ,

tempo rum e t lo c orum

varie ta te magis e xpedit e judic are t .— C onc . Harduiu . T om . x . c o l . l2 o. ]

[9 Qu in tamen prior sit au th o ritas E ccle s ia quam Sc riptura neg ari non po te st.

C onf. C a th . Fid. in Syn. P e tric o v. Vienn. 1560. c ap. xv . p . 16 . Wh e re, h owe ve r,prior se ems to re fe r to time , no t o rde r.][3 In th e sense o f th e La tin zmproba re . T he edi tion o f 1675 h as reprove .]

OF THE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

church" : and a lso th e j udgement o f our godly bre thren in ggge s

XAVi t

fore ign countries 4 m mSue vrc a, A rt.XV.

The errors and a dversa r ies unto this truth .

U nsound the re fore in j udgement are th e Papis ts . For

first they ma inta in,Tha t th e pope o f Rome ha th th e powe r 5 to j udge all Dist. 40. c .

Si Papa .

men and matters G, but may b e j udge d o f no man ; to de cre e 1

0132

0 1. Rm

(without contro lment) aga ins t th e epistle s o f S t Paul 7 ; to dis magma

pense even aga ins t th e new T e stament 8 and to give th e senseand meaning o f th e ho ly scripture : ‘

to which sense or inte r Pge

t

r

e

v

gl

g. de

5 a

pre ta tion o f h is all and every man, w ithout contradiction, apar

must y ie ld and obey 9Next they publish and hold, tha t th e powe r to judge o f

re ligion and po ints of doctrine is e ithe r in bishops only, as

c Bewa re le st you b e a lso plu cked away w i th th e e r ror o f th e

w icked, and f all f rom your own s tedf a s tne ss, 2 P e t . iii. 1 7 . I f th e rec ome any unto you, and b ring no t th is do c t r ine , re c e ive h im no t to

h ouse ; ne ith e r b id h im God spe ed, 2 John 1 0 . I f any sh a ll say untoyou, LO, h e re is Ch r is t , o r th e re , b e lieve it no t ; f or th e re sh a ll a r isef a lse Ch r is ts, and f a lse proph e ts, Matth . xxiv. 2 3, 2 4 . I spe ak a s untoth em wh i ch h ave unde rstanding ; judge ye wh a t I say, 1 Cor . x. 1 5.

T ry all th ings, and ke ep th a t wh i ch is go od, 1 T h e ss . v. 2 1 .

[4 Quod h a c E ccle sia h ab e at jus judic andi de omn ibus doc trinis, juxta illud,

P rob a te spiri tus , & c .—H arm . C onf. Se ct . x . p. 2 7 . C onf . Virtemb . Art . xxx i r .

H anc po rro E c c le siam s e u c ongre ga tionem re g it ips e Spiri tus e tiamil la ipsa e s t , quam omne s audire jub entur e t qu i i l l i non ausc u ltavit , h ab endus e st

c e u E thnic us e t Pub lic anus .— I b id. p . 30. Conf . Suev . Art . xv .]

[5 Hujus (se . P apa ) pra sumit mortalium nu l lus , qu ia

c unc to s i pse judic aturus a nem ine e s t judic andus , & c .—Corpus Jur . Canon. Antv.

1648 . D e c re t . Gra tian. Pa rs r. D is tinc t . xr. c ap. v1 . p . 50. S i papa . ]

[6 Ma tte r ,[7 E t idem tene t arch iepisc opus Flo rent inus in 3 pa rte s ua summa , sub titulo

de po te sta te re fert al iquos dice re , quod po te s t to l le re s ing u la , sed non

omnia, qu ia h oc e sse t de s true re u tilem s ta tum e cc le s ia , e t pra se rtim sic po te s t fie ric um causa, qu ia e t contra epistolas Pau l i po tes t papa s tatuere c um causa , in h isqua non c onc ernunt fidem .

— Caro l . Ruin. C onc il. Vene t . 1591 . Vol. I I I . p . 1 2 5. b .

Torn. Qu int . C ons . cix . Num .

[8 He is spe aking o f th e ma rriage Of unb e l ie ve rs , o f wh i ch h e says : C e ssat

inte r e o s ra t io indissolub ilita tis . Nee ob s tat quod dic itur, qu o s D eus c onjunxith omo non separe t ; s cil ice t qu i a non e st h om o q ui dissolvit in casu sed e cc le s iaau torita te div ina : nam e ccles ia inte rpre tatur in h o e ju s divinum .

-P anormit.

sup e r Qua rt . De cre ta l . Lugd. 1534. Fo l. 46 . b . D e D ivo rt . ][9 Sed se ntire quod (2 non) omnis po te s ta s e t quod non omne s e x istente s in qua

cunque po te s ta te in e cclesia D e i sub sint c orre c tioni e ccles ia Romana e st sentire

T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

some o f them do th ink d ; or in the ir cle rgy only, a s o the rsde em e

, and in th e church o f Rome only, a s all o f themsuppose

f.

d T h e mys te r ie s o f re l ig ion are c ommit ted to th e t rust o f b ish ops,plebi tantum sciendum est, quod a d moresf ormandos et vitam per tinet, th e

c ommon pe ople are only to know th a t wh i ch pe r ta ine th unto manne rsand go od b eh aviou r , sa i th Fr ia r Lau renc e aVillavinc enc e 1 , D e f o rman.

c onc ion. lib . I . c ap. 1 0 . N ee gra tia , nee [cer te] interior a liqua vir tus

[o cculta ] requirenda est [vel] in membris, vel [in] m inistris, in E cclesia ,prce ter publicam [et legitimam ]prof essionemfidei. I t is su ffic ient f or th ememb e rs and m inis te rs o f th e chu r ch to make Open pro f e ss ion o f th e

f a i th : m o re is no t re qu i red o f th em, ne i th e r g ra c e (to judge o f do c

t r ine), nor any o th e r inwa rd virtue , saith P e t rus a So to , Asse r t . Ca th .

[Antv . de E c c l . [p.

T h e c ommon and f a i th ful pe ople m ay in a gene ra lity re fuse , andf o rsake all new do c tr ine d issent ing f rom th a t wh i ch th ey h a ve le a rnedand emb ra ced. N on a utem, u t doc tr inam in pa r ticula ri ere c au s is et

f undamentis suis examinent, u t sic pr oprio judic io discu tiant quid verum ,

quid f a lsum sit . But th ey h ave none au th o rity t o exam ine any do c

t r ine in pa r ticu lar f rom th e ve ry c ause s and g rounds, and th e reb ys ea r ch out wh a t is t rue , wh a t f a lse ; quod propr ium est ecc lesia r um

m agistris : th is th ey mu st le ave to th e ma s te rs o f ch u rch e s, t o wh omprope r ly it b elonge th ; sa i th S taple ton, [Opp. P ar. 1 6 2 0, T om . I I I .

p. Antid. E vang . in Ma t . 7 .

f Sa cr ce s cr iptur a sensus na tivus et indu bita tus a b ecclesia ca tholica

est petendus (sa i th th e a f o rem en t ioned P e t rus a So to .) T h e na t ive and

t rue sense Of th e sa c re d s c r iptu re is t o b e f e t ch ed f rom th e ca th oli cch u rch (o f Rome). Asse r t . Ca th . de E c c l . 2 T h e wh o l e chu r ch th rougho ut th e wo r ld knowe th th a t th e h o ly ch u rch o f Rome h a th powe r tojudge o f a ll ma t te rs, neque c uiquam licebit de ej us judicio judica re,ne i th e r is it lawfu l for any man to give any sentence o f h er judgmen t .Ge lasius ix. q . Cune ta 3 .

oppositum ejus quod tene t e ccle s ia , oppositum ejus quod tene t e ccles iavel i l l ins qui h ab e t de te rm inare e a qu a sunt fide i e st sentire oppo situm ejus quodtene t tide s ve l e xpl ic ite ve l pone re apo s tolic am po te s ta tem in

e ccle s ia non sub e sse po tes ta ti papa e st oppositum ejus quod tene t e ccle s ia .—H e rva .

de Po te s t. Pap. Pa ris . 1506 . fol.

[1 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b een unab le to ve ri fy. ]

[2 T h e re fe rence sh ou ld b e to Lindanus , P anopl. E vang . Co lon. A grip. 1560 .

L ib . 1 1 1 . c ap. 7 . p . 1 80 . e st u t c ommons tremus undenam c e rtus

indub ita tusque illarum (se . sacr . l ite r .) sensus sit tu to de ve ros c ripturarum sensu an e urn e ccle s ia C h r ist i c a tholic a su is propona t filio lis ne c ne

dub ite t Juda us , dub ite t Paganus , &c . ][3 C une ta pe r mundum nov i t e ccle s ia, quod sac rosanc ta Romana e ccles ia fas

de omnibus h ab e at judic andi : neque c uiquam de ejus lic e a t judi ca re j udic io .

C o rp . Jur. C anon . Antverp. 1 648 . D e c re t. Se c . Pars . Caus . xx . Qua st. 3 . c ap. 17 .

fo l.

1 94 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

thing for any m orta l man to a tta in unto : so did Johannes deE neas SY‘V Wa ssalia‘, and do many Anabaptists .

Some , though they a cknowledge tha t dive rs have th e

g if t to Open th e s ense o f G od’s word , ye t tha t some , say they,are no t th e known prea chers and write rs in th e re forme dand christian a ssemblie s , whom th e Family o f Love , in scorn,

H . N . E vang . do term th e scripture -le a rned. For, sa ith th e sa id Family 2 ,c h ap. 33 . § l l , it is me re lie s and untruth , &c ., whatsoeve r th e scripture

learned , through the ir knowledge out o f th e scripture s, instiI dem l E x tute , pre ach , and te ach . T hey preach th e le tte r, &c . , but noth o rt. c h ap.

19 W th e word o f th e l iving God3. But themse lve s only have thatgift, ne ithe r e very one of th e Family , but th e illuminate

{gem- 1

2158 e lde rs 4. For to them it is given to know th e truth, and theyre v . 0 p.

2 1- 53 are th e e lde rs”o f th e godly-unde rstanding , and o f th e manlySpirit. Landfh

fil’

gggit‘

f" Wisdom, th e prima te s ", or prinp als In th e light.

Some do suppo se , tha t to interpre t th e ho ly scripture s iso sition nextij

mmedia te ly no t so much a spe cia l gift o f God upon some chosen persons ,a fo regomg '

a s an ordinary powe r annexed to th e state and ca lling o f

popes , bishops, and cle rgymen.

Others b e so far from giving th e pe ople of God, not be ingo f th e cle rgy, power to expound, a s they w il l no t suffe r themto re ad, nor so much a s to have th e scripture s by them in a

vulgar tongue , e xcept it b e the ir own most corrupt and barbarous transla tion, which but o f la te ye ars ne ithe r, and tha t inpart too , is grante d by th e Papists ; but in place there o f theythrust upon th e la ity the ir most ido la trous and blasphemous

[1 T he edito r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy th e refe rence : b u t see So ames ’s Mosh e im ,

Vo l. I I I . p . 41 . no te(2 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 77 , no te 3. H. N . E vang. R eg . Trans lated out o f Bas e

Almayne , c ap. xxx I I I . l l ,

[3 Th ey pre ach inde ed th e le tte r and th e imag ina tion o f th e i r know ledge , b u t

no t ( Jer. 5. b . 6 . 8 . E z e c h . 1 3. b . 34) th e wo rd o f th e l iv ing God.—I d. Firs t E xh o rta t ion, transla ted, & c . c ap. xvr.

[4 For a t th a t s ame t ime o f th e ir elde rdom i t is g iven th em to know th e tru th ,

and th e y are ab le to unde rstand th e mys te ry (Ma t . 13. b . Luke 8 . b .) o f th ekingdom o f God, & e . Id . P ro ve rb s , c ap. xxx.

trava i le r in the youngne ss o f h is godl y unde rstanding mus t in the

b eg inning, wh en th e wisdom g row e th firs t in h im, h ave h is proce eding -fo rw ardacco rding to th e counse l o f h is e lde r in the Fam i ly o f Love , wh o h a th ob edie ntlyp e rfo rmed th e requ i ring o f th e grac ious wo rd and h is s e rvi ce : and so is grown up

th e re in unto th e Old age ( E ph . 4 . b . ) o f th e godly unde rs tanding o f th e g racio usw o rd Of th e the end tha t he may to the Old age ( E ccl . 6.

8 . b . 1 C or. 1 3. b . o f th e manly w isdom , & c .—Id. Spiri tual Land

,& c . c ap. (1 1 1 .

[6

so g ive c ar, as s ing le -m inded ch ildren, to th e p r ima te s o r p r incipa le lde rs in th e same l igh t, &c .

—I d. First E xh orta tion , c ap. x I v . I . ]

xx ] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 95

fe stiva ls, legends, rosarie s, horarios, and psalterie s o f Our Lady,a s fa lse ly they ca lle d h er .

P ropos i t ion V .

The ana logy of f a ith must be r espected in the exposition of the scripture .

T h e proof f rom God’

s word.

Forasmuch as no prophe cy is o f any pr iva te mo tion, and 2 pm, m o,

wha tsoeve r inte rpre tation man give th , if it agre e not to th eana logy o f fa ith , which S t Pa ul gave in commandment to b e Rom a , 6 ,

obse rved, is a private interpre ta tion ; spe cia l he e d is to b e hadtha t one place o f scripture b e so e xpounde d a s it agre e withanothe r ; and all to th e proportion o f fa ith .

T h e churches re formed approve this a ssertion by the ir Com; He lv .

I . A rt . Inandsubscriptions 7. n . c . 2 .

Ga l. A rt .‘

vrr.

Sax . A rt . I .

E rrors and a dversa ries to this tru th . gi

g-

l

e

ggSue vic a , Art.Of another judgement are many . For 1 .

Some do think th e scripture s may b e expounde d in whatsense and to wha t purpose men list ; as th e Ph arise e s s, th e

p'

Se verians g, and Papists ; among whom there b e , which from fiusebLE c c l .is t . ih . IV.this opinion do te rm th e most ho ly word and scripture s of 022 9:

P Igt s ,

God, most reproachfully, a sh Ipman’

s hose , a le aden rule ,a nose o f wax Hie r. L ib . m .

c . 3. LindanPra f . Cens .

[7 Hujus ( se . sc riptura ) interpre ta tio ex ipsa so la pe tenda est , u t ipsa interpre s 0 0 10 0s it sui, ch ari tat is fide ique re gu la mode rante .

— H arm . Conf. Se ct. I . p . 6 . Conf.

He lv. Prior . A rt . I I . illam duntaxa t sc ripturarum inte rpre ta tionem pro o rth odoxa e t g enu ina agnosc imus qua e x ipsis e st pe tita regu la fide i e tcharita tis c ongruit, & c .

— I b id. p . 5. C onf. He lv. Po s t . c ap. I I . sententiasc riptura qua renda e st in ipsa sc riptura , e t apud e os qui div ino Spiritu e xc ita ti,

sc ripturam pe r sc ripturam inte rpre tantur. Qua re pos tquam proph e tic a e t apos to l i ca.doctrina divinitus c onfirma ta e s t , nu l l ius ve l h ominum vel h om inis coe tus sententias impl ic ite r pro oraculo Spiri tus Sancti , s ine judic io re cipienda e s t : sed e xigenda ad

no rmam do c trina proph e tic a e t apo sto l ica , u t quod c um h ac convenir, a gno sc a tur :quod c um h ac pugna t re fute tur.

— I b id. pp . 16 , 1 7 . C onf . Virtemb . capp . x x x .xxxm . Th e re s e ems to b e an e rro r in th e o the r re fe rences . ][8 N on so lum au tem pe r pra varic ationem frus trat i sunt Legem D e i, mis c entes

v inum aqua ; sed e t suam le g em e contra r io sta tue runt , qua usque adhu c Ph arisaie av o c atur. I n qua qu a dam qu idem au ferunt , qua dam ve ro addunt , qua dam autem ,

quemadmodum volunt , interpre tantur.—I ren. A dv. Ha r. Oxon. 1 702 . Lib . I v. c ap.

2 5. p .

[9 Xpii w

'ra t p é v 0 511 o il-ro t r o'

jam K a i. wpodni'ra t s K a i e iza yy eh io t s , idiw s é p/An

veuo v'r e s 7 6mispa yera: von

'

pa'r a f

ypa cpclim— E useb . E ccl . H is t. C ant. 1 72 0. Lib . IV .

c ap. 2 9. p .

[1 0 Sunt enim sc riptura , velut ce reus qu idam nasus : qui sic ut h o rsum illorsum

que faci le se trah i e t il la s e fle c ti, duc i , a tque e tiam in dive rsam

s ententiam trah i ac c ommodarique ad quodvis patiuntur, & c .—Pighius , E xplic a t.

1 3— 2

1 96 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

Some do mislike all interpre ta tions , and written c ommen

tar ie s upon th e scripture s , a s unne ce ssary, and va in ; such.

were S erve tus, Valde sius , Coranus ‘, w ith o thers o f la te ye ars ;and are th e Libe rtine s, Schwenkfe ldians 2 , and Fam ily o f Love 3.

Some depend who lly upon visions and reve la tions ; a s

did th e Enthusia sts“, Nicholas Storch , Thomas Mone tarius 5,

th e Anabaptists , and our la te English re forme r, Ha cke t s.

Some dis like o f th e l ite ra l, and pre fe r th e a llegorica lsense o f th e scripture s ; and the reby de vise wha t them l ist,most monstrously, from th e word of God ; a s did th e Origen

Ca th ol. P a r is . 1568 . D e E ccle s . Contro v. I I I . p . 90 . Sunt enim i l la (se . s c riptura ),

u t non m inus v e re quam fe s tive dix i t qu idam, velut nasus ce re us , qu i se h o rs um ,

illorsum , e t in quam volue ris partem trah i , re trah i, fingique fa c ile pe rmittit , e t

tanquam plumb e a qu a dam Le sb ia a dific atio nis re gu la , quam non s it difii c ile

a c c ommodare ad qu idvis vo lue ris .—1 d. H ie rarch . E ccle s . Co lon . 1558 . Lib . I I I . c . 3 .

fo l. 103 . D . T a c e o , quod nu l la sc riptura te s timo nia (qua u t vulgo v ide re e st ob

fac ilem ipsius in va rias s ententia rum fo rmas fle xum re c te nas o fui t ass imila ta ce re o)ad qu a s tione s nunc o rh em prope un ive rsum pe r tu rb ante s de finiendas ita v ix pro fe tasau t pe rspicua a ut e ff i cacia , qu ib us non oppo sitionum a l iquo t plaustra adve rsarii

Opponant .— Lindanus Pra f. in PanOpl. E vang . Col. A grip. 1 560. Th e re s e ems to

b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence to th e C ensu ra Coloniensis . ]

[1 Quo ting a le tte r w h ich h e h ad re ce ived from Co ranus , Be z a s ays, T ua h a c

ve rb a sunt , b ona fide Opino r La t ine c a te ro s ve l im h ab e re l ib rosD . Cas pa ris e t Va lentini Cro toaldi, ce rte me j am ta de t Heb raismorum

e t He llenismo rum : e t prolixi c ommentarii jam ad meum gus tum e t pa la tum nih i lfac iunt , dico e t Se rve tum u trumque ne e Heb ra ismis, ne e He llenism is ,

ne c prolixis c omme ntariis,sed su is vanissimis , inanissim is , Hispaniss imis denique

c ontempla tionibus Valde sii c onside ra tione s pro e xemplo , id e s t ,

e vanidas spe c u la tione s pra qu ib us m irum u i mulie rc ulis e t impe ritis h ominib us

i psum De i ve rb um so rde a t , & c .—Be z a . E pist . Genev. 1575 . E p. l ix . pp . 2 50 ,

IZZ T he Ca spa r ab ove me ntioned w as mo re commonly known b y th e name o f

Sc h venfe ldius . Qu id e rgo (inquie s) tun’

me Sc h venfeldianum fac is l— I b id. p . 2 5l . ][3 C e rta in o th e r b ring fo rth o ut o f th e fre emindednes s o f th e ir h ea rt m any

manne r Of w itne ss ing s and e xpos i tions a cco rding to th e imag ina tion o f th e irknowledge , & c .

—H. N . Firs t E xh o rta tion, c ap. xvr.

[4 Se e ab o ve , p . 158 , no te 1 . Bpe veuom

a t as rea l f rdu H a r e’

pa fih e'

vrew , K a i.

frdv vidv, K a i T o’

w oh va'

y t o v w ue fiua T o t s fro ?) (ruina'ro s o

cpfla hpo i s , K a i 7 779 y w o

perm: 7 0 5 r ve fiparr o s é 7r t¢0 t fl ja e ws T ri ll a ia ena w de

'

xe o ea t . A nd, low e r down ,

spe aking o f th e ph re ns ie s w i th w h ich th e y w e re s e iz ed, h e ob se rve s , dt o‘ 6d K a i

7 1 311 e’

uflo vm a a r u’

iu é a xn'

xa crw 3D0p. d . Opp. Paris . 1 642 —84. T om . I V.

Ha r. Fab . Lib . I v . c ap.

[5 E t nos i ps i audivimus h ujusmodi impos to rem , Nic o laum Sto rc h , seu P e largum ,

a uto rem se cta anab aptis tic a ,fa l s o glo riantem s ib i appa ruis se ange lo s v is ib i l i spec ie ,

qui va ticina ti e ssent ipsum fo re ins taura to rem e t re fo rma to rem e ccle sia , & c .—Ge o .

M aj o r. Opp. VViteb e rg . 1570 . T om . I I I . p . 440 . I n D om . 8 . po s t. Tr in . Homil.][6 C opping e r (a fte r a so lemn so rt) b e g an to de cla re wha t manne r o f men

w e w e re , viz . : Th a t i t w as sh ewed him b y v is ion from h e a ve n,th a t h imse l f w as

e ndued w i th th e Spiri t Of th e Fa the r,to b e the g re a te s t and las t proph e t o f me rcy,

fo i l-l acke r, h e w as gre ate r th an e i th e r o f us , &c .—A rthington’

s Seduction.

Lond. (no da te) p .

1 98 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Gusan . ad in these days sha ll b e a falsehood . In which error was CarBo h emo s

,

E pis t 2 dina l CusanusPropos i tion VI .

The chur ch is the witness and keeper of God’

s written word.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T hough th e church ha th authori ty to hear and de terminein controve rs ies o f fa ith, ye t b a th th e church powe r ne ithe r tojudge th e word of God, nor to judge o the rwise than God

s wo rddo th judge . For i t is sa id to th e church and people o f God,

“ I be se e ch you, bre thren, mark them diligently which causedivis ions and o ff ence s , contrary to th e doctrine wh

i ch you havelearned

,and avo id them .

Hear him .

”T o h im give all th e prophe ts w itne ss .

Se arch th e scripture s .

” Whoso e ve r transgre sse th , andabide th not in th e do ctrine o f Christ, ha th no t God.

E ph es ii. 2 0. Ye are , &c . built upon th e founda tion of th e apostle s andprophe ts .

And o f th e ho ly scripture sT hy word is th e truth T hey have Moses and th e

prophe ts , le t them he ar them, sa ith our Saviour Chris t.2 Pe t. i. 19. We have a lso a sure word o f th e prophe ts ,” sa ith

S t Pe te r .A nd St Paul, Th e who le scripture is profitable to

teach ,” &c .

I f any—man te ach o the rwise , and c onsente th not to th e

whole some words o f our Lord Jesus Christ, h e is puft up, andknowing nothing ,

”&c .

C onf -He lv And so w ith us do o the r churche s 2 conce ive bo th of th eI I . c ap 1 .

fo h em- c ar scriptures and church ; ye t all Of us do grant, tha t th eghfiiiti h .

church, a s a fa ithful witne ss, may, ye a o f ne ce ssity must ,ng‘fi gfiff

‘ te stify to th e world wha t hath be en .th e doctrine o f God h isX XX”.

Saxon. A rt. pe ople from time to time , and, as a trusty re corde r, is to ke epM '

and make known wha t th e word o f God, which it ha th re

c eived, is : which truly ha th be en pe rforme d a fore th e word

[l Qua re ne c mirum s i prax is e ccl e sia uno tempo re interpre ta tu r sc ripturam

uno modo e t a l io tempore a l io modo . Nam inte lle c tus c u rrit c um

enim e t qu idam a l i i textum ,S i qu is no n renunc iave rit omnibus qua posside t non

po te s t m eus e sse discipu lus : se cundum praxim prim i tiva e ccle s ia inte llexerunt

pra c eptum e sse . I ntrante au tem mul ti tudine , non fu i t po ss ib ile omne s re signare ,

ig i tur sic u t re c ipit sc ripturam ita e t inte rpre tatur. Se quuntur ig i tu rs c riptura e c c le s iam , qua pr io r e st , e t propte r quam scripture , e t non e conve rso .

Nic . de Gusa . Opp. Ba s il . 1 565. p . 858 . E pist . 7 . D e Ample c t . Uni t. E cc l . adBoh em. ]

[2 See ab ove , p . 195, no te

xx .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 1 99

was written, by th e pa triarchs, and a fte r th e same was c ommitted to writing , be fore Chr ist h is incarna tion, by th e Jews ;in Chr ist his life time , in th e prim itive church, from th e Tiff£13

1

277

apostle s’ t ime , by th e godly Christians throughout th e world .

M S W - 2 1

2 Co r. iii. 15.

2 Co r. viii.1 8 .

E rrors and adversa ries unto th is tru th .

Be i t far the re fore from us to think, which th e Papists donot s tick to wr ite and say ; name ly, tha t

Th e church is to j udge th e scripture s, and not th e scrip JO. MariaVe rra c tas .

ture s th e church 3.

P igh . in Contro v. de E c c l .Th e scripture is no t of th e e ssence of th e church ; be cause Card , Cusan.

w ithout it a church may b e , though not ve ry weuA. So sa id ad

c ardina l Cusan.

T h e scripture , be cause (in the ir opinion) it is Imperfe ct,canno t ; obscure , may no t ; ambiguous , ought no t to b e th ej udge . So L indan5, Latomus s, Pe trus a So to 7, Pigh ius s, Lind. Lib . z.

c . l .

Coste r 9, &c .La tom . ]o u tr. Buc e r .

Pe t. a So tO][3 Hac I taque fide , e v identi , Inquam ,

dwma ventatIs c ontesta tione , suam ab Le S . Sc rip.

ini tio fidem, ab ipsis apostolis a c c epit e ccle s ia : e t qua fide a c c epit, e adem c t cus E ggglfififltodivit, e t transmisit , siquidem e ccle s ia , m ag is tune e ra t conte sta ta a c {

3

32-

s2i

wm ani fe sta verac itas, quam ve ri tas sc riptura e vange l ica . Qu ippe qua c o gnosc eb a tur E nc h iyid. de

sac ra e t ve ra , ab e a qua tune e ra t e c cle s ia .—Pigh ius , E xplic a t. Ca th ol. Paris . 1586 . f

:scnp' c al ”

D e E cc le s. Controv. I I I . p . 91 . C f. Hie rar. E ccl . Asse rt . p . 1 7 . D e te rmina tio ig i tu re cc le s ia e vange l ium appe lla tur, c ui in omnib us e st pra s tanda fide s z— quo ted as th e

w o rds o f J .M . Ve rra tus in N orm . e t Prax. Cons t . Re lig . e t E ccle s . ad ca l c . P ro test.C onc ion. Augus t . C onfe ss . adv. C onvent. Tr ident. 1563. p .[4 N am e ccles ia s ine l i te ra fui t aliquando, ante Moysen , e t e t iam ante quam

a po sto la s Joannes e vange l ium vel Paulus epis tolas sc ripserit . E t Ch ris tus e c c le siama dific avit s ine l i te ra , qu ia nih i l s crips i t . N on est ig i tu r l i te ra , qu a pe r tyrannumpenitus de le ri posse t , de e ssentia e ccle s ia , sed Spiritus e st qui vivific at.—Nic . de

C asa . Opp . Bas il . 1565. T om . I r. fo l. 857 . E pis t . 7 . ad Bohem . ][6 L indan . Panopl. E vang . C ol. A grip. 1 560 . Lib. c ap. I . p . l , sqq . ][6 Q u is ig i tur j ude x cr i t in tanta inqu is , qua fa l l i

non po tes t. R e cte ais, e t pla ce t jude x . Sc riptura verax cujus veritatem

tanquam ad c ertissim am re g ulam omnis do ctrina de re l ig ione e xigenda

illud ab s te pe to u t m ih i re Sponde as , s icub i ob scura aut amb igua sc riptura e s t, idquod sa pe usu veni t, e t te statur P e trus de Pau l ini u temur inte rpre te i— Respons . La tom . ad E pis t. Buc e r. in Scrip t. Duo Adve rs . La tom . e t Buc er.

A rgentora t . 1544. p .[7 Po te s t qu idem nonnunquam ex una sc riptura a l te ra eXplic ari, verum id au t

non sempe r, au t ce rte non ita,u t non possit e tiam a l ite r pra c ipue a c ontentiosis

intellig i. I ta u t n is i c ertum judicium sit,nunquam dub ia terminari po ssint : qu are

no l l e e xtra s c ripturam quidquam audire , e st ipsam e tiam s c ripturam negare , & c .

P e tr . a So to . Asse rt. Cath ol. Fid. Antv . 1557 . p . 1 04. b . Sch o l . Ca th ol. in Ar t. Conf .Virtemb . D e Sacr . Script . ][8 contra sc riptura plurimum fre quen te r ob sc uritatis h ab eant, e t se trah i ,

a c c omodariqu e in diversam , e t ad e arn, quam qu is se cum ante pra sum sit s ententiam

permittant . -H ie rarch . E ccle s . Asse rt . C o lon. 1558 . Lib . I . c ap. I v . fol.

[9 Dic endum enim omnia fidei mysteria c e teraque c reditu e t sc itu ne cessaria, in

Ang . Po lit .

Sass . iv.

T H E CATHOLIC DOCT RlN E

He is an he re tic tha t cleave th to th e scripture s . So sa idJa c obus I-Io ch stra tus l

Aga in, th e care ful ke eping o f th e ho ly scripture s b yGod ’

s p e ople from age to age , and t ime to time , de clare th ,firs t, h ow th e mo ther-church o f Rome is no t th e only ke epe ro f th e ho ly wri t, and next, tha t curse dly they do Ofl

'

end,

which e ithe r a s gre a tly e ste em th e E th icks Of Aristo tle a s th e

commandments o f God ; th e Ode s o f Pinda r, as th e Psa lmso f Davidz ; th e works and books o f men, a s th e writings o f

God ; which th e council Of T rent 3 do th : or b e fore and

above th e scripture pre fe r unwr itten traditions. Hence Petrus a So to ,

T radition (sa i th h e) is bo th more ancient and moree ff e ctua l than th e ho ly scripture “. And Lindan5 : th e scripture s would b e o f no va lidity, ne ithe r h ad. continue d till thisday, but for traditions.

co rde e ccle s ia e sse c larissime e xarata, in memb ranis tam nov i quam ve te ris tes tament i mul ta pe rt inent diffic ilium e t dub iarum sc ripturarum

interpre tatione s, quas in vario s sensus b a re t ic i trah unt .—C o ste r . E nc h irid. Controv.

Co lo n. A grip. 1 608 . S . Scrip . c ap. I . pp . 46,[l T h e edi to r has b een unab le to m e e t w i th any wo rk o f Ho c hs tra ten conta ining

the s ta tement impu ted to h im in th e te xt . Fo r som e account o f h im, se e H agenb ach,Vo rle sungen iI b e r die R e fo rma tion, I .

[2 T he edito r h as b e en una b le to ve ri fy th is re fe rence[3 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 9, no te 6, and p . 3 1 . n .

[4 I rena us lib . te rt . capit . qua rto : Qu id autem si ne que aposto l i qu idem s cri p

turam reliquissent nob is nonne Opo rteb a t o rdinem sequ i traditionis , mo x

e ffic a c iss ima ratione c onfirma t quam s it t I aditiO s c riptura e t antiqu io r , e t e ffic a c io r,

ita inquirens , & c .—P e tr . 5. So to , Asse rt . Ca tho l. Fid. Antv. 1557 . p . 1 2 1 . b . D e

E ccle s . C a th ol.][5 I l la e rgo tradi tio qua c h ris tianis indub itato pe rsuade t h a e qua tuo r e vange l ia

e sse inte r a l ia so lum ve ra e vange l ia , epis tolas ve re e sse Pau l i, apo c alypsin Jo annisThe olog i aposto l i e sse , an non h arurn e vange lic arum sc ripturarum s unt fundamentum

'

! E a enim sub trac ta ,nul lus e is c redat , au t fidem ullam ipsa apud ca tho l icos

mere antur unquam .—L indan. P anOpl. E vang . Col. A grip. 1560 . Lib . I . c ap. 4.

p . 8 . A n non h a c tradi tio non scripta qua nob is sacras tradit s ine sc ripto l i te rase sse susc ipiendas a c c redendas s it fide i fundamentum ? D e qu o si qu is amb iga t,e um m ih i ci tra traditionem indub iam e ccle s ia c o g ite t rogo , vide a t e ve s tig io ,

quams c riptura s ac ra au to ritas e vane sc a t penitus, ne in vanissimos plane fume s solvatur.

-lb . c ap.

Gratian .

D ist . 19, S ic .

2 02 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

a T rinity of persons in th e Godhead, which th e Sabe llianswould neve r do ; th e justification by fa ith only, which th ePapists will not ; th e baptism o f infants and young children,which th e Anabaptists dare no t : and for discipline , no t to

re fuse , o f church-offic ers, th e name s, a rchbishops, pa triarchs,primate s , me tropo litans , sufi

'

ragans, parsons , vicars, &c . ; o f

e ccle s iastica l censure s, th e terms, suspens ion, exc ommunica

t ion ; o f ceremonie s, none a t all, which tend e ithe r unto orde r,come line ss , or edification.

But from th e heart we abhor, in ma tters bo th of doctrineand discipline , wha tso eve r e ithe r agre e th no t with th e canono f th e scripture , or is not grounded thereupon.

Th e errors and adversa ries unto this tru th .

Hence de te st w e both all th e old he re tics, and the irfancie s, with th e new prophe ts o f Basilide s , th e manife stationo f Marcion, th e mys te ries o f th e Maniche e s, th e Job elaea o f th e

Scythians , th e Symb onia o f th e Ar ch ontic s, th e Caba la o f th e

Jews , th e Alcoran o f th e T urks, and a lso all new here tics and

schisma tics, w ith all the ir cursed opinions ; a s first, th e Anabaptists

, and name ly th e Libe rtine s , th e Davi—Ge org ians, andFamily o f Love , and all th e c o -de ified e lders the re of ; as

Henry Nicho las, Eliad, Fide lita s, Christophe r Vitel, Th eoph ilus th e Exile , and th e re st.

Next th e Papists , whe re o fSome have commande d that all th e pope ’s de cre e s should

b e taken, as confirmed by th e mouth o f God himse lf ; so didpope Aga tho th e First ’.Some write (a s Busgradus) tha t if th e pope be lieve there

is no life to come (as some pope s have done), we must be lievei t as an a rticle o f our fa ith .

Some say, if th e pope carry innume rable souls w ith h imunto he ll, ye t h e may not b e j udge d : so did pope Bonifa ceth e E igh th

z.

[1 S ic omnes apostolic ze sedis sanc tione s a c c ipiendze sunt, tamquam ipsius div ini

P e tri vo ce firma tae s int - Co rp . Jur. Canon. A ntve rp. 1 648 . Dee r. Prim. Pars .

D is t . XI X . c ap. I I . fol.

[2 S i papa sues e t fra te rnas salutis ne gligens depreh enditur inu tilis, e t remissus

in ope rib us innume rab ile s popu lo s c a te rva tim se cum duc it , primomanc ipio g eh ennas c um ipso plag is mu l tis in ze te rnurn vapula turus . Hujus cu lpasistic redarguere prmsumit mo rtalium nul lus : qu ia c unc to s ipse judic a turus a neminee s t judic andus ,&c .

—Co rp. Jur. Canon . Antv. 1648 . Gra t. De e r. P rim . Pars . D is t. XL.

c ap. v i . fol. 50 . Th is is ‘e x dic tis Bonifac ii Martyris,

no t Bonifac . VI I I . The reis an e rro r in th e re fe rence to C rantz ius .]

xx.] o r THE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 2 03

Some , as Be llarmine , conclude , tha t it is a po int of fa ith Bellarm . dePo nt ifi Rom.

to ho ld, tha t th e bishop o f Rome ha th succe eded Pe ter in th e iii" u cap.

universa l regiment of th e church s.Othe rs, a s th e Je suits, persuade the ir catholics, tha t th e s

king of Spa in and the ir ca tho lic fa ith are so linke d toge ther, gli

gjl esuits.

a s it is be come a po int o f ne cess ity in th e ca tho l ic fa ith toput all Europe into th e hands o f th e sa id king , o the rwise th eca tho lic re ligion w ill b e utte rly extinguishe d and perish 4.

Othe rs o f them have publishe d a new gospe l, ca lle d E va nge

lium E ternum , e t Spiritus Sa nc ti ; which they say do th so

far exce l th e gospe l o f Christ as th e ke rne l surpasse th th eshe ll, th e sun th e moon, and light darkness. Th e authorwhe re of was one Cyrillus, a Carme l ite 5.

And lastly th e Puritans, and all th e spe culations of Brown,Barrow, Gre en, Penry, Mar-Pre la te , T . C .

, E . G. , R . H A . C .,

I . B. , w ith th e new Sabba tarians, and the ir fancie s .

ARTICLE XXI .

Of th e authority of Genera l Councils.

Genera l Counc ils (1 )may no t be ga th er ed tog eth er w ith

ou t th e c ommandment, a nd w ill of princ es . And (2 ) wh enthey be g a th ered toge th er , (f ora smuch a s th ey be a n a ssembly

of men, wh ereof a ll be no t governed w ith th e Spirit a nd

w ord of God,) th ey may err , a nd (3) some times h a ve e rr ed,

even in th ings per ta ining unto God : wh eref ore (4) th ingsorda ined by th em a s ne cessa ry unto sa lva tion have neith er

s treng th nor a u th or ity, unless i t may be dec la red th a t th eybe ta ken ou t of Ho ly S crip tures .

The propositions .

1 . Genera l councils may not b e ga there d toge the r butby th e commandment and will of pr inces .

2 . Gene ra l councils may err .

[8 D emonstravimus h ac tenus R omanum pontific em P e tro su ccede re in e pis

c opatu Romano : nunc id ipsum demons trat e aggredimur de su cce ss ione in unive rsa;e c c lesia: prima tu . Neg ant h o c h aere tic i, &c .—Be llarm . de Contro v. Ch ris t. Fid.

P rag . 1 72 1 . T om . I . fol. 350. D e Summ . Pontif. Lib . I I . c ap.

[4 A Sparing D isc overie o f th e E ng l ish J e su its, 1 60 1 . p .[5 T h e rea l au th o r w as one Fra te r Ge rh a rdus , a. Franciscan. T h e wo rk firs t

made its appea rance a t P aris in th e ye a r 12 54. Se e Gieseler, E ccl. Hist. Th irdPe r iod, D iv. I I I . c ap. 3. 70 . Vol. I I I . p . 2 57 . E ng. Trans l . ]

T H E CATH OLI C DOCTRIN E

3 . Gene ra l councils have e rre d, e ven in things pe rta ining

unto God.

4 . Th e things orda ined by gene ra l councils are so far

to b e embraced and b e lieve d as they a re consonant to God ’sho ly word .

P roposit ion 1 .

Genera l Councils may no t be ga thered together but by the

comma ndment a nd will of pr inces .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Grea t is th e powe r and authori ty o f kings and princes ,by th e word o f God. For , a s th e de fence o f re ligion is

comm itte d unto them , so must they se e tha t all men do the irdutie s . Tha t the se things th e be tte r may b e pe rformed, theya re , a s j us t o cca s ion is o ffe red , no t a s men unde r th e powe ro f o the rs , to summon, but a s supreme gove rnors withinthe ir own territo rie s and dominions, to command all sorts o f

men to me e t toge the r ; and tha t e ithe r to th e implanting o f

th e truth whe re i t is no t, or to th e suppre ss ing o f sin, e rrors ,ido la try , and supers tition,

whe re or in whomso eve r it do tha rise , o r is roo ted . Such councils we re ho lden, bo th in th etime o f th e Mosa ica l gove rnment, by th e commandment o f

{Chm i 3 ; th e mo st godly kings, D avid , S olomon, Asa , He zekiah

, and2

Jo s iah ; and s ince th e gospe l hath be en re ce ive d into king2 Ch ron. xv.S

'

Ch ronc xxix.

doms and commonwe a ls, by christian prince s, kings , and

i'

c nmn .emperors

,wh o gathere d councils bo th gene ra l, a s th e Nicene

hfi’

fii‘

iigf x. wa s by Constantine th e Gre a t l , th e council o f Constantinoplec . l .

E use h de by The odosius th e e lder 2 , th e council o f Ephe sus by The ov ita . Const.. 6 . 3 4 ‘

s t i gma .

dosms th e younge r th e 0 0m m] o f Cha lcedon by Ma rc Ian

E st V~

and na tiona l and provincia l ; so th e council a t Franckfort,c ap.

523? Lil “

Rheme s, T uron, Arela te , and Moguntia , by th e w il l and c om

mandment o f Charle s th e Gre a t 5; a t Matison, by Gunthranus ";Aventin .

C a rranz a ,

SummaConc . His tor. E ccle s . Au to res, Bas il . 1535. Lib . x . c . 1 . p . 2 18 . Rufi‘in. Lib . I .

ffif lon' L ib “

c ap. I . E useb . de V i t. Cons t. C ant . 1 7 2 0 . Lib . I I I . c . (5. p .[2 T h e odo re t. Opp. Par. 1642 -84. T om . I I I . E ccl . H is t. Lib . v . c ap. 6 . p .[8 E vag r. E ccle s . His tor . C ant . 1 72 0 . Lib . I . c ap. 3 . p .

[4

a i é mchnm'

a t c v blu e 'r e

'

pwv p eptfiu, K a i ardu'

r e s o i icpe i s , 7 fiu {mm-6'

pa v ripepo'

v'

n‘

r a pe'r ci da fcpé w u K GAGOO'

a l lbm n‘

u c é vodo v e’

u T o t s

7 179 é vr t r eh e a'flfiva z, — L€0 n. h'

lag . Opp. Vene t. 1 753-7 . T om . I .

c o ] . 905. E pist . 43. S im il. c ol. 957 . E pis t. 54. Bo th ep is tles are addre ssed to

th e empero r Theodosius. ][5 Ave nt in. Anna]. Bo ior. Lips . 1 7 10 . L ib . v . c ap. XI . 1 2 . p . 52 4. C arranza ,

Summa C onc il. Lovanii. 168 1 . pp . 32 1 . 333. Th e re se ems to b e an e rro r in th e

re fe rence to C ar io n.][6 Grego r. Turon. Opp. Lut . Par. 1699. Hist. Franc . Lib . V I I I . c ap. 2 0 . c o] . 392 ]

2 06 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Th e pope s of Rome (and not christian prince s) have th e.

authority and powe r Of making laws e cclesiastica l, and Of

Analc c t p 85.

Surins, Comment. a n.

150 1, pag e 30.

ca lling councils 1And th e Puritans do think tha t pr iva te pe rsons , w ithout

th e le ave or privity o f prince s, may summon a ssemblies aboutchurch-cause s a t the ir ple asure s, and consult about th e public a ff a irs o f th e church . Of this m ind wa s Be z a

a

, and b e

th e D isciplinarians bo th o f 2 South " and North Brita inOthers (adversarie s to bo th Puritans and Papists) are o f

m ind, tha t we re th e pope a good man, (a s h e is no thing le ss)h e m ight ; and, h e be ing w icke d, o the r good bishops (thoughsubj e ct unto kings and empe rors) may summon councils a t

the ir discre tions . An e rror o f Selne c c erus 3.Th e Muscovites have a phantasy , tha t s ince th e se venth

genera l council tha t wa s, ne ithe r prince nor pope , nor anyo the r men e lse , have powe r to ca ll a genera l council“.

3 P e rpla c e t au tem m ih i quod de c onventu ab sque ulla princ ipum ,

au t c ivitatum au th orita te , pr iva tim ins t i tuendo , sc rib is . Be z a E pis t .[Genev . 1 575 . E p.] 68 . pag . 2 92 .

b Wi tne ss th e i r c la ss i cal a ssemb lie s a t c ommenc ements, fa i rs, &c .

Se e D isc ipline Grounds .

T h e approb a t ion or d isallowance Of a g ene ral a ssemb ly h a thb e en, and sh ou ld b e a m a t te r and cau se spiritua l , and a lways c ogno sc e d and judge d b y th e ch ur ch , a s judge s compe te nt w i th in th isre a lm , s ay ce r ta in S co t t i sh m ini s te rs in th e i r le t te rs unto th e lo rdso f th e k ing’s pr i vy counc il in S co t land, wh i ch l e t t e r is pr inted in th esa id lo rds’ de cla ra t ion, &c . pub l ish ed a nno 1 606, and print ed byR ober t B a rker .

pont ife x instar omnium,qu oniam nemo pra te r eundem j ure concil ium possit ag e re .

N e que rob u r au t firmita tem h ab e nt qu a ille seme l improb a verit.—Ga sp . C ardill.Villa lp. Apo l . I ndict . C one . Trid. I ng ols t . 1563. p .

[1 Te st . Rh em . Rheme s 1582 . Anno t . Matth . xv i . 19. p .

[9 Ab out two ye a rs s ince Mas te r Snape did the re w e re th ree o r fou r

sma l l cl as s e s o f m in is te rs in e ve ry sh ire , wh e re th e re w e re any le a rned pre ach e rs ,w h o did use (in th e irme e tings ) to deb a te o f th e discipl ine b y pas to rs , do cto rs , e lde rs ,and de a cons , and th a t th e sa id se ve ra l sm a l l c lasse s did s end the ir re so lutions and

Opinions to th e gre a te r as semb l ie s a t C amb ridge a t Stu rb ridge Fa i r - time , and a t

London a t Ba rtho lomew Fa ir-time , w h ich did m e e t tog e th e r a lso fo r th e s ame

pu rpo se . - Th ird Bo ok o f D is ciplinary Grounds and P ra ctices in Bancro ft ’s D an

ge rons Pos i tions, & c . Lond. 1 640 . c ap. V . p .

[3 S i Pontife x Rom . non e sse t pe rse cu to r e vange ln,h ab e re t po tes ta tem convo

candi concil ium : qua in re si negligentio r depreh ende re tur, e piscopi pra s tare illuds i ne e e piscopi o ftic ii su i ra tionem h ab e re nt, pi i rege s e t principe s

face re illud possent, &c .— Selne c e e r. Analc c t. Franc o f. ad Ma n. 157 1 . Se ct. 45.

p .

[4 Pe rsuasum h ab ent (Mosco v ita ) pos t septimam synodum generalem , nul l i

X XL] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 07

Propos i tion I I .

Genera l Councils may err .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Genera l councils, cons istingF irst Of men, wh o may e rr, no thing more e asily (for all Gen. vi. 5.

th e imagina tions o f man’

s heart are only evi l continua lly, e ven Gen. viii. 2 1 .from h is youth ,

” but God only is true) and all men are , ye a , Psal. cxvi. l l .

and e ve ry man is a liar .”

Rom . iii. 4.

Next, o f men diff e ring in years , r iche s, le arning , j udgement ,ca l ling and authori ty : whe reby distra ctions Of opinions Oftendo arise .

Thirdly, of many men, where of th e w icked b e for numbe rcommonly th e majo r part, and th e be tte r in outward c ounte

nance Of th e world .

Lastly, of men, no t all, nor a lways e i the r g overne d w ithGod’s Ho ly Spirit and word, or ga there d toge the r in th e

name of Christ.None o f Sound j udgement in re ligion do doubt but they

may err .

I f Paphnutius h ad be en absent a t Nice , tha t council had So zom Lib

e rre d 5.1 . c ap. 2 3.

I f Hierome had be en away a t Cha lcedon, tha t council hadpiemlippe rred6 . f e

e

n

v

le

f o

s

l. 53:

At any time (if some h e be lieve d) he th e pope of Rome not 30313231;present a t such me e tings, e ithe r per se , or per leg a tum , by

th em ")

himse lf or his lega te , no council but mus t err 7

unqu am ne que licu isse ne que l i ce re conc il ium oe c umenic um indic ere , aut accede resub poena anath ematis , quod e t iam se ve riss ime ob se rvant. -Sur ins , Comment. R e r.

Ge st . C o lon. 1574. p .

[5 ‘

H 625 a bvodo s , é n a vopfia’

ia a t 7 611 Biou a r ovda'

go vo-a er a?”n epiera

s é mchno-ia s

di a r ptfié ur wv, 396 7-0 vo

'

y o us o ii'

s K a vdva s dvopdgo va’w . e

u as w eptfro frr o v

fio vh e b e c ea t, T o i s Nev ci'

h h o zs e'

do'

K e L vo'

juov é n e ra d'

y ew , é vrt a'

xd'lro vs K a i. n pe afiv'r é

po vs , dt a xdvo vs'T € K a i der odt a xo

'

uo vs , mi O'

v '

y fc a fie tidew T a‘

i s y aper a i s dis 7 !“

liepdo fla t dunno-T ri s dé H a ¢v0 6fl o s O Opoh oyn

rn‘

s a’

vr e i 'rre '

7 6

7 611 y a’

g o v dvroxa h div, K .f z dé K a i 1; a lii/0 80 9 w ill Bo vh iiv .

—So zom.

E ccl . H is t . C ant . 1 72 0 . p . 41 . Lib . I . c .[6 So S tHierome , b e ing ne i the r pope nor b ish op , w as re ce ived ag ains t th is w h o le

council o f Ch al cedon.—Jew e l , D e f. Of th e A po l . Lond . 1 570 . Pa r t I . fol. 60.

Wo rks , Vo l. I I I . p . 2 19. P ark. So c . E d. See a lso C ontrov . w ith H arding . Vo l. I .

p . 42 3. Je rome died A .D . 42 0, and th e counc i l o f Ch a l cedon w as h e ld A .D .

[7 Neque e go penitus c ujuscunque c onc ilii de cre ta p rob anda c ense o , sed ejus

quodc unque fue r i t in Spiri tu Sanc to pontific is au c toritate c unc tisque pra monitis

quo rum intere s t ade sse c onvo c a tum D iluc idum e sse po te s t mu l ta conci l ia frequeu te r e rrasse : sed nos de plenariis loquimur qua pe r pontific es convoca ta

2 08 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

T here fore councils may e rr .

Tha t which one council do th e stablish ano the r will disannul .T hey will no t (we must think) re voke tha t which is we llde cre ed . There fore councils may e rr .

The a dver sa r ies unto this tru th .

The re fore err do th e Papists which say tha t th e Ho lySpirit is th e dire cto r o f all councils, and

Tha t councils canno t err 1 .

Propo s i t ion I I I .

Genera l Councils ha ve erred even in th ings per ta ining unto God.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Con fe ssWit Councils both genera l and particular have e rre d, and tha ttem b . c ap.33 .

In ma tte rs Of fa ith ?For in th e ho ly scripture s we find tha t i t wa s o rda ined ,

if any man did confe ss tha t Je sus was th e Chris t h e should b eJoh . ix. 2 2 e xcommunica te : which could no t b e but by council.iii? A council wa s ga thered to suppre ss Christ and his do c

trine .

A council consulted h ow they might take Je sus by subtilty,and kill h im.

A council sought for fa lse wi tne ss to put h im to de a th .

By a council Je sus wa s bound, led away, and de live re d untoPila te .

£§a tt xxvii A council j udge d our S . Christ to b e bo th a de ce ive r

Luke xxnf i l . and a blaspheme r.ga t

l

t

éxxviii. A council corrupted th e so ldiers, and wille d them to te l l

a lie .

A c ts iv. 5, 6, A council w ithsto od Pe te r and John, and commande d1 8.

fuerunt, sempe r m ih i suspe cta videntur, ub i ve l a conc il io ponti fe x

dis s ide a t ve l conci lium a pontific e , nis i m anife s tiss ima pontific is culpa factum id

fue ri t.—Fish e r E piSCOp. Ro fl‘. Opp. Wirc eb . 1597 . Ass e rt. Lu the r. C onfut. Art.XX I X . c o l. 597

,

[1 The Spirit of T ru th . E ve r no te th a t th e Ho ly Gho s t , in tha t h e is p rom ised

to th e chu rch ,is ca l led the Spiri t o f Tru th . Wh ich H o ly Spiri t fo r many o th e r

cau ses is g iven to dive rs priva te me n , and to all good men, to sanc tific a tion : b u t to

te ach all tru th and p re se rve in tru th and from e rro r, h e is prom ised and pe rfo rmedonly to the chu rch and the ch ie f go ve rno r , and gene ra l councils th e re o f.’—Te s t .Rh em. Rh eme s , 1582 . Ann . Jo h . xv i . 13 . p .

[2 T e s tantu r quoqu e e xempla , non Pontific e s tantum, sed e tiam Concil ia

e rrasse .—H arm . Co nf . Se ct . I . p . 16 . Conf. Virtemb . c ap. xxxm .]

2 1 0 THE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

S . Hilary 1 to ca ll th e synod of Mediolane , th e Synagogue of

th e Ma lignant : and

S t Augustine 2 to wr ite unto Maximinus, Ne ithe r oughtI to obj ect aga inst the e th e synod o f Nice , nor thou aga instme th e synod Of Ariminum and

Na z ianz ene 3 Openly to pronounce , tha t h e neve r saw anygo od end of a council and

Th e French king h is embassador 4 to say unto th e chapte rOf T rent, tha t scarce ly any good a t all, or ve ry l ittle , cameby councils unto th e s ta te o f Christendom and

Corne lius, bishop o f Bitonto 5, to bre ak out into these wordsin th e fa ce of th e council a t T rent : I would tha t with one

consent we h ad not a ltoge the r de cline d from re ligion untosupe rstition ; from fa ith unto infide l ity ; from Chr ist untoAntichrist ; from God unto Epicurus .

Adversa r ies unto this truth .

T his notwithstanding , th e papists do continue in th e opinion,tha t councils canno t err G.

P ropo s i t ion IV.

T he th ings orda ined by genera l councils a re so f a r to be embra ceda nd believed a s they a re consona nt to God’s h oly word .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Genera l councils we s imply condemn not ; ye t do we no t

ground our fa ith upon any council, but only upon th e wr ittenword Of God.

[1 jam i l l io (se . Mediolani) malignantium synagoga .

—H ilar. Opp.

P ar is . 1605. Ad C ons t. A ug . Lib . c ol.

[2 Sed nunc ne e e go Nic a num ,

ne e tu deb e s A riminense tanquam pra judie a

turns pro fe rre conc i l ium . N e c e go h ujus au c toritate , ne c tu ill ins de tineris , &c .

Aug us t . Opp. P ar is . 1 836 -8 . T om . V I I I . c ol. 1 082 . B . Contr. Ma x im. Lib . I I .

c ap. 1 4.

[3 "

E xw [I é v OUT-cos , s i. de? T dhnfié s ypa'

cpew , die-T e TrdI/T a a bh h o y o v (pe ti

'

y ew

O'

T t nude /a ids O'

vvé do v fr e’

Ao s e ido v xpmr'rdu

, [1 1166 Abou t Ka ta lin Il a-Ah o yé o-xizfc vt a u i} n po c fifimm

—Greg . Naz ianz . Opp. Par. 1840 . T om . I I . p . 1 10 . C . Ad

PrOCOp. E pist .[4 No s tra, patrumque nostrorum , e t avorum memo ria synodos indic tas fuiss e ,

episc opos convenis se , m ax imos in Gerrnania a tque in I tal ia c onventus perac to s essesc imus . V ix tamem ullus, au t pe re xiguus inde fructus Ch ris tianita ti c ons titit .Orat . Gu id. Fab . C arol. Gallinr. ie g . Le ga t. in App . ad Cone . Trid. C onc il.

Harduiu . Pa ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . CO] .[5 Jew e l l ’s D e f . o f th e Apo l . Lond. 1570 . fol.

[6 Se e ab ove , p . 2 08, no te I . ]

X XL] o r T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 1 1

T here fore in genera l councils, wha tso ever is agre eableunto th e written word Of God we do reverently7 embra ce ; butwha tsoever is contrary unto , or bes ide s th e will of God re

vea led in th e ho ly scripture s , we do care fully avo id .

And so we are commande d to do even by God himse lf.Wha tso e ve r I command you ,

take he e d you do i t : thou D eu t . X II . 32 .

shal t put nothing there to , nor take ought there from .

Wa lk ye no t in th e ordinances o f your fa thers , ne ithe r Egzek xx 1 8

obse rve the ir manne rs , &c . I am th e Lord your God : wa lkin my statute s, and ke ep my j udgements, and do them .

T hough tha t we , or an ange l from heaven, pre a ch unto Gal. i. s, 9.

you o the rw ise than tha t which we have preache d unto you,

le t h im b e a ccurse d . As we sa id be fore , so say I now aga in,I f any man pre ach unto you o the rwise than tha t ye havere ceived

,le t him b e a ccursed .

And so think th e churche s re formed with us8. g

onf .ggiv.

c a

Po hgm . cap.

G 1. Art.T he adversa r ies unto th is truth . Bglg . A rt .

v

V I I .

Contrary hereunto are th e Opinions Of th e papists . For e

Wa

rm“

Of them,

Some do think tha t th e de cre e s of councils do bind all

na tions ; a s pope Hormisda 9 de cre e d they should .

Some , a s pope Gregory th e Grea t 10, suppose d tha t some Greg , 1 Ln,Eg

councils, and name ly th e council o f Nice , Of Constantinople , ijib ’iii

i r'

E pisi .

Ephe sus, and Cha lcedon some , a s Campian“ , thought tha t all C ampian

[7 Reverendly ,[3 N e que ve ro e t oe c umenic a improb amus concil ia , si ad e xemplum c eleb rentur

Apo stolic um , ad E cc le sia salu tem non pe rnic iem .— H a rm . Conf. Se ct . X I . p . 42 .

C onf . Helv . Po st . c ap. XV I I I . edic ta , ve l de cre ta ul la , ne queSc riptura i l l i div ina Oppone re l ice re — I b id. Se ct . I . p . 1 1 . Conf . Ga l l . Art .T he re fe rence to th e C onf . Boh em . is e rrone ous . For th e Conf . Be lg . and Conf.

Vit temb . se e ab ove , p . 2 01 , no te[9 P a te rnas ig i tu r re gu la s e t de cre ta sanc tissimis definita c onc iliis ab omnib us

se rvanda mandamus —E pis t . I . Hormisd. P ap. in Conc il. Mans i . T om . V I I I . c ol.

[1 0 Pra te re a qu ia corde ereditur ad justitiam , ore autem confessio fit ad sa lu

tem, sicut sanct i E vang e lii qu atuo r l ib ros, sic qua tuor Conc i l ia su sc ipe re e t vene rat ime fa teo r. N ic a num e tiam pr i

— Greg . Pap. I . Opp. Par. 1705. T om . I I . c ol. 515. E .

E pis t . Lib . I . 2 5. ( al. E t sic qu a tuor synodo s sancta unive rsa l is E ccles ia ,

sic u t quatuor l ib ros sanc ti E vangelii re c ipimus .—I b id. c ol. 632 . E . E pist . Lib .

I I I .

Se cuta sunt ad e xtirpandam h a resim, qua var ia quibusque sa culis pullu lavit, (E cumenica ve terum Conc il ia quatuo r, tanta firmitudinis , u t iis, ante annos

1 4—2

2 1 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

councils were o f e qua l authority w ith th e word o f God.

gflfiifgiiii. Othe rs , a s th e Guis ian fa c tiOn in France , b e reso lved in matte rs o f re ligion to fo llow th e foo tsteps Of the ir ancestors, though(God

’s word and) a thousand councils de cre e to th e contrary 1

ARTICLE XXI I .

Of Purgatory.

T h e Romish doctrine c onc erning (1 )purg a tory, (2 )pa rdons , w orsh ipping a nd a dora tion, a s w ell (3) of imag es a s

(4) of r eliques , a nd (5) a lso invoca tion of s a ints , is a f ond

th ing , va inly invented, a nd g rounded upon no w a rra nty ofs c ripture, but r a ther repugnant to th e w ord of God.

T he propositions .

Th e Romish do ctrine concerning1 . Purga tory,

2 . Pardons,

3 . Wo rshipping, and adora tion of images,4 . Re lique s ,5. Invo ca tion o f sa ints,

is a fond thing , and not warrante d by th e ho ly scripture , nor consonant, but contrary unto th e same .

P ropos i t ion 1 .

The R omish doc trine concerning purga tory is f ond, and not wa rranted

by the holy scripture, nor consonant, bu t c ontra ry unto the same .

T h e pro o f f rom God’s word .

I t is grante d as we ll by th e Romish , or fa lse , as by th etrue church , tha t none unclean thing c an ente r into th e kingdom o f God. And be cause all men e ithe r have be en, or b estill uncle an, the refore they mus t b e purge d from sin.

But in th e manne r o f purging them wh o are unpure theydo greatly diff er . For th e true church , looking into th e

word Of God, do th find tha t we are sanctified, or made cleanm il le , singularis h onos , tamquam div inis vo c ib us, h ab e re tur.

—E dm. Campian.

D e cem. R a t ion. Antv. 1 631 . Ra t . W . p .

[1 D uX e s t e tiam dice re , qu icqu id de c e rnerent m il le conc ilia ,

s ib i fixum e sse majo rum ins ti tuta se qui. -Ca lv in. Opp. Ams te lod. 167 1 . T om . V I I I .

Pars 2 . p . 1 43. Inte r E pis tol. e t Respon. ]

2 1 4 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

A dversa r ies unto th is tr uth .

Errone ous therefore , and no t warrantable by God’

s word ,concerning purgatory, is th e doctr ine bo th o f th e old he re ticsth e Montanists , wh o thought there wa s a purging o f soulsafte r this lif e l ; and Of th e new , and renewe d here tics, th epapis ts . For

They think it to b e unsound doctrine , and not sufi'

erable

in any book , for Chr is tians to de live r, tha t it is Imposs ible forgodly and fa ithful men or women to b e punis hed a fte r they b ede ad. T here fore D e lea tur ", say they,

Blo t out such a do ctrine 2 .

T hey te a ch b y the ir ca te chisms , tha t to doubt whe the rthere is a purgatory or no

,is a breach Of th e first c om

mandment 3T hus do they pray for th e souls o f th e faithful (as they

phantasy) bo iling in torments o f pu rga toryAve te , omnes a nimusfide les , gua r um co rpor a h ie e t ubique

c onguiesc unt in pulvere : D ominus Jesus Ch r is tus , gui vos ,

e t nos r edemit s uo pre t ios is s imo s a nguine , digne tu r vos d

poenis libera re , Tha t is, A ll hail, all fa ithful souls ,who se bodie s do he re and everywhe re re s t in th e dust : th eLord Jesus Chris t, wh o ha th re de eme d both you and us w ithhis most pre cious blo od, vouchs afe to de live r you

“ frompains ,” &c .

Co ne . T rid. T hey have ratifie d th e do ctrine of purging souls a fter thislife in th e council Of T rent".

a

s . 6, Can.

30. a Puniri pios pos t mortem , impo ss ib ile : de lea tur . Index E xpurg .

[ 1 Ob la tiones pro de func tis , pro na talitiis annua die fa c imus .—T ertu ll. Opp.

Lu te t. 1 634. p . 1 2 1 . D . D e Corona Mil. 3 . In summa , quum c arc erem illum

qu em E vange l ium demons tra t , infe ros intelligamus , e t novis simum quadrantem ,

modicum qu odqu e de l ic tum m o ra re surre c tionis illic luendum interpre temur ; nemo

dub itab it animam a l iqu id pensar e penes infe ros,salva re surre c tionis plenitudine , per

carmem quo que — I b id. p . 357 . c . D e Anim a,

[ 2 Am ongs t th e De lenda in IndIc e Chry sos tomi Basilia a Frob enio exc usi.

I nde x E xpurg a t. Lugd. 1586 . p .

[3 Vaux . C a te c h . A ntv . 1 574. ch ap . i i i . p . 2 5 . I n re ply to th e question, Wh o

b e th ey th a t b re ak th e firs t Commandment b y do ub ting in faith[4 Ho r. B . V irg . Maria . ad Sarisbur. E ccl . Ritum . P ar is . 1535. PO . CXX I I I .

Ora tiona pro D e func tis . Wh e re , requ iesc unt, and, Dominus nos te r[5 Cum C a tholic a E ccl e s ia

,Spiri tu sanc to edoc ta , ex sac ris literis e t ant iqua

patrum traditione in sac ris c onc iliis , e t no v iss ime in h ac oe c umenic a synodo , do one

r i t P urga to rium esse ; animas qu e ib i de te nta s fidelium sufi'

ragiis , potissimum ve roaec eptab ili altaris sac rific io, juvari ; pra c ipit sancta synodus epiSCOpis , u t sanam de

XXI I .] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 15

I t is further to b e no ted, h ow th e same papists, sl idingback from th e truth o f God, have fa llen into many no isomeand divers opinions in th e matter o f purgatory : agre e ingamong themse lve sNe ithe r about th e place where purgatory should b e some 6 Eggggf in E n

placing th e same in th e bo ttom Of th e sea , some near unto th e Be rna rd. deBust Is , Ro

mount He cla in I re land 7, some , upon th e mount [E tna s In sar. pgr. 3 .

se c t.S icily, o the rs 9, in th e centre o f th e e arth, o thers”, in he ll, 333553355where of they make four rooms ; th e first of th e damned , th e gegaggyg 5

se cond o f infants dying unbaptized, . th e third purga tory, th e iiibf

il l '

Po s i t Ion. Ing .fourth L imbus P a trum , where into Chris t de scende d ; and de Purga t .Lo ric h . In

o thers ‘1 in a mind tossed and trouble d be twixt hope and fear .finiigc

ggei.

e 1 e l

articulis .

purgatorio do c trinam,a sanctis Pa tribus e t sa c ris c onc iliis traditam , a Ch r is t i fideli

b u s credi , tene r i , do e e ri, e t ub ique pra dic ari diligente r stude ant .—Conc il. Harduin.

P aris . 17 14. T om . X . c ol. 1 67 . Cone . Tr id. Sess. XXV . S i qu is pos t a c e eptam j ust ific ationis g ra tiam c uilib e t pe cca to ri poenitenti cu lpam ita remitti, e t re atum a terna

poena de le r i dixerit , u t nu l lus remane at re a tus poena tempo ra l is exsolvenda , vel in

h o e sa cu lo , ve l in future in purg ato rio , antequam ad re gna c oelorum adi tus pate repossit ; ana th ema sit . -Ib id. Sess . VI . D e Justif . c an.

[6 T h e fi fth ch apte r Of th e Apo ca lypse is cited among o th ers in suppo r t o f aPurga to ry : E t omnem c re aturam qua in c os lo e s t e t supe r ce rram, e t sub tus

terram , e t mare e t qua in e o sunt , omnes au livi , & c U ponw h i ch th e comment is ,T riplic em h ic poni t o rdinem laudantium D eum, scil ice t in c oe lo b eatorum , in te rraj ustorum , sub te rra purgandorum , qu ia damna ti non landamt Deum , ne e b enedicunt

s edentem in throno .—E ekii E nch ir . Lugd. 1 572 . D e Purgat . p .

[7 So all th e editions . Se e the Be eh i ve o f th e Rom ish Ch urch , Trans] . ou t o fDu tch , &c . Lond. 1 580 . Book I I . c ap. 8 . p . 151

,wh e re the no tion is thu s re fe rred

to : St . Pa tr ick’

s Purgatory in I re land l ies fas t by the se a—s ide , ne a r unto a moun

tain called He cla, wh e re our mo th e r th e h o ly Church o f Rome do th b e l ie ve th a t th es i l ly souls are as i l l punish ed in ic e as in fire . ]

[8 Th e re se ems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence . See , h oweve r, Be llarmin. D is

put . P rag . 1 72 1 . T om . I I . p . 366 . D e Purga t. Lib . I I . c ap. 6 .

[9 T e rtiam ide o c a th olic am e t orthodoxam e t ve rem de Pu rga to rio c onc lusionem

aggrediamur, qua e st, quod in c entre te rra ve re e t re a l ite r lo cus purgatorii repe ritur.- Bart. S ib yl le . Spe c . Fe re gr. Qua st . Lugd. 1 516 . P rim. D e c . c ap. I I I .

fol. 78 . Se e also ab o ve , Art. XVI I . Prop .[1 0 T h e w ork re fe rred to, Pos i tion. Ingolst., h as not b e en found : b u t se e Ber

nard. de B us t. Ro sar. Se rmon. Predic ab . H ag en . 1518 . Pars Sec . Se rm. I I . fol.

5. G . E t sc iendum e st se cundum R ich . (de Media V i l la) in I V. dis t. 45. art . i .q. 2 . quod sub ter terram sunt qu atuo r lo e a . U nus supe r a l te rum , qua omniapossunt appellari infernus, quas i infe r ius gene ra l ite r ac c ipiendo . Sed partic ularia

h ab ent nom ina . Nam ul t imus dic itur infe rnus propr ie . Se cundus prope ipsumdic itur l imb us. Te rtius , purga to rium . Quar tus , s inus Ab rah a . Lu c . XV I . I n quo

nunc non e st aliquis . Sed ibi ste terunt sancti patres, ante C h ris ti adventum, e t

aliquando e tiam appe lla tur l imbus . Q ui e rgo Vadunt ad l imb um sunt morientess ine b aptismo , s ine aliquo a c tuali pe cca to . ]

[1 1 Th is re fe rence to Loric h iu s th e edito r h as b een unab le to ver ify. But th is

seems a t one t ime to h ave b e en th e V iew o f Lu th e r acco rding to Fish e r (Asse rt.Lu th e r. Confut . Art. XXXV I I .) and Bellarmine , D ispu t. T om. I I . p . 32 7 .D e Purga t.

2 1 6 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

$ 5533? Ne ithe r about th e tormentors the re ; wh o are thought o fsome 1 to b e ho ly ange ls , o f o th ers e , to b e ve ry devi ls.Ne ithe r about th e torments . For some dream h ow they are

s . T h . Mo re . tormente d the re with fire only, a s Sir T homas Mo re 3 ; some ,w ith wa te r and fire , a s Rofi

'

ensis “; and some , ne ithe r withfire nor wa te r, but with troublesome a ffe ctions o f hope and

1mm, Ca . fear, as Lorichius”.th o l. u t supra . Ne ithe r about th e cause s o f purga tory torments : b ecauseGreg . Dial.

SSPShgb

c a

PJ

ethat some do think tha t only venia l sinsfi, o the rs, that venia l

re g . Qua st.D e c I . c . 3.

0 0

L ib . I . c ap. Ipse varIus fuIt . N am prImO, Purga torium plane Ca th ol ice Purga to rium admisit qu idem , sed mu ltis admistis e rroribus .P rimus e rro r fui t : Purgatorium non po sse prob ari ex sc ripturis . Sec undus : animasin Pu rga to rio non e sse ce rtas de sa lu te animas in Purgato rio s ine inte rm iss ione pe ccare , dum h o rren t poenas , e t re qu iem qua runt . He

acknow ledg es h owe ve r tha t, U l timo , s impli c ite r sus tulit Purga to rium . ][l R ofiens is do es no t say th a t th e h o ly ange ls are to rmentors, b ut ra th e r c om

fo rters o f th e sou ls in purg a to ry . Jam h aud dub ie c onsolantur ( ang e l i) e t admoneuru r ( 1 admone nt) quatenus b ono s int animo , patiente rque ferant illos crucia tus ,ne c e st dub ium qu in salu tis sua c e rtitudinem fre qu ente r e is inc ulc ent . P ra te rh a c b onus e ujusque ang e lus, c ui e t custodia cura manda ta fui t a D e o , quid j amno n faci t, quem non move t lapidem , quo nih i l c onsolationis de sit anima jam inte rPurg a torii crucia tus c onstituta l—Fish e r

,Opp. Wirc e b . 1597 . CO] . 730 . Asse rt .

Lu th e r. Confu t . A rt. XXXV I I I . Non e nim v ide tu r prob ab i le quod da mones illudm inis te rium ( se . b onos afiiig endi) exe rc e ant , c um ib i purge tur pe cca t i scor ia ,s ecundum quam ib i quodammodo anima s im i l is e rit diab o lo : e t diab o lus suam

s imilitudinem no lit de le re , non v ide tur h o c prob ab i le , u t m inis te riofia t ange lo rum b ono rum , u t tam grav ite r afii igant, e t puniant c onc ive sc one edendum e st , quod non fi t m inis te rio da monum , ne e e tiam s upe rno rum sp irituum , nis i fo rtassis qu antum ad dire c tionem , &c .

— Bonavent . Opp. Mogunt. 1 609.

T om . V. fo l. 2 70 . In L ib r. I V. Sentent . D is t. x x . Qu a s t .[2 Yo ure kepe rs doo e you g rea t e ase , and pu t yo u in grea t c um fo rt : our kepers

(se . in purga to ry) are such a s God kepe yo u from, crue l l damned spiri te s, &c .—S irTh os . More ’

s \VOIks , Lond. 1557 . T he Supplic ac ion Of Sou le s , p . 337 . I I . ][3 Fina l ly, if ye pit tie anye man in payne , ne ve r knew ye payne compa rab le to

o urs, w h o se fyre as farre passe th in h ea te all the fyre s th a t e ver b urned upon e arth ,as th e h o tte st o f al th ose pas se th a feyned fyre paynted on a w a l la — I b id. ][4 C a te rum quod pe r ignem e t aquam purganda s int an imas qua de pra lio

V ita hujus e xie rint , priusquam coe lum ingrediantur, testa tur Orig . Hom . 2 5. supe rN ume ro s , &c .

— Fishe r, Opp. c ol. 72 1 . Asse rt . Lu the r. Confut . Art. XXXVI I . ][5 Se e p . 2 15, no te[6 Sed tamen de quibusdam levibus c ulpis e sse ante j udicium purga torius ignis

c redendus e s t, pro e o quod ve rita s dici t , qu ia si qu is in Sanc to Spiri tu b lasph em iamdixe rit , neque in h o e se culo remitte tur ci , neque in future . I n qua sententia daturinte llig i, q uasdam cul pas in h o c s eculo , quasdam vc ro in future posse laxari._Greg . Ma gn. Opp. Pa r. 1705. T om . I I . CO] . 441 . E . D ia log . Lib . I V. c ap. 39.

c onc lusionalite r c um Gre g o rio e t culpa venialis,in e o

qui c um gra tia de e edit pos t h anc v itam , dimittitur pe r ignem purgato r ium : qui

poena Il la aliqualiter vo l unta ri a v irtute gra tia h ab ch i t vim eXpiandi cu lpam omnem ,

qua s imul c um g ra tia sta re po tes t , &c .—Bar t . Sibyll. Spec . Feregr. Qua st. Prim.

D e c . c ap. i ii . qua st. 4. fol.

c kius, Posit .

Ac ts iv. 1 2 .

2 1 8 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

one is but temporal, and th e o ther not so . And o thers , put incho ice e ither to tarry in purga tory one day, or to endureth e miserie s o f this world an 1 00 ye ars, have chosen to

suff er th e troubles o f this life an hundre d ye ars toge ther ,ra the r than to abide th e pa ins of purgatory but one shortw inte r ’s day 1 .

T here fore in this contrar ie ty o f opinions, some of them,

th e papists themse lve s canno t deny must b e , we say, all o f

them are fond, and contrary to th e word of God.

B es ides, they nourish most cursed and damnable e rrorsas, tha t all th e souls o f th e fa ithful separa ted from the irbodie s are no t at rest .

T ha t all s ins, in the ir own nature , b e not mortal, or deadly,and tha t some dese rve not e verlasting torments. They are

purge d in purgatory.

Tha t one sinful man may save , and satisfy th e wra th of

God for ano the r,and tha t easily, by praying , saying, or do ing

some thing for them .

Tha t, if friends in this world will do nothing for th e poorsoul in purga tory pa ins, ye t may th e sa id souls come a t

length unto happiness , by abiding the ir de se rve d tormentsuntil th e la st hour or day o f judgement in purga tory .

Fina lly, tha t th e pope is God, in tha t h e c an a t h is ple a suredischarge guilty souls both from th e guilt o f sin, and from th e

punishments due for th e same .

P ropos i tion I I .

The R omish doctrine c oncerning pa rdons is f ond, and not wa rrantedby the holy scripture, nor consonant, bu t contra ry unto the same.

T h e pro of fr om God’

s wo rd.

Such hath be en th e exce eding me rcy and love of God

towards mankind, tha t as h e ha th purged us from all guiltine sso f sin by th e blood , so ha th h e pardone d us from th e e ve rlast

ing punishment due f or sin, by th e pa ins o f Je sus Christ . For,T he re is sa lva tion in none o the r : for among men the re

is given none o ther name unde r heaven Whe reby they mustb e saved.

[ 1 Q ui in al iud saecu lum dis tulit fruc tum c onversionis , prius purgab itur ignepurga tionis . Hic au tem ignis e ts i ae ternus non sit Iniro tamem modo grav is e s t.

E xc e llit enim omnem poenam quam unquam a liquis passus e s t in h ac v i ta ve l patipo tes t .—Co rp . Jur. Canon. Antv. 1 648 . D e e r. Prim. Pars . fol. 33. D is t. xxv. c ap.

XX I I .] OF T HE CHU RCH OF E NGLAND . 2 1 9

T hrough his name all that be l ieve shal l re ce ive remission A c ts x . 43.

o f sins .

He hath purchased th e church by h is own blood . Ac ts xx . 2 8 .

With his Str ipe s We are hea led . I sai. liii. 5.

He tha t be lieve th in h im shal l ne ither b e condemned,” Jo h n iii. 1 8 .

nor a shamed .

K°m° x ' 1"

There fore , Come unto me all ye tha t are weary and349m . xi. 2 8,

laden, and I will e a se you, &c . , and ye shal l find rest for yours ouls,” sa ith our Saviour Christ .

If thou sha lt confe ss with thy mouth th e Lord Je sus, and Rom. x 9.

sha lt be lie ve with thine heart tha t God ra ise d him from th e

dead, thou sha lt b e saved,” sa ith S t Paul .

E rrors a nd adversa ries to this truth .

T his be ing th e doctrine e ven o f God himse lf, we may Wh e re o f se emo re , A rt I I .

e vidently perce ive , h ow not only va in, but be s ide s, not only fiii lfirgtfiit ’

b e sides, but against th e word o f God 2 , th e Romish doctrine “ i X“

ro . 1 .

conce rning pardons is : for tha t do th tea ch us ,

p p

1 . T o se ek sa lva tion not a t God a lone , but a t th e handso f sinful men. For would we have a pardon for th e s ins o f

40 days ? a bishop may give i t : for th e sins o f 1 00 days?a cardina l may grant [it]3 : for all our s ins comm itte d, or to

b e comm itte d from th e pope we may have it. Hence b e hispardons ; if you re spe ct time , for 40 , 50 , 1 00, 1 000,

&c . , ye ars ; if off ences, homicide , parricide , pe rj ury, [Yé‘

fgfaxm

sodomitery, trea son, and wha t not “, &c .

2 . T hat we may b e our own saviours . So did tha t o fpurga tory.

3 . How th e pre cious blood o f Christ was shed in va in.

For corruptible go ld and s ilve r, w ith our own de eds and works,may, and will save us , if we will.

[2 See ab o ve , pp . 55, 108 , [

3 I t, om i tted inA b solutio pro e o qui virginem de floravit. g . v i .Ab solutio pro v i cio sodomye pro layco . g . v i .I dem pro pre sbyte ro . g . v ii .Idem pro monach o . g . v i ii .Ab solu tio pro pe rjurio . g . v i .A b solutio pro layco praasente qui abb a tem aut a l ium presb yterum mino rem

epis c opum monac h um vel c le ri cum interfe c it . g . v ii . v i i i. vel. ix .Ab solutio supe r h om i cidio lay c ali pro layco e t po tes t c ommitti suo te cto ri . g . v.Sacre P enitent . Apo s tol. T h e E di tion re fe rred to ( w i thou t place or date)

is tha t numb e red v i i . in Mendham’

s Spiri tual Vena l ity o f Rome , p.

See A rt. XXV.

Prop. 6 .

2 2 0 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTmNn [ART .

4 . Tha t repentance is not o f ne ce ssi ty unto th e sa lva tiono f man. For without th e same a popish pardon may save .

But w ithout e ithe r a pardon from th e pope , or such like , or

abso lution o f a priest, there is no sa lva tion, by th e doctrine o f

th e church o f Rome .

A furthe r manife sta tion o f th e vanity and impie tie s o f th eRomish pardons , from a bo ok o f th e papists, entitled , Horoe

bea tiss imce Virg inis M a rice s ecundum usum Sa rum .

Q uicungue, in s ta tu Gra tiae exis tens , dixerit devo te s ep

tem Ora tiones seguentes c um s ep tem P a ter nos ter , e t to tidem

Ave Ma r ia , a nte imaginem pieta tis , merebitur quinquaginta

s ex millia a nnorum indulgentia rum .

Joa nnes P apa nii . c onc ess it omnibus dic entibus ora tio

nem s equentem , tra nseundo per c emiterium , to t a nnos indul

g entia rum , quo t f uerunt ibi c orpora inhuma ta a c ons titu tione

ipsius c emiter ii .

Ora tio pro D q'

unc tis .

A ve te, omnes a nimoe fideles , qua rum c orpora h ie , e t

ubique r eguies cunt in pulvere ; D ominus [nos ter ] Jesus

Chris tus qui vos , e t nos r edemit suo pre tiosissimo sa ngu ine ,

digne tur vos a poenis libera r e , e t inter ch oros suorum s a nctorum a ng e lorum c o lloc a re , ibigue nos tr i memores

ter exora re , u t vobis a sso c iemur , c t vobiscum in c aelis coronemur

l.

I nnoc entius P apa Secundus c oncess it c uilibet, gui h a ncOra tionem s equ entem devo te dia erit, qua tuor m illia a nnorum

indulg entia rum , A ve , vu lnus la teris nos tri Sa lva toris2, &c .

Q uic ungu e , devo te dixer it is tam Ora tionem , h a bebit tria

millia dierum I ndu lg entia rum c rimina lium pec c a torum , e t

duo m illia dierum , venia lium , a D omino Joh anne P apa

Vic esimo s ec undo c onc ess a rum, u t in Antida torio Animce

h a be tur .

Q uic ungue Ora tionem s equentem devo te dixerit, prome

r ebita r undec im millia a nnorum indu lg entia rum , &c . A ve

D omina , s a nc ta Ill a ria , JlI a tcr D ei, R egina Coeli, P or ta

Hor . Be a tiss . V irg . Mar. se c . U sum Sarisb ur. Par. 1535. fo l.

[2 Oure h o ly fa th e r pope I nno centius th e ij . h ath g ra unted to all them tha t say

thys praye r de vou tly in the w orsh yp o f th e w ounde th a t o ur Lo rde h ad in h is blessydsyde wh en h e w as de ed hang

—yuge in th e crosse iiij . th ousande days o f pardon .

Pa te r no ste r. A ve Maria. Orat io. Ave vulnus , & c .—Ib id. fol. lxv i . b .]

2 2 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

them among all men odious ; h e describe th th e vanity o f themby h is prophe ts, as tha t they are th e doctrine o f vanity, th e

gra

bs work o f e rrors , th e tea che rs o f lie s , s ilve r and go ld, th e work

a l

l

l’

s

sa l-c xxv o f men’

s hands , vanity : they have a mouth, and speak no t ;

Iggi-xli 1 0, eye s , and se e not ; e ars, and hear not ; hands, and touch not ;

13

6

83 1 . c xxxv. fe e t,and Wa lk not ,

hiflaf

illif ’

2 . He give th a stra it commandment, No t to b ow downif

or' x’ 7’to them, nor worship them, nor to make them, to fly from.

E xo d. xx . 5.

D eu t . iv . 15, them, ye a , to destroy bo th th e image s themse lve s, th e ido la

go r-x . 1 4 ters , and th e entice rs unto ido la try .

Ohn v . 2 1 .

28

3533130

5» 3 . He commende th greatly and pra ise th such men as

XV“ have de stroye d images, and no t bowe d unto ido ls .

D t. 5.

0 o

4 . He fina lly curse th th e I mage s, th e Image -make rs, and

gC h ron xiv . th e 1mage -servers ,or worshippers .

$ 3 .

D e ut. He reunto with us th e pro te stant churches eve rywhere doJ r. li. l

l

e

mngs xix.

subscribe1 8 .

D an. ii. T he a dversa r ies unto this truth .

D ent . xxvu .

1 5 T h e Romish church most fondly, and contrary to th e wordI sa i. xliv .

gut-XXV“

of God, do th a llow, and no t only a llow, but publicly e re ct,P sal. xc vn

7 .and not only e re ct, but adore a , and no t only ado re images z ,

I sa i. x lI I . 1 7.

}C

{0 r

l

i f e ss .

2

but doth a ccurse , and more than so , condemn to th e fire , yeae ve t.

c ap. 3 . 4. to he ll-fire , a s he re tics, such p ersons a s Wlll no t worshipBas il . A rt . x .

3 Image s , and th e Image s too (which Is mos t abominable)Ho h em . cap.

3 , 16 .

Ga l. A rt . I .Augu st. A rt . 3 D e le s ta tua s venerarI, po t iusquam sta tuamos, stolidum e st

sia m , , Art , Index E xpurg . pag . 31 .

XX I I .Vt

'

it temb .

c ap. I,2 3.

Sue vic a ,A n, XM L [

1 Qu id au tem c onvenit templo D e i c um simulac ris . E t quando b eat i Spiri tusa c D iv i c oelite s dum h ic vive re nt

,omnem c u ltum sui averterunt, e t s tatuas oppug

narunt, c ui ve ri s imi le v ide a tur div is c oe litibus e t ange l is s uas plac e re imag ine s adquas g enu a fle c tant h om ines, de tegant capita , e t quas aliis pro se quantur h onoribus ’

!

—H a rm . Conf . Se ct. I I . p . 2 5. Conf. He lv. P o s t . c ap. I v. I taque c ultum e t in

vo c ationem demortuo rum , sanctorum ve ne ra tionem e t e xtruc tionem idolo rum , e t id

g enu s improb amus .— I b id. p . 2 8 . C onf. Basil. Ar t . x . 3. [a] . x 1 . D ispu t. 2 9 e t

I ta e tiam ins titu itur e ccle sia nem inem deb e re sanc to s h om ine s medum imag ine se o rum ita u t D eum co le re , cove c ultu h os , animique a ffe c tione , qu ae so l i e t. unicoD e o tantum deb c tur, vene rari : a tque in summa nu l lo m odo div ino c u ltu e o s

a ffic e re , au t h unc h is tribu e re .—I b id. p . 32 . C onf . Boh em . c ap. XV I I . A c c edunt

e t a l i i furore s . A l i i apud a l ias sta tuas exis timantur e sse m ag is propic I I . Hi furo re s,quum pa lam s im iles sunt e th nic orum , e t h aud dub ie valde irri tent iram D e i

, e t a

do c entibu s taxandi sunt , e t a piis magistra tibu s seve re puniendi.— I b id. p. C onf.

Saxon.Art . XX I I . In the o th e r place s re fe rred to th e re is no dire ct condemna tion

o f image -w o rsh ip ][2 I nte r D e lenda in Censura in Ch ris t ianos Po e t. Ge o rg . Fab ri c . in I ndic .

E xpurga t . Trident . Lugd. 1578 , p .

XX I I .] o r THE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 2 2 3

Of God himse lf, e ven o f God th e Fa the r, and that in th el ikene ss o f an old man with a long white beard ; o f th e Son,

in th e similitude o f a man hanging on th e cross ; o f th e Ho ly.

Ghost, in th e shape o f a dove ; o f th e who lly , ho ly , and in

comprehensible T rinity, with thre e fa ces in one h eadb .

Also o f God h is crea ture s ; as of ange ls, a lways w ith wings,some time s with a pa ir of ba lance , a s S t Micha e l ; o f men, a s o f

Mose s, (a s i t we re) with horns ; th e apostle s, with round orbson the ir heads like trenchers ; th e blesse d virgin, with frisledha ir and costly garments .

A nd o f o the r base things ; a s Agnus D eis of wax, wafercake s o f flour

,crosses o f go ld, si lve r, stone , wood, paper,

c opperc

, &o.

s

Proposit ion IV.

The R omish doc trine concerning r elics is f ond, and no t wa rranted by the

h oly scr iptures, nor consonant, but contra ry unto the same .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Of all th e e rroneous opinions among th e papists (whichare infinite) none is more to th e i llus ion o f we ll-meaningChristians than the ir doctrine concerning worshipping and

a dora tion o f th e re lique s o f‘ sa ints : a do ctrine which is so far

from be ing found, a s i t is forbidden in th e ho ly scripture dand a doctrine in th e pure r time s, and write rs o f th e church,nowhere to b e found, and in all th e best churche s a t this dayutte rly condemne d

“.

b In h o c plerisque Ch ristianis e thnicus ph ilo sophus re ligiosior, qui

e t iam T rini ta t is , quse m ente vix c ompreh enda tur, figuras o culis c or

po ris a spe c tab ilis (P e t ri Rami ve rb a in Sch o liis [Me ta]physic is) dele antur . Index E xpurg . [ut supra] pag . 1 46 . A tque h ae c ab surditasP a trem, Filium , e t Sp. S . efiigiantium Ja c ob itis a N ic eph oro trib uitur .

G. Cassand. Consul. pag . 1 64 . [D e Artie . Re l ig . &c . Lugd. 1 508 .

p.

N on infic iamur h a c no s latriee adoratione Ch risti prseclarissimamc ruc em c o lere e t venerari. Andrad. Orth od. E xpo . L ib . 1x. page

2 84 .

d T h ou sh a lt worsh ip th e Lord thy God, and h im only sh alt th ouse rve ,Mat t . iv. 2 0 .

[3 Andradius . Orth odo x . E xplic . Co lon. 1583. Lib . I x . pp . 705,[4 Mu l to ve ro m inu s c redimu s re l iqu ias divorum adorandas e sse aut c olendas .

Harm . C onf. Se ct. I I . p . 2 7 . C onf. He lv. Po s t. c ap. v . No th ing is sa id ab out relic sin th e o th e r places re fe rred to . But see ab o ve , p . 2 2 2 , no te I . ]

Confess.He lve t. 1 .

A rt . n . I I .

c ap. 5.

Ba sil. Art. x .

Bo h em . c ap.

1 7.

Gal. A rt.xxrv.

Vine . Lir.L ib . xxi i I .

cap. 155.

Rab . Lib . v.c ap. 10 . de

Se c . pI oprie t.

Missa de S .

Cru c e , e t Offi c ium de S.

C ruc e .

2 2 4 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

Adversa r ies unto this truth .

Such , notwithstanding , is th e satanica l boldness o f th e

antichris tian synagogue o f Rome , tha t a s they will de ludemen w ith th e re lics o f sa ints which a re no t such, s o like wisethey tea ch th e pe ople (which is mos t o ff ens ive and exe crable)to give divine adora tion and honour unto them “

.

Hence is i t tha t some do pray unto St Bene’t, whose re l ics

they h ad s to len : “ O Benedict, a fte r God our only hope , leaveus not o rphans , wh o art come hithe r, not through our mer its,but for th e sa lva tion o f many

Others have published, tha t th e bodie s o f sa ints , and spe

c ially th e re lique s o f th e ble sse d martyrs , a re with all s ince rityto b e honoured, a s th e members o f Christ 2 , &c . I f any denythis conclus ion, h e is to b e thought not a Christian, but anEunomian, and Vigilantian3.

T h e council o f T rent a lso ha th de cre e d “, tha t they are to

b e tak en for damne d which affirm, h ow worship and honour isnot to be given unto th e re lique s o f sa ints .

Of this preposterous devo tion they have appo inte d a c er

ta in and common se rvice for th e ho ly cross 5 where on Chr is t8 Preedic a tio au tem e c cle s ia s t i c a h o c sempe r t enu i t, sanc to rum

re l iqu ia s e sse ex fide vene rando s . S tapl e t on [Opp. P a r . 1 6 2 0 . T om . I I I .

p. Ant ido t . E vang . in Ma t t . 1x. 2 1 , pag . 30 . T h e ca th o l icafii rm e th wo rsh ipping o f sa ints, praye r unto th em , f e a s ts o f th em ,

a do ra t ion o f th e i r re l i cs, and image s ; th e P ro te s tant denie th all.

Hills Q uart ron [Antwe rp 1 600 1 1 4 . Re as . page 7 1 .

[1 The re is e v idently an e rro r in th e re fe rence .][2 Fes tivita te s apostolorum s ive in h onorem martyrum solennitate s , antiqu i

patre s in venera tionis mys terio ce leb rare sanxerunt , ve l ad e xc itandam imita tionemve l u t meritis co rum c onso c iemur, a tque o ra tionib us adjuvemur, ita tam en u t nul l imartyrum sed i ps i D e o m artyrum , quamvis in memo riis martyrum c ons tituamus

ve ro quod Fe l i x papa Romanus vigesimus s eptimus , pos ts anctum P e trum le gitur c onstituisse sup ra memo rias martyrum m issas ce leb ra t i .A ttamen b e a tus Gre g . pap. sexage simus se x tus Romansa u rb is c onstituit supraco rpus m issas c e le b rari.—Rab . M au ri Opp. C 0 1. A gripp. 1 62 6. T om . VI . fol. 2 6 .

D e I nsti tu t . C le ric . Lib I I . c ap. 43. T h e edi to r h as b e en unab le to find any w ork

o f B ab anus b e aring th e t itle g iven b y th e au th o r . ][3 Se e Surins , C omm ent . Bre v . Re r. Ge s t . Co lon . 1 574 . p .

[4 Sancto rum quoque m artyrum e t al io ru rn c um Ch ris to viventium sanc te

u t a ffirmante s sancto rum re liquiis venera tionem

a tque h ono rem non deb e ri,ve l e as , aliaque sacra monume nta a fidelibus inutilite r

damnando s e sse , prou t jampridem c os damnavit, e t nunc e tiam

damna t e ccle sia .—Conc il. Harduiu . Pa ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c o l. 1 67 . Conc . Trid.

Se ss. xxv . De c r. de Invoc . & c . ][5 Se e M issa l . Roman. exDe e r. SS . Trid. Conc . Antv. 1573. Comm. Sanc tor.&c .

p .

2 2 6 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

(3 I f . II l 0

s

c

i-i. xx.” have , so in these days pro te stant churches ’ utte rly condemn

i i . c ap. 5,th e invoca ting o f, or praying unto , any crea ture s whatsoeve r.Ba srl. Art. X .

Bo h em . c ap.

2 , 17.

Gil. A I LX IV. The a dversa r ies unto this truth .

I

'

. IV.

Be lg . A rt.x xv i . T here fore th e Romish doctrine , that sa ints are to b e praye dAugus t.A

2

“habit. unto and the ir da i ly praying , a s c ommon se rve th,unto sa int

c ar- 91 Aga tha , tha t have sore breasts ; unto St Benedict, tha t e ithe rSuevrc a,

f ix

;“ L b e , or fe ar to b e po isoned ; unto S t Clare , for them tha t have

6 5 19TH.

P. 187 sore eye s ; S t Damian, tha t b e s ick , for hea lth ; S t Erasmus,Ora t ioncmDom inic an! for he lp in th e entra ils ; S t Feriol, for ge e se ; S t Gile s , forf undimus

sanc t is : Cen women that would have children : S t Hubbe rts , for dogs : S tsu ra C o lon.

Job , for them which have th e pox : St Kathe rine , for knowledge ; St Loys , for horse s ; S t Mar gare t, for women in

trava il ; S t Ni cholas , for l ittle children ; S t; Otilia , for th e

head-a che ; S t Pe tronil, for th e ague ; S t Quintin for th e cough ;S t Rutfin, for lunacy or madne ss ; S t Sebastian, for th e plague ;S t Thoma s Be cke t, for s inners ; S t Va lentine , for th e fa llings ickne ss ; S tWine frid3, for virginity ; St or Cross, for all

[1

(sc . Christum )so lum agnos c imus a c to to co rde c redimus c onc ilia tionem ,

redemptionem ,sa tis fa c t ionem, e xpia tionem , sapientiam , pro te c tionem, assertionem

mostram so lum, omne h ic s impl ic ite r Vita salu tisqu e medium pr in te r h unc so lumChris tum rej ic iente s .

-H arm . C onf . Se ct . I I . pp . 2 7 , 8 . C o nf. Helv . Prio r . Art. x i .

D eum v e rum do c emus so lum ado ra re e t co lare . Hunc h ono rem c ommunic amus

sanc to s coalite s s ive divos ne c ado ramus ne que c oliinus , ne c

invo c amus, ne que illo s co ram P a tre in c oelis pro inte rc esso rib us au t media to rib us

nos tris agnosc imus — I b id. p . 2 6 . Conf . Helv. Po st . c ap. v . qu i cqu id h om ine sde mo rtuorum sancto rum inte rce ss ione comment i sunt ( c redimus ) nih i l a l iud e sse

quam fraude s e t falla c ias Sa tanae , u t h om ine s a re cta pre c andi fo rma ab duc ere t .

I b id. p. 34. C onf. Ga l l . Art . x x i v. C redimu s e tiam nos nu l lum ac c e ssum h ab e read Deum,

nis i pe r uni cum illum mediatorem e t advo c atum Jesum Christum j ustum.

tamen e t po tent ia m in ime nos e ousque tene re debe t,u t ide o nob is alium pro a rb i trio quaarendum putemus .

—Ib id. pp . 38 , 9 . Co nf . Be lg .

Art . x x v i . Invo c a tio e s t h onos qui tantum D e o omnipo tenti prae standum

I de o to tum m o rem invo c andi sanc tos h om ines , qu i ex h ac v ita dis c e sserunt, damnamus

,& c .— I b id. p . 4 1 . Conf. Aug us t. 1540 . Art . xxi . Sic u t e x gemitu re l i

quarum c re a tu rarum non e st instituendus cultus invo c andi e as , ita e x o ratione

sancto rum in c oelis , non c s t approb andus cu l tus invo c andi sanc to s , & c .— I b id. p. 48 .

C onf. Virtemb . c ap. xx i i i . Adh ae c ab usus quo que i l le taxa tus e t c onfu ta tus fu i t quononnu l l i , ita j ejuniis e t pre c ib us turn b e a tam Virg inem Mariam D e ipa ram, tum

sanc tos a l ios s ib i concil iare e t prome re ri po sse pu tant , u t spercnt se illo rum inte rce ss ione e t me ritis ab omn ibus tam animaa quam corpo ris adve rsita tib us lib e rari posse .

—lb id . p . 51 . C onf. Snov . Art . m . Fo r th e re fe rence s to th e o th e r Confess ions,

see ab ove , p . 2 2 2 , no te[2 Sa ints do h e a r our praye rs and h ave care o f u s .

—Tes t. Rh em . Rh emes, 1582 .

Marg . Anno t . p . 1 87 . T h e re fe rence to th e C ensura C o lon. the edi tor h as b e enunab le to ve ri fy. ][3 Wine fie ld,

XX I I .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 2 7

things . I t is va in, no t wa rrantable by God’s word , buta l toge the r repugnant to th e holy s cripture

Th e vanity and ido la try o f th e popish invoca tion furthe rdemonstra ted, from tha t book o f the irs entitled,

Horoe B ea tissimoe Virginis , &c .

Oremus . M aj es ta tem tuam, D omino, supplic iter exora

mus , u t s icu t E c c lesioe tuce bea tus Androea s Apos tolus tuus

e vtitit prcedic a tor e t r ec tor i ta . apud te s it pro nobis

perpe tuus interc essor, per D ominum nos trum Jesum Ch ris

tum 4

Oremus . D eus , pro cuj us E c c les ia g loriosus Ma rtyr, e tP ontif erc , T h oma s g la diis impiorum oc cubu it

, proes ta , guoesu

mus , u t omnes , gui ej us implora nt a uxilium, pice pe titionis

ej us s a luta rem c onsequa ntur of oc tum , per D ominum nos

trum 5.

Ve rsus . Ora pro nobis bea ta K a th a rina . Resp . U t

digni efiic iamu r promis s ionibus Chris ti“.

Ve rsus . Ora pro nobis bea te Ma r tyr , Seba s tia no. Re sp .

U t mereamur pos tem epydimice illoes i [per] transire , e tpromiss ionem Ch ris ti o b tinere".

Virgo Ch ris ti eg regia , pro nobis , Apollonia ,

Funde prec es a d D ominum , u t to lla t omne noxium ,

N e , pro rea tu c riminum, mor bo vexemur dentium S.

Le t us pray. O Lord , we humbly be se e ch thy maj e sty,

tha t as thy ble sse d apostle Andreas was a pre a che r, and rule ro f thy church , so h e may b e a pe rpe tua l interce ssor for us ,

through Je sus Christ our Lord .

“ Le t us pray . O God, for whose church’s sake th e

glor ious martyr and bishop, T homas, wa s s la in by th e swordo f th e ungodly ; grant, we be se e ch the e , tha t such a s cal lunto h im for he lp may obta in a good e ffe ct o f his godlyprayer , through our Lord .

T h e Vers . O ble sse d Ka the r ine , pray for us . T h e Ans .

Tha t we may b e made worthy o f th e promises o f Christ .Th e Vers . O ble sse d Martyr Se bastian, pray for us .

T h e Ans . T ha t we may de se rve to e scape th e plague w ithouthurt, and obta in th e promise s o f Christ.”

[4 Hor. Be a t. V irg . Mar. sec . U sum Sarisbur. Par. 1535. fol. xv i ii . b . ][5 I b id. fo l. x ix . b . w h e re pe titionis su os ; and

, per Chr istum D ominum,& c . ]

[6 I b id. fol. xx . b . ] [ 7 I b id . fol. xx .] [

8 Ib id. fol. l xx i i i . ]1 5— 2

2 2 8 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [AR-r

,

Christ his noble Virg in Apol lonia , pray unto th e Lord toremove wha tsoeve r is hurtful , le st, for th e guiltine ss o f our

s ins, we b e vexe d w ith th e to o th-a che .

Whosoeve r sa ith this prayer fo llowing in th e worshipo f God and S t Ro che (th e ve ry words in th e

sa id sha ll no t die o f th e pe stilence , by th e gra ce o f God, &c .

Oremus . Omnipo tens , s empiterne D eus , qui preeibus , e t

meritis bea tiss imi Roeh i Conf essor is tu i qu a ndam pes tem

g enera le-m r evo c a s ti

, pr ce s ta supplic ibus tuis , u t qui pro

s imili pes te r evo c a nda sub tua c onfida nt fidu c ia , ips ius g lo

r ie s i Conf essor is tui preeamine , a b ipsa pes te epydimiw, e t

a b omni per turba tione liber emur , per Ch r is tum D ominum

nos trum ?

Ora tio a d tr es R eges . R ex Ja sper , R ex M elch ior, R ex

B a lth a s a r , rogo vos pe r sing ula nomina , rog o vos per s a ne

ta m T rinita tem , rog o vos per Reg em B egum , quem vag ien

tem in c unis videro meruis tis , u t c ompa tiamini tribu la tio

num m ea rum h odie , e t interc eda tis pro me a d D ominum ,

c ujus desiderio exules f a cti es tis“.

Crux Chr is ti, pr o teg e me ; Crux Ch ris ti, s a lva me ;

Crux Ch r is ti, def ende m e a b omni ma le 3

Le t us pray . O A lmighty and e ve rlasting God, wh o byth e praye rs and me r its o f thy most ble ssed confe ssor, Roche ,dids t re voke a ce rta in gene ra l plague ; grant unto thy suppliants, wh o for th e revo ca tion o f th e like plague do trus t inthy fa ithfulne ss , by th e praye r o f tha t thy glorious confe ssorwe may b e de l ive re d from th e plague , and from all adve rs ity,through Chris t our Lord .

“ A praye r unto th e thre e kings . 0 king Ja spe r , kingMe lchior, king Ba l tha sar, I be se e ch you by e ve ry o f yourname s , I be se e ch you by th e Ho ly T rinity , I be se e ch you byth e King o f kings , whom ye de s erve d to se e e ven in h is

swaddling-clo the s , tha t you would take pity on my trouble sthis day, and make interce ssion for me unto th e Lord , forwhose de s ire ye make yourse lve s exi le s .

[1 T h e wo rds are no t fo und in the edi tions wh ich th e E dito r has consul ted ][2 I b id. fo l. lxxv i . wh e re , mer itis e t pre c ibu s ; and

,a d ipsum sub tua c onf ug iunt

fiduc ia . ][3 The se prayers do no t occu r in th e edition to wh ich re fe rence h as b een made ]

2 30 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Je t.

xiv. 1 4. 2 . T he wicke d, and fa lse prophe ts , for pre a ch ino' aforexxui 2 1,

O

Q ty the ir time , are blamed .

Ma tt . mm. 3 . A commandment is g iven us to pray th e Lord o f the

harve st tha t h e would s end forth laboure rs into h is harve s t.l Co r-xii- fiao 4 . La stly, we do re ad tha t God hath o rdaine d in th e

church some to b e apo stle s, some prophe ts, some tea che rs ,E ph es. iv. l l . some to b e worke rs o f m iracle s . And Chris t be ing a scende d

into hea ven, gave some to b e apos tle s , some prophe ts, some

e vange lists , and some pastors , and te a che rs .

And all this is a cknowledge d by th e re formed churche s ‘.c ap. 18 .

Boh em . CJP 9. Gal. A rt . xxx i . Be lg . A rt. xx x i . August. A rt . x iv . Wi ttemb . A rt. x x . Suevic .Art. x i i i .

T he errors and adver sa ries to th is tru th .

And so are we aga inst themA nsw er to Which to the ir powe r do se ek th e abo lishment o f publict h e E xe c u t . o f

Fish -3. pre a ching in th e re forme d churche s ; a s do firs t th e papists ,

wh o phra se th e pre a che rs to b e uncircumcise d Philis tine s ,sacrilegious m iniste rs , Hie rob oam’

s prie sts , inordina te and1 h . . 3

, . 41 .Rf

Coiifu t , unorde red aposta te s 2 ; and next th e Barrowists , wh o say h ow0 row . p.

1 13. th e sa id pre achers are s ent o f God in his anger to de ce ive th ep e ople with lie s 3.[1 N emo a utem h ono rem m inis teri i e ccl e s iast i c i u su rpare s ib i , id e s t , ad se

largitionibus , a ut u l lis artib us, au t a rb i tr io p roprio rape re deb e t . Vo c entur e t

eligantur e le c tione e ccle s ias tica e t le g i tima m inistri e ccle s iae , & c .— H a rm . C on f .

Se ct . x i . p . 37 . C onf . Helv. Po s t . c ap. X VI I I . Non au tem minis ti i s ua spontepro c urre re ad c onditionem illam deb ent : s ed se cundum Domini e t apos tolorume x emplum le g itiine deb ent o rdinari e t cons titu i, & c .

— I b id. p . 47 . C onf. Bo hem .

c ap. I x. Credimus m inis tros , senio re s e t diac onos deb e re ad func tione s i l las suas

vo c ari, e t promove ri leg i tima e ccle s iae ele c tione , adh ib ita ad e arn s e ria D e i invo catione , a tque e o o rdine e t modo qu i nob is D e i ve rbo praesc rib ituI .

—1 b id. p . 56 . C onf.

Be lg . Art . xxx i . D e o rdine e ccles iast ico do cent , quod nemo deb e a t in e ccle s iapub l ice do ce re a ut sacramenta administrare , nis i rite vo c a tus

,& c .— I b id. p . 57 .

C onf. Augus t . Art. x i v. N e c pe rmit tendum e st c uivis, quamvis spiri tua l i s ace rdo t i ,u t s ine l e g itima vo c atio ne u surpe t pub l icum m inis te r ium in e ccl e s ia — I b id. p . 62 .

C on f . Virtemb . Art . xx . e s t , N ih il a l iud v e ro s a tqu e idone os e ccle s ia:m inistro s (velu ti epis c opos , pre sby tc ro s , unc to s e t c onse c ra to s) e ffi c e re , quam quoda D e o m iss i s int . Quomodo enim przc dic abunt ( inqu it Paulus) nis i m ittantur.I b id. p . 64. C onf. Su e v . Art . x 1 n . ]

[2 A s fo r th e h igh pra ise s and Spe cia l te st imonie o f w isdome , l earning and

lo ialtie th a t i t l iked th e make r o f the l ibe l to ce rta ine o f th e c h e e fc

i t is a condemna tion to h im and h is fe l low e s tha t pre sumed to dispo sse sse so nob le ,w ise , and l ea rned m uch mo re to pu t into th e ir place s a numb e r o finc irc umc ised P hili

stines , taken o f th e raska litie o f th e w h o le re almo .— (Ca rd: A lan’s )D e f. o f E ng . C a th . An Answe r

,&c . ch ap . i i i . p . 44. I n ch ap . Ix. p . 2 1 1 , sacr i

l e g ions m inis te rios .— In ch ap. v . p . 91 . Yo u se e in wh a t so rt a lso Hie rob o am king

o f I srae l , had a spe cia l prophe t se nt to cre at ing o f a w icked c le argie o ut o f

Aaron’

s o rde r : I me ane ; new , h ung rie , b as e , and ino rde red pries te s (th e pa te rne o fh e re tica l m inis te rs ), & c .— In ch ap . I I I . p . 41 . Gre edie w o lve s , uno rde red Aposta ts. ][3 Al lison’

s Pla ine Confutation, &c . Lond. 1590 . p .

xxnn] o r T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 31

Wh o publish h ow th e word is no t taught by th e sermonso f ministers , but only by th e re ve lation o f th e Spirit ; so did Sle idam c om

me ri t. L ib . V .Munc er the anabaptist‘, and so do th H. N.

5, and his Family E vans- c ar

1 3, se c t. 6 , dz6 S irit. Land,o f Love

0 an 48 ,se c t. 5.Wh o run a fore they b e sent ; as do many both anabaptists Le tte rm an,

0 B h . tand puri tans , as Penry,

Gre enwo od, Barrow, &c . ; or which ho ld, Rbs

c ln

o

h ow they which are able to teach , and instruct th e people ,may, and must so do : and tha t not pr iva te ly only, but publiclytoo , though they b e no t o rdinarily sent and author ized there In Ps . c xxii.unto ; which was th e do ctrine o f R.

Wh o tea ch tha t laymen may te a ch to ge t fa i th s, and R-A -COflf u t. o f

tha t e ve ry particula r membe r of th e church ha th powe r, yea , go'

gg‘ism»

and ought to examine th e manne r o f administe ring th e sa craments, &c ., and to ca l l th e pe ople to repentance : so tea che th Barrows

D isc o very,Barrow9. p' 36 °

[4 dub ium esse (D e us ) aliquo s igno consp icuo sese

de c lare t, animique sitim re s tingua t, e t nob isc um aga t , u t quondam c um patribus :

h o c e tiam do c eb a t (Mi inc erus) pate fac ere De um pe r somnia vo luntatem suam , &c .

—Sle idan . C ommentt . Argentora t. 1555. Lib . v . fo l.[5 Wh e re now th en the law and th e se rv ice s do in such w ise ch ange b y the

b e l ie ve rs o f th e ano inted, to w it , out o f th e figure s into th e true b e ing, and out o f

the le tte r and se rv ice ab le wo rd, into th e re ve al ing o f th e ho ly Spi ri t o f C h r is t, &c .

H. N . E vang . Re g . c ap. x i . § 6 . S e e ing th en tha t th e g lo rious L igh t o f L i fe(2 C o r. 4. a . ) as a day o r cle arne ss o f Ch ris t, is b y God’

s g race g iven us to b eho ld,the re fo re h ave w e o u t o f th e same s igh t, o r he avenly re ve la tion, re h e arsed l ikew isein thosame fo resa id b o oks and w ri ting s, m any o f th e se c re t h e avenly tre asure s(Rom. 1 6 . c . E ph . 3 . a . Col. 1 . c . ) or rich e s o f God : wh i ch in times pas t , e venh i th e rto , h ave no t b e en made known unto th e w o rld, l ike as God do th now '

p re sently , th rough h is lo ve , re ve a l and make them known unto h is sa ints . -I d.

Spiri tua l Land o f Pe ace , c ap. xLV I I I .

[6 I could a lso w i th allmy h e art w ish th a t man w i th m an comm i tted no t filth iness,

nor depended one upon ano th e r : b u t to s tay th em only on th e Lo rd’

s truth , and no t

on fle sh and b lood, so w e re th en all controve rs ies a t an end. I t w e re we l l a lso to

prove all th ings : b ut no t as se eme th me b y th e crooked rule o f man’

s own j udgment,o r fle sh ly m ind and conce rning , no r by h is imag ina t ion (w i th o ut the l igh t o f God’

s

tru th , or spiri t o f righ te ousness and lo ve :) taken on in cons tructing and w res ting o fth e righ t sense and m ind o f th e scrip tures , th e re fo re e ve ry th ing inh is righ t de g re e (if you b e endow ed w ith gho s tly unde rs tanding and possessed w i thth e r igh t spiri t o f judgment), and th en o ut o f you r spiri tualness judg e all th ing s, & c .

—Le tte r o f the Fam . to the Bp. o f R o che s te r inWi lkinson’

s C onfut. Lond. 1579.

B . l ,[7 Th is re fe rence h as no t b e en found. ][8 Th ey te ach th a t a layman may b e ge t fa i th , and th a t we h ave no need o f

pub l ic adminis tra tions —A l lison’

s Confutation, &c . p.[9 Barrow ’

s D iscove ry , 1590. p .

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

P ropo s i t ion I I .

T hey mus t not be silent who by oj ice a re bound to prea ch .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

As publicly to pre a ch , b e fo re men are sent , is a grievousfault : so no t to pre ach be ing sent, is a grea t sin. He reuntob ear witne ss,

Luke iv. 43 1 . Our Saviour Christ, whose words are these ; Sure lyI must a lso pre ach th e kingdom o f God : for the re fore am

I sent .é gt

s im 17. 2 . Pe ter and John, wh o be ing charge d to speak no morein th e name o f Je sus , sa id , “ We canno t but spe ak tha t whichwe have heard and se en.

ifé n ix‘ 1 6. 3 . S t Paul , for h e write th , Ne cessity is la id upon me

,

and woe is me if I pre a ch no t th e go spe l .”

Am i-42 4 . T h e apo s tle s o f Chris t. For though they w e re be atenfor so do ing ; ye t “ they ce ase d no t to tea ch and prea ch Je susChrist .”

Conf. He lv. 5. All th e churches o f God which b e purge d from supe r1 , A rt . X V .

la w e ar- 18 . stiti on and e rrorsBo h em . c ap.

J.

fig];A rt . E r ror s and a dversa r ies unto this truth .

A ug . A I L VI I .

VVi t tem b . T hen, as in gla ss , they may s e e the ir faultsA rt . x x .

Suevic s , A rt. Wh o ma inta in h ow the re ought to b e no public pre a chingX I I I .B Il

’ t. 2

$ 3 1

1

3p a t all , a s do th e anabaptistsc . 1 2 .

[1 S ummum func tionis hujus munus e st poenitentiam e t peccatorum rem iss ionem

pe r Chris tum pra dic are , &c .— H a rm . C o nf. Se ct. x i . p . 43. Conf. Helv. Prio r .

Art. x ix. e cc le s ias to tus ct in omnib us su is o tfic iis , non suo a rb i trioindulg e re , sed illud duntaxa t e xequi jub e tnr quod in manda tis h ab e t a suo domino .

in h o c sunt vo ca ti m inis tr i e ccle s ia ,nt e vange l ium Ch ris t i annunc ie nt

fide lib us e t sacramenta adm ini s trent .— lb id. pp . 38, 9. Co nf . I IelV. Pos t. c ap. XV I I I .func tione il l ins mune ris , in quod l eg i time s int co l lo ca t i, oblig ari ipsos ad

h o c , u t pro aniinab us h ominum, qui fide i ipsorum c onc rediti ge rant,

do c trinaque ve rb i div ini c t s ac ramentis m inis trandis de C h ris ti sentent ia c t institut ione , fide lite r ipsis inse rviant , & c .— Ib id. pp . 47 , 8 . C onf. Boh em. c ap. i x .

in e ccle s ia pa s to re s, qu ib us onus do c endi ve rb i e t administrando rum sa c ram entornm inc umb a t , & c .

— I b id. p . 53. C o nf. Ga ll . Art . x xv . I laec

po te s tas tantum exe rc e tur do c endo ,s e n prre dic ando e vange l ium ,

c t porrigendosacramenta , ve l mu l tis ve l s ingulis , j ux ta vo c ationem .

— lbid . p . 58. Conf. A ugus t .

D e Ab us . A rt . VI I . N e c e s t o b scurum, qu od C h ris tus institue rit in e ccle s ia sua

m inis tro s , qui adnuntient e na iige lion suum , e t dispensent s acramenta e j usi— lb id.

p . 62 . Conf . Virtemb . Art . xx . Q ui e rg o h o c m odo m iss i, nu e ti , c onse c ra ti, e t

o rna t i snnt,h is so l ic itam curam g re gis C h risti g e ruh t , e t fide litc r in ve rb o a tque

do ctrina l ab o rant , nt illum maj ore fi' iic tu pasc ant.— I b id. p . 64. C onf . Sue v.

Art . x i i i . ][2 Dogma , quo sc ripturarum expo sitionem damnant, aliqua ex parte commune

Ma tth . :txviii.

1 9.

Luk e xxu .

1 9.

1 Co r . xi. 2 4,2 5.

A cts ii.v ii] . 1 2 , 13,x . 47, xn . 32 ,33 .

Jo h n i 2 5.

1 Cor . 1 . 1 4,1 6 .Ac ts xx . 7 .

1 Co r. x . 1 6 .

0

Su rins , Com

ment. p. 2 37 .

2 34 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

th e Sabba th-day in th e least measure o f tha t which the Lordrequire th o f us ‘. s

P ropos i t ion I I I .

The Sa craments may no t be a dministered in the congrega tion,but by a lawfu l m inister .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

In th e holy scripture we read , tha t th e public minis te rso f th e word are to b e th e a dministe rs o f th e sacraments. For

bo th our Saviour Chr is t commanded his disciple s, as to preach ,so to baptize , and ce lebra te th e Suppe r o f th e Lord : and th eapostle s , and o the r m inisters in th e pure st t ime s (whom th e

godly m iniste rs and prea che rs in the se days do succe ed), no tonly did prea ch, but a lso baptize , and ministe r th e Lord ’sSuppe r.

And he reunto do th e churche s o f God sub scrib e z .

In saymg , that none may administe r th e sa craments inth e congrega tion a fore h e b e lawfully ca lled , and sent the reunto , we think no t (as some do) tha t th e ve ry b e ing o f th e

sacraments depende th upon this po int, viz . whe the r th e b aptizer , or give r o f th e bre ad and wine , b e a m iniste r , or no

3:

Ne ithe r is i t th e meaning o f this Article , tha t priva te ly inhouse s , e ithe r lawful m iniste rs , upon j ust o ccas ion, may no t

,

o r o the rs no t o f th e ministry, upon any o ccasion (in th e peaceo f th e church) may administe r th e sacraments .

T he error s and adversa r ies unto this tru th .

Hereby we de clare ourse lve s no t to favour th e opinion,tha t publicly,Some may ministe r th e sacraments, which are no t me re ly,

and full ministe rs o f th e word and sa craments ; and so thinkbo th th e Anabaptis ts ", among whom the ir king (when i t was)[1 Th e re fo re i t ough t to b e prov ided th at th e pre ach ing o f th e w o rd b e e ve ry

w h e re e s tab l ish ed : fo r in th a t e spe cial ly th e s anc ti fying o f th e Sab b a thand w ith out the w h i ch the day canno t b e h al low ed in the le as t me asu re , &c .— Ib id .

p . 2 71 ][2 See ab o ve , p . 1 38 , no te[3 the sub stance o f th e sa c rament depended c h iefly o f th e ins titu t ion and wo rd

o f God, wh ich is th e fo rm , and as i t w e re th e l i fe o f th e sacrament , o f w h ich ins titution th is is one and o f th e ch ie f parts , tha t i t sh o uld b e ce le b ra ted b y a m inis te r.A Re ply to an Answ e r made o f M . Dr Wh itg i ft aga ins t th e Admoni tion to the

Parl iament, b y T . C . , 2 nd E di t . p .

[4 Th e re seems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence . ]

xxm .] o r THE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 2 35

afte r suppe r took bread, and re a ching it among th e c ommu

nicants, did say,

“ T ake, e a t, and shew fo rth th e Lord’s dea th

the ir que en a lso re aching th e cup sa id , Dr ink ye , and shewforth th e Lord ’s dea th and th e pre sbyte rians a t G ene va 5

,

whe re th e e lder (a layman) ministere th th e cup ordinarily a t Survey o fD ISCI . c h ap.

th e communion. Some m inis ters (and name ly th e puri tan gsé nggo f medoctors) may no t ministe r th e sa craments . For (say th e {

M

e ar. D isc .

Disciplinarianss) th e o ffice o f do ctors is only to tea ch true Fag- 17

doctrine ; but in our church (o f England) th e doctor encroache th upon th e o ffice o f th e pastor 7. For bo th indifi'erently do Prne t. Ser.

o n Rom . xi i .tea ch , exho rt, and ministe r th e sacraments . p. 40.

None , though a lawful ministe r, may administe r th e sacraments , which e ithe r is no pre a ch er

a

, or when h e ministe re ththem, do th no t pre a ch

b; which b e th e e rrors o f th e D isci

plinarians , or puritanss.

Publicly, and priva te ly too , th e sa craments o f baptism mayb e administere d by any man, ye a , by women, if ne ce ssity dourge . So ho ld th e papists : for sa ith Jave l, In th e time o f Jave l. Ph il.

Ch . par. 5. f .

ne ce ssity th e ministe r o f baptism is e very man, both ma le and 555

Th e adm in is tra t ion o f th e sa c raments ough t to b e c omm i ttedto none b ut su ch a s a re th e pre a ch e rs o f th e wo rd. L e a r . D isc . p. 6 0 .

I t is sac r i lege to separa te th e wo rd (viz ; pre a ch ing) f rom th e sac ra

m en ts . Ib id. Th e pre a ch ing o f th e wo rd is th e life o f th e sa cra

ents . T . C . 1 Reply, p. 1 2 5 .

bT h e unch ange a b le laws o f God b e (sa i th T . C .) th a t none m i

n ister th e sa c raments wh ich do no t pre a ch . T . C. 1 R eply, p. 1 04,

3 . Wh e re th e re is no pre a ch er o f th e wo rd, th e re ough t to b e no

m inis te r o f th e sa c raments . L e ar . D isc . p. 6 2 .

[5 Fourth ly a t th e time o f the communion th e y ( th e e lde rs ) and

a ss is t th e pas to r ( a t Gene va th e e lde r m inis te re th th e c up —Bancro ft, Survey o f

th e P re tended H oly D i scipl ine , Lond. 1593 . c ap. xv . p .

[6 T h e w o rk re fe rred to h as no t b e en found, b ut s ee A D emonstrat . o f D isci

pl ine . ch ap . xi . p . 53. For the furth e r re ve al ing o f the true th , God h ath ordayned,

tha t th e re shoulde b e in th e Ch urch s do c to rs, w hose o flic e is to b e employed inte ach ing o f do c trin, and is an ofiic e diff e rent from tha t o f th e pas tour. ][7 Se e A Fru itfu l Se rmon upon th e 3, 4, & c . vss . o f th e 1 2 th ch ap . to th e

R om ans , Lond. 1 589. p. 36, w h e re is a sl igh t ve rb a l di ffe rence ][8 th e l ife o f th e sacraments depende th o f th e p re ach ing o f th e word o f God.

A R eply to an Answe r, &c . b y T. C . p . 158. And S . P au l b y th e commandm en ttha t our Sav io ur Ch r is t g ave h im to preach , unde rtook a lso to b aptiz e , a l th oughth e re w e re no e xpre ss w o rds th a t l icensed him th e reunto : for h e knew righ t we l lth at i t w as th e pe rpe tual o rdinance o f God th a t th e same sh ou ld b e th e m inis te rso f th e w o rd and sacraments—I b id. p .

2 36 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

fema le . A woman, b e sh e young or old, sacred or wi cked ;e very ma le , tha t h a th h is wits , and is ne i the r dumb , nor s o

drunken but tha t h e c an utte r th e wo rds , a s w e l l pagan,infide l , and he re tic, th e bad a s th e good , th e schismatic a s

th e ca tho lic, may baptize ] . And ye t usua lly in th e civil wars ,bo th in France and in Ne th e rland 2 , th e papists did rebaptizesuch children3 a s o f th e pro te stant, not lay-men, but ministe rs ,h ad a fore be en baptiz ed

a.

T h e priva te baptism by pr iva te persons was a lso taughtlong since both by th e Marcionite s and Pepuz ians

P ropos i t ion IV.

Th ere is a lawf u l m inistry in the chur ch .

Th e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

God, for th e ga thering or e re cting to himse lf a churchout o f mankind , and for th e we l l-gove rning o f th e same

,from

time to time ha th used, ye a , and a lso do th, and to th e end o f

a So in th e N e th e rland w e re ch i ldren re b apt i z ed wh en th e duke

o f Alva th e re tyranni z ed. T rag . Hi s t . o f Antwe rp. T h e l ike reb ap

t iz a tion wa s u se d b y th e papis ts a t T ou louse , T roys, and o th e r c i t ie sin France , e spe c ia l ly a nno 1 56 2 . Se e th e Ch ron . o f France .

Quantum ad se cundum ( i . e . qu is sit b aptismi m iniste r tempore ne ce ss i ta tis )adve rte quod e veniente ne ce ss i ta te m inis te r b aptismi e s t omnis h omo , e t mus culus

,

e t qu ibus se qu itur qu od mul ie r,s ive anus , s ive sancta s ive prava

,

omnis mas c ulus hab ens u sum ra tionis , e t non mutus ne c eb rius ade o quod non

po test ve rba pro ferre , tam Ch ris t ianus quam paganus , s ive infide lis e t h azre tic us ,

tam b onus quam m alus , tam s c h isma tic us quam ca th o l icus b aptiz are po te st.— Ch r.

Jave ll. Opp. Lu gd. 1580 . T om . I I . p . 559. Ph i lo s. C h rist. Qu inta Pars , Tract. 1 1 .D e Sa cr . Bapt . c ap.

[ 2 A nd th en w e re th e ir ch i ldren b e fo re b apti z ed b y o th e r, agnine reb aptiz ed byth em,

and th e i r w ive s b e fo re married b y o the r a ga ine rema rried b y th em , as thoughth e fo rme r b aptisme w e re no b aptisme , & c .

— A Trag ica l H ist. o f Antwe rp ’sTro ub le . Lo nd. 1586 . fo l. D . i. ]

[3 I l l i , i ll i sane vio la tzn div ina: maj es tatis s un t rem anab aptis tis pro

priarn fac iunt , b aptismum pue ris e x Je s u C h ris ti ins titu tione b aptiz a tis repe tendo ,& c .—Ve rb a Condazi in Comme nt. de S ta tu R e l ig . e t He ip . in Gal l . 1577 . Pars i i .

Lib . v . p . 76 . b . ]

[4 A iOwo-t K a i e

7r i 7 po 7riiv y vva zgi fidvr 'r i cr/i a dtdé va i , says E piph anius o f l\I ar~

cion, no t o f th e Pepuz ians .— E piph an . Opp. P a r is . 162 2 . T om . 1 . p . 305. Adv. l ia r.

L ib . 1 . T om . I I I . H air. 42 . He te l l s us , h ow e ve r , th a t the Pepu z ians a l low edw omen to m iniste r in the ch urch ’

E 7r la f< o vro i 7 6 7ra p’

a im-0 79 y vva I K e s , K a i r pm

Bi'

r r cpo r y vva ixe s , K a i 7 é dh h a'

uis [i nb é u di a tpe'

pew (pno iu. é v y elp Xpw'r é i

I no-O i7

0 57 6 (ipo e v , o b‘re (Vilma — I b id. p . 418 . H aar.

Jo hn xx . 2 1 .

Je nn i. 6 .

Matt. x .15.

Ac ts ix . 15.

Ma tt. xxviii.2 0 .

Ma tt. xv. 1 4.

Acts x iv. 2 3 .

1 l im . iv. 14.

2 38 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

a lso b e th e Barrowists ‘, which say there is no ministry of th egospe l in a ll Europe .

P ropos i t ion V .

T hey a re la wf ul m inis ters which be orda ined by men la wf ully appointed

f or the ca lling a nd sending f or th of minis ters .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

S t Paul , in th e beginning o f h is e pistle unto th e Ga la tians,give th us to Observe th e dive rs sending forth o f men into th eho ly m inistry wh e re of

Some a re sent imme dia te ly from God himse lf. So s ent wasby God th e Fa the r bo th Je sus Christ and John Baptis t ; byGod th e Son,

in h is state morta l , th e twe lve apostle s,in h is

sta te immorta l and glorious , S t Pa ul .T his ca lling is sp e cia l and extra ordinary : and th e men so

ca l led were adorne d with th e gift o f mira cles commonly, a s

were Jesus Christ and his apostle s ; but not a lways , for JohnBaptist wrought none .

And they we re a lso enj o ined , for th e most part, as th e

apostles , to preach throughout th e world, howbe it our Saviourwas l imited .

Some aga in were sent o f men : a s they b e wh o are sento f men not authorize d thereunto by th e word o f God, and tha tto th e disturbance o f th e pe a ce o f th e church : such in th e

apos tle s” time we re th e fa lse a postle s ; in our days b e th eanabaptists , family—e lde rs, and law-de spising Brownists.

And some , lastly, are by men sent : so in th e primitivechurch by th e apo stle s we re pa stors and e lders orda ined , wh oby th e same authority orda ined o the r pasto rs and te a che rs .

“thence i t is tha t th e church a s i t hath be en, so i t sha ll til lth e end o f th e world b e provide d for . T hey, wh o are thusca lled

,have pow er ne ither to work mira cle s , as th e apostle s

h ad, nor to pre a ch , and m iniste r th e sa craments whe re theyw ill, a s th e apo stle s might, but they a re tie d e ve ry man to h ischarge , which they must fa ithfully a ttend upon

,e xcept urgent

o ccas ion do e nforce th e contrary .

T h e ca lling o f the se men is termed a genera l calling,and

it is th e o rdinary, and in the se days th e lawful calling , a llowe dby th e word o f God.

Barrow ’

s D iscove ry o f th e False Chu rch , 1 590. p .

OF T HE CH URCH o r E NGLAND . 2 39xxi i i . ]

So te stify w ith us th e true churche s e lsewhere in th e world2.

Adversa r ies unto this tru th .

This truth ha th many ways be en re sisted . For the re b ewhich think h ow in these days there is no ca lling but th eextraordinary, or immedia te , calling from God, andnot by men,a s th e Anabaptists , Familists, and Brownists : o f whom a fore .

T h e Papists 3, a lbe it they a llow th e asse rtion, ye t take theyall ministe rs to b e wo lve s, h irelingsy laymen, and intruders,wh o are no t sacrificing prie sts , ano inte d by some antichristianbishop o f th e Romish synagogue .

Either a ll, or th e mos t part o f th e ministers o f England,sa ith Howle t", b e mere laymen, and no pr ie sts, and cousequently have no authority in the se things . I t is e vident , &c . ,

b ecause they are not orda ine d by such a bishop and prie sta s th e ca tho lic church hath put in authori ty .

P ropos i tion VI .

B ef ore ministers a r e to be orda ined, they a re to be chosena nd ca lled.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Though it b e in th e power o f them which have author ityin th e church to appo int ministe rs for God’s pe ople ; ye t mayt hey admi t ne i the r whom they w ill , no r as they wil l thems e lve s : they are bo th de libe ra te ly to choose , and o rde rly toca l l such as they have chosen.

[2 E s t enim functio h aze nu l l i quem non e t le g is div inas pe t i tie , e t v i ta innocentia

,e t Ch ri s t i nom inis studio singulari e sse c ompere rint , e t judic arint m inis tri e t

i i qu ib us id ne go ti i pe r e c c le siam e s t comm issum ,c onc ede nda . Quae quum ve re

D e i e le e tio sit , e ccle s ia su ffrag io , e t manuum sac e rdo tis impo sitione , re c te c om

prob atur.—H a rm . C onf. Se ct . xi . p . 43 . Conf. H e ly . Prio r . Art. x v i i . Vo c entur

e t e ligan tur ele c tione e ccle s iastica e t le g i tima m inis tri e ccle s ias qui e l ce t i sunt,o rdinentur a senioribus cum o rationib us pub lic is e t impo sitione mannum .

— Ib id.

pp . 37 , 8 . Conf . He lv. Po st . c ap. xvrn . ad mune rum sa crorum adm inis traqui s int firmi e t po tente s in fide , u t h i ante omnia

,

an tale s s int, e Xplorentur, atque examinentur, e t po s te a a senioribus , pre c ibus e t

j ejuniis factis, manuum impositione c onfirmentur, se u approb entur.— I b id. p . 47 .

Conf . Boh em . c ap. 1 x . For th e o th e r re fe rence s , se e ab o ve , p. 2 30 , ne te[3 T h e place me ant is prob ab ly th is : S i qu is dixerit , C h ris tianos omne s in ve rb o

e t omni bus sac ramentis adminis trandis h ab e re po tes tatem ; ana th ema s it . —C onc il.

Harduiu . Par. 1 7 14. Tom . x . c ol. 53 . C one . Trid. Se ss . vn . D e Sa c ram . in Gene re ,C an. x . Conf. Ib id. c ol. 1 36. Se ss . xxn r. c ap.

[4 H ow le t , i . e . Rob e rt P e i sons , the Je su i t . Se e A Br ie f D iscourse conta ining

ce rta in Re asons wh y ca tho l ics re fuse to go to ch urch , &c .—Douay , 1580. Pa rt 1 .

Re as . vn . p . 41 . Wh e re , in tha t au thor ity .]

Conf . Helv. I .

A rt. xvn .

i I . cap. 1 8.

Boh em . c . 9.

Gal. Art.XXXL

Be lg . A rt .XXXL

A ugus t.'

Art.X IV.

W i t temb .

A rt . xxx.

Sue vic a ,A rt . X I I I .Conc il. T rid.

Se ss . 7 . Can .

7.

How] . 7.reas .

2 40 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

1 T ina 2 2 T his made th e apo stle s and e lders in th e pr imitive churchstra itly to charge tha t suddenly hands should b e la id on no

man.

Ac ts 1 2 3» T o make a spe cia l cho ice o f twa in, where of one was to b ee le cte d into th e pla ce o f Judas .

A c ts xiw fl By e le ction to orda in e lde rs in e ve ry church , and by1 T im . iv. 14. praye r and fa sting to commend them to th e Lord , and by lay

ing on of hands to conse cra te them.

1 m m» 1 2 . T o de scribe wh o we re to b e chosen and ca lled . For theyi T

m iiL a are to b e men, not boys nor women. Men of good b eh aviour, no t incontinent, nor given to w ine , nor s trike rs ,nor cove tous , nor proud , nor frowa rd, nor ire ful , nor g ive rs o f

fi g s-

L3

, o ffence ; fina lly,men o f spe cia l gifts, apt to te ach , able to ex

hort, wise to divide th e word o f God aright, bo ld to re pro ve ,1 T . 2 .0

Wi lling to take pa ins , wa tchful to ove rse e , pa tient to suff e r, andM tt . . 38 .

s imili

“ . constant to endure a ll manne r o f a fflictions .

A 2 8C‘s xx . o o ofi

t

; And th is do th e churche s pro testant by the ir c onfe ssmns1 . iv.

a 1

Q Co r. xi. 2 3.

approve i

Copti He lv.

I . I t. X oa u . c ap

l

i s. The errors a nd adversa r i es unto th is truth .

ge ll

i e

zn

lc . 9.

{ itI ‘

In e rro r they rema in, wh o are o f opinion tha tBe lg . A rt.

AXX L

A L

Th e due e le ction and ca lling o f ministers a ccord ing to th e“g . l

0 o 0

Witt A rt word o f God is o f no such ne ce ssity to th e making o f m1

Snis te rs ; an e rrone ous fancy o f th e anabaptists and Family of

ue v. Art .K” Love .

Sigeb e‘f t' T ha t women may b e dea cons, e lde rs , and bishops : th e

forme r th e Ac eph alians 2 , th e la tte r th e Pepuz ians did ma inta in.

A spe cia l care is no t to b e h ad both o f th e life and th e

learning o f men ; or tha t wicke d men, o f e vi l life ; ignorantmen, without le a rning ; a sse s , o f no gifts ; loite rers , which dono good ; or favoure rs o f superstition and ido la try, which dogre a t hurt, are to b e admi tte d into th e m inistry

T hey a re cause s , which inde e d a re none , to debar men

from th e e ccle s ia stica l function ; a s if men have be en twicemarried, (an e rro r o f th e Russie s 3) b e married , have h ad c er

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 30 , no te 1 , and p . 2 39, no te[2 A c eph alo rum dic unt Punlum apos tolum in epistolis pree

c epis se feminas dia co nus de b e re fi e ri , qu ia e as c ommemo rat po st dia c ono s .—Sige he rt.

C h ron. A nn . 52 6 . in Biblio th . Sanct . P a tr. P ar. 1589. T om . V i i . c o l. l384. ]

[3 Q uic unq ue sa ce rdos viduus ad se cunda s iiuptias quod c uique l ib e rum es t,

transie rit, is n ih i l h ab e t c um c le ro commune .—Sig ism. L ib e r. Rex. Mo sc o v.

C omment . p . 2 1 . I nte r Re r.Moscov. Auc tor. Franc o f.

2 42 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [A RT .

is done publicly in th e church by a strange language , no t unde rstood o f th e pe ople , profite th no t th e congrega tion, edifie thno t th e weak , instruc teth no t th e ignorant, inflame th not th e

ze al , ofi'

ende th th e he are rs,abuse th th e pe ople , displease th

God, br inge th re lig ion into contempt, e as ily w ill think,tha t

where th e praye rs b e sa id , o r th e sa craments administere d ina tongue not unde rstood o f th e vulgar sort, ne ither is th ew ord o f God regarded, nor th e cus tom o f th e pure r and pr imit ive church obse rved .

I

cl

on

c

tg

e lv. This article no church do th doubt o f, and ve ry many by

the ir extant confe ss ions do a llow ‘.

A dversa r ies unto th is truth .

But there is no thing e ithe r so true or apparent whichha th by all men a t any time be en a cknowledged . So contraryto this truth

In old time th e Ossene s z made the ir praye rs unto Goda lways in a strange language , which they learne d o f E lxeus

D . I ren Lib . the ir founde r . And th e Marc osians i‘, a t th e m inistra tion o f1 ' c al" 8 ' baptism used certa in Hebre w words , not to edify, but to

te rrify and astonish th e minds o f th e weak and ignorantpe ople .

In these days th e Turks 4 perform all the ir superstitions

[1 T ac e ant e rg o omne s pe re grine l inguae in c oe tibus sac ris . Omnia prOponantur

l ingua vulgari, e t qu ia e o in 10 0 0 ab h ominib us in c oe tu intelligatu r.— H arm. Conf.

Se c t. xv . Conf. Helv. Po st . c ap. xxxx. Sic u t enim c onc iones e t pre c ationes lingua ccc lesiaa no ta h ab endee sunt , ita e t sa cramenta no to se rmone dispensandasensus c a th olic aa e ccle s ias h o e exig it , u t ne cessa ria m iniste r ia e ccl e s ia; fiant se rmonevernac ulo .

— I b id. p . 169. C on f. Virtemb . c ap. xxvn . e xpre ssum Spir itusSancti praec eptum ,

in e a omnia dic untur e t c anuntur lmgua , quam non s o lump opu lus non intellig it , sed nonnunqu am ne ips i qu idem, qu i ex il l is c antionib us e t

pre c ibus vivnnt .— lb id . p . 1 70 . Conf. Suev . c ap. xxr. apud nose t u sitataa c e remonize fe re omne s praete rquam quod La t inis c antionib u s

admisc e ntur alic ub i Ge rmanic ae , qu aa addi ta: sunt ad do c endum non

m odo Pau lus prmc ipit uti l ing ua intelle c ta p opu lo in e ccle s ia : s ed e t iam ita cons titu tum e st h um ano ju ra—I b id. p . 1 32 . C on f. Augus t . Pars I I . D e Abus . Sub ] .Art . I I I . D e M issa . ][12 T im. (is h é '

y o rs K a i K evo gbwvia l s va‘r epo v e

'

u T fifliflhmdr a f t?h é'

ywv, pnde is

{ 717 156 37 w ill é ph nve ia v , dh h’

i} po’

vo u é v f rfi e bxfi f rdde h ey é'rw . xa l a im-d 67766 0

a’

vrd dt a h é fc 'r o u y e r e ué y xa s , nis an d h epa ti c K a'r e t h iicpa p e u pudé u 6 11 7 0

7 62 w ap’

cui/ 7 633 (pa v'

r a gé h eum— E piphan. Opp. P aris . 162 2 . T om . I . p . 42 . Adv.

H azr. Lib . r. I lazr.

[3 "

A h hm dé frw a dud/l a v a é r th cf

y o va t 7 rpds 7 6 ;r a’

h h o u Ka ’ra

wh nga'

a fla t r o b s T eh e to vpé uo us .— I ren. Adv . Hai r. Oxon . 1702 . Lib . I . c ap. 1 8 .

p . 90 . ][4 llli au tem (sa ce rdo te s ) qui e tiam inte rpre tari s ecundum textum nove rint,

xx1v.] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 2 43

in th e Arabian language , thinking i t not only unme e t, but a lsoan unlawful thing , for th e common sort o f persons to unde rs tand the ir Mahome tan mysteries .

Th e Ja cobite prie sts 5 do use a tongue a t the ir church mi Magde b urg.

E c c le s . Hist.nistra tions and me e tings which th e vulgar pe ople canno t c om gigprehend .

Th e divine l iturgy among th e Russians 6 is compounde d Ale f - Guag .

de Re l ig .

partly o f th e Gre ek , and partly o f th e ' Sclavonian language .

Mow -9 2 3°

Th e papists w ill have all divine service , praye rs , and

sa craments , and tha t throughout th e world, m iniste re d only inth e La tin tongue ; but which few men o f th e common pe opledo unde rs tand ; some o f them ho lding tha t i t is no t ne c es

sary tha t we understand our praye rs ; and tha t praye rs 7 not ffigy o t punde rstood o f th e pe ople are a cceptable to God ; and all o f

them ma inta ining tha t h e is a ccurse d who soeve r do th a ffirm “ 1 16

h ow th e ma ss ought to b e ce lebra te only in th e vulgar tonguea.

ARTICLE XXV.

Of th e Sa craments .

Sa c raments , orda ined of Chris t, (1 ) be no t only ba dg es

or tokens of Ch r is tia n men’

s prof ession,bu t ra th er th ey be

(2 ) cer ta in sur e w itnesses , a nd ef ec tua l s igns of gra c e , and

God’

s g ood w ill tow a rds u s , by w h ich h e do th w ork invisib ly

in u s , (3) and no t only qu icken, bu t a lso s tr eng th en a nd c on

a Si qu i s dixe rit , L ingua tantum vulga r iMissam e e le b rari deb e re ,Ana th ema sit . Conc il. T rid. Se ss. 2 2 . Can. 9. [Conc il. Ha rduin.

T om . X . c ol.

pe ritissimi h ab entur : quoniam non vulg ar i l ingua Turcica sed Arab i ca a Meh em

me to sunt trad ita , quod neph as e sse putant , si vu lg ari l ing ua inte rpre tata de scrib erentur.—Ant . Geu frae us , Aul. Tu rc. (La tine reddi ta ) Bas il . 1577 . Lib . n . p .[5 Sace rdo ce s l ing ua u tuntur propria , quam laic i non intelligunt.—Magdeb u rg .

E ccl . H is t . Bas il . 1 560, &c . C ent . xn . c ap. 5. fo l.

[6 Sa crum s ive m issa Sc lavonic a l ingua apud illo s pe ragitur inte rmixtis e tiamaliquando c antionibu s Grze c is .—Guagn. de Re l ig . Mos c o v. Spirae N em e t. 1582 .

p .

[7 Yo ung ch i ldren’s praye rs pro ce eding from th e ins tinct o f God’

s Spiri t b eacc eptab le : and so th e vo i ce s o f th e l ike , o r o f o th e r s imple fo lk now in the ch urch ,th ough th em se lve s unde rstand no t pa rticula rly w h a t th e y say , b e ma rve l lousg rate ful to Ch r ist —Te s t. Rh em. Rh eme s

,1 582 . Ann. Matth . xx i . 16. p .

1 65— 2

2 44 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

firm our f a ith in h im . (4) T h ere be tw o sa c raments o rda inedof Ch ris t our L ord in th e g ospel, th a t is to s ay, B aptism ,

a nd th e Supper qf th e L ord . T h ose five commonly ca lleds a craments , tha t is to s ay, (5) Confirma tion, (6) P ena nce ,(7) Orders , (8)M a trimony , a nd (9) E x treme Unction, a re

no t to be a ccounted 1

f or s a craments of th e g ospel, beingsu ch a s h a ve grown pa r tly of th e corrupt f ollow ing of th e

apos tles , pa r tly a re s ta tes of lif e a llowed in th e s crip tur esbut ye t h a ve no t like na ture of sa cra ments w ith B aptism

a nd th e Lord’

s Supper , f or th a t th ey h a ve no t a ny visible

sign or ceremony o rda ined of God.

(1 0) T h e s a craments w ere no t o rda ined of Ch ris t to beg a z ed upon, or to be ca rried a bou t, bu t th a t we sh ou ld dulyu s e th em . ( 1 1 ) A nd in s uch only a s w or th ily r eceive th es ame th ey h a ve a wh olesom e ef ec t o r opera tion : but th ey

th a t re ceive th em unwor th ili purch a s e to th emselves dam-e

na tion, a s Sa int P a u l s a ith .

T he propos itions .

1 . Th e sacraments o rda ine d o f Christ b e badge s or

tokens o f our profe ss ion which b e Chr istians .

2 . T h e sa craments b e ce rta in sure w itne s se s , and efi'

e c tual

s igns o f gra ce , and God h is go od .w ill towards us

3 . By th e sa craments God doth quicken, strengthen, andconfirm our fa ith in h im.

4 . Christ ha th orda ined but two sa craments in h is ho lygospe l .

5. Confirmation,6 . Penance ,7 . Orde rs , is no sacrament.8 . Matr imony,

9. Extreme U nction,

1 0 . T h e sa craments a re no t to b e abuse d , but rightly tob e use d o f us all.

1 1 . All which re ce ive th e sacraments ? re ce ive no t the rewithal th e things signifie d by th e sa craments .

[1 Compted, [

9 Sac rament ,

2 46 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

T he a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

Ungodly the re fore , and in a curse d state are they, whichequa l o the r things w ith th e sacraments , to discern Chr istians

Masdt‘b urs from pagans ; so th e Ja c ob ite s l imprint th e s ign o f th e cro ss

E c c le s . His‘O f Cent-X ’L m the ir a rms

,fo reheads, &c . to b e known from Christians .

c . 5.

Eggén

i ffif‘" Which contemn th e sa craments, a s of none a ccount ; so do

Xlthahi. th e Anabaptists 2C L o o 0

.c io 391 . T h e re h e (sa i th D . Sarav1a 3) which hold h ow th e sacraSaravia ,

De f . T ra c t. ments we re to b e a dministe re d only a t th e firs t planting o f th ede dive rs .

fiii’

tfiffifff’ church by th e apo stle s and e vang e lists ; but do no t appe rta in

gyhgs

gg-Ch r. unto us in the se days . I t wa s a lso one o f Ma tthew Hamant

s

here sie s, tha t th e sacraments are not ne ce ssary in th e churcho f God“.

Which think th e sacraments are but only civil and

ce remonia l badge s o f an outwa rd church : such gene ra lly b e31

5

,

0

f 1 1 ] ,

all a the ists and hypo crite s ; particularly th e Me ssa lians 5 andFami ly o f Love , wh o think that for obedience sake to

T 9 “ mag istra te s th e sa craments are to b e re ce ive d “, but are toRam sey

'

s

0 °“f e ss'none e ff e ct to th e pe rfe ct one s in th e Family.

nitus instituti , qu i nominantur us i ta te sac ramenta, u t b aptismus e t c oena Dom iniqu a; tamen non s unt tantum s igna pro fe ssionis , s ed mul to mag is (u t ve tustus dix it)s igna gra tiae , & c .

— I b id . p. 84. C onf . Sa xon. Art . X I I . ][1 C ruce s po rro ,

s ib i inurunt , a l i i in b rac h iis,a l i i in genis , a l i i in fronte , ob

re verentiam cruc is utque a paganis se se dis ce rnant.—Magdeburg . E ccl . H is t . Bas i l .1562 , & c . C ent. xrr. c ap. 5 . fol.

[9 Rodem modo sacramenta fide lib us supe rvacane a judic ab ant : aut sal tem non

ne ce ssaria e ss e , e t e xiguam u tilitatem hab e re .—Bu l l ing . Adv. A nab apt . (Simle r.

Ve rs . La t . ) T iguri, 1 560 . p . 42 . b . Lib . I I . c ap. 4. Ho rre ndum dic tu quantum sug

g illent paedob aptismum ,Sa th anaa traditionem, magno pie ta tis z e lo , tradunt

D ominic am c oe nam e vacuant, e t diris m odis c o rrumpunt. quodpaedob aptismum damnant, n ih i l omnino trib uunt b aptismo nis i qu od s it c h ris tiano rum

no ta, qua dis c ernuntur ab g ent ib us, mo re c iv i l i , & c .

—Alth ame r. C onc il. Lo c .

N o remb e rg . 1535. Lo c . cx c i . pp . 2 1 1,

[3 Q u id enim si sa crame nta i l l is initiis fuisse tantum ab apostolis e t

e vange lis tis m inis tranda ; ne c q uic q uam ad no s tra pe rtine re tempo ra l Non de sunt

qu i h unc de fe ndunt e rTOI em .—Sarav ia, D e f. Tra c t . de D i ve rs. Minis tr. Grad. Lond.

1594. c ap. 14. p .

[4 Holinsh . C h ron. Lond. 1587 . Vol. I I I . fol.

[5 M e o

'

a a h ia uo t [r é u ,Ba

'

rr'r w h a ¢a a i [under Ove i

u cr a bs r po m'

o v'

ra s .

T h e odo re t . Opp. Pa r. 1642 -84. T om . W . p . 2 42 . D . H ee r. Fab . Lib . xv. c ap. 1 1 .fr a i

'

rrns é y é uo u’ro 7 779 a ipé a ews oipxny o i A a do

r; sf r s K a i E a

'

flfia su u o i 7 779 p é u

e’

mchno'

t a o' fr ucfis 0 6K a

'

vre'

a'

rna a v o fi-r e o’

uiua o ' fla t , 0 171'

s h wfida fia t(pda lco u

'r e c T rip fie ia v T'

po qniu ,firepi 179 O de a n-67 119 é

'

dmXpw 'ro

'

s , 6 7,0 05w ,

u o u

en iv o a’

pxa ,fra nk — 1d. T om . I”. p . 670 . C . E cc l . H ist . Lib . I V. ]

[6 Th ese re fe rence s the edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy.]

xxv .] o r T H E CHURCH o r E NGLAND . 2 47

P ropos i t i on I I .T he sa craments be cer ta in sur e witnesses , a nd e ec tua l si ns 09

gra ce, a nd God his good w ill towa rds us .

Th e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

Infinitely do th God de clare h is unspe akable and inc om

prehensib le good will to manward , ye t in the se days by none

outward things more no tably and e ffe ctua lly than by th e

sacraments . For

Of baptism sa ith Chris t, He tha t be lieve th and is b ap Mark xvi. 1 6 .

tiz ed shall b e saved . And Pe te r, Amend your l ive s, and A c ts ii-w

b e baptize d eve ry one , & c . , for th e remiss ion o f s ins .

” A nd

Paul , “ Husbands, love your w ive s , e ven a s Chris t love d th e E ph e s v. 95,church , and gave himse lf for i t, tha t h e might sanctify i t and

2 6p& c

cleanse i t by th e wa shing o f wa te r through th e word ,” &c .

And o f th e Lo rd’s suppe r sa ith our Saviour Chris t, touching Luke xxuth e bread , “ T his Is my body, which 1 s given, and broken for i

g

oo r. xi. 2 1

9"

you and o f th e cup , This I s my blo od o f th e new T e sta Ma tt “ vi

ment, tha t Is she d for many, for th e rem ission o f s ins.” ZLJfke xx‘“T his truth do th e pure r churche s o f the se days e ve ry C onm d v,

where a cknowledge ’. gri

ff i n .

c ap. 19, Bo h em . c ap. 13 . Gal. A rt . x x x i v . xxvm . Be lg . A rt . xxxrrr. xxxv.A uguSi A I t '

Ix . X I I I . Wi ttemb . Ar t . x . xxx . Suevica , Art . xvx. v I I .

T he a dversa ries unto this tru th .

Contra ry he reunto th e Papists e rrone ously do ho ld, tha tTh e sacraments o f th e new law do confe r gra ce ex opere Conc il. T rid .

Se ss . 7. Can .

opera to8. s.

[7 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 45, no te 4,and add th e fo l low ing : I nstituit (Deus sacra

b e neplac it ee que volunta tis e rga nos D e i, c e rta conte s ta tioe ssent e t c onfirm atio , e t veritati quae h is signific a tur te s t imonium perh ib e rent .

H arm . Conf . Se c t. X I I . p . 78 . Conf . Bo h em . c ap. x r. Credimu s adjunc ta e sse ve rb os a craments. amplioris c onfirma tionis causa , n imirum u t s int g ra tiae D ei p igno ra , e tte sse rae qu ib us infirmaa e t rudi fide i nos tras sub venia tur .

—1b id. p . 8 1 . Conf. Ga l l .Ar t . xxxw . Credimus nob is ins tituis se divinae e rgano s b ene volentia , donorumque ejus c e rtissima nob is pigno ra , ad fidem nos tram

fovendam, e t sustentandam compara ta .— Ib id. p . 82 . C onf. Be lg . Art. xxxm .

sacramenta ins ti tu ta e sse , non modo u t s int no ta pro fe ssionis inte r h omine s ,sed mu l to mag is , ut s int s igna e t te s t imonia voluntatis D e i e rga nos

,p ropo s i ta ad

e xc itandam e t c onfirmandam fidem in h is qui u tuntur e is .—Ib id. p . 83. Conf . Augus t.Art. X I I I . e t euc haris tia quae apud ve te re s sa cramenti nomen non

so lum ide o c redimus ob tinu isse,quod s int invisib ilis g ra tiae visib ilia e o

e tiam qu od pe r e a Ch ris to nos c onse c ramus , e t veluti sacrame nto fide i ob s tringamus — Ib id. p . 85. Conf. Suev. Art . xvr. Fo r th e rema ining re fe rences , se e in theArti cle s , O f Baptism, and Of th e Suppe r o f the Lo rd. ][8 Si qu is dixe rit per i psa no va le g is sa cramenta e x ope re Opera to non c onfe rri

sit .—Conc il. Harduin. T om . x . c o l. 52 . C one . Trid. Se ss . VI I .

D e Sacrament. c an.

2 48 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [A RT .

Th e sacraments o f th e old and new T e stament in this dodiff er ; for tha t th e sa craments o f th e old T e stament did only

Conc iL Flon shadow f orth sa lva tion, but th e sa craments o f th e new do

Bonavent . confe r,and work sa lva tion‘, and do j ustify (no t only signify

L ib . Iv . D ist.is.

s

ign: God h is goo d w ill toward us) by rea son o f th e work done ,D ust . 1 . q . 3 . which is th e outward sa craments?

Propo s i t ion I II .

By the sa craments God do th quicken, s treng then, and confirmour f a ith in him .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Acts ii. 38 . Be baptize d eve ry one o f you in th e name o f Je sus Chr is tfor th e remiss ion o f your sins , and ye sha ll re ce ive th e gifto f th e Ho ly Gho st,

”sa ith S t Pe te r .

FPh ' V-i’i “ Chris t h e gave himse lf for th e church , tha t h e mightsanctify i t, and cle anse it by th e wa shing o f wa te r through th ewo rd

m m . x . 16. T h e cup o f ble ssing wh ich we ble ss , is i t not th e c om

munion o f th e blood o f Christ ? Th e bre ad which we break ,

is i t not th e communion o f th e body o f Chris t sa ith S t Paul .Conf . He 1v. T he same is a ffirme d by th e re forme d churche s 3 .I . A rt . X X I .

I I . cap. 10,

2 0 , 2 I . [1 N ovas leg is s e ptem sunt mu l tum a sa c ram entis diffe rnnt

ghhl

b‘

hr

l

t

iar'antiques le g is . I l la e nim non c aus ab ant g ra tiam , sed e am s o l um pe r passionem

gil

xiirrt ° C h rist i dandam e ss e figurab ant : h aec ve ro no s tra e t co ntinent g ra tiam e t ipsam

Be lg . Art. digne susc ipientib us c onfe runt .—D ec r. E ug e n. Pap. in Conc il. Flo rent . C onml.223

1

8 21 Ha rdu iu . Paris . 1 7 14. T om . I x . c o l. 437 . D . ]

Qflgus t . Ar t [

2 Sed c e rte mul to prob ab ilius e st quod Mag iste r H ugo posuit , quod c um in i l loI ,

Suevic s , c ap.o pe re ope ra to e sse t pro fe sSIo fide r fa c ta , quod ra t ione fide i CODJll l’I CtIP. e ra t In llllS

17‘ primo e t pe r il la (pe r a c c rdens tamen) ]u s t 1fic at io . Sed In ho c e s t diffe re ntia ipsorum (se . sac rame nto rum ve te ris l egis) ad no va , quod in sa c ramentis no vae legisquantum ad ope ra Ope rata e st ju stific a tio , non tantum pe r accidens

,sed e tiam per

se .—Bonave nt . Opp. Mogunt . 1 609. T om . v . I n Lib . Qua r t . Sent . D is t . 1 . Q uae st . 5.

fo l. 1 2 . Se cundo s ignum aliquod c onfe rre g ra tiam , duplic ite r

po te s t inte lligi. U no m odo e x i pso s igno se u sacramento ; ve l u t a l i i dicunt, exope re Ope I a to : itaqu e e o ipso quod Opus illud puta s ignum aut sacramentum e xh i

b e tur , nis i impedia t ob e x pe ccati m o rta lis , gratia c onfertur : s ic que prmte r e xh ib i

tionem s igni fo ris e xh ib iti non re quiritur b onus m o tus inte r io r in susc ipiente , q uo

de condigno vel de cong ruo gra tiam m e re a tur, sed su ffi c i t quod sus c ipiens non po na t

ob ic em .—Gab . B ie l . Comment. in Se nt . Brix iaz , 1574. I n Lib . Quart. D is t. I .

Quees t. 3 . p .

[3 See ab o ve , p . 150 , no te 1 , and add th e fo llow ing : Baptisma qu idem e x in

s titutione Domini e s t la vac rum regene ra tionis quam Dominus e le c tis su is v is ib i l is igno pe r e ccle s ias -H arm . C onf. Se c t . xrrr. p. 91 . C on fI I e lv. P rio r . Art . xxr. Sunt autem a c tione s a D e o ipso inst i

suas fidem no stram Spiri t uD e i in

c ordib us nos tris ope rante , rob ora t e t aug e t .—I b id. S e ct . xI I . p . 70 . Co nf. He lv.

2 50 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

T hey are damned (though they re ce ive th e sacraments)tha t will no t re ce ive them a fte r th e re ce ive d and approve dmanne r o f th e church o f Rome 1

Le ar. Dis c . T he re is no way o f salva tion but by fa ith 2 ; hereby ex

cluding infinite souls from th e kingdom o f he aven whichdepar t from this world be fore they do be lieve .

None be lie ve but such a s are baptized, say th e Papists 3as hea r th e word o f God preached, say th e puritans .

Th e sa craments give gra ce ex opere opera to, and bringfa i th ex opere opera to

4.

Th e sa crament o f baptism is cause o f th e sa lva tion of

infants”

P ropo s i t ion IV.

Christ ha th orda ined but two sa craments in his gospel.

Th e pro of f rom God’

s w o rd.

A sacrament, a ccording to th e e tymology o f th e word (asth e schoo lmen do write), is a s ign of an ho ly thing. Whichbe ing true , then have the re be en and still are , by so manyabove e ithe r two or s e ven sa craments , as the re b e and havebe en above two or se ven things , which are s igns o f sacred and

ho ly things .

But a ccording to th e nature the re o f, a sa crament is a

covenant o f God his favour to manward , confirme d by some

outward sign or se a l instituted by himse lf. Which a lso ha thb e en some time s Spe cia l ; e i the r to some men, and tha t extra

au tem e s t impedimentum ex pa rte na tura: e t pe rsonm : e t ide o e is deb e tur penae te rnalis .

— Spe c . Pe re g r. Q uans t . Prim . D e c . c ap. I I I . Qu ee s t . v . fol. 10 1 . Se e ab o ve ,p . 1 37 , no te 6 . T h e re fe rence to Jave llus th e edi to r h as b e en unab le to v e r i fy. ][1 S i quis dixe rit re c epto s e t approb a tos e cc l e s ia: c a tholie ae ri tus in s olemni

s ac ramento rum adminis tra tione adh ib e ri c onsue tos au t s ine p e cca to a m inis tris pro

l ib i to om itti, a ut in no vo s a l ios per quemc umque e c c le s ia rum pastorem mu taripo sse ; ana them a s it .—C onc il. Harduiu . To rn. x . c ol. 53. C one . Trid . Se ss . VI I . D e

Sa c ram . c an.

[2 T h e w o rk re fe rred to h e re , and a g a in b e low ,

h as no t b een found. ][3 H e re w e l e arn tha t b y th e sac ram e nt o f Baptism a ls o w e pu t on Ch ris t, wh ich

is to pu t on fa ith , h ope , ch a ri ty and a ll ch r is tian th e adve rsa rie s ’e vas ion th a t i t is fa i th w h i ch w o rke th in th e sa crame nt, and no t th e sacramenti tse l f , is p la inly fa lse : B aptism g iv ing g rac e and fa ith i tse l f to th e infant th a t h adnone b e fo re .

—Te s t . Rh em . Rh eme s , 1582 . Anno t . Gal. i i i . 2 7 . p .

[4 Our sacraments o f th e new law g ive emape re ope ra to th a t grac e and jus tice o f

fa ith w h ich h e re is commended.-I b id. Marg . A nno t . p .

[6 to w hom th e sacrament (o f b aptism) is cause o f salvation.

—I b id.

Anno t . 1 Pe t. i ii . 2 1 . p .

OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 51xxv.]

ordinarily by things na tura l some time s, a s th e tre e o f life Gen. m s .

wa s to Adam, and th e ra inbow to Noah ; and some times by Gen. ix

things supe rna tura l , a s th e smoking furna ce wa s to Abraham ,Gen xv . 17,

th e fle e ce o f wo ol to Gide on, and th e dia l to He zekiah ,

some nation, a s th e sacr ifice s,Lamb, wa s to th e Jews .

And some time s gene ra l to th e whole church mili tant, andordinary, a s in th e time o f th e gospe l. And then a sacramentis define d to b e a ceremony o rda ine d immedia te ly by Christhimse lf

,wh o by some e arthly and outward e lement do th

promise e ve rlas ting favour and f e licity to such a s with truefa ith and repentance do re ce ive th e same . And such sacraments in th e New T e stament we find only to b e baptism and

th e Lo rd’s suppe r .T his is th e j udgment a lso o f th e churche s pro te stant 6

T he errors and a dversa ries unto this tru th .

In a contrary opinion a re dive rs , and name ly,

T h e Jews and T urks ; for they deny all th e sa cramentso f th e church , as we do ho ld them.

Th e Euchite s", wh o say, tha t praye r only, and not th e

sacraments , are to b e used .

T h e Schwenkfe ldians, wh o contemn not only th e wordpre a ched , but th e sacraments a lso , a s superfluous, dependingwho lly upon reve lations .

T h e Banis terians s, wh o think the re w ill b e a time , andthat In this world , when we sha ll ne e d no sa craments .

[6 S igna , quae in e ccles ia Ch ris ti sa cramenta voc antur, duo sunt,Baptismus e t

E uc h aristia .— H arm . C onf. Se ct . X I I . p. 74. C onf . Helv . P rio r. Ar t . xx . Nov i

populi sacram enta sunt , Baptismus e t Coena Dom ini ca —I b id . p . 70 . Conf. Helv .

P o s t. c ap. X I X . In e ccle s ia usurpantur e adem sacramenta v ide l ice t Baptismus in

intro itu ad e c c le siam, e t Coena Dom ini suo tempore , & c .—Ib id. p . 77 . C onf . Basi l .

A rt. v . 2 . Agno s c imus duo tantum sa cramenta , to ti e ccles ias communia , & c .

I b id. p . 8 1 . C onf. Gall . Art . XXXV . Sunt ve ro I l la (se . s acramenta ) duo duntaxa t ,nimirum sacramentum Baptismi e t Sae rae C ocnae Domini nostri Jesu Ch ris ti .l b id. p. 8 2 . Conf. Be lg . Art . XXX I I I . Cf. I b id. p . 84. C onf . Saxon . Art. X I I . e t

p . 85. C onf. Sue v . Art . XVI . ][7 T he Me ssa l ian h e re t ics w e re so ca l led. Se e ab o ve , pp . é na or ro}?ydp

(pa a iv duflpui'rrqo T tx

frolu e

'

uqu w apa vr ixa O'

vve'

vre o-Oa t da ipo va , K a i

fro frro v e is T ris

a’

7'

0'

7ro us wpdf e t s Tra pa w e'

iu.fr o fi'r o v GE 0 57 6 frd o il

'fr e ofh h o T l. dé va '

r a t

7 779 Ill vxiis dh h a‘

[A o'

un r iis wpo a e vxfis ii é vép'

y e t a .—T he od. Opp. T om .

I V. p . 2 42 . D . H aar. Fab . Lib . I v. c ap.

[6 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy. ]

circumcis ion, and th e Pa scha l 1 ‘I sa i. xxm m .

8 .

18 .

or to .

I

l udge s v i . 37.,n s xx

Matt. xxviIi.Mark xvi16 .

Jo hn in . 5.Ac ts Ii 38 .

Luke xi 19.

Jo hn vi 53 .

1 Co r. xi. 2 -1.Co nfe ss . He lve t. I . A rt .x x . I I .

c ap. 19.

Ba sil. A rt. v .se c t. 2 .

Ga l. Art.x x x v.Be lg A rt .

xxxu r.

Saxon. A rt .

X I I .

Sue vic a , Art.XV I .

T h eodo re t .

U nfo ld. o funtruth s .

Ste lla C le ric o rum .

T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

Th e Papists , wh o publish ,

Tha t we leave out no less than six o f th e seven sacraments l

How there b e seven sa craments o f th e new T e stament?Tha t h e is a ccurse d tha t sha ll say the re b e e ithe r more

or fewe r than se ven sa craments ; or tha t any o f them is no t

ve rily and properly a sa crament ; or tha t they b e not all s eveninstituted o f Christ himse lf3.

T ha t the re are seven sacraments , whe re of two are volun

tary, and a t th e discre tion o f men to b e taken or no t, a s

matrimony and ho ly orde rs ; and five a re ne ce ssa ry, and mus tb e taken ; and o f the se five , thre e , to wit, baptism , c onfirma

tion, and o rde rs , a re but once to b e taken, be cause they imprint an inde lible characte r in th e soul o f th e re ce ivers ; and

four b e re iterable , and may often b e re ce ived , a s th e sa cramente ucharistica l , ma trimony, penance , and e xtreme unction, b e

cause a t the ir first m inistra tion they leave in th e s oul noinde lible character 4.

P r opos i t ion V .

Confirma tion is no sa crament .

T ouching confirma tion, th e s entence and judgment o f th etrue church is tha t righ tly use d , a s it wa s in th e primitivechurch , it is no sa crament ; but a part o f Christian discipline ,profitable for th e whole church o f God. For th e ancientconfirma tion was no thing e lse than an examina tion o f such a s

in the ir infancy h ad r e ce ived th e sa crament o f baptism , and

we re then, be ing o f good discre tion, able to yie ld an a ccounto f the ir be l ie f

, and to te stify w ith the ir own mouths wha t the ir

[1 T he se cond th ing, w h ich th e P ro te s tants ’ se rv ic e l e ave th o ut, is no le ss tha n

six o f the s e ven s acrame nts wh i ch th e Ca tho l ic se rv i ce o f God do th use .—H ow l e t ,[i. e . R ob e rt P e rs ons ] A Brie f D isco urse , & c . D o uay , 1580 . Re as . VI I . p . 43 . b . ]

[2 Quo t sunt s acramenta l Se ptem , qu a a Ch ris to per Apos to lo s accepta c on

servavit, a c fideliter dispensa vit h uc usqu e Ch ris t i sponsa e t co lumna verita tis E cclesia — C ams . 0 p. C a te c h . C o lon . 1 606 . Sac ram . Q u aas t . 5. p . 2 06 .

How many sacraments did C h ris t ins titu te ? Se ve n , w h ich b e e xpre ssed in th e

S criptu re , & c .—Vau x

,Ga te ch . A ntv . 1574. c ap. I v . p .

[3 S i qu is dixerit sacramenta novae le g is no n fu is se omnia a Je su Ch risto D o

m ino no s tro ins t itu ta ; au t e sse plura ve l pa uc iora quam septem : v ide l ice t, BaptIsmum , C o nfirma tionem ,

E uc h aris tiam ,Poe nitentiam

,E x tremam Unc t ionem , Ordi

nem e t Ma trim onium : au t e tiam a liqu od ho rum s eptem non e s se ve re e t pro priesacramentum ; anath ema sit. —Conc il. l-larduin . T om . X . c o l. 52 . C one . T i id.

Se ss . V I I . D e Sac ram . C an . I . ]

[4 Th e re is an e rro r in the re fe rence , b u t se e Ga te ch . C one . Trident. Rom .

1 566 . pp . 92 ,

2 54 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

o f sa lva tion ; in th e name o f th e Fa the r , &c . ; and o f th e

a ctions bo th o f a godfa the r or godmo the r a lre ady confirmed ,ho lding up th e child to th e bishop ; and o f th e bishop, firs tcro ssing h im which is to b e confirme d on th e forehead witho il

, and next striking th e party confirme d on th e e a r l .I I I . Th e m iniste r, wh o mus t b e a bishop and none in

fe riora

ministe r ?

IV. T h e e ff e ct, or e ffe cts ra the r. For by confirmationthey say , tha t

1 . Sins are pardone d and remitted .

2 . Th e gra ce o f baptism is made perfe ct.3 . Such be come men in Chris t who a fore we re children.

4 . Gra ce is given bo ldly t o confe ss th e name o f Christ,and all things be longing to a Christian man.

5. Th e Ho ly Ghost is given to th e full .6 . And pe rfe ct s trength o f th e m ind is a tta ine d 3.But in so tea ching dange rous and very damnable doctrine

do they de l ive r . For

I t is an e rro r tha t confirmation is a sacrament,be cause

i t hath no institution from God, which is ne ce ssary to all

and eve ry sacrament ; inasmuch a s a sacrament canno t b eo rda ine d but by God only, e ven as th e Papists themse lves doconfe ss “.

aNunquam c r i t Ch r is t ianu s, n is i in Confirma t ione E pis copa l i fue r i t

c onfi rma tus . D e consec ra t . D is t . 5. c . u t j ejun i .

[ l C ons ignat i l l is ( E piSCOpu s ) C ru ce frontem , quae pudo ris e st sede s , u t c on

s taute r e t intrepide nomen Dom ini c onfite antur : imping it e t alapam , u t Ch ristianam

m ilitiam invi c ta pa tientia e xe rc e ndam e t ornandam e sse s ib i pe rpe tua memoria re t ine ant .—I b id. Qua s t. V . p.[2 P rimum qu idem illud p roprie C onfirma tioni tribuitur, quod b aptismi gra tiam

pe rfic it . Q ui e nim per b aptismum Ch r is tiani e fie c ti sunt , quas i infante s modoge ni t i tene rita tem adhu c e t m ollitiem quandam h ab ent , a c de inde Ch risma tis sa cram ento , adve rsus omne s carnis mundi e t diab o l i impe tus rob us tiore s fiunt , e t

co rum animus in fide omnino c onfirma tur ad c onfite ndum e t glo rific andum nomen

Dom ini no s tri J e su C h r is ti, & c .—Ga te ch . C o ne . Tr id . R om . 1566 . p .

[8 D e e r . Gra tian. Te rt . P ars, D e C onse c r. D is t . v . c ap. 6 . in C o rp . Jur. C anon.

A ntv. 1 648 . p. 495 wh e re , nis i c onfirma tione e piscopa l i fue i it c h risma tus . ]

[4 D e inc eps V idendum e st , a quo hmc s acra e t div ina myste ria

Sed e a qu azstio dilfi c ilem e xplic a tionem h ab e re non po te st . N am c um De us sit, quih om ine s j us tos e ffic ia t ; ipsa ve ro sacramenta j us t i tiae adipisc e nda: mirific a qumdam

ins trumenta s int ; pate t unum eundemque Deum in Ch ris to j ustific a tion is e t sacramento rum au c to rem agno sc endum e sse . Prae te re a , s acramenta e a rn Vim e t e ffic ien

tiam continent , quze ad int imam animam pene tra t . C um v e ro uni us D e i po tentiaz

pro pri um s it in co rda e tmente s h ominum illab i ; e x h o c e tiam pe rspic itnr, sa crame ntaa D e o ipso per Ch ris tum ins titu ta e sse —Gate ch . Cone . Tr id. Rom . 1566 . p .

XXV.] o r T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 55

T o say tha t popish confirma tion is grounde d upon God’s

w ord is to speak foul untruths . Fo r in th e scripture the reis mention ne i the r o f th e ma tte r, tha t i t must b e chrism,

and

tha t made o f o il-o live and ba lm, and th e same conse cra te d o f

a bishop ; nor o f th e form, tha t e ithe r a bishop must s ign th eparty to b e baptized with th e s ign o f th e cro ss , or tha t agodfa the r, &c . must b e there a t ; nor o f th e m iniste r , tha t o f

ne ce ssity h e mus t b e a bishop tha t is to confirm ; nor o f th e

e ffe cts , tha t the re by s ins are pardone d and re leased , and b aptism consumma te d and made perfe ct .

I t is an e rro r to say the re is any o the r Ointment given toth e strengthening o f th e church militant bes ide s th e Ho lyGhos t

,I Joh . i i. 2 7 .

I t is an e rror to ma inta in tha t any bishop can give h eavenly gra ce s to any crea ture .

I t is an e rro r to a scribe sa lva tion unto chrism, and not

only unto Chr ist.I t savoure th o f Dona tism to measure th e dignity o f the

sa craments by th e worthine ss o f th e ministe rs .

I t is an e rror to say tha t men canno t b e perfe ct Christianswithout popish confirma tion.

I t is an e rro r tha t by confirmation th e Ho ly Ghost is givento th e full.

P ropos i t ion VI .

P enance is no sa crament .

T ouching penance th e Papists do publish four things tob e no te d, whe re of none o f them is truly grounde d upon th eword of God.

Firs t, th e matter, which they do say is partly th e a ctions Canis . Cate c h . c ap. 4 .

o f th e person peni tent, t ch are suffiment c ontri tlon o f h is Ca te c h . ?r id .

he art, perfe ct confe ss ion o f all h is s ins, and tha t in particularde Poem

w ith all th e circumstance s , a s o f time , place , &c .,and satisfa c

tion by de eds, which make th an amends for all h is o ffence s ;and partly th e absolution o f th e prie st .

Se condly, th e form, which in th e pr ie s t is th e words o f

abso lution which h e utte re th ove r th e s inne r : in th e p e rsonp enitent, i t is h is kne e ling down a t th e prie s t’s fe e t, his makingth e sign o f th e cross upon h is bre a s t, and h is saying B ene

dic ite,to h is ghostly fa the r . T h e prie s t (say they) be are th

th e pe rson of God, and is th e lawful judge ove r th e peni tent ;

2 56 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTR IN E [ART .

and may bo th abso lve from th e guilt o f sin and inflict a punishment a ccording to th e o ff ence 1

T hirdly, th e m iniste r, wh o ordinarily is th e cura te o f

e ve ry parish , but e xtra ordinarily and in th e t ime o f extremene ce ssity, o r by l icence , is any prie st . And ye t some s ins are

so gr ie vous , as none may abso lve but e i the r th e bishop o r h is

penitent iary ; a s th e crime o f ince s t,bre aking o f vows , church

robbing , here sy , a dul tery : and some aga in none remi t, or

pardon, but th e pope only or h is lega te ; a s burning o f

churche s, violent striking a prie st, counte rfe iting o f th e pope ’sbulls , &c .

Fourthly, and la st o f all, th e e ff e ct . He reby, they say ,

th e p enitent s inne r is purged , abso lve d , and made a s c le an

from all sin a s when h e wa s newly baptized, and, be side s ,enr iche d with spiritua l g ifts and gra ce s .

1

01

0

2251121

v T h e cons ide ra tion he re of hath mo ved , be s ide s th e churchBo he m i a? o f England , all o the r churche s re formed , to shew the ir de te sA ugust. A rt.m ta tion o f this new sa crament, a s having no warrant from God’sSax. A rt.

X VI . XV I I . WOI’d2 .“ f itt. A rt.

X I I I .

_

xv .

Suevic . A rt.

[1 Quando h oc sacramentum (se . P oeni tentiae) ri te ac c ipitur, e t e tfi c ac iter

ope ratur? A . Cum is qui rem issionem pe cca to rum implora t, tre s illa s p arte s s eu

a ctione s adh ib e t , c ontritionem , c on fe s sionem e t s a tis fac t ionem qum to tam h om inisad Deum c onve rsio nem , poenitentis o ffi c ium , e t renova tionem c omple c tuntur. D e

qu ib us ita Ch ryso stomus : P e rfe c ta poe nitentia cog i t pe c c a to rem omnia lib enterfe rre : in co rde ejus c ontritio , in o re confe s sio , in ope re to ta h umilitas . H anc e ssefrugife ram poenitentiam C h rysos tomus a sse rit, u t qu ibus modis De um o ff endimus ;o ff endimu s au tem co rde

,o re ac Ope re , I Isdem re c onc iliemur D e o ,

co rde qu idem pe r

c ontritionem , o re pe r c onfe ssionem , ac ope re pe r satis fa c tionem .—C anis . C a te c h .

C o lon. 1606 . p . 388 . c ap. I V. D e P oenit . Sa cr . Q uaes t . I v . Jam , quoniam nih i lfide li populo mo tins e sse deb e t, quam hujus sac ramenti mate ria ; do c endum e st, in

e o max ime h o c sa cramentum ab aliis diffe rre , quod aliorum s ac ramento rum ma te riae st re s aliqua na tural is , ve l arte e ffe c ta ; sacrament i vero poenitentiaa quas i ma te riasunt a ctus poenitentis , nempe c ontritio , confe ss io e t sa tisfa c tio , u t a TridentinaSynodo de c la ra tum e st : qui qua tenus in poenitente , ad inte grita tem sacrame nti

, e t

plenam a c perfe c tam pe ccato rum rem is sionem ex D e i ins titu tione requiruntur, h ac

ra tione parte s poenite ntiaa fo rma e tiam e xplic a tio pastorib us prae te rm it tenda non a utem fo rma , E go te ve ro r i tus e tiam qu i

ad h o c sacramentum adhib entur , fidele s quem pe cca to rumpoe nite t , is se hum ili a c dem isso animo ad pede s sa c e rdo tis sa ce rdo tea u tem qu i in c um le g i timus j ude x s ede t , Ch ris t i Dom in i pe rsonam, e t po tes tatemVene ratur.

—Ga te ch . Conc . Trid. pp . 1 64,

[2 D amnamus impr imis luc ros am pupae de poe nitentia doc trinam , &c .

—H a rm .

C onf. Se ct . V I I I . p . 1 40 . Conf. He lv . Pos t. c ap. X IV. Sunt qui sacramenta no v ipopu l i septem nume rent . E x qu ib us no s poe nite ntiam , o rdina tionem m inis tro rum

non papis tic am qu idem illam sed apos tolic am, e t m a tr imonium agno sc imus insti tutae sse D e i u ti l ia sed non sacramenta —I b id. Se ct. X I I . p . 70 . Conf . Helv . P os t . c ap . X Ix.

P rae te re a ita ins t ituuntur poenitentes , u t c uratore s animarum snarum ac c edunt , e t

Canis. Catec .

2 58 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

P ropo s i t ion VI I .

Orders is no sa crament .

T h e church o f England, and o f o the r pla ce s re formed , doa cknowledge an o rde r o f making minis ters in th e church o f

God, where all things are to b e done by o rde r. But tha torde r is a sa crament, none but disorde re d Papists w il l sayand ye t they obse rve none orde r in speaking o f th e same ;

for among themSome do make seven orders ; whe re of some they ca l l

infe rio r, and some superior : th e inferior b e th e order, first, o fporte rs , whose Office is to ke ep th e doo r, to expe l th e wicked ,and to le t in th e fa i thful ; next, exorcists, or conjure rs, whichhave power to expe l th e de vils ; thirdly ,

le ctors , o r reade rs ,wh o a re to re ad le ssons , and bo oks in th e church ; and fourthly ,

a co lyte s , or candle -beare rs, whose o ffice is to be ar crue ts to

th e a ltar with w ine and wa te r,and to carry about candle s

and tape rs 1

penance : w i th ou t wh i ch sacrament in a c t or in w il l,th ey th at h ave comm i tted

mo rt a l sin canno t b e saved .—Va ux, Ga te ch . Antv. 1574. c h . I v. p . 68 .

E tenim sic s ta tuant fide le s , oporte re c um, qui mo rtal i sc elere premitur, c onfe ss ionis sa cramento ad spiritualem v i tam revo c andum e sse : quod qu idem pu l che rrimatranslatione a Dom ino ape r te signific a tum videmus ; c um h uj us sacrament i adm inis trandi po te s tatem c lavem re gni c oe lorum appe llavit . U t enim locum aliquem

ing redi nemo po te s t s ine ejus Ope ra c ui claves comm issa sunt , sic intellig imus

neminem in coe lum admitti, nis i fo re s a sac e rdo tib us qu o rum fide i c lave s Dom inustradidit, ape riantur .

— Ca te c h . Conc il. Tr ide nt. Rom . 1 566 . p . 1 75.

Among all th e s ins aga ins t th e H o ly Gh ost (wh i ch are commonly re ckoneds ix) one only sh a l l ne ve r b e fo rg iven, th a t is dying w i th o u t repentance w i l fully,ca l led fina l impeni tence . Wh i ch sin h e comm i tte th th a t die th w i th c ontempt o fth e Sacrament o f Penance , ob s tina te ly re fus ing ab so lution b y th e church ’

s m inis try .

Rh em . Ann. Mat t . x ii . 31 . T he ca th o l i c re l ig ion te ach e th confe ss ion to a

prie s t o f all de adly s ins w h i ch w e c an rememb e r, unde r pa in o f damna tion,& c .

Hil l ’s Q uartron o f Re asons . R e ason 1 3. p . 65.

T h e edi to r has b e en unab le to find in th e Me thodus Confe ssionis any asse rtioncorresponding to th e s ta tement made in th e te xt . ][1 Quo t gradus in se c ontine t h o c sa cramentum ( sc . ordinis)? A . Gene ra tim

qu idem m ino re s o rdine s , majoresqu e c ontine t : m ino re s sc i l i ce t qua tuo r, Ostiarior um,

L e c to rum ,E xorc is tarum , e t Ac olyto rum : m ajo res ve ro tre s , nempe Sub dia c onorum ,

D ia c ono rum a c Pre sb y te ro rum .— Canis . Ga te ch . p . 388 . c ap. I v.D e Ordinis Sa cr.

Q uaast . iv . An a ccount o f th e di ffe re nt o rde rs , and th e ir o fl‘ic e s , is g iven in th e

Tes timonia subjo ined to th is Quae s t io .

”T h e fo l low ing a re th e pass ag e s wh i ch

se em to b e re fe rred to in th e te x t . Ost ia r ii sunt qu i in ve te ri te stamento janitorestempl i vo c ab antur , & c .

—Hi denique inte r sanc tum e t iniquum dis c e rnentes , e os

tantum in e ccle s ia qui sunt fide le s re c ipiunt . - Hab ent e nim in po testa te tam b onosre cipiendi quam rej ic iendi indigno s ( I s ido r. HiSpalen . de Off . E ccl . Lib . I I . c ap.

E xo rc ism . I nvocant supe r c a te ch umeno s , ve l supe r e o s qu i h ab ent spiritum im

mundum , nomen Domini J e su, adjurante s per c um u t e grediatur ab e is (Rab an.

x xv] OF'

T II E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 59

Th e super io r is th e orde r o f sub-de a cons, deacons , and o f

prie sts . Th e sub -dea cons are to re ad th e epistle a t service - time ,to prepare ne ce ssarie s for ministra tion, and to assis t th e prie s tin ministra tion. T h e dea con’

s duty is to re ad th e gospe l , anda lso to a ssist th e prie s t in ministra tion. Th e pr ie s t h is partand office is, to ministe r sacraments , tha t is to say, baptism,

p enance , th e Eucharist, and to sa crifice for th e quick and th e

de ad , ano inting o f th e s ick , and ma trimony .

Othe rs , numbe ring th e se ven sacraments , do quite ove rpa ssin s ilence th e sa crament o f orde r , and in pla ce the re o f mentionth e sa crament of prie sthood , a s Vaux 2 ; o f bishopdom ,

as Hughth e cardina l 3 ; o f archbish opdom , a s W. Pa r is 3.

T hese seven o rde rs , say some papists, as Lombard“, are Lib . Iv . Dist.s even sa craments ; which , adde d to th e o the r six, make thir te ensa craments ; and are from Christ and h is apo stle s’ time 5, ye a ,we re institute d e ven by Christ himse lf6Which the ir a ssertions are bes ide s th e word o f God. For

in th e ho ly ScriptureWhere c an i t b e se en, tha t e ithe r orde rs, a s some , c an

make one , or seven sa craments ; or prie sthood , a s o thersthink , is a sa crament ? Wha t e lement hath it ? wha t form ?wha t promise ? wha t institution from Christ ?Where c an any o f those hide ous t itle s o f porte r, exorcists ,

&c b e found a scribe d to any ministe r o f th e New T e s tament ?o r th e manne r o f the ir crea tion, or office s e stablishedM aur . de I ns t . C le r i c . ‘

Lib . I . c . Sunt L e c to res qui ve rb um D e i pra dic ant,

qu ib us dic itur , C lama , ne ce sse s , & c . ( Id. c ap. A c oly tu s quumac c ipia t c ero ferarium c um ce re o, ut s c iat se ad a c c ende nda e ccle s iae l um inariam anc ipari. A c c ipiat e t urc e olum vacuum , ad sugg e rendum v inum in eu c h aris tiam

sang u in is Ch rist i . ][2 Th is seems to b e an e rro r. Vaux says : T he Sacraments b e th ese : Baptism,

C onfirmation, P enance , th e Sacrament o f th e A l tar, E x treme U nc tion, Orde r, and

I arriag e .—Ga te ch . Antv. 1 574.

(p .[3 Th ese s ta tements the edi tor has b e en unab le to ve r ify . ][4 S i au tem qumritur, qu id sit quod h ic vo c atur o rdo : sane di c i pote s t s igna

c o lum e sse , id e st sacrum quoddam , dic untur h i o rdine s sa cramenta , qu iain e o rum perc eptione res sa cra, id e st grat ia c onfe rtur, quam figurant e a , qua ib i

ge runtur.—Lomb ard. Sentent . Col. Agrip. 1576 . Lib . I V. D ist. 2 4 . p .[5 A l l th e se ven o rde rs ancient , e ven from Ch ris t and th e apos tle s’ time —Te s t.

Rh em . Rh emes , 1 582 . Marg . Anno t. p .[6 D o th is. In th e se w o rds th e h o ly sacrament o f Orde r is insti tu ted, b e cause

pow e r and comm iss ion to do th e pr incipa l w o rk o f prie s tho od is g iven to th e

apos tles : th at is to do th a t wh ich Ch r is t th en did conce rning h is b ody : wh i ch w as

to make and o ff e r h is b ody as a sacrifice fo r us,and for all th a t h ave ne ed o f

sa crifice , and to g ive i t to b e e a ten as Ch rist ’s b ody sacr ificed to all fa i th ful.—Ib id.

p . 1 04. Anno t . Luk. xxi i .1 7— 2

2 4. c ap. 1 .

T est. Rh em .Anno t.Marg . p. 572 .

I b id. A nno t.Luke xxii.19.

Heb . xlil. 4.

2 60 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Some Papists themse lve s do wr ite 1 tha t all infe rio r orde rsare no t grounded upon Scripture , but some o f them come bytradition. And Pe te r Lombard 2 sa ith pla inly, tha t five o f th e

seven orde rs ne ither c an b e re ad in th e word o f God, nor ye t

were heard o f in th e pr imitive church .

Whe re is i t appo inte d to th e ministe rs o f th e New T e stament only to ministe r sacraments ? or to ministe r more thantwo , viz . baptism, and th e Lord’s suppe r ‘2

By wha t one place o f Scripture have prie sts authority too ffe r sa crifice , and tha t for th e quick and th e dead a lsoWhere , w ithout extreme blasphemy, c an they shew tha t

our Saviour 3 Chris t wa s a porte r, an exorcist, an a co lyte ,&c . , and not a lways in h is church a king

,a prophe t, and a

prie st

Proposit ion V I I I .M a tr imony is no sa crament .

Ma trimony is a sta te o f l ife ho ly and honourable amongall men. Howbe it to say tha t th e same is a sacrament ins tituted, and tha t by Christ, a s th e Papis ts 4 do , we canno t b einduced, and tha t for dive rs rea sons.

For marriage , o r th e wedde d s ta te , was neve r commandedby God to b e taken for a sacrament .

A ga in, i t ha th ne ithe r outward e lement, nor pre scribedform, nor promis e o f sa lva tion, a s a sacrament should, and

baptism and th e Lord’s supper have .

[ I M inore s o rdine s e x apo stol ica traditio ne fuisse teste s sunt I gnat ius , D ionys ius ,C lemens, e t Ana cle tus .—Majo ran. Scu tum Fid. A ntve rp. 1589. Lib . 1 . c ap. 9.

p .[2 E cce de septem e ccle s ia; gradibus b i evite r e lo c u ti, qu id ad quenquam pe r

tinent insinuavimus , c umque omnes spirituale s s int e t sa cri , exc ellente r tamen

canone s duos tantum s acros o rdine s appellari c ensent. D ia c onatus s cil i ce t e t pre sb yte ra tus , qu ia h os so los p rimi ti va e cc le s ia leg itur h ab uisse , e t de h is so l is pra c eptuma pos to l i h ab emus .

—Lomb ard. Sent. C ol. A g rip. 1576. Lib . I V. D is t . 2 4. p . 395 ][3 Sav io u r , om i tted in[4 Th is is a g rea t Sa c rament. Marriage a g re a t sacrament o f Ch ris t and h is

ch urch prefigured in th e firs t pa re nts , & c .—Te s t. Rh em . A nn . E ph es . v . 32 .

Ma tr imony , w h ich is a s ign o f th e conjunction o f C h rist and th e chu rch h is spo us eis a sac rame nt , &c .—Va ux , Ga te ch . c h . I v . Of th e Se v en Sacraments , p . 85.

Q ua ra tione ma trimonium e s t sacrame ntum "

! A . Qua te nus e a c onjunc tio , quasinte r vii um e t uxo rem arc tis sima inte rc edit , c o ngruum e t sac rum es t s ignum div imi tus institutum , quo C h ris ti sponsl e t e c c le sue spouses c onjunc tio sanc tis s ima

firmiss imaque de signatur.—Canis . Ga te ch . p . 413. c ap. IV. D e Ma trim. Sacr.Quee s t . I I .

Fo r th e re fe rence to Conc il. Trid. s ee ab o ve , p . 2 52 , no te

2 62 T H E CATHOLIC D OCTR IN E [A RT .

D . Augu st. Tha t any man or woman should twice marry, th e husba ndde 11 a re s .

51333313333» or wife be ing de ad ; o f this m ind were th e Ca th arans‘, Ori

de Monog.

gen2

, and T e rtullian3.T es t. Rh em . Tha t some kind o f pe rsons should e ve r ma rry ; as name lyAnno t.. o u o oI T im . i ii 2 . those which have taken ho ly orde rs “

, or b e o f sp iritua l a kinEizirili

e

xiii. dre d5 ; the se e rrors th e Papists do ho ld .

Lastly, tha t any pe rson should b e marrie d but by popishprie sts ; thinking all those men and women no t lawfully marr ied, which a re couple d toge ther by prote stant ministers : and

Surplic a tion the re fore have new-marrie d such pe rsons . So did th e Papistso f th e Pr. o f

bo th in th e Low Countr ie s “, and in France 7Ca lvin. E pis t.

3P e t rus L omb a rd, Lib . IV. D is t. 42 . By Spi r i tua l k indred, wh i ch

Franc e' is b e twe en th e pa r ty th a t is b apt iz ed, o r confi rm ed, and h is g odfa th e rsand godmo th e rs, and a lso b e twe en th e godfa th e r o r godmo th e r ,and th e pa re nts o f th e ch i ld so b apt i z ed, or confi rmed, ma t r imony

may no t b e e i th e r c ont ra c ted, or cont inu ed— Cams . Ga te ch . c ap. 4 .

th arans ) ¢po v0 5cn 7 1'p T e T OG y aipo v K a i frdiu 5&t 7rpa y,rdr wv.

—E piph an.

T om . I . p . Adv. Ha r . Lib . I I . T om. I . ]

[1 nuptias non admittunt .—Augus t . Opp. Paris . 1836 - 8 . Torn. V I I I

c ol. 45. D . c ap.

[2 Nunc ve ro e t se cunda , e t te rtia , e t qua rta nuptia , u t de pluribus tac e am,

reperiuntur, e t non igno ramus quod ta le conj ug ium ej ic ie t no s de regno D e i. Sic u t

e nim ab e c c le sias tic is dignita tibus non so lum fornic a t io , sed e t nuptia

sic forsitan e t de c oe tu prim itivo rum imm a c ula to rumqu e e ccle si a , qua non h ab e tmacu lam , nequ e rug am : ej ic ie tur digamus , & c .

—Orig . Opp. Par. 1 740 . T om. 1 1 1 .

p . 953. I n Luc am , Hom . x v i i . ][3 Ha re tic i nuptias au fe runt, P sych ic i inge runt. l lli ne c seme l , is ti non sem e l

ma trimonium no vimus,s ic u t unum Deum .—T e rtull. Opp. Lute t .

1 634. p . 673. D e M onogam . c ap. I . ]

[4 T h e apostle th en b y th is place w e now tre at o f ne i th e r commande th , nor coun

se lle th , nor w ish e th ; nor w o uld h ave b ish ops or prie sts to marry , o r such only to

b e re ce ived as h ave b e en married : b u t th a t su ch an one as h a th b e en ma rr ied ( so i tw e re bu t once , and th at to a v irg in) may b e made b ish op or pries t. -Te s t. Rh em.

Rh eme s , 1 582 . A nn. 1 T im . i i i . 2 . p .

[5 Jam de spiri tua l i c ogna tione addamu s , qua e tiam pe rsonas impedit , u t non

s int le g itima ad inu endas proximitas e st inte r c ompa trem e t

c omma trem : e t inte r e o s qu o rum unus a l te rum de sa cro fonte le vavit ve l in c ate c h i

z at ione au t c onfirma tione tenui t. E st e tiam inte r filio s e j usdem h om inis carnale s e tspirituale s .—Lomb ard. Sent . C o l. Agrip . 1576 . Lib . I v . D is t. 42 . p . 43. Th e reseems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe renc e to Canisius . ]

[6 T h e re fe rence h as no t b e en fo und. ]

[7 e c c le sia rum m a trimonia irri ta h ab e antur, e t e x I Is progna ti ma re s

vel foemina inte r spurios nume rentur . Qu id amplius? u t quos b aptiz a vimus , a l ie ni

ab e ccle s ia c enseantur.—C a l vin. Opp. Ams telod. 1 669 T om . V I I I . P ars 2 .

p. 166 . E pis t . Be z a Calv ino . See a lso ab ove , p . 2 36 , no te

xxv . ] OF ' TH E CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 63

Propo s i t ion IX .

E xtreme a uc tion is no sa crament .

Th e Papists do take anoiling o f th e s ick (which they ca l lextreme unction) for a sa crament s : whe re of (as they wr ite)

T h e matte r is oil ha llowed by a bishop, wherewith th e

s ick person is anoiled upon th e eye s, e ars , mouth, nose , hands,and fe e t9.

T h e form is th e words which th e prie s t speake th , whenh e do th ano int th e s ick pe rson in th e fore sa id pla ce s , saying ,

By this o il God forgive the e thy s ins wh ich thou hast c ommitted by thine eye s , nose , e a rs , and mouth , by thine hands , andby thy fe e t : all th e ange ls, archange ls, pa tria rchs, prophe ts ,a postle s , e vange l ists, martyrs, confessors, virgins, widows, infauts , hea l th e e ‘o.”

T h e ministe r there of usua lly is a pr ie st, but may b e anyo the r Christian“ .

[9 Quod au tem e x trema unc tioni propria sacramenti ra t io c onveniat, in p rim is

e xplanandum e st . 1 d ve ro pe rspieuum fie t , si ve rb a qu ib us sanctus Ja c ob us apo

s tolus hujus sacramenti le gem promulgavit, a t tendamus . Infirma tur qu is in vob is ”

!

inquit : I nduc a t pre sbyteros e cc le s ia , e t o rent supe r c um , ung entes eum o leo innom ine D om ini, e t o ra tio fide i salvab it infirmum, e t alle viab it c um Dom inus : e t siin pe c c atis sit , remittentur e i. Nam quod pe cca ta c ondonari Apostolus a ffi rma t , in

e o de c larat sacramenti vim e t na tu ram .—Gate ch . C onc . Tr id. Rom . 1 566 . p . 1 89.

D e E x trema U nc tionis Sa cramento . ][9 Bjus ig itur e lementum s ive ma te r ia , quemadmodum concil ia, ac pra c ipue

Trident inum de c re vit, e st o leum ab epis copo c onse c ratum , l iquo r s c il ice t non e x

quavis pingu i e t crassa na tu ra , sed ex ole arum b ac c is tantummodo e xpre ssus .—1 b id.

p . 190 . N on sunt au tem omne s co rpo r is par tes ungenda , sed e a tantum ,quas

velu ti sensuum instrumenta na tura b om ini attrib uit , o cul i p ropte r v is ionem , a ure sp ropte r auditum, nares p ropte r odo ra tum, o s propte r gus tum vel sermonem ,

ni anus

pro pte r quoniam in co rpo ris mo rb is , quamvis unive rsum co rpus m a leafi

'

e c tum sit, tamem i l l i tantum part i c ura tio adhib e tur, a qua , tanquam a fonte e t

o rig ine , m o rbus mana t ; ic c irc o non to tum co rpus , s ed e a m emb ra , in quibus po tiss imum s entiendi v is emine t, rene s e t iam , veluti voluptatis e t lib idinis sede s un

guntur ; tum pedes qui nob is ing ressus, e t ad lo cum movendi principium sunt .I b id. pp . 192 ,[1 0 Fo rma ve ro sacrament i e st ve rb um , e t solemnis i lla pi 'e c atio , quam sace rdo s

ad singulas unc tiones adh ib e t, c um inquit P e r istam sanc tam unc tionem indulge a t

t ib i Deus , qu idquid o c ulorum , s ive narium , s ive tac tus vitio deliquisti.— I b id. p .[n T h e au th o r seems h e re to b e mis taken. T h e Ca te ch ism a l low s none

b ut priests to administe r th e r i te . I am ve ro , qu is e xtrema unc tionis m inis te rsit , ab e odem aposto lo , qui Domini le gem promulgavit, didic imus : inquit enimI nduc at pre sb ytero s, quo nom ine non e os s ignific at, qui a ta te pro ve c tiore s sunt,qu em admodum sapienter Tridentina Syno dus e xposuit , aut qu i in populo princ ipemlocum ob tinent, sed sace rdo te s , qui ab ipsis episc opis per mannum impositionem

r ite o rdina ti sunt . Sa ce rdot i ig itur hujus sacrament i adminis tratio comm issa e st .Ga te ch . Cone . Trid. p .

Matt xxviii.Mark xvi. 1 6 .

Ma tt . xxvi.2 6, 2 7.

1 Co r. x . 16.

2 64 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

T h e e ffe ct o f anoiling is to purge and put away venia ls ins , committed by misspending o f our sense s ; as a lso s insforgo tten‘.

In this antichristian doctrine many e rrors b e conta ined .

In re spect o f th e matte r, th e Papists make o f grea syma tte r a spiritua l o intment ; wherea s the re is none o intmentspiritua l but th e Ho ly Ghos t .

In re spe ct o f th e form, th e only propitia tor and media to rbe twe en God and man

, Christ Je sus , is blasphemed , and th e

meri t and powe r o f h is de a th a scribed unto gre a sy oil. Be

s ide s , Christ is no t a cknow ledge d for th e only Saviour o f

mankind , and phys ician o f our souls ; but o the r physicians b eca lle d upon be side s h im .

In re spe ct o f th e ministe r , they ho ld h ow any man ha thpowe r to forg ive s ins ; which be longe th unto God a lone : also ,tha t o the r men, ye a women

"

(and not th e m inis te rs o f th e

wo rd only) may b e m iniste rs o f th e sacraments .

In re spe ct of th e e ff e ct, th ey teach us (which is utterlyuntrue) tha t ne i the r all s ins b e morta l , nor tha t Chris tha th cleansed such a s b e h is from all the ir s ins by h is

pre cious blood .

P ropo s i t ion X .

T he sa craments a re no t to be a bused, bu t r igh tly to be used

of a s a ll.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd .

In th e word o f God th e right use o f th e sa craments , andth e e nds o f th e ir institution, are e vidently se t down. For,

Conce rning baptism, Christ h e sa ith , “ T e ach all na tions ,baptizing them , 850 . He tha t sha ll be lie ve , and b e baptize d,shal l b e saved .

T ouching th e Lord h is supp er , sa ith our Saviour, o f th ebre ad , T ake , e a t,” & c . , and o f th e cup, D rink ye all o f it ;

and Sa int Paul , “ T h e cup o f ble ss ing which w e ble ss , is i tno t th e communion o f th e b lo od o f Christ ? T he bread whichwe break , is it not th e communion o f th e body of Christ?

[1 D o c eb unt ig i tur pasto re s h o c sacramento gratiam trib u i, qua pe cca ta , e t in

primis qu idem levio ra , c t u t communi nomine appellautur, ve nialia , remittit .— I b id.

p .

Cypr. Vale ra , O f th eP ope , & c .

p. 55.

D . Hum f red.

in s ita Jue li i,8 1 .

Mo r ison,

d e D eprav.

Re Orig .

p. 2 4.

Ph ilas trius.

T e rtul. c o rit ra Ma rc ion.

L ib . I v .

D . Cyprian.

ad .l uh a Ian.

Se e A rt .

x x i i i . prop.

Co rie . Carth ag . 3. Can.

6 .

66 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Or do abuse - them . So abuse d is baptism by them wh o

baptize things w ithout reason, ye a some time s w ithout life , or

s ense so have th e Papists bapti ze d both be lls and babe ls a s

th e gre a t be l l o f S t John de La te ran, a t Rome , by pope Johnth e Fourte enth , wh o named it John, a fte r h is own name ‘, and

th e gre a t h ell o f Christchurch , in Oxford, which Dr T re sham ,

th e Vice -chance llo r, name d Maryz; babe ls, a s th e duke o f Alva ’

s

chie f standa rd , which h e used in th e Low Countrie s , wa s

baptized by Pius Quintus, an. 1 568, and ca lle d Margare tby th e sa id pope s : and so th e Ca taphrygians baptize d th e

de ad bodie s o f men4

Aga in, baptism was abused by th e Marcionite s , when theybaptiz ed th e l iving for th e dead 5, a lso by th e No va tians s '

and

Papists , when they rebapti ze d infants a fore baptized, a s theyterme d them, by he re tics".

And so abused wa s th e Lord ’s Supper by certa in here tics ,condemned in a council a t Carthage s, whose manne r wa s to

coe leb s , n is i divortio b aptisma me rca ta .—T e rtull. Opp. Lu te t . 1 634. p. 451 . D.

Adv . Marcion. Lib . I . 2 9. S i omnino ne g as perm itti divo rtium a Ch ris to , quomodotu nuptias dirimis l ne c c onjungens marem e t feminam ,

ne c a l ib i c onjunc to s ad

sa cramentum b aptismatis e t e uc haris tia admit tens , &c .—I b id. p . 538 . B . Adv.

Marc. Lib . I v . 32 . C f. supra , p .[1 He ( John XIV. ) i t w as th at b aptiz ed th e gre at h e l l o f St John de Late ran,

and g ave i t h is name .—Cyp. Va le ra , Two Tre a tises , & c . Trans]. Lond. 1600. Of

th e L ive s o f th e Pope s , p .

[2 D um ve ro h o c scr ip tum le g i t D . T re sh amo pro c anc ellario , animus il l ins u t

de le c tari videb a tur c um re c itantem a ttendi t, ita vagari c oepit c um magnam no lama dis Ch r is ti sonan tem audivit, quam il le u t ad m issam clare voc are t, ante pauc o sd ie s reparatam novo nom ine donavit, e t Ma riam b aptiz avit.—Hum fred. Vi ta Ju ell.Lond. 1573. pp . 80, I . ]

[3

anno 1568 P apa b aptiz a t ve x illum I talorum e t H ispanorum , qui re g iHispaniarum militab ant in Flandria , vo c avitqu e Marg are tam , qua po s te a u t fe rtur

Vic it in a c ie diab olum c ollatis signis , &c .—More sin. Papatus, seu D eprav . Re l ig .

Orig . E dinb urg . 1594. pp. 2 3,[4 Hi (Ca taph ryg es ) mortuos b aptiz ant.

—Ph ilastr. Lib . de Ha r. in Bib lio th .

Patr. P a ris . 162 4 . T om . I v. c o l.

[5 I t do e s no t appea r th a t Te rtull ian speaks o f b aptism fo r the dead as a practice

adopted b y th e Marcioni te s . He tw i ce a l ludes to th e passag e in th e firs t E pis tleto th e Co rinth ians, wh e re b aptism for th e de ad is m e ntioned . I n the tra ct D e

R e surre ct . Carnis, h e tre a ts i t a s a cus tom o f ce rta in h e re tics in the t ime o f th e

a pos tle : b ut in h is w ork aga ins t Ma rcion,h e employs i t in arg um ent ag a ins t

Marc ion’

s denia l o f th e resurre ction o f th e flesh —T e rtull. Opp. Lu te t. 1634. p . 594.

Adv. Marc . Lib . V . c ap.

[6 Ne c no s m o ve t, fra te r cariss ime , qu od in lite ris tu i s comple xus e s ; No va

tianense s reb aptiz are eos , quos a nob is sol l ic itant .— Cypr. Opp. Oxon. 1682 . E pis t . 73.

p.[7 Se e ab ove , p . 2 36, no te s 2 ,[8 I tem plac uit u t c orporib us de func torum euc haris tia non de tur. —C onc il.

I larduin . Paris . 1 7 15. T om . I . CO] . 961 . Gone . Carthag . i i i . c ap.

xxv .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 2 67

thrust th e sa crament into th e mouths of dead men ; and is byA rtic le s o fth e pea c e b e

th e Papists , whose guise is to use i t magica l ly, a s a sa lve twe e" Spamand E ngland,

aga inst bodily s ickne ss and a dve rsity ; a lso to carry th e sameabout pompous ly and superstitiously in th e open stre e ts, to

8

b e adore d of th e beho lders . digTfiifiiin

o rBaptism , th eLo rd

s Suppe r : a lso

P ropos i tion X I .Artic leXXV”I.prop. 5.

A ll wh ich rece ive the sa c r aments r ecewe no t ther ewi tha l the th ings

signified by the sa craments .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

We read in th e ho ly Scripture , tha tSome persons do re ce ive th e sacraments, and th e things

s ignifie d by th e sa craments, which are th e remiss ion o f s ins ,and o the r spiritua l gra ce s from God : and so re ce ive d wa s th esa crament o f baptism o f Corne lius ; and th e Lord ’s suppe r, Ac ts x. 47

Ma tt. xxvi .o f th e good disciple s, and th e godly Cor inthians .

2 6 . & c .

l COr. xi. 2 2 .

Some aga in re ce ive th e sa craments,but not th e things by

them s ignifie d : so re ce ived wa s baptism of S imon Magus,and th e Lord ’

s Suppe r o f Juda s ; and so re ce ive th e a the ists,l ibertine s, and impenitent pe rsons.

And s ome re ce ive no t th e sacraments a t all, and ye t are fulfixxiii.

partake rs o f th e things by th e sa craments signifie d : such a

communicant was th e thief upon th e cross .

T his make th us to conce ive we l l bo th o f those men and

women, which would, and ye t canno t, communica te in th e

public and chris tian a ssemblie s, and o f th e children o f

christian parents, which depart this world unbaptized .

Furthe rmore , i t is apparent h owSa lva tion is promise d to such a s are baptized ; ye t no t Mark xvi. 1 6.

s imply in re spe ct of the ir baptism, but if they do be lieve .

Aga in, St Paul sa ith, Whosoeve r sha ll e a t th e bre ad, or 1 Cor. xi. 2 7.

dr ink th e cup o f th e Lord unworthily, sha ll b e guilty o f th e

body and blood o f Christ .”And this th e pure r churche s e ve rywhere do a cknowledge 9. Conf .Hc lv. I .

A rt . x x . {in

I I . c ap. 19, 2 1 . Basil. A rt. v. V I . Boh em . c ap. 1 1 , 13. Ga l. A rt . xxxw . xxxv 1 . xxxv rr. Be lg . A rt . xxxi i i .x xxv . August. A rt . i i i . X I I I . Saxon. A rt . XI I I . xi v . Wi ttemb . c ap. 1 0 . Sue VI ca , c ap. 17 .

[9 In b ap tismo enim aqua s ignum e s t, ac re s ipsa re gene ratio , adoptioque in

popu lum D e i. In eu ch aristia panis e t v inum s igna sunt . R e s au tem , c ommu

nic atio co rpo ris Ch r is ti, parta sa lus , e t pe cca to rum remissio . Q ua qu idem pe rc ipiuntur fide , quemadmodum s igna o re co rpo re o . E t in i psa re to tus f ructuss ac ramentorum e st . -H arm . Conf. Se ct . X I I . p . 74. C onf. Helv. P rior. Art. x x .

Ne que ve ro approb amus istorum quo que do c trinam, qui do cen t gra tiam e t res

2 68 T H E CATHOLIC Do c INE [ART .

T he adversa r ies unto this truth .

T h e Papists there fore b e in a wrong opinion,which de live r

Th e sacraments are no t only seals, but a lso cause s o f

gra ce ‘; and

Th e sa craments do give gra ce , e ven be cause they b e

de livere d, and re ce ived, av Opere opera to?

ARTICLE XXVI .

Of th e unworthine ss o f th e ministe rs , which hinders no tth e e ff e ct o f th e sacraments .

A lth ough in th e visible Chur ch th e evil be ever ming led

with th e good, a nd some times th e evil h a ve ch ief a u th or ity in

th e m inis tra tion of th e Word a nd Sa c raments : yet f ora smu cha s th ey do no t th e s ame in th eir own name , bu t in Ch r is t

s ,

a nd do minis ter by h is c ommiss ion a nd a u th ority, (1 ) w emay use th eir minis try, bo th in h ea ring th e Wo rd of God ,

a nd in th e rec eiving th e S a c raments . N eith er is th e efiec tof Ch ris t

s ordina nce ta ken a way by th eir w ickedness , nor

th e gra c e of God’

s gif ts diminish ed f rom suc h , a s by f a ith ,a nd r igh tly, do r e ce ive th e s a craments m inis tered unto th em

w h ic h a re efiec tua l, bec a use of Chris t’

s ins titu tion a nd

promis e, a lth ough th ey be m inis tred by evil men.

signific atas signis ita alligari e t includi u t quic unque signis e xte rius parti c ipent,e tiam inte rnis gra t ia reb usque signific a tis participent , quales quale s i l l i s int . —1 b id.

p . 73 . Conf . He lv. Po st . c ap. XIX. D o e e tur e t h o c , sa cramenta a se ve l e x se se ,

e x ope re ope ra to, se u e xte rna a c tione so la , id e s t, nuda c ommunic a tione a tque

perc eptione au t usu sui, nemini qui ante a non sit intus a Spiri tu Sanc to vivific a

tus , gra tiam ne que j ustific antem au t vivific antem fidem c onfe rre .

l b id. p . 79. Conf. Boh em . c ap. xi . Sunt enim sa cramenta s igna ac symb o l e v is ib i l ia re rum inte rnarum e t invis ib ilium , pe r qua , c e u pe r media De us i pse virtu teSpiri tus Sancti in nob is ag i t .— Ib id. p . 82 . C o nf. Be lg . Art . xxx i i i . D amnantig itur Ph arisa ic am Opinionem, qua ob ruit do c trinam de fide , ne c do c e t fidem in

usu s ac ramento rum re qu iri, qu a c reda t propte r C hristum nob is g ra tiam dari , sed

fingit h om ine s j us to s e sse propte r usum sac ramentorum ex ope re ope ra to , e t qu idems ine b ono mo tu u tentium - I b id. p . 83 . C onf. Aug . A rt. x i i i . For th e o th e rre fe rences , se e b e low , Ar t. X XV I I . Prop . 2 . and Art. xx v i i i . P ropp . 2 ,

[l T h e w a te r b e aring up th e ark from s inking ,

and th e pe rsons in i t fromdrowning, w as a figure o f b aptism , th a t l ikew ise save th th e w o rth y re ce ive rs frome ve rlas ting perish ing , &c .

—Te st . Rh em . Rheme s , 1582 . Ann. 1 Pe t. ii i . 2 1 . p .

[ 2 sacraments g ive gra ce er ope re opera to , th a t is, b y the f o rce and v irtueof th e wo rk and wo rd done and sa id in th e sacrament - I b id. Marg . Anno t . p .

1 Co r. iii. 7.

D . Augu st.in Psa l. x .

(51 xxx il .l dem c ontra.Fe t il. L ib . I .

c . 4 .

Magd . E c c le s.-I 1s t . Ce nt.1 2 c ap. 5,f o l. 844.

D . Cyprian.

E pist. Lib . I .

l . ad Mag .

E p 6l b i11

.

E pist. 4.

2 70 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [A RT .

Ne ithe r is h e (whosoeve r) tha t plante th any thing, ne ithe rh e tha t wa tere th ; but God tha t g ive th th e incre ase , sa ithS t Paul . And a sign o f a good spirit is it to regard no t s o

much wh o speake th or ministe re th, a s wha t is uttered and

o ff e re d from God.

E r rors and adversa r ies to this tru th .

Th e due conside ra tion o f th e premise s will bo th se ttle us

th e more firmly in th e truth , and make us th e more care fullyto abhor all adve rsarie s the re of ; a s in old time we re th e

D ona tists and th e Pe tilians , wh o taught tha t th e sa cramentsa re ho ly when they b e administere d by holy men, but note lse ‘: a lso th e Apo stolic s , or Henric ians, wh o h ad a fancy tha th e was no bishop which was a wicke d man2 .

Among th e fa the rs a lso , Cypr1an and Origen were not soundin this po int. For Cyprian publish e d, tha t no m inister couldrightly baptize wh o was not himse lf endue d w ith th e HolyGhost 3 ; h e furthe r de l ivered, tha t whoso eve r do communica tew ith a wicked ministe r do sin4

Origen he ld, tha t in va in did any ministe r e ithe r bind or

loose wh o was‘himse lf bound wi th th e cha ins o f sin and

wickedne ss 5.ma l i e t hypo c ritae , qui tamen so c ie tatem h ab ent e xte rnorum signorum c um e ccle sia,l i ce t u ti s ac ramentis , quae perm alos administrantur, &c .

— I b id. p . 83 . C o nf . Augus t.Art . VI I I . D ona tistas improb amus, qui finxe runt m iniste rium e o rum qui non suntsancti, non e sse e flic ax .

— 1 b id. Se ct . x . p . 2 4. C onf. Saxon. Ar t. x 1 . N e qu e tame a

e ousque c uj usquam (m inis tr i ) v i ta c ulpanda e s t , u t prOpte re a qui C h ristianu s e st

re e use t a udire , si quis fo rtasse e cath edra M o s is au t Ch risti (h o e e s t ve l ex D e i le ge ,ve l e x sacro e vange l io ) a l iqu id qu od ad aedific a tionem inse rvire possit , pro fe ra t .

I b id. Se ct . 11 1 . p . 64. Conf . Sue v . Ar t . mm. T h e o th e r re fe rence s are e i th e r e rrone ons , or me re ly infe rentia l . ][1 Non enim c onfidunt in Dom ino qui tune e sse dic ant sancta sacramenta s i pe r

s anc to s h om ine s dantur .—A 11gus t. Opp. P a ris . 1836—8 . T om . I v. c o l. 87 . B . E narr.

in Psa lm . x . 5. I d enim agunt is ti , u t o rig o , radix e t capu t b aptiz ati non nis i illes it a quo b aptiz atur , &c .

— I b id. T om . Ix. c ol. 344 . B . Cont . Li tt . Fe ti l . Lib . 1 .

c ap.

[2 E piSCOpum e sse non posse , qui pe c c ator sit . -Magdeb urg . E ccl . H is t. Bas il.

1 560 , & c . C ent . x 1 1 . c . 5. fo l.

[3 I n h o e ipso a nob is tenen tur, u t os tendamus ne e b aptiz are omnino e o s posse ,

qui no n h ab e ant Spiritum Sanctum .—C yp. Opp . Oxon . 1 682 . E pis t. 69. p . 185. I t

mus t b e rememb e red th a t C yprian is spe aking he re no t o f indiv idua l m inis te rs in th ec hu rc h , b ut o f th ose , w h o as h av ing s epa ra ted th emse lve s f rom th e chu rch , w e re inh is Opinion ne i th e r e ndow ed w ith spiri tua l g ifts, no r capab le o f e xe rcis ing a spir i tua lau th o ri ty .][4 N e e s ib i pleb s b landia tu r quas i immunis e sse a contag io de l icti possit, c um

sa ce rdo te pe cca to re communicans .-I b id. E pis t . 67 . p .

[5 E l. 625 a e tpa i s 7 11311 dy npr nna

'

r wv a im-0 17 Comm -

r a t , ,u a'

v'

nu K a i de o-[r e i K a i Mia .

. _ Orig . Opp. Pa ris . 1 740 . T om . 1 1 1 . p . 531 . c . Comment . in Ma tt. xv i .

xxv 1 .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND. 2 71

Such adversarie s in our time b e th e Anabaptists, th e Familyo f Love , th e D isc iplinarie s (usua lly te rme d Puritans), th eSabba tarians, th e Brownists, and th e Papists. For

Th e Anabaptists 6 wil l not have th e pe ople to use th e minis Wimmn

agams e

try of evi l ministe rs ; and think th e se rvice of w icke d m inis £11131 . Agg. p.

te rs unprofitable , and no t e ff e ctua l ; a ffirming , that no man,wh o is himse lf faulty, c an pre ach th e truth to o the rs .

Th e Family o f Love do say7,tha t no man c an minister th e 52 15751

3“

upright se rvice or ceremonies of Christ but th e regenera te £313 12) M,

a lso B, tha t wicke d men canno t te ach th e truth .

“ gem

T he d is ciplinarian Puritans do bring all ministe rs whichcanno t prea ch, and the ir se rvice s, into de te sta tion. For the irdo ctrine is, tha tWhere there is no prea che r there ought to b e no minister Lem-. D is c

p. 6 2 .

o f th e sa craments".None must m iniste r th e sacraments which do no t pre ach”.

Tiii41

.

c ar

e r. deT h e sa crament Is no t a sa crament 1 f i t b e not Jomed to“ qua m,”

th e word o f God pre a che d" . 8231

13111 ,I t is sa crilege to separa te th e ministra tion o f th e word Lem m e

p. 60 .

preache d from th e sa craments 1 2Of these men’

s opinions b e th e Sabba tarians among us .D B do c t o fth e Sa b b a th

For the ir do ctrine is to th e common pe ople , tha t, unle ss th ey P

le ave the ir unpre a ching ministe rs e ve ry sabba th-day, and go

to some pla ce whe re th e wo rd is pre a ched, they do pro faneth e sabba th , and subj e ct themse lve s unto th e curse o f God“ .

[6 Se condly ( th ey a ffi rm ), th a t no man wh i ch is fau l ty h imse l f c an pre ach the

t ru th to o th e rs .—Wilkinson’

s Confuta tion. Lond. 1579. Art . x 1 v . p .[7 Th e re fo re no man know e th C h ris t , nor th e Fa th e r, (Ma tth . 1 1 . nor ye t

th e'

uprigh t se rv i ce s o r ce remonie s o f Ch ris t, fo r to m inis te r those -same a cco rding toth e truth , b u t such as a re e venso , (Joh . 3. a . Rom . 8 . 1 2 . a . E ph . 4 . c .) re newed,o r b orn-aga in th rough Ch ris t (as w e h a ve de cla red) in th e ir spiri t and mind.

H . N . E vang . Re g . p . 52 . b . c ap. XX I I I .[8 T h e scrip tu re a ffirme th tha t Ch ris t ( th e only tru th ) h a th sa id : My kingdom

is no t o f th is w or ld ; and how c an the tru th b e taugh t whe re th e kingdom is no t ?A nd aga in, I p l ay you te l l me , wh a t minis tra t ion ( tha t e ve r w as true ) came fromo the r than God’

s own mou th —Firs t E p is tle o f the Fam . to J . R . in th e D isplayingo f the Fam . Lond. 1579. I . 6 .

[g T h e w ork re fe rred to h as no t b e en found. ][1 0 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 35, no te s a , b . Ar t . xxm . P ro p .[1 1 Be rtrand de Lo que , Trea tise o f th e C h urch . Translated ou t o f French into

E ng l ish b y T . W . Lond. 1 58 1 . c ap. 1 0. p .

[1 2 Se e no te[1 3 Wh e re so eve r th e preach ing o f th e word is no t, or wh e re men h ave i t and

come no t to i t, th e re c an th ey no t sanc tify th e day in th a t manne r th a t th ey sh ou ld,b e cause th ey want th e principa l part o f God’

s se rv ice , &c .—N ich . Bownde , D o c t. o f

th e Sab b a th . Lond. 1595. p .

R H. on

Pse l. exxu .

2 72 TH E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

So th e Brownists : No man is to communicate (say they)whe re the re is a blind or dumb m inistry ‘.

T h e Papists do cross this truth, but a fte r ano ther sort .

Pope Hildebrand de cre ed , and commanded , tha t no man

should hea r mass from th e mouth o f a prie s t which b a tha wife 2 .

T h e Rhemists do publish h ow,

T h e se rmons o f he re tics (and so te rm they all pro te stantministe rs)mus t not b e heard, tho ugh they prea ch th e truth 3

I b id. Anno t.Mark iii. 13.

T he ir praye rs and sacraments a re not a cceptable to God,but are th e howling of wo lve s“.

P ropos i t ion I I .

E vil m inis ters a r e to be sea r ched ou t, convicted, and deposed ;bu t order ly , a nd by the discipline of the ch ur ch .

T h e w icke d and e vi l minis ters mus t no t a lways b e en

dured in th e church o f God. For they are th e e vi l and unpro

fitable servants ; th e eye s which do Offend th e unsa voury sa l t ;which are care fully to b e seen unto , and, if admonitions wi ll no tse rve , depose d ; ye t orderly, and by th e discipline o f th e church .

For tha t God, which appo inte d a gove rnment for th e civilstate , ha th a lso g iven authority unto h is church to punishOff enders a ccording to th e qua l ity o f the ir transgre ss ions . And

so may we read in th e word o f God.

“ T e ll th e church,” sa ith o ur Saviour .Le t such a one , by th e powe r o f our Lord Je sus Christ,

b e de l ivered unto Satan, for th e de struction o f th e fle sh , tha tth e spirit may b e save d in th e day of our Lord Je sus, sa ithS t Paul .

See ab o ve , p . 1 85, no te[2 Jewe l , Se rmon on H agga i i . 2 —4. Wo rks , Vol. I I . p . 989. P ark. So c . E d. ][3 Le t our p ro tes tants b e h o ld th emse lve s in th is g lass , and w ith a l le t th em mark

all o th e r prope rtie s th a t old h e re tics e ve r h ad, and th ey sh a l l find a ll de fini tions andmarks o f an h e re tic to fa l l upon th emse lve s . A nd th e re fo re th e y mus t no t marve lif w e w a rn all ca th o l i c m en b y th e w o rds Of th e apos tle in th is place , to take h e edo f th em , and to sh un th e ir pre ach ing s , b ooks, conventic le s, and companies —Te s t.Rh em. Rh eme s, 1582 . Ann. T i t. i ii .[4 T he confe ss ion o f th e truth is no t g ra te fu l to God pro ce eding from e ve ry

p e rson . T h e de v i l a cknow ledg ing o ur Sa v iour to b e th e Son O f God, w as h idden

h o ld h is pe ace : Pe te r’s confess ion o f th e same w as h igh ly a l lowed and rew arded.

Au g . t ra c t. 10. in E p . Joa nn. Ser . 30 . 3 1. de ve rb . Apos toli. Th e re fo re ne i the rh e re tics ’ s e rmons must b e h e a rd, no, no t th ough they pre ach th e tru th . So is i t o fthe ir praye r and se rv i ce , wh ich b e ing ne ve r so good in i tse l f, is no t acceptab le toGod ou t o f th e ir mo uth s , ye a , i t is no b e tte r th an th e how l ing o f w o lves. Hie ro . in

7 . Osee .— I b id. Ann. Mark 111.

Conf . He lv . 1 .

A rt . x x .

T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

ARTI CL E XXVII .Of Baptism .

(1 )Baptism is no t only a s ign of prof ession, a nd ma rl:of dif e renc e , w h ereby ch r is tian m en a re disce rned f rom o th erth a t be no t ch r is tened, bu t (2 ) i t is a lso a s ign of R egene _

ra tion, or N ew-bir th , w h ereby , a s by a n instr ument, th ey th a t

r eceive baptism r igh tly, a re g r afi‘

ed into th e chur ch , th e

p romises of th e f org iveness of s in, a nd of our a dop tion to be

th e s ons of God by th e Ho ly Gh os t, a re visibly s igned a nd

s ea led f a ith is confirmed, a nd gra c e increa sed by vir tue ofprayer unto God.

(3) T h e B ap tism of young ch ildren is in a ny w ise to be

r e ta ined in th e Chur ch , a s mos t agreea ble w ith th e ins titu tion

T he propositions .

1 . Baptism is a s ign o f pro fe ssion, andmark o f diff e rence ,whe reby Christians are disce rned from o the r men tha t b e noChristians .

2 . Baptism is a sign or sea l of th e regene ra tion, or

new birth o f Chr istians .

3 . Infants and young children, by th e word o f God, are

to b e baptized .

P ropo s i t ion I .

Baptism is a sign of prof ession, a ndma rk of dif erence, whereby Chr istia nsa re discerned f rom o ther men tha t be no Christia ns .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s w o rd.

How th e sacraments are tokens ; and there fore tha tbaptism is a s ign o f th e true church , which b e Christians , itis apparent from God’s word in th e fifth proposition o f th e

nine te enth article a forego ing ; and th e same do th e churchesof God a cknowledge ‘.

1 L c ap, 19, 2 0 ,o f o th e r , o r do pe rs e cu te re lig ion o r g oodne ss : l ikew ise a lso i t is b roken, if by

Ba sil. A rt . v .

s e c t. 2 .

Ga l. A rt.x x xv.Be lg . Art .X XX I V .August . A rt.X I I I .Saxon. A rt.1 1 1.

ke e ping toge th e r th e o ne canno t h o ld th e tru e re l ig ion th ro ug h th e untowa rdne ss c fth e o th e r in a w icked and fa lse re l ig ion . And the re fo re in such cas e s a b ro the r o ra s is te r is no t in b ondage , b u t th a t th e h usb and may depart from th e w i fe , o r th e w i fefrom th e h usb and. 1 Co r . 7 . Ye t th is departing is no t a b re a ch O f th e commun ionOf marriage , b ut o f th a t communion in g ove rnment, thro ugh l e av ing one ano th e rfor a go od conscience — A Book wh i ch sh ew e th th e L i fe and Manne r o f a ll trueC h ristians , & c . b y Rob e rt Browne . Midde lbu rgh . 1582 . 1 2 0 , no te .

He a c counted discipl ine th e groundwo rk o f th e far h e pro ceede thin reducing , tha t h e sa i th , the w ife ough t to g o away from h e r husb and ( if h e w i l lno t go w ith h er), in th e case o f w ant o f th is discip l ine .

— Bredwe ll’

s De te ct . Lond.

1 568 , p .

[1 Se pa ra t i tem nos Deus b aptismi symb olo ab omnibus allenis relig io nibus e t

OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

E r ror s a nd a dversa r ies unto this truth .

This de clare th us to b e sound Christians, andNo t Na zarene s, wh o we re w ith th e Jews circumcised , and D . Hie ron.

0 Q 0 O O E t o db apt1z ed WIth Christ 1ans, and so (as H1e rom 2 write th of them)

l

Al

ug

PLIS

e

a

w e re ne ither Jews nor Christians .

Haere s '

No t Manicheans", which baptize no t any .D . August.

Not fa lse Christians, or Marcionite s “, which did baptize 315231132311th e l iving for th e de ad . Which Marcionite s a lso denie d baptism ggbtgircunto all marr ied persons , and baptize d none but pe rsons single , T ertul Ib idv irgins, widows, and women divorce d from the ir husbands 5.

Not Origenistsfi, wh o ma inta in a baptism by fire ; a s a lso

grigefi

. in11 0 . 0 11 1 .tha t a fte r th e re surre ction of our bodie s we sha l l have nee d 1 4.

o f baptism.

Not o f Ma tthew Hamant’s opinion (tha t Norfo lk he re tic), cm.

which sto od in it to th e death, tha t baptism is not necessaryin th e church.

No t Anabaptists", which numbe r baptism among things Bulling . c on

tra Ana b apt .indiff erent,and so to b e used , or re fused , a t our discre tion.

Lib -u -c apA

No t Familists s, which say the re is no true baptism buto r . c ap.

only among themse lves .

pOpulis , e t s ib i c onsec ra t c eu p ecu l ium .—H arm . C onf . Se ct . X I I I . p . 90 . C onf .

He lv. Pos t . c ap. xx . in D e i e c cle siam re c ipimur, e t a cunc tis

aliis gentibus , a c pe re grinis omnibu s re ligionibus segregamur.— I b id. p . 96. Conf.

Be lg . Art . xxx Iv . Fo r the o th e r re fe rence s , se e ab o ve , Art . xx v . P rop .[2 Judaeos h ze re s is vulgo N az araeo s nunc upant , qui c redunt

in Christum,filium qu em e t nos c redimus : sed dum vo lunt e t Judae i e sse

e t Ch r is tiani, ne c Judaai sunt , ne c Ch rist ian i .—H ie ron . Opp. P a ris . 1 693- 1706.

T om . I v . Pa rs I I . c ol. 62 3. E pis t. ad Augus t .[3 Qu id e is prode s t , Baptismum omn ib us asta tibus ne ce ssar ium c onfite ri ; quod

Manic hmi dic unt in omni a tate supe rfluum : c um ist i dic ant e sse in parvulis fa lsum,

quantum ad remissionem a ttine t pe cca to rum —August . Opp. Pa ris . 1836-8 . T om . x .c o l. 876 . D . contr. Duas E pis t . P e lag ian . Lib . I v . c ap.

[4 Se e ab ove , p . 2 66 , no te [

5 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 6 1 , no te 8 , and p . 2 65, no te[6 E go pu to ,

quod e t pos t re surre c tionem ex mo rtuis indig e amus sa cramentoe lue nte nos a tque pu rgante : nemo enim ab sque sordibus resurg e re po terit : ne c

ullam posse animam repe riri quae unive rsis s ta tim vitiis c area t .— On'

gen. Opp.

P aris . 1 740 . T om . 1 1 1 . p . 948 . A . In Lu c am Hom .

[7 Sta tueb ant paedob aptismum ,magis tratum , jusjurandum , e sse re s l ib e ras e t

medias , qu ibus fideles suo a rb i trio u ti, au t non u ti possint.— Bu l l ing. adv. Anab apt .

T ig uri. 1560. p . 42 . Lib . I I . c ap.

[3 W’

e confe ss th a t th ey all, wh ich b e come no t grounded in th is same uprigh tfa i th o f Je su C h ris t, nor b e come evenso th e name o f th e Fath e r, unde rth e ob edience o f the lo ve o f th e Fa th e r and h is th e name o f th e Son

,

and in th e name o f th e H o ly Gh os t , no true Ch ris t ians : and th a t th eya lso all th at b oas t th emse lves to b e Ch ris tians , w i th ou t th is same uprigh t fa i th and

b aptism , are doub tless fa lse C h ristians , Ma t. 34 . a . Luk. 2 1 . 21 .—H. N . Firs t E xh or

ta tion. Translated out Of Bas e-Almayne , c ap. VI I .

1 8— 2

T . Aqu inas,2,2 1 . De Ingr.

Re l ig . p. 1 19.

T itus iii. 5.

See a fo re ,A rt. xxv .

P rop. 1 1 .1 Co r xii. 13.

A c ts ii. 38 .

T itu s iii. 5.

Mark xvi. 16.

Ac ts ii. 41 , 42 .

Conf . He lv . I .

A rt. XX I . A"

:

1 1 . c ap. 2 0 .

Bo h em . c ap.

1 2 .

Ga ] . A rt.xxx v .

Be lg . Art.xxxrv .

A ugu s tana ,A rt . 1 x .

Sa xo n . A rt.x 1 1 1 .

IVit '

emb .

c ap. 1 0 .

Sue vic a, cap.

19.

2 76 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

No t Papists, wh o bo th baptize be lls and babe ls, a s a forehath be en shewed, Art . xxv . Prop . x .

, and a lso make th e -vovv

and profe ssion o f th e monacha l , or life of a monk , a s good a

token of Christians as baptism‘.

Propos i t ion 11 .

B aptism is a s ign, or sea l of the regenera tion, or new birth,

of Chr istians .

Th e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Baptism o f S t Paul is called th e wa shing of th e new birth,o f o thers th e sacrament o f th e new birth , to s ignify h ow theywhich rightly (a s a ll do no t) re ce ive th e same 2 , are ingra fte dinto th e body o f Chris t, a s by a se a l b e a ssure d from God

tha t the ir s ins b e pardoned , and forg iven, and themse lve sa dopte d for th e children o f God, confirmed in th e fa ith, anddo incre ase in gra ce , by virtue o f praye r unto God.

And this is th e constant doctrine o f all churche s protestantand re formed 3 .

[ 1 T h e passage intended is prob ab ly e tiam e x multorum laudab il iconsu e tudine approb a tur : qui ab infidelita te quac unque ad fidem C h ris ti conve rs i,sta tim h ab itum re lig ionis assumunt. Qu is au tem cri t tam improb us disputa to r, quiaude a t e is c onsule re , u t po t ins in se cu lo remane ant , quam in re l ig ione pe rceptumb aptismi gra tiam s tude ant conse rva re ? Qu is sanm m ent is ab h o c p ropos i to c um

impedia t ne Clii' istum qu em pe r sacrame ntum b aptismi j am indu i t, pe rfe cta im i ta

tione indue re mere atur l—T h o . Aqu in. Antv . 16 12 . fo l. 106 . b . Cont . Re trah en. ab

I ng ress . Re l ig . c ap.

[2 Se e ab o ve , p .

[3 Baptisms. qu idem ex ins titutione Dom ini e st lavac rum re gene ra tionis quam

Dominus e le c tis su is v is ib il i s igno pe r e ccle s ia —H arm. C on f .

Se ct . 11 1 1 1 . p . 91 . Conf . He lv. P r io r. Art . xx I . E tenim b aptisari in nom ine Ch ristie s t insc rib i, initiari, e t rec ipi in foedus a tque fami l iam , ade o qu e in h aaredita tem

filiorum D e i, imo j am nunc nuncupari nom ine D e i, id e s t , appe lla ri filium D e i,

purg ari i tem a sordibu s pe cca to rum,e t donari varia D e i g ra tia ad v i tam novam e t

innoc entem.— I b id. p . 89. C onf . Helv . Pos t . c ap. x x . (se . sacramentum

b aptismi) c onsistit in e x te rna ab lu tione qum fi t aqua c um invo c a tione nom iniss anc taa e a ablu tio e t ad s ignific andam e t c onte s tandam spiritualem

ab lu tionem , c c inte rnam munda tionem Sanc ti Spiri tus,ab h e redita rii pe cca ti mo rbo ,

c ae te risque pe c c a tis , quo rum re atus h ic rem ittitur e t tolh tu r, e t ad c o nse quendum

no vum o rtum nas c endi se u re g enera t ionem,unde sacrame ntum nomina tur no v i

o rtus , id e s t re gene ra tionis , &c .— Ib id. pp . 92 , 3 . C onf . Bo h em . c ap. x 1 1 .

tismus nob is te s tific andm nos trze adoptioni datus , quoniam in e o inse rimur Ch ris tic orpori, u t ejus sangu ine ab lu ti, s imu l e t iam ipsius Spiri tu ad v i tae sanc timoniam

renovemur.- Ib id. pp. 94, 5. Conf . Ga l l . Art . x xxv . Suos ig i tur omnes jussit

Dom inus in nom ine Pa tris e t Fi l i i e t Spir i tus Sanc ti pura aqua b aptisari, u t s ig u ific are t sangu inem C hris t i per Spiritum Sanctum idem prrc s tare e t e ffi c e re inte rne inanima quod aqua e xte rne ope ratur in c o rporib us . Sic u ti e nimco rpo ris ab luit, sic e t sanguis C h rist i animam ab luens , a pe c c atis illam emunda t ;

2 78 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

We a lso condemn th e opinion

figiiiifa

o

én' Of th e Russe s, tha t there is such nece ss ity o f baptism, a s

2 3, P

-98» B tha t all tha t die w ithout th e same a re damne d ‘.ggpo

n

r

i

s

s te r’

s Also o f th e Bannisterians 2 , which say, tha t th e wa ter a t

gf i

gfigfiy baptism is no t ho ly in re spe ct tha t i t is applied to an ho ly

use ; and tha t th e o rdinary and common wa shings among th eT urks and Jews , is th e same to them tha t baptism is to us .

Likewise Of th e Family Of Love 3, which conce ive base ly Of

this sacrament, ca lling it in der is ion, e lementish wa ter,” and

of no be tte r va lidity, or virtue , than common wa ter .A lth ame r Also th e Anabaptists “, wh o a scribe no more unto baptismCo nc il. lo c .

Sigm a - 1°C than unto any o the r thing civilly disce rning one man from

ano the r : and say, tha t th e sacraments o f th e New T e stamentare no instruments to ra ise o r confirm fa ith .

And lastly, Of th e Papists wh o ma inta in, tha tB . Th om . de Baptism se rve th to th e putting away o f or iginal sinsac r. A ltaris.

only 5.Baptism br inge th gra ce , even ex Opere Opera to

fi.

P ropos i tion I I I .

Inf ants a nd young childr en, by the word of God, a re to be

baptiz ed.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Although by expre ss te rms we b e no t commande d to

bapti ze young children, ye t we be lie ve they are to b e baptized ,and tha t for the se , among o the r re a sons :

1 . Th e gra ce Of God is unive rsa l,and perta ine th unto

Russe C ommonw ea l . Lond. 1591 . ch ap . xx ii i . p . 98 . b .][2 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy. ][3 H . N . E vang . R e g. p . 46 . c ap. xxx . 5. Se e ab o ve , page 1 7 7 , no te[4 N ih i l omnino trib uunt b aptismo , nis i quod s it c h ris tianorum no ta qua dis

c ernantur ab gent ibus , m o re civil i , sic ut to ga Romanos ab aliis g entibus disc e rneb a t : a c c ivilia milita riaque s igna inte r cive s milite sque disc e rnunt : au t velu t

cucu l lus mona c h os ab reliquo h ominum gene re sepa ra t , e t dis c riminis symb o lumsacramenta nov i te stament i ins trumenta e sse per qu ee fide s exc ite tur,

e rigatur e t c onfirm e tur .—Alth ame r. Conc il. LOO. Norimb . 1535. Lo c . cx ci . p .

[5 Th e re is appa rently an e rro r in th e re fe rence , b u t se e Th om . Aqu in. Script .

Se e . in Qua t . Lib . Sente nt . A ntv. 16 12 . In Lib . I v . D is t . I v . Art . 4. fo l. 1 15. Sic u t

poenitentia data e s t in remedium ac tualis , ita b aptismus in remedium orig inalis : sed

non po te s t aliqu is s alva ri ab ac tuali mo rta l i n is i per poenitentiam ; e rgo ne c ab

o rig ina l i nis i pe r b aptismum . ]

[6 Se e ab ove , p . 2 50, no te

xxvrr.] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

all ; therefore th e sign or sea l o f grace is universa l, and b elonge th unto all, so we l l young a s old.

2 . Baptism is unto us a s circumcis ion was unto th e Jewsbut th e infants of th e Jews w ere circumcised ; the re fore th e

children o f Chr istians are to b e baptized .

3 . Children be long unto th e kingdom o f heaven, and are Matt. xiii. 14.

in th e covenant ; there fore th e sign o f th e covenant is not tob e denie d them.

4 . Christ gave in commandment tha t all should b e bap gam m a .

tiz ed ; the re fore young children are no t to b e exempted .

5. Chris t ha th she d h is blood a s we l l for th e wa shingaway th e s ins o f children, a s o f th e e lder sort ; the re fore i tis ve ry ne ce ssary tha t they should b e partake rs o f th e

sacrament the re of.All christian churche s a llow of th e baptism Of infants

'

Q Cofim eieixA rt . xxr.

I I . c ap. 2 0 . Boh em . c ap. 1 2 . Gal] . Art . xxx v . Be lg . A rt. xxxrv . August. A rt. Ix . Saxon. Art. xru . Wittemb .

c ap. 10 . Sue vic a , c ap. 17.

Adversa ries unto this truth .

T h e premise s de clare , tha tT hey slande r us which say , tha t all Pro te stants deny th e Hurs Quart.

baptism of children to b e ne ce ssary ; and this is runagate Reas ' 14‘

Hill ’s 8 report.

[7 D amnamus Anab aptistas qui negant b aptisandos e sse infantulos re c ens natosa fidelib us . N am juxta do c trinam e vang e lic am h o rum e st re gnum D ei, e t sunt infoede re D e i, &c .—H arm . Conf. Se ct . X I I I . p. 90 . Conf. Helv . P o s t. c ap. xx .

qu idem sacro lava cro infantes nos tros ic c irc o tingimus quoniam e nob is (qui pOpulus D e i sumus ) ge nito s , e popu l i D e i c onsortio rej ic ere ne fas e s t , tantum non

div ina vo ce de signa tos : pra sertim quum de co rum ele c tione pie e s t praasuniendum .

—I b id. p . 91 . Conf. He lv . P r io r . Art . xxr. E ts i au tem sace r b aptismus in primae ccle s ia ma x ima ex par te fu it : do c e tur tamem h o c , e tiam infantibus ,qui e t ips i in num e ro popu l i D e i re fe runtur, h o c m in is te rio ad s alu tem s imi l ite rinse rviri deb e re — I b id. p . 93 . C onf. Boh em . c ap. X I I . una c um parentib us

poste ritatem e tiam illorum in e ccles ia De us re c ense a t , a ffirmamus infante s sanctisparentibus na to s, e sse e x C hr is t i auc torita te b aptisandos .

—1 b id. p . 95. C onf. Ga ll .Art . x x x v . N 0 3 ve ro e os (se . infante s) e adem ra t ione b aptisando s e t s igno foede risob signando s e sse c redimus, qua Ol im in I srae le parvu l i c irc um c ideb antur, nimirum

propte r easdem promissione s infantibus no stris fac tas .— I b id. p . 97 . Conf. Be lg .

Art . xxxrv . infante s s int b aptis andi.— I b id. Conf . Augus t . Art . Ix.

R e tinemus e t infantium b aptismum, qu ia c ertissimum es t , prom issionem g ra t iae t iam ad infante s pe rtine re , e t ad e os tantum qui e ccle s ias inse runtur.

— I b id. p . 99.

Conf . Sa xon. Art . xrrr. A gno sc imus b aptismum tam infantibu s quam adultis in

e ccl e s ia , & c .—I b id. p . 1 00. Conf . Virtemb . c ap. x . Q uum a u tem b aptisma sit

sa cramentum foede ris quodD eus c um su is ic it, pollic itus s e illorum e t seminis e o rum

D eum ac v indicam quoqu e illud c onferendum nos tri do cent,&c .- I b id. p . 1 04. C onf . Su ev . c ap. xvrr. ][8 T h e C a th o l ic aflirme th b aptism o f ch i ldren to b e ne cessary, the Pro testant

denie th it.—Hi ll ’s Quartron Reason, 14. p .

be baptized : as did th e l‘elt gians

'. the "M om . and the

llI-aric hua '. and so d o the Ambaptists. whereof said W

’.

he n baptism is the: int ention of pore Nicholas . and thereforetaug ht : o thers . that baptism is at the de vil ; 00 thoughtMe lchio r llvli tnan‘. are also d o the Swermerisns’. (I 9001the sa id ”he Servetians ’. and the l amily ofwhich do th tha t none should be baptized until he bethq yea rs vld.

Others reflm to baptize not all. but some infants . So

denie dis baptism by the Ba rro wisu ’unto the seed of whom

and nitelres : by the Bro wnists. unto the childrenof open sinners ;by the lh se iplinat iane. unto their children which subject no tthemse lve s (as b adly Fenne r sa ith) unto the disc ipline of the

church . at 050 7 no t the pre sb yteria l dec rm'.

Othe rs olluw the baptism of infints. ye t think thou infantsnot hawth lly baptised wh ic h are baptised either by the now

2 80 T HE CATHOLIC D OCTRIN E [ART .

They e rr which oppugn this truth ; a s do many persons ,but no t a fte r one and th e same sort. For

(

113

8 xi

i?“ Some utte rly deny tha t infants, or young children, are to

figo st

313 b e baptized ; so did th e Pe lagians ‘, th e He ra cle ans , and th e

mu g Henricians 2 , and so do th e Anabaptists , whe re of sa id some 3,

$3?a 1 2

h ow baptism is th e invention o f pope Nichola s, and the re foreHullina

. c on

t ra A nza c naught : o thers, tha t baptism is o f th e de vi l ; so thoughtL ib . 1 .

1 b . L ib . u . c Me lchior Ho ffman“

, so a lso do th e Swe rme rians 5, (a se ct amongA lth am er th e sa id Anabaptists

,) th e Serve tians 6 , and th e Family o f Love ",Conc uli a t .Lo c ow m which doth ho ld tha t none should b e baptized until h e b ePug . lo c . 191 .

Egiflt

ii‘él

fi th lrty ye ars old.

E t. f 1 1 18.

nigh. Ii. 7a Others re fuse to bapti ze no t all, but some Infants . So

Bar. D isc . p. denied 15 baptism by th e Barrowists 8 unto th e se e d o f whore s

511

30

3; fe and witche s ; by th e Brownists, unto th e children o f open s inners ;

K0 ] rn "

l

w a -e m.. I by th e u isciplinarians, unto the ir children which subj e ct no tthemse lve s (a s Dudly Fenner sa ith) unto th e discipline of th e

church, or obey no t th e pre sbyte ria l de cre e sa.

Othe rs a llow th e baptism o f infants , ye t think those infantsnot lawfully baptized which are baptized e ithe r by th e now

a Sac ram entorum a u t em primum pro na tu ra sua administra ri

deb e t ve l inf antibus, ve l adultis . Inf ant ib us a u tem I Is, qui sunt lib e rie o rum , qui sun t int ra . Int ra au tem , qui e c c le s ias e ir a f z

g se sub

j ic iunt .—D . Fenne r, Lib . V. T h eo l . c ap. u lt .

9

[1 Id en im ag it il la disputa tio , contra cujus novitatem antiqua ve ri ta te nitendum

e s t, u t infante s omnino superfluo b aptiz ari vide antur. Sed ape r te h o c non dic itur natam firmata salub riter e ccl e s ias consue tudo viola to re s s uo s fe rre non possit . -A ugus t .Opp. P ar is . 1 836 -8 . T om . x . c ol. 302 . A . D e Pe c c at . Mer. & c . Lib . I I I . c ap.

[ 2 I nf-antes non b aptisandos .

—Magdeb urg . E cc l . H is t. BaS Il. 1562 , & c . Cent . XI I ,c . 5. fol.

[3 A ccusant autem nos , quod infantes nupe r in luc em editos , qui ratione e t

intelle c tu c arent , b aptiz emus , c um tame n b ap tismus parvulo rum pontific em ctdiab olu in au th ores h ab eat ,— Bul l ing‘. Adv. Anab apt. (S imle r. Ve rs . Lat. ) T iguri.1560 . p . 2 02 . b . Lib . VI . c ap. l . ][4 P arvulorum b aptismum e x diab o lo esse , ne que ul l i Ch ristiano fe rendum.

I b id. p . 65. Lib . I I . c ap.

[5 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 46 , no te[6 b aptismum infantium h orrendis modis flagellat, e t ab ominab ilius

redde re c onatur. - Ca l v . Opp. Ams telod. 1 669-7 1 . T om . V I I I . Pars I I . p . 73. I nte r"

E pis t . e t R e spons . E pis t . Ministr. E ccle s . Be rm][ 7 D isplay ing o f th e Fam i ly . Lond. 1579. fol. H . 7 . a . ]

[8 A ll w itho ut e xception o r re spe ct o f pe rson are re ce ived into and nourished in

th e b osom o f th is ch urch ( th e chu rch o f E ng land) w i th th e w o rd and s acraments,

no t deny ing b aptism to th e seed e ven o f who res and w i tches—Barrows,D s c ov.

o f th e False Church . 1590 . p .[9 Th e re se ems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence }

OF T H E CH URCH OF E NGLAND .

m iniste rs o f th e church o f England ; a s th e Brownists 10 do R . A . Conf ut . o f Bro w .

think ; or by Pro te stant ministe rs, a s th e Papists are o f mind , ge m .

e a fo re ,

w itne ss the ir rebaptizing of infants in France , and in Ne the r figsland “ ; or by unprea ching ministers, a s th e D isciplinarianPuritans do ho ld”.

And o the rs are of o pinion,tha t none are to b e baptize d

which be l ieve no t first .Hence th e Anabaptists : Infants be lieve not ; there fore b e

not to b e baptize d. Hence th e Luth e rans b : Infants do be l ieve ;the re fore to b e baptize d”.

ARTICLE XXVII I .

Of th e Suppe r of th e Lord .

T h e Supper of th e L ord is not only (1 ) a sign of th e lo ve

th a t Chris tians ough t to h a ve among th emselves , one to a n

o th er ; but r a th er (2 ) it is a sa crament of our r edemption

by C hr is t’

s dea th : ins omu ch th a t to su ch , a s w or thily a nd

w ith f a ith rec eive th e same , th e brea d wh ich w e brea k is

a pa rta king of th e body of Chris t ; a nd likew is e th e c up

of blessing is a pa r ta king of th e blood of Chris t. (3) T ra nsubs tantia tion (or th e c h a ng e of th e subs ta nce of brea d a nd

w ine) in th e S upper of th e L ord, c a nno t be proved by h olywrit ; bu t i t is r epugnant to th e pla in w ords of s crip ture ,o ver th row eth th e na tur e of a sa c rament , a nd h a th g iven

o c ca sion to ma ny supers titions . (4) _

T h e body of Chr is t is

g iven, ta ken, a nd ea ten in th e Supper, only af ter a n h ea venly

b D e clarent uh inam lege rint , tam ne c e ssario e sse c opulandam c oe

le stis ve rb i pracdic a t ionem c um adm inistra tione sa c ram ent i, u t n i sic oncio h ab e a tur, renasc entium lava c ro infans adspe rgi non possit

Q ue r im . E c c l . [Lond. 1 592 ] p. 80 . He sh us . de 600 . Fr . P ontif . lo .

1 6 .

[ 10 Th e y h o ld i t no t law fu l to b aptiz e ch ildren among u s .

—Al l ison’

s P la ineConfut . &c . Lond . 1590 . p .

[1 1 Th e Ne the r lands, 1 675. Se e ab ove , p . 2 36, no te[1 2 Se e ab o ve , p .[1 3 Hesh usius enume rate s th e fo l low ing among th e ‘ E rro res Pontific iorum

Do cent infante s fide propria care re , e t tantum in fide parentum vel e ccle s ia: b apt iz ari.—He sh usius , Sexc enti E rro res , &c . Franc o f. ad Magnum , 1585. xvr. Lo cusde Baptismo . p .

1 Cor. x 2 1 .

1 Co r. x1 . 2 0.

1 Cor. x . 1 6,1 7.

Conf . He lv.

I r. c ap.

Basnl. A rt . VI .

Bo h em . c ap.

1 3 .

Belg . A rt .xxx v .

Saxon. A rt .X IV.

Sue vica , c ap.

1 8 .

T HE CAT HOLIC D OCTR IN E [ART .

a nd spiritua l ma nner . And th e m ean wh ereby th e body

of Chris t is r e ceived a nd ea ten in th e Supper is f a ith .

(5) T h e sa c ra ment of th e L ord’

s Supper w a s no t by Ch ris t’

s

o rdina nc e reserved, c a rr ied a bou t, lif ted up, o r w orsh ipped.

The propositions .

1 . Th e suppe r o f th e Lord is a sign o f th e love tha tChristians ought to have among themse lve s.

2 . Th e Lord ’s suppe r is a sacrament of our re demptionby Christ

s dea th , and to them,which re ce ive th e same worthily

by fa ith , a partaking o f th e body and blood o f Christ .3 . T h e bre ad and w ine in th e Lord ’s suppe r b e no t

change d into ano the r substance .

4 . T h e body o f Christ is g iven, taken, and e a ten a fte ran heavenly and spiritual , not a fte r a carna l sort .

5. T o re se rve , carry about, lift up, or worship th e sacrament o f th e Lord’s suppe r, is contrary to th e o rdinance o f

Christ.

P ropos i t ion I .

The supper of the L ord is a sign of the love tha t Chr istians oughtto ha ve among themselves.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Th e supper of th e Lord is a token o f th e love tha tChristians ought to have among themse lve s . For which causei t is calle d th e Lord’s T able , th e Lord ’s Suppe r, a Communionof th e body o f Christ ; and they that partake the re of , thoughthey b e many, ye t are but one bread, and one body.

This is th e doctrine o f all christian churche s ‘.Admonemur praate re a c eleb ratione coenen Dom ini cas u t memo re s simus c or

po r is cuj us m emb ra facti sumus , e t idc irc o conco rde s s imus c um omnibus fra tribus ,& c .—H arm . C onf . Se ct. xxv. p . 1 1 1 . Conf. He lv. Pos t . c ap. xxx. Confitemur

D om inum Je sum sanc tam suam c oenam instituisse ad memorandam sanc tam suam

pas sionem c um gra tiarum a c t ione ad annunc iandam mo rtem suam , atqu e ad te stifi

c andam Christianam c h a ritatem e t unita tem c um v e ra fide .—I b id. p . 1 1 6 . C onf .

Bas il . Art . v r. Ho c enim m odo (se . spiri tua l i pe rc eptione ) C h ris tove ra i l la unio e t c ommunic atio C h ris t i c um sua e ccle s ia : e t vic iss im

e ccles iae sanc tm quae e s t Sp iri tuale co rpus quoddam inte r se e t se cum c ommunio ,

de quo sc rib it apo stolus , U nus panis e st , & c .— Ib id. p . 1 19. C onf. Boh em . c ap. xm .

U su porro h ujus sa cramenti ac c enditur in nob is fiagrantiss imus amo r turn in De umi psum , tum in proximum .

— I b id. p . 1 2 6 . C o nf . Be lg . Art . xxxv. Dominis imu l e t iam voluit Dom inus nervum e sse pub lica c ong re ga tionis , &c Vul t(Deus) e t ipsis e ccle s ias m emb ris inte r se se v inculum e sse mu tuae b ene volentia

l b id. pp . 137, 8 . Conf. Saxon. Ar t. xxv. Ch risto sc rva tore nostro spec ta tum

2 84 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

E rrors a nd a dversa r ies to this tr uth .

D ive rse ly ha th this propos ition be en oppugned . For

S ome e i the r denying, or no t a cknowledging , th e bene fit ofso heavenly a sacrament, do say , h ow

I t is to b e re ce ive d only for obedience sake to th e prince ’scommandment, but is o f none e ffe ct to th e pe rfe ct ones . A n

opinion o f th e Family’

s‘.

£2312 0

??n I t do th ne ithe r good nor hurt to th e re ce ivers. The

Me ssal ians’ e rror 2I t do th much hurt and no go od, to participa te th e Lord ’

s

supper among Pro te stants , say th e Papists 8 .

I t is no sign a ssuring us tha t all our s ins through Chr ist

3 Wh at c an th e P ro t e s tant c h u r ch e s a ff o rd you ? &c . th e Com

mun ion ? O po isoned c up! b e t ter it w e re f or you to e a t so mu chra tsb ane th an th a t po llu ted b re ad, and t o dr ink so mu ch d ragon’

s

ga l l , o r vipe r’

s b lo od, th an th a t sa c r i leg io us w ine — Ga rnish o f th e

S oul, &c . P r inted a t Antwe rp, a n . 1 596, b y Joach . T ro . [In th e

P re f . to th e Ca th oliqu e - lyke P ro te s tante s . ]

sangu inem Jesu Ch ris ti non m inus e sse c ib um a c po tum anima quam panis e t

v inum sunt corporis c ib us .— 1 b id . p . 1 2 1 . Conf. Ga l l . Art. xxxvxx. U t autem

panem hunc spiritualem c t c oele s texn C h ris tus no b is panem c t

v inum, te rre nurn e t visib ilem, in corpo r is e t sangu inis sui sacramentum. l is ve rote s tific a tur no s quam ve re a c c ipimus ct te nemus manib us nostris sacramentum ,

illudqu e o re ve re e t iam nos ve rum co rpus e t ve rums angu inem C h ris ti , &c .— I b id. p . 1 2 5. C onf . Be lg . Art . xxxv .

pignu s quo C h ris tus t este tur s e nob is prms ta re promissa , e t quodpromissione s ad nos pertine ant, quod Ch ristus e xh ib ent nob is corpus suum , u t

t e ste tur se in nob is e fiic ac em e sse tanquam in memb ris su is : e xh ib e at s angu inem ,

u t te s te tur no s ab lu i s angu ine suo .— 1 b id. p . 13 1 . Conf. Augus t. D e Abu s . Ar t . 1 .

D o c entur e tiam h a c c ommunione ve re e t sub s tantialite r ade sse Ch ristum

,e t ve re e xh ib e ri sumentibus co 1pus e t s angu inem Ch ris ti : Ch ris tum te s ta ri

quod sit in e is , e t fac ia t e os s ib i memb ra , e t quod ab lue rit e os s angu ine s uo , &c .

I b id. p . 139. Conf . Saxon . Art. xxv. E ts i eu c h aris tia j uxta inscitu tio nem C h r is tiita c eleb ratur u t in c a annuntie tu r m o rs C h ris ti e t dispense tur e ccles ias s acramentumco rpo ris e t sangu inis Ch risti , re cte vo c a tur appl ica tio me ri ti passionis C h ris ti, h isv ide l ice t, qui sa cramentum sumunt .

— 1 b id. p . 1 45. C onf . Virtemb . c ap. xxx .

m inus h odie qu am in no v iss ima i lla c oena omnib us qui inte r i l l ins disc ipulos e x

animo nomen dede runt , quuxn h anc cmnam , u t ipse ins titu it, repe tunt , ve rum suum

corpus , ve rumqu e suum s ang uinem ve re edendum e t b ibendum in c ib um po tumque

animarum, quo i l l as in astc rnaxn v i tam alantur, dare per sacramenta digna tur.I b id . p . 149. C onf . Suev . c ap. x v 1 1 1 . ][1 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy . ]

[2

o ff-r e o’

m’

ua c Oa x, o iir e Kwfldo fla t (pcz'

ovc o u-r c s T rix: Ge ia v frpo cpn

'

v,firepi

{is b Be o n é ‘

r ns 3dmXpw 'r ds, b 7 pu5'

y wv y o u w ill a a’

pxa xx i .- Th e odore t. Opp.

Lut. Par. 1642 -84. T om . 1 1 1 . p . 670. n. E ccl . His t. Lib . xv. c ap.

xxvxxx.] o r THE CHURCH o r E NGLAND .

a re pardoned . For only venia l and morta l s ins are the reby Ca te , m a

remitte d 3, and we must a lways doubt o f th e forgiveness of our(

333552, Eff)

s ins 4, say th e same Papists .Others do teach , tha tI t can profit such as have no fa ith , as babe s and infants”, A lex . Guag.

ode RE IIg .

m which e rrors b e th e Russians ; yea , th e dead bodie s o f 1513331"

2 66

11 19116.

Carth ag. 3.

Can. (i.

I t can benefi t such a s re ce ive i t not a t all, if on the irbeha lf i t b e administe re d ; a s pe rsons absent upon th e s eas ,

in th e wars, yea , and de ad ; and pre sent too , when ye t theyparticipa te no t, but th e pr iest for them. T he se e rrors th ePapists de fend .

P ropos i t ion I II .

T he bread a nd wine in the L ord’

s supper be not changed into

a nother substa nce .

Th e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T ransubstantia tion or th e change o f th e substance o f brea dand wine in th e supper o f th e Lord, we do utte rly deny ; andth e re a sons moving us thereunto are , for tha t it is repugnantto th e pla in wo rds o f th e scr ipture . For

“ I will no t drink hence fo rth o f this fruit of th e vine , Ma tt xxvi.sa ith our Saviour Christ . Which fru it had i t rea lly be en Mark xiv

e ithe r th e blood, or, by way of concomitance , th e ve ry body2

and blood o f Je sus Christ,then our Lord h ad ea ten himse lf ;

which is not only blasphemous to b e spoken, but a lso impossible to b e done , and dire ctly aga inst th e word o f God, whe recommandment is o ften given, tha t th e blood w ith flesh (no t o f

la

g/1 .

231514bea st, much less o f man) mus t no t b e e a ten.

“ T h e heaven must conta in Je sus Chr ist until th e time Ac ts iii. 2 1 .tha t all things b e re store d,” sa ith S t Pe te r . I f Chris t there

[3 Remitti ve ro euc h aristia , e t c ondonari le viora pe cca ta, qua venalia dic i

solent, non es t quod dub itari deb eat .—Ga te ch . Conc . Trid. Rom . 1566. p .

[4 Nemini tamem fidu c iam e t c e rtitudinem remissionis pe cca to rum sno rum

j a c tanti, e t in c a so la qu ie scenti, peccata dimitti vel dimissa e sse dic endum e s t, &c .

C onc il. Harduiu . P a ris . 1 7 14. T om . x . c o l. 36. Cone . Trid. Se ss . vx. c ap.

[5 Fue ros qui septem anno s transige runt ad sacramentum admittunt . —Guag .

R el. Mosc ov. Spiras N eme t. 1582 . p . 2 68 . Bu t pe rhaps th e re fe rence sh ou ld ra th e rb e to Fab e r . Re l. Mosc . p . 133, o f the same vo lume . U ni cum e st quod a nob issane prob ari non pue ris vixduxn tres annos na t is

,e uc h aris tia). sac ra

mentum prasb ent ][6 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 66, no te

1 Co r. xi. 2 0 .

Conf . He lv. x.

A rt . xx”(Sr xx. cap. 2 1 .

Bas il . A rt . v 1 .

Bo h em . c 1 3 .

‘Wit temb . c .

19.

2 86 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

fore corporally, a ccording to h is humanity, b e in heaven, thenis h e no t in th e sa crament .

A s o ften a s ye sha ll e a t this bre ad (not Christ h is rea l.body) and drink this cup (not th e rea l blo od o f Chris t) yoush ew th e Lord ’

s dea th till h e come sa ith S t Paul . T he refore h e is not come ; which h e must h e

,be ing unde r th e

forms o f bre ad and w ine .

T ransubstantia tion beside s ove rthrowe th th e nature o f th esa crament. For whe re the re is no e lement there c an b e no

sa crament. Be cause God’s word coming unto th e e lementmake th a sacrament .Finally, i t ha th be en th e o ccas ion o f much superstition and

ido la try . For from hence pro ce ede d th e re se rva tion o f th e

transubstantia te d bre ad for sundry supe rstitious purpose shence th e adora tion o f th e bre ad , e ven a s God himse lf, and

tha t bo th o f prie st and pe ople : hence th e carrying about,in

pompous pro ce ss ion,o f th e wafe r-god ; and hence th e popish

fe a s t ca lle d Corpus Christi day .

Th e right cons ide ra tion he re o f ha th move d all th e churche sre forme d to shew the ir de te sta tion here of, bo th by the irsermons and writings l .

Th e a dversa r ies unto th is tru th .

Abominable the re fore b e th e popish e rrors , viz . tha tIn th e Eucha r ist the re is no t th e substance o f bre ad and

w ine , but only th e mere a ccidents and qua litie s”.

[1 Non quod pani e t v ino c o rpu s e t sangu is Domini vel naturalite r uniantur,

v el h ic lo c alite r includantur, ve l u l la 11 ac carna l i praase ntia s ta tuantur , &c .— H arm .

C onf. Se ct. xxv . p . 1 1 2 . Conf. Helv . P rio r. Art . xxxx. E rgo co rpus Domini e tsangu inem ej us c um pane e t v ino non ita c onjung imus , u t panem ipsum dic amus

e sse co rpus Ch ri s ti , nis i ra tione sacram enta l i, a ut sub pane c o rporalite r la ti ta reco rpus Ch ris ti , u t e tiam s ub spe c iebus panis ado rari de b ea t, au t quic unque s ignumpe rc ipia t, idem e t rem pe rc ipia t ipsam .

—I b id. p . 1 1 1 . Conf . He lv . Po s t . c ap. xxx.

c oena Domini (in qua no b is c um pane e t v ino D om ini , v e rum co rpus e t ve russangu is C h ris ti per m inis tru rn e ccl e s ia prazfig ura tur e t o ffe rtur) panis e t v inummane t— I b id. p . 1 16 . Co nf. Bas i l . Art . v 1 . amplius , e tiamsi panis s it

co rpus Ch ris ti de ins titutione ips ius e t v inum s angu is h ujus s it , ne u trum tamen

h o rum na turam suam e xuc re , au t sub s tantiam muta re ant am i tte re ; sed panemve ruxn panem , e t v inum ve rum v inum e sse e t munere — I b id. p . 1 18 . C onf. Boh em .

c ap. xxxI . de pane dic xtu r, Ho c e st co rpus meum , non e s t ne cesse ut subs tantia panis mute tur in sub s tantiam co rpo r is Ch ris ti , s ed ad vexita tem s a crament isufii c it quod co rpus Ch ris t i ve re s it c um pane prassens, atque ade o ne ces s i tas i psave ritatis sacrame nt i e xige re v ide tur , u i c um ve ra prae sent ia co rpo ris Ch r is ti veruspanis mane a t .— I b id. p . 144. Conf. Virtemb . c ap. xxx . ][2 S i qu is dixe rit in sa c rosanc to e u c h aristia sacramento remane re sub s tantiam

pani s e t v ini , una c um co rpo re e t sangu ine Dom ini nostri J e sus Ch rist i , negaveritque

1 Pe t . 1. 2 3.

2 58 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

P ropos i t ion IV.

The Body of Chr is t is g iven, ta ken, and ea ten, af ter an heavenly and

spiritua l, no t af ter a c a rna l sort .

T h e proo f f rom God’s wo rd.

Th e regenera te have in them a double l ife , one carnal ,th e o the r spiritua l .

T h e l ife carna l and temporary they brought with theminto this world : th e spiritua l wa s given unto them a fterwardin the ir se cond birth through th e word .

T h e life carna l and corpora l is common to all men, goodand b ad, and is ma inta ine d and pre se rve d by e arthly and

corruptible bre ad , common a lso to a ll and e ve ry man. Th e

l ife spiritua l is pe culiar only to God’

s e le ct, and is che rishe dby th e brea d o f life which came down from heaven, which isJe sus Christ, wh o nourishe th and sustaine th th e spiritua l l ifeof Chris tians, be ing re ce ived o f them by fa ith .

Which spiritua l bre ad, tha t h e might th e be tte r repre sent ,h e ha th institute d e arthly and vis ib le brea d and Wine , for a

sa crament of his body and blood . Whe reby h e do th te s tify ,

tha t as verily a s we re ce ive th e brea d w ith th e hands , andchew th e same with th e te e th and tongue , to th e nourishingo f this life tempora l, e ven so by fa ith (which is in pla ce o f

hands and mouth to th e soul) we ve rily re ce ive th e true body,and th e true blood o f Chr ist, our only Saviour, to th e cherishing o f th e spiritua l l ife in our souls .

And here in there is a go odly consent with th e most o fthe re formed churche s and us 1

[1 quod panis e t v inum ex ins titu tione Domini symb ola s int , quibus ab

ipso Domino pe r e ccle s ia m inis te r ium ve ra co rpo ris e t s angu inis ej us c ommunic a

tio non in pe ritu rum ventris cib um , sed in aste rnzc v i tae alimoniam e xh ib e a tur

H arm . C onf. Se ct . xxv . p . 1 13. C onf . He lv . Prio r . Art . xxI I . E s t e t spiritual is

manduc a tio co rpo ris Ch ris ti , non e a qu idem, qua e xis timemus cib um ipsum mu tariin Spiritum , sed qu a , manente in su a e sse ntia e t prOp1 ie tate co rpo re e t sanguineDom in i e a nob is c ommunic antur spiritualite r, u tique non co rpo ra l i modo , sed

spiri tu a l i , pe r Spiritum Sanctum , & c .— I b id. p . 109. Co nf. He lv . P os t. c ap. xxx.

1 1] c ocna D om ini ( in qua nob is c um pane e t v ino Dom ini , ve rum co rpus e t ve russanguis Ch risti , pe r minis trum e c c le sim praafigura tur e t o ffe rtur) panis e t v inummane t . Credimus au tem firmite r ipsumme t Ch ristum cibum e sse c redentium ani

marum,&c .

— Ib id. p . 1 16. Co nf. Bas i l . Art . vx. E t quanquam u t i ique ( se . b onie t ma li) ve rum s a crame ntum e t h anc verita tem eju s s a c ramentalite r, e t e x te rnom odo a c c ipiunt , c redente s tamen so l i Spiritualite r , a tque ita c um sa lu te sua accipiunt ; ab sque qua spiri tua l i pe rc eptione , nulla in usu sacramenta l i digna fi t pe rc cptio .

- I b id. p . 1 19. Conf. Boh em. c ap. X I I I . Q uamvis e nim nunc sit (Chxistus)in c oelis ” . c xedimus tame a c um arcana ct inc ompi c hensib ili Spii itus sui v irtute nos

X XVI l l .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

The a dversa r ies unto this truth .

Jo intly we withstand th e adve rsarie s the re of whosoeve r ;a s th e Cape rna i tes , which thought th e fle sh o f our Lordmight b e e a ten w ith corpora l month s .

T h e Synusiasts , or U b iquitarie s‘

, which think th e bodyo f Christ so is pre sent in th e suppe r, a s h is sa id body, withbrea d and wine , by one and th e same month , a t one and th e

same time , o f all and eve ry communicant, is e a ten corpora llyand re ce ive d into th e be lly .

T h e Me tusiasts and Papists”, which be lieve th e substanceo f brea d and w ine is so change d into th e subs tance o f Chris this body, as no thing rema ine th but th e real body of Christ,bes ide s th e a ccidents o f brea d and wine .

T h e Symbo lists, Figurists, and Significatists, wh o are o f

opinion tha t th e fa ithful a t th e Lord’s supper do re ce iveno thing but naked and bare signs .

a Aliqu i perovo ia o w f ugimus, sed in c ogna tum de lab’

imm'

o ur/ovo i

a O'

w , pani e t v ino sub s tant iam e quidem re linquendo , sed c o rpo ra leChristi c o rpus ita. c oaduniendo , u t sub stant ia sub stant iam ve l lo c alite r,

vel defin i tive , ve l reple t ive , ve l omn ibus istis modi s s imul c ontine a t

quod ipsum pro f e c to nil e s t a liud, quam T ransub stantia tionis quoddam

quasi invo lu c rum, & c .— Je z le r D e Diu tur. b e l l . Buch ar. [T igur. 1 584]

p. 1 8 . a .

b Af te r c onse c ra t ion th e re is ne i th er b read no r wine le f t in th issa c rament , sa i th Vaux in h is Ca te ch . By vi rtue o f th e wo rds o f

c onse c ra t ion th e sub s tanc e Of b re ad is tu rned and ch anged into th eve ry b ody o f Chr ist ; and th e sub stanc e o f w ine is turned into th eb lo od o f Ch ris t, th e Ho ly Gh o st wo rk ing b y a divine powe r, so th a t

Chr is t is wh olly unde r th e f o rm o f b re ad, and in e ve ry pa rt o f th eHo st, b e ing b roken, Ch rist is wh o l ly : a lso under th e f o rm o f w ineand e ve ry pa rt th e re o f , b e ing s epa ra ted, Ch ris t is wh o l ly.

— Canis .

Ga te ch . c . 4 2 . Romanense s introduxerunt vos (Luth e rani)(rvvovo la o w , ejus

"

so ro rem , e t plurim orum e rro rum ma trem, na vraxd

rqra .

— Je z 1er. D e D iutur. b e l l . E uch ar. [ut supra] p. 3 1 . b .

nutrire e t vivific are sui co rpor is e t sangu inis sub s tantia per fidem'

Tappreh ensa .

D ic imus autem ho c spiritualite r fieri, &c .—I b id. p . 12 1 . C onf. Gal l . A rt . xxxvx.

C e te rum nequaquam e rrave rimus di centes , id quod c omeditur e sse ipsissimum

C h risti co rpus na turals e t id quod b ibitur, ve rum ipsius sangu inem. A t instru

mentum, seu medium quo hmc c omedimus e t b ib imus,non est o s c orporeum , sed

Spiri tus ipse nos te r , idque per fidem . Ch ris tus i caque sempe r ad dexteram P atrisin c oelis re side t, ne c ide o m inus se nob is per fidem c ommunic a t. Po rro h znc coc h amensa e st spiritualis , & c .—Ib id. p . 1 2 6 . C onf. Be lg . Art. X XXV . ][3 Th is sh o uld b e Vaux , Ga te ch . Au ty . 1 574. c h . iv. p . 75, wh e re th e wo rds are

found. ]

[ROGE Rs ]

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE

P ropo s i t ion V .

T 0 reserve, ca rry a bout, lif t up, or w orship the Sa crament of the L ord’

s

Supper , is contra ry to the ordina nce of Chr ist .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

331 11 4 11 11 . T h e true and lawful use of this sa crament ha th b een a fo reMa rk xiv 2 2 se t down ; and the re fore it may sume c us to b e remembe red ,Luke xxii.l c o r. 11 . 1 6

h ow th e Lord’s suppe r was o rda ine d tha t th e bre a d should$311?v only 1 b e broken, and e a ten

, th e cup should only b e given, and11 11 1 . 2 3,

drunken ; and all this done in remembrance o f Christ .L k "

. l

1 305312231

2 5?

A nd so a lso te stify th e churches re formedz .Luke xxii 1 9.

I Co r. x i. 2 4. 2 5. Cent. He ly . xx. c ap. Bas il. A rt. v 1. Boh em . c ap. 13. August. de Mis sa , A rt. I . Saxon .

A rt. xxv . Wit temb . c ap. 19.

Adversa ries unto this truth .

But, contrary to th e institution o f Christ, th e Papists abuseth e ho ly sa crament . For

1 11 111 0 11 11 . 6. T hey re se rve th e same ; and not only so , but take i t to b ea catho lic, a pious, and a ne ce ssary custom, so to re se rve it 3 .

And be side s , they think eve ry pie ce and particle o f th e sacrament so rese rve d is th e ve ry body o f Christ 4

[1 No t only ,[2 C o rpus Ch ris ti in c oelis e st, ad dexteram Pa tris . Sursum e rgo elevanda sunt

co rda, e t non defig enda in panem , ne c adorandus Dom inus in pane .—H arm . C onf .

Se c t. xxv . p . 1 1 1 . C onf . Helv. P o s t . c ap. xxx. Non inc ludimus autem na tura le ,v e rum e t sub stantiale corpus Dom ini panem e t po tum . I taque ne e

adoramus Ch ristum in signis panis e t in c oe lis , & c .—I b id. p . 1 17 . Conf .

Bas il . Art . vx. I ta e t sangu is Domini nostri Je su C hrist i distribu itantum,

e t a deb e t , no n a u tem sac rific ari,aut proponi au t vene

rationis causa a tto l l i , monstrariqu e e t asserva ri au t c irc um fe rri deb e t.—Ib id. p . 1 19.

Conf . Bohem . c ap. xxxx. Hic h omo s sa c rific ii Ch r ist i non deb e t trans fe rri in opusSac e rdo tis Ins titu tione ceena D omini, non manda t Ch ris tus

.u t o ffe rant sace r

do te s pro aliis v iv is a c m ortuis . Q ua ig i tur auc to ritate h ie cu l tus tanquam ob l at iopro pe c c a tis s ine manda to D ei in e ccl e s ia ins titu tus e s t i—I b id. p. 1 2 9. Conf.

August . Pa rs 1 1 . D e Ab us . Art . I . Q uum au tem h az e omnia m ani fe ste s int impia ,face re ob lationem , u t loqu untur, u t me re atur v iv is e t pe ccantqu i h aec s ce le ra re tinent e t e t mani fe sta pro fana tio , partem C oenaeD omin i c irc umge stare e t ado rare , & c .—I b id. p . 1 41 . Conf. Sa xon. Art. m y ,

e rro r e st quod E uc h a ris tia sit ta le s ac rifie ium,quod deb e a t jug ite r in

E ccl e s ia , ad e xpianda pe cca ta vivo rum e t mo rtuo rum, e rro r

e st,quod una pars E u c h aristiae so lc a t in s ingularem c ultum D e i c irc umgestari, e t

reponi. -I b id. pp . 1 46 , 8 , C onf. Virtemb . c ap. xxx . ]

[3 C onsue tudo as servandi in sacrario sanc tam E uc h aristiam ade o antiqua est, u te arn se culu rn e tiam N i cseni c onc ilii agno ve rit . P o rro de fe rri ipsum s a crum E uch aristiam ad infirmos , e t in h unc usum diligente r in e c c le siis c onservari, pree te rq uam

quod c um summa aequ i ta te e t ra tione c onjunc tum e st , tum mul tis in c onc iliis preec eptum invenitur, c t ve tus tissimo Ca th olic ze E ccle s i a). mo re e s t ob se rva tum .

C onc il. Harduiu . T om . 11 . c o l. 8 1 . C one . Trid. Sess . x xxx. c ap.

[4 Se e ab ove , 2 87, no te

2 92 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

ARTICLE XXIX .

Of th e Wicked which do no t e a t th e body and blood o f Chr is tin th e use o f th e Lord’s Suppe r.

T h e wicked, a nd such a s be void of a livelyf a ith , a lth ough

th ey do c a rna lly a nd visibly press w ith th eir tee th (a s S t A u

gus tine sa ith) th e Sa cr ament of th e B ody a ndBlo od of Chris t,

yet in no w ise a re th ey pa r ta kers of Ch r is t , bu t ra th er , to

th eir condemna tion, do ea t a nd drink th e s ign or sa cramentof so grea t a th ing .

The proposition.

T he w icked, and such as b e vo id o f a l ive ly fa i th , do no t

e a t th e body, nor drink th e blood o f Jesus Christ , in th e use

o f th e Lord’s suppe r .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

S t Paul do th shew h ow th e suppe r o f th e Lord is re ce ive do f some worthily, which do examine and judge themse lve s , anddiscern th e Lord ’s body, a s a lso do absta in from th e table o f

devils . How the se do participa te o f th e body and blood of

Christ, it ha th a lre ady be en sh ewn in th e last-mentioned Article ,Proposit. Iv .

A ga in,o f o the rs th e same is unworthily re ce ive d ; tha t is

to say, which themse lve s do no t examine , nor j udge , ne ithe rdisce rn th e Lord ’

s body, and do communicate a t th e table o f

th e Lord and a t th e table o f de vils . The se may re ce ive th esa crament, but no t th e true body of Christ. Th e reasons b e ,for tha t

T hey la ck th e we dding-ga rment, which is fa ith, and th e

righte ousne ss o f Christ .

211

1111 411 45, They are no membe rs of th e true chu rch , th e head whe re o fc '

is Je sus Chris t.1 0 1111 vi. 35. T hey have no promise o f he avenly re fre shing , b e cause they

are w ithout a live ly fa ith .

2 7. The re fore they procure unto themse lves most heavy punishments ; a s disea se s , dea th , guiltiness o f th e body and bloodo f Christ, and the rewith damnation.

tur : utque in pro c e ss ionibus reverenter e t h onorific e illud per v ias e t loca pub l icac irc umferre tur.—C onc . Trid. Sess. xxxi . c ap.

xxxx .] OF T HE CHU RCH o r E NGLAND . 2 93

Of this j udgement b e othe r churche s, Christian and re 0 0 11 1 11 11 111 .in th e de c laforme d bes ides ‘. 1 11 1 111 11 o f th eLo rd

s supper.

Helv. I I . cap. 2 1 . Bas il. Art. v I . Boh em . c ap. 13. Gal. A rt. xxxvxx. Be lg. Art. xx x v.

E rrors a nd adversa r ies unto this truth .

T h e adve rsarie s o f this do ctrine are

T h e U biquitarie s, bo th Luthe ran and popish ; they saying Sturmius ,

th e ve ry body o f Chr ist, a t th e Lord'

s supper, is e a ten as we ll fiaiiiifgf

si.’

o f th e wicke d a s o f th e godly 2 ; the se affirming , tha t all c om T est. Rh em .Anno t. 1 Co r.munieants , b ad and goo d, do e at the ve ry and na tura l body xi~ 2 7~

o f Christ Jcsus 3 ; they saying tha t th e true and re a l body o f So repprte thSturmxus in

Christ,in, with, under th e bre ad and wine , may b e e aten,

, par. , p.

chewe d , and dige ste d, e ven of T urks , which ne ve r we re o f th e 106

church“; and the se ma inta ining , tha t unde r th e form o f bread 11 111 11 . 11 111111 ,

par. 4, q . 45,

th e same true and rea l body o f Chr1st may b e devoure d o gap-

393

30

3dogs, hogs, ca ts , and ra ts 5. A rt . 1 1 1 .

Q ui autem indigne , id e st , s ine fide (per quam so lam Dom ini e t salutis e ih e imur partic ipe s) de pane h o c ederit e t de poculo b ib e rit, [fa temur] s ib i j udiciumm anducare e t b ib e re .

—H a rm. Conf . Se ct. xxv . p . 1 15. C onf. Helv. Prio r. D e c larat.de Sacr . Dom . Cmo . C e te rum qui nu l la c um fide ad h anc sa c ram Dom ini mensama c c edit, sacramento duntaxat c ommunic at, e t rem sacrament i , unde e s t v i ta e t sa lus,non pe rc ipit : e t tales indigne edunt de mensa Dom ini, &c .—Ib id. p. 1 1 1 . Conf.

Helv. P os t . c ap. xxx. U tuntnr au tem h o e ( sacramento ) u trique , b oni e t ma l i, e ttamen ve re c redentes ad v i tam,

non c redente s autem ad j udicium,e t c ondemna

tionem. —Ib id. p . 1 19. C onf. Boh em . c ap. xxI I . e o s , qui ad sac ram

mensam Dom ini, pu ram fidem , tanquam vas quoddam afi'

e runt, ve re re c ipere quodib i s igna te s tific antur, & c .

— I b id. p . 1 2 1 . Conf. Ga ll . A rt. xxxvxx. Prae tere a

quamvis sacramenta s int c onjunc ta re i ips i s ignific atae , amb er: tamen res istaa non ab

omnibus re c ipiuntur. Malus enim re c ipit qu idem sacramentum in suam c ondemna

tionem , a t rem seu verita tem sa cramenti non re c ipit—I b id. p . 1 2 6. Conf. Be lg .

A rt . x x xv .][2 The re is an e rro r in the re fe re nce , b ut se e b e low ,

no te[3 Gu ilty of the body . Firs t h e re upon mark w e l l , th a t il l men re ce ive th e b ody

and b lood o f Ch r is t , b e th ey infidels or ill l ive rs —Tes t . Rh em . Rh emes , 1582 .

A nn. 1 C o r. x i . 2 7 . p .

[4 A iunt pontific ii, ve rum co rpus natum exMa ria virgine , u t natum e st, ut vixit,

u t cruc i suspensum fu i t, illud inquam in cruce c ruen ta tum , e sse ita c orporalite r c um

pane , u t panis specie sit,reve ra non sit panis

,co rpu s autem to tum sit, e t ore

comedi illud e t mandu c ari ab indignis e t ma l is e t improb is C hristianis s ive fide libus .

Lu th erani qui nunc sunt e t dic i vo lunt , e xcep ta transub s tantiatione idem dic unt : e tamplius videntur adde re

, e t iam ab impiis e t Turc is manduc ari e t o re mas ticari .Sturmius , Quart . Antipapp. Ne ap. Pa la t. 1580 . Pars Se c . Antiprooem . p .[5 Prima au tem Opinio quas dic i t, quod co rpus Ch ris ti de fertur quo c umque spe cie s

de feruntur, e t in ventrem canis ve l su is , ve l in a l ia lo ca immunda, v ide tu r ve rasa lvo enim ve ro e sse spe c ierum, adhu c non de sinit e sse sacramentum, ne e Ch ris tussub spe cie .

—Ale x . A le us . Summ . Th e o lo g . C0 1. 162 2 . Pars xv. Q uaas t . xx. Art. 4.

3 . p . 407 . Ad te rtium dic endum quod e t iam si mus vel canis hos tiam c onse c ratam

manduc e t sub s tantia co rporis Ch ris ti non de sinit e sse sub spe c ieb us quamdiu spec iesil l ac manent &c .—Th om . Aqu in. Summ . Th eo log . Duac. 1 6 14. P ars xxx. Q uaest.lx xx . Art . 3 . fol.

2 94 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

ART I CLE XXX .

Of bo th kinds .

T h e c up of th e L ord is no t to be denied to th e lay

people ; f or bo th th e pa r ts of th e L ord’

s S a crament, byCh r is t

s o rdina nce a nd commandment, ough t to be minis

tered to a ll Ch ris tia n men.

The proposition.

T he pe ople must b e partake rs , not only o f th e bre ad ,but a lso o f the wine , when they approa ch unto th e Lord ’stable .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Our Lord and Saviour Christ ha th so institute d h is supper, a s h e w ill have no t only th e bread , but a lso th e cup , tob e de live re d unto all communicants . So find we in th e wordo f God, name ly,

Ma tt. 11 11 1 1 1 T ha t th e bre ad must b e given to all, and ea ten o f all.

111

1 1 1 11 11 11 1 . 2 2 . T h e cup is to b e given to all, and to b e drunken o f all.

is?

e m

l’

s

Hereunto subscr ibe th e churche s 1dz xi. 2 3

,2 4, 2 5. Matt. xxvi. 2 7. Mark xxv. 2 3. Luk e xxii. 2 0. 1 Co r. x . 1 6 , 5: xi. 2 5. Conf . He lv. x.

A rt . xxxx. xx. c ap. 2 1 . Bo h em . cap. 1 3. Gal. A rt. xxxvx. xxxvxxx. Be lg . A rt. xx xv. August . des sa , A rt . I . 1x. Saxon. A rt. x v. "

Wi ttemb . c ap. 19. Suevxc a , c ap. 18 .

The a dver sa r ies unto th is truth .

Gal. 111. 15. T hough i t b e a man’

s covenant, ye t when i t is c on

firmed , no man do th abroga te , or adde th anything the reunto .

Wha t impudency then, ye a , wha t impie ty, do they shew whicha lte r this ordinance o f God !

[1 Improb amus itaque i l le s qui a l te ram spe c iem, po culum inquam D om ini,

fidelibus sub traxerunt . Grav ite r enim pe ccant contra ins titutionem dom ini dicentis , B ib i te ex h o e omne s , & c .

—H arm . Conf. Se c t. xxv. p . 1 1 2 . Conf . He lv. Pos t.c ap. xxx. dis tinc tis cl ement is h aze amb o ac c ipi deb ent : pe c uliarite r e t separatim

co rpus , e t separa tim sangu is ejus sanc tus , sicut s ingula s epara tim a Dom inoins ti tu ta , porre c ta , e t unive rsis c ommuniter tradi ta fuerunt .—Ib id. p . 1 19. Conf.

Boh em . c ap. xIxx. I temque panem illum, e t v inum illud quod nob is in C oens

datur, &c .— I b id . p . 1 2 2 . Conf. Ga ll. Art. xxxvxxx. E t quoniam communis m issa

apud nos c eleb ra tur, u t intelligat populus se quo que sanc tific ari s angu ine C h ris ti e tdis c a t ve rum usum ce remonias, da tur la ic is u traque pars sac ramenti in C oena

Dom ini , &c .— I b id. p . 135. Conf. August . D e Abus . Art. xx. Norunt omnes

C oenam Dom ini ita ins titu tam esse , u t de tu r popu lo inte grum sacramentum , s ic ut

s crip tum e s t, B ib i te e x h o c e st proh ib itionem unius partis injustam e sse .

— I b id. p . 1 43. C onf. Sa xon . Art. x v . Quod autem ad E uc h aris tiae

usum a ttine t,p rimum e ts i non ne gamus qu in to tus Ch ris tus tam pane qu am v ino

E uch aristies dispe ns e tur, tamen do c emus u sum u triusque partis deb e re uni ve rsa;E ccle s ia c ommunem e sse .

— I b id. p . 145. Conf. Virtemb . c ap. xxx. T h e o th e rre fe rences are infe rential . Se e ab o ve , p . 2 88 , no te I . ]

I b id. p. 2 83.

C one . Constan. Se ss. 1 3.

T h e odore t.

2 96 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

I t is no t by God’

s , but man’

s law, tha t lay-persons c ommunica te

,e ithe r in both kinds , o r in one

‘.

No twithstanding tha t Chris t institute d th e sacrament tobe re ce ive d unde r bo th kinds , and th e primitive church a ccordingly did so administe r th e same : Hoe tamen non obs ta nte

,

ye t, this no twi ths tanding , i t is to b e taken o f th e la i ty but unde rone kind 2 .Some , by confounding th e e lements . So th e Muscovite s

do mingle brea d and w ine toge the r 3 ; and th e Papis ts make a

mixture o f wine and wa te r, ma inta ining tha t wa te r must b emixed w i th wine a t th e conse cra tion o f th e blood “

,and tha t

th e m ixture o f wa ter w ith wine w ithout sin canno t b eomitte d 5.

Some , by changing th e e lements . So th e Aquarians , andth e HydroPara sta tites , for Wine , administe re d and gave wa te runto th e pe ople “.

ART ICLE XXX I .

Of th e one Obla tion o f Chr ist finished upon th e Cross .

T h e ofi'

ering of Ch ris t onc e ma de (1 ) is th a t perf ec tr edemption, propitia tion,

a nd s a tisf a c tion f or a ll th e s ins

[1 Se e las t note . ][2 Ch ris tus pos t coc h am instituexit e t su is disc ipulis administravexit s ub

u traque spe cie panis e t v ini h o c vene rab ile sa crame ntum tamen h o c non ob s tante ,sa cro rum Canonum aucto ri ta s laudab ilis e t approb a ta consu e tudo e ccle s ias se rvavit

e t se rva t, quod h ujusmodi sa cramentum non de b e t c onfic i pos t c oenam ,

s ic ut h ae c consue tudo ad e vitandum aliqua peric u la e t soandala e st ra tionab iliter

introduc ta , quod l ice t in p rim i t iva E ccle s ia h uju smo'

di sacramentum re c ipere tur a

fidelibus sub u traque spe cie , tamen po s te a a c onfic ientibus s ub u traque , e t a laic is

tantummodo sub spe cie panis sus c ipia tu r, c um firmissim e credendum s it, e t nullatenus dub itandum , integ rum Ch ris t i co rpus e t sangu inem tam sub spe c ie panisquam s ub Spe cie v ini e st pro le ge quamnon l i ce t re prob are , & c .

— C o nc il. I—Iarduin . P a ris . 1 7 1 4. T om . vxxI . c ol. 38 1 .

C onc il. Cons tant. Se ss. X I I I . ][3 Communicant sub u traque sp ec ie , sed ita u t co rpu s sangu ini misc e ant in

ca l ice , unde sace rdo s c um c o c h le ari portiunc nlam acc ipit,e t porrigit commun i

canti .—Surins, C omment . Bre v . R e r. Ges t . & c . Co lon. 1574. p .[4 Supexe st u t de a l te ra hujus sacrame nt i mate ria , e t e lemento dic atur. E st

a utem v inum ex v i tis fruc tn e xpre ssum ,c ui modi cum aqnae pe rmixtum

ve ro D e i E ccle s ia v ino sempe r admiscu it .—Ga te ch . Conc . Trid. Rom. 1 566 .

p .

[5 Sed quamvis aqu ae admise endee ita grave s ratione s s int, u t e am s ine mortal i

pe cca to pr fe termittere non lic e a t, &c .—I b id. ]

[6 Se e ab o ve

,p . 2 95, no te

XXX I .] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND. 2 97

of th e wh ole w or ld, bo th o rigina l a nd a c tua l ; a nd th ere

is none o th er sa tisf a ction f o r s in but th a t a lone . Wh e ref ore (2 ) th e sa crifi ce of ma sses , in th e w h ic h i t w a s c om

monly s a id tha t th e pries ts did of e r Chr is t f or th e qu icka nd th e dea d to h a ve remission of pa in a nd guilt, w ere bla sph emous f a bles , and dangerous deceits .

The propositions .

1 . T he blood o f Je sus Christ once sh ed for mankindupon th e c ross is a perfe ct redemption, propitia tion, and sa tisfa ction for all th e s ins o f th e who le world .

2 . Sacrifice s o f th e mass are most bla sphemous fable sand dangerous de ce its .

Propo s i t ion I .

The blood of Jesus Chr is t once shed f or mankind upon the cross is

a perf ec t r edemption, propitia tion, a nd sa tisf a ction f or a ll the sins ofthe whole world.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Of th e benefits redounding unto mankind by Christ his 1 1 .

o ffe ring up o f himse lf upon th e cro ss, we have in sundryIA

r

fiPx‘

iixx.pla ce s a fore spoken, and by th e word of God prove d h im to h

r

ftpxi

ivm .

b e th e pe rfe ct redemption, propitiation, and sa tisfa ction for allth e s ins o f th e who le world, bo th origina l and a ctua l . 3312 111 1;

He reunto th e churche s o f God be ar witne ss 7 {32219. Ac ts x. 43 .

Rom . iii. 25. Heb . ix . 1 2 , & c . 2 8 . 1 Jo hn ii. 2 . 1 Jo h n iv . 1 0 . Jo h n 1. 2 9. 1 Pe t . iii. 18 . 1 Jo hn i . 7.

Cont . He lv. 1 . A rt. xx. xx. c ap. 1 1 , 1 5. Basxl. A rt. I v . Bo h em . c . 6 . Ga l. A rt. X I I I . xvx. xvn . Be lg .

A rt . x x . XX I I . August. Art. xxxxv. Saxon. A rt . 1 1 1 . Wittemb . c . 2 , 5. Suevic . c . 2 , 3.

The errors and a dversa r ies unto this tru th .

Hereby it is evident to th e eye s o f all godly pe rsons, tha tmos t a ccurse d b e th e e rrors o f them which do a ffirm tha tFrom th e b eginning o f th e world until th e fifte enth year o f E piph an.

th e Empe ro r T iber ius none a t all were saved . Th e e rro r o f

Manes th e here tic 8Man

s body is no t capable o f happine ss, but th e soul only ; D . I ren. L ib .

and ye t no souls shal l b e save d but the ir own, sa id th e MarI ' cap' 2 9°

c ionite s 9

A ll men and women tha t sin a fte r baptism a re undoubte dly[7 Se e ab ove , pp . 56 , 2 19,[8 Se e ab o ve , p . 137 , note[9 Salutem a u tem so lum animarum e sse futuram, carum qua ejus do c trinam

didic issent co rpus au tem, v ide lice t quoniam a te rra sit sumptum , imposs i b i le e sseparticipa re salutem—I ren. Adv. Ha r. Oxon. 1702 . Lib . 1 . c ap. 2 9. p .

2 98 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

D -Hie ron-ad damned . In this e rror we re th e Montanists l and th e No

it“

: va tians 2 .2 ' Our salva tion is of ourse lve s ; so sa id Me lchior Ho ffman,

fizfifflfi é‘

fib ’

an arch-he re tic 3.Hblinsh . Man I s re stored to grace o f God’s mere mercy, w ithout th eCh “ M 1 2 99

means o f Chris t’s blo od, dea th , and pa ssion ; one Of Ma tthewHamant

s bla sphemous a ssertions.

Th e Saviour o f men is Je sus Christ, a man, and came intoggsfi

mm m .

th e world to save no women, but men, say some “ Papists, andb . c . rede eme d th e superior world only, which is man, sa id Po ste lgggg;

3 ° lus 5 th e Je suit : and ye t no t all men ne ithe r ; for S t Francishath rede eme d so many as are save d s ince h is days, say th eFranciscan friars “.

P-Mom aeus. T h e Saviour of women, from h er time till th e end o f th eT ra c t . deE °°1 world , is St Clare , affirm"one : and o ther Papists, a s Poste lJe su its

'

Ca t.1, b 10 lus 8, sa ith it is one Mo the r Jane .

D ia logue o f T h e Saviour o f men and women is S t Mary, through h erD ive s and{a

far-“ om

Virgini ty, say9some ; is S t Christina , by h er passion, say

D ion s . Car.(19 4 , om ,

o ther 1 0 Papists .

Nl A t. 0 o o

wow s r

T here is no sufficient sa crifice yet off e re d for th e sms o f

th e world ; one o f F . Ke t’s e rrors .

Christ ha th sa tisfie d, and wa s o ffe re d only for origina lsin ; an e rror o f Thomas Aquinas .

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 41 , no te [

2 See ab o ve , p . 1 35, no te[3 Salutem in nostris virib us positam e sse arb itrab atur —Bul l ing .

adv. Anab apt. ( S imle r . Ve rs . La t .) T iguri. 1 560 . p . 65. b . Lib . I I . c ap.

[4 C ryste b e c am no t w oman b u t man to s ave mankynde . Th a t as mankynde

w as lo ste b y man, 50 0 mankynde sh olde b e saved by man . And th e re fo re in manh ede h e w o lde dye fo r mankynde , for manh ede h ad lo s t mankynde . And a lso h eb e c am man and no t woman to sa ve th e o rdre o f o f w oman

’s kyn h e

made medyc yine to th e synne o f Adam and to he 1e mankynde o f ye harde sekene ss

o f Adam ’

s synne .—D ives and P aupe r . Printed b y Wyken de Wo rde . Wes t

monstre . 1496 . C om . VI . 0 .

[5 Se e ab o ve , Art. n . P rop . 4. page 58, no te[6 Th is re fe rence th e edito r h as b e en unab le to ve r i fy ; bu t se e Mornazus , Tract .

de E ccles . 1 599. c ap. ix . p . 400 . N imirum Franc isc um tanquam a lte rum C h ris tumnob is pepe rit ( Papa tus ) de que h ujusmodi sunt : Hunc v ide l ice tsu is me ritis a morte ze te rna s a lvare po sse qu o tquo t a. su is tempo ribus ad finem usquemundi v ic turi e ssent . ][7 Po rro C laram iisdem tempo rib us qu ibus Franc is cum in mundum prodiisse u t

e as omnes se rvare t, qua e a rn ad finem usque mundi invo c a turae e ssent.—Mornaaus ,

I b id.][8 Se e no te[9 By o ur lady b le ssed mo te sh e b e , th e fendes powe r is des troyed—D ives and

P aupe r. C om . v1 . 0 .

[1 0 D ionys . Ca rthus . D e Qua t . l l om . Ne v iss. Paris . 1551 . Art . 50 . fol.

300 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

A sacrifice propitiatory l o f Je sus Chris t rea lly offered toGod th e Fa the r , and tha t o ften, in th e honour o f dead sa ints .

Alb e rt . Mag .

de Sac r.

E uc h . How] .

7 . Be as .

A sacrific e 2 , whe re in Christ is so gloriously , a s i t is to b eadored , even w ith divine worship , bo th o f prie s t and pe ople .

A sacrifice me rito rious 3 to a ll them for whom i t is offe red ,a l though they b e not l iving , but dea d not pre sent

,but absent ;

not endue d e ithe r with ze a l or knowledge , but quite destituteo f fa i th ; and tha t en oper e opera to .

He reby are w e to note , first, blasphemous fables . For

I t is a fable tha t th e mass is a sacrifice , and tha t propitiatory ; a fable , that a few wo rds o f a prie st c an change bre adinto a l iving body, ye a , many bodie s wi th the ir souls , and tha to f Je sus Christ, God and man ; a fable , tha t one and th e samesa crifice is o ff ered in th e mass which wa s o ff ere d on th e cro ss ;a fable , tha t th e sa id ma ss is any whit profitable for th e quick ,much le ss for th e de ad .

Next, dange rous de ce its . For he reby men are to be lieve

Crea ture s may b e a dored ; contrary to God’

s word “ .

Christ is often o ffered ; contrary to th e sc riptureb

.

3Th ou sh a l t no t h ow to th em ,

nor se rve th em, E xod. xx. 5 .

b By h is own b lo od ente red h e in once unto th e h o ly pla c e , &c .

He b . ix . 1 2 , &c . He was onc e o ff e re d, I b id. 2 8 .

E t quoniam in div ino h oc sac rific io ,quod in m issa pe ragitur, idem i l le

C h ris tus c ontine tur, e t incruente immola tur, qui in ara cru c is sem e l se ipsum cruenteo b tulit , do c e t s ancta synodus sac rific ium is tud ve re prOpitia to rium e sse, & c . E t

quamvis in h ono rem e t memo riam sanctorum nonnullas interdum m is sas e ccles iac e leb ra re c onsue verit, non tamem il l is sac rific ium ofi

'

erri do c e t , sed D e o so l i qui illo sc o ronavit. —C onc il. Trid. Se ss . xx i i . c ap. 2

, 3. S i qu is dixe rit impos turam esse

m is sas ce le b ra re in h ono rem sanc to rum , e t pro illorum inte rce ss ione apud Deumo b tinenda ; anath ema sit .— lb id. c an.

[2 Nullus i ta qua dub itandi lo cus relinquitur, qu in omne s Ch ris t i fide le s, pro

mo re in c a th o lic a e ccle s ia s emper re ce pto , la triae c u ltum q ui ve ro D eo deb e tur hu ies anc tissimo sa crame nto in vene ra tione e xh ib e ana—Ib id. Se ss . X I I I . c ap.

[3 Ofi

'

e rtur Ch ris tus in h umana na tura co rpo ris e t sangu inis . Ofi’

e rtur autempro omn ib us . Sapientia au tem div ina ob la tum univit o ffe re ntem

c um e o c ui fi t ob la tum c um h is pro qu ibus Off ertur,h aze e t s im i l ia no n u timur aliquo s a c rific io nis i is to unico : qu ia sic u t dici t Gre go r.I lo c mag is v iv is profic it ad g ra tiam inveniendam , re tine ndam ct re c upe randamh o c m ag is de s ide rant mo rini purgandi ad impe trandum veniam .

—A lb e rt . Mag . Opp.

Lugd. 1651 . T om . xxi . D e Sac ram . Buch ar. D ist . v . c ap. 3. fe ll. 90 , 1 .

b le ssed sac rifice o f Ch ris t h is b ody and b lo od, appo inted b y Ch ris t to b eo ff e red up e ve ry day fo r thanksg iv ing to God, fo r ob ta ining o f g race , and avo idingo f all e v i l , and fo r th e rem iss ion o f s ins b o th o f qu i ck and dead—A Brie f D iscoursc ontayning c ertayne Reasons, &c . Douay , 1580 . Re as . VI I . p . 43. Se e no te , p .

2 39, no te

xxxn] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 301

T he pr ie s t ofi’ere th up Chris t ; contrary to th e scriptureS ins b e forgiven without blood ; contrary to th e scripture d

Christ die d no t once , but die th da ily ; contrary to th e

scripture ".Fa ith is not ne ce ssary in communicants ; contrary to th e

scripture f

We are to adore Christ as a lways pre sent ; contrary to Luke xxii

th e scr ipture , whe re we are taught to remembe r h im absent. 1“ 2 5

T h e favour o f God by money may b e purchase d from a

prie st ; contrary to th e scripture .

All which the ir fable s and de ce i ts do tend to th e utte rabo lishing o f true re lig ion. T he re fore Justly have we and

fiiiflx

fiii

v‘

é'

our godly bre thren“ abandone d th e mass .m. c ap 19, 2 1 .

Basil. A rt . vr.

Accursed then stand those Papists be fore God which take Bo h em c 13

Be lg . A rt.

th e mass to b e th e sacrifice o f Chr ist h is body and blood 5, an H “

A ugust. dethe only sovere ign worship due to God In h is church s .” M‘s”, A“

Saxon. Art.xW .

Wittemb .

He Off e red up h imse l f , Heb . VI I . 2 7 .c ap 19Suevic . c . 19.

d Wi th out sh e dding o f b lo od 15 no r em iss ion, Heb . 1 X. 2 2 . Co nc il. T rid.

9I t is appo inted unto m en th at th ey sh a ll once die , He b . ix. 2 7 . s

s

a

'

f With ou t fa ith it is impo ss ib le to ple ase God, Heb . xi. 6 .

sac"

T est. Rh em .

Anno t.Ma tt. xxiv.

[4

autem l ib e re dic imus, m issam, quas hodie in usu e st pe r universam 1 5

Romanam e c c le siam , plurimas e t justiss imas qu idem ob causas , in e c c le siis nostris

e sse approb are non po tuimus , e a sace rdos dic itur c onfic ere ipsum D om ini co rpus, e t h oc ofi

'

erre re a l i te r, & c .—Harm . Conf. Se ct. xrv.

p . 1 12 . Conf. He lv. Pos t. c ap. XXI . N on inc ludimus autem na tura le ve rum e t

sub stantiale co rpus Ch risti ex pura virgine Mar ia na tum , pro nob is passum , c l quodin c oe los as c endit

,in Dom ini panem e t po tum , & c .

— Ib id. p . 1 17 . Conf. Bas i l .Art . VI . S ic inte rpre tantur sac rific ium quum M issam vo c ant sac rific ium , Opusv ide l ice t quod applic a tum pro a llis mere tur e is remissionem cu l pas e t poenarum, &c .

ig i tur au c toritate h ic cu l tus , tanquam ob la tio pro pe c c a tis, s ine mandatoD e i, in e ccle s ia institutus e st “

l— I b id. pp . 1 2 8 , 9. C onf. Augus t. D e Ab us . A rt . I .

D e M issa . E t Fil ius D e i ipse se se ob tulit , ingrediens in sanc tumig i tur nunc intelligunt sac rific uli, qui dic unt sese o ffe rre C hristum .

— I b id. p . 1 42 .

C onf . Sax on. Art . xxv . A l ius e rro r e st , quod euc h aris tia sit ta le sac rific ium quoddeb e at jugiter in e ccl e s ia , ad e xpianda pe cca ta vivorum e t

I b id. p . 1 46 . Con f. Virtemb . c ap. x ix. contra qu i missas ce leb rant, preesumunt Chris tum Pa tri ofi'

erre pro v iv is e t de func tis , m issamque tale opus fac iunt ,que so lo fe re favo r e t sa lus c ompare tur, &c .

— I b id. p . 150 . Conf . Sue v . c ap. xxx .

Se e a lso ab ove , p. 2 86, no te I . ][5 T h e re fe rence to th e Conc il. Trid. sh ould b e , Se ss . x iii . Can. 4. Se e ab o ve

,

P . 2 86, no te 2 , and p. 2 87 , no te s 4,[6 Te s t . Rhem . Rh emes, 1562 . Annot. Ma tt . x x iv. 15. p .

30 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

ARTICLE XXXII .

Of th e Marriage o f Prie sts .

Bishops , pries ts , a nd dea cons (l ) a re no t c omma nded

by God’

s la w eith er to new th e es ta te of s ingle lif e , or to

a bs ta in f rom ma rriag e ; th eref ore it is la wf ul a lso f or th em ,

( 2 ) a s f or a ll o th er Ch ris tia n m en, to ma rry a t th eir own

disc r e tion, a s th ey sh a ll judge th e s ame to s erve bette r to

g odliness .

The propositions .

1 . By th e word o f God it is lawful for bishops, and all

o ther e ccle sia stica l m iniste rs , to marry a t the ir own discre tion.

2 . I t is lawful by th e word o f God for all Christian menand women to marry a t the ir own discre tion in th e fear o f

God.

P ropo s i t ion I .

By the word of God it is lawf u lf or bishops, and a ll o ther ecclesia stica lministers, to ma rry a t their own discretion .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s w o rd.

Ne ithe r th e single nor th e wedded life is enj o ined on anyman, much le ss any ca l ling o f men, by th e wo rd o f God. And

tha t e ccle s ia stica l ministers in particular may marry it is e vi

dent bo th from th e Old and th e New T e stament.Lev. xx i. 7. From th e Old T e stament, both by th e commandments given

unto th e prie sts for th e cho ice o f the ir w ive s , and b y th e ex

Lem xx“ , 1 ,ample s a lso o f th e re ligious prie sts , a s Aaron, Eli Z a charias ,

13’

&c ., and prophe ts , which were all marrie d, as it 13 thought,

e xcept Je remyFrom th e New T e stament, by th e words of St Paul , wh o

i.Tim . iii. 2 , sa ith

,A bishop must b e th e husband o f one w ife ; one tha t

T it . i. 5, c . ha th children unde r obedience ” “ An e lde r must b e unre

provable , th e husband o f one wife , ha ving fa ithful children.

if.“ it 1 1 , D ea cons must b e th e husbands o f one w ife ; and have w ive s

Matt. viii, tha t b e hone st, not e vil-spe ake rs , &c . and by th e examplei351] . m e . o f Pe te r , Paul , ye a , o f th e apostle s , wh o were all marrie d men,1 Co r. vi . 5. John th e e vange l ist only exce pt, a s some think .

Conf .Hc lv. I . A ll s incere churche s and profe ssors subscribe he reunto 1A rt . xxxvu .

a: u , c ap, 2 9,Bas il. A rt . I . se c t 1

,2 . Boh em . c . 9, 1 Gal. A rt . XX I V. August. de Abusu. Saxon. A rt .XV I I I . XX I . lVI ttemb . c . 2 1 , 2 6. Suevic a ,

[1 Conj ug ium omnibus hominibus aptis , e t al io non vo c a tis , divinitus institutum

304 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Or o f th e Papists, wh o tea ch tha tMajo r. c ryp.

From th e a postle s ’ time it was neve r lawful for pr i e sts tom ili t. E c c les.

marry‘.

Tes t, Rh em .

T he thre e o rde rs o f deacons, sub -deacons, and prie sts, arebound not to marry 2

m ,m e , Afte r orders , to marry i t is no t lawful 3 ; i t is to turn back1 T im . i i i . 2 .

t S t d t 4I b id. Anno t. 11 1) 0 a. an, an apos a sy1 T im . V. 15. o o o oNone may b e a prie st, though h e Wi ll vow a Single life ,1 im . iii. if h e have be en a marrie d man5.

For a prie st to play th e whore -mas te r i t is le ss off encethan to take a wife . This was th e spe e ch o f cardina l Campe ius

fi. And mos t infamous is th e Romish cle rgy for the ir

unclean and incontinent life . Hence written is i tOf pop e Paul th e Se cond,

Anxia t esticulos Pauli ne Roma requira s

Filia huie nata e s t ; hmc do c e t e sse marem.

Of pope Innocent th e Eighth,Bis qua tuor noc ens genuit puellulos ,T o tidem sed e t no c ens g enuit puellulas ;

O Roma ! possis hunc me ri to dice re patrem.

Of pope Alexande r th e S ixth,

Th e re se ems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence . ][2 U nde r th e name o f de a cons are h e re conta ined sub -de acons , a s b e fo re unde r

th e name o f b ish op , prie s ts a lso we re compreh ended ; for to th ese fo u r pe rta ine thth e apos tle ’s pre ce pt and o rde r tou ch ing one w ife , and tou ch ing contine ncy and

ch as ti ty , & c .—Te s t . Rhem . Rh eme s , 1582 . Anno t . 1 T im. i i i . 8 . p . 57 1 . T h e

marg ina l anno ta tion is , T h e th re e h oly o rde rs only b ound to ch a sti ty. ][3

It w as ne ve r law fu l in God ’

s chu rch to marry a fte r o rde rs—Tes t. Rh em .

Rh eme s, 1 582 . Anno t . 1 T im . i ii . 2 . p .

[4 We may h e re le a rn, tha t fo r tho se to marry wh ich are pro fe ssed, is to turn

b ack a fte r Sa tan—I b id. A nn . 1 T im . v . 15. p .

[5 T h e auth o r is m istaken h e re . T he anno tat ion to wh i ch h e re fe rs is a s fo l lows

T h e apostle th en b y th is place w e now tre a t o f ne i the r commande th , nor counse lle th , no r w isb e ch , nor w ou ld h ave b ish ops o r p rie sts to m arry, or su ch only to b ere ce ived as h ave b e en married : bu t th a t such an one as h ath b e en married (so i twe re bu t once , and th a t to a v irg in) may b e made b ish op o r prie st. Wh i ch is nomo re th an an inh ib i tion th a t none hav ing b e en tw i ce ma rr ied, o r b e ing bigamus ,sh ould b e admi tted to th a t h o ly o rde r .—T es t. Rhem . Rh eme s , 1582 . Ann. 1 T im . iii. 2 .

A nd th e ma rg ina l annotation on th e s ame page ( p. 570) is , Th ey that we re madepriests o f married men, ab sta ined from th e ir[6 Quod au tem alii sc ortentur e t inhone ste v ivant, non ideo sc elus is to rum ex

purgari : non re cte face re qui sic tamem idc irc o non is tis l ice re ma tr imonium c ontrahere : e t quod sace rdo te s fiant mari ti mul to e sse g ravius pec c atum ,

quam si plurimag domi me re tr ice s a lant : nam illos h ab e re persuasum, quas i re ctefaciant, h os autem scire e t pe c c atum agnose ere .

—Sle idan. Comment. Argento ra t.1555. Lib . I v. fol.

U K“ [ 11 5 U fl U lfiU li U l‘ b N b L-A N U . G U .)

Non spado A lexande r fuera t. Lucre tia nempeI llius conj ux, na ta , nurusque fuit .

Of th e pr ie sts ,Multi vos sanc tos, multI vos dice re pa tre sGaudent, e t vobis nomina tanta placent

A st ego vos sanc tos non possum dice re ; patre sPossum , cum na tos vos genuisse sciam.

Of th e Je suits ,Wi th women ye lie no t, but w ith ma le s ra the r ,Speak , Je suit, h ow cans t thou b e a fa the r,

P ropo s i t ion I I .

I t is la wf ul by the word of God f or a ll C hristia n men and women to

ma rry a t their own discretion, in the f ea r of God.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

T h e Spirit o f God sa ith unto men and women in all age s,Bring forth fruit, and multiply, and fil l th e e arth . Gen. i. 2 7, 2 8 .

Marriage is honourable among all men, and th e b ed Hob . xiii. 4

undefiled.

T o avo id fornica tion, le t e ve ry man have h is w ife , and l ocm it. 2 .

every woman have h er husband .

I f they canno t absta in, le t them marry . I b id. 9.

No twithstanding, in saying tha t Christians may marry a t

the ir discre tion, th e me aning is no t tha t any may marry, ifthey think good, e ithe r within th e degre e s o f kindre d and

a ffinity prohibite d by who le some laws ; or wi thout th e c on

s ent of parents , or o f o the rs in th e ro om o f parents , if th ey b eunde r tuition ; or to o the r ends than God ha th prefixed .

So te stify w ith us th e re formed church e s s.Conf . He lv . r.

A rt. xxvxx.

[7 Je su i ts Cate c h isme , 1 602 Bk. xx. c ap. 5. p . 1 14. b ] sogg[8 See ab o ve , p . 302 , no te 1 , and add th e fo llow ing : D o c emus c ontrah enda esse Gi

l

wA rt'

c onjug ia leg itime in time re Dom ini , e t non contra le ge s proh ib entes al iquo t in c on August. dejugio g radus , ne inces ta fiant nuptia . Contrah antur c um consensu parentum , au t V

Ab us' A “ W ’

qu i sunt lo co parentum, a c in illum ma x ime finem , ad quem Dominus c onjugia in A“ ;

stituit,& c .—H a rm . Conf . Se ct . xvrxx. p . 2 36 . C onf. He lv . Po s t. c ap. xxxx . D e c on Wittemb

ditione v i ta c oelib is , v irg inita te e t viduitate , do c e tur in uniuscujusque a rb i trio e sse SigviQ

da ,2

§ap.

positum, deligere e am s ib i aut repudiare . —Ib id. p . 2 39. Conf. Boh em . c ap. xxx.2

Na tura h omine s ita condi ti sunt, u t s int foe c undi. Quare jurisc onsulti dic unt, c onjunc tionem maris e t foem ina e sse jur is quum Pau lus inquitUnusquisque h ab e a t u xo rem ad vitandam fornic a tionem ,

ce rte pra c ipit omnib us,qui non sunt idone i ad c oelib a tum , u t c ontrah ant c onjugia .

-I b id. p . 2 45. Conf.

Augus t . D e Ab us . Art. v . C onj ug ium e st le g i tima e t indissolub ilis c onjunc tio ,

ta ntum unius maris e t unius foemina , ob se rvanda propte r manda tumc onc eda tur comm ix tio pe rsonarum ,

qu ibus jure divine non e st concessa comm ix tio .

[ROGE Rs ]

306 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

E r rors a nd a dversa r ies unto th is tru th .

Gre a tly ha th this truth been crossed and contradicted.

Some le ave it no t to men and women’

s discre tions , butcompe l them, whe the r they will or no , to marry : so did th eOssene s ‘.

Some utterly condemn marriage ; as did th e Gnostics 2 ,th e Hie ra cite s 3, th e Priscillianists “, th e Montanists 5, th e Saturnians

6, th e Arians 7, th e Apostolic s s .

Some a llow o f th e wedded life , ye t not in all sorts o f

persons . For

Th e Papists forbid all cle rgymen to marry 9 : a s a lso all

godfa the rs, godmoth ers, andwhosoeve r b e o f spiritua l kindre d 10.Se rvantur e t re gula j uris canonic i de aliis prOpioribus gradibus , &c . Sc imus autemvo lunta tem D e i e sse ne proh ib e a tur conj ug ium u l l is pe rsonis, qua sunt idone a ad

conjug ium —I b id. p . 2 58 . C on f. Saxon. A rt. xv i i i . quod lic e at c onjug ium inire in h is g radib us c onsanguinita tis e t afiinita tis quos po l i ti ca lege s , quasunt div ina ordinatione s, permittunt . D o c emus e t iam quod juvene s non deb e ant

teme re s ine parentum sno rum au torita te conjug ium inire .— Ib id. p . 2 62 . Conf. Vir

temb . c ap. xxx. N am s ta t edic tum illud D e i pe r Paulum promulg atum ,quod

nulla h ominum vo ta possunt reddere irritum propte r stupra v i tanda, qu isque (nem inem e xc ipit) suam uxo rem h ab ea t , e t unaqua que suum maritum .—I b id. p. 2 67.C onf . Suev . c ap. xxx. ][l Osseni adve rsab antur virginita ti odio h ab ente s c ontinentiam , e t ad nuptias

'

c o

g-ente s .

— Re isne r. De script . U rb . I erusalem ,La t. Vers . per Jo ann. H eyden. Franc o f.

1563 . Lib . I I I . c ap. 3. p .

[9 ’

A 7ro'

E a r opvivo v K a iMapxiw vo s o i na k e d/us um é'

y rcpa'r e i

s a’

y a pia v é miv a u,

dee r-0 011 7 6 9 T n’

v a’

pxa la u w h a'

o'w fro?) Ge oG.

— I ren . Adv. Ha r. Oxon . 1 702 . Lib . 1 .

c ap. 30 . p .[3 M onach os tantum e t monach as e t c onj ug ia non hab ente s in c ommunionem

re c ipiunt (Hierac ita ).— August . Opp. Par is . 1836 8. T om . vxxx. ce l l . 53, 4. Lib . D e

Ha r . ad Q uodvultdeum . ]

[4 Se ptimo lo co sequ i tur , quod nuptias damnant, e t pro c re ationem nas centium

Mag . Opp. Vene t. 1753. T om . I . c o l. 70 1 . E p is t . xxv. c ap.

[5 Se e ab o ve , p . 2 6 1 , no te[6 T o y aue i v dis K a i frd y e r/ wily 6 a i

rr ds dy é p'

rns ex 7 0 17 E a r-a m? Gwdpxew

Aé y e i .— E piph an . Opp. P ar is . 162 2 . T om . I . p . 63 . Adv . Ha r. Lib . 1 . T om . xx.

Ha r.

[7 Damnant e tiam:[A e ri i ] de le g e nuptias , non a D e o ins t i tutas adserente sP h ilas tr. Lib . de Ha r. in B ib lio th . P a tr. P a ris . 162 4. T om . xv . c o l.

[8 E piplian. Opp. T om . I . pp . 506-1 2 . A dv. Ha r. L ib . xx. T om . 1 . Ha r.

[9 Th is is a conclus ion drawn f i om th e rule w h ich th e apos tle lays down w i th

re gard to th o se w ho sh ou ld b e re ce ived into th e numb e r o f w idows, tha t theysh ould no t h ave b e en married mo re th an once . From w h ich th e Anno ta to rsarg ue , “ th a t th e ne eds much more me an none w e re adm i ttedto b e w idow s o f th e ch u rch th a t e ve r intended to marry ag a in, so no ne sho u lde ve r b e re ce ived to m iniste r th e sacraments (wh ich is a th ing infini te ly more ,and requ ire th m o re pur i ty and continency th an the o ffice o r s ta te o f the sa idw idows) tha t intended to marry aga in.

”- Test. Rhem . Ann. 1 T im. v . 9. pp . 579,

Se e ab ove , p. 2 62 , n. a .]

308 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E LART .

2 . An excommunica te pe rson, truly repenting, is to b ere ce ived into th e church aga in.

P ropos i t ion I .

The person tha t is r igh tly by the church excommunica te is of a ll the

f a ithf ul to be taken f o r a n hea then a nd publican.

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Th e most seve re and uttermost punishment tha t th e visiblechurch c an infiic t upon th e wicke d and ungodly o f this worldis excommunica tion

,which is a part o f discipline to b e exer

cised, and tha t upon urgent o ccas ions ; and i t is commende dunto th e church e ven by God himse lf, wh o in his word ha thpre s cr ibed,

xviii. Wh o are to e xcommunica te ; name ly , such a s have; g

on Yt4’ 5' author ity in th e church .

o r. 11 1 13,

{4

m } . m . 6.

2 . Who are to b e excommunica te ; even two sorts o f men,

where of th e one perve rt th e sound doctr ine o f th e truth , asl Tixn. i. 2 0. did Hymena us and Alexander ; th e o the r b e defiled with no te1 Cor. v . 1 . r ious w icke dne ss , a s tha t ince stuous pe rson a t Corinth was .

T h e manner o f pro ce eding in e xcommunica tion ; name ly,

T it. iii. 10 . first by gentle admonition, and that once or twice given, withMatt. xvi ii.55] vi 1

th e spiri t o f me ekne ss,” e ven as to a bro the r, if th e fault b e2 T hm ii i. not no toriously known ; and next by “

open reprehens ion,”1 5.

533: 19

3

9a fterward by th e public sentence o f th e church , to put h im from

123g. xvi-fl ,th e company o f th e fa ithful, “ to de live r h im unto Sa tan,” and

17‘to denounce h im an hea then and a publican, if none admoni

t ions w ill serve , and th e crime and persons b e very o ff ens ive .

Bom . xvi. l7. A man so cut o ff from th e congregation, and e xcommuni

l Co r. v . 1 1 . c ated, is o f e ve ry godly profe ssor to b e avo ided, and not to b eI b id. 9e Jo hn 10. e a ten w itha l , no t to b e companied withal, nor to b e re ce ive d

into house .

Conf He IV-r This censure is b ad in gre a t reve rence and e stimation amongA rt . xix .& I I .

1 8 .

fic h em-C-ath e fa ithful se rvants o f God

Gail . A rt.x x lx . O 0 0 C

xxx ,” Summum func tionis h UJUS ( se . ministrorum) munus c ives sanos£33

5?A f t qu idem tue ri , vitiosos au tem mone re , repreh ende re , c o erc e re e t g rassante s long ius

Saxon. A rt. c onspiratione pia corum qui e x minis tris mag is tra tuque de le c ti sunt discipl ina3

3 3815323, e xc lude re , vel al ia ra tione c ommoda mulc tare tantispe r dum re sipisc ant , a c sa lv ifill

iusmm t . fiant.— H arm . Co nf. Se ct . xx. pp . 43 , 4. Conf . He lv. Prio r. Art. xxx. Q uumque

Wittemb .omnino Oporte a t e sse in e ccles ia disc ipl inam e t apud ve te re s quondam us i ta ta fue ri t

glfégi’

il '

mtc xc ommunic a tio , fuerintque judicia e cc les iasti ca in popu lo q uo

x i i i . que fuerit ad a dific a tionem discipl inam mode rari h anc , & c .— I b id. p . 41 . C onf.

_

.xxa ] OF ’ TH E CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

E rrors and adversa r ies unto this tru th .

1 . Adversarie s unto this doctrine b e theyWh o utterly condemn all censure s e ccles iastica l, and so paulusma

0 (BONU S.

excommuni ca tion, saying h ow th e wicke d are not exc ommuni

cable ; so did th e Paulic ians g .Here tics, ho lding o the r po ints o f re ligion soundly, for the ir B owe r “,

priva te and s ingular opinions, are not to b e excommunica te ;mm “

so th e Pe lagians".Christians cleaving unto th e founda tion, which is Christ, Wo lf . Muse .

Ca rm .

a re not by excommunica tion to b e thrus t out o f th e church , liiziie '

r’

i

ih .

U I’.

for any o the r e rrors or misdemeanors whatsoeve r . Of which ge

ésE

gc h ar.

opinions be sundry divine s o f good regard‘.

He lv. Post . c ap. x vi i i . Ab a l te ra parte , c lavium Ch r is t i munu s e t o pu s propriume s t c laudere e t ita ve rb o Ch ris ti pro ra t ione ejus quod admissum e s t,

pe c c atum argue re , a Ch rist i salvatoris no s tri c ommunita te e t s ac ramentorum fruc tu

perc eptioneque se parare , e t e x e ccle s ia Ch ris tiana ejic e re , a tque in summa re gnumc oelorum e is e lende re , tandem e t Sa tana e os trade re .

-I b id. p . 51 . C onf. Boh em.

c ap. xxv . Credimus veram e c c les iam gub erna ri deb e re e a po l itia s eu

u t do ctrina puritas re tine atur, v i tia c oh ib e antur, &c .— I b id. p. 53. C onf. Gal l .

Ar t . x xxx . nob is putamus quod D om inus noste r Jesus Ch ris tus dee xc ommunic atione s ta tuit , quam qu idem approb amus , e t una c um su is appendic ibusne c es sariam e sse arb itramur.

-Ib id. Se c t. xv ix. p . 2 16 . Conf. Ga l l . Art. xxxxIx.Credimus veram h anc e c clesiam deb e re re g i ac g ub ernari spi ritua l i i l la po l itiaquam no s D eus ipse ve rb o suo edo cuit, ita vitiis dedit i spiritualite rc orripi e t emendari ac ve lu ti fra no quodam dis c ipl ina c oh ib eri (possint). —I b id.

Se c t . x i . p . 56 . Conf . Be lg . Art . xxx . E t ad m iniste r ium h a c

j udic ia e cc le s ia le gi time -modo de iis qu i manife sto rum c riminum in morib us au t

do ctrina re i sunt , e t contra contumaces sententiam e xc ommunic a tionis fe rre , &c .

Ib id. Se ct . x . p. 2 4. Conf. Saxon. Art. xx. re o s manife s torum sc ele rum

le g i time judic io e t o rdine e xc ommunic ando s e sse , ne c e st inane fulmen jus ta ex

c ommunic atio .—Ib id. Se c t . v ixx. p . 157 . Con f . Sa xon . Ar t . xvxx. I tem, (compati t

episc opis ) co gnosce re impio s quo rum no ta e st impie tas , e xc lude re a

Communione e ccles ia ,s ine v i h umana sed verb O.

— I b id. Se c t . xx. p . 59. Conf .

Augus t. D e Ab us . Sub l . Art . vxx. M inis te rium enim remittendi au t re tinendi

pe cca ta, quod a l ias vo c a tur clav is regni c oelo rum non e s t l ib e ra po te stati pe rsonah ominum traditumsed e st in ipsum evange lii ve rbum ita inc lusum , &c .

— I b id.

Se c t . x . p . 2 5. Conf. Vir temb . Art . xxxx. Hi sunt enim qui c lave s regn i coe le st is,,e t po te statem l igandi ac solvendi pe c c ataque aut remittendi au t re tinendi ob tinent ,

—1 b id. Se c t. xx. p . 63. C onf. Suev . Art . xxxI .][2 Th is re fe rence th e edi to r h as b een unab le to ve rify . ][3 Non segnior inde Oxi entis

Re c torum cura emic uit : c aptumque ne fandiD o gmatis au c toxem c onstrinxit lege b en ignaC ommentum damnare suum : nis i co rpo re Ch rist iA b jungi e t sanc to ma l le t gre ge disso c iari.

P ro spe r. Opp.

‘Vene t . 1 782 . T om . I . p . 72 . D e Ingratis, Cam . 1.

[4 Indub ita tum s it ig itur a tque fixum ,

nem inem in fundamento pe rs istentem,

quod Ch r is tus e st, ex e ccle s ia Ch r is t i e sse e xterminandum , &c .—Je zler. D e Diu tur.

Bell . Bu ch a r . T iguri. 1 584. p. 73. b . T h e re fe rence to Wo lf . Musculus h as no t

be en found. ]

Hunt o f th eFo x , E . 1 .

T . C . 1 Re p.

p. 146 .

A nsw . to Mr

C a rtw .Le t te r,

Ei

afi

disc ov .

i}e ti t ion o fth e 1000.

3 1 0 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

2 . Which a llow th e censure of excommunica tion; so itb e done ,

No t (as with us i t is) by commissarie s, ch anc ellors l , or

8 bishops 2 , but in e very parish 3, and that e ithe rBy th e who le congrega tion“, or by th e e lde rship and th e

whole church”; or by eve ry ministe r s, yea , every member o fth e church"; or fina lly, if not by, ye t not without, th e consentof his pa stor wh o is to b e excommunicate 8

3“ Asse rt . P o l it . an. 1 604. B ish ops are to b e ob eyed ne ith erwh en th ey cite , nor wh en th ey inh ib i t, nor wh en th ey excommunic a te ,sa i th th e Mar-pre la te , T h e s . 46, 8 2 , 8 3 .

[l The Commissa rie h is c ou r te . 1 . Th is I

'

obb e th the ch u rch o f h ir gove rnmentused b o th in th e o lde and new e Testament . 2 . Th is is contra rie to Ch ri s te s com e

m aundement , D ic E c c lesia ,and to th e e xample and do ctrine o f Paule , to exc om

munic a te alone .—A ple asaunt D ia logu e b e tw e ene a so uldie r o f Barw icke and an

E ng l ish Ch aplaine , 1581 . fol. M . ][ 2 Tha t none e ve r de fended th is h ie rarch ie o f b ish ops to b e law full but papists, or

such as w e re infe cted w i th popish e rro rs . .

— Th ese s Martin. 46 . Tha t a cco rding toth e do ctrine o f our Churc h e , th e cita tions , pro cesses , e x commun i ca t ions , &c . o f the

pre la te s, a re ney th er to b e ob eyed nor reg a rded—I b id. 82 . Th at, a cco rding untoth e do ctrine o f th e ch urch o f E ng land, men ough t no t to appe are in th e ir cou rte s ,s e e ing th e ir pro ce eding s are so dire c tly aga ins t th e true th , &c .

—Ib id.

[3 E ve ry cong re ga tion ough t to have e lde rs to see into th e manne rs o f the

people , and to b e a ssis taunt unto th e m iniste rs in th e go ve rnment e c c le siastic all.—ADemons tra tion o f D is cipline , ch ap . xxx. p . 54. I t (e xcommunica tion) may no t b e

done b y any one man, b u t b y th e e lde rsh ip , th e w h o le ch urch consent ing the reunto ,— lb id. ch ap . xxx. p .

[4 Bu t if th e se ch urch-robb e rs (for so I call th em th a t b ye that th ing wh ich they

know is sto len from Ch ris te s church , and w i l l no t de l ive r i t up unto the ch urchag aine th at w h i ch th ey h ave b o ugh t and re ce ived o f th at rob b e r th e pope ) will no tre s tore th em ag aine , le t th em b e compe l led th e re to b y an a cte o f parliament, or if

ye e b e to w eake in th e parl iam ent h ouse to c ompe l] th em ,then le t all th e re s te o f

th e c hurc h e e xcommunica te th em , &c .—T h e Hunting Of the Fo x and theWo l fe , & c .

fo l. E .

[5 I t is ce rta in th a t St Pau l did b o th understand and ob se rve th e rule o f our

Sav iou r Ch rist . But h e c ommunic a te th th is pow e r o f e xcommunicat ion w i th the

chu rch [re fe rr ing to th e case o f th e ince s tuou s pe rson] , and th e re fo re i t mus t ne edsb e th e m e aning o f our Sa v iou r Ch ris t, th a t th e e xcommunica t ion sh ou ld b e b y many

and no t b y one , and b y th e chu rch , and no t by th e m inis te r o f th e chu rch .-T . C .

Firs t Reply , p=[6 I t is mani fe s t th a t th e synagogue s o f th e Jews in Ant io ch ia and E ph e sus we re

th e chu rch e s o f God : ye t w h e n Ch rist was pre ach ed unto th em , and th ey w iths toodP a ul and Barnab as, did Pau l or Barnab as s tay fo r th e consent o f th e mos t pa rt toe as t th em b e l ike i t is true th at one m an, o r a few persons , may cas t o ffw ho le ch u rch e s for som e g re a te r s ins and o ffence s .

—An Answe re to M . C artw righ t,h is Le tte r, & c . London, p .

[7 Bu t now if i t b e no t kee p any h oly communion o r Ch ris t iano rde r w i th ou t th e dil ig ent wa tch o f e ve ry memb e r , b ut ch iefly o f th e ru le rs and

censu re all e rro rs and transg re ss ions , to e xcommuni ca te th e ob stina te ‘

im pen i tent , & c .—Barrow ’

s D iscove ry , 1590 , p .[8 Se e , T h e Humb l e Pe t i tion o f th e M iniste rs o f the Ch u rch o f E ngland,

de s iring

1 Co r. v . 6 .

1 T im. i. 2 0 .

1 Co r. v. 5.

2 Co r. ii. 7,

3 1 2 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Robin-Ho od matters , a s some time s i t was denounce d in Scotland by th e new pre sbyte ry ; and for all crime s which byGod’s law dese rve de a th ; and for all things tha t to God ’spe ople b e scanda lous ; yea , no t only for all matte rs cr imina l,but a lso for th e ve ry suspicion of avarice , pride , &c .

1

4 . Lastly, which fa vour th e right and true exc ommuni

cation, but exercise it not, be ing bound the reunto .

P ropo s i t ion I I .A n excommunica te person, tru ly repenting , is to be received into the

church aga in .

Th e pro o f f rom God’

s word.

Sundry b e th e re asons and ends why excommunica tion isused : a s,

T ha t a wicked live r, to th e reproach of the gospe l , b e no tsuffe re d among th e godly and Chr is tian professors o f truere lig ion.

Tha t many good men he not evi l spoken o f for a few bad.

T ha t go od and virtuous p e rsons may no t b e infecte dthrough th e continual or much familiari ty of th e wicked. For,

a s S t Paul sa ith , a little le a ven leavene th th e who le lump .

And tha t h e which hath fa llen, through shame o f th e

world, may a t length “ learn to blaspheme no more ,” and

through “ repentance b e saved .

Among all o ther cause s the re fo re o f excommunica tion one

is , and no t th e lea st, tha t th e pe rson e xcommunicate may no t

b e condemned utte rly , but re turn unto th e Lord by repentance ,and so b e re ce ive d aga in into th e visible church , a s S t Paulw ille d th e incestuous man should b e .

T he a dversa r ies unto this truth .

Contrariwise , th e Montanists 2 and th e Nova tians 2 are o f

opinion, tha t so many a s a fte r baptism do fa ll into sin b e utterlydamne d o f God, and the re fore b e no t to find favour a t th echurch’s hands .

pro vos t and b a i l iff s wou ld h a ve stayed, th e wh o l e mul titude w e re h o lden exc om

munic ate .—Bancro f t, Survey o f D iscipl ine . Lond. 1593 . c ap. xx v . p .

[1 Th is re fe rence the edi to r h as b e en unab le to ve r i fy .][2 Fo r the se re fe rences , see ab ove , 1 41, no te 2 , and p . 1 35, no te

xxxrv.] OF T HE CHU RCH OF E NGLAND .

A RT ICLE XXXIV.

Of th e T raditions o f th e Church .

(1) I t is no t necessa ry th a t T ra ditions a nd Ceremonies bein a llpla ces one, or u tterly like f or a t a ll times th ey h a ve

b een diverse, and ch a nged, a ccording to th e diversity of c oun

tries , times , a nd men’

s ma nners , so th a t no th ing be orda ined

a ga inst God’

s Word. (2 ) Wh osoever through h is priva te

judgement w illing ly a nd purposely do th openly brea k th e

traditions a nd c er emonies of th e Chur ch , (3) which be no t

r epugna nt to th e Word of God, a nd be orda ined a nd ap

proved by c ommon a u thority, ough t to be r ebuked openly,

(th a t o th er may f ea r to do th e like) a s h e th a t ofiende tha ga ins t th e c ommon order of th e Church , a nd w oundeth th e

c onsciences of th e w ea k bre thren. (4) E very pa r ticu la r or

na tiona l chur ch h a th a u th ority to orda in, ch a ng e, and a bolish

c eremonies or rites of th e Chur ch , o rda ined only by man’

s

a u th ority, so tha t a ll th ings be done to edifying .

T he pr opositions .

1 . T raditions or ceremonie s are not ne ce ssary to b e l ikeand th e same in all place s .

2 . N 0 priva te man, of a se lf-will and purpose ly, may in

public vio la te th e traditions and ce remonie s o f th e church ,which by common authority b e a llowe d, and are no t repugnant to th e Word o f God.

3 . Ce remonie s and traditions o rda ined by authori ty o f

man,if they b e repugnant to God

s word , are no t to b e ke ptand obse rve d o f any man.

4 . Eve ry particula r or na tiona l church may orda in change ,and abo l ish ce remonie s or r ite s, orda ine d only by man s auth or ity, so that all things b e done to edifying .

P roposit ion I .

Traditions and ceremonies a re not nec essa r ily to be like, or the same in

a ll pla ces .

Th e proo f f rom God’

s word.

If a ne cess ity we re la id upon th e church o f God to obse rve Ac ts vi. 1 4,x . 15, xv.th e same traditions and ceremonie s a t all times , and in all pla ce s , 1 . & c .

a ssure dly ne ithe r h ad th e ce remonie s o f th e old law be en, asthey are now, abolishe d ne ithe r would th e apostle s e ve r have grahp I I .

g iven such pre cedents of a lter ing them, upon spe cia l reasons,Co l. 1 i. 16 .

a s they have done .

3 14 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRINE [ART .

MS

11 46, For th e sa id apostles change d th e time s and places o f the irV . 0

£555

pl

ug, a ssembling toge the r ; th e pe ople o f God me e tmg , and th e

31,

-

m i; 46 apostle s prea ching , some time s on th e we ek , some times on th e

33, Sabba th-days ; some time s publicly in th e temple , in th e syna

fig gogue , and In th e schoo ls ; some time s “ priva te ly In house a fte rA 28 house ,” and in chambers ; some tImes in th e day

-time , someAc ts i. 13 , 2 0V I I I . time s in th e night .Q 0 0 0

Ne i ther kept they th e same course In th e ministratlon ofA c ts XX-7 th e sacraments .

cFor, as o ccasion was Off e red, they bo th baptized in public

c x .x . 2 7. 2 8 . assemblie s and in priva te house s,before many, andwhen noneAc ts xvii i. 1 2 ,

x. 2 7, 2 8 o f th e fa ithful, but th e m iniste r only and th e party to b e b apAc ts v 1ii . 36 .

323323351. tiz ed, were pre sent ; and ministe re d likewise th e suppe r o f th eLord in th e daytime , and a t midnight, in th e open churche s,

i" 46‘

and in priva te house s .

So no thing there fore b e done aga inst th e word of God,

traditions and ceremonie s , a ccording to th e divers ity of countries and men’

s manners , may b e change d, and divers .

Com m ,“Of this j udgement w ith us b e all re forme d churche s l

I I . c . 17, 2 7.

Bo h em . c . 15. Gal. Art. xe . Be lg. A rt . xxx I I . August. A rt. x v. dz Art. vrI . to uc h ing ab uses . Saxon. Art. x x .Wi ttemb . A r x xxv. Sue vica , c . 14.

T he errors and adversa ries unto this tru th .

They are grea tly de ce ive d the re fore which think, tha tAc ts X“ Th e Jewish ceremonie s, pre scribed by God himse lf for a

time unto th e Jews, a re to b e obse rve d o f us Christians .

Such we re th e old here tics, th e fa lse apostle s, th e Ce rdonite s 2 ,th e Cerinthians

s

, and th e Na z arite s“, and are th e Familists5.

[1

apud ve tere s rituum fuisse diversitatem variam , sed e am l ib eramqua nemo unquam e xistimavit disso lv i unitatem e c c le s ias tic am .

—H arm. C onf. Se ct .x . p . 8 . Co nf . H e ly . P os t . c ap. xvrr. Quod in e c c le siis dispare s inveniuntur r itus ,nemo e ccle s ia s e xistime t e x e o e sse diss identes .

— I b id. Se c t . xvrI . p . 2 10. Conf .

He lv. Post . c ap. xxvrr. Fo r th e o th e r re fe rence s , se e ab o ve , p . 1 84, no te I . ][2 Te rtu l lian s ays o f C e rdon, Hie P roph e tias e t Le g em repudia t.—Opp. Lu te t.

1634, p . 2 53. D e Praes c ript. H ast e t . c ap. 51 . T h e place m e ant m ay pe rh aps b eth is : E s t prmte rea h is omn ib us e tiam Blas tus ac c ede ns, qu i la te nte r Juda ismum vu l tintrodu c e re . P asch a e n im dic i t non a l ite r c us todiendum e sse , n is i secundum leg emM o ys i xi v . m ensis . _ 1 b id . p . 2 54. c ap.

[3 Se e ab o ve , p . 89

,no te

[4 U sque hodie pe r to tas Orientis synago gas inte r Judaaos h aeresis est, qua:

dic itur M ine o rum, e t a Ph arismis nunc usque damna t ur, quos vu lgo Naz araaos

nuncupant, qu i c redunt in Ch ris tum , filium D e i na tum de virg ine Maria, e t eum

dicunt e sse qu i sub Pontio P i la to passus e st , e t re surrexit in quem e t nos c redimus ;

sed dum vo lunt e t Judze i esse e t Ch ris t iani ; ne c Judzc i sunt ne c Ch ristian i .I Iie ron . Opp. Pa ris . 1 693-1 706 . T om . I v . Pars I I . c ol. 62 3. E p is t . 74. ad Augustin ][5 Oh a las ! h ow grossly h ave th en ce rta in w ise o f th e wo rld and scrip ture

Gal. iii. 13.

C 0 1. ii. 8 .

1 Cor. iv. 1 6,2 0 .

1 Co r. xiv. 40.

Conf . He lv . 1 .

A rt . xxv. 6:I I . c . 2 4.

Bo h em . c . 1 5,1 8.Augu st. A rt.I V. x v.Saxon. Art.

T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E

o f Opinion, h ow th e ceremonies Of the ir church are unive rsally,and unde r th e pa in o f th e g rea t curse , ne ce ssarily to b e use din all places and countries ] .

P ropos i t ion I I .N o priva te man, of a self -will, and purposely , may in public viola te

the tra ditions and ceremonies of the chur ch , which by c ommon au thority be

a llowed, and a re not r epugnant to the w ord of God.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Grea t is th e privilege , grea t a lso th e liberty and fre edomo f God’s church and pe ople .

For they a re de l ive redFrom th e curse o f th e law.

From th e law o f sin and o f de a th .

From all Jewish ri te s and ceremonie s .

And from all human o rdinance s and traditions whatsoeve r, when they are impose d upon th e conscience s o f men, tob e Observe d under pa in o f e terna l condemna tion.

No twithstanding, th e church , and e ve ry member the re of,in his place is bound to th e obse rva tion o f all traditions and

ce remonie s , which a re a llowe d by lawful author ity, and a re

no t repugnant to th e word o f God. For h e tha t viola te ththem, contemne th no t man, but God, wh o ha th g iven powerto h is church to e stablish whatso eve r things sha l l make untocomeline ss , orde r, and edifica tion.

This o f our godly bre thren, in the ir publishe d wr itings, isapprove d ?

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 187, no te[2 Q ua media vo c antur , e t s unt proprie, u s uti v ir pius , quamquam l ib e re ub i

que e t sempe r po tes t : temen sciente r, e t e x c h a ritate , nempe ad glo riam D eo e t ad

e ccle sias proximo rumqu c aadific a tionem omnib us u te tur so lum .—H arm . Conf . Se ct.

XV I I . p . 2 1 1 . Conf. He lv. P rio r. A rt . xxv. Non l ice t a utem c uw rs pro suo a rb i trioe ccles ias ordina tionem h anc conve l le re . -lb id. Se c t . xvr. p. 1 74 . Conf . He lv. P os t.c ap. xxIv. qu is spe c iem C h ris tiana lib e rtatis praetexendo, piis e t bono us u ise rvientibus c ons titutionibu s se sub tra ha t.— I b id. pp . 2 12 , 2 13 . C onf. Boh em.

c ap. xv . Sun t qu idem Ch ris tiani ha c in parte le gibus so lut i ita tamen ne im

b e c illio ribus s int scandalo .— lb id. p . 1 8 1 . Conf . Boh em . c ap. xvrI I . Omnes mode

ra ti h om ine s lib entius parent traditionib us , postquam inte lligunt, priva tim c on.

sc ientia s pe ricu lo lib e ra tas e sse , e t e a tenu s parendum e sse , ne perturb e tur communistranquillita s, neve imb e c ille s lae dantur.— I b id. p. 1 86 . Conf. Augus t. D e Ab us .

Art . I v . Sed sent iendum e st, quod s int ( ri tus e ccle s ias t i c i ) res adiaphoraa quaee x tra c asum scanda l i omitti po ssint . Sed i l l i pe ccant, qui c um scanda lo e as v io lant

,

u t qui s narum e c c lesiarum tranquillitatem teme re pe rturb ant, & c .— I b id. p . 2 18 .

Conf . Augus t . Art. x v. ri tus aliquo s lione stos, b oni o rdinis causa factos ,

xxxi v.] on T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND .

T he adversa r ies unto this tru th .

No twithstanding, “

say th e Anabaptists 3, th e pe ople of Bullm c on~

tra Anaba ;God are fre e from all laws, and owe obedience to no man ; L ib u c 2

are not to b e bound with th e bands o f any j urisdiction o f this R H. on

Psa l. c xxn.

world , say th e Brownists “ ; are fre ed from th e obse rva tion D . Barlow ,

C onfe renc e a t

o f a ll rite s and e ccle sia stica l ce remonie s , say ce rta in mims ggggt

gn

mters of th e pre cise fa ction bo th in Sco tland and England 5. 71

Aga in, the re b e o f th e cle rgy, wh o , ra the r than they Ph il. MP

lane t. ep. ad

w ill use , or obse rve any r ite s, ce remonies, or orders, though Pasto rs “in Com l la t.

lawfully ra tified, which please them no t, will disquie t th e M me“

who le church , forsake the ir charges , leave the ir vo cations ,ra ise stirs , and cause divis ions in th e church ; a s did many,when i t was in Germany about th e Rhine , Frankland, and

Sueavland, whe reby most lamentable e ffe cts did ensue s ; and

do th e re fra ctory ministe rs in th e church o f England a t thisday

; th e more is th e pity.

a Burge s in h is Le tte r unto K ing Jame s, anno 1 604, sa i th , th enumb e r o f th ose m iniste rs so re fus ing c onf o rm i ty we re 600, o r 700,

viz . (as it is in th e L inc o lnsh i re m inis te rs’ Apo logy) in Oxf o rdsh i re ,9 ; S ta ffo rdsh ire , 1 4 ; D orse tsh i re , 1 7 ; He rt fo rdsh i re , 1 7 N o tt ingh am

sh i re , 2 0 ; Su r rey, 2 1 ; No rf o lk, 2 8 ; Wi l tsh ire , 3 1 ; Buck ingh am sh i re ,33 ; Sussex, 47 L e ic e s te rsh ire , 57 E ssex, 57 ; Ch e sh i re , 1 2 ; Bedf o rdsh i re , 1 6 ; Some rse tsh i re , 1 7 D e rb ysh i re , 2 0 ; Lanc a sh ire , 2 1 K ent,

2 3 ; London, 30 ; L inc o lnsh i re , 33 ; Warw i cksh i re , 44 ; D evonsh ire and

Cornwa l l, 51 ; N orth amptonsh ire , 57 ; Suffo lk, 7 1 .

e t se rvamus e t servandos e sse doc emus ; ut s ine o rdine h om ine s V ive re non po ssunt.p . 2 2 8 . C onf . Saxon. Ar t . x x . ( traditiones) sane e ccle s ia h odie

ju re qui rej e c erit , is non h ominum sed D e i, cujus tradit io e s t queecunque ut ilis e s t , auc toritatem c ontemnit .—1 b id. p . 2 31 . Conf . Sue v. c ap. xxv .]

[3 N am eo quod a Ch ris to l ib e ra ti essent, ab omnib us legibus l ib e ri e t immune s

e sse voleb ant. Ide o que existimab ant se j ure ne que annuos redi tus , ne que de cumas ,ne que e tiam u l la ‘

servitia deb e re .-Bu l l ing . adv. Anab apt. (Simleri Ve rs . Lat . )

T igu'

ri,1560 . p . 37. Lib . 1 1 . c ap.

[4 Se e ab o ve , p. 185, no te[5 fo r matte rs o f ce remony th ey w e re to b e le f t in ch ristian l ib e rty unto

e ve ry man , as h e re ce ived mo re and more l igh t from th e i l lumina tion o f God’

s

Spirit - Barlow, Summe o f the Confe rence , 850 . a t H ampton Cou rt. Lond. 1604.

p .[6 In alns reb us adiaph oris servitutem quamlib e t duram tolerab imus ; ne c propte r

e ve s causas o c c asionem prze b endam c ensemus iis qui pe llere p as tores c onantur

qua de re c um a mu l tis inte rroga t i simus, sc ripsi qu id m ih i videre tur. Quamquam,

a'

u tem scio quibusdam h orridiore s sentent ia s mag is prob ari, tamen h aze magna causae s t c ur servitutem tole remus ne flat in e ccle s ia solitudo qualis jam in mu l tis lo cise s t ad Rhenum e t in Sue v ia .

—Ph i l . Me lanc th on. E pist. Lond. 1642 . Lib . 1 . E p. 8 1 .

c ol. 104,

31 8 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

T h e principa l author o f all the se tragica l furies aboutce remonia l ma tters was Fla cius I llyricus, whose preachingswe re , that ra the r than ministe rs should yie ld unto th e se rvitude o f ceremonies, they should abandon the ir ca lling, and

g ive ove r th e m inistry, to th e end, tha t princes and magis.tra te s , even for fear o f uproars and popular tumults, might b eforce d a t th e length to se t the ir ministe rs fre e from th e ob

serva tion o f all ce remonies, more than they were willing touse

ath emselves ‘.

P ropo sit ion I I I .

Ceremonies and traditions , orda ined by the a uthority of man, ifthey be r epugna nt to God

s w ord, a re not to be kept and observed ofa ny man.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Of ceremonie s and traditions , repugnant to th e word of

God, the re b e two sorts : whe re of some are o f things me re lyimpious and w icke d ; such was th e Israe l ites’ ca lf, and Nebuchadne z z ar

s ido l, and b e th e papistica l image s, re lics , AgnusD e is, and crosse s , to which they do give divine adora tion?T hese , and such like , b e all fla tly forbidden

b. Othe rs are of

things by God in his word ne ither commande d nor fo rbiddenas of ea ting or no t e a ting fle sh ; o f wea ring or not wearingsome appare l ; o f ke eping or no t ke eping some days ho ly byabstinence from bodily labour, &c . ; th e which a re not to

b e observe d o f any Christ ian, when for sound doctrine it isde live re d tha t such works e i the r do me rit remiss ion of s ins,or b e th e a cceptable service o f God or do more please thanth e obse rva tion of th e laws pre scribed by God himse lf or b e

ne ce ssarily to be done , insomuch a s they are damned wh o dothem not .

a Fa te o r m e suasisse , e t Franc is, e t alns, ne de se rerent e ccle s iaspropte r s e rvitu tem , quae sine impie ta te sustine ri posse t . Nam quod

I llyric us vo c if e ra tur, po t ins va st itatem f u isse f a c iendam in templis,

e t m e tu seditionum t e rrendo s pr inc ipes, ego ne nunc qu idem t am

t r i s t is sentent iae au to r e sse ve l im ; inquit Ph i l . Me lanc th on. E pis t . ad

P ium L e c torem inte r E pis t . T h e o log . suas . p. 455. [E pist . Lond.

1 642 . L ib . I . E p. 1 07 . c ol.

b T h ou sh a l t make th e e no g raven image , ne i th e r any sim i l i tudeo f th ings, &c . T h ou sh a l t not b ow down to th em , ne i th e r se rveth em , &c . E xod. xx. 4 , 5.

[1 See ab ove , p . 1 86, no te [

52 See ab ove , pp . 2 2 2 ,

3 2 0 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Ano ther sor t o f p e ople there is amongs t us, which w il lObse rve , and use all ce remonie s wha tsoe ve r ‘, a s th e tem

poriz ing Familists , wh o a t Rome , and such like places o f

superstition, will go unto idolatrous service s, and do adora tionunto ido ls ; and nowhere w ill they strive , or va ry w ith anyone about re ligion, but ke ep all e xterna l o rde rs, a lb e i t in the irhearts they scorn all profe ssions and se rvice s but the ir own ;terming all temple s and churche s in deris ion, common-house s ;and all God’s service s or re ligions be side s the ir own, foolishness ’

To th e Ch ris tia n Reader .

Chris tian and be loved re ade r, le t me reque st the e to ob

serve we l l th e firs t se ction o f th e proof o f this pre sent propos itiou ; and the re in h ow I spe ak o f ceremonie s and traditionsappa rently impious , among which I do re ckon papistica lcrosse s , whe reunto th e Romanists do a ttribute divine adora tion,

a s e lsewhe re in this book , and subscription o f m ine , I havede clare d, and could more copiously but th e re lique s o f a libe lOf the irs , left in th e par ish-church o f Buborn in B erkshire ,anno 1 604, sufficiently sha ll expre ss th e thoughts o f Papists,touching the ir cro ss and crossing ; whose words b e the se

Now Mr Pa rson, for your we lcome home ,Read the se few line s you know not from whom .

You ho ld cro ss for an outward token and s ign,And remembrance only in re lig ion thine .

A nd o f th e profe ssion th e pe ople do make ,For more than this come s to , thou doe st it not take .

Ye t ho ly church te lls us Of ho ly cross much more 3,Of powe r and virtue to hea l sick and sore ;Of ho l ine ss to ble ss us , and ke ep us from e vil

,

From fo ul fiend to fend us, and save us from devil ;

[1 Th e w o rk re fe rred to h as no t b een found.][2 Se e a bo ve , p . 1 86 , no te[3 U tilita te s ejus ( s c . crucis) sunt varia . E st enim sancta e t e tlic ax o ra tio

fide lium , qua se se signante s , implo rant divinum auxil ium , de inde ob la tioqua nos nos traque omnia h o c s igno c rucis D e o Ofi

c rimus , h o c s ignumcrucis e s t c onjura tio quandam ad depellendum dmmonem , ejusque v ire s frangendas ,

exc ita tur spe s nos tra s igno h o c crucis , e t fiduc ia remissionis pe cca torum Ho c sig no e xc ita tur in nob is ch a ri tas , dum pe r id re

nova tur memo ria passionis Ho c s igno cru cis e xc itamur ad

imitationem c ruc ifixi, & c .—Co ste r. E nc h irid. Controv. Col. A grip. 1608 . c . xxI .

D e Sanct . C ruce , pp . 6 19

xxx 1v.] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

And o f many miracle s which ho ly cross ha th wrought,Allwhich by tradition to light church ha th brought.Whe re fore ho ly worship ho ly church do th it give ;And sure ly so wil l we , so long a s we live .

T hough thou saye st ido la try, and vile superstition,Ye t we know i t is ho ly church

’s tradition.

Ho ly cross then disgra ce not, but bring it in renown,For up sha ll th e cross go , and you sha l l go down.

Of this cro ss I spake , and meant, and of none o ther, whenI numbe r i t among things mere ly impious and unlawful : andthere fore have I no t a l ittle wonde re d a t tho se my bre thren,which draw these words o f mine in this se ction unto th e crossuse d in our church a t baptism 5

which I neve r thought, nor Amid entO O 0 f h T.

)

take to b e e 1the r papistica l or impious, be cause none adora goii imriiso o o o o o ters ’ Apo lotlon, not so much as c 1 v1l, much le ss div1ne , 1s g1ven the re unto n gy

Jame s , announto , e 1the r by our church In gene ra l, or o f any m1n1ster, or

membe r the re of in particular . I f they have no o the r pa tronsfor the ir not using, or re fusing th e ce remony o f th e c ro ss ,

than myse lf, they are in an ill case . For bo th in my j udgement and pra ctice I do a llow the re of. T his the ir perve rtingOf my words contrary to the ir sense , and my meaning , te lle thme tha t o the r men’

s words and name s are but too muchabused by them in th a t book , to th e backing o f schism and

fa ction in th e church and state , which from our souls we doabhor .

P roposit ion IV.

E very pa r ticula r, or na tiona l chur ch , may orda in, change, and

a bo lish ceremonies, or r ites, orda ined only by man’

s a uthority, 30 tha t a ll

things be done to edifying .

I t ha th please d our most merciful Lord and SaviourChrist , for th e ma intenance o f h is church militant, tha t twosorts o f rite s and ce remonie s should b e used, whe re o f

Some , God his mos t exce llent Maje sty ha th himse lforda ined, a s th e ce remony o f baptism and th e Lord ’s suppe rwhich are till th e end of th e world, w ithout all addition, diminution, and a lte ra tion, with all zea l and re lig ion to b e obse rved .

[5 T h e s ign o f th e Cross also is no to riously known to b e ab used to supe rs tit ion

and ido la try b y th e h ath caused many o f our ch ie f div ines to c on

demu th e use o f i t even in Baptism , as Hellope us , Be z a , Rog e rs, ando th e rs—An Ab ridgement o f th a t Booke wh i ch th e M inis te rs o f L inco ln D ioces ede l ive red to h is Maje st ic, & c . 1605. A rgum . 1 . E xcept . 2 . pp. 2 9,

[ROGE Rs ]

I n th is Art ,Prop. 1 .

Confe ss.

He lv. 1 1 . c . 2 7 .

Bo h em . c . 15.

Ga l. Art . x 1 1 .

Be lg . A rt.

xxxu .August . deAb usu . A rt.V I I .

VVit temb .Art x xxv.Suev1c a ,

Se e A rt. x xv.Prop. 10.

C onc il. Trid.Sess. 7. c an.

1 3.

T . C . 1 Rep.

p. 1 2 0.

D . B . Do c t .o f Sa b . I . B.

I b id. p. 47.

32 2 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART

Others b e orda ine d by th e authority o f e ach provincial ,or nationa l church, and tha t partly f or come l iness, tha t is tosay , tha t by these he lps th e people o f God th e be tte r may b einflamed with a godly zea l ; and tha t sobe rne ss and gravitymay appear in th e we ll-handling o f e ccle s iast ica l ma tte rs : andpartly for orde r sake , e ven tha t gove rnors may have rule sand dire ctions h ow to govern by ; auditors and infe riors mayknow h ow to prepare , and behave themse lve s in sacre d a ssem

blie s ; and a j oyful peace may b e continued, by th e we l lordering o f church-a ffa irs .We have a lready prove d tha t the se la tter sort of c eremo

nies may b e made , and changed , augmented, or diminished, asfit opportunity and o cca sions sha l l b e ministe red, and tha t byparticular or na tiona l churches ; which thing is a lso a ffirmedby our ne ighbours ‘

Adversa ries unto this tru th .

This manife ste th to th e world th e intole rable arrogancyOf th e Romish church , which dare take upon h er to a lte r,and apply to wrong uses , th e ve ry sacraments institute d even

by Christ himse lf 2 , and to pre scribe ce remonie s and r ites ,no t to some particula r, but to all churches, in all time s andpla ce s 3.

I t shewe th a lso th e boldne ss o f our home a dversaries, th ePur itan D ominicans, which say, tha t th e church nor no man

c an take away th e liberty (of working six days in th e w e ek)from men, and drive them to a ne cessary re st of th e body(upon any day saving th e

Aga in, say the se men, th e church hath none authori ty,ordinarily and pe rpe tua lly , to sanctify any day but th e

s eventh day, which th e Lord ha th sanctified ; nor to se t upany day like to th e Sabba th-day 5.

T h e la tte r sort , wha t in them is , quench th e pe ople’s devo

tion, and hinde r them from frequenting o f churche s upon all

ho ly-days fa lling on th e we ek-days, and orda ined by th e lawful autho ri ty o f th e church .

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 84, no te 1 ; p . 1 89, no te 1 ; and p . 2 01

,no te

[9 See ab o ve , p . 2 66 ,

no tes 1 , 2 ,[3 Se e above , p . 1 87 , no te[4 Se e ab ove , p. 1 87 , no te[5 N ich . Bownds , D o e t . o f th e Sabb ath . Lond . 1595. Book I . pp . 31 ,

3 2 4 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E F

LE E T.

Paul did prea ch th e gospe l b y writinglz we owe in a

manner more to th e bonds o f Paul (for h is books) than to hisliberty for

“ pre aching ?Ca lvin’

s writings w ill e dify all men continua lly in th e timeto come 3. Pro te stant books are witnesses of sound doctrineand since re Christianity 4

For my part, I canno t but magnify th e goodne ss o f Godfor all good me ans to bring us unto fa ith, and so unto sa lvation, but e spe cia lly for th e written labours o f ho ly and learne dmen, whose do ings in all ages no t only have be en approved,but a lso use d and read many o f them in th e most sa cre d as

semblies . So

In th e pr imitive church was publicly read th e epistle o f

th e Laodice ans 5 in th e church Of th e Co lossians, th e epistle of

Clemens unto th e Corinthians “.

3 Pauli v incu l is plura pene quam lib e rtat i deb emus— Beza, E pist.

D edic a t . Ole vian. Com . in epist . ad Ga la t .

e adem e st c um e orum e t iam apostolorum do c trina , qui nih i l sc ripse runt. Idem enimdo c uerunt e vange l ium qui non sc ripse runt , quod il l i qu i sc ripserunt.—Wh itake r,D isput . de Sacra Script . Cantab . 1588 . Controv. I . Quees t. v 1 . c ap. 6 . p .[1 S t Pau l did pre ach the gospe l also b y w ri ting ,

and the pe o ple did h e ar byre ading . -Fu lke ’s Rh em ish New Te s t . Lond. 1 6 17 . p . 438 . Anno t . Rom . i .[2 Si c fie t ips um imita tus vide are , c uj us e tiam v incul is plura pene

quam l ib e rta ti deb emus .—Be z . E pist . D edic a t. in Olevian. Comm . in E pis t. adGa la t . Genev. 1578 . prope fin.][3 T he edi tor h as b e en unab le to dis cove r any su ch e pis tle . Bu t se e Be z a

s

E pis tle Dedi cato ry to th e Comment . on Job . (Ca l v in. Opp. Amstelod. 1 667-7 1 .

T om. ac magis inte r ve re pios e t e rudi to s in po sterum emi

neb it.][4 Curiam ingre ss i e t h ab i to sematu in pr im is nov i do gmatis de re l ig ione rem

ordiri c oepere , e t ipse impe ra to r juss it : Dogma illud no vum,

h i in e adem namqu e suos jam

pridem ante a quos e vulgave rint in luc emque ediderint lib e llos multos , sanae do c

trinae a tque purioris Chris tianismi te s te s e t indice s sync eros, & c .—Me l ch . So ite r. a

V inda , Be l l . Pannon. Lib . I I . pp . 516 , 17 , sub j o ined to Laon. Chalc ond. de Orig .

Turc . Bas i l .[5 K a l rr rju é x A a odm e ia s tua K a i Gus t s T w é s Ae

y o vo'

w 37 1 o bxi“H ill H a fio vrpo

s a b’ro bs dw e a r a hp é mw, a’

h h a‘

T iiv Tra p’

a b 'rdwH a é h cp.

—Chryso s t.

Opp. Pa ris . 1839. T om. 11 1 . p . 478. D . I n E pis t. adCo los . c ap. 1 v. Ho rn . 1 2 . Non sa tiso b se rvant ve rb a aposto l i, qui putant illum loqui de quedam e pisto la quam s c ripserit

ad Laodic ense s , qu in interc ide rit . Non di ci t , E t e am quam sc ripsi ad Laodic ense s

s ed, E t e am quaa e st ex Laodice a vos quoque le ga lis .—Wo l f. Musc . in P au l i E pis t .

Bas i l . 1578 . I n E p . ad C o lo ss . c ap. W . p .

[6 ’

E u (1 07 37 68 T a ti'

rp K a i fr iis K h iiue vr o s T pOS K apw eio vs ne'

pun‘ra t é 'm o

'T oh fis,

ti nh a'

ma’

ue’

xa fiev e'

g a’

pxa io v gflo vs é n‘l T ij s é xxhna ia s T rip dvd'

v a w a irr fis 77 0 1 6?

o Oa t . —E uscb . E ccl . I lis t. Cant . 1 72 0. Lib . I v . c ap. 2 3. p .

xxxv .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND . 32 5

Herme s his Pastor ’, and th e homilie s of th e fa th ers s. gdgmj a rr.

In th e re formed churche s in Flanders 9 and France b read are if:in)?Rer

M. Ca lvin’s sermons upon Job and in th e I talian, French , D . Sutc lit‘

,Answe r toD utch and Sco ttish churche s, th e sa id Ca lvin his ca te chism Is i

h

ifiif" c .

both read and expounded publicly, and tha t before th e whole Sme tono c o n

traHamilton,1" m

The errors and a dversa ries unto this truth .

D e ce ive d then, and out o f th e way o f truth , are they, Wilkinsonaga ins t th e

which o f preaching by th e mouth conce ive e ithe r too base ly, Pam . o t

or too highly : too base ly, as do th e Anabaptists and FamilyLove ’ p’ 75'

o f Love , they a ffirming the re ought to b e no prea ching at all“ ,

and tha t prea chers are not sent of God, ne i the r do pre ach Bullinger,God’s word, but th e dead le tte r o f th e scripture ” ; the se ,

comm Anab '

.wi th th e sa id Anabaptists, te rming them le tte r-do ctors”, bi;0121

1312 21

511 .

preaching th e le tte r , and imagination o f the ir own knowledge , Idem , L E x_

but not th e word o f th e living God“ .

h on

bE ditae sunt ig itu r j ampridem Gallic as istae c onc ione s (Calvini in

Job um) &c . N e que id ve ro tem e re f a c tum f u isse re s ipsa mox o sten

dit, maximo c um remo tissimarum e t iam Gallic arum e c c le siarum fruc tu ,

qu ibus usque ade o privat im e t pub l ic e plac ue runt, u t plurimis in lo c is,qu ib us quot idian i pas to re s de e rant, [c onc ione s istae in c ommuni c oetu

ex pu lpito re c ita tae] pastorum vic e f ue rint . —Be z a , P raef . Conc ionum,

J. Calv. in Jobum . [Opp. T om .

[7’

E 1re i at 6 01 137 69 dvro'

o-r o h o s , eu T a t s e

7ri T e’

h é t n po a pn'

a e o t 7 71 9 arpds‘Pwpa io vs , ;uvn

'

ynv H e r o ine-a t ju e

'rd 7 1311 o'

ih h wv Ka i ob ¢a a iv bardpxew 7 6

7 0 3 w a tuvio v Btfih iov' lo '

q'

e'

ov m'

e K a i fro fif r o f irpo'

s pé v fu l/div di'

o vs

o bi: civ eu Oft oh o'

y o v/u é vo t s T efle in' bd)

é -re'

pwu Oé a’

va y xa co’

r a‘ro v o le

,udh t a fra 66?

o r a txe t aia ews e ia'

a '

yw'

y uciis K é KptT a t . 396 1; 13611 K a i eu e’

mé hno' ia t s a ir rd

Oednuo a t e vpé vov, ra n k —I b id. Lib . I I I . c ap. 3 . p .[8 Ano the r council de cre ed tha t in th e m iniste r ’s s i ckness one dea con sh ou ld

re ad th e hom i l ies o f the fa the rs, &c .—Th e re s t o f th e Se cond Repl ie o f Thomas

Cartw r igh t, 1577 . p .

[9 Th e re seems to b e an e rro r in th e re fe rence . ][1 0 Summam Ch ris tiana: fide i b rev i l ib e l lo compl e xus est GenevaaJoan. Calvinus ;

quam I tal i, Ga l li, Belgaa, Sco ti , & c . pub l ice in e c c lesiis s u is inte rpre tantur.

Sme ton. contr. H ami l ton. E dinb urg . 1 579. p .

[1 1 Th ey sa id th e re o ugh t to b e no mo re any pre ach ing b e cause th e do o r w as

shu t. A po c . I .-Wilkinson’

s Confu t. Lond. 1579. p . 75. ( from Bu l l inge r aga ins tthe

[1 2 Hi sc ripturarum inte rpre tationem aag e rrime ferunt , e t mu l to mgriu s c um ex

il l is c orripiuntur. I taque dic unt , se qu idem ve rbum D e i non illib ente r audire , sedinterpre ta tionem e t adje c ta ministrorum ve rb a non posse agno sc e re pro ve rb o D e i,

aut lib enter audi re e t re c ipere .—Bu l l ing . adv . Anab apt . S imle r. Ve rs .) T igur. 1560.

c ap. 11 1 . p .

[l3 Se e Wilkinson’

s C onfu t . p .[1 4 H. N . First E xh o rta tion, Trans la ted, &c . c ap. xvr.

3 2 6 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

T o o highly, as do th e Pur itans o f all sorts . For saythey, Except God work mira culously and extraordinarily,(which i s no t to b e looke d for o f us) th e bare reading (yeano t) o f th e scripture s, without pre aching , canno t de live r so

1 Adm in. to much a s one poor soul from de struction‘: re ading (of whatsoth e Parh am .

e ver in th e church) without pre a ching, is not fe eding, but asi ll a s playing upon a stage , and worse too e.Wi thout pre a ching of th e word (viz . by th e l ive ly vo ice o f

a ministe r, and without th e book) th e Sabba th canno t b e h allowe d e ithe r o f a m iniste r or pe ople , in th e least measurewhich th e Lord require th o f us 3.

N ext, err do they, which se t the ir wits and learning ,e ither aga inst all books in genera l, except th e sacre d Bible ,or aga ins t th e public re ading o f any le arne d men

s writings ,b e they never so divine and godly, in th e open and sacre dassemblie s .

x‘ Of th e forme r sort are th e Anabaptists ; wh o , as Sle idan4re c orde th , did burn th e books, writings , and monuments o f

learned men, rese rving and pre serving only th e ho ly scripture sfrom th e fire .

Of th e latter b e th e Brownists, D isciplinarians, and Sabbatarians .

Giff o rd T h e Brownists do say, tha t no Apo crypha must b e broughtagainst th eB n. 15.

O 0 0

5C 0 Q 0 0 0

F332 se ,-on 1nto th e christian a ssemblie s so th e D isciplinarians minis te rsfif m ‘ m p‘

ought not to re ad openly in th e congrega tion any writings ,De f . o f th e but only th e canonica l scripture s

G: they compla in tha t hu~

iig' Mm ' p’

man writings are brought into th e church": they c ry out,

[1 And indeed unless th e Lo rd w o rk m iracu lo us ly and e x traordinarily (wh ich

is no t to b e looked for o f us) th e b are re ading o f th e scrip tu re s w i th out th e pre ach ingcanno t de l ive r so mu ch as one poo r sh e e p from destruc tion.

—A Reply to an

Answe r , & c . by T . C . p .

[2 Fo r b a re reading o f th e w o rd, and s ing le serv i ce say ing is b are feeding , yea ,

i t is as e v i l a s play ing upon a s tage , and worse too .-An Admoni tion to the

Parliament, fol.[3 N ich . Bownde , Doe t. o f th e Sab b ath , Lond. 1595. Bk. H . p .[4 Po s t h ae c idem prOph e ta ( Jo anne s Ma th aeus ) mandab a t, ne qu is u l lum

de inc eps lib rum h ab e re t , au t s ib i servare t , prae te r sa cra B ib l ia : reliqu o s omne s in

pub l icum de f erri jussit e t ab ole ri : h o c se mandatum divinitus ac c episse dic eb a t :

itaqu e magno nume ro l ib r i compo rta ti flamma fuerunt omne s a bsumpti.—Sle idan.

C omment . A rg entora t. 1 555. L ib . x . fol. ISL ][5 Se e , A P la ine De cla ra tion th a t our Brownis ts b e ful l Donatis ts, &c . b y Ge orge

Gyfl'

ard. Londo n, 1590. p .[6 o ugh t no t th e m inis te rs o f God to e xpound or re ad o penly, &c .

—A

Fru i t fu l Se rmon on th e 3, 4, &c . ve rse s o f th e 1 2 th ch ap . o f th e E pistle to th e

Romans . London, 1 589. p .

[7 From th is we come unto th e H omil ies , wh ich are a l lowed by one o f the

3 2 8 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

bishops, and such like di ffe rence s and inequal itie s o f e cclesiastical m inisters .

2 . Whosoever b e , or shal l b e conse cra ted or ordere da ccording to th e r ite s o f th e Book of Conse cra tion Of Archb ishops , Bishops , and Orde ring o f Pr iests and Deacons, theyb e rightly, o rderly, and lawfully conse cra ted and ordered .

P ropos i t ion I .

I t is agreea ble to the word of God, and pra ctice of the pr im itive

chur ch, tha t ther e shou ld be a r chbishops, bishops, and s uch like dif erencesand inequa lities of ecc lesias tica l ministers .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Albe it th e te rms and titles o f a rchbishops we find no t, ye t

th e superior ity which they enj oy, and authority which the

bishops and th e archbishops do exe rcise , in ordering and c on

secra ting o f bishops , and e ccle siastica l ministe rs , is groundedupon th e word o f God. For we find that

In th e apostle s’ days how themse lve s bo th were in digni tyabove th e e vange lists, and th e seventy disciple s , and for au

th ority both in and ove r th e church, as twe lve pa triarchs,sa ith Be za ‘, and a lso e stablished an e ccle siastica l hierarchy .

Hence came it tha t bishop wa s o f Je rusa lem , James 2Of Antio ch , Pe te r 3 ; o f th e As ian churche s , JOhn4 Of

Alexandria , Mark 5 ; o f E ph e susfi, ye a , and allAs ia , T imo thy";

[1

omnino oportuit, no va e ccles ias quas i duode c im patriarch as futuros ,pe c uliai i quadam forma divinitus c onse c rari. Sic ut e t iam ipsis pe culiarite r pro

missus fuera t Spiri tus Sanctus , &c .—Be z . Anno t . in Nov . Te s t . Genev. 1598.

P ars I . p . 455. In Act. i i .[a flu T fis eu

'

I epo <ro h 6,u o zs é xxhno' ia s a ir-ro e dt o

K a i

iia 'r epo s Aé

'

y e t .- Ch rysost . Opp. Par. 1 839. T om. Ix. p . 2 79. I n Ac t . Apost . x v .[3 D enique primum epiSCOpum A ntio c h enaa e ccle s ia Pe trum fu is se ac c epimus ,

& c .—H ie ron. Opp. Pa ris . 1693-1 706. T om . i v . Pars r. c ol. 2 44. In E pist . ad Gala t .c ap.

[4 1 37 1 1 7 0 67 0 1 9 K a'r q

r iiv 31 1 r d} 6q w epth em'

o'

pe vo s ( t i/7 0‘

s é xe‘

iuo s , 3u

ii'y ci'zra O

Inc o § s , a’

7ro'

a 'r oXo s K a i e ba y'

ye h wfrvis

I wa'

mms , meis a im dra in e r)

e’

mch no' ia s , E ccl . H is t. Cantab . 1 72 0 . L ib . 1 1 1 . c ap. 2 3, p.

[5 N am e t A le x andrina a Marco e vange l is ta usque ad He ra c lam e t D ionys iun

i

episc opos , pre sb y teri sempe r unum e x se e le c tum, in exc elsiori g radu c o lloc a tum ,

episc opum nominab ant . —H ie ron. Opp. T om . xv. Pars 2 . c o l. 803. E p is t . 1 01 . ad

E vang .][6 Minister ium tuum scilice t— Id. Opp. T om . v . c o l. 1 100 .

I n E p. 2 . ad T im . c ap.

[7 Th is do e s no t seem to b e dire ctly s tated : i t may b e infe rred pe rh aps fromCh rysos t. l l om . xm . in 1 T im . c ap. I v. 1 1—1 4. Opp. T om. XI . p . 671, b . ]

xxxvi .] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

o f all Cre te , T itus s ; o f Philippos, Epaphroditus 9 of Cor inth T h eod . argin E pist. ad

and Acha ia , Apo llos ; of Athens , D IonySIus ; of France , Tiieo d in

Cre sc ens‘o ; o f Brita in, Aristobulus “ figsggl’

fli

gn

In th e pure r times, succe eding th e apostle s, so approve 150mm mApo s t. Sy

was th e administration of th e church-a ffa irs by the se kind o f m p,

m en, as

T hey orda ined patriarchs and chor-episcopi gags-

d,

They ra tifie d th e de cre e s o f e ccle sia stica l super-eminency,B E t.

a t th e first and most famous council a t Nice 13 Lem pis

T hey gloried much , and gre atly, tha t they h ad re ce ive d D .

3

.I ren 13,

th e apostle s ’ do ctrine by a succe ssion o f bishops “ , tha t they iaeée e

‘l

l oie

we re th e succe ssors in th e apos tle s ’ do ctrine of th e godly 3 2 0bishops 15, and tha t bishops succe eded In th e room o f apostle s”.

P” ; “V'

T he ir godly monuments , and worthy labours and booksye t e xtant, do shew, tha t bishop was of Lyons, I renaeus ; o f

Antio ch, Ignatius ; o f Carthage , Cyprian ; o f Hierusalem ,

Cyril ; of Alexandria , Athanasius ; Ba s il, o f Caesarea ; o f all

Thra cia , Asia , and Pontus, Chrysostom ; Hilary o f Poic tiers ;

[8 Th e od. Opp. Pa r is . 1642 -84. T om. I I I . p . 507 . c .] [9 Id. p . 32 2 . c .][ 1 0 I t is only sa id : K picncns new é 7ri meis Fa h h ia s a r e rh a

ne vo s (1 67 0 6

(SC .“ro v H a uh o v) ,u ap'

r vpe t'r a t -E useb . E ccle s . His tor . Lib . I I I . c ap. 4. pp . 91 , 2 .

Ar is to bulus e t ipse ab aposto lo ad R oman. c ommemoratus episc 0pus Bri ttaniaa fa ctus es t.—D oro th . Synops is,Wo lf .Muse . Inte rp re t. in E useb . E ccles . His t .Bas il. 1570. p . 664 ][ 12 HInc e ccles ia se cu ta tempo ra apo stolorum,

a l ios patria rch es, al ios episc opos ,a l ios chorepisc 0po s quos Justmus Marty r wpo e a 'rw '

r a s vo ca t, nos praapositos , &c .

ins tituit.—Nic . Hemm ing . Opuse . Th e o log . 1636. p. 799. Syntagm . Ins t. Ch rist.c ap. xxrrr. Art.[1 3 Be z a is a rgu ing aga ins t the pre tens ions o f th e ch u rch o f Rome . T h e passage

is as fo l lows : Prima te s e t arc h iepisc 0pos e sse politiae R omanae umb ram e t imag inemquae paulatim eme rserit, omnes vel medioc rite r h is toriarum pe ri t i norunt. Confir

mav i t illam graduum distinc tionem N i cena Synodus .—Be z . E pis t . Gene v. 1 575.

E p. I . pp . 1 7,[1 4 T raditionem itaque apo stolorum in to to mundo manifestatam, in omni e ccle s ia

ade s t perspic e re omnibus qui ve ra velint videre , e t h ab emus annume rare e os qu i abapostolis insti tuti sunt e piscopi in e c c le siis, e t suc c e ssore s co rum usque ad nos , quinih i l tale do c ue runt neque c o gnoverunt qua le ab h is [se . h ee re tic is ]I ren . Opp. Oxon. 1 702 . Adv. Ha r. Lib . I I I . c ap.

[1 5 E rgo s ic apud T ertullianum exc lamans e ccle s ia nob is Ob j ic ieb atur, “

sum ,

inqu it , h aere s apostolorum, sicut c ave runt tes timonio , sic u t fide i c ommis erun t, sic u tadjurave runt, ita tenco .

” Qu ibus v e rb is apertissime s ignific at se de succe ss ionedo ctrines g lo riari .—Sade el. D e Leg i tim. Vo c at. Pas to r. E ccl. Re form. Mo rgiis . 1580.

p .[1 6 Quid e st , Pro pa tribus tuis na ti sunt tibi filu ? Pa tres m iss i s unt aposto l i,

pro apos tolis filii na t i sunt t ib i c c nstitu ti sunt e piscopi. H odie enim ep iscopi quis unt pe r to tum mundum

,uncle na ti sunt ’! Ipsa e ccle s ia pa tres illos appe l la t , i psa

illos genuit, e t ipsa illos c onstituit in sedibus Pe trum —August. Opp‘

. Paris. 1836-8.T om. I v: c ol. 564. c. E narr . in Psa lm . xl iv . v. 17 . c ap.

Sleidan.

C om . Lib . v.

N ic eph . Lib .XVI I I . c . 49.

330 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Augustine o f Hippo ; Ambrose o f Millain : all o f these mostno table instruments for th e advancement of God’s honour andglory in the ir days .Fina lly, from th e apostles’ days hitherto there neve r

wanted a succe ssion o f bishops , ne i the r in th e e a st norwesternchurches, a lbe it there have be en from time to time both marpre la tes , and mock-pre la te s , to supplant the ir sta te s, and illpre la tes abusing the ir functions and place s, to th e discredit o fthe ir cal ling and profession. So provident b ath th e A lmightybe en for th e augmenta tion of his glory, and pe ople , by thiskind and ca lling Of men.

The errors and a dversa r ies unto this tr uth .

This manife ste th th e e rrone ous and e vil minds ,1 . Of th e Anabaptists ‘, wh o condemn all supe r iori ty

among men, saying , T ha t every man should b e e qua l forca lling ; and tha t there should b e no difference Of pe rsonsamong Christians .

2 . Of th e old here tics, viz . th e Contobaptites -2, which al

lowed Of no bishops .

The Ac ephalians3, wh o would not b e at th e command, or

yie ld Obedience unto bishops .

T h e Aerians “, tha t equa lle d bishops and pr ie sts, makingthem all one .

Th e Apo stolicks5, which condemned pre la cy.

3 . Of th e late schismatics,name ly,

[1 Bonorum quoque c ommunionem e t humanitati c um prim is e sse c onsentaneum,

ut e t digni ta te s int omne s aaquales , do c eb a t (Munc e rus ) e t condi t ione l ib e ri , e t

prom iscue b onis omnibus u tantur . Sle idan. C omment. A rgentorat . 1555. Lib . v .fol.

[2

(sc . eww xé rro vs ) o i K o vr ofiafidir a t ,u o'

vo t o f; Oéxo v'r a t . —N ic eph .

E cc l . H ist . Lu t. P ar. 1 630 . Lib . XV I I I . c ap. 49. p . 876 . D . ][3 P e rtine t e t hmc s e cta ad Severitas, dicta A c eph alorum, ut inquit Nic eph orus ;

qu ia sub episc opis non fue runt .—Magde b urg . E ccl . H is t . Ba s il . 1562 , &c . C ent . V I I .c . 5. fol. 1 2 4.

O i. d’

e K a i iAK é fb aXOt aiuoy ci'

go v'ro

O? 7 6 é vw‘rmdu 7 0 6 ,Ga cr tk e

'

ws v w'

vo s o f)

orpo o ieur o , o lfe {u } 7 1 5 a’

va fle’

paf r t w ill dy ia v f re

‘ra

'

p'rnv Ica fiuw éfia h e a dvodov.

did as f rd brrd é w ra xo’

w o cs,nu

d’

y e a fla t , aivopda eno a v .—Nic eph . E ccl .

H ist . Lib . XV I I I . c ap. 45. p . 869. Se e also E vagrius , H is t . E ccl . Lib . I I I . c ap.

[4

e sse t pre sby te r (A e rius), doluisse fe rtur quod episc 0pus non po tuit

o rdinari D ic eb at e tiam presb yterum ab e p iscopo nu l la diff e rentia deb e re disce rn i.—August. Opp. Paris . 1 836 . T om . V I I I . c ol. 55. A . Lib e r de H arres . c ap. 53. Se e

a lso E piph an . Opp. Paris . 1 62 2 . T om . I . I laare s . lxxv. p .

[5 T h e Apo stol ici, o r He nric ians, a se ct in th e time o f 8 . Be rnard. A fter

1 Admo n. to

th e Parliam .

332 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

Others say, Tha t birds o f th e same fea the r, viz . witharchbishops and bishops, and parsons and vicars ] .

Barrow publishe th, tha t parsonage s and vicarage s b e inname , o ffice and function, as popish and antichristian as anyo f th e o the r 2

I t is the re fore an egregious untruth , tha t Puritans (orwhich is e quiva lent, th e good men, th e fa i thful and innocentministers, for so do they style themse lve s)aff e ct not any popularity or parity in th e church of God, a s some o f them wouldmake his maje sty be lieve

s.

P ropos i t ion I I .

Whosoever be or sha ll be confirmed or ordered a ccording to the r ites

.Of the B oole of Consecra tion of a r ch bishops a nd bishops a nd Ordering ofpriests and dea cons, they be r igh tly, order ly a nd lawf ully consecra ted a nd

ordered.

A rchbishops, bishops, andministers, which a ccording to th eBook o f Conse cra tion b e , or sha ll b e conse cra te d or o rde red,they are conse cra ted and orda ine d rightly , o rderly and lawfully,be cause a fore the ir conse cra tion and o rdina tion they b e rightlytrie d or examined ; by impos ition Of hands, ne edful and sea

s onable praye rs , they b e conse cra ted and o rda ined : and all

this is pe rforme d by those pe rsons, tha t is, by bishops , to whomth e ordina tion and conse cra tion o f bishops and m inisters wasa lways principa lly comm itte d“; and a lso a fte r th e same formand fashion (corruptions be ing a fore taken away and removed)a s bishops and prie sts afore th e re ign o f King Edward thesixth formerly were .

o f pOperie wh ich de fo rme th e E nglish e re fo rmation.-A pleasaunt D ialogue b e

tw e en a Sou ldie r Of Barw icke and an E ng l ish Ch apla ine . 158 1 . fol. L .

[l A nd b irds o f the same fe a the r a re cove to us patrons o f b enefic e s, parsons,

v icars , re ade rs , pa rish prie sts, & c .— th a t unde r the au tho ri ty o f th e ir mas te rs ( i . e .

th e b ish ops , a rch b ish ops) spo il th e ir flocks Of the food o f th e i r souls .—An Admon.

to the Parl iame nt . fol. B .

[2 Barrow ’

s D iscove ry o f th e Fa lse Church , 1 590 . p .[3 Th is re fe rence h as no t b e en found. ]

[4 T h e passage inte nded is prob ab ly th is : o rde r and se emly gove rnment,

th e re w as a lways one p rinc ipa l to w hom, b y long use o f th e church , th e name o f

B ish op o r Superintendent h a th b e en al th ough in scrip ture a

B ish op and an E lde r is o f one o rde r and au th o r i ty in pre ach ing, th e ye t in

g ove rnment , by anc ien t use o f spe e ch , h e is only ca l led a wh om th e

o rdina tion or conse cra tion b y impos i tion o f hands w as a lways princ ipal ly c om

mitted.—Fu lke ’s New Test . 1 0nd. 1 617 . No te on T i t. i . 5. fol. 7 18 ,

xxxvr.] OF THE CH URCH o r E NGLAND .

The adversaries unto this truth .

We ll there fore may they disgorge the ir stomachs, buttrouble our conscience s they sha ll neve r, which condemn or

deprave our ca llings, as do1 . Th e Family o f Love “, which dislike , and labour to H

3

N

§E vane

make contemptible , th e outward admiss ion o f ministe rs .2 . T h e Papists, wh o say the ir ple asure o f the bishops and

m inisters of th e church o f England, and o f o the r re forme dchurches .None is to b e admitte d for a bishop , (say they) which is Howle t

s 7

not orda ine d by impo s ition o f thre e or four (Rom ish) ca tho licw as.

bishops a t th e lea st, o f which none are to b e found among th eProte stants “.Whosoeve r take th upon him to prea ch, to m iniste r sacra Test. Rh em .

A n. Jo hn x.ments, and Is not orde re d o f a true ca tho l ic (tha t Is , a popish) Ibishop, to b e a cura te o f souls, parson, bishop, &c . , h e is a

thie f and a murde re r 7Our b Ish ops and ministe rs, they are not come In by th e g

t

gakgo

gt

door (sa i th S taple ton); they have sto len in like thieves 8 ; they b e P 141

A nswe r to

unorde re d aposta te s , pre tended , and sacrilegious ministe rs, c

‘h e

l b d . lintrude rs 9, me re laymen, and no t prie sts , be cause , first, they f irs.

" lap 7’

1)have re ce ive d none unde r 10 orders ; and next , they are not or nifa

g9’

da ined by such a bishop , and priest, as th e ca tho lic (Roman) £2312,

c hurch ha th put in author ity“ .reas .

'

3 . T h e Puritans. For they write , tha tTh e bishops o f our church have none o rdinary ca lling o f

[5 Christians s igni fy unto us, Tho se th at are ano inted. For th e H o ly ones o f

Ch ris t we re in t ime s pas t so named, wh i ch w e re ano inted (Ac t . 2 . a .) w i th th e ho ly,

Spiri t o f Chris t to p r ies ts o r e lde rs o f th e ho ly unde rstanding —H. N . E vang . Reg .

0 . xxxr. 2 , p.[6 Ca tho l i c church ) admitte th no man for b ishop wh i ch is no t o rda ined

by impos i tion o f th ree o r two ca tho l ic b ishops ’ h ands a t th e leas t . Of all wh i chth ings none are to b e found amongs t the P ro tes tants —A Brie f D iscours, &c .

Douay ,1581 . Re as . VI I . p . 41 . b . Se e ab ove , p . 2 39, no te

[7 Tes t. Rhem . Rheme s , 1582 . Anno t . Joh . x . 1 . p . 2 50 , wh e re , to prea ch withou t lawf u l sending , and is no t c anonic a lly ordered. ][8 Staple ton, Fortre sse o f th e Faith , Antwerpe , 1 565. Part I I . c ap. 8 . p . 141 ,

w i th a s l igh t ve rb a l diff e rence ][9(C ard. A lan’

s) S ince re andModes t De fence ,&c . aga ins t th e E xe c . o f Jus tice ,& c . , w h e re in chap . 7 , p . 148 , pre tended ministry : ch ap . 9, p . 2 1 1 , sacr ileg iousm inis tries : ch ap . 8 , p . 1 7 1 , Fi rs t and fo remo st for th e is wh o l ly de s ta inedand th e se o the r g ood fe l lows th e ir intrude rs h ave l ived in joy andfe l ic ity.][1 0 Oth e r, th e late r edi tions . ][1 1 See ab o ve, p . 2 39, no te

T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

God, and function in th e scripture s, for to exercise ] . They are

not s ent o f God ; they b e no t th e m iniste rs Of Jesus Christ,by whom h e will advance h is gospe l 2 .

Infe rio r m iniste rs , they a re not (say they) a ccording toGod’s word e ithe r proved, e le cted, ca lled or o rda ined 3. Henceth e church o f England wante th (say they) h er pa stors and

te achers “,and hence they urge divers a fore o rda ined to se ek

a t the ir classis a new approbation5,which they te rm th e

Lord’s Ordinance ,‘ and to take new ca llings from classica lministers, renouncing the ir ca lling from bishops 6

ARTICLE XXXVI I .

Of th e C ivil Magistra te .

(1 ) Th e K ing’

s M ajes ty h a th the eh ief power in th is rea lmof E ng la nd, a nd o th er h is dominions , (2 ) unto wh om th e

ch ief government of a ll es ta tes of th is r ea lm , wh e th er th ey

be E cclesia s tica l or Civil, in a ll c a uses do th apper ta in, a nd

is no t, nor ough t to be subjec t to a ny f oreign jurisdiction.

Wh ere w e a ttr ibu te to th e K ing’

s M ajes ty th e ch ief g overnm ent , by wh ich titles we unders ta nd th e minds of s ome

s la nderous f o lks to be ofi'

ended ; (3) w e give no t to our

pr ince th e minis tering e ith er of God’

s w ord , or of th e S a

c raments th e wh ich th ing th e injunc tions a lso , some time se t

f or th by E liz a be th our (la te) Q ueen, do mos t pla inly tes tify

[l A Replie to an Answ ere , & c . b y T . C . p .[2 A D ia logue Conce rning th e S tri fe o f our Ch a rch e . Lond. 1584. P re f . p .

[3 An Admon . to th e P arliam . fol. A .

[4 T h e Ch urch o f God in E ng land (de ar h er Pas tors ,

Te ach e rs, E lde rs , De acons , and h e r a ttende rs upon th e poo r, & c .—Fru i tfu l Se rmon

o n 3 , 4, & c . ve rses o f Rom . x i i . Lond. 1589. pp . 32 ,

[5 T h e fi rs t degre e the y h ave ente red into is th is , th a t , te ach ing all minis te rs

wh i ch a re ca l led ac c o rdIng to th e o rde r o f th e chu rch Of E ng land to b e unlaw ful ,th ey do u rg e s uch a s th ey dare trus t ( and wh o are m iniste rs al re ady) to se ek a t

th e ir classis a new approb a t ion wh ich th ey te rm th e Lord’s Ordinance — E nglis hSc o t tiz ing , fo r D iscipl ine b y Practise , th e Th ird Book Of D iscip l inary Grounds andP ractises , c ap. xrv. p . 1 13. T h e T i tle o f th e w o rk is , D ange rous Po s itions and

P ro ce edings , & c . for th e P resb yte r ia l D iscipl ine , b y R ichard Bancro ft, &c .

Lond.

[6 Th ey renounce th e ca l l ing th ey h ave had o f the b ishops : and do take i t aga in

from th e approb a tion o f th e c lass is . —Ib id. ]

336 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

aristocracy ; and some , whe re one man or woman hath th epre

-eminence , as in a monarchy : such is th e gove rnment o f

this kingdom .

Notwithstanding whatsoever th e gove rnment is, e i the rdemocra tical , a ristocratica l, or monarchica l , God’s word do thtea ch us, tha t

gem-xii“ , The re is no powe r but o f God th e powe rs tha t b e are

orda ine d of God ; and tha t whosoeve r re siste th th e powe r,resiste th th e ordinance o f God.

T it. iii. 1 .‘

fWe must b e subj e ct to th e principalitie s and powers, andobedient and ready to eve ry g ood work .

1 Pe t-ii- 13 We must submi t ourse lve s unto all manne r of ordinanceo f man, fo r th e Lord ’s sake .

“ We must pray for kings , and for all tha t b e in authority .

F ina lly, we must give to all men the ir duty ; tr ibute towhom tribute ; cus tom to whom custom ; fear to whom fea r ;and honour to whom honour is due .

But o f th e monarchica l gove rnment, specia l mention ismade in th e wr itings of th e prophe ts and apostle s .

I sa i. x1ix . 2 3. Kings sha ll b e thy 1 nursing-fa thers, and que ens sha ll b ethy nurses,” sa ith Isa i.

i Pe t . m l?» Th e apostle Pe te r ca lle th th e king th e superior (or h imtha t b a th th e chie f powe r), as our King James b a th in h isdominions .

C onf . He 1v. r All churche s prote stant and re formed subscribe unto thisA rt . xxvx.

26: n o cap' 30 do ctrine , a s both aposto lical and orthodoxa lBasxl. A rt .

V I I .

20

53535 “[1 Th e ir,[2 Magistra tus omnis a D e o quum sit. nos etiamsi l ib e ri simus, e t corpore

Augu st. A rt. e t fac ultatibus omn ib us nostris , e t animi s tudio , ve ra c um fide sanc te subj ic iendos

gjgafifggt e sse , fide lita tem a c sacramentum pree stare , quantispe r hujus impe ria c um e o ,XX I I,

“ p ropte r quem h unc re veremus , pa lam no npugnant , so imus .—H a rm . Conf . Se ct . xxx.

Sue vic . mP e lor. p . 2 73. Conf. He lv . P rio r . Art . xxvx. M agis tra tus omnis g ene ris ab lpSO D e o e st

itaque omne s mag is tra tus c ontempto res, reb e l les, Re ip.

h o ste s , e t seditio so s neb ulone s , denique omne s quo tquo t ofl‘ic ia deb ita praestare , ve l

pa lam vel a rte renuunt .— I b id. pp . 2 7 1 , 2 . Conf . Helv. Po s t . c ap. xxx . Pra tere a ,

D e us magistra tui, suo m inis tro , gladium e t summam e x te rnam po te sta tem , b onis adde fensionem ,

ma l is ad vindic tam e t poenam de legavit. —I b id. p . 2 74. Conf . Bas il .Art . VI I . Amplius e x s ac ris literis do c e tur , po litic um mag is tra tum e sse o rdina .

t ionem D ivinam , e t a D e o h ze c do c e tur e tiam popu lus de suo

o flic io , e t re i psa ve rb o D e i e o adigitur, u t unive rs i e t singuli in omnib us qua: D e otantum non s unt contrar ia , eminent i po te sta ti subje c tionem praastent ; primumR e g ias Majes ta ti ve s tra , pos te a omnib us mag is tratib us , & c .

— Ib id. pp . 2 75, 7 . Conf.

Boh em . c ap. xvr. C redimus Deum Optimum principes e t ma

g is tra tus c onstituisse , ve lleque u t mundus h ic legibus a c certa po l i tia gub erne tur,& c .—Ib id. p . 2 8 1 . C onf. Be lg . Art. xxxvr. D e reb us c ivilibus do cent, quod

xxxvn .] o r T HE CHU RCH o r E NGLAND .

Th e errors a nd adversa ries unto th is truth .

These churche s with us, and we w ith them, utterly condemnth e opinions

Of th e dre ame rs where of th e apostle speake th , which Jude , ver . 8 .

despise government , and speak e vi l o f them which are in

authori ty .

Of th e Maniche e s 3, Fratric ellians “, Flagelliferie s”, Anabap D Augu st.c ontra Faust.

fi sts “, and Family o f 8 Love "; all which ra il upon and condemn gib XX I I-emagistra cy . figglp

iigf’

s

Of them wh o a llow not o f th e gove rnment by women, but ffi‘

ig.

utte rly de te s t th e same : such we re they in I ta ly, which sa id, f iifie

dlfiii l'

I nteritus mundi es t a mu liere r egis; aga in, spe aking unto

W. Th omas’

s

women, A bunde magna c ivita s vo bis s it domus , pub licum Pe se r o fta ly, p. 1 2 9,

neque nosc a ti s , neque vos nosc a t g : such m France , wh o think ind. Vim ,

h ow th e laws o f God and nature is viola te d whe re a woman 335315

2;is suffe re d to re ign and such in Sco tland , or Scottish L‘b '

men rather from Geneva , which wro te tha t

a H. N . c a l le th a k ing “th e scum o f igno rance ,” Spi r i t . Land,

c ap. 6, se c t . 5.

bN e que solum natu rae jura c onvelluntur ; sed e t iam omnium

legi tima o rdina tione s civ i les s int b ona ope ra e t ordina tione s D e i, sic u t Pau l us tesenim c um p i i deb e ant ob edire pree sentibus magis tra tibus , non

e ripe re e is imperia , & c .— I b id. pp. 2 81 , 3 . C onf. Augus t . Artt. xvr. xvn . Vul t

Deus re g i e t c o erc eri po l i tica gub e rna tione omnes h om ine s , e tiam non renova to s .

Ib id. p . 2 85. Conf. Sa xon. Art . xxnx. In supe riorib us expo suimus nos tros e c c le v

s iastic os ob edientiae qu ae exhib e tur mag istratib us inte r primi o rdinis b ona ope ralo cum dedisse , e t do ce re ho c unumquemque s tudiosius se se ac c ommodare pub lic is

leg ibus, quo sync e rior fue ri t Ch r is t ianus , & c .—I b id . pp . 2 92 , 3. C onf . Suev.

c ap. xxu r. ]

[3 quia Manic h ze i Joannem (Baptis tam) ape rte b lasph emare c ons ueve

run t, ipsum D ominum_

Je sum Christum audiant h o c s t ipendium j ub entem reddiC aesari, quod Joanne s di ci t deb e re suflic ere m i l i t i , & c .

—Augus t. Opp. Paris. 1 836—8 .

T om. vm . c ol. 62 5. D . Contr. Faust. Man i ch . Lib . a xu . c ap.

[4 He [C lement th e fif th ] oppre ssed th e se ct cal led Fra tric elli : th a t w e re th en

new ly risen in Lomb ardy, wh o would have had all th ings in common w i th ou t mag ist ra tes or ru le rs —W. Th omas , H is t . o f I ta ly. Lond. 1549. p .[5 Cujus alioqui erroris fucus u t n ih il difi‘

e reb at ab A nab aptistarum Opinionere l ig iosa, ita se cta non m inus pe rni ciosa fu i t i l l is tempor ibus .—Gab r . Pra te ol.M arco s . de V i t. &c . H a re t. Co lon. 1 569. Lib . v1 . 8 . c o] .

[6 Le gitimos magistra tus c onvic iis pro sc indunt [Sw erme ri], a c to l le re s tudue

runt .—A l tham . Conc il. L oc . N orimb erg . 1 535. L o c . c xc r. p.{7 Th is re fe rence h as not b e en found. ][8 W. Th omas , H ist. o f I ta ly, p .[9 Lud. V iv . Opp. Bas i l . 1555. T om. n . D e Ch rist . Foem . Lib . u . p[1 0 Bodin. Me thod. ad Fac i l . Histor. Cognit. Lugd. 1583. c ap. vr. p .

[ROGE Rs ]2 2

338 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [A RT .

A woman’

s gove rnment is a monstrife rous empire , mos tde testable and damnable ‘.

A ga in, I am a ssure d tha t God ha th revea led to some in

this age , tha t it is more than a monste r in nature tha t a

woman shal l re ign, and have empire above man 2 , &c .

And little diffe ring from the se men are they in England,which te rme d “ T h e Harborough for Fa ithful Subj e cts,” a c ar

nal and unlearned book, sme lling a ltoge the r o f e arth , w ithou trhyme andw ithout re ason,

for de fending th e regiment of womenove r men (when i t fa lle th unto them by inhe ritance to govern)to b e lawful and good 3. He which so c ensure th th e sa id Har

borough” wa s th e Mar-pre la te ; and this his censure de clare ththa t h e was th e Mar-prince , as we ll a s th e Mar-pre la te .

P ropos i t ion I I .

T he king’

s maj es ty ha th the chief government of a ll esta tes ecclesia stica la nd c ivil, in a ll c a uses w ithin h is dominions .

T h e proo f f rom God’

s wo rd.

We a scr ibe tha t unto our king by this a sse rtion, which isgiven to e ve ry king or que en in the ir own dominion by th eword o f God. For

T hey are , for title s, “ gra cious lords,

” “ prince s ,” “ th e

m iniste rs o f God,” “ th e nurses Of th e church ,” “ gods : for

authority, th e “ chief. Which move th S t Paul to exhort,tha t supplica tions b e made for all m en, but first for kings a sth e chie f.

A ga in, e ve ry soul is commande d to b e subj ect to th e

highe r powe rs , &c .

F inally , th e e xample s are manifo ld, and pregnant, shewing th e principa l ity Of kings ove r all pe rsons and cause s . Fo r

Aaron th e high prie st called Moses th e chie f prince,h is

lord : so did A bime le ch te rm Saul h is lord .

gent ium , qu'

ae nunquam f oem ina s regna re pe rm iserunt, &c .—Bodin,

Me th . Hist . c . 6 , p. 2 57 .

[1 And th e re fo re I say th a t o f ne ce ss i ty i t is th a t th is mons tr i fe rous empire o f

w omen (wh ich amongs t a ll enormi tie s th a t th is day do ab o und upon th e face o f the

w h o le e arth is m os t de tes tab le and damnab le ) b e openly re ve aled, & c .—T h e Firs tB las t o f th e Trumpe t aga ins t th e Monstrous Reg iment o f Women (by J ohn Knox )P re f. p . 5 . Genev.

[ 2 I b id. pp . 3, [3 Th is re fe rence h as no t b een found. ]

340 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [ART .

but in such things only a s conce rn th e public peace and po

p

Fa lse a lso is i t which th e puritans do ho ld ; name ly, tha tPrince s mus t b e servants unto th e church , b e subj e ct unto

th e church, submi t the ir s ceptre s unto th e church , and throwdown the ir crowns be fore th e church";

Magistra te s, a s we l l a s o the r men, must submit themse lve sand b e obedient to th e just and lawful authority o f th e church 3,tha t is, o f th e a“

pre sbytery“

113m m.

1 2 4Quis tandem r eges e t principes , wh o can exempt even

re sh . p. k ings and prince s from this non huma na , sed di vina domi

na tione , not human, but divine domina tion (meaning o f th e

pre sbyte ry) sa ith Be za”: which pre sbytery they would haveto b e in e ve ry b par ish .

aT h at wh ich our Saviou r c a l le th pre sbyte rian, and so do th Luke .

L e ar . D is . p. 89.

bTh e re Ough t to b e in eve ry ch u r ch a c onsistory, or se ignio ry o f

e lde rs or gove rno rs — L e a r . D is . p. 84 .

E ve ry c ongrega t ion ough t to h ave e lde rs and an e lde rsh ip— D e

m on[st ra t ion]. Of D is[c ipline ] . ch ap. 1 2 , p. 55, ch ap. 1 4, p. 69.

Ins te ad Of ch ance l lors, a r chde a c ons, Offic ia ls, c omm issa r ie s, pro cto rs, summ one rs , chu r chwa rdens, and su ch l ike , you (pa r l iam ent m en)h a ve to plant in eve ry cong rega t ion a lawf ul and godly se ign iory.

1 Admon . to th e Pa r l iam ent . [f ol . A .

I wo u ld th a t e ve ry l i t t le pa r i sh sh ou ld h ave se ven su ch (e lde rs) a t

[l P au l c h arg e th e ve ry man to b e sub j e c t to h is tempo ra l

prince and supe rio r no t e ve ry man to all tha t b e in Office o r supe rio rity , b u t e ve ryone to h im wh om God ha th put in au tho ri ty ove r h im , b y th a t h e is h is Mas te r,Lo rd, K ing or su ch like : ne i th e r to th em in ma tte rs o f re l igion or reg iment o f th e i rsou ls ( fo r most part w e re pagans , wh om th e apostl e cou ld no t w i l l men to Ob ey in

ma tte rs o f fa ith ) b u t to th em in such th ings only as conce rn th e pub l ic peace andpo l icy, & c .

— Ib id. Ann. Rom . x i ii . l . p .[2 Bu t i t mus t b e rememb e red th a t c iv i l th ey are nu rses so th ey

b e s e rvants unto th e chu rch , and as th ey rule in th e ch urch , so th e ymus t rememb e rt o s ub j e ct thems e lve s unto th e ch u rch

,to subm i t th e ir sceptre s , to th row down

t h e ir crowns b e fo re th e chu rch, ye a as th e proph e t Spe ake th to l ick th e dust o f the

fe e t Of the ch urch .—A R eply to an Answe r made o f M . D o c to r Wh itgifte, &c . b y

T , C . p .

[3 A Fu l l and P la in De clara tion o f E ccles ias t ica l D is cipl ine , &c . 1574. Whe re ,

a lso a s w e ll a s the re st and, a u thority of the ofi c ers of the

[4 T h e w o rk re fe rred to h as no t b e en me t w i th .][5 tandem rege s e t principes ab is ta domina tione non h umana sed div ina

e xeme rit, qu in laesm div ina: C h ris ti maj e s tatis reus c ons tituatur.— Be z a, Trac t.

de Ve ra E xc omm. ct C h ris t. P resb yt . Gene v. 1590 . pp . 1 2 4,

xxxvn.] OF T HE CHURCH OF E NGLAND .

Quotquot ecclesias Ch ris ti, as many a s b e members o f 233Christ, and o f th e church, they must subje ct themse lves to th e c les i; 456 .

cons istorian discipline . N on h ic exc ipitur episc 0pus , a u t

impera tor :“ Ne ithe r bishop or empe ro r is excepte d he re .

N u lla h ic a c c eptio , a ut exceptio [es t] persona rum :“ He re

is no a cception, or exception, of

P ropos i t ion I I I .

H is highness may no t execute the ecclesia stica l du ties of prea chingand minister ing the S a cr aments, a nd yet is to prescr ibe laws a nd direc

tions unto a ll es ta tes bo th ec cles ia stica l a nd tempora l.

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

K. He zekiah sa id unto th e pr ie sts and Levite s of h is time , 2 Ch rc n.

My sons , b e not de ce ive d : for th e Lord ha th chosen youKm

to stand be fore him, and to se rve him, and to b e his ministe rs,and to burn incense .

So do we say, The Lord ha th appo inted a c ompany, a.nandSee a fo re.

Calling Of men, to tea ch th e pe 0 p1e , to expound th e scripture s ,to ce lebra te th e sa craments, to handle th e keys o f th e ce le stia lk ingdom : insomuch a s h e whosoeve r tha t sha ll pre sume todo the se things , not ca lle d the re unto , and tha t lawfully, thoughh e b e a king or prince , h e may fea r tha t punishment which £81306fe ll upon U zziah .

No twithstanding , all kings, que ens , and pr ince s in the ir 2 0 1mm . ii i ,

pla ce s, may, yea , and must, as o ccas ion se rve th, with K . Solomon

“ build an house for th e Lord,” and se t th e course s o f Q Ch ron . viii.prie sts to the ir office ; with K. He zekiah bre ak th e image s ,cut down th e grove s, take away th e high place s , appo int th e “ Xi 1

course s o f th e prie sts and Le vite s, and enjo in a ll th e pe ople tominis te r sustenance unto th e prie sts ° ; with K . Jo s iah put

if iin

iidown and burn th e horse s o f th e sun, bre ak down th e ma 7

house s o f th e Sodomi te s, purge Judah and Je rusa lem from th e Q Ch ron. iii

34.

th e le as t, and e ve ry m e an ch u rch th i rte en, and e ve ry gre at ch u rchtwenty- th re e .

— Hunt Of th e Fox, &c . E . 2 . a .

T h us did He z ek iah th ro ugh out all Judah , and did we ll, and up

r igh tly, and tru ly, b e fore th e L o rd h is God. 2 Ch ron . xxxi . 2 0 .

[6 Ga l l . Snec an . Fris ius . Me th od. D e sc rip. Lugd. Bat . 1584. p . 456 . D e D is

c ip . E cc l . w he re , D e tu r h ic quoque lo cus dic endi, u t quo tquo t Ch risti aut E ccle s iaeh om ine s c ense ri volunt, discipline sese subj ic iant, &c .]

I b id. lii 5, 2 .

l b . 0 xxxn i .

xxxn'

.

Jonas In. 7 .

Conf He lv. I .

A rt . xxv r. st

342 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTR IN E [A RT .

high pla ce s, grove s, carve d and molten image s, appo int th eprie sts t o t he ir cha rge s, and compe l all tha t are found inI sra e l to s erve th e Lord the ir God ; and with th e king o f

Nine veh pro cla im a fa st, and command e very man to turn fromh is e vil way, &c .

Of th e same j udgement b e o ther churche s ‘.I I c 30 . Bas il. Art. VI I . Boh em . Ga ] . A rt. xx x i x . Be lg . A rt . xxxvr. Saxon. A rt . xxI I I . Wit temb .

T he error s a nd adversa r ies unto this tru th .

Much the re fore out o f th e way are , and Offend grea tly do ,first, th e papists , wh o publish tha t

Th e care Of re lig ion perta ine th no t unto kings : Religionisc ur am semper per tinu isse a d r eg es , dele , say th e Expurga tors ;Blo t i t out 2 .

Que ens may no t have o r give vo ice , e ithe r de l ibe ra tiveor definitive in councils and public a ssemblie s, conce rning

[1 ejus (se . e st ; religionem ab omni b las

phem ia de fende re e t qu idem in parte l o cum primum pura a tquel ib e ra div ini ve rb i praedic a tio , juventu tis c ivium e t s c h o larum rec ta e t sedu l a ins titutio , dis cipl ina j us ta , lib e ralis m inis trorum e ccle sias pauperumque so l ic i ta cura ,

s e cundum le g e s a quas divinasque , j udi care popu lum , judicium e t

j us titiam co le re , & c .—Harm . Conf . Se ct . X I X . p . 2 73. C onf . Helv. P rio r . Art . xxvr.

Bjus (se . m ag i s tra tus ) o ffi c ium pree c ipuum e s t , pacem e t tranqu illita tem pub l i campro curare e t religionis cu ram imprim is pe rt ine re ad mag istratum sanctum .

— I b id . p . 2 7 1 . C onf. He lv. Po s t . c ap. x xx . Prae te re a Deus mag istratui, suo m inistro , gladium e t summ am e xte rnam po te sta tem, b onis ad de fen

s ionem : mal is, ad vindic tam e t poenam , de le gavit . Q uilib e t ig i tu r ch r istianusv ire s e o dirigit u t apud sum fide i c ommissos , nomen D e i sancti

fic e tur, regnum ipsius prOpage tur , &c .— I b id. p . 2 74 . Conf . Bas i l . Art . VI I . Q uum

autem mag is tra tus non tantum sit po tes tas D e i e O modo , quo sc riptura e thnic o

e t iam magistratui h o c ch r istianus mag is tratus c onsors e tiam quas ique

h o c mune re suo verita tem sanc ti e vangelii orne t, po rtasve rita ti ub ic unque po test, aperia t , minis trorum e t popul i Ch rist i de fenso r s it, ido lola triam ac tyrannidem Antic h ris ti ne approb e t , & c .

—I b id. p . 2 76 . C onf . Boh em.

c ap. xvr. I de o e tiam g ladium in mag istratu um m anus tradidit (De us ), t e pr imandis nimirum delic tis , non modo c ontra se cundam tab ulam , sed e tiam contraprimam c omm issis .

— I b id. p . 2 80 . Conf . Ga l l . Art . xxxrx . H o rum ( se . magis tra

tuum ) po rro e st non modo de ci vi l i po l i tia c onservanda e sse solic itos , ve rum e tiamdare Ope ram u t s ac rum m ini s te rium c ons e rve tur, omnis idolo la tria e t adu l te rinusD e i cu l tus e medio to lla tur, re gnum A ntic h ris ti diru a tu r

, Ch r isti ve ro re gnum pro

pa g e tur .— Ib id . p . 2 8 1 . C on f . B e lg . Art . xxxv i . P rimum v ul t De us s ine u l la

dub ita tione mag istratus sonare vo c em l eg is mo ra l is in ge ne re humano quod ad

disc ipl inam memb ra e ccle s ias ips i quoque reg es e t principe s e t do c trinam re cte intelligant , non adjuvent e o s qui falsam do c trinam s tab iliunt, e t injus tam

s ze vitiam e xe rcent, sed s int memo re s hujus dic ti : Glo rific ante s m e g lorific ab o .

I b id. pp . 2 86, 7 . Conf. Saxon. Art. x xm . N o ta sunt dira—z e t ma ledic tione s qu ib usdiv ina lex v iola to re s ve rb i D e i de vo ve t. E t J os ias rex Judas in instauranda e ccle s iaplane h e ro ico animo prae ditus , & c .

— I b id . p . 2 91 . Conf. Virtemb . c ap. x x x v . ][2 Inde x E xpurg a t. Lugd. 1586 . p .

T . C . 1 Rep] .1 53 .

I dem , 2 Rep.

2 par. p. 4.

Fruc t. Se rm .

o n Rom . xn.

p. 35, 71 .

Barrow’

s

R e fut . p. 169.

344 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

perta ining unto th e church ‘; but are to o rda in civil disciplineonly

Q: a s be ing no church-offic ers a t all.3 . Th e e ccle s ia stica l o fficers b e doctors, pastors, e lde rs,

and deacons , th e only officers institute d o f God3, or, a t th e

mos t, pastors, doctors , e lders, dea cons, and w idows . The seare all, no more , no fewe r ; and a re only sufficient ; and we

a re to content ourse lve s w ith the se , and rest in them, sa i th th epreache r 4. In which numbe r unle ss th e king b e include d, h ecanno t possibly have anything to do in church-aff a irs, in the semen

s opinions .

Without th e prince , th e pe ople may re form th e church ,and must no t tarry for th e magistra te : so thought Ba rrow 5

,

Gre enwo od , andWiggington". Hence B acke t’s , Coppinge r’s,and Arth ington

s insurre ction a t London, an. 1 591 .

Without th e prince a lso th e lords and burge sses o f th e

parliament have powe r o f themse lve s to re form th e abuse s ,and take away th e corruptions o f th e church . Hence the irmanifo ld pe titions, supplications, po litic assertions , exhibite dunto th e parliament from time to time . In one of which the irsupplica tions, sa ith one (spe aking unto th e parliament),

“ You must enjo in e ve ry one , a ccording to his place , tohave a hand in this work.

[I See ab o ve , p . 343, no te[2 And if i t b e true th a t h e sa i th a fte r, the pa stor must u se su ch disc ipline a s

seeme th g ood to th e ma g istra te , wh en th e mag is tra te o rde re th c iv i l discipl ine only,& c .—T h e R est o f th e Se cond Repl ie o f Th om as C artwr igh t , & c . 1 577 . p .[3 Th is re fe rence the edi to r h as b een unab le to ve ri fy . ]

[4 N ow if you ask me h ow many memb e rs th e re b e in th e b ody , wha t th ey b e ,

and h ow th ey b e named and called, and wha t b e th e i r dutie s and ca l l ings , th eapostle h imse l f w il l answe r Th e se memb e rs are e ith e r docto rsto te ach , pas tors to e xh o rt, e lde rs to rule , de a cons to dis tr ib ute , a ttende rs upon th e

poor s trange rs and th e s ick, or e lse the pe ople and sa ints wh ich are taugh t , e xh o rted,ruled, and re ce ive a ims and re l ive ( 2 re l ie f). The se are all: no mo re , no few e r .A Fru it ful Se rmon on th e 3 , 4, & c . vss . o f Rom . x ii .

,& c . Lond. 1589. pp . 31 ,

[5 A ga ine , our que s tion is no t w h e th e r i t is th e o ffice and dutie o f the P rince to

se e ab use s re fo rmed b o th in th e Church and C ommon-w ea l th (wh i ch w e th inkno man to b e so igno rant or b arb aro us to deny , e x cept th e Anab aptiste s). Bu t

w h e th e r th e Ch urch o ugh t no t now amongs t th emse lves fre e ly to practice Ch ris tesTe s tament e ith e r in e re cting h e r o ffi ce rs and o rdinance s , o r in re fo rming or co rre ctingany fau l t or ab use th a t a rise th among s t th em w i th o ut s tay ing fo r the Prince ’sl i cence : ye a th ough the Prince sh ould upon th e payne s o f de a th fo rb id. Th is w eafiirme to b e th e dutie o f eve rie particular cong regat ion, &c .

—Barrowe ’

s P la ineRe fu ta tion o f M . G iffard’s Booke , &c . 1591 . p .[6 I la c kc t furth e r he ard Wigg inton say, th a t if the mag is tra tes do

no t g o ve rn w e l l , th e pe ople migh t draw th emse l ves toge th e r and to see a re formation.—Conspir. for Pre tended Re fo rm. London. 1592 . p .

xxxvr1 .] o r T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND .

You must encourage and countenance th e gentlemen and

people tha t sha ll b e found forward,” &c .

And you (o f th e parl iament)must not suffe r an uncircum Perci

o

ry, Supp.

c isedmouth to bring a slande r upon7

tha t land, &c . soil. upon p°

the ir discipline . T his ha th Penry 7

Proposit ion IV.

T he king by his a u thority is to r es tra in with the ma teria l sword,

and to punish ma lef a ctors whosoever they be .Th e pro o f f rom God

s wo rd.

Th e office of th e civil magistra te is to restra in, and if ne e db e , to punish a ccording to th e qual ity o f the ir o ff ence s, th edisturbe rs o f th e quie t and pe a ce o f th e c ommonwea l ; and

tha t as o ccasion sha ll require , some time s by force o f a rms, ifth e enemie s of his sta te b e e i the r fore ign or dome stica l, and

they gathe red toge the r b e many and mighty. T o this end

kings and prince s have bo th men,munition, subs idie s , and

tributes . So aga inst th e enemie s of God and go od men wento f I sra e l and Judah th e va liant j udge s and th e noble and

puissant prince s .

And some time s they exe cute the ir who le some and penalsta tute s upon th e goods, ca ttle , lands, and bodie s of the irdisorderly and rebe llious subj e cts .

For th e king is th e minister o f God, to take vengeance Ro m xiiion h im tha t do th evil. T he re fo re prince s are to b e feared

,

not o f them which do well, but o f such a s do wickedly .

And this do th e pe ople o f God a cknowledge to b e true 8 . Conf . He lv. r.

A rt . x x 1 v.xxvx. 1 1 . c ap. 30. Basil . Art . vrr. Boh em. c . 19. Gal. Ar t. xxxm . Be lg . A rt. xxxvr. August. A rt .xvr. Saxon. Art. xxm .

Adversa r ies unto this tru th .

Contrarily he reunto ,T h e Cre sconians we re o f opinion, tha t magistra te s were

to punish no ma lefa ctors".

[7 A viewe o f some par t o f su ch pub l ike wants anddiso rde rs as are in th e se rv iceo f God w ith in h er Ma ie s ties countrie o f VVale s , to g ith e r w i th an humb le Pe t i tion

,

y u to th is h igh Co ur t o f Parl iame nt for the ir spe edy redre sse . (By John Penri) 1588 .

pp . 60, 6 1 ; wh e re a c c ording unto h is pla ce , and enc ou rag e the g ent lemen and people

tha t sha ll be f ound f orwa rd by g ra c ing and c ountenanc ing them, and upon tha t g oodla nd . ][3 Se e ab ove , p . 342 , no te I . ][9 Frus tra dic is, Re linqua r l ib ero arb i tr io . Cur enim non in homic idus, e t in

s tupris e t in quibusque aliis fa c inoribus e t flagitiis l ib e ro te arb i trio dimittendum e sse

346 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

Man c c l. One Babanus ma inta ined tha t magistra te s w ere not o fH ist . Cent . 9,c . 4. fo l. 2 16. God ’s ordinance for th e good, but an human 1nst1tut1on for

th e hurt of men‘.Many have a fancy , tha t be fore th e genera l re surre ction

the re sha ll b e no magistra te s at all, be cause , .a s they dream,

all th e w icke d sha l l b e ro o te d out . Of this mind are th e

Confl Aug . r. Anabaptists ’2 and Family o f Love 3.A rt XV I I .H . N . l E xh .

c . 1 2 , 39, 40 .

Ramsey’

s P ropos i t ion V .

T h e bishop of R ome ha th no jurisdiction in this rea lm of E ngland,(nor o ther of the king

s dominions).

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

l T im . v. 17. T h e bishop o f Rome , did h e , a ccording to th e will o f God,prea ch th e gospe l , labour in th e Lord’s harve st, divide th ew ord o f God aright, ministe r th e sacraments instituted byChrist, and tha t s ince re ly, and shew by his l i fe and conversation th e good fruits o f a godly bishop ; doubtle ss h e wereworthy o f double

, yea , o f triple honour .Ye t w ill not th e word o f God, we re h e neve r so holy and

re ligious, warrant h im any j urisdiction out o f h is dio ce se ,e spe cia lly no t w ithin this rea lm ; much le ss when h e do thpe rform no part o f a Christian

,but e ve ry part o f an anti

christian bishop , in corrupting th e doctr ine o f th e truth w ithe rrors and curs ed opinions ; in polluting the sacraments of

Chr ist by superstitious ce remonie s ; in pe rse cuting th e church2 m 1 1 . 3 . and sa ints with fire and sword ; in making merchandise o f

l Pe t. v . 3 . th e souls o f men through cove tousne ss ; in playing th e lord2 T h e ss . ove r God’s her itage ; in s itting in th e temple o f God, as God,

pro clamas ’

! Quae tamen Omn ia jus tis legibus comprim i u tilissimum a c salub e rri

mum e s t . Dedi t qu idem Deus h omini l ib e ram volun tatem, sed ne c b onam infruc

tuo sam, ne c malam e sse voluit impunitam .— Augus t . Opp. Pa ris . 1 836-8 . T om . 1 x .

c o l. 7 16 . A . C ontr . C resc on. Gramm . Dona t. Lib . 1 1 1 . c ap.

[1 Rab anus inqu it : Magis tra tum politic um ab h ominibu s esse , c um ab i pso

D e o h ab e at o rig inem . S i c e nim inquit : Duze dignita tes a tque po te sta tes inte r h om ine s c onstitu tae repe riuntur. una e x h umana inventione repe rta ,

h o c e s t impe ria l isa tque regal is . al te ra ve ro ex div ina au to rita te ins t itu ta , h o c e st sac e rdo talis . quarum

una h om inum co rpora para t admortem , a l te ra anima s nu trit ad v i tam .—Magdebu rg .

E ccl . H is t . Bas i l . 1562 , &c . Cent . 1 x . c . 4 . fol.

[9 D amnamus Anab aptis tas qui nunc Juda i cas opiniones Spargunt , fingunt

ante resurre c tionem pios re gna mundi oc c upa turo s e sse , ub ique de le tis a ut oppre ssisimpiis. Sc imus enim quod pi i deb e ant ob edire prznsentib us mag is tra tibus , &c .

Syl l . C onf . Oxon. 182 7 . pp . 1 75, 6 . Conf. August . 1540 . Art. xv i i . ][3 T he re fe rences have no t b een found. ]

348 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

Panorm . de o f God’s pe ople ‘; for title , God, even th e Lord God th e Pope i ;T rans ] . Prml.cap-quarts for powe r, God ; For

Lib . 1 . By h im kings re ign3 ; h e may j udge all men, but mustBi

g‘i

ggggf'o o f none b e j udged 4 ; h e can do wha t h im list, a s well as God,

E xtra vag . 5

de T rans ] .except SID.

fliiibfap’ His jur isdiction is universa l, even ove r th e who le world 6.

tl‘

Rh 0O o o

Affiom ii’

ig .Him, upon pa in o f e te rna l damnat1on, all Chr1st1ans are

2 80 .

nif . VI I I . to Obey 7.de Majo r. e t

Ob ed . in And by his sove re ign authority bo th all Papists in EnglandE xtravag.

113333311 0.

we re discharge d from the ir Obedience and subj e ction untoque en Elizabe th , and th e same que en disabled to gove rn h erown pe ople and dominions s.

P ropos i tion VI .

By the laws of th is r ea lm Christian m en f or heinous and gr ievousof ences may be put to dea th .

T h e proof f rom God’s wo rd.

As th e na ture s o f men b e dive rs , and some s ins in some

countries more abound than in o thers ; so are th e punishmentsto b e imposed upon ma le factors , a ccording to th e quantityand qua lity o f the ir o ffence s ; and any country and kingdommay punish o ff ende rs even with dea th, if th e laws the re o f, andthe ir o ffence , do require i t. Fo r

Ma tt. xxvi. All that take th e sword shall pe rish with th e sword .

[ 1 Th e Aposto l ique B ish op sp iri tua l and mos t lo v ing parent and commonFa the r o f a] Ch r is tians , and spe c iallie o f P rince s . Ca rd. A lan’

s ) S ince re and

Mode s t De fence , & c . An Answ e r, & c . x . c ap. v 1 . p . b o l ie and h igh e

P a s tor. —I b id. p . 130 . c h e e fe B ish ops o f Ch ris tes Churc h , our supremeP as tors in e arth , & c .

—I b id. c ap. VI I . p .[2 Se e ab ove , p . 38, no te[8 Sacr. Ce remon. L ib . Rom . 1500. Lib . r. fol] . 2 4,

[4 Se e ab o ve , Art . x x . P rop . 3 . p . 191

,no te

[5 Se e ab o ve , p . 38, no te[6 T h e t i tle o f unive rsa l B ishop re fused, b ut unive rs a l j u risdiction always ao

know ledged and pra ctised—Te s t. Rh em . R hemes, 1582 . Marg . Anno t. p .

[7 Se e ab o ve , page 1 72 , no te I . ][8 A nd if a t any time i t happen, a fte r long to le ration, h umb le b esee ch ing and

o ften admoni tion,o f ve ry w i cked and no torio us aposta te s o r h e re ti cs, no o th e r h ope

o f amendment appe aring , b ut th e fi lth y mo re and mo re da ily de fi l ing h imse l f ando th e rs to th e huge g re a t h e ap o f th e i r own damna tion, th a t a fte r all th is the so vere ign au th o ri ty o f o ur common pas to r in re l ig ion ,

fo r th e sav ing o f sou ls, do dulydischarge us from sub j e ction , and th e prince o ffende r from h is dom inion, & c .

Mo tives to th e C a th o l ic Fa i th b y R ich ardBris tow . Antwe rp , 1599. c ap. x]. p . 153. b .]

xxxv1 1 .] OF T HE CHURCH o r E NGLAND .

Governors b e sent o f th e king for th e punishment of l Pe t . ii. 14.

evil-doe rs .

“ A wise king scattere th th e wicked, and cause th the Prov. x x . 2 6 .

whe e l to turn ove r them .

Th e magistra te beare th not th e sword for nought, and is Rom . xiii. 4.

th e ministe r o f God to take vengeance on them tha t do evil .”Which punishments te stify to th e world, tha tGod is just, which wi ll h ave some sins more seve re ly

punishe d than o the rs , and th e magistra te s to cut off dange rous and ungodly members

God is me rciful, and hath care bo th o f , his servants ando f human so cie ty

God is all wise and ho ly, in tha t h e will have i t knownwh o are j ust, wh o wicked , wh o ho ly, and wh o profane , bycherishing and pre se rving o f th e one , and by punishing and

roo ting out of th e othe r .Our godly and christian bre thren in o the r countrie s ap Conf .Helv. r.

A rt. x xxv.prove this do ctrine 9. xxvx. u . e .

30 . Bas il. A rt .

vrr. Boh em . c . 16. Gal. Art. xxxrx. Belg . Art. xxxvr. August. Ar t. xvr. Saxon. A rt. xxm .

The adversa ries unto this truth .

Th e adve rsarie s o f this doctrine b e dive rs. For

Some are o f opinion, tha t no man for any offence shouldb e put to dea th . Such in old t ime were th e Maniche e s andth e Dona tists and such in our days h e th e Anabaptists “ .

And some do think, tha t howsoeve r for o ther 1 2 o ffences

[9

ejus (se . pro de l ict i rat ione mulc tare ,opibus, co rpo re , v i ta —H a rm . Conf . Se c t . xrx. p . 2 73. C onf . Helv. Pri o r. Art . xxvr.S tringa t e rgo D e i gladium in omne s male fic os, seditiosos, latrone s , vel hom i cidas ,oppressores , b lasph emos, perjuro s , e t in omne s e os quos De us punire ac e t iamc aadere jussit—Ib id . p . 2 72 . C onf . Helv. Post . c ap. x x x . Idc irc o mag is tra tus ipsosg ladio armavit (Deus) u t m alos quidem ple c tant poenis , &c .

— Ib id. p . 2 8 1 . C onf.Be lg . Ar t . xxxvr. C hris tianis lic eat mag is tra tus ju rec onstituere , &c .

— Ib id. p . 2 82 . C onf. August. Ar t. xvr. For th e o th e r re fe rences,se e ab o ve , page 342 , no te[1 0 Ist i e t iam audent dice re qu ia perse cu tionem so lent pat i a c a th olic is regib us.

Augus t. Opp. P aris . 1836-8 . T om . I I I . c o ] . 18 12 . c . In Joann. Trac t. xr. 1 3.

Nam vide te qua l ia fac iunt e t qua l ia pa tiuntur. Oc c idunt animas , afli iguntur in

co rpore : sempite rnas morte s fac iunt , e t tempo rale s s e pe rpe t i c onqueruntur.— Ib id.

CO] . 1814. B. § 15. Se e a ls o I b id. T om . rx. CO]. 75. Contr. E pis t. Parmen. Lib . 1 .

c ap.

D amnamus Anab aptistas, qui ut Christianum negant fung i posse ofii c io mag istratus , ita e tiam negant quenquam a magis tratu jus te o c c idi.—Co l le ct . Confess .L ips . 1840 . Conf. He lv. Pos t. c ap. xxx . p .

[1 2 Th e i r, the late r edit ions . ]

350 T H E CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [A RT .

aga inst th e se cond table ma le fa ctors may b e put to de a th ;ye t for he re tica l and e rrone ous opinions in po ints o f re lig ionnone are so to suffe r . Of this mind a re th e Familists . For

D isplay 1 a . T hey ho ld tha t no man should b e put to de a th for h isopinion.

They blame M. Cranme r and Ridley for burning Joan o f

Kent for an h e re tic ] .I t is no t Christian-l ike tha t one man should perse cute

anothe r for any cause touching conscience 2 . I s no t tha tpunishment sufficient (say they) which God ha th orda ined, buttha t one Christian must vex, torment, be ly and perse cuteano the r 3?

P r epos i tion VI I .

I t is lawf ulf or Chr is tian men, a t the comma ndment of the

m agistra te, to w ea r weapons, a nd serve in wa rs .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s w o rd.

E c c les- iiw T here is (sa ith K . So lomon) a time o f war , and a time o f

pea ce : and princes are,by war and weapons , to repre ss th e

powe r o f enemie s , whe the r fore ign or inte stine . For they a re

in authority pla ce d for th e de fence o f quie t and harmle sssubj ects, a s a lso to remove th e vio lence o f oppre ssors , and

Pro v . ii. 3 1 . enemie s , wha tso eve r they b e . For these cause s ha ve theyBo omxiii-G, horse s prepare d for th e ba ttle ; tribute s pa id them a s we ll o fI .

Christians a s o the rs ; and subj e cts to serve them in the ir wars ,o f wha t nature so e ve r .

A c tS X Corne lius, be ing a Christian, was not forbidden to playLuke iii 1 4. th e centurion, or hidden to forsake h is profe ss ion ; nor th e

so ldiers tha t came unto John’

s baptism willed to leave th ewars , but to o ff e r no vio lence unto any man.

T his truth is granted by th e churche s".

[1 D isplaying o f th e Fam i ly o f Lo ve . Lond. 1 579. fol. I . a . ]

[9 Se cond Le tte r o f th e Fam ily to M . R og e rs in th e D is play ing, L . 4. b . wh ere ,

envy be lie and pe rse cu te .]

[3 I b id. fol. L . 5. b . ]

[4 E t si sa lus pub l ica patriaeve e t j ustitia re qu irat , e t mag is tra tus e x ne cess itate

b e l lum s usc ipia t , deponant ( sub diti) e tiam v i tam , e t fundant sangu inem pro salu tepub l ica .

— H arm. Co nf. Se c t. xxx. p . 2 7 2 . Conf . Helv. P o s t. c ap. x xx . h aece os (se . mag is tra tus) pe culiarite r pac i fico s suo s

,ju ra , fac ul

ta te s , adve rsu s e o s qu i lime v io lant , in h aze grass antur, e t

damnis malisve h aze a fh c iunt , itemque contra T urc arum injus tam vim ,una c um

aliis qui h o e agunt , de fensio uem e is prae s tent.— Ib id. pp . 2 75, 6 . Conf . Bohem. .

352 T HE CATHOLI C DOCTRIN E [ART .

harne ss , and gorge ts ‘; none o f which th e Familists do use or

a llow o f .

ARTICLE XXXVI II .

Of Christian men’s Goods, which are not common.

T h e riches a nd goods of C hris tia ns (1 ) a re no t c ommon,a s tou ch ing th e r igh t, title, a nd possession of th e s ame ,

a s cer ta in Ana bap tis ts do f a ls ely bo a s t . N o twiths ta nding

(2 ) every man ough t, qf such th ing s a s h e possesse th , libera llyto g ive a lms to th e poor, a ccording to h is a bility.

T he propositions .

1 . Th e riches and goods of Christians, a s touching th eright, title , and posse ss ion o f th e same , are no t common.

2 . Eve ry man is to give libera l a lms to th e poor o f tha twhich h e posse sse th, a ccording to his ability.

P ropo sit ion I .

The riches and goods of Christians, a s tou ching the r ight, title, and

possession of the same, a re no t common.

T h e pro of f rom God’

s wo rd.

Aga inst communi ty o f go ods and r iche s b e all those pla ce s(which a re infinite) o f ho ly scripture , tha t e ithe r condemn th eunlawful ge tting , ke eping , or de s iring o f riche s , which , bycove tousness ’ , thieve ry b , extortionc

, and th e like w icke dmeans

,many do a tta in ; or do commend libe ra lity

d, fruga l ity

9

,

aI f any one th at is called a b ro th e r b e a f o rnica tor, or c ove tous,

&c . w i th su ch an one e a t no t, 1 Co r. v. 1 1 . Cove tousne ss, le t it no t b eonce named am ong you , a s i t b e come th sa ints, E ph e s . v . 3 .

b L e t none o f you su ff e r a s a th ie f , &c . 1 Pe t . iv . 1 5 .

With a b ro th e r th a t is an e xto r t ione r, e a t no t, I Cor. v . 1 1 .

N e ith e r th ieve s, no r c ove tous (pe rsons), nor ex to rtione rs, sh a ll inh e r i tth e k ingdom o f God, 1 Cor . vi. 1 0 .

dI t is a b le ssed th ing t o g ive ra th e r th an to re ce ive , Ac ts xx. 35.

Ye a , and th at th ing ye do unto all th e b re th ren th rough ou t allMa cedonia , 1 Th e ss . iv. 1 0 . I f a b ro th er o r a s is t e r b e naked, and de s t i tu te

[1 Ib id. c ap. v . 9, wh e re , o rdinance or or h arness ]

XXXVI II .] OF T H E CHURCH OF E NGLA ND .

fre e and friendly lendingf, hones t labour g , and lawful vo ca

tions to l ive and thrive by“. All which do shew tha t Chris

tians are to have goods o f the ir own, and tha t riche s oughtnot to b e common.

Of this j udgement b e th e re fo rmed churche s 2 Conf . He ]ve t .I I . c . 2 9.

Ga l. Art. xn. Be lg . A rt xxxvr. Augu st. Art. xvr. Wittemb . c . 2 1 .

The a dversa ries unto this tr uth .

Of ano the r m ind we re th e E sse is 3 th e Maniche es‘, th e HeydemD e s .

urb is Hiero

Pe lagians 5,th e Apostolicks

", and Fra tr1c ellians7, and are th e S

ifihl’

i’

ix.A nab aptists

s, and Family o f Lo ve 9. D o August.

De mo r.

E c c le s. Ca th .

L ib . I . Magde b urg . E c c le s H1s t . c ent. 5, fo l. 586 . D . Hum fred. D e Romanus Curiae praxi. pag. 39, ex E piph ,

W. Th omas'

s Desc ription o f I ta ly, pag . 59. Sle idan. Comment. L ib . vr. D isplay, H. 3 . b .

o f da i ly f ood, &c . no twith standing ye g ive th em no t th e se th ings,wh ich a re ne edful to th e b ody, wh a t h e lpe th it ? Jame s ii. 1 5, 1 6 .

I f th e re b e any th a t provide th no t fo r h is own, and name ly f o r

th em o f h is h ouseh old, h e denie th th e f a i th , and is wo rse th an an

infide l , 1 T im . v . 8 .

f F rom h im th a t would b o r row o f th e e tu rn no t away, Ma tth . v .

42 . And lend, lo ok ing f o r no th ing aga in, Luke vi. 35 .

3 Le t him th a t sto le , ste al no m o re , b ut ra th er le t h im lab our, &c .

th a t h e may h ave to give unto h im th at ne ede th , E ph e s . iv. 2 8 . We

wa rned you th at if th e re we re any wh ic h wou ld no t wo rk th a t h e

sh ou ld no t e a t, 2 T h e ss . iii. 8 .

h Ye know th a t th e se h ands h ave m iniste red unto my ne c e ss itie s,and to th em th a t we re w ith m e , A c ts xx. 34 . We lab oured day and

n igh t, b e c au se we would no t b e c h a rge ab l e unto any o f you , 1 T h e ss .

ii . 9. We to ok no t b re ad o f any man f or nough t, 2 T h e ss . iii. 8 .

[2 Divitias e t divites , si pii s int e t re c te utantur

-

div inis , non reprob amus . R e

prob amus au tem se ctam A pos to lic orum , & c .—H arm . C onf. Se ct. xvrrr. p . 2 37 .

C onf. He lv. Po s t. c ap. xxrx . omne s e os qu i domina tione s repudiant ,

e ommunitatem e t c o rifus ionem b ono rum inveh unt , omnem denique ju ris ra t ioneme ve rtere moliuntur.—Ib id. Se c t . xrx . p . 2 80 . Conf. Gal]. Art. xL .

e t tu rb ule nto s omne s de te stamur, omn ia communia fac iunt , & c .—Ib id.

p . 2 81 . C onf. Be lg. A rt. xxxvr. D e reb us c ivilib us do cent ,c ontrahe re , tene re p roprium, & c .

—Ib id. pp. 2 8 1 , 2 . Conf . Augus t. Ar t . xvr. Fa

c ultate s tuas autem s ic de se rere , u t e as in commune c onfe ras , non e s t paupe rta tem

s e c tari, s ed de c e rtiore e t c 0pio siore vie tu t ib i prospic e re .— I b id. . p . 2 65. Conf.

Virtemb . Ar t . xxvx. ][3 E sseni seu in commune po ssideb ant.—R e isne r. D e script .

U rb . I e roso ] . (Lat. per Jo ann. H eyden. ) Franc o f . 1563. Lib . 1 1 1 . c ap. 3 . p .

[4 Qu id c alumniamini, quod fide le s j am b aptisma te reno va t i , pro cre are filio s , e t

agros a c domos pe c uniamque u llam posside re non deb e ant"

! Pe rmittit h o c Pau lus,& c .—Augus t. Opp. Paris . 1 836-8 . T om. 1 . c o ] . 1 154 . c . D e Mor. E ccl . e t Mani ch .

Lib . 1 . c ap.

[ROGE Rs ]

354 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [ART .

Among th e Familists (sa ith H. N.) none claime th anythingprope r to himse lf for to posse ss th e same to any owedne ss l or

priva tene ss . For no man,&c . can desire to appropria te or

cha llenge anything to himse lf, e ithe r ye t to make any pr iva teuse to himse lf from th e re stwa rd : but wha t is there is fre e ,and is a lso left fre e in his upright form 2

P repo s i t ion I I .

E very ma n is to give libera l a lms to the poor of tha t which hepossesseth, a c c ording to his a bility .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

U nto l ibe ra lity towards th e poor, a ccording to o ur ability,we a re in th e ho ly scripture s provoked

,

1 . By th e commandments from God, by his servants th eprophe ts, by h is Son our Saviour, and by h is apostles .

2 . By swe e t promises o f ample ble ssings a3 . By threa tenings o f punishments to th e cove tous and

s tony-h e artedb.

aE c c le s . xi. 1 . T h e lib e ral pe rson sh a ll h ave plenty : and h e th a t

wa te re th sh a ll a lso h ave ra in, P ro v. xi. 2 4 .

b He th a t s t eppe th h is e ar a t th e c rying o f th e poo r , h e sh all c ryand no t b e h e a rd, P rov. xxi. 1 3 . He th a t g ive th un to th e poo r sh a ll

[5 D ivite s b aptiz a tos, P e la g ius do c e t , nis i omn ib us ab renunc ie nt, regnum D e I

Ingredi non posse . -Magdeb urg . E ccl . H is t. Bas il . 1562 . Cent . v . e . 5. fo l.

[6 é a u-r o bs iArro cr'r o h uc o bs Se erap

(1 131 -0 79 7 5

,undé v dh h a’

OCK e’

vra ipe'r a t

frdw e'

u K 'rn' o-e i (Sum mo-611 719 bvra pxo

'

u-rwy .

— E piph an. Opp. Par is. 1 62 2 . T om. I .

p . 506 . Adv. H ai r. L ib . 1 1 . T om . 1 . Haar.[7 Se e ab o ve , p . 337 , no te[3 do cent c ommunionem .

— Sle idan. Comment . Argento ra t . 1555. Lib . v 1 . fo l. 87 . Se e a lso ab o ve , Art. 36 . Prop . I . ][9 Wh en any pe rs on sh all b e re ce ived into the ir cong re ga tion, th ey cause all

th e ir b re th ren to ass emb le , and th e b ish op or e lde r do th de c lare un to th e new

e le cted b ro th e r, th a t if h e w i l l b e content, th a t all h is g oods sh a l l b e in commonamong s t the re st o f a ll h is b re th re n, h e sh a l l b e re ce ived, &c .

—D isplaying o f th e

Fam. Lond. 1579. fo l. H. 3. b . ]

[1 Owne ss , th e late r edi tions .][2 Mo re o ve r, th e re is no man th a t c laime th anyth ing to b e h is own, as to

posse ss th e s ame to h is own priva te use . Fo r no man (and th a t ou t o f e ve ryone

s good dispo s i tion) c an de s ire anyth ing to b e h is own , o r ye t to make anyth ingprope r (Ac t. 4. d. ) to h imse l f from ano th e r. Bu t all w h a ts o e ve r is th e re is fre e‘ ,and is the re le ft fre e in h is uprigh t fo rm. -H. N . Spiri tual Land o f Peace , p . 54.

c ap. xxxv.]

Ma tt. v . 34.

James v. 1 2 .

356 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [ART .

ARTICLE XXX IX .

Of a Chr is tian Man’

s Oa th .

A s w e c onf ess tha t (1 ) va in a nd r a sh swea ring is f orb idden ch r is tia n men by our L ord Jesus Ch ris t, a nd James

h is apos tle , s o w e judg e th a t (2 ) ch r is tian r e lig ion do th no t

proh ibit, bu t th a t a ma n ma y sw ea r w h en th e m ag is tra te

r equire th , in a ca us e of f a ith a nd c h a r ity ; so it be done

a cc ording to th e proph e t’

s tea ch ing , in jus tice , judgement,a nd tru th .

The propositions .

1 . We may not swear va inly and ra shly .

2 . A lawful o a th may b e g iven and taken, a ccording toth e word o f God, in j ustice , judgement, and truth .

P ropo s i t ion I .

We may not swea r va inly and rashly .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s wo rd.

Th e be tte r to avo id va in and ra sh oa ths and swearing , itis good to have in remembrance tha t which is sa id by our

Saviour Chr ist and h is apos tle Jame s .

Our Sav iour sa ith , Swe ar no t a t all ; ne ither by he aven ;for i t is th e throne o f God : nor by th e e arth ; for it is h isfoo ts to o l : nor by Je rusa lem ; for i t is th e city o f th e grea tKing : nor by thine he ad , b e cause thou canst not make one

ha ir white or bla ck . But le t your communica tion b e Ye a ,yea ; Nay, nay .

So th e apostle S t Jame s : “ B e fo re all things, my bre thren,(saith h e) “

swe ar no t, e ithe r by th e heaven,or by th e e arth ,

or by any o the r o a th : but le t your ye a b e yea , and yournay, nay, le st ye fa ll into condemnation.

All churche s do , and some in the ir public wr itings, c on

demn va in, ra sh, and idle oa th s l .

[1 I l l i ips i ve te re s non jurarunt nis i pe r nomen solius

'

Jeh o vah sic uti l e ge div inae st prae c eptum : quia s ie u t ve ti tum e s t jura re pe r nomina alienorum D eorum, sic

no s ju ramenta pe r dive s requ is i ta non prms tamus .— H arm. Conf . Se ct. I I . p . 2 7.

C onf. Helv. Po s t. c ap. v . C la re pro te stamur no s pe re g rinas e t e rrone asdamnare , u t qu um dic unt , I n nu l lo ca su jurandum es se , e ts i g lo ria D e i, e t ch a ri tasproximi id re quirant. E t in Anno t . Ma rg in. Suo tempo re j uramento u ti l i ce t.De us enim jussit h o e in ve te ri tes tamento e t in no vo Ch r is tus non proh ib uit. Imo

Ch ris tus e t Aposto l i ips i jurarunt .—Ib id. p . 2 8 . C onf. Bas i l . Art. xr.

XXXIXJ OF T H E CHU RCH OF E NGLAN D .

Th e a dversa r ies unto th is truth .

This de clare th many sorts o f men to b e ve ry impious, as,Th e wantons , which , for the ir ple a sure , and th e cove tous

worldlings , wh o , for ga in and profit, blush no t to take th ename o f God in va in by idle , rash , and usua l oa ths .

Ne xt , th e Bas ilidians 2 , Helch isaite s 3, Priscillianites“, and Ph ilas trius.

E u se b . ex

Family o f Love , wh o for e ase , and to avo id troubles and per Orgé . Lib . vx.o c .

se cut ion, dre ad no t to swe ar and forswear themse lve s .Ba llms c on

t ra A na b .

T hirdly , th e Papis ts, who se common gulse is to swe ar L 'b -I I-c aP-‘i o

Rams . Conf .

e ithe r by sa ints or ido ls, or by God and crea ture s toge the r 5. Pe t . de So to ,

Meth . C on f .

Fourthly, th e Puri tans , wh o use d to swear, though not by p

God, &c . , ye t as wickedly, using horr ible impre ca tions , a s Conspira cyf o r re tended

I renounce God,” God damn me or, as Backe t’s manne r Re c a n. a s

was, God confound mes.

Lastly, th e Bannisterians, wh o de em i t hypocrisy for one Unfo ld. o fBannis t.

Christian to reprove anothe r for common and ra sh swea ring ,which are but trifles in the ir opinions ".

P ropos i t ion I I .

A la ug’ul oa th may be given and ta ken, a ccording to the word of God,

in justice, judgement, a nd truth .

T h e pro o f f rom God’

s word.

T h e truth o f this doctrine appeare th plentifully in th e

ho ly scripture s . For in th e same the re b e bo th command

[ 2 Se e ab o ve , p . 1 19, no te[3 (Dua l dis ( 1; yvui/ m

E h xe cra'

i 'r é ifi 37 1. 7 6 a'

pmio'a o

' ea t d3¢d¢op6v e’

or r i . K a i. 6

will vo rfrra s , C' s-Ch a n

'

s e’

u a’

va'

y rc a t s a’

pmia e'

r a t , 1 77 dé K apdiq o bxi.—Orig . apudE useb . E ccl . H is t. C ant. 1 72 0 . Lib . V I . c ap.

[4 Sta tueb ant e tiam l ib e rum esse fidem c onfiteri ne c ne , pro temp o rum ratione .

S i enim g rav ia peric u la u rg e ant, tum posse fidele s diss imu la re a c ta ce re . Sa tis e nime sse co ram D e o si qu is ve rita tem in co rde re tine at e tiams i exte rnis co ram h ominib us

c ontrarium fa c ia t . N e que e nim h om ine s deb e re se ipso s fide i causa to rm entis e t

m o rti e xponere . -Bu l l ing . adv. Anab apt. (S im le r. Ve rs . La t. ) T ignri. 1 560 . p . 43.

L ib . n . c ap.

[5 Ve tatu r e tiam omne jusjurandum s ine causa l e g it ima s ive fia t pe r D eum , per

sanc to s , pe r c ruc em , pe r s anctum e vange l ium , pe r fidem , pe r animam, pe r capu t,s ive pe r a l ias c re a turas , u t sci l ice t in illis Deus e t es t e t invoc a tur. Nam in omnib us h is non juratur nis i per D eum , qui sanc tos sanc tific avit, pro nob is in crucepependit, e vange l ium e t fidem dedi t ; ob ligasque an imam e t caput tuum poenan a

D eo infligendaa.—Pe tr. 5 So to , Me th od. Confess . Antv. 1 577 . D e ca log . E xpos .p . 39. b . ][6 Co nspiracy fo r P re tended Re fo rma tion. Lond. 1 592 . p .[7 Th e re fe rence h as no t b e en found . ]

358 T HE CATHOLIC DOCTRINE [A RT .

ments that we must, and may, and forms pre scribed h ow we

shall swear .{Ti

nt vi- 1 2 . Fo r th e firs t,

“ T hou sha lt fe ar th e Lord thy God, andse rve h im ; and sha lt swear by h is name ,

”sa ith Mose s . Aga in,

m a. T hou sha lt swea r, T h e Lord live th, and thou sha lt cleaveunto h im, and sha lt swear by h is name .

Je n xii, 1 6 And, touching th e o the r, swear may we not, e ithe r byfi x

?“ Baal, or by strange gods, or by th e Lord, and by Ma lcham,

Me

a

‘ltj iisi. (tha t is by ido ls), or by any crea ture s .

But our oa ths must b e made in th e name o f th e Lord, as ,Je r. iv. 2 . Th e Lord live th ;” and all is to b e done in truth , j udgement,E xo d. xxii . 8 .

j1{fi nes viii and righte ousness , and when th e magistra te ca lle th us there

unto .

Conf . He lv. A ll churche s j o in w ith us in this a ssertion, and some te stifyI . A rt. xxvr.

a: n . c ap. 30 , th e same in the ir public wr itings 1 .Ga ] . A rt . XL .

Bas il . A rt. X I .se c t. 1 .August. A rt .xvr.

T he errors a nd a dversa r ies unto this tru th .

Many b e th e adversarie s, one way or o ther, crossing thistruth . For

1 . Some condemn all swearing, a s did th e E sseis, wh ode em all swe a ring a s b ad a s fo rswe aring 2 , and do th e Ana

baptists , which w ill no t swe ar, a lbe it the reby bo th th e gloryo f God may b e much promoted, and th e church of Chr ist, orcommonwe a l, furthe re d 3.

2 . Othe rs condemn some kind o f oa ths, and will no tswea r, though urge d by th e magistra te , but when themse lve sthink good ; so th e Papists . N o man, say they, ought totake an oath to a ccuse a Ca tho lic (a Papist) for his re ligion‘,

IZI Hu i c (magis tratui) sub j i c iendos e sse , fide lita tem ac sa cramentum

prae stare , & c .— H arm . Conf . Se c t. xxx . p . 2 73. Conf. He lv. P rio r. Ar t. xxvr

D amnamus A nab aptis tas magistratui praastanda e sse

I b id. p . 2 72 . C onf . He lv. Pos t . c ap. x xx . I n the o th e r pla ce s re fe rred to onlya gene ra l ob edience to mag is trate s and law s is re qu ired.]

[2 T h e E sse is w are in all po inc tes ve ric l ike unto our th e

_

i

compted forswe aryng . W.Wate rman’s) Pardle o f Fac ions , Lond. 1555. Par t 1 1 .ch ap . iv . fol. I .

[8 See ab o ve , p . 356, no te[4 I f th ou b e pu t to an oa th to accuse ca th o l ics for se rv ing God as th ey ough t

to do , or to u tte r any inno cent man to God’

s enemie s and h is, th ou ough te s t firs t tore fuse su ch unlaw fu l o a th s , b ut if th ou h ave no t courage and cons tancy so to do ,

ye t know th ou tha t su ch oaths b ind no t a t all in conscience and law o f God, b u t

T e st. Rh em .

a n. A c t. xx .

Buc h an.

Re rumS c o tic . Lib .

I1

§vu . p. 2 02 ,

360 T H E CATHOLIC DOCTRIN E [A RT .

forename d Papists . For (say they) An oa th taken for th efurthe rance o f fa lse re ligion” (as they take th e profe ss ion o f

all Pro te stants to b e ‘) “ binde th ano t . Aga in, “ Fa ith is no t

to b e kept w ith he re tics 2 .

” Which assertion li ttle difi‘

ere th

from th e opinion o f some Puritans, wh o tea ch tha t promise(or fa ith) is not to b e kept, when (as pe rhaps by th e no t

e re cting o f pre sbyterie s in eve ry par ish) God’

s honour.

and

prea ching o f h is word is bhinde redi".

Subj e cts b e discharge d from the ir oa th o f a llegiance , and°

may ga the r force s aga ins t the ir l iege sove re ign, if h e ente rprize anything to th e hurt o f h is rea lm, or o f (th e Romish)re ligion, wa s a de te rmina tion o f th e Sorbonists in a ce rta inconventicle o f the irs a t Paris‘. And tha t magistra tes , by the irsubj e cts , may b e brought Unde r th e obedience o f laws , wa s aconclus ion o f ce rta in Sco ttish ministe rs in a pr iva te conventicleo f Edinburgh 5.

S editiosi non sunt, qui r esis tunt princ ipibus po litic um

a ut e cclesia stic um s ta tum per tur bantibus . N am qui resis tit

aJuramentum propte r f alsam re ligionem praestitum non Ob liga t

Bap. F i ck le r . de Jure Magist . [Ingo lstad. 1 578] p. 1 1 . [in Marg .]1”Geneva , Anno t . Ma t t . i i . 1 2 . [Se e , T h e B ib le t rans l . a c c o rding

t o th e E b rew and Gre eke , & c . w i th mo st profi tab l e Anno ta t ions .

L ond. 1 578 . Ma rg Anno t . on Ma t t . ii. One o f th em h a th del ive re d, th a t if th e prince do h inde r th e b u i lding o f th e ch u rch , th e

pe ople may b y f o rce o f a rms re s ist h im .— Answe r to th e Ab s t ra c t ,

p. 1 94 .

[1 Se e ab o ve , p . 358, no te [

2 See ab o ve , p . 1 19, no te[3 D ive rs o f th e French re fo rme rs are a lso to o vio lentlie a ffe cte d th a t waie . One

o f th em h a th de l ive red, tha t If the princ e doo hinde r the bu ilding of the chu rc h , ordoc afi e c t the sea t of God : th a t is ( in th e ir sense andme aning )de ale in e ccles ia s tica l ]cause s and h inde r th e pre sb y terie : th e pe ople m ay b y fo rce o f a rms re s is t him.

A n Answe r to an Ab s trac t o f c erte ine Acts o f Parl iament, &c . Lond. 1584. Append.

to th e Firs t Tre atise , p .[4 Cong re ga tum itaque e st , popu lum

sa cramento e ss e solu tum , e t l ice re ci contra rege rn suum pe cunias c o lligere , c o n

federa tione s inire , a rma fe rre , pugnare .—D . M . Jans on. Me rcu r . Ga l lo -Be lg . Co l.

A gripp. 1594. Lib . I I . p .

[5 in domo priva ta inte r pauc os e s t ag i tata : possentne ido lo

la triam j amjam in omn ium pernic iem grassa turam c ompe s c e re , e t summum mag ist ratum , quando i pse nu llum s ib i modum s tatuat

,intra le gum praasc ripta pe r vim

reduce re .—Ge o rg . Buch anan. Rer. Sc o tic ar. H is t . E dinburg . 1582 . Lib . xvix. fo l.

2 02 . b . ]

xxxrx .] OF T H E CHU RCH OF E NGLAND .

principi seditioso seditiosus non est, sed seditionem to llit ,

sa ith a Frenchman6 . Ye a (sa i th an Englishman) whose worksby T . C. are highly appro ved and commende d , Hunc to lla nt Dud. Fen. s .

T h eo l. L ib .

vel pa c t/ic e , vel c um bello , qui ea po tes ta te dona ti sunt , u t L e ap- 13

r egni eph ori , vel omnium o rdinum c onventus pub lic us".

Subj e cts may not re spe ct the ir oa ths made unto such prince swhich trouble th e sta te o f th e church or commonwea l .

Fina lly, wha tsoeve r prince s b e (good or bad), i f they b ewomen (say some), oa ths o f a llegiance unto them are not to b e

kept. The ir words b e the se ,F irs t, (as we ll th e sta te s o f th e kingdom a s th e common A ga inst th e

Be gim . o f

pe ople) they ought to remove from honour and authority tha t hifgfif’

tim.

monste r in na ture, (so ca l l I woman in th e habit o f man, ye a ,

a woman aga inst na ture re igning above man). Se condari ly, ifany pre sume to de fend tha t impie ty they ought not to fe a r

,

first to pronounce , and then afte r to exe cute aga inst them(tha t is to say, aga inst women governors) th e sentence o f

dea th. I f any man b e a fra id to vio la te th e oa th o f obediencewhich they have made to such monste rs , le t them b e mosta ssuredly pe rsuaded, tha t, as th e beginning o f the ir o a thspro ce eding from ignorance was sin, so is th e obstinate purpose to ke ep th e same no thing but pla in rebe llion agains tGod s.”Last of all, whe rea s eve ry ministe r o f th e word and sacra

ments a t his ordina tion do th swear to obey his dioce san in all

lawful ma tte rs , ce rta in gentlemen Of th e Puritan fa ction wri tthus unto th e bishops o f th e Church o f England , and printe dth e same , viz .

“ T h e canon law is utte rly vo id w ithin th emands untore alm ; and the re fo re your oa th o f canonica l obedience is o f th e b ish op,printed anno

no force , and all your canonica l admonitions not worth a igu5m 46 ,

rush 9

[6 T h e edito r h as b e en unab le to ve ri fy th e re fe rence . ][7 E xerc itio ty rannu s es t qu i c ensulte pacta reip. omnia vel praac ipua pessun

dant. Hunc tollant , & c .—D ud. Fenne r. Sa cr. Th eo log . apud E ust. V ignon. 1589.

Lib . v . c ap. 1 3. p . 80 . b . ]

[3 T he Firs t B las t, &c . aga inst th e Reg iment o f Women, p . 53 . b . Genev. 1558 .

wh e re, a woman c lad in the ha bit , &c . ][9 Ce rtaine Demandes w i th th e ir grounds , &c . propounded & c . b y some re l i

g ious Gentl. unto th e re verend fath e r , R ich a rd, Archb p . o f C ant. &c . 1605. p .

T HE CATHOLI C D OCTRIN E . [ART . xxxrx .

D . Hilar . Contra Cons ta ntium A ugus t.

N on r e c ipit m enda cium verita s ; nec pa titur religioimpie ta tem.

1 Th e truth a dm its no lie ; ne ithe r c an re ligionabide impie ty .

1 T im. i . v . 1 7 .

U nto th e king everlasting , immorta l , invis ible , untoGod only w ise (b e) honour (and) glory for

eve r and eve r . Amen.

Opp. Paris . 1605. C ontr . Const . Augus t. c o l. 2 98 . A .]

F I N I S .

INDE X .

Anth ropomo rph i te s, a scr ib e th e fo rm o f m an

unto God , 38 .

Ant ich ris t, th e Po pe so pro cla imed a t Rh e ims,

1 8 2 .

Ant inom i e s , w ill no t h a ve God’

s law s t o b e

p re a ch ed, 92 ; err re spe ct ing e le ction, 1 52 .

Apo cryph a , cons ent o f th e ch u rch e s re f o rmedre spe cting , 8 1 ; e rro rs re spe ct ing , 8 2 .

Apo l l ina rians, w rong ly sa id t o h o ld a qua te rnity o f pe rsons in th e Godh e ad, 44, n . ; s a idth a t C h ris t h ad a b ody w i th o u t a so ul

, 52 ;

th a t th e ca rna l b ody o f Ch r is t w a s c onsub .

s tantial w i th th e Fa th e r, ib . ; th a t Ch r is tsuffe red in h is divini ty, 57 th a t o rigina ls in is f rom na tu re , 99.

A po l lonia,S t

,h e r inte rce ss ion b e sough t b y

P apis ts to remo ve to o th a ch e , 2 2 8 .

Apo l lo s, w as b ish o p o f C o r inth and Ach a ia ,32 9.

Apo s tl e s, th e f a ls e , denied th e re su rr e ction,64 ; taugh t th a t man is ju s t ifi ed b y w o rks ,

re qu ired th e ob se rvance o f Jew ishce remonie s, 314.

A po s t le s , w o rks f a ls e ly a scrib ed to , 8 2

Cau c u s o f , ib . h ad au th o ri ty o ve r all

o th e rs in th e ch u rch , and e s tab lish ed an

e ccl e sias t ica l h ie ra rchy,32 8 .

A po s to l i ca,condemned ma rriag e , 2 61 , 300 ;

sa id h e w as no b ish op wh o w as a w i cke dm an

,2 70 ; e xcommunica ted all m a rr ied

p e o pl e , 31 1 ; condemned pre la cy, 330 ; enj o ined communi ty o f g o ods , 353 .

Appelle ans, e s te em ed ne i th e r th e law nor th e

proph e ts, 8 1 .

Aqua rians, used w a te r ins te ad o f w ine in th eLo rd ’

s Suppe r, 2 96.Aqu ina s , Th oma s

,says th o se wh o are inf e cted

o nlyw i th o rig ina l sin a re f re e f rom s ens ib lepuni shm ent, 97 ; says th e pa ins o f pu rgato ry and h e l l -fire diff e r o nly in du ra tion,2 1 7 ; says Ch r is t h a s sa t isfi ed only f or o rig ima l sin, 2 98 .

A rc h b ish opdom ,pre tended sa crament o f, 2 59.

Arch b ish o ps, (se e B ish ops ).A rc h o ut ic s, th e symb onia o f , 2 0 2 .

Arians , denied th e de i ty o f th e Son and H o lyGh o s t, 45, 47 ; b y-named Pne uma t oma

ch ons , 45 ; and D oule ians, 47 ; sa id th a to ur Lo rd h ad no t a h uman sou l , 52 ; sa idth e H o ly Gh o s t w as inf e rio r to th e Son, 7 2 ;a ffi rme d th a t th e H o ly Gh o s t is one and

t h e s ame pe rs on th a t Ch r is t is , 74 ; th ecre eds o f A th ana sius and N ice de vi sed a

g a ins t, 93 ; denied th e consub s tant ia l i ty o f

Bab e ls , b apti z ed by th e Papis ts, 2 66 .

Ba le , Joh n, sa i th th a t Roma spe l t b a ckwardis a p re po s te ro us Amo r

,1 79.

Ba l th a sa r, King , Po pish praye r to , 2 2 8 .

Ba ly, inh ab i tants o f, w o rsh ip false g ods, 37.Ba ptism ,

sin a f te r, 1 36-1 42 ; P opish e rro rsre spe cting , 1 37 , 2 49, 2 50 ; de rided b y th e

Fam ily o f Lo v e , 1 77 ; a l low e d by th e P apis tsand o th e rs to b e adm ini s te red b y p riva tepe rsons, 2 35, 2 36 ; readminis tered by th emt o ch ildren b aptiz ed b y P ro te s tant m iniste rs, 2 36, 2 66 ; denied to infants by th e

Se rve tians and Anab aptis ts, 2 65 ; and t o

ma rried f o lks by th e Ma rcioni te s, ib .

ab used by th e b aptism o f b e lls, &c . b y

th e th re e pe rsons o f th e Godh e ad, 2 01 ;

th e i r h e re sy confirmed b y th e counci l o fAriminum

,2 09 ; condemned ma rriag e , 306.

Ar is tob ulus,b ish o p in B ri ta in, 32 9.

Ar is to tle , sa id th e w o rld w a s e te rna l , 40 .

Ar ius,a ffi rmed th e H o ly Gh o s t to b e a me re

cre a tu re , 70 .

Ariminum , counci l o f , confirm ed th e A rianh e re sy, 2 09.

Arl e s (C onc . counci l o f , 2 04.

Armenians , h o ld th a t th e law ce remonia l isye t in f o rce , 89.

Ar th ing ton, pub l ish ed th a t one Wi lliamHa cke t w as come to judg e th e w o rld, 68 .

Ar t icle s,o f re l ig ion in th e re ign o f K ing E d

w a rd VI . , 4 ; th e Th ir ty-nine a l low ed byconvo ca t io n and au th o r i ty o f th e p rince ands ta te

,anno 1 562 , 6 ; sub scri pt ion t o , re

qu i re d, 7 ; th e (Pre sbyte rian) “ b re th ren”

ag re e to sub sc rib e to , 1 0 .

A rto tarite s , added ch e e s e to th e b re ad in th eLo rd '

s Suppe r, 2 95.

Ass emb ly, Gene ra l, o f th e Sco t tish Church ,2 06.

A th ana s ius,b ish op o f A l e xandria , 32 9.

A th e is ts, deny th a t th e re sh a l l b e a g ene raljudg ement, 67 ; rej e ct th e Scri p ture s, 78 ;unde rs tand no t sa lva tion th rough C h ris t ,1 09 ; cas t o ff all g ra ce and v irtue , 1 1 8 ;a ss e r t th a t th e re is no h e l l b ut o pinion,1 48 .

Aug us t ine , S t, ca l ls Rome Bab ylon, 1 81 h is

o pinion re spe cting th e au th o r i ty o f coun.

cils,2 1 0 ; b ish o p o f H ippo , 330 .

A ve Ma ria,2 2 0 .

IND E X .

Papis ts, 2 66 ; o f th e de ad by th e Ca taph ryg ians, 2 66 ; is a s ign o f pro f e ss io n and ma rko f diff e rence , 2 74-2 76 ; is a s ign o r sea lo f reg ene ra t ion, 2 76-2 78 ; o f infants, 2 782 8 1 .

Bannis te r, said th a t Ch ris t e ndu re d in h ellth e ve ry pa ins o f th e damned spi ri ts, 6 1 ;h is e rro r re spe ct ing th e law , 92 .

Bannis terians, th ink th e re w i ll b e a t ime inth is w o rld w h en w e sh all ne ed no sa cram ents , 2 51 ; say th e w a te r at b a ptism is no th o ly, 2 78 ; cons ide r common and ra sh swe a ring b ut tr ifle s , 357 .

Barc ob as and Barc olf , 8 2 .

Ba rnab a s , Go spe l a cco rding to , 8 2 .

Ba rrow ,te rms t h e Apo s tle s’ cre ed a f o rg ed

pa tch e ry, 93 ; says th a t sin a f te r b apt ismis unpa rdonab le , 1 41 ; th a t th e re is no

ming l ing o f th e g o od and b ad in th e vis ib lech u rch , 1 67 ; says th a t th e o b se rving o f

t ime s is an e rro r f undamenta l, 1 87 ; pre a ch e sw i th ou t au th o r i ty, 2 31 ; and te ach e s tha tany layman may do so , ib . ; says a pr incecontemning th e censure s o f th e church is tob e e xcommuni ca ted, 31 1 .

Bar row is ts, h ave no pre ach ing no r sacraments , 1 76 ; say th a t to h a ve l i tu rg ie s is toh a ve ano th e r g o spe l, 1 87 say our pre a ch e rsare sent o f God in ang e r to de ce ive th e

pe o ple , 2 30 ; and th a t th e re is no m inis tryo f th e g o spe l in all E urop e , 2 38 ; th a t e ve rymemb e r o f a ch urch h a t h pow e r t o exa

m ine th e manne r o f adm inis te r ing th e sa

c raments , and to f o rsake a ch urch wh i chw i l l no t re fo rm upon pr iva te admoni t io n

,

2 73 ; denied b apt ism to th e se ed o f w h o re sand w i tch e s, 2 80 say pa rsonag e s and v i ca rag e s are popish and ant i ch ris t ian, 332 .

Ba r th o lomew,S t

,e ve o f , 8 ; g o spe l a f te r, 8 2 .

Bas i l , b ish o p o f C ae sa re a , 32 9.

Basilide s , f e igned dive rs g ods, 37 ; sa id th a tC h r is t suffe red in a ppe arance only, 57th a t S imon o f Cyrene w a s crucified in h iss te ad, ib . ; rej e cte d th e Old Te s tament, 80,87 ; new pro ph e ts o f , 8 2 , 2 02 ; said th a tm en b e e le cted and sa ved by na ture , 1 49.

Ba sil idians , ca s t ofi'

all vir tue , 1 1 8 ; a l low edpe rj ury t o e scape pe rse cu t ion, 1 19, 357w rong ly ,

re f e rred to on j us t ifica t ion by

w o rks , 1 2 6, 1 60.

Beg adore s in Alma ine , a ffirmed th a t th eyw e re impe ccab le , 1 01 .

Be llarm ine , h o lds th e supremacy o f th e popeto b e an a r ticle o f faith , 2 03.

Be l ls, b a pti z ed by th e Papis ts, 2 66 .

Benedict VI I I . , Po pe , w a s an e nch anter,1 80 ; popish praye r t o , 2 2 4, 2 2 6 .

Be rna rd, S t, ca l led th e R omans h a te f ul andw i cked, 1 8 2 ; e xcommunica ted fl ie s , 31 1 .

Be z a , th ough t th a t pr iva te p e rsons m igh tsummon a ssemb l ie s ab ou t ch u rch caus e s ,2 06 ; says th e a po s tle s h ad a u th o ri ty , a s

tw e lve pa tr ia rch s , o ve r th e ch urch , 32 8 .

Bish o ps , th e i r au th o ri ty is g ro unded upon th ew o rd o f God

, 32 8 ; and wa s a cknow ledg edin th e t ime s succe eding th e apo s tle s, 3 2 9 ;th e re h a th ne ve r b e enw ant ing a succe ss iono f , 330 ; rej e cted by va rious h e re t ics, 330332 ; may b e r ig h tly a nd law f ully co usecra ted a cco rding to th e r i te s o f th e Bo ok o f

C o nse cra t ion, &c . , 332 -334 ; a re th o se t owh om o rdina t ion and conse cra t ion by impo s i t ion o f h ands wa s a lways principa llycomm i t ted, 332 .

B ish opdom, p re tended sa crament o f , 2 59.

Blandra t, b la sph eme s th e Trini ty, 44 ; denie sth e divini ty o f th e Son, 49.

Bla s tus, make s God th e au th o r o f sin, 97.

Bo c ardus, inte rpre ts th e Scri pture s mystica l ly, 1 97 .

Bo lse ck, H enry, e rred re spe ct ing prede s t inat ion, 1 48 , 1 50.

Bo l ton, th e fi rs t h a tch e r o f Brownism, 1 42 ;

de spa ired o f sa lva t ion,ib .

Boni fa ce VI l I . , Po pe , w rong ly re f erred to ,2 02 .

Bo z ius, ma inta ins th a t th e tokens o f Ch ris t ’sChurch a re uni ty, unive rsa l i ty, &c ., 1 76 .

Br is tow ,a ffi rms th e ma rks o f th e tru e C h urch

t o b e uni ty, ant iqu i ty, &c .,1 76 .

Brownis ts, impugn th e de i ty o f th e Ho lyGh o s t, 70 ; say th e law s judicial o f Mo s e s

b e long to Ch r is t ians, 90 ; h o ld th a t th e vis ib le ch urch is devo id

_

o f sin,1 67 ; th a t th e ir

discipl ine and no t th e pure p re a ch ing o f

th e w o rd, &c . m a rks th e Ch urch o f Ch r is t,

1 76 ; h a ve no sa craments, 1 77 ; say th a tC h r is t ians sh o u ld j o in only th e pe o pleamong w h om th e Lo rd’

s w o rsh i p is f re e ,1 85 ; say th a t i t w ill h a rdly b e f o und in

all th e w o r ld th a t any m inis te r is or sh all

b e duly ca l l ed, 2 37 ; and th a t th e re is no

ca l l ing b u t th e immedia te f rom God, 2 39 ;

say th a t no m an is to communi ca te w h e reth e re is a b l ind o r dumb m inis try, 2 72 ; th a tpriva te pe rsons h a ve au th o ri ty t o de po s eunme e t m inis te rs, 2 73 ; th e ir no t ions re

spect ing th e co venant o f ma rria g e , ib .

IND E X ;

denied b apt ism to th e ch i ldren o f o pen sin

ne rs , 2 80 ; s ay th e b aptism o f ch i ldren b yt h e m inis te rs o f th e C h ur ch o f E ng land isno t law f ul

,2 8 1 ; e xcommunica te w h o le

ci tie s and ch urch e s , 31 1 say God’

s p e oplea re no t t o b e b ound w i th th e b ands o f any

j urisdict ion o f th is w o rld, 3 1 7 th a t noA po cryph a mu s t b e b rough t into th e Ch rist ian a ssemb lie s , 32 6.

Buc e r, his dead b ody e xcommunica ted by th ePapis ts

, 3 1 1 .

Burg e s, in h is le t t e r t o K ing Jame s, A .D .

1 604, s ta t e s th e numb e r o f nonconf o rm ingm inis te rs in e a ch o f th e count ie s o f E ng

land,31 7 .

Busg radus, says w e mus t b elie ve wh a te ve rth e pope s b e lie ve , 2 02 .

C a in, an e xample o f de spe ra t ion , 59, 1 42 .

C aj e tane , Cardinal, r e f used s ome o f th e

E pis tle s , 84.

C a l ix tus, P op e , condemne d th e mar riag e o f

pr ie s ts , 1 8 1 .

C alvin, w ri te s t o C ranme r re spe cting uni ty o fdo ct r ine in th e re fo rmed ch urch e s, 3 ; th evalue o f h is w r i ting s, 32 4 ; h is s e rmons on

Job re ad in th e re f o rmed ch urch e s o f F lande rs and France , 32 5 ; and h is ca te ch ismpub l icly e xpounded in s e ve ral re f o rmedch urch e s

,ib .

C ampe ius, C a rdina l , sa id i t w e re a le ss ofi'

enc e

f o r a prie s t t o play th e w h o remas te r th ant o tak e a w if e , 304 .

C ampian, th o ug h t all councils w e re o f e qua lau th o ri ty w i th th e w o rd o f God, 2 1 1 .

C anag lion, th e b ish o p o f , e xcommuni ca t edth e fish e s, A . D . 1 593, 31 1 .

C anisiu s, h is e rro r re spe ct ing th e de scentinto h e l l, 62 .

C anon o f Scr ipture , a ll re fo rmed ch urch e sag re e w i th u s, 80 ; h e re s ie s re spe cting , 80,8 1 , 83

—85.

C ant icle s, b o ok o f, rej e cted b y Seb a s t ian

C a st ellio , 8 1 .

C ape rna i te s , th ough t th e fle sh o f our Lo rdm igh t b e e a ten w i th co rpo ra l m ou th s

,

2 89.

C a rl i le , denie s Ch ris t ’s de scent into h e ll, 6 1 .

C . (T . ) i . e . Th oma s Ca r twr igh t, h o lds th a tw e ar e b ound b y th e j udicia l law in pa rt,90 ; s ays th e laws o f God re qu ire th a t none

m inis t e r th e sacraments wh ich do no t

pre a ch,2 35.

Carpo c ra te s , sa id th e w o r ld w a s cre a ted b yang e ls , 40 ; th a t Je sus w a s th e s on o f

Jo s e ph , 52 ; rej e cted th e Old Te s tament,80, 87 .

C a rpo cra t ians, h e ld h ow Ch ri s t a scended,no t in b ody, b ut in s oul t o h e aven, 65 ;deni ed o rig ina l sin, 97 some b o a s ted th ems e lve s to b e a s inno cent a s Chr is t, 1 01 , 1 35;a l low ed w h o redom , 1 19 ; h e ld th a t nonesh ou ld b e sa ved in soul and b ody, 1 45 ; de

nied th e re s urre ct ion o f th e b ody, 1 54 .

Ca r th ag e , council a t , condemned th e pra cticeo f th rus ting th e sacrament into th e m o u th so f de ad m en, 2 66.

Cas tellio , Seb as tian, rej e cted th e b ook o f

C ant icle s, 8 1 .

Ca tab apt is ts, denied th e divini ty o f Ch r is t, 49;s a id th a t th e de vil s and ung odly sh all fina llyb e saved, 67, 1 47 rej e cted th e Old Te s tam ent, 8 0 ; b e l ie ved th a t th emse lve s onlysh o u ld b e saved, 1 53.

Ca taph ryg ians , h e ld th a t C h r is t as cendedonly in s o u l t o h e aven, 65 ; b aptiz ed de adm en, 2 66 ; added b lo od to th e e lements inth e e uch aris t, 2 95.

Ca th a ris ts ,ma inta ined th a t th e righ te ous h a veC h ris t e ssent ia l ly and inh e rent wi th in th em,

1 1 5 ; imagined th a t th ey could no t sin e venin th ough t, 1 35, 1 38, 2 57 ; condemned mar

riag e , 2 61 , n . 1 3 ; e spe cially se cond marriag e s, 2 62 , 307 .

C e rdon, w rong ly re f e rred to , 57C e rdonite s, w rong ly re f e rred to , S3, 1 45 ( se eM a rcion) 31 4 .

C e rem onie s, and ri te s, 1 84-1 90 ; b urdensomeand impious in th e Church o f R ome , 1 80 ;

such a s tend t o come line ss and edific ation

a re t o b e re ta ined, 2 02 ; no t ne ce s sa rilya like in all pla ce s, 3 13-31 6 ; are t o b e oh ,

s e r ved if a l low ed by lawf ul a u th o ri ty, andno t re pugnant t o th e w o rd o f Go d, 31 6 ;dispu te s re spe ct ing in Ge rmany and E ngland, 31 7 if re pugnant to Go d’s w o rd, a reno t to b e o b se rve d, 31 8—32 1 ; may b e o r

da ine d, ch ang ed, o r a b o l ish ed, by e ve ry

part icu la r ch ur ch , s o th a t all thing s b edone t o edi fying , 32 1 , 32 2 .

C e rinth us , a scr ib e d th e w o rld’s cre a t ion untoang e ls , 40 ; sa id th a t Ch r is t w a s th e son o f

Jo seph and Ma ry, 48 ; a ffi rmed th a t C h ris tis no t ye t r isen, 64 ; th a t th e law ce remonia lcont inue s in f o rce , 89, 1 60, 314.

IND E X .

w o rd, 2 1 0 ; e rro rs respe ct ing th e ir auth or i ty, 2 1 1 .

C ranm e r, a rch b ish o p , e nde avou rs to se cu reuni ty o f do ctrine in all ch u rch e s re fo rmed,3 ; is ma inly ins trum enta l in s e cu ring i tin th is k ingdom , 4 ; b lam ed by th e Fam i lis ts f or b urning Joan o f K ent f o r an h e ret ic, 350 .

C re a t ion, th e , 39 ; e rro rs re spe cting , 40-42 .

C re eds, t h e , 92 ; adve rsa r ie s t o , 93, 94 ; m ay

b e pro ved by h o ly S crip tu re , 94.

C re scens , w as b ish o p o f France , 32 9.

Cre sc onians, th ough t th a t mag is tra te s w e reno t to punish ma le fa cto rs , 345.

C ro ss, th e , s ign o f , 1 52 ; b u r ial o f by th e

Pa pis ts, 1 80 ; po pish imag e s o f , 2 2 3 ; S tpraye rs to , 2 2 7, 2 2 8 , 2 2 9 ; popish supers ti

t ions re spe cting , 32 0, 32 1 ; s ign o f in b ap

t ism, 32 1 .

C usanus , Ca rdina l, sa id th e inte rpre ta t ion o f

Scr ip tu re va rie s, 1 98 ; sa id th a t a chu rchmay b e w i th ou t th e Scripture , 1 99.

Cypr ian, w rong ly quo ted f o r Ru ffinus,42 ;

quo ted a s a ffi rm ing th a t no m inis te r couldr igh tly b aptiz e wh o w a s no t h imself enduedwith th e H o ly Spir i t, 2 70 ; b ut s e e no te ;s a id th a t w h o so e ve r do communi ca te w i tha w icked m inis te r do sin, ib . ; was b ish o po f Ca r th ag e , 32 9.

Cyril lus, (a Ca rme l i te ), w rong ly s ta ted t o b eth e au th o r o f E va ngelium E ternam, ( s e eGerh a rdus), 2 03 .

Cyril, b ish o p o f J e rusa lem, 32 9.

Dam ian, S t, invoked by th e s ick, 2 2 6 .

De a cons , a supe rio r o rder among th e Papi s ts ,2 59.

D e a th , may b e infl icted upon male fa cto rs f org r ie vo us o ff ence s, 348-350 .

De s ide rius, Burdega lensis, pro f e ssed to b e

C h ris t, 1 62 .

D ev i l,t h e , s a id b y th e Mani ch e e s to h ave

made man, 4 1 sa id by t h e Va lent inians tob e a uth o r o f o rig ina l s in, 99.

D e vi ls , sa id by th e Manic h e e s t o h ave suffe redo n th e cro ss ins tead o f C h ris t, 57 th e i r redempt ion e xpe cte d b y s ome, 58, 67 ; sup

po sed to b e th e to rmento rs in purga to ry,2 1 6.

D iag o ra s, deni ed th e re was a God, 37.D ionys ius, b ish o p o f A th ens, 32 9.

D ionys ius C arth us ianus, says th e to rments o fs ome in pu rga to ry will cont inu e t ill th eday o f j udg em ent , 2 1 7 .

D io sc orus,confo unded th e na ture s in Ch ris t,

54 .

D io treph e s, 31 1 .

D iscipl ine,mus t b e regula ted by Scr ipture ,

2 02 ; th e o rdina ry name s o f ch urch -o ffi c ers,

ce remonie s, & c . may no t b e rej e cted, ib .

D is cipl ina rians , ( or Puri tans ), 2 06 , 2 35, 2 71deny b aptism to th e ch i ldren o f th o se w h oob ey no t th e P re sbyte ria l de cre e s, 2 80 ;say m inis te rs sh ou ld no t e xpound in th e

cong rega tion, no r re ad anyt h ing b ut th e

Scr ip ture s, 32 6 ; o b j e ct to o ur H om i l ie s,32 6 , 32 7 ; supplica te K ing Jame s th a t th eScrip tures only may b e read in th e chu rc h32 7 .

Do ctrine , puri ty o f,in th e ch urch o f E ng

land adm i t ted e ve n b y re cusa nts , 8 ; uni tyo f

, cont inue s dur ing Arch b p . Pa rke r ’s lif et ime , 9 ; puri ty o f , ma inta ined th rough E liz ab e th

s re ign, 2 0 ; ve rdic t o f th e Puri tansupon, 2 1 .

Dona t is ts, sa id th a t na tura lly th e re is f re ew i ll in u s unto th e b e s t thing s, 1 06 ;th o ugh t th ey w e re s o pe rf e ct th a t th eycou ld jus t ify o th e rs, 1 35, 2 57 sa id th e re isno sin in th e vis ib le ch ur ch

,1 67 ; th a t th e

chu rch e x is ted o nly in A f rica , 1 7 1 ; th a t th ech u rch canno t err f or manne rs

,1 79 ; th a t

th e sa craments a re h o ly only w h en adm inis te red by h o ly men, 2 70 th ough t th a t noman f or any o ff ence sh ould b e put to de a th ,349.

D o ule ians , th e ir h e re sy, 47 .

D urandus , th inks th e sou ls in purga to ry h avere s t on Sundays, &c ., 2 1 7 .

E b ioni te s, sa id C h ris t :w as a me re man, 48 ;th a t h e w a s th e son o f Jo seph andMa ry, 52 ;re ce ived only S tMa tth ew ’

s Go spe l, 83 ; h e ldth a t th e law ce remonia l cont inue s in f o rce

,

89, 1 60 ; th a t man is j us tified by fa i th and

w o rks , 1 1 4.

E ccle s ia s tica l censure s, th e te rms o f, viz . sus

pens ion, e xcommuni ca t ion, to b e re ta ined,

2 02 .

E dwa rd I . , I I I ., and VI .,

renounced and

b anish ed o u t o f E ng land th e j urisdiction o f

th e Pope , 347 .

IND E X .

E gyptians, w o rsh ipped a ca l f, an ox, &c . , 37 .

E gyptians, gospe l a cco rding to , 8 2 .

E le ction, th e do ctrine o f th e a r ti cle th e re onp ro ved f rom Scripture , 1 44 -1 57 ; e rro rs res pe cting , 1 45-1 57 .

E l iz ab e th , Q .,h er ch a racte r, 6 ; t rue re l ig ion

re s to red by h e r, 6, 7 h er g o ve rnment

p ra ised by Z anch ius, Danaeus, &c . , 7 ; ex

communica ted by pope s P ius V ., Greg o ryX I I I .

,and S ixtus V., 31 1 , 348 ; renounced

and b anish ed out o f E ng land th e j urisdict ion o f th e b ish o p o f Rome , 347.

E lxeus, f o unde r o f th e O ssene s , 2 42 .

E ncra t i te s, condemned ma rriag e , 2 6 1 , used

no wine in th e Lo rd ’

s Suppe r, 2 95.

E ng l ish Sadduce e s , te a ch th a t th e H o ly Gh o s tis me re ly an inspira t ion coming f rom God,

72 .

E nth us iasts, pre f e r th e i r own dre ams , &c . , to

th e w o rd o f God, 1 58 , 1 96.

E paph rodi tus,w as b ish op o f Ph ilippo s , 32 9.

E ph e sus, counci l o f , summoned by Th e odo s iust h e yo ung e r, 2 04.

E picu re ans, th e i r no t ion o f God,42 .

E pis tl e s, th e , some rej e cted or de fa ced byh e re ti cs, 84, 85.

E ra smus o f Ro te rodam,th ough t th a t some

pagan ph i losoph e rs,&c .,w ere saved by th e irm o ra l l ive s , 1 60 .

E rasmus , S t , invoked b y Papis ts , 2 2 6 .

E sse is, e nj o ined communi ty o f g o ods , 353 ;

s a id all sw ea ring wa s a s b ad as f o rsw e a r ing ,358 .

E te rni ty o f h appine ss, denied b y h e re t ics, 154.

E ub orn in B e rksh ire , a l ib e l l ef t in th e par ishch u rch o f , anno 1 604, 32 0 .

E uch i te s , a name o f th e Messa l ian h e re t ics,2 51 .

E udo de S te l la , pro fe ssed to b e Ch r is t , 1 62 .

E unomians , divided th e sub s tance o f th e Tr inity, 44 ; in erro r re spe cting th e divini tyo f th e Son, 48 ; sa id th a t Ch r is t h ad a b ody

w i th ou t a sou l 52 .

E u tych ians, denied th e true humani ty o f

C h ris t, 51 ; conf ounded th e two na ture s,54 ; denied th e rea l i ty o f h is passion, 57 .

E xcommunica tion, 307 ; by wh om and uponw h om to b e pronounced, 308 ; th e manne ro f , ib . e rro rs respe ct ing , 309-31 2 rea sonsand ends o f, 31 2 th e e xcommuni ca te to b ere ce ived into th e church ag a in on repe a tance , ib .

E xo rcis ts, Po pish o rder o f,2 58 .

E xpurga to rs, 339, 342 .

[ROGE R& ]

E xtreme unct ion, is no sa crament, 2 63 ; P0 .

pish f o rm o f , ib .

F.

Fag ins, P h is dead b ody e xcommunica tedby th e Papis ts , 31 1 .

Fa i th , 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 ; e rro rs re spe cting , 1 1 3-1 1 5 ;

ana logy o f , to b e re spe cted in e xpoundings cri ptu re , 1 95.

Fami ly o f Lo ve , 1 3 ; say th a t God b y th emmade h e aven and e a r th , 41 ; a ffi rm th a t a llth ing s b e ruled by na ture , 42 ; deny th a tC h r is t is e qua l w i th th e Fa th e r touch ingh is Godh e ad, 49 ; make an a lle g o ry o f th e

inca rna t ion , 52 ; o f th e pass ion o f C h r is t,58, 1 1 0 ; and o f h is re su rre ct ion, 64 ; say

th a t th e w i cked sh a l l no t rise ag a in, 67 ;h o ld th a t th e righ te ous are a l re ady in g odlyg lo ry, 68 ; deb a s e th e e s tima t ion o f th e

Scrip ture s, 78 ; t e rm God’s m inis te rs s cripture -lea rned,” “ le t te r-do c to rs,” “ te a ch ingmas te rs,” &c ib 1 77, 1 94, 2 33 ; and

pre f e r th e i r own imag ina t ions ab o ve th ew o rd o f God, 79, 158 ; make th e prom is e so f h appine s s to b e a ccomplish ed in th isl if e , 88 ; h o ld th a t th e law ce remonia l iss t i l l in f o rce , 89, 315 deny o rig ina l sin, 97 ;say th a t i t come s b y imi ta t ion, 99 ; and th a tth e e le ct and reg ene ra te sin no t, 1 01 ; say

th a t C h r is t and h is r igh te o usne ss are ia

h e rent in th e r ig h te ou s, 1 1 5 ; a l low pe rj uryt o e scape pe rse cu t ion, 1 19, 357 say th a tm en pe rf e ctly may ke e p th e law o f God,

1 2 3 ; th a t th em se lve s are f re e f rom sin, 1 35,

1 41 ; deny th e sa lva t ion o f th e b ody, 1 45 ;

say th a t h e l l is only in th e h e a r t and c on

s cience , 1 48 ; b e l ie ve th a t th em se lve s only

sh a ll b e sa ved, 1 53 ; te rm prede s t ina t ion a

l icent ious do ctr ine , 1 56 ; say th a t to b esaved i t is only ne ce ssa ry to h ave th e h e a r tand a ff e ctions w i th th em, 1 60 ; te a ch tha twh a tso e ve r is w r i t ten o f Ch r is t mus t inus and w i th us b e f ulfil led, 59, 1 63 ; a c

know ledg e no t riumph ing s ta te o f th e

g odly in h e a ven, 1 66 ; say th a t th e v is ib lechurch is f re e f rom sin, 1 67, 1 79 ; th a t th eyonly are th e ca th o l i c C h urch o f God, 1 69

deris ive ly t e rm th e w a te r a t b aptism “e le

m entish w a te r, say th a t th eya re a f re e pe ople , 1 85 ; ca ll our church e scommon h ouse s , 1 86, 32 0 ; condemn our

sab b a th , 1 87 ; are h a lf -Pa pis ts , ib say

none unde rs tand th e mys te r ie s o f th e kingdom o f God b ut th e i r e lde rs, 194 m isl ike

2 4

IND E XJ

w r i t ten commentarie s on th e Scr i pture s,1 96 inte rpre t th e Scri ptu re s a l leg o ri cally,1 97 c c -de ified e lde rs o f , 2 02 ; h o ld th a t th ew o rd is taugh t by re ve la t ion, no t by pre aching , 2 31 ; and th a t i t is p re sumption and

unb e com ing in any man to preach , 2 33 ;and th a t th e re is no ca l l ing b u t th e immedia t e f rom God

, 2 39, 2 40 ; say th a t nonesh o uld b usy th emse lve s ab o u t th e w o rd b u tth e ir e lde rs

,2 41 ; th a t th e sa craments are

t o b e re ce ived me re ly f or ob edience sake toth e magi s t ra te s, 2 46, 2 84 say none c an m i

nis te r th e uprigh t s erv i ce o r ce remonie s o fC h ris t b ut th e reg ene ra te , 2 7 1 ; s ay th e reis no true b aptism b ut among th em se lve s

,

2 75 ; th a t none sh ou ld b e b aptiz ed unt i l h eb e th i rty ye a rs old, 2 80 ; tempo riz e in re l ig ion, 32 0 ; say pre a ch e rs do no t pre achGod

s w o rd,32 5 lab ou r to make cont empt

ib le th e outwa rd adm iss ion o f m inist e rs,333 ; ra i l upon and condemn m ag is tra cy ,

337 ; th ink th a t b e f o re th e re su rre ct ionth e re sh a l l b e no mag is tra te s, b e cause th ew ick ed sh a ll b e ro o te d ou t, 346 ; h o ld th a tno m an sh ould b e put t o de a th o r pe rsec uted f or h is re l ig ion, 350 ; b lame C ranme rand R idley f or b u rning Jo an o f K ent

,ib . ;

condemn all w ar, 351 proh ib i t th e b e a ring o f any w e apons b ut s ta ve s

,ib . ; enj o in

communi ty o f g o ods, 353 ; w i l l g ive a lm s

o nly t o th e ir ow n s e ct, 355.

Fa th e rs , th e old, lo oked f or e t e rna l h a ppine ssth rough Ch ris t, 8 7 .

Fenne r, D udley, 2 80 .

P eric l, S t , invoked f or g e e se , 2 2 6 .

Figu r ist s, th ink no th ing is re ce ived b y th e

f a i th f ul a t th e Lo rd’

s Suppe r b ut b a re s igns,2 89.

Flag ellif e rans , sa id th e b aptism o f vo lunta ryb lo o d is now sub st i tu ted f o r th a t o f w a te r ,2 77 ; w o u ld h ave h ad no mag is tra cy, 337 .

Flo rinus , make s God th e au th o r o f s in, 97 .

Francis , S t, t e rmed th e g lo ry o f God, 38 ;

s a id by th e Franciscans t o b e th e H o lyGh o s t , 7 1 ; and f re e f rom all sin

,1 34, 1 39 ;

and to h a ve r ede emed so many a s are saveds ince h is days , 2 98 .

Francis, monk o f C o len, counted c oncupis

cence no sin, 1 02 .

Frankfo r t, counci l o f , summoned by Ch a rl esth e Gre a t, 2 04.

Fra tric e llians,w ou ld h a ve h ad no mag is tra cy,

337 ; e nj o ined communi ty o f g o o ds , 353.

Fre e -w i ll , pro ved, 1 04 ; e rro rs re spe cting , ib .

G .

Gale o tus Martins, h is e rro r re spe cting j us t i

fic a tion, 1 09, 1 60 .

Ga rne t, th e Je s ui t, e xe cu ted, 1 0 .

Gene b rard,w r i te s th a t fif ty pope s succe s

s ively w e re apo s ta te s, 1 8 2 .

Gene va , among s t th e p re sb yte r ians a t, a layman m inis te rs th e c up in th e communion,2 35.

Ge o rg e , Dav id, a ffirmed h imse l f to b e g rea te rth an Ch ris t , 49, 1 62 ; sa id tha t Ch ris t’sflesh w a s disso lved into a sh e s

,and ro s e no

mo re, 64 rumoured th a t h e h imse l f , and

no t Ch ris t, sh ould b e t h e f uture j udg e o f

th e w o rld, 67 deb a sed th e credi t o f th eh o ly Scripture s, 78 ; pre f e rred h is own imag ina tions to th e Scripture s , 79 ; w o uld h a vew om en to b e a ll comm on, 307 .

G e rh a rdus , a F rancis can, au th o r o f E vang el ium JE te rnum,

2 03, n.

Ge rmany, dispu te s in, re spe cting e ccle s ia st ica l ri te s and ce remonie s , 31 7 .

Ge rson, w ri te s th a t some h a ve k i l led th ems e lve s b e cause o f th e irks omene ss o f R om ishce remonie s , 1 80.

Gile s , S t, invoked f or w om en th a t w ould h avech ildren

,2 2 6.

Gise lb e r tus , w rong ly re fe rred to , 1 00 .

Glo ve r , a B rownis t, h e ld th a t love is come in

pla ce o f th e t en commandm ents , 92 ; th a tconcupis cence is a venia l s in, 1 02 ; and s o

a lso are th e intempe ra te a ffe ct ions o f th e

m ind i s su ing f rom it,1 03 ; h e ld th a t th e

reg ene ra te may f a l l f rom th e g ra ce o f God ,

1 47 th a t God h a th predes t ina te all t o

e te rna l dea th w h o a re no t in th e s ta te o f

tru e repentance , 1 57 .

Gno s t ics , h e ld a plura l i ty o f Gods, 44 ; re

j e c ted ma tr imony, 2 61 , 306.

Go ods o f Ch ris tians a re no t common, 352 .

Go od w o rks, impo ss ib le in an unreg ene ra tes ta te

,1 05 ; th e g ra ce o f Ch ris t and renewa l

b y th e H o ly Gh o s t ne ce ssa ry f or th e i r perf o rmanc e , 1 06 ; ye t are ple as ing t o God

,

1 1 7 ; b u t only w h e n pro ce eding f rom a truef a i th in Je sus Ch ris t, 1 2 0 ; a re th e ou twa rds igns o f inwa rd b e l ie f, 1 2 3 ; e rro rs re spe cting , 1 05, 1 06, 1 1 8-1 2 0, 1 2 1

-1 2 3, 1 2 4.

Go spe ls, f a lse , 82 ; ce r ta in o f th e f our, rej e cted by h e re ti cs , 83, 84.

Gre cians , i . 8 . Gre ek church , deny th e pro c e s

s ion o f th e H o ly Gh o s t f rom th e Son, 74 ;

do no t h o ld th e do ctrine o f purg a to ry, 2 13.

Gre cians,th e g o sp e l f o o l ishne ss t o th em, 79.

INDE X.

s trang e languag e in th e cong reg a t ion, 2 43 ;impr int th e s ig n o f th e cro ss on th e ir persons to dis t ingu ish th ems e lve s f rom pag ans,2 46.

Jame s,K ing ,

renounced and b anish ed out o f

E ng land th e j urisdict ion o f th e b ish op o f

R ome , 347 .

Jam e s, S t , w as b i sh o p o f J e rusa lem, 32 8 ; th e

g o spe l a f te r , 8 2 .

Ja spe r, K ing , Po pi sh praye r to , 2 2 8.

Ja ve l , says in t ime o f ne ce ss i ty any one may

b aptiz e , 2 35.

Je rome,ca l ls R om e, Bab ylon, 1 82 ; pre va i led

ag a ins t th e w h o l e co unci l o f Ch a l cedon, 2 07 .

Je su i ts,flo ck into th e k ingdom , 9 ; e xe rcise

papa l j urisdic ti on in E ng land, 1 0 ; h ad forth e i r pro v incia ls

,Pa rsons, We s ton,

and

Ga rne t, ib . ; a l low w h o redom a t Rom e ,

1 1 9 ; th e i r e qu ivo ca tions f or th e de ceptiono f Pro te s tants

,1 2 0

,359 ; a re f or pu t t ing all

E uro pe into th e h ands o f th e k ing o f

Spa in to p re se r ve th e ca th o l i c fa i th , 2 03 ;th e i r unclean l if e , 305 ; canno t b ro ok e pis0 0palpre

- em inence , 331 and,in th e ir h igh

cou r t o f re fo rma t ion, h ave made a s ta tu tef o r ab roga t ion o f all e piscopa l digni ty, ib.

Jew ish A th e is ts, 88 .

Jews, deny th e Trini ty, 43 ; oppugn th e de i tyo f o ur Sa viou r

,49 ; deny t h e re sur re ct ion

o f Ch rist, 64 ; imag ine th a t b e f o re th e

j udg em ent th e re sh all b e a g o lden w o rld,

68 ; rej e ct th e N ew Te s tament,83 ; h o ld

th a t th e c e remonia l law is ye t in f o rce , 89;deny o rig ina l sin, 97 ; in pe rs e cu ting th e

a pos tle s de spised th e do ctr ine o f j us tific at ion by f a i th , 1 1 3 ; a ccused Ch r is t o f va

r ions s ins, 1 33 cla im to b e a lone th e

ch urch o f God,1 71 ; th e cab a la o f

, 2 02

deny o ur sacram ents, 2 51 ; th e sacrifices,

& c ., w e re th e i r sa craments, ib .

I gna tius , b i sh o p o f Ant io ch , 32 9.

I llyric us , F. ,fa th e r o f th o s e wh o w ould h a ve

no s e rv ice o r sa craments th a t th ey may b e

f re e f rom ce remonie s, 1 1 6, 31 8 .

Imag e s, Rom ish do ctr ine conce rning , 2 2 1 ,2 2 3.

I ndulg ence s, g ranted by va r ious Pope s, 2 2 1 .

I nno cent 1L , Pope , g ranted indulg ence s,2 2 1 ; VI I I ., incont inency o f

, 304.

Joan o f K e nt, mali cious ly sa id by th e Fam il is ts t o h ave b e en b urnt a s a h e re t ic byC ranme r and R idley, 350.

Job , S t, invoked, 2 2 6 .

Job , b o ok o f, rej e cted b y th e A nab aptis ts , 81 .

Joh anne s deWa ssalia, says no man c an inte rpre t Scripture

,1 94 .

John th e Baptist,h is re l ics w o rsh ipped by

Papis ts, 2 2 5.

Joh n, S t, was b ish op o f th e Asian ch u rch e s ,32 8 .

John X IX ., XX X XL,P ope s , w e re en

ch ante rs , 1 80 ; XX I I . ,h e ld th a t th e s ou ls

o f th e w i cked sh al l no t b e punish ed t i ll th eday o f j udg em ent, 1 8 1 ; denied th e soul ’simmo r tali ty, 1 8 1 , X I I . ,

XX I I . , g rantedindulg ence s , 2 2 0 , 2 2 1 ; X IV. , b aptiz ed th eb e l l o f S t John de La te ran , 2 66.

Jo seph , b re e ch e s o f , w o rsh ipped as re l ics , 2 2 5.

Jov inians,th ough t all s ins to b e e qua l , 1 37 ;

say th e reg ene ra te canno t sin, 1 38 ; th a t th eb apt iz ed c an no m o re b e t empted, 2 77 t e

f e rred to f or Manich e e s , 303 .

I re naeus, b ish o p o f Lyons, 32 9.

I sleb ius , sa id th a t b o th na ture s in Ch ris t su ff e t ed, 57 ; obj e cted to th e p reach ing o f

God’

s law , 92 .

Juda s, 1 42 , 2 67.Judgement, th e g ene ral, proo f o f , 66 ; h e re s ie sre spe ct ing , 67, 68 .

Jus t ifica t ion, only f or th e me ri t o f Ch ris t ,1 08 ; is by f a i th a lone , 1 1 1 ; w i th o u t me r i to f o ur own, 1 1 5 ; e rro rs re spe cting , 1 091 1 1 , 1 1 3-1 15, 1 1 6 ; w o rks b e fo re , 1 2 5- 1 2 8 .

Justinus , denie s e te rni ty o f man’

s h appine ss ,1 54 .

K .

K . J . ) pu ts fa i th and love in th e pla ce o f th esacraments, 1 77 .

K a th a r ine , S t, prayed to b y th e Papis ts f orknow l edg e , 2 2 6 praye r to , 2 2 7 .

K e t , Franci s , b urnt a t No rw ich , 49 ; ma int ained th a t Ch ris t w a s no t God t il l a f terh is re surre ction , ib th a t h e sh a ll suff e raga in, 58 ; denied h is as cens ion, 65 ; impugned th e de i ty o f th e H o ly Gh o s t, 70 ;sa id no suffi cient sa crifice is ye t o ff e red f o rth e s ins o f th e w o rld, 2 98 .

K indred, spiri tua l , 2 62 ; may no t inte rma rry,ib .

K ing , th e , h a th th e ch ie f pow e r in th is re a lmo f E ng land, and o th e r h is dom inions, 335,336 ; b a th th e ch ie f g o ve rnment o f a ll e sta te s e ccle sia s t ica l and civi l in all cause s ,338-341 ; may no t e x e cu t e e ccl e s ias t ica ldut ie s

,and ye t is to pre scrib e law s to all

e s ta te s b o th e ccles ia s ti ca l and tempo ra l ,is to res tra in and punish ma le

INDE X .

fa cto rs, 345, 346 ; many king s o f E ngland

h a ve re nounced and b anish ed th e jurisdict ion o f th e Po pe , 347 .

K no x , John,

o ppo sed to go ve rnment o f

w omen, 361 .

K raus, Dr, de spa ired o f sa lva t ion, 142 .

L .

La c tantius, th ough t war unlaw ful f or a C b rist ian, 351 .

L ampa tians , say th a t men sh a l l b e sa ved byf o llow ing any re ligi on th ey h a ve a mind to ,1 60.

La odi ce ans , e pis t le o f th e , re ad in th e ch urcho f th e C o lo ss ians, 32 4 .

La te ran, co unci l o f , a dvanced th e Pope and

cle rgy ab o ve e a rth ly p rince s , 2 09.

La t ime r, prays f or h imse l f , f or th e church o f

E ng land, f or th e Lady E liz ab e th ,5.

La tomus, compla ins o f th e ob scur i ty o f Scrip

tur e, 1 99.

Lau rence aVillavinc entia , f r ia r, ca l ls justifica t ion by fa i th th e do ctrine o f de vi ls , 1 14 ;says th e common pe o ple are only t o knowth a t wh ich pe r ta ine th unto g o od b e h a v iour,1 92 .

Law,b o oks o f , and pro ph e ts , alone re ce ived

by th e Sama r i tans , 8 1 rej e cted by th e Appelicans , 8 1 ; th e ce remonia l, no t to b e o h

se rved by Ch ri s t ians, 88 ; th e j udicia l lawo f -th e Jew s no t ne ce ssa r ily to b e re ce ived,90 ; th e mo ral, b inding upon Ch ris tians,91 ; e rro rs re spe cting , 89, 90, 92 .

Laymen, may no t pre a ch , 2 2 9-2 31 ; nor m inist er th e s a craments in th e cong rega t ion,2 34-2 36.

L e cto rs, popish o rde r o f , 2 58 .

L e o th e X . ,t e rmed th e h o ly go spel a f ab le

o f C h ris t, 78, 1 8 1 ; I X ., condemned th e

ma rriag e o f prie s ts , 1 8 1 .L ib e r ius, Pope , w a s an Ar ian, 1 81 .

L ib e r t ine s, say th e Old Te s tament is ab rog a te d, 87 ; say th a t, se e ing man is ju s t ifie d byf a i th

,h e may l ive as h e l is te th , 1 1 8 th a t

wh o so e ve r h a th God’

s Spiri t in h im canno tsin, 1 39; imag ine th e ch urch m il i tant is no tvis ib le a t all 1 67 ; cons ide r w r i t ten c om

mentar ie s vam ,1 96 ; inte rpre t “

th e Scr ipture s a ll eg o r i cal ly, 197 ; depra ve th e o ffi ceo f pre a ch ing , 2 33.

L imb u s Pa trum, 62 , 2 1 5, 2 49, n .

L imb u s Puerorum , 1 54, 2 49, n.

L indanus, says th e go spe l canno t b e c om

mitt ed to w ri t ing , 1 97 ; th a t th e Scr ipture s

are impe rf e ct, 199 ; and would b e o f no

va l idi ty b ut f or tradi tions, 2 00 .

Lorich ius , h is no t ion re spe ct ing th e to rmentso f pu rga to ry, 2 1 6 .

Lomb ardus, P e trus , sa id th a t th e Ho ly Gh o s tis th e aff e ct ion o f lo ve w i th in us

, 73 ; and

th a t th e re is a tempo ra l and an e te rna lpro ce eding o f th e H o ly Gh o s t, 74 ; sa idth a t concupiscence a f te r b a pti sm is no s in

,

b u t a punishm ent, 1 02 ; th a t th e re are

se ven sacraments o f o rde rs , 2 59 ; conf e sse sth a t th e five inf e r io r o rde rs w e re no t pr imitive , 2 60 ; s ays spiri tual k indred may no t

inte rma rry, 2 62 .

Lo ve , sa id bv e te r Lomb ard to b e th e Ho lyGh o s t, 73.

Loys, S t, invoked f or h o rses , 2 2 6.Lu th e rans, h o ld th a t infants b e l ie ve and are

th e re f o re to b e b aptiz ed, 2 8 1 .

Lying , to inju re Ch ris t ians, pe rmi tted b y

Turks and Je su i ts, 1 2 0 .

M.

Ma cedonians, h e re ti ca l re spe ct ing th e Tr ini ty,45 ; deny th e Son t o b e o f o ne sub s tancew i th th e Fa th e r, 48 a ffi rm th e Ho ly Gh os tt o b e b u t a me re cre a tu re , 70 ; and a s er

vant to th e Fa th e r and th e Son , 72 .

Ma ch ivilian a th e is ts , a re do ub tf ul w h e th erth e re b e a God, 37 ; ca s t ofi all v ir tue , 1 1 8 .

Ma ch iave l, p re f e rs s ta tu te s, & c . o f man to

th e h o ly Scrip tu re s, 80 .

Maj o r,Ge o rg e , h is e rro r re spe ct ing Ch ri s t ’s

a scens ion, 66.

Mane s, pre tended to b e th e Ho ly Gh o s t, 71 ;mys te rie s o f , 8 2 ; sa id none b e f o re th e

fif te enth ye a r o f T ib e rius w e re saved, 1 37,1 63, 2 97 ; pro fe ssed to b e Ch ris t, 1 62 .

Manich e e s , f e igned unto th ems e lve s dive rsg ods, 37 ; gave t h e cre a tion o f a ll th ing sunto two g ods, 4 1 ; a ffi rmed man t o b e th e

w o rkmansh i p o f th e de vi l, 41 ; denied 3.

P ro vidence , 41 ; said Ch ri s t w a s man in

a ppe a ra nce only, 51 ; den ied th e t ruth o f

h is pass ion, 57 sa id th a t th e de v i ls,and

no t Ch r is t, suff e red on th e cro ss, 57 deniedth e re surre ction o f any fle sh , 64 ; deniedth a t th e re sh a ll b e a g ene ra l j udg em ent, 67 ;pre f e rred th e ir imag ina t ions a b o ve th e

Scr ipture s, 791; rej e cted th e Old Te s tament,80, 87 ; rej e cted th e Acts o f th e Apo s tle s ,84 ; de cla red th e law o f God to p ro ce edf rom th e P rince o f Da rkne ss, 92 ; th a t o riginal sinpro ce ede th no t from our co rrupted

IND E X .

na ture , 99; deniedman’

s f re e -w ill to sin, 1 05;th ough t th ems e lve s f re e f rom s in

,1 35 ;

denied th e sa lva t ion o f th e b ody, 1 45, 1 54 ;

b ut sa id th e s o ul o nly sh o uld b e sa ved, 1 54 ;mys t e rie s o f , 2 02 ; condemned m a rriag e , 2 61 ;did no t b aptiz e

,2 75 ; added th e s e ed o f

man in th e Lo rd'

s Suppe r, 2 95 ; and m inist e red no w ine , ib . ; th e ir e le ct o r p rie s tsm igh t no t m a rry, 303 ; condemned mag ist ra cy, 337 ; sa id no man f or a ny o ffencesh ou ld b e put to de a th , 349 ; h e ld th a t w arw a s unlaw ful

, 351 ; e nj o ine d communi ty o f

g o ods , 353 ; re fused a lms to any no t o f

th e ir s e ct , 355.

Ma rb a c h ius,b la sph emed th e h o lyma r tyrs, 1 63 .

Ma rce l l ians , denie d th e Tr ini ty, 43.

Ma rce l l inu s , Pope , w as an ido la te r, 1 81 .

Ma rcian,summoned th e co uncil o f Ch a l cedon,

2 04 .

Ma rcion, manif e s ta t ions o f, (w rong ly quo ted

f o r ma nif e s ta t ions o f Ape l le s ,) 82 , 2 0 2 ; o fS t Paul ’s e pis tle s

,a cce pted only T imo thy

and T i tus , 84 ; sa id th a t none sh ou ld b e

saved in b ody and sou l tog e th e r , 1 45, n.

Ma rcioni te s , s a id th e w o r ld w a s to o b a s e a

th ing f o r God to cre a te , 40 ; h e ld a plura l i tyo f g ods , 44 ; sa id Ch r is t w a s man in app e a ra nce o nly, 51 ; re ce ived only S t Luke ’sGo spe l , 84 ; re je cted pa s sag e s in i t , 85 ;implied, b y th e ir t e a ch ing , th e sinfu lne ss o fC h ris t, 1 33 ; w rong ly re f e rred t o s e e M a r

c us ) 1 35 ; w rong ly re f e rre d t o a s dis t in .

g uish ing b e tw e en Je su s a nd C h r i s t,1 62 ;

a ffi rmed th a t th e re w e re tw o Ch ris ts, 1 63 ;allow ed pr iva te b apt ism b y p riva te pe rsons,2 36 p roh ib i ted ma rr iag e , 2 61 ; denied b apt ism t o married f o lk s, 2 65, 2 75 ; w rong lyre f e rred to a s pra ctis ing b apt ism f or th e

dead, 2 66 , 2 75 ; sa id man’

s b ody is no t

capab l e o f h appine ss, and no souls sh all b es a ve d b ut th e i r ow n

,2 97 .

Ma rco sians, u sed ce r tain H eb rew w o rds a t

th e m inis tra t ion o f b apti sm,2 42 .

Ma rcus, f o llow e rs o f,de em ed th emse l ve s a s

pure as Pau l, 1 35 ; h e h e ld th a t th e w ineo f th e Lo rd’s Suppe r w a s conve r ted intob lo od, 2 87 .

Ma rg a re t, S t, invok ed f or w omen in trava il ,2 2 6 .

Ma rk , S t, wa s b ish o p o f A le xandria, 32 8 .

Ma rpre la te,th e , says th e b ish ops b id b a ttle

t o Ch ris t and h is ch u rch , 1 70 th a t b ish opsa re no t t o b e ob eyed w h en th ey ci te , ex

communica te, &c .

, 31 0 ; censure s th e Har

b o rough for fa i th f ul sub j e cts ,” 338 ; w as a

mar-pr ince a lso , ib .

Ma r tin I I ., Po pe , w a s an ench ante r, 1 80 .

Ma ry, Que en, th e pe rse cu t ion unde r h e r viol ent, b ut o f sh o r t dura t ion, 5.

Ma ry, Vi rgin, sa id b y Papis ts t o b e f re e f romo rigi na l sin, 99, 1 00 ; to cle anse s ins b y h e rme ri ts

,1 1 1 to b e pure f rom a ctua l s in, 1 34 ;

Papis ts say th a t t ime wa s w h en h o l ine ssw a s in h e r only, 1 72 ; R om ish invo ca t iono f

,2 2 0

,2 2 1 ; po pish imag e s o f

,2 2 3 ; h er

h a ir, &c . w o rsh ipped, 2 2 5 ; sa id t o b e th e

s av iour o f m e n and w omen th rough h e r

virg ini ty, 2 98 .

Ma ss, th e sa crifice o f,2 2 9-301 .

Ma ssa c re,a tVa ss ey, and o th e r pla ce s inFrance,

6 ; o f S t Ba r th o lomew , 7 .

Ma tisc on, coun ci l o f , 2 04 .

Ma tr im ony, is no sa crament,2 60 ; wh ich th e

papis ts a ffirm,2 b va rious e rro rs re spe ct

ing , 2 61 , 2 62 ; is law fu l f o r prie s ts, &c ., 302

305 ; and f or all ch rist ian m en and w om en,

305-307 .

May-

g am e s,th o ugh t sufficient caus e f o r e x

communica t ion by th e pre sbyte ry in Sco tland, 31 1 .

Me l ch io r,King , popish praye r t o , 2 2 8 .

Me l ch is ede c,sa id by Hierax to b e th e H o ly

Gh o s t,7 1 .

Menande r a scr ib ed th e cre a t ion o f th e w o rldto ang e ls, 40 .

Messa l ians, a ckno w ledg e a plura l i ty o f g ods,

37 say th a t th e reg ene ra te canno t s in,1 41 ; re ly o n th e ir own lying re ve la t ions ,1 58 ; th ink th a t th e sa craments a re t o b e

re ce ived f or ob edience ’ sake t o mag is t ra te s ,2 46 ca lled E uch i t e s

,2 51 say praye r only,

and no t th e sacraments,is to b e u sed, ib . ;

say only s ins pas t a re cl e ans ed b y b a ptism,

2 77 ; s ay th e Lo rd’s Suppe r do e s ne i th e rg o od nor h ur t to th e re ce ive rs, 2 84 .

Me tusia sts,b e lie ve in transub s tant ia t ion

, 2 89.

Mile s Monopodio s , numb e rs pa rsons and

vica rs amo ng an h undred po ints o f po pe rywh ich de fo rm th e E ng lis h re fo rma t ion, 332 .

Mi l le na r ie s, deny th e e te rni ty o f h appine ss ,1 54.

Minis te rs, ch ris t ian, 2 2 9 ; none pub l icly may

pre a ch b u t such a s are th e re unto au th o riz ed,

2 2 9-2 31 ; mus t no t f a i l to pre a ch, 2 32 - 2 34 ;

may a lone adminis te r th e sa crame nt s, 2 342 36 ; th e re is a law ful m inis try in th e ch urch ,2 36 -2 38 ; mus t b e o rda ined bymen lawful lya ppo inted for th a t purpose , 2 38, 2 39 ; mus t

IND E X .

Gh o s t, 70 ; a ffi rming th a t h e w a s b u t a

m e re cre a ture,ib . ; and th a t h e s ignifie th

God’

s f a vour,w h e reb y h e w o rke th in h is

ch ildren, 73 ; de f ended po lygamy, 307 .

O rde rs , no t a sa crament , 2 58 ; som e do make

s e ven, ib . ; and c all e a ch a sacrament, 2 59;a re va l id if conf e rred a cco rding to th e r i te so f th e Bo ok o f Conse cra t ion, &c . , 332 -334 .

O rdina t ion, 2 38 -2 41 .

O rig en, condemned se cond marr iag e s , 2 62 ;h e ld th a t a w icked m inis te r did b ind or

lo o se in va in, 2 70 .

O rig enis ts , sa id th a t th e de vils and ungodlysh a ll all fina lly b e saved, 67, 1 47 ; int e rpre ted th e Scrip tu re s a l leg o r ica l ly, 1 97 ;

m a inta ined a b aptism by fire , and th a t a f te rth e re surre ct ion o f our b odie s w e sh a l l havene ed o f b aptism, 2 75.

O rig ina l sin, p ro ved from Scriptur e , 95, 96 ;its na ture, 98 ; remains in God

’s ch i ldren,

99 ; e rro rs re spe ct ing , 97, 99, 1 00, 1 01 .

Orle anc e (or O rle ans), council a t, 2 05.

Orsmada, th e , or h o ly fire o f th e Pe rs iank ing s, 2 91 .

O s iandrians , sa id th a t Ch ris t and h is r igh te ousne ss are inh e re nt in th e righ te ous, 1 15.

O ssene s, p rayed in a s trang e lang uag e , 2 42 ;re quired all to ma rry, 306.

O t ilia , S t, invoked f or th e h eadach e , 2 2 6.

Pa lm Sunday, 1 80.

Paphnu t ius, saved th e co unci l o f N ice f rome rro r , 2 07 .

Papia s , denied th e e te rni ty o f man’

s h appine ss

,1 54.

Papis ts , confide in th e i r P o pe , 38 ; ca ll h imLo rd God, ib . , 348 ; say h e h a s infini tepow e r, 38, 348 ; say th a t pr ie s ts are th e

cre a to rs o f Ch ris t in th e ma ss , 41 by pur

g a tory, &c .

,make th e pas s ion o f C h ris t o f

none e ff e ct, o r t o put away o rig ina l sinonly, 58 ; h o ld th a t e a ch man mus t suff e rf or h imse lf

,ib . ; a ffi rm th a t th e h uman

na ture o f C h ris t ' i s a lways p re sent in th e

sa crament o f th e a l ta r, 65 ; say th a t Ch ris t,a scending , ca rried w i th h im th e s ou ls o f

t h e r igh te ous f rom l imb o , 66 ; say th a t th eP o pe is j udg e o f th e qu i ck and de ad, 68 ;

f a vour P e te r Lomb a rd ’

s e rro r re spe ctingth e pro ce s s io n o f th e Ho ly Gh o s t, 74 ; h o ldth a t th e Scripture s a re no t su fficient t o ins truct unto sa lva t ion, 78 ; e qua l th e i r prec epts and t radi t ions w i th God ’

s wo rd, ib . ;

and mo re crue l ly punish th e v io la te rs o f

th em th an th e b re ake rs o f God’

s commandments, 79 ; th e ir leg ends , 8 2 ; a ccount th eapo cryph a l b o oks canoni ca l , 83 th e i r e rro rsre spe cting o rigina l sin, 97 a ffi rm th a t th ev irgi n Mary and o th e rs are f re e f rom i t,99, 1 00 ; say th a t concupis cence is no sin,

1 02 ; b u t pro ce ede th f rom sin, 1 03 ; and

th a t th e use th e re o f only is e vil, 1 02 t eachm an

s f re e -w ill to do g o od w o rks, 1 06 ;th e ir e rro rs re spe cting j us t ifica t ion, 1 1 0,1 1 4

,1 1 6, 1 2 7 , 2 02 ; th ink th a t s ins m o r ta l

a re cle ans ed b y th e me ri ts o f de ad sa ints&c .

, 1 1 1 ; te a ch a me re h is to rica l knowledg e o f Ch ris t ins te ad o f f a i th , 1 1 3 ; deny

th a t any man c an b e as su red o f h is sa lvat io n

,ib . ; ma inta in th a t Ch ris t and h is

righ te ou sne ss a re inh e rent in th e rig h te o us ,1 15 ; a l low w h o redom ,

and th e v io la t io n o f

p rom is e s and oa th s to h e re t ics, 1 19, 360 ;e rr re sp e cting g o od w o rks, 1 1 6, 1 2 2 ; th inkt o me r i t and o b tain e te rna l lif e th e re by,1 2 4, 1 2 7, 1 49 th a t w o rks b e f o re j ust ific at ion pl ea se God, 1 2 5 ; t e a ch th e efii c a cy o f

w o rks o f supe re roga t ion, 58, 1 30, 1 31 , 2 57 ;deny th a t all m en b es ide s Ch ris t b e s inne rs

,

1 34 ; say no pe rs on dying unb aptiz ed is

sa ved, 1 37, 2 49 th a t th e w o rks o f m en j us

tified are pe rf e ct, 1 39 ; th e ir sacrament o fp enance

,ib . e rr in pronouncing any to b e

re prob a te s, 1 48 ; th e i r f a ls e do ct r ine re

spe cting prede s t ina t ion,1 49, 151 ; say th a t

none w i l l b e s aved e xce pt th ey b e m emb e rso f th e ir ch urch , and ma rked w i th th e s igno f th e cro ss, 1 52 ; th e ir limbus puerorum,

1 54 ; th ink th e church ca th oli c t o b e v is ib le ,1 66 ; pre tend th a t th e ch urch o f R ome is

th e ca th o l i c Ch urch , 1 69, 1 72 ; th a t th echurch is f ounded upon P e te r and h is suc

c e ss ors , 1 71 ; th a t all wh o w i l l b e sa vedmus t b e subj e ct to th e Po pe , 1 72 , 348 th a tt ime w a s wh en h o l ine ss w a s o nly in th e

b le s sed V irg in Ma ry, 1 7 2 ; th a t th e ch urcho f Rome is th e mo th e r o f th e f a i th

,ib . ;

a ffi rm th e tokens o f th e vis ib le chur ch to b eant iqui ty, uni ty, unive rsa l i ty, &c ., 1 75 ;

th a t th e ch u rch is infall ib le, 1 78, 1 82 ; th e ir

e rro rs in l if e , ce remonie s , and ma t te rs o f

f a i th , 1 79-1 8 2 t ie God’

s pe ople to th e oh

s e rvance o f th e ir ce remonie s, 1 87, 31 6, 32 2 ;say th e ch urch h a th pow e r to ch ang e th e

sacraments , 1 90 ; th a t th e au th o r i ty o f th e

ch urch is b e f o re Scri ptu re , ib . ; th a t th ePope h a th powe r to j udg e all men and

INDE X .

ma t te rs, and to de cide th e meaning o f

h o ly Scrip ture , 1 91 ; th a t th e pow e r toj udg e o f re l igi on is in b ish o ps, ib . ; o r th e

c le rgy, l92 ; or th e church , ib . th rus t f e s t ivals, ro sar ie s, &c .

,upon th e pe o ple in place

o f th e Scrip tu re s, 194 ; speak de ris ive ly o f

th e Scrip tu re s, and say th ey may b e ex

pounded to w h a t purpo se men lis t,1 95 ;

say th e ch urch is to j udg e th e Scri pture s ,1 99 ; b e l ie ve th e Po pe to b e inf all ib l e , 2 02 ;th e i r e rro rs re spe ct ing th e calling and c on

fi rm ing o f councils, 2 05, 2 06 ; say th a t th eHo ly Spiri t di re cts a ll councils , 2 08 ; andth a t councils canno t e rr, 2 1 0 ; th e ir e rro rsre spe ct ing th e au th o r i ty o f councils , 2 1 1 ;th e i r do ctr ine o f purga to ry, 2 14-2 1 8 ; th e i rp raye rs f or souls in purg a to ry, 2 1 4 ; th e i rdo ctr ine o f pa rdons, 2 19, 2 2 1 ; pro ved to b econ tra ry to Scri ptu re , 2 1 8 ; th e ir w o rsh i po f imag e s, 2 2 1 th e ir do ctr ine o f

re l i cs, 2 2 3-2 2 5 ; th e i r invo ca tion o f sa ints,2 2 6- 2 2 8 ; w o rsh ip Ch ris t’s cro ss, 2 2 9 ; ca l lth e re fo rmed preach e rs unci rcumcised Ph il is t ine s, apo s ta te s, &c . , 2 30 ; say in case o f

ne ce ss i ty b aptism may b e adminis te red byany man o r w oman, 2 35 ; ye t during th e

civil wa rs in France , &c . , reb aptiz ed ch ildren b aptiz ed by Pro te s tant m inis te rs, 2 36,2 66, 2 8 1 ; take all m inis te rs to b e laymen

e xce pt th e i r own sa crificing pr ie s ts, 2 39 ;w i l l no t admi t to h o ly o rde rs me n wh o are

ma rr ied, 2 40 ; o r wh o h a ve no t re ce ivedconfirma t ion, or h a ve b e en b a pt iz ed by

h e re ti cs, 2 41 ; pe rf o rm all d iv ine s e rv ice inth e La t in tongue , 2 43 ; and say h e is a o

cursedw h o so e ve r a ffirms th a t th emas s ough tt o b e ce le b ra te only in th e vulg a r tongue ,2 43 ; h o ld th a t th e sa craments o f th e New

T e stament conf e r g ra ce , and b ring fa i th ex

opere opera to , 2 47, 2 50, 2 68, 2 78 ; b ut th a tth o s e o f th e Old Te s tame nt did only sh adowf o r th sa lva t ion

,2 48 say th ey a re damned

th a t re ce ive not th e sa cram ents a f te r th emanne r o f th e ch u rch o f Rome , 2 50 ; th a tnone b e l ie ve but such a s are b aptiz ed, ib . ;

th a t infants are saved by b ap tism, ib . th a tth e re b e s e ven sa craments o f th e New T e s

tament, 2 52 ; viz . tw o vo lunta ry, and fivene ce ssa ry, ib . th e ir pre tended sa craments

,

o f confi rma t ion,2 53-2 55 ; o f penance , 2 55

2 57 ; o f o rde rs , 2 58 -2 60 ; some make s e veno rde rs ins t i tu ted by Ch r is t h ims e lf , 2 58 ;and ca ll th em se ven sa craments, mak ingth ir te en sacraments in all, 2 59; some c on

f ess th a t infe rio r o rde rs are no t g roundedon Scripture

,2 60 ; say ma t rimony is a sa

crament, ib. e nfo rce th e ce l ib a cy o f th o sein h o ly o rde rs, 2 62 , 2 72 , 304 , 306 ; do no t

a l low ma rriag e b e tw e en spir i tua l k indred,2 62 , 306 ; say none are law ful ly ma rr iede xce pt th e ce remony b e pe rf o rmed by a

Po pish prie s t, ib . ; and t e -ma rryPro te s tants ,ib . ; th e i r s a crament o f e x treme unction,2 63, 2 64 ; b aptiz e b e l ls and b ab e ls, 2 66,2 76 ; ab use th e Lo rd’s Suppe r b y us ing itmag i ca lly and carrying i t ab ou t f or ado rat ion, 2 67 ; say th a t th e se rmons o f h e re t icsmus t no t b e h ea rd th ough th ey pre a ch th et ruth

,and

'

th a t th e ir p raye rs and sa craments are no b e t te r th an th e b owling o f

w o lve s, 2 72 ; make th e vow and pro f e ss iono f th e mona ch a l a s g o od a token o f Ch rist ians a s b aptism

,2 76 ; say b aptism s e rve s

to th e put t ing away o f o rig ina l sin only,2 78 ; say i t do th much h ur t t o pa r ti cipa teth e Lo rd ’

s Suppe r among P ro te s tants, 2 84 ;say only venia l s ins are rem i tted by th e

L o rd’s Suppe r, 2 85 ; th a t w e mus t a lw aysdoub t o f th e f o rg ivene ss o f o ur s ins, ib . ;

say th e Lo rd’

s Suppe r c an b ene fi t pe rs onsab se nt, and e ven th e dead, if adminis te redon th e ir b eh a l f , ib . ; th e i r f ea s t o f Co rpusCh r is ti D ay, 2 86, 2 91 ; th e ir do ctrine o f

t ransub s tantia t ion, 2 86, 2 87 , 2 89, 2 93 ; th inkit a pious cus tom t o re s e r ve th e E uch ari s t

,

2 90 ; ca rry th e h o s t ab ou t , 2 91 ; and w o rsh ip it, ib . ; punish th o se wh o re fuse to

re ve rence it, ib . deny th e c up to th e pe o

ple , and to th e pr ie s ts , wh en th ey say no t

ma ss , 2 95, 2 96 ; mix wa te r w i th t h e w ine,

a t its conse cra t ion, 2 96 ; some say Ch ris tcame no t t o s a ve w omen, 2 98 ; va riouse rro rs o f , re spe cting th e Sa v io ur

, ib . ; says ins a re taken away by a b ish o p ’s b l e ss ing ,b y a b so lut ion

, &c .,2 99 ; th e ir sa cr ifice o f

t h e mass, 2 99-301 ; incont inency o f th e ircl e rgy, 304, 305 ; h ave e xcommunica tedde ad b odie s , ve rmin, flie s, fish e s , king s andempe ro rs , 31 1 ; h a ve ce remonie s and tra

ditions re pugnant to God ’

s w o rd, 3 18, 31 9;th e ir th oug h ts touch ing th e cro ss and cros sing , a s e xpre ssed in a lib e l l e f t in th e

pa rish ch u rch o f E ub orn, anno 1 604, 32 0 ;say b ish o ps and m inis te rs no t o rda ined b ytrue ca th o l ic (i. e . Rom ish ) b ish o ps are

th ie ve s and mu rde re rs,and me re laymen,

333 ; say th e k ing ’s e xce l lency o f pow e r is

in respect o f laymen and no t o f th e cl erg y,

IND E X.

as th ey h a ve th e rule o f men’

s soul s, 339 ;tha t k ing s mus t b e sub j e ct to som e pre la te ,ib . ; th a t th e cle rgy o ugh t to b e f re e f rompaying t rib u t e , ib . th a t p r ie s ts a re no t

s ub j e ct to prince s , ib . ; th a t no man is to b e

sub j e ct t o h is tempo ral prince in ma t te rs o fre l ig ion, ib . ; say th e ca re o f re l ig ion pert a ine th no t to k ing s , 342 th a t th e em

pe ror o f all th e w o rld, if h e take upon h imt o pre scrib e law s o f re l ig ion to th e b ish ops,&c .,

sh a l l b e damned, e xcep t h e re pent,343 ; t i tle s and qua li t ie s a scr ib ed by th emt o th e pe pe , 347 , 348 ; w e re disch a rg ed byth e pope f rom th e ir ob edience and sub j e et ion to Qu e en E l i z ab e th , 348 ; swe a r bysa ints o r ido ls , 357 ; say no m an may takean o a th t o a ccuse a Ca th o l ic f or h is re l ig ion, 358 ; th a t such a s do so are damned,

359 say an oa th taken f or th e f ur th e ranceo f f als e re l ig ion is no t b inding , 359.

Pa rdons, Romish do ctr ine conce rning , 2 192 2 1 .

Pa r is,council o f, 2 05.

Pa ris, W. ,spe aks o f th e sacrament o f a rch

b ish opdom,2 59.

Parke r, arch b ish op, a p r incipa l co ntr ive r o funif o rm i ty in re lig ion, and th e reby o f

uni ty, 6 .

Pa rkh ur s t , b ish op , h is commenda t ion o f Q .

E liz ab e th , 5, 6.

Pasch alis , Po pe , condemns th e ma rr iag e o f

pr ies ts, 1 8 1 .Pa squil po e ts, 1 80 .

Pa te r No s te r, 2 2 0.

P a tr ia rch s, 32 9.

Pa tr ipass ians,h e re sy o f th e , 45, 57 .

Pau l I I ., Pope , incont ine ncy o f , 304.

Paul, S t, b o oks f a lse ly a scr ib ed to , 8 2 ; h issw o rd and h andke rch ie f wo rsh ipped byP apis ts

,2 2 5.

Pa u l po pe , de r ived a re venue f rom p ro st itu te s a t R ome , 1 8 1 .

Pauli cians, sa id th e w icked are no t to b e ex

communica ted, 309.

Pe lag ians, sa id th a t o rig ina l sin come s b yim i ta t ion, 94, 99; th a t concupis cence is no

sin, 1 02 ; th a t na tura l ly th e re is f re e -wil l inu s unto th e b e s t th ing s, 1 05 ; th a t th eyw e re f re e f rom sin, 1 35, 2 57 ; th ough t alls ins to b e e qua l , (wrong re f e rence ) 1 37 ;h e ld th a t th e numb e r o f th e prede s t ina temay increase o r b e dim inish ed, 1 47 de cla reth e do ctrine o f e le ct ion to b e dang e rous ,1 55 ; th a t o rig ina l sin is no t pa rdoned in

infants a t b aptism,b e cause th ey h ave no

su ch s in, 2 77 ; th a t b e ing once b aptiz ed w e

c an no mo re b e tempted, 2 77 ; denied b apt ism to infants, 2 80 ; sa id h e re t ics are no t

to b e e xcommuni ca te f o r th e i r priva te a nd

s ing ula r o pinions , 309 ; enj o ined comm a

nity o f g o ods , 353.

Penance , is no sa c ram cu t, as th e Papis tste ach

,2 55- 2 57 .

Penry, 2 31 , 345.

P epuz ians , taugh t pr iva te b aptism b y priva tep e rsons, 2 36 ; h e ld th a t w omen m igh t b eb ish ops, 2 40 .

Pe rjury, pe rm i t ted by ce r ta in h e re t ics in t imeo f pe rse cution , 1 1 9.

Pe rs ians , w o rsh ip a drag on, 37 t rus t in th e i rSo ldan

, 38 .

Pe te r,S t

,w r i ting s false ly a scrib ed to , 1 82 ;

h is ch a ins canoniz ed by th e ch urch o f

R ome , 2 2 5 ; w as b ish o p of Ant io ch , 32 8 .

P e t e r th e Full e r, sa id th a t th e H o ly Trini tyw as c rucified, 57 .

P e tilians, taugh t th a t th e sa craments are

h o ly only wh en adminis te red b y h o ly men,

2 70 .

P e tronil, S t, invoked f or th e ag ue , 2 2 6.

Ph a r is e e s, h e ld th e re is na tura l ly f re e -w ill inman to th e b e s t th ing s, 1 05 ; th ink th a t wea re j us t ified by e x te rna l righ te ousne ss , 1 09,1 1 6 suppo s e th a t God is pleas ed w i th l ips e rv i ce , 1 2 0 de s ired th e ir w o rks to b e s e en

o f m en, 1 2 4 ; th ink Scrip ture may b e e x

po unded as m en l is t, 1 95.

Ph i l i p, S t, acts o f , 82 .

Ph i lo soph e rs, p re f e rred th e ir invent ions tot h e Scrip tur e s, 79.

Ph o tinus, impugned th e de i ty o f th e H o lyGh o s t, 70.

Ph ryg ia ns, re ly on th e ir own dreams , &c ., in.

s tead o f th e w o rd o f God, 1 58 .

Pighius , says th e Scrip ture s are ob scure , 1 99.

P ila te,in condemning Ch ris t, despised j us t i

fic ation by fai th , 1 1 3.

P ius V.,sa id th a t Rome “ Mag is Gentiliz are ,

quam Ch ris tianiz a re ,”1 82 b aptiz ed th e

duke o f A lva ’s s tanda rd, 2 66.

Pne uma toma c h ons,a te rm applied to th e

Arian andMa cedonian h e re t ics, 45 ; impugnth e D e i ty o f th e H o ly Gh o s t , 70 .

Pope , th e , cal led L o rd and God, 38, 348 ;

cal l ed j udg e o f th e qu ick and de ad, 68

pro cla imed Ant ich ris t a t Rh e ims, 1 82 , 347sa id by t h e Papis ts to h ave th e pow e r tojudg e all men and ma t te rs, e ven th e Scrip

INDE X .

ch u rch o f God , ib . ; say o ur b ish o ps are

no t s ent by God, 334 ; u rg e inf e r io r m inist e rs t o s e ek a t th e ir class is a new approb a

t ion,w h i ch th ey te rm th e Lo rd’

s o rdinance ,ib . ; say pr ince s mus t b e s e rvants unto , andth row down th e i r crowns b e f o r e th e ch urch ,&c .

, 340 ; say civi l mag i s tra te s h ave no

pow e r to o rda in ce remonie s , &c ., b u t onlych u rch -o ffi c e rs, 343 , 344 ; say th e pe opl em ay re fo rm th e ch u rch , and mus t no t ta rryf or t h e m agis tra te , 344 ; th a t pa r liamenth as pow e r to re fo rm th e a b use s o f th e

ch u rch w i th ou t th e pr ince , ib . ; h ence th e i rmanif o ld p e t i tions t o th e pa rl iament, ib .

e x tra cts th e re f rom ,ib 345 ; th e i r h o rrib le

impre ca t ions , 357 ; w i l l no t take a law fu lo a th if i t may inju re th e i r b re th ren, 359 ;o r w ill no t answ e r a f te r th ey b e sw o rn,ib . ; say th a t p rom is e is no t to b e ke ptw h en God

s h onou r and pre a ch ing o f h is

w o rd is h inde red, 360 ; deny th e va l idi ty o fth e canon law , 361 .

Qua te rni ty o f pe rsons, e rrone ous s ta tementconce rning ,

44 .

Qu int in, St, invoked for th e cough , 2 2 6 .

R .

Rab anus , mainta ined th a t m ag is t ra te s w e rean h uman ins t i tu t ion f or th e h ur t o f men,

346.

R eg ene ra te , th e , c an alone do g o od w o rks ,1 06 may sin, 1 37 ; w h i ch is denied by

some,1 38 .

R e l i cs, po pish e rr o rs re spe cting ,2 2 3-2 2 5.

R e pentance , e fiic acy o f,1 39 ; unne ce s sa ry by

th e R om ish do ctr ine o f pa rdons, 2 2 0 .

R e su rre ct ion, denied by some, 64 ; e rro rs re

spe cting our Sa v iou r ’s , ib .

Rh em e s , th e counci l th e re unde r Hugh Cape tp ro cla imed th e P ope Anti ch ris t, 1 8 2 , 347 a

co uncil summoned th e re by C h arle s th eGre a t , 2 04.

Rh em is ts, th e i r v iews a s to th e au th o r i ty o f

th e ch urch , and h e r pas to rs, 78 , 79 ; ca l lju s t ifica t ion b y fa i th th e do ctrine o f Simon

Magus , 1 1 4 ; comm endw o rks o f supe rerogat ion, 1 30 ; say s ins venia l are taken aw ay by

th e sacred ce remonie s, 1 1 0 , 1 80 ; ma inta in th e infa l l ib il i ty o f th e ch urch o f Rome ,

1 83 th e i r s ta tement s re spe ct ing pu rg a to ry,2 17 say th e se rmons o f h e re ti cs, e ve n wh ent rue , mus t no t b e h ea rd, 2 72 ; and tha t

th e i r praye rs, &c .

,a re no b e t te r th an th e

b ow ling o f w o l v e s, ib . ; ca ll th e P ro te s tants’ Suppe r o f th e Lo rd, “

th e cup o f

de v i ls,”&c . , 2 83 . Se e a l so P apis ts .

Rh e torians, say th a t no s e ct e ve r e rred, 1 61 .

R ich a rd I I .,K ing , renounced th e ju risdict ion

o f th e b ish op o f Rome, 347 .

R idl ey, b ish o p, 9 ; f a lse ly b lamed by th e

Fami l is ts f or b urning Joan o f K ent f o ra h e re t ic

, 350 .

Ro ch e , S t, po pish praye r f or h is inte rce ss ion,2 2 8 .

R ofl'

ensis (i . e . B ish op Fish e r), suppo se s th eto rments o f purg a to ry to b e w i th fire and

wa te r, 2 1 6.

Rome , ch urch o f, h e r e rro rs in l ife , 1 79 ; ince remonie s, 1 80 ; in do ctr ine , ib ., 1 8 2 ;

cla ims inf a l l ib i l i ty, 1 8 2 , 1 83 ; cur se s a s h e ret ics th os e wh o do no t w o rsh ip imag e s, 2 2 2 ,2 2 3 .

Rome , ca l l ed Babylon b y S t Aug us t ine , 1 81and Je rome , 1 82 ; sa id by P ius V. Magi s

Gentiliz are,quam C h ristianiz ar e , 1 8 2 ;

b ish o p o f (s e e P ope).Rufiinus , h e ld th a t God comm i tted th e g overnment o f th e w o rld t o ce rta in ce le s t ialpow e rs, 42 , n.

Ruffin, S t, invoked f or luna cy, 2 2 6.

Russ ians, deny th e pro ce ss ion o f th e H o lyGh o s t f rom th e Son, 74 ; h o ld th a t man is

j us t ified b y fa i th a nd w o rks, 1 1 4 ; b e l ie veth a t th ems e lve s only sh a l l b e s a ve d

,1 53 ;

b oa s t h ow th emse lve s w i th th e Gre ciansa re th e only ch u rch o f God

,1 68 ; de b a r

m en vvh o h a ve b e en twice marr ied f romh o ly o rde rs, 2 40 ; h a ve a li tu rgy compo unded o f th e Gre ek and Sclavonian languag e ,2 43 ; say all w h o die w i th ou t b aptism sh a l lb e damned , 2 78 ; say th e Lo rd’

s Suppe rc an pro fi t such a s h a ve no fa i th

, as infants ,2 85.

S .

Sab b a ta rians,th e i r do ctrine s, 19, 315 ; th e ir

b o oks ca l led in and f o rb idden, 2 0 ; say th a tth e sab b a th w a s no t ab rog a ted a t th e

com ing o f C h r is t,89 ; th a t th e sab b a th was

o rda ined t o pre se rve Adam f rom fa l ling ,&c . ,

97 ; say th a t th e ch urch h a th no a u th ori tyt o sancti fy any b ut th e s e venth day, 1 87,315

,32 2 ; th a t e ve ry m inis te r mus t pre a ch

e ve ry Sunday on pa in o f damna t ion,315 ; and th a t w i th ou t such pre ach ing th eday canno t b e h a l low ed in th e leas t m e a

IND E X .

sure , 2 34, 2 7 1 ; say all mus t ke ep th e sab

b a th as th ey pre scr ib e on pa in o f dam

na t ion, 319 h inde r pe ople f rom a t tendingchu rch e s upon h o lydays fall ing on w e ek

days , 32 2 say w e sh ou ld se ek unto th e

proph e ts t o t ea ch us wh en we h a ve th emno t a t h ome

, 32 7 .

Sab b a th , vio la ted by Ch ris t, acco rding to th eJew s, 1 33 .

Sa b e l l ians, deny th e Tr ini ty, 2 02 .

Sa craments, th e due and true adminis tra tionth e re o f a mark o f th e v is ib le ch u rch , 1 74 ;may no t b e adm inis te red in th e cong regat ion b ut b y a law fu l m inis te r, 2 34-2 36 ; norin a tongue no t unde rs tood b y th e pe o ple ,2 41 - 2 43 ; are b adg e s o r t okens o f our

ch ris t ian pro f e ss ion, 2 45, 2 46 ; are su rew i tne ss e s and e ff e ctua l s igns o f g ra ce and

God’

s g o od w i ll tow a rds us, 2 47, 2 48 ; b y

th em God do th qu i cken, s treng th en and

confi rm our fa i th in h im, 2 48-2 50 are sa id

by th e Pa pis ts to g ive g ra ce er opere ope ra to ,2 50, 2 68 ; ye t f a i th is no t ne ce ssari ly t iedto th em,

2 49 ; th e s ch o olmen’

s e xplana t iono f , 2 50 ; spe cia l and e x t ra o rdinary, ih a s

th e tre e o f l if e to Adam , th e ra inb ow to

Noah , &c ., 2 51 ; circumcis ion, &c ., w e resa craments to th e Jew s, ib . two only g enera l, o rdina ry, and o rdained by Ch ris t, 2 51 ;a ffirmed by th e Papis ts to b e se ven in numb er, 2 52 ; th e p re t ended sa craments o f c onfirma tion, 2 53 ; p enance , 2 57 o rde rs, 2 58ma tr imony, 2 60 ; e x t reme unction

, 2 63 ; are

no t t o b e ab use d b ut righ tly used o f u s all,

2 64 ; are ab us ed by va r iou s h e re t i cs, 2 652 67 th e ir re cipi ents r‘e ce ive no t a lways th eth ing signified, 2 67 ; som e re ce ive th em no t

,

and ye t a re pa r take rs o f th e th ing s signi

fied, ib . th e e ff e ct o f,is no t h inde red by th e

b adne ss o f m inis te rs , 2 69- 2 72 ; o f b a p tism,

2 74-2 8 1 ; o f th e Lo rd’s Suppe r, 2 81 -2 86.Sadduce e s , denied th a t th e re is any r e surre ct ion, 64 ; re ce ived only th e five b o oks o f

Mo se s , 80 ; lo oked only f or tempo ra l b l e ssing s, 88 ; h e ld th a t man h a s na tura lly f re ew i l l t o th e b e s t th ing s , 1 05.

Sa ints, reli cs o f , 2 2 3-2 2 5 ; invo ca t ion o f,2 2 5

2 2 9.

Sa lva t ion, e te rnal, no t b y th e pro fe ss ion o f

e ve ry re l ig ion, 159 ; o nly by th e name o f

Je sus Ch ris t, 1 61 h e re s ie s re spe cting , 1 60,1 62 , 1 63.

Sama rite s , emb raced th e law only and th e

proph e ts, 8 1 .

Samo sa te nians, th ough t th a t Ch r is t wa s no tth e Son o f God b e fo re h is inca rna t ion, 48 ;th a t th e Ho ly Gh o s t is no th ing b ut th e mot ion o f God in h is cre a ture s, 7 2 .

Samo sa tenus, impugned th e de i ty o f th e

H o ly Gh o s t , 70 .

Sa rav ia,D . , sa id th e sacraments appe r ta ined

only to th e fi rs t plant ing o f th e church ,2 46 .

Sath ana sius’ cre ed

,A th anas ian cre ed so ca l led

b y dive rs h e re t i cs , 93.

Sa turnina s , a scr ib ed th e crea t ion o f th e

wo rld t o ang e ls, 40 ; sa id th a t Ch ris t w as

man in appe a rance only, 51 ; th a t h e w as

o ppo sed to .

th e God o f th e ang e ls , 1 33 ;

w rong ly s ta ted t o h a ve ca ll ed h imse lf th eCh r is t, 1 62 .

Sa tu rnians, condemned ma rr iag e , 306.

Schw enkf e ldians , th ink th a t our Sa viour reta ined no t b o th na ture s af te r h is re surre c

t ion, b u t is m e re ly God, 64 ; th a t e le ct ion is

b y immedia te re ve la t ion, 1 52 o b j e ct tow ri t ten commenta r ie s on th e Scri pture s,1 96 ; contemn th e sacraments a s supe rfluous, 2 51 , 2 65.

Scyth ians, th e Job elaea o f, 2 02 .

Sco t t ish m inis te rs , th ink th a t subj e cts maycompe l magi s t ra te s t o ob edience

, 360.

Scri p tu re s, h o ly, th e ir su ffi ciency f or sa l va t ionproved, 76 ; rej e cted and discredi ted b y

ce r ta in h e re t ics, 77 -79 ; tradi t ions made

equa l to b y some, 78 , 79 ; canon o f

, 80 ;

mus t b e our dire ction,1 57 ; th e ch urch h a th

pow e r to inte rpre t, 1 93 ; th e ana logy o f

f a i th mus t b e re spe cted in th e e xpo s i t iono f

, 1 95 ; e rro rs re spe cting th e inte rpre tat ion and e xpo unding o f, 1 93 - 197 th e

ch urch is th e w i tne ss and ke e pe r o f, 1 98 ;and may no t e nfo rce any th ing contrary to ,2 01 ; adve rsa r ie s to th ese truth s, 1 99, 2 00,2 02 .

Seb a s tian, S t, invoked f or th e plague , 2 2 6 ;praye r t o , 2 2 7 .

Se i ti (Tu rk ish p rie s ts), 1 2 0, 359.

Selne c c erus , th ough t b ish ops m igh t summoncouncils, 2 06.

Sem i -Arians , a ffi rmed th e H o ly Gh os t t o b eb ut a me re cre a ture , 70 .

Se rg ius IV . , Pop e , w as an e nch ante r, 1 80 .

Serve tus , h is e rro r re spe cting th e Trini ty, 45 ;sa id th a t Ch ris t w a s b ut a figu re o f th e

Son o f God, 55 ; impugned th e de i ty o f th eH o ly Gh o s t, 70 ; th ough t th a t th e Ho lyGh os t wa s God’s fa vour and vir tue , 73 ;

INDE X .

m isliked commenta ri e s,1 96 ; denied b ap

t ism to infants , 2 65, 2 80 .

Se ve rians, rej e ct ed th e Old Te s tam ent, 80 ;th ink Scrip tu re may b e inte rpre ted as m en

lis t, 1 95 used no w ine in th e Lo rd’

s Sup

per, 2 95.

S eve rite s, th ough t th e h uman na ture o f

C h ris t b e fo re h is pas s ion w a s devo id o f

h uman a ff e ct ions , 53 ; conf ounded th e div ineand h uman na tu re in Ch r is t, 54 ; rej e ctedth e Acts o f th e Apo s tl e s , 84 .

Signific a tis ts , th ink o nly b a re s igns are re

c e ived in th e Lo rd’

s Suppe r, 2 89.

S i lvanus, re vo l ted f rom Ch ris t iani ty to Turcism , 1 62 .

Simon Magu s, sa id th e w o rld wa s crea ted byang e l s , 40 ; denied th e re su rre ction o f anyfl e sh , 64 ; a ssum ed th e s tyl e and t i tle o f th eH o ly Gh o s t, 7 1 ; te rmed h is H e le ne th e

H o ly Gh o s t , ib . ; sa id b y th e Rh emis t s toh ave fi rs t taugh t j us t ifica t ion b y fai thonly, 1 1 4 ; b oas ted to b e sa ved by h imse l f,1 62 ; re ce ived no t th e th ing s ignified in b apt ism,

2 67.

S imonians,th ink th e p ra ct ice o f v ir tu e an in

to le rab le yoke , 1 1 8 .

Sin,o rig ina l , 94 e rro rs re spe cting th e

rem is sion o f , 1 09-1 1 1 , 1 2 4, 1 2 8 , 1 80 ; a ctua l,1 334 42 ; w h a t suppo sed to b e punish ed inpu rga to ry, 2 1 6, 2 1 8 ; w o rks b e f o re ju s t ific at ion h ave th e na tu re o f

,1 2 7, 2 1 8 ;

po pi sh indulg ence f or,2 2 0 , 2 2 1 ve nial

,

suppo s ed to b e pu t aw ay by e xt reme unc

t ion, 2 64.

S ir icius , Pope , condemned th e m a rriag e o f

prie s ts,1 8 1 .

S ix tus 1V.

,P o pe , b ui l t ma le s tew s

, l 8 l .

Sle idan,says th e Anab aptis ts b urnt a ll b ooks

b ut th e Scripture s, 32 6 .

So rb onis ts, 360 .

So to , P e trus a, on w o rks o f supe re rog a t ion,1 30 ; l im i ts th e ch urch t o b ish ops and pre

la te s,1 72 ; says th a t o f th e memb e rs and

m inis te rs o f th e c h urc h is re qu ired ne i th e rg ra ce t o j udg e o f do ct r ine no r o th e r inw ardv i rtue , 1 92 ; th a t th e chu rch is th e inte rpre te r o f Scripture , ib . ; th a t th e Scrip ture sare o b scu re , 1 99 ; pre f e rs t radi tion t o th e

Scr iptu re s, 2 00 .

Spi ra , Francis , h is erro r th a t som e s ins are soeno rmou s th a t Ch ris t’s b lo od canno t w a shth em aw ay, 59,

1 42 .

S tapl e ton, m a inta ins th a t th e ch urch is tob e b e l i e ved w h e th e r i t t e a ch e th tru th or

e rro r, 78 ; denie s th a t th e true p re ach ing o f

God’

s w o rd is a m a rk o f th e v is ib l e ch urch ,w i th ou t unive rsali ty ,

&c . , 1 76 ; s ays th a tth e cl e rgy only may j udg e

o f po ints o f do ct r ine , 1 92 ; s ays b i sh o ps and m inis te rs no t

o rda ined by [Roman] ca th o l i c b ish ops are

apo s ta te s, me re laymen, &c ., 333.

S te l la Dida cus , ranks th e re fusa l o f e ccl e s iast i ca l t radi t ion w i th re fusa l o f th e g ospe l ,79 ; says th e ch u rch o f Rome ne ve r e rred,1 82 .

S t e ph en, S t, R e ve la t ion o f, 8 2 .

S t John D e La te ran, g re a t h ell o f , b aptiz edb y pope Joh n X IV. , 2 66 .

Sto ic s ,ma inta in de s t iny, fa te , and fo r tune , 41 ;

th e e qua l i ty o f all s ins, 1 37 .

S to rch , N ich o la s, b e l ie v ed in vis ions, 1 96 .

S tub s,Ph il ip , h o lds th a t Ch r is tians a re b ound

by some o f th e judicial law s o f Mo s e s , 90 .

Sub -de a cons, one . o f th e po pish sup e r io r o rde rs , 2 59.

Sub scription, re qu ired, 7 , 1 1 ; re fused by dive rso f th e inf e r io r minis te rs

,8 ; a llow ed by th e

(Pre sbyt e rian) b re th ren ,

”1 0 ; ca ll ed f or a

s e cond t ime 1 1 , 1 4 ; advantag e ou s t o th ech urch , ib . ; w o e f u l ye a r o f ,” 1 1 ; u rg edth e th ird t im e , 2 2 ; no t re qu ired o f th e

la i ty, b u t only o f e ccle sia s t ica l m inis te rs,

2 4 ; re qu ired o f w omen b y th e ch urch a t

Franckford in Que en Ma ry’s days , 2 4 ; o f

nob l emen in Sco tland, ib . ; o f e ccle s ias ti ca lp e rs ons only in France and Ge rmany, ib . ;

re fused in pa r t b y th e (P re sb yte rian)“ b re th ren, 2 5 ; de vice s f o r shunning , 2 6 ,2 8 .

Supe re rog a tion, w o rks o f,condemned in

Scr ipture , 1 2 9 sub ve r t g odline ss, 1 31e rro rs re spe cting , 1 30 , 1 31 .

Suppe r o f th e Lo rd, e rro rs in th e adminis

tra t ion o f , 2 34, 2 35 ; ab us ed b y h e re tics ,w h o a dm inis te red i t t o th e de ad, 2 66 ; andb y th e P apis ts, 2 67 ; is a s ign o f th e lo v eth a t Ch ris t ians ough t to h av e among th ems e lve s

,2 82 , 2 83 ; is a s acram ent o f our re

demption b y Ch ris t ’s dea th , and to th emw h ich re ce ive i t w o r th ily , a pa rtaking .o f

th e b ody and b lo od o f Ch ris t, 2 83-2 85 ; '

t h e

b re ad and w ine th e re in b e no t ch ang e dinto ano th e r sub s tance , 2 85-2 87 t o re s e r ve

,

ca rry ab ou t, l i f t up, o r w o rsh ip th e sa cram ent , is contra ry to th e o rdinance o f Ch ris t,2 90, 2 91 ; th e w i cke d do no t e a t th e b ody

and b lo od o f C h ris t in, 2 92 , 2 93 ; th e c up is

no t to b e denied to lay pe opl e , 2 94-2 96.

INDE X .

misl iked commenta r i e s, 1 96 ; denied b apt ism to infants , 2 65, 2 80 .

Se ve rians, rej e cted th e Old Te stament, 80 ;th ink Scrip ture may b e inte rpre ted as m en

l is t,1 95 used no w ine in th e Lo rd’

s Sup

pe r, 2 95.

Seve rite s , th ough t th e h uman na ture o f

C h r is t b e fo re h is pas s ion w a s de vo id o f

h uman a ff e ctions, 53 ; conf o unded th e div ine

and h uman na ture in Ch r is t, 54 ; rej e ctedth e Acts o f th e Apo s tl e s , 84.

Signific a tis ts , th ink only b a re s igns a re re

c e ived in th e Lo rd ’

s Suppe r, 2 89.

S i lvanus , re vo l ted f rom Ch rist iani ty to Tu rcism ,

1 62 .

S imon Magus, sa id th e w o rld wa s cre a ted byang e ls , 40 ; deni ed th e re su rr e ction o f any

fl e sh , 64 ; a ssum ed th e s tyl e and t i t le o f th eH o ly Gh o s t, 7 1 ; t e rm ed h is H e le ne th e

H o ly Gh o s t , ib . ; sa id by th e Rh em is ts toh ave fi rs t taugh t j us t ifica t ion b y f a i thonly, 1 1 4 ; b o as ted to b e saved by h imse lf,1 62 ; re ce ived no t th e th ing s ignified in b apt ism ,

2 67.

S imoni ans,th ink th e p ra ctice o f v ir tue an in

to le rab l e yoke , 1 1 8 .

Sin,o rig ina l , 94-1 03 ; e rro rs re spe cting th e

rem is s ion o f , 1 09-1 1 1 , 1 2 4, 1 2 8 , 1 80 ; a ctua l,1 33 -1 42 ; w h a t suppo sed to b e punish ed inpu rga to ry, 2 1 6, 2 1 8 ; w o rks b e fo re j us t ific at ion h ave th e na tu re o f

,1 2 7, 2 1 8 ;

p opi sh indulg ence f or, 2 2 0 , 2 2 1 ; venia l ,suppo sed to b e put away b y e x treme unc

t ion, 2 64.

S ir icius,Po pe , condemned th e ma rr iag e o f

prie s ts,1 8 1 .

S ix tus IV., P ope , b u i l t ma l e s tew s,

Sle idan,says th e Anab apti s ts b urnt all b o oks

b u t th e Scripture s, 32 6 .

So rb oni s ts, 360 .

So to , P e trus a, on w o rk s o f supe re roga t ion,1 80 ; l imi ts th e ch urch to b ish o ps and pre

la te s , 1 7 2 ; says th a t o f th e m emb e rs a nd

m inis te rs o f th e ch urch is re qu ired ne i th e rg race to j udg e o f do ctr ine no r o th e r inw ard

v i rtue , 192 ; th a t th e ch u rch is th e inte rpre te r o f Scrip ture , ib . ; th a t th e Scripture sare o b scure , 1 99 ; pre f e rs t radi t ion t o th e

Scr iptu re s, 2 00 .

Spi ra , Francis , h is e rro r th a t some s ins are so

e no rmo us th a t C h ris t’s b lo od canno t w a shth em aw ay, 59,

1 42 .

S tapl e to n, ma inta ins th a t th e ch urch is tob e b e l i e ved wh e th e r i t t e a ch e th tru th or

c rror, 78 ; denie s th a t th e true p re a ch ing o f

God’

s w o rd is a ma rk o f th e v i s ib le ch urch ,w i th o u t unive rsa l i ty, &c . , 1 76 ; says th a tth e cl e rgy only may j udg e o f po ints o f do ct r ine , 1 92 ; says b i sh ops and m inis te rs no t

o rda ined by [R oman] ca th o l ic b ish ops are

apo s ta te s, me re laymen, &c ., 333.

S te l la D ida cus , ranks th e re fusa l o f e ccle siast i ca l t radi t ion w i th re fusa l o f th e g o spe l ,79 ; says th e ch urch o f R ome ne ve r e rred,1 82 .

S te ph en, S t, Re ve la t ion o f, 8 2 .

S t John D e La te ran, g re a t h ell o f, b aptiz ed

by pope Joh n X IV. , 2 66 .

S to i cs,ma inta inde s tiny, f a te , and f o r tune , 41 ;t h e e qua l i ty o f all s ins, 1 37 .

S to rch , N ich o la s, b e l ie v ed in vis ions, 1 96 .

S tub s,Ph i l ip , h o lds th a t Ch r is tians are b o und

b y som e o f th e judicia l law s o f Mo s es , 90 .

Sub . de a cons , one o f th e popish supe rio r o rde rs , 2 59.

Sub scri ption, re quired, 7, 1 1 ; re fus ed by dive rso f th e inf e r io r m inis te rs

,8 ; a l low ed by th e

(Pre sbyte rian) b re th ren ,

”1 0 ; ca l l ed f or a

s e cond t ime 1 1 , 1 4 ; advantag e ou s t o th ech urch

,ib . ; w o e ful ye a r o f ,” 1 1 ; u rg ed

th e th ird t ime , 2 2 ; no t re qu ired o f th e

la i ty, b u t only o f e ccle s ias tical m inis te rs ,2 4 ; re quired o f w omen b y th e ch urch a t

Franckford in Que en Ma ry’s days , 2 4 ; o f

nob lemen in Sco tland, ib . ; o f e ccle s ias ti ca lp e rs ons only in France and Ge rmany, ib . ;

re fused in pa r t b y th e (P re sb yte rian)“ b re th ren, 2 5 ; dev i ce s f or sh unning, 2 6 ,2 8 .

Supe re roga t ion, w o rks o f,condemned in

Scripture , 1 2 9 sub ve r t g odl ine s s, 1 31e rro rs re spe cting , 1 30 , 1 31 .

Suppe r o f th e Lo rd, e rro rs in th e adminis

tra t ion o f , 2 34, 2 35 ; ab used b y h e re t ics ,w h o a dm inis te red i t to th e de ad, 2 66 ; andb y th e Papis ts, 2 67 ; is a s ign o f th e lo v eth a t Ch ris t ians o ugh t to h av e among th ems e lve s

,2 82

,2 83 ; is a s acrament o f our re

demption b y Ch ris t ’s de a th , and to th emw h i ch re ce ive i t w o r th i ly , a pa rtaking .o f

th e b ody and b lo od o f C h ris t, 2 83-2 85 th e

b re ad and w ine th e re in b e no t ch ang edinto ano th e r sub stance , 2 85-2 87 ; to re se r ve ,ca rry ab ou t, l i f t up, or w o rsh i p th e sa cram ent , is contra ry to th e o rdinance o f Ch ris t,2 90, 2 91 ; th e w icked do no t e a t th e b ody

and b lo od o f C h r is t in, 2 92 , 2 93 ; th e c up is

no t to b e denied to lay pe op le , 2 94-2 96.

INDE X .

Swermers, th e Anab ap tist ica l , condemn th eo utwa rd m inis t ry o f th e w o rd and sacram ents

,2 37 s ay th e b aptism o f infants is o f

th e de vil , 2 80 .

Sylve s te r , I I . and I II Po pe s, w e re ench ante rs

,1 80 .

Symb o l is ts, th ink no th ing is re ce ived in th eLo rd’

s Suppe r b u t b a re s ig ns, 2 89.

Synusias ts, ca l led a lso U b iqu i ta r ie s, 2 89.

Syrians, w o rsh ipped a fish and pig e ons, 37 .

T .

T apperus, Ruardus, teach e s false ly re spe ct ingo rig ina l sin, 97 .

Ta rta r, w orsh ips f or God th a t living th ingth a t h e fi rs t me e te th in th e m o rning , 88 .

Ta t ians, a ccep ted only th e Acts o f th e Ape stle s, 84 ; sa id th a t ma rr iag e w a s no th inge lse th an f o rni ca t ion, 2 61 used no w ine inth e Lo rd’

s Suppe r,2 95.

Te r tul l ian, condemned se cond marriag e s, 2 62 .

Te s tam ent, N ew ,canon o f

, 83 ; h e re s ie s respe cting , 838 5.

Te s tament , Old, '

c anon o f , 80 ; no t contra ryt o th e New , 86 ; r ej e cted by some

, 87 .

Th addeus, g o spe l a f te r, 82 .

Th e odo rus,Me se c h ius , dis t inguish ed b e tw e enCh ris t and th e Wo rd

, 55.

T h e odo rus, Cyrenaieus , denied th e re w as a

God, 37 .

Th e odo s ius, th e e lde r, summoned counci l o fC ons tant ino ple , 2 04 ; th e young e r, sum

moned counci l o f E ph e sus, ib .

Th e o pasch i te s , denied th e h uman sou l inCh ris t, 52 ; sa id th a t ano th e r suff e red in th eplace o f C h rist , 57 .

T h e ophyla c t , sa id th a t it is in man’

s powe r tob e e le cted

,150 .

Th omas a Be cke t, 38 , 1 1 1 , 2 2 6, 2 2 7 .Th omas , S t, a cts o f ,Th omis t s

,th e i r m ode o f e xpounding Scrip

tu re , 197 .

T imo thy , w as b ish op o f E ph e sus,and all

A s ia, 32 8 .

T i tus,w as b ish o p o f C re te , 32 9.

T ou rs , Ch a r le s th e Gre a t summoned a coun0 1 1 a t

,2 04 .

T radi t ions, e ccl e s ia s t i ca l , cons ide red t o b e o f

e qua l au th o ri ty w i th h o ly Scrip tu re b y

Papis ts , 78 ; and b y th e Musco v i te s, 79 ;b y co unci l o f Trent , 79, 2 00, 2 09 ; are no t

ne ce ssar ily to b e l ike , or th e same , in all

pla ce s, 31 3-31 6 ; such a s a re a l low ed b ylaw ful au th o ri ty and no t re pugnant to th e

w o rd o f God mus t b e ob se rved, 31 6 -3 1 8 ;

such a s are re pugnant to God’

s w o rd mus tb e re je ct ed, 318 -32 1 .

Transub s tant ia t ion, 2 85- 2 87.

Trent, council o f , m ade tradi t ion e qua l to th eh oly S crip tu re s , 79, 2 00, 2 09 ; conce rningw o rks b e f o re j us tifica t ion, 1 2 8 ; w o rks o f

supe re roga t ion, 1 30 ; invo ca t ion o f creature s

,2 09 ; spe e ch o f th e French amb as sa ~

do r, and Co rne l ius b ish op o f B i tonto , a t,

2 1 0 ; ra t ified th e do ctrine o f purg a to ry ,2 14 ; de cre ed th a t re l ie s sh ou ld b e w o r

sh i pped, 2 2 4.

Tr ini ty ia uni ty, scr ip ture pro o f o f , 42 ; h e ldb y a ll ch u rch e s , 43 ; h e re s i e s re spe cting ,43-45 ; sa id by Pe t rus A ntio ch enus to h aveb e en crucified, 57 ; deni ed by th e Sab e ll ians , 2 02 ; Po pish imag e s o f , 2 2 3 .

T rith e ite s, no t only dis t ing u ish b ut divideth e pe rsons o f th e Trini ty, 44 ; a ffi rm t h e

H o ly Gh o s t to b e infe r io r to th e Fa th e r, 72 .

Trith emius, ab b o t, make s th e au th o ri ty o f

th e ch u rch e qua l to th a t o f Scr ip ture , 79.

T ropicks, a ffi rmed th e Ho ly Gh o s t to b e b uta me re cre a ture , 70 .

Tu rks , deny th e Tr ini ty, 43 ; say th a t Ch r is twas a g o od man l ike Mo se s and Mah ome t,49 a re in e rro r re spe ct ing h is pass ion, 58say th a t th e de vi ls and ung odly in h ell,w h oca l l upon God f o r me rcy, sh a ll b e saved,67 ; imag ine th e Ho ly Gh o s t t o b e a b a repow e r a nd e ffica cy o f God, 7 2 ; pre f e r th e i rown imag ina t ions ab o ve th e Scrip tu re s, 79;de fa ce th e N e w Te s tament , 85 ; th ink th a tj us t ifica t ion is to b e ob ta ined bypilg rimag e s

to Me cca , &c .

,1 09 and by w o rks w i th ou t

f a i th , 1 1 4 ; th e ir pr i es ts count i t a w o rkm e r i to rious to inj ure Ch r is t ians by l ie s andf o rsw e a r ing , 1 2 0 ; say th a t all w h o l ive up.

righ tly sh a l l b e sa ved,o f w h a te ve r re l ig ion

th ey b e , 1 60 ; th e A l co ran o f , 2 02 ; use th e

Arab ian la nguag e in th e ir ri te s, 2 42 ; denyour sa craments , 2 51 .

U .

U b iqu i ta r ie s, Ge rman,say th a t Ch ris t , as

man,is w h e re v e r th e De i ty is , 65 ; b e l ie ve

h is b ody is e a ten co rpo ra l ly in th e E uch a ris t,2 89 ; and th a t by th e w i cked a s w e l l a s th eg odly, 2 93 ; Lu th e ran and popish , ib .

U ni fo rm i ty o f do ctrine , e a rne s tly de s i red ina ll ch u rch e s re f o rmed by C ranme r and

C a lvin, 3 e s tab l ish ed in th is k ingdomunde r E dwa rdVI .

,4 ; inte rrupted byMa ry’s

IND E X .

re ign, 5 ; res to red unde r E liz ab e th , 6 ; th eX XX IX . Ar t icl e s unanimous ly a l low ed byth e cle rg y, ib . a rch b ish op Pa rke r a princ ipal contrive r th e re o f , 6 , 8 ; t e s t imony o fBe z a and Z anch ius

,7 ; dis turb ed b y dis

pu te s ab o u t sub scription, 8 ; and by th eJe su i ts , 1 0 ; Wh i tg if t ende a vo u rs t o promo te it by enfo rcing sub script ion, 1 1 ;

ma inta ined th rough E li z ab e th ’

s re ign, 2 1 ;f ur th e red byJame s ’ a pprova l o f th e Cons t itu tions and Canons E ccle s ias t ica l , 2 2 .

U nif o rmi ty, s ta tu te f or , 7, 2 7 .

U ni ty, &c . , o f God, p roved, 35 ; e rro rs re

spe ct ing , 37 , 38 .

V.

Va irus, Le ona rdus , e rrone ous ly quo ted, a s

a ffi rm ing th a t Ch ris t wa s a common poi

soner, 1 33.

Valde s ius, disl iked commenta ries , 1 96.

Va lent ine , S t , invoked f or th e fal l ing s ickne ss

,2 2 6.

Va lentinians , a cknow ledg e many g ods , 37 ,44 ; sa id th a t C h ris t to ok no t fle sh o f th e

Virg in Ma ry, 52 ; tha t h is fle sh w a s spir itua l , &c . , 52 ; re ce ived only S t Jo hn’

s g o s

pel, 84 a scr ib ed o rig inal sin to th e de v il ,99 ; allow ed wh o redom and uncleanne ss ,1 19 ; th e ir e rro rs re spe cting g o od w o rks ,1 2 1

,1 62 ; f e igned th re e deg re e s o f m en,

1 2 2 ; sa id th a t none sh a l l b e sa ved in so uland b ody tog e th e r, 1 45 ; sa id th a t men b e

e l e cted b y na ture,1 49 ; h e ld th a t all w h o

l e ad a mo ra l lif e sh a ll b e sa ved, 1 60 .

Va l la , Laur . , denied man’

s f re e -w i l l to sin,

1 04 .

Vaux,h is e rro r re spe cting th e de scent into

h e l l , 62 ; s ays th a t to e xpe ct jus t ifica t ion byf a ith is a b re a ch o f th e fi rs t commandment

,

1 1 4 ; speaks o f se ven Sa c raments, 2 59, n .

Vig ilantian b ish ops , w o uld admi t no nama rr ied man t o h o ly o rde rs , 2 61 , 303 .

Viguerius , says th e ch u rch was b e fo re and is

ab o ve th e w o rd,1 73.

Vitels , Ch ris to ph e r, says th a t th e re are men

a s h o ly a s Ch ris t , 1 35 ; th a t th e ma rtyrsw e re s ta rk f oo ls, 1 63 .

V i ve s,Ludo v icus, doub ts wh e th e r a Ch ris t ian

may b e a r a rms , 351 .

Z anch ius, in h is b o ok dc T ribus E loh im,re

f a te s th e new Arians , 93 .

Wa fe r-cake s , popish , 2 2 3 , 2 86.

Wa r, is no t f o rb idden by th e Ch ris t ian re l ig ion, 350 -352 .

We stph alus , b lasph emed th e h o ly ma rtyrs,1 63.

Wh i tg i f t , made a rch b ish o p o f Cante rb ury,1 1 ; re quire s sub script io n o f all m inis te rsin h is p ro v ince

,ib .

Wh o redom,a l low ed b y s ome h e re t ics , 1 1 8 .

Wi ckl iff,h is de ad b ody e xcommuni ca ted by

th e Papis ts, 31 1 .

Wig andus , rej e cted E pis tle s o f John,I . and

I I .,and Jude

,84.

Wine frid, S t, invoked f or v irgi ni ty, 2 2 6.Women

,not a l low ed to g o ve rn in I ta ly, Sco t

land,France , 337 ; th e so ve re ignty o f, c en~

su red by th e Puri tans , 338 .

Wo rks, (se e Go od wo rks ) b e fo re j ustific ation, 1 2 5-1 2 8 ; o f supe re rog a t ion, 1 2 8 - 1 3 1 .

Wo rld, cre a t ion and p re se rva t ion o f , byGod,

39 ; h e re s ie s re spe ct ing th e cre a t ion o f , 40 ,

4 1 ; and re spe cting its pre se rva t ion, 4 1 , 42 .

Wo rldl ing s , ca rnal ly se cure , h ope to b e sa vedw i th ou t e i th e r f ai th or g o od wo rks , 1 1 4.

Ro ge r s , Th oma s

Th e c a t h o l i c do c t r i ne o f

t h e Ch ur c h o f E ngl and

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY


Recommended